Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 11, 2015.

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

MINDBODY, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7372   20-1898451
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

4051 Broad Street, Suite 220

San Luis Obispo, California 93401

(877) 755-4279

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Richard L. Stollmeyer

President and Chief Executive Officer

MINDBODY, Inc.

4051 Broad Street, Suite 220

San Luis Obispo, California 93401

(877) 755-4279

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Jon Avina

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, California 94304

(650) 493-9300

 

Kimberly Lytikainen

Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

MINDBODY, Inc.

4051 Broad Street, Suite 220

San Luis Obispo, California 93401

(877) 755-4279

 

David Peinsipp

Charles S. Kim

Andrew S. Williamson

Cooley LLP

101 California Street, 5th Floor

San Francisco, California 94111

(415) 693-2000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public : As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box:   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class

of Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum
Aggregate

Offering Price (1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee

Class A common stock, $0.00001 par value per share

  $100,000,000   $11,620

 

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2) Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares that the underwriters have the right to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

Issued                     , 2015

             Shares

 

LOGO

CLASS A COMMON STOCK

 

 

MINDBODY, Inc. is offering            shares of its Class A common stock. This is our initial public offering, and no public market currently exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price per share will be between $            and $            .

 

 

Following this offering, we will have two classes of authorized common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights of the holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be identical, except with respect to voting and conversion rights. Each share of our Class A common stock will be entitled to one vote. Each share of our Class B common stock will be entitled to 10 votes and will be convertible at any time into one share of our Class A common stock.

All shares of our capital stock outstanding immediately prior to this offering, including all shares held by our executive officers, employees and directors, and their respective affiliates, will be reclassified into shares of our Class B common stock immediately prior to this offering. The holders of our outstanding Class B common stock will hold approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock immediately following this offering.

 

 

We intend to apply to list our Class A common stock on the            under the symbol “MB.”

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the U.S. federal securities laws and, as such, are subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. Investing in our Class A common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 17.

 

 

PRICE $             A SHARE

 

 

 

      

Price to

Public

      

Underwriting

Discounts and

Commissions (1)

      

Proceeds to

MINDBODY

 

Per Share

       $                          $                          $                  

Total

       $                               $                               $                       

 

(1)   See “Underwriting” beginning on page 153 for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.

We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional              shares of Class A common stock to cover over-allotments.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of Class A common stock to purchasers on             , 2015.

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY   CREDIT SUISSE   UBS INVESTMENT BANK
PACIFIC CREST SECURITIES   JMP SECURITIES

            , 2015


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

MINDBODY®
LEVERAGING TECHNOLOGY TO IMPORE THE WELLNESS OF THE WORLD


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

THE LEADING ONLINE GLOBAL WELLNESS MARKETPLACE

40,000

SUBSCRIBERS

$4.1 BILLION

IN PAYMENTS VOLUME

233,000

PRACTITIONERS

23,000,000

CONSUMERS*

S AT T R A C T M

SSE O R E

NE C

SI O

BU NS

RE UM MO ER

S

S

M ES

OR SS

E L INE

O C A L BUS S

E

S

M S

O E

R IN

E C US

O B

NS RE

U M E MO

R S AT TRACT

MO ER

S

TS

EN

CLI M

O

S R

S E

N E E

L MP

E L L

O

W Y

E

E E

T S

A (

R C

O O

P $4.1 BILLION N

R S

O IN PAYMENTS VOLUME U C M

E

E R R S O )

M 233,000

PRACTITIONERS


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     17   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     48   

Market, Industry and Other Data

     50   

Use of Proceeds

     52   

Dividend Policy

     53   

Capitalization

     54   

Dilution

     56   

Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data

     59   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     63   

Letter from the Co-Founders

     90   

Business

     91   
     Page  

Management

     117   

Executive Compensation

     124   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     132   

Principal Stockholders

     137   

Description of Capital Stock

     140   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     145   

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Our Class A Common Stock

     147   

Underwriting

     151   

Legal Matters

     157   

Experts

     157   

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     157   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1   
 

 

 

Through and including             , 2015 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

We have not authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

For investors outside of the United States: Neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

 

-i-


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information that is presented in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our Class A common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “MINDBODY,” “the company,” “we,” “us” and “our” in this prospectus refer to MINDBODY, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

MINDBODY, INC.

Our Vision

Our vision is to leverage technology to improve the wellness of the world.

Overview

We are the leading global online wellness marketplace with over 42,000 local business subscribers on our platform in 124 countries and territories employing over 250,000 practitioners who provide a variety of wellness services to over 24 million active consumers. Our integrated cloud-based business management software and payments platform for the wellness services industry helps our subscribers simplify the way they run their businesses, attract and engage more consumers, boost their revenues and focus more on what they love to do – improving people’s lives. Moreover, we help consumers more easily evaluate, engage and transact with these subscribers, enabling them to live healthier and happier lives. We are also the largest payments platform dedicated to the wellness services industry. In the 12 months ended March 31, 2015, $6.3 billion in transactions occurred between consumers and subscribers within our marketplace, of which $4.3 billion flowed through our payments platform.

Our platform is specifically designed for the wellness services industry. Wellness encompasses multiple dimensions of a person’s well-being – physical, emotional, social, occupational and spiritual, among others. As a result, we include health and fitness, integrative health, salon and spa, fine arts and children’s activities as categories within the wellness services industry. According to a report that we commissioned from Frost and Sullivan, our addressable market is approximately 4.2 million wellness businesses worldwide. Based on their analysis, Frost and Sullivan estimates a $9.5 billion market for business management software solutions targeted at wellness businesses in 2015 and expects this market to grow to $15.3 billion in 2018, which implies a 17.1% compound annual growth rate, or CAGR. With over 42,000 local business subscribers, we estimate our current market penetration to be less than 1%.

We believe millions of wellness businesses around the world are looking for a simple, efficient and reliable way to manage their operations. Through our integrated cloud-based business management software and payments platform, we enable businesses to easily manage class and appointment schedules, staff members, client information, online bookings, inventory, payroll and retail sales – all in a cost-effective manner. At the same time, we connect consumers with local businesses through our MINDBODY Connect platform, which powers a mobile interface that allows consumers to discover, evaluate, book and pay for wellness services, whether they are near their homes or traveling.

As employers become increasingly focused on wellness programs to improve the health, fitness and productivity of their employees, our MINDBODY Connect Workplace offering combines the power of our software platform with the ease of our Connect platform to enable employees to choose from a wide variety of

 

 

1


Table of Contents

on-site and local wellness services. We believe Connect Workplace helps employees live healthier, happier and more productive lives, while allowing employers to benefit from greater staff productivity, lower attrition and reduced healthcare costs.

We have enabled a rich partner ecosystem of over 600 developers and partners who extend the value of our platform in powerful ways. These developers and partners have built applications that supplement our capabilities in areas such as automation, marketing, mobile and social interaction. Several of these partners have created significant consumer-facing businesses that rely on our unique inventory of classes, scheduling and payments capabilities. All of this is enabled by our application programming interface, or API, through which we grant access to approved developers and partners. We believe that the opportunities and technology provided by our partners enhance the power of our marketplace and contribute to the attractiveness and critical position of MINDBODY within the wellness ecosystem.

As more local wellness businesses adopt our business management and payments platform, more subscriber listings appear on Connect. A larger critical mass of local wellness services on Connect attracts more consumers, which in turn attracts more local wellness businesses that want to engage with these consumers, thereby creating powerful network effects that benefit the entire ecosystem. Similarly, as more corporate wellness subscribers adopt Connect Workplace, their employees begin using our platform, which leads to increased demand from local wellness businesses to be listed on Connect. As more local wellness businesses appear on Connect, more employees use our platform to redeem their corporate incentives, which in turn leads to more corporate wellness subscribers being attracted to our platform. Finally, as we add more subscribers, consumers and employees to our wellness ecosystem, we attract more technology developers and partners who can use our API to develop additional apps that extend the capabilities of our open platform.

 

LOGO

(1) We define active consumers as all unique consumers who have used our platform to transact with our subscribers during the immediately preceding two years.

Our financial performance reflects our significant subscriber growth and increasing revenue per subscriber. Our total revenue increased from $32.0 million in 2012, to $48.7 million in 2013 to $70.0 million in 2014, representing year-over-year increases of 52% and 44% in 2013 and 2014, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, our revenue was $15.7 million and $22.3 million, respectively, representing a 42% growth rate. Our net loss was $5.5 million, $16.2 million and $24.6 million for 2012, 2013 and 2014,

 

 

2


Table of Contents

respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, our net loss was $4.8 million and $7.9 million, respectively. Our Adjusted EBITDA was negative $2.5 million, negative $11.5 million and negative $18.8 million for 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, our Adjusted EBITDA was negative $3.8 million and negative $5.3 million, respectively. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, please see the section titled “Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measure.”

Industry Background

Increasing Focus on Personal Health and Beauty is Fueling Global Demand for Wellness Services

An increased focus on personal health and beauty represents a major global trend among consumers and is driving growth in wellness services worldwide. As the desire for longer, healthier lives, attractive appearance and overall physical and emotional well-being grows, more and more people are adopting a lifestyle that incorporates a healthier diet, regular physical exercise, integrative health, salon, spa and other wellness services.

While over 2.1 billion people or nearly 30% of the world’s population are overweight, consumers are becoming increasingly aware of the risks associated with obesity and the benefits of regular physical exercise and are therefore seeking to achieve a healthy weight and fitness level. In addition, while decades ago individual spending on exercise classes and spa and salon services was minimal, we believe consumers across generations today are increasingly willing to allocate a significant portion of their disposable income to wellness services.

Moreover, people increasingly consume salon, spa and integrative health services to enhance emotional, social and physical wellness. We believe that while in developed markets, the aging population is demanding more salon, spa and integrative health services, in emerging markets, demand is driven by urbanization and the resulting increase in social interactions.

Growing Demand for Personalized Wellness Experiences has been Driving Industry Fragmentation

We believe consumers are increasingly seeking more personalized and effective wellness experiences and are opting for smaller businesses that are more conveniently located and cater to individual needs and preferences. As a result, the number of small wellness businesses has proliferated over the past decade, while all-inclusive facilities such as large health clubs now comprise only a small percentage of the wellness services industry’s aggregate revenue. Meanwhile, the market share of smaller businesses has been growing rapidly, which can be seen in the increasing number of businesses that specialize in practices such as yoga, Pilates, barre, Zumba and CrossFit.

Escalating Healthcare Costs are Driving Employers Worldwide to Develop Corporate Wellness Programs that Incentivize the Use of Wellness Services

Healthcare costs for employers have been increasing significantly: According to healthcare research foundation The Commonwealth Fund, from 2003 to 2013, the annual cost of family coverage for U.S. employers rose 73% to an average of $16,029. A 2010 study published in the Journal of Occupational and Environmental Medicine estimated that the cost of obesity among full-time employees reaches $73.1 billion each year. To reduce rising healthcare expenses and excessive absenteeism as well as to improve their employees’ productivity, more and more organizations are implementing corporate wellness and other incentive programs to encourage healthy behavior. A 2012 study by RAND Health found that participation in a wellness program is associated with lower health care costs.

Despite the wide availability of corporate wellness programs, the actual participation of employees in such programs remains limited. According to the Business Journal, Gallup reported that although more than 85% of

 

 

3


Table of Contents

large employers offer wellness programs, only 24% of employees at these companies actually participate in the programs. We believe this is due to the fact that employers lack effective tools to incentivize participation in wellness programs and often fail to satisfy a broad range of employee preferences.

Consumers Need a Single, Mobile Enabled Interface for their Wellness Services Needs

Due to the fragmented nature of the wellness services industry, consumers often find it complicated and time consuming to find and book wellness services. Consumers increasingly expect to be able to identify, research and schedule the desired wellness services using their mobile devices in a manner that allows them to view class schedules, practitioner details and consumer reviews, make bookings conveniently outside business hours through web or mobile interfaces and pay for these services seamlessly online.

Wellness Businesses Need an Integrated Software and Payments Platform that is Designed to Meet their Industry-Specific Needs

Wellness businesses have to manage online bookings, staff scheduling and payroll, and resource allocation. They also need to promote their wellness services, attract new consumers and nurture consumer relationships. In addition, business owners need to keep track of key business performance indicators and take action to increase revenue and improve profitability. Many wellness businesses use basic tools like paper forms or Excel spreadsheets to perform some of these functions, which can be time consuming and distracting. We have observed that the inability of business owners to focus on their core business often leads to lost revenue and lower consumer retention. To succeed in the marketplace, wellness businesses need an easy-to-use and integrated cloud-based software and payments solution that is specifically designed for their needs, is cost effective and can be accessed anytime from anywhere and on any device.

The MINDBODY Solution

Our integrated cloud-based business management software and payments platform is specifically designed to address the unique requirements of the wellness services industry. We help our subscribers simplify their operations, focus on their consumers and grow their revenue by enabling them to attract and retain consumers.

Integrated Software and Payments Platform Designed Specifically for the Needs of Local Wellness Businesses

We have developed a cloud-based software and payments platform with powerful functionality that addresses key aspects of operating a wellness business, including:

 

  Client Scheduling and Online Booking . We offer subscribers the most complete online client scheduling capability available on the market today. We are the only platform provider that enables all four different types of scheduling that wellness businesses typically encounter: appointments, open classes, enrollments and workshops and resource scheduling.

 

  Staff Management . With our staff and resource scheduling software features, staff management is easy and organized. Subscribers keep the whole schedule in one place, allowing them to manage staff availability, hours, substitutions, commissions and other compensation, all of which is easily linked to payroll records.

 

  Client Relationship Management . With our client relationship management features, subscribers have all their consumer information in one place and can take advantage of powerful consumer relationship and marketing tools.

 

 

Integrated Software and Payments . We offer our subscribers payment processing solutions at competitive rates. Our integrated payments platform allows for convenient and secure storage of consumer credit card

 

 

4


Table of Contents
 

information, which allows for seamless online bookings, recurring membership payments through our business management software and online store purchases through Connect.

 

  Retail Point of Sale . Our point-of-sale capabilities help subscribers sell products and services, contracts and memberships, packages, workshops and store-branded gift cards.

 

  Analytics and Reporting . We track key information that subscribers need to know to achieve their business goals, including revenue growth, contribution margin of classes, consumer retention rates, referral sources, return on investment for consumer retention campaigns and practitioner performance based on consumer loyalty and reviews by class or type of service.

 

  Simple and Intuitive User Experience. We designed our business management software with a focus on developing a visually appealing interface that is simple, easy to use and requires little training, while offering subscribers powerful business management features.

 

  Mobility. Our platform enables our subscribers to manage their operations anytime and anywhere via a number of mobile devices and operating systems, including Mac, iOS, Android and Windows.

 

  Dynamic Cloud-Based Architecture. Our software platform is powered by a dynamic cloud-based architecture that requires low upfront investment and no maintenance and can easily scale with subscribers as their businesses grow.

 

  Security and Compliance. We consistently earn a Level I Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard, or PCI DSS, and Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, or HIPAA, compliance rating.

 

  Social Integration. Our platform integrates with popular social networks like Facebook and Twitter, allowing our subscribers to publish schedules on their Facebook page and enabling consumers to directly schedule appointments and classes via Facebook.

MINDBODY Connect

A key component of our platform is Connect, our consumer-facing mobile app. With Connect, consumers have a unified account to manage all aspects of their wellness activities with a single log in. They can discover local wellness services using a geo-located map function, view class and appointment descriptions, schedules and real-time availability, read practitioner biographies and user reviews written by consumers who have actually received the service, and then book and pay for their desired services in a few taps from their mobile device.

MINDBODY Connect Workplace

Our Connect Workplace offering is designed to allow corporate wellness subscribers to encourage healthy habits for their employees and measure the results. Subscribers to Connect Workplace use our platform to manage on-site wellness services, incentivize employees to take advantage of the local wellness businesses in our network and analyze aggregate employee attendance data.

Rich Partner Ecosystem

We have enabled a rich partner ecosystem of over 600 developers and partners who extend the value of our platform in powerful ways.

 

  Open Platform for Third-Party App Development . We have built an open and extensible platform with an API that offers approved developers access to our unique inventory of classes, scheduling and payments capabilities.

 

  Integration with Other Cloud-Based Partners. Our platform can be integrated with other cloud-based software that our subscribers may be using for critical business management tasks to extend the capabilities of our platform within a variety of focus areas such as automation, marketing, mobile and social.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

Key Benefits to Marketplace Constituents

 

  Benefits to Subscribers and Practitioners.

 

    Simplify business operations.

 

    Focus more attention on clients and the quality of service they receive.

 

    Grow loyal client base and recurring revenue.

 

  Benefits to Consumers.

 

    Convenient single interface that addresses their wellness services needs.

 

    Time savings and excellent user experience increase engagement and achievement of wellness goals.

 

    Central database for wellness activities facilitates fitness graph tracking.

 

  Benefits to Employers.

 

    Improve employee satisfaction and engagement by providing more personalized wellness options and built-in incentives.

 

    Increase employee productivity and reduce long-term group healthcare costs with greater wellness activity participation.

 

    Monitor and improve effectiveness by analyzing engagement and employee feedback.

Our Market Opportunity

According to IBISWorld, in 2014, the total revenue of gyms, health and fitness clubs in the United States was expected to reach $26.5 billion, and the U.S. salon market, consisting of haircutting services, hair coloring services, nail care services, skin care services and other services, was expected to reach $50.2 billion. The global markets for these services are significantly larger. In addition, the U.S. corporate wellness services market was expected to reach $7.4 billion in 2014, according to IBISWorld. According to a report that we commissioned from Frost and Sullivan, our addressable market is approximately 4.2 million wellness businesses worldwide. Based on their analysis, Frost and Sullivan estimates that the market for business management software solutions targeted at wellness businesses will grow to $9.5 billion in 2015 and expects this market to grow to $15.3 billion in 2018, which implies a 17.1% CAGR. In addition, we believe there are a significant number of individual practitioners worldwide who are not included in the 4.2 million addressable market estimate and can benefit from our business management software and payments platform. With over 42,000 local business subscribers, we estimate our current market penetration to be less than 1%. While we expect competition in the industry to increase and evolve over time, given our current market leadership, we believe that we are well positioned to compete for and capture a significant portion of global software and payments spending in the wellness services industry.

Our Competitive Strengths

The Leading Global Online Wellness Marketplace. We are the leading global online wellness marketplace with over 42,000 local business subscribers on our platform in 124 countries and territories employing over 250,000 practitioners who provide a variety of wellness services to over 24 million active consumers. Due to our unmatched global wellness network, Connect has become the go-to destination for consumers to manage their wellness services activities.

Industry-Specific Expertise. Our team of experts understands the detailed workflows and needs of each type of business within the wellness services industry, and has designed our integrated cloud-based business management software and payments platform specifically to address the unique requirements of these businesses.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

Powerful Network Effects. As more local wellness businesses use our platform, more subscriber listings appear on Connect. A larger critical mass of local wellness services on Connect attracts more consumers, which in turn attracts more local wellness businesses that want to engage with these consumers, thereby creating powerful network effects that benefit the entire ecosystem. Similarly, as more corporate wellness subscribers adopt Connect Workplace, more employees use our platform to redeem their corporate incentives, which in turn attracts both wellness businesses and corporate wellness subscribers. Finally, as we add more subscribers, consumers and employees to our wellness ecosystem, we attract more technology developers and partners who can use our API to develop additional apps that extend the capabilities of our open platform.

Integrated Cloud-Based Business Management Software and Payments Platform. The seamless integration between our business management software and payments platform provides a convenient one-stop solution for our subscribers. Subscribers save time and resources by avoiding the use of a separate payments platform and the associated burdensome manual reconciliations of transactions that result from a lack of automation. We believe that this integrated software and payments capability leads to higher subscriber engagement with our platform and a larger recurring revenue stream for us.

Ability to Scale with Subscribers’ Businesses. Our feature-rich software scales from individual practitioners to large, international organizations that have hundreds of locations. It is possible for an independent mobile practitioner starting her small business to begin with our entry level software, upgrade to our more robust offerings as she opens her first brick-and-mortar location, then add locations and ultimately create a substantial chain on our platform. This type of inspirational story has happened many times.

Critical Position in the Wellness Ecosystem. We have enabled a rich partner ecosystem of over 600 developers and partners who extend the value of our platform in powerful ways. Many of our technology partners and API platform partners have built successful businesses, or have significantly expanded their existing businesses, to cater to our subscribers and consumers via our platform. We believe the time, effort and dollars spent by these businesses to integrate with our platform point to the critical position that MINDBODY has established in the ecosystem.

Proprietary Data and Analytics. Our software and payments platform collects and presents critical information that enables subscribers to fine tune their business operations and enables us to observe macro level wellness services industry trends that inform our business decisions. With our software, subscribers can analyze their consumer data, including demographics, type and frequency of activities and spending habits. In addition, we help subscribers assess the performance of their staff. We also collect and display consumer reviews to both subscribers and consumers. This enables consumers to make more informed buying decisions and helps our subscribers improve their businesses. Due to our market leadership position, we have access to more proprietary data than our competitors, which helps us improve our platform and allows us to provide unique insights and analytical capabilities.

Exceptional Company Culture that Drives Performance. The MINDBODY team shares an exceptional company culture that incorporates our core values of being purpose driven, humble and helpful, caring and happy, committed to wellness, environmentally conscious, continuously evolving and committed to leadership. According to a report from Mashable based on data from Glassdoor in December 2014, MINDBODY has been named one of the “Top 10 Best Tech Companies To Work For in 2015.” We believe our culture gives us a competitive advantage in recruiting and retaining talent, driving innovation, enhancing productivity and improving customer experience.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

Our Growth Strategy

Given the increasing demand for wellness services among consumers today and a largely untapped market, we believe our opportunity is significant and growing. Key elements of our growth strategy include:

 

    Continuing to expand our subscriber base, both domestically and internationally;

 

    Deepening relationships with existing subscribers;

 

    Growing consumer adoption of Connect;

 

    Continuing to innovate and broaden our platform;

 

    Further developing our partnerships and wellness ecosystem;

 

    Increasing our presence in corporate wellness;

 

    Making strategic investments and select acquisitions; and

 

    Expanding our international reach via partnerships and investments in our salesforce.

Risks Associated with Our Business

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

    We have a history of losses, and our revenue growth rate may not sustain the levels experienced in recent years. As our costs increase, we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to achieve and sustain profitability.

 

    We derive, and expect to continue to derive, a majority of our revenue and cash flows from our integrated cloud-based business management software and payments platform for the wellness services industry. If we fail to adapt this platform to changing market dynamics and subscriber preferences or to achieve increased market acceptance of our platform, our business, results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects would be adversely affected.

 

    Our business depends substantially on our subscribers renewing their subscriptions to our platform. Any decline in the rate at which subscribers renew their subscriptions would harm our future operating results.

 

    If we are not able to enhance our platform to achieve market acceptance and keep pace with technological developments, our business would be harmed.

 

    Our payments platform is a core element of our business, and any failure to grow and develop our payment processing activities, or to anticipate changes in consumer behavior, could materially and adversely affect our business and financial results.

 

    Our payment processing platform is subject to United States and international rules and regulations, many of which are still developing. If we fail to comply with such rules and regulations or if new laws, rules or practices applicable to payment systems restrict our ability to collect fees from our payment processing platform, our financial results could be materially and adversely effected.

 

    If we incur an actual or perceived breach to our payment processing platform, we may incur significant liabilities and our brand and reputations may be damaged.

 

    We are subject to risks related to our reliance on third-party processing partners to perform our payment processing services.

 

 

8


Table of Contents
    We may undertake to directly perform certain payment processing services and expand the scope of payment processing services we provide, which may require a significant investment of time and resources, and expand our exposure to potential liabilities.

 

    The dual class structure of our common stock has the effect of concentrating voting control with those stockholders who held our capital stock prior to the completion of this offering, including our executive officers, employees and directors and their affiliates, which will limit your ability to influence the outcome of important transactions, including a change in control. The holders of our outstanding Class B common stock will hold approximately    % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock following this offering.

Corporate Information

We were organized as a California limited liability company in February 2001 and converted into a California corporation in October 2004. We were reincorporated in Delaware in March 2015. Our principal executive offices are located at 4051 Broad Street, Suite 220, San Luis Obispo, California 93401, and our telephone number is (877) 755-4279. Our website address is www.mindbodyonline.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website does not constitute part of this prospectus and inclusions of our website address in this prospectus are inactive textual references only.

Unless expressly indicated or the context requires otherwise, the terms “MINDBODY,” “company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” in this prospectus refer to MINDBODY, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and, where appropriate, its wholly owned subsidiaries. The Enso design logo, “MINDBODY,” “MINDBODY Connect,” “Love Your Business,” “MINDBODY Connect Workplace” and our other registered and common law trade names, trademarks and service marks are the property of MINDBODY, Inc. Other trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

Emerging Growth Company

The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, was enacted in April 2012 with the intention of encouraging capital formation in the United States and reducing the regulatory burden on newly public companies that qualify as “emerging growth companies.” We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various public reporting requirements, including the requirement that our internal control over financial reporting be audited by our independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, certain requirements related to the disclosure of executive compensation in this prospectus and in our periodic reports and proxy statements and the requirement that we hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments. We may take advantage of these exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenue; (ii) the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; (iii) the date on which we have issued, in any three-year period, more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and (iv) the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering.

See the section titled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Ownership of Our Class A Common Stock and this Offering—We are an ‘emerging growth company’ and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors” for certain risks related to our status as an emerging growth company.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Class A common stock offered by us

            shares

Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering


            shares

Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering


            shares

Over-allotment option offered by us

            shares

Total Class A common stock and Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering


            shares (             shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full)

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock in this offering will be approximately $         million (or approximately $         million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full), based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our Class A common stock and enable access to the public equity markets for us and our stockholders. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses and capital expenditures. Additionally, we may use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire businesses, products, services or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any material acquisitions at this time. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

Voting rights

Following this offering, we will have two classes of authorized common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share, and the holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to 10 votes per share, on all matters that are subject to a stockholder vote.

 

All shares of our capital stock outstanding immediately prior to this offering, including all shares held by our executive officers, employees and directors, and their respective affiliates, will be reclassified into shares of our Class B common stock immediately prior to this

 

 

10


Table of Contents
offering. Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will generally vote together as a single class, unless otherwise required by law or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. The holders of our outstanding Class B common stock will hold approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock following this offering and will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of our directors and the approval of any change in control transaction. See the sections titled “Principal Stockholders” and “Description of Capital Stock” for additional information.

Proposed                 trading symbol

“MB”

The number of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on no shares of our Class A common stock and 12,787,020 shares of our Class B common stock (including our redeemable convertible preferred stock on an as-converted basis) outstanding as of March 31, 2015, and excludes:

 

    1,265,228 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2015, with a weighted-average exercise price of $19.89 per share;

 

    35,670 shares of our Class B common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of a warrant to purchase shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding as of March 31, 2015, with an aggregate exercise price of approximately $151,603;

 

    108,000 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock granted after March 31, 2015, with an exercise price of $36.24 per share; and

 

            shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of:

 

            shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2015 Plan;

 

    219,874 shares of our Class B common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2009 Stock Option Plan, or our 2009 Plan (after giving effect to the grant of 108,000 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock after March 31, 2015 and the cancellation and return of 77 shares of our Class B common stock to our 2009 Plan after March 31, 2015), which number of shares will be added to the shares of our Class A common stock to be reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Plan upon its effectiveness, at which time we will cease granting awards under our 2009 Plan; and

 

            shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or our ESPP.

Our 2015 Plan and ESPP each provide for annual automatic increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder, and our 2015 Plan also provides for increases to the number of shares that may be granted thereunder based on shares under our 2009 Plan that expire, are forfeited or otherwise repurchased by us, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.”

 

 

11


Table of Contents

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

    the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in Delaware and the effectiveness of our amended and restated bylaws, each of which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

    the reclassification of all outstanding shares of our common stock into an equivalent number of shares of our Class B common stock and the authorization of our Class A common stock, each of which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

    the automatic conversion and reclassification of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 8,269,463 shares of our Class B common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

    the automatic conversion and reclassification of an outstanding warrant to purchase 35,000 shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into a warrant to purchase 35,670 shares of our Class B common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

    no exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option.

 

 

12


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014 are derived from audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2015 are derived from unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and reflect, in the opinion of management, all adjustments of a normal, recurring nature that are necessary for the fair presentation of the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future and are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year or any other period. The following summary consolidated financial and other data should be read with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2012     2013     2014     2014     2015  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

      

Revenue

   $ 31,999      $ 48,687      $ 70,010      $ 15,653      $ 22,263   

Cost of revenue (1)

     13,411        21,890        30,004        6,478        8,693   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

  18,588      26,797      40,006      9,175      13,570   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

Sales and marketing (1)

  11,735      20,957      30,922      7,247      9,717   

Research and development (1)

  3,741      10,517      16,167      3,594      4,725   

General and administrative (1)

  8,111      10,730      18,422      3,530      6,780   

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

       428      (1,434   (423     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

  23,587      42,632      64,077      13,948      21,222   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

  (4,999   (15,835   (24,071   (4,773   (7,652

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant

  (515   (302   (283   (22   (150

Interest income

  6                     3   

Interest expense

  (15   (21   (68   (20   (17

Other income (expense), net

  17      (26   (68   5      (39
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

  (5,506   (16,184   (24,490   (4,810   (7,855

Provision for income taxes

  13      63      116      34      6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  (5,519   (16,247   (24,606   (4,844   (7,861

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock (2)

     (13,025     (27,892     (21,311     (5,831     (5,459

Deemed dividend—preferred stock modification

                                 1,748   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders (2)

$ (18,544 $ (44,139 $ (45,917 $ (10,675 $ (11,572
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (2)

$ (4.59 $ (10.26 $ (10.42 $ (2.43 $ (2.58
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (2)

  4,040,891      4,303,182      4,405,472      4,387,275      4,480,711   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (2)

$ (1.94 $ (0.60
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (2)

  12,513,063      12,750,174   
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

13


Table of Contents
(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2012      2013      2014      2014      2015  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $       $ 51       $ 220       $ 24       $ 100   

Sales and marketing

             56         196         34         541   

Research and development

             68         298         53         96   

General and administrative

     1,484         252         1,023         225         403   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

$ 1,484    $ 427    $ 1,737    $ 336    $ 1,140   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2) See Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to calculate our actual and pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

The pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table below is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

     As of March 31, 2015  
     Actual     Pro Forma (1)      Pro Forma
As  Adjusted (2) (3)
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 22,099      $ 22,099       $                

Working capital

     14,142        14,142      

Property and equipment, net

     32,487        32,487      

Total assets

     71,077        71,077      

Total deferred revenue

     2,865        2,865      

Total financing obligation

     17,002        17,002      

Preferred stock warrant

     1,338             

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     170,159             

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (133,828     37,669      

 

 

(1) The pro forma column gives effect to (i) the automatic conversion and reclassification of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 8,269,463 shares of our Class B common stock, which conversion and reclassification will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (ii) the resulting reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to stockholders’ equity, and (iii) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in Delaware, as if such conversion, reclassification and effectiveness had occurred on March 31, 2015.
(2) The pro forma as adjusted column gives effect to the pro forma adjustments set forth in footnote 1 above and the sale and issuance by us of             shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
(3)

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of our Class A common stock of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of each of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity (deficit) by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover

 

 

14


Table of Contents
  page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of each of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity (deficit) by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Key Metrics

We regularly review the following key metrics to measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections, make strategic business decisions and assess working capital needs.

 

     As of and for Year Ended December 31,      As of and for
Three Months

Ended
March 31,
2015
 
         2012              2013              2014         

Subscribers (end of period) (1)

     22,062         31,043         40,517         42,700   

Average monthly revenue per subscriber (2)

   $ 131       $ 146       $ 155       $ 174   

Payments volume (in millions) (3)

   $ 2,113       $ 3,099       $ 4,121       $ 1,168   

Dollar-based net expansion rate (end of period) (4)

     n/a         103%         109%         109%   

 

 

(1) Subscribers are defined as unique physical business locations or, in the case of our Solo software level, individual practitioners who have subscribed to our cloud-based business management software platform as of the end of the period.
(2) Average monthly revenue per subscriber is calculated by dividing the subscription, services and payments revenue generated in a given month by the number of subscribers at the end of the previous month. For periods greater than one month, the average monthly revenue per subscriber is the sum of the average monthly revenue per subscriber for each month in the period, divided by the number of months in the period.
(3) Payments volume is the total dollar volume of transactions between our subscribers and their consumers utilizing our payments platform.
(4) Our dollar-based net expansion rate is based upon our monthly subscription, services and payments revenue for a set of subscriber accounts. We calculate our dollar-based net expansion rate by dividing our retained revenue net of contraction and churn by our base revenue. We define our base revenue as the aggregate monthly subscription, services and payments revenue of our subscriber base as of the date one year prior to the date of calculation. We define our retained revenue net of contraction and churn as the aggregate monthly subscription, services and payments revenue of the same subscriber base included in our measure of base revenue at the end of the annual period being measured.

Non-GAAP Financial Measure

Adjusted EBITDA

To provide investors with additional information regarding our financial results prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, we have presented Adjusted EBITDA, which is a non-GAAP financial measure defined by us as our net loss before stock-based compensation expense, depreciation and amortization, change in fair value of contingent consideration, change in fair value of preferred stock warrant, impairment charges, provision for income taxes, and other income (expense), net, which consisted of interest income and expense, and other miscellaneous other income (expense). We have provided below a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure. We have

 

 

15


Table of Contents

presented Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because it is a key measure used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends, to prepare and approve our annual budget, and to develop short and long-term operational plans. In particular, we believe that the exclusion of the amounts eliminated in calculating Adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our core business. Accordingly, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors.

Our use of Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our financial results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are as follows:

 

    Although depreciation and amortization expense are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;

 

    Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect: (1) changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; (2) the potentially dilutive impact of stock-based compensation; or (3) tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us; and

 

    Other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate Adjusted EBITDA or similarly titled measures differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

Because of these and other limitations, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA along with other GAAP-based financial performance measures, including various cash flow metrics, net loss, and our GAAP financial results. The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss for each of the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2012     2013     2014     2014     2015  
     (in thousands)  

Net loss

   $ (5,519   $ (16,247   $ (24,606   $ (4,844   $ (7,861

Stock-based compensation expense

     1,484        427        1,737        336        1,140   

Depreciation and amortization

     1,004        3,479        4,574        1,034        1,218   

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

            428        (1,434     (423       

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant

     515        302        283        22        150   

Impairment charges

                   426                 

Provision for income taxes

     13        63        116        34        6   

Other (income) expense, net

     (8     47        136        15        53   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA (unaudited)

$ (2,511 $ (11,501 $ (18,768 $ (3,826 $ (5,294
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

16


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risks, together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including our financial statements and related notes, before making a decision to invest in our Class A common stock. Any of the following risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition and could cause the trading price of our Class A common stock to decline, which would cause you to lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

We have a history of losses, and our revenue growth rate may not sustain the levels experienced in recent years. As our costs increase, we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to achieve and sustain profitability.

We have incurred a net loss in each year since our inception, including a net loss of $16.2 million and $24.6 million in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and $4.8 million and $7.9 million in the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2015, our Adjusted EBITDA was negative $18.8 million and negative $5.3 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, our revenue was $48.7 million and $70.0 million, respectively, representing a 44% growth rate. For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, our revenue was $15.7 million and $22.3 million, respectively, representing a 42% growth rate. In future years, our revenue growth rate may not sustain the levels reflected by our past performance. We may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to achieve and sustain profitability as we also expect our costs to increase in future periods. We expect to continue to expend substantial financial and other resources on:

 

    developing our platform, including investments in our research and development team, the development or acquisition of new products, features and functionality, and improvements to the scalability, availability and security of our platform;

 

    expenses related to international expansion in an effort to increase our subscriber base;

 

    improving our technology infrastructure and hiring additional employees for our sales, operations and customer support teams;

 

    strategic acquisitions;

 

    sales and marketing expenses, including a significant expansion of our direct sales organization; and

 

    general and administrative expenses, including legal, accounting and other expenses related to being a public company.

These investments may not result in increased revenue or growth of our business. If we fail to continue to grow our revenue, our operating results and business will be harmed.

We derive, and expect to continue to derive, a majority of our revenue and cash flows from our integrated cloud-based business management software and payments platform for the wellness services industry. If we fail to adapt this platform to changing market dynamics and subscriber preferences or to achieve increased market acceptance of our platform, our business, results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects would be adversely affected.

We derive, and expect to continue to derive, a majority of our revenue and cash flows from our integrated cloud-based business management software and payments platform for the wellness services industry. As such, market acceptance of this platform is critical to our success. Demand for our platform is affected by a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control, such as the timing of development and release of new products,

 

17


Table of Contents

features and functionality by our competitors, technological change and growth or contraction in our addressable market. If we are unable to meet the demands of our subscribers for products and services that meet their business needs and are easy to use and deploy, our ability to achieve widespread market acceptance of our platform will be undermined, and our business, results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects will be adversely affected.

Our business depends substantially on our subscribers renewing their subscriptions to our platform. Any decline in the rate at which subscribers renew their subscriptions would harm our future operating results.

The vast majority of our subscription revenue is derived from subscriptions to our platform that have monthly terms. For us to maintain or improve our operating results, it is important that our subscribers renew their subscriptions each month. In the past few years, we have expanded our platform beyond our core cloud-based business management software with the introduction of Connect and Connect Workplace, and in January 2015, we introduced a new tiered pricing model for our subscriptions. While significant planning has gone into the expansion of our platform and the revisions to our pricing model, these changes may adversely impact our ability to accurately predict the rate at which subscribers will renew their subscriptions, which may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including our subscribers’ satisfaction with our platform, our customer support, our prices, the prices of competing software systems, system uptime, network performance, data breaches, mergers and acquisitions affecting our subscriber base, the effects of global economic conditions and reductions in our subscribers’ spending levels. If our subscribers do not renew their subscriptions or shift to less expensive software subscriptions, our revenue may decline and we may not realize improved operating results from our subscriber base.

If we are not able to enhance our platform to achieve market acceptance and keep pace with technological developments, our business would be harmed.

Our ability to attract new subscribers and increase revenue from existing subscribers depends in large part on our ability to enhance and improve our existing platform and to introduce new products and services, including products and services designed for a mobile user environment. To grow our business, we must develop products and services that reflect the changing nature of business management software and expand beyond our core scheduling and point-of-sale functionality to other areas of managing relationships with our subscribers, as well as their relationships with consumers. For example, in 2013, we expanded our platform to include Connect, and in 2015, we introduced Connect Workplace and began providing automated marketing functionality with our higher-priced subscriptions. The success of these and any other enhancements to our platform depends on several factors, including timely completion, adequate quality testing and sufficient demand. Any new product or service that we develop may not be introduced in a timely or cost-effective manner, may contain defects or may not achieve the market acceptance necessary to generate sufficient revenue. If we are unable to successfully develop new products or services, enhance our existing platform to meet subscriber requirements or otherwise gain market acceptance, our business and operating results will be harmed.

In addition, because our platform is available over the Internet, we need to continuously modify and enhance our platform to keep pace with changes in Internet-related hardware, software, communications and database technologies and standards. If we are unable to respond in a timely and cost-effective manner to these rapid technological developments and changes in standards, our platform may become less marketable, less competitive, or obsolete, and our operating results will be harmed. If new technologies emerge that are able to deliver competitive products and applications at lower prices, more efficiently, more conveniently or more securely, such technologies could adversely impact our ability to compete. Our platform must also integrate with a variety of network, hardware, mobile, and software platforms and technologies, and we need to continuously modify and enhance our products and services to adapt to changes and innovation in these technologies. Any failure of our platform to operate effectively with future infrastructure platforms and technologies could reduce the demand for our platform. If we are unable to respond to these changes in a cost-effective manner, our platform may become less marketable, less competitive or obsolete, and our operating results may be adversely affected.

 

18


Table of Contents

Our payments platform is a core element of our business, and any failure to grow and develop our payment processing activities, or to anticipate changes in consumer behavior, could materially and adversely affect our business and financial results.

Our payments platform is a core element of our business. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, our payments platform generated 35% and 37% of our total revenue, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, our payments platform generated 38% and 36% of our total revenue, respectively. Our future success depends in large part on the continued growth and development of our payment processing activities. If such activities are limited, restricted, curtailed or degraded in any way, or if we fail to continue to grow and develop such activities, our business may be materially and adversely affected.

The continued growth and development of our payment processing activities will depend on our ability to anticipate and adapt to changes in consumer behavior. For example, consumer behavior may change regarding the use of credit card transactions, including the relative increased use of cash, crypto-currencies, other emerging or alternative payment methods and credit card systems that we or our processing partners do not adequately support or that do not provide adequate commissions to Independent Sales Organizations such as us. Any failure to timely integrate emerging payment methods (e.g. ApplePay or Bitcoin) into our software, anticipate consumer behavior changes, or contract with processing partners that support such emerging payment technologies could cause us to lose traction among our subscribers, resulting in a corresponding loss of revenue, in the event such methods become popular among their consumers.

Our payment processing platform is subject to United States and international rules and regulations, many of which are still developing. If we fail to comply with such rules and regulations or if new laws, rules or practices applicable to payment systems restrict our ability to collect fees from our payment processing platform, our financial results could be materially and adversely effected.

Payments processing is subject to extensive regulation in the United States and other countries where we operate, and presents a wide range of risks. We may encounter increased regulatory scrutiny and new regulatory compliance requirements brought about by evolving laws, rules and regulations. Our payment processing activities are subject to price controls within the United States and other countries, and may be subject to an increase of price controls, including controls limiting the amount we are allowed to charge subscribers for processing credit card and debit card transactions. Certain countries limit the ability of foreign payment companies like us to conduct processing activities, and restrict the transfer of funds out of such countries. Changes in the laws, rules or practices applicable to payment systems such as VISA, MasterCard or American Express, including changes resulting in increased costs that we or our subscribers must pay, may force changes to our payments platform that could adversely affect our business.

If we incur an actual or perceived breach to our payment processing platform, we may incur significant liabilities and our brand and reputation may be damaged.

We may suffer an attack on our payments platform that results in a breach of consumer cardholder data. We maintain payment information for tens of millions of consumers on our payments platform, and we are a potential target for hackers and other parties attempting to steal credit card data via cyber-attacks or other means. As we increase our consumer base and our brand becomes more widely known and recognized, we may become more of a target for these malicious third parties. If we experience any actual or perceived data breach as a result of third-party actions, employee negligence or error, or malfeasance, whether or not resulting in the unauthorized acquisition of or access to cardholder data, we could incur significant liability, our business may suffer and our brand and reputation may be damaged. We could be required to pay extensive fines and costs related to any such data breach, including costs incurred to replace credit cards and cardholder information and provide security monitoring services, and we could lose future sales and subscribers, any of which could harm our business and operating results. Such fines and costs could become due in one or two business days following such breach and exceed the amount of cash available to us, thereby impacting our ability to operate our business. In addition, a

 

19


Table of Contents

data breach or failure to comply with rules or regulations of payment systems could also result in the termination of our status as a registered Independent Sales Organization / Merchant Service Provider, thereby dramatically impairing our ability to continue doing business in the payments industry.

We are subject to risks related to our reliance on third-party processing partners to perform our payment processing services.

We depend on our third-party processing partners to perform payment processing services, which generate almost all of our payments revenue. Our processing partners may go out of business or otherwise be unable or unwilling to continue providing such services, which could significantly and materially reduce our payments revenue and disrupt our business. A number of our processing contracts require us to assume liability for any losses our processing partners may suffer as a result of losses caused by our subscribers, including losses caused by chargebacks and subscriber fraud. Thus, in the event of a significant loss by our processing partners, we may be required to pay-out a large amount of cash in one or two business days following such event and, if we do not have sufficient cash on hand, may be deemed in breach of such contracts. A contractual dispute with our processing partners could adversely impact our revenue. Certain contracts may expire or be terminated, and we may not be able to replicate the associated revenue through a new processing partner relationship for a considerable period of time. In addition, the failure of any third-party processing partner to provide accurate and timely reporting could adversely impact our ability to report accurate and timely revenue in accordance with GAAP.

We expect to initiate new third-party payment relationships or migrate to other third-party payment partners in the future. The initiation of these relationships and the transition from one relationship to another would require significant time and resources. New third-party payment processing relationships may not be as effective, efficient or well received by subscribers and their consumers, nor is there any assurance that we will be able to reach an agreement with such processing partners. Our contracts with such processing partners may be less lucrative. For instance, we may be required to pay more for payment processing or receive a less favorable revenue arrangement from our payment processing partners. We may also experience the termination of revenue streams due to such migrations.

We may undertake to directly perform certain payment processing services and expand the scope of payment processing services we provide, which may require a significant investment of time and resources, and expand our exposure to potential liabilities.

In the future, we may undertake to directly perform certain payment processing services that we currently depend upon our processing partners to perform, expand the scope of payment processing services we provide, offer additional payment processing services or otherwise undertake additional responsibilities and liabilities related to such payment processing services. For example, in the future, we may undertake to act as a registered payment facilitator or payment service provider of the payment systems, providing merchants with a suite of services, including payment processing and funding and accepting payments as the merchant of record on behalf of other merchants. Any of these endeavors would require a significant investment of time and effective management of resources before presenting any potential upside for us, and may dramatically expand the scope of our potential contractual liability or exposure in the event of a lawsuit. Further, we may fail to effectively execute in performing such an expansion of services.

If our network or computer systems are breached or unauthorized access to subscriber or consumer data is otherwise obtained, our platform may be perceived as insecure, we may lose existing subscribers or fail to attract new subscribers, and we may incur significant liabilities.

Use of our platform involves the storage, transmission and processing of our subscribers’ proprietary data, including personal or identifying information regarding their consumers or employees. Unauthorized access to or security breaches of our platform could result in the loss of data, loss of intellectual property or trade secrets, loss

 

20


Table of Contents

of business, reputational damage, regulatory investigations and orders, litigation, indemnity obligations, damages for contract breach, penalties for violation of applicable laws, regulations, or contractual obligations, and significant costs, fees and other monetary payments for remediation. For example, if our platform is breached in a way that constitutes a violation of HIPAA, we could face costs for remediation, criminal penalties, and/or monetary penalties up to $1.5 million per year for violations of an identical provision of the law.

If any unauthorized access to our systems or data or any other security breach occurs, or is believed to have occurred, our reputation and brand could be damaged, we could be required to expend significant capital and other resources to alleviate problems caused by such actual or perceived breaches and remediate our systems, we could be exposed to a risk of loss, litigation or regulatory action and possible liability, and our ability to operate our business may be impaired. If subscribers believe that our platform does not provide adequate security for the storage of personal or other sensitive information or its transmission over the Internet, our business will be harmed. Subscribers’ concerns about security or privacy may deter them from using our platform for activities that involve personal or other sensitive information. Additionally, actual, potential or anticipated attacks may cause us to incur increasing costs, including costs to deploy additional personnel and protection technologies, train employees and engage third-party experts and consultants. Our errors and omissions insurance policies covering certain security and privacy damages and claim expenses may not be sufficient to compensate for all potential liability. Although we maintain cyber liability insurance, we cannot be certain that our coverage will be adequate for liabilities actually incurred or that insurance will continue to be available to us on economically reasonable terms, or at all.

Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not identified until they are launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. We may also experience security breaches that may remain undetected for extended periods of time.

Because data security is a critical competitive factor in our industry, we make statements in our privacy policies and terms of service, through our certifications to privacy standards, and in our marketing materials, describing the security of our platform, including descriptions of certain security measures we employ. Should any of these statements be untrue, become untrue, or be perceived to be untrue, even if through circumstances beyond our reasonable control, we may face claims, including claims of unfair or deceptive trade practices, brought by the U.S. Federal Trade Commission, state, local or foreign regulators and private litigants.

Because our platform can be used to collect and store personal information, domestic and international privacy and data security concerns could result in additional costs and liabilities to us or inhibit sales of our platform.

Personal privacy and data security are significant issues in the United States, Europe and many other jurisdictions where we offer our platform. The regulatory framework for privacy and security issues worldwide is rapidly evolving and is likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future. The U.S. federal and various state and foreign governments have adopted or proposed limitations on, or requirements regarding, the collection, distribution, use, security and storage of personally identifiable information and other data relating to individuals, and the Federal Trade Commission and numerous state attorneys general are applying federal and state consumer protection laws to enforce regulations related to the online collection, use and dissemination of personally identifiable information and other data. Some of these requirements include obligations on companies to notify individuals of security breaches involving particular personal information, which could result from breaches experienced by us or our service providers. Even though we may have contractual protections with our service providers, notifications related to a security breach could impact our reputation, harm customer confidence, hurt our sales and expansion into new markets or cause us to lose existing customers.

Further, many foreign countries and governmental bodies, including the European Union and Canada, have laws and regulations concerning the collection and use of personally identifiable information obtained from their residents or by businesses operating within their jurisdiction. These laws and regulations often are more

 

21


Table of Contents

restrictive than those in the United States. Laws and regulations in these jurisdictions apply broadly to the collection, use, storage, disclosure and security of data that identifies or may be used to identify or locate an individual, such as names, email addresses and, in some jurisdictions, Internet Protocol, or IP, addresses. We certify adherence to the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Safe Harbor Privacy Principles and comply with the U.S.-EU and U.S.-Swiss Safe Harbor Frameworks. However, it is not clear whether or for how long applicable data protection authorities in the European Union will continue to recognize such certification as a valid method of compliance with restrictions set forth in EU data protection legislation restricting the transfer of data outside of the European Economic Area. Such uncertainty has increased as a result of a vote by the EU Parliament to suspend the Safe Harbor.

We also expect that there will continue to be new proposed laws, regulations and industry standards concerning privacy, data protection and information security in the United States, the European Union and other jurisdictions, and we cannot yet determine the impact such future laws, regulations and standards may have on our business. Future laws, regulations, standards and other obligations, and changes in the interpretation of existing laws, regulations, standards and other obligations could impair our or our subscribers’ ability to collect, use or disclose information relating to consumers, which could decrease demand for our platform, increase our costs and impair our ability to maintain and grow our subscriber base and increase our revenue. New laws, amendments to or re-interpretations of existing laws and regulations, industry standards, contractual obligations and other obligations may require us to incur additional costs and restrict our business operations. In view of new or modified federal, state or foreign laws and regulations, industry standards, contractual obligations and other legal obligations, or any changes in their interpretation, we may find it necessary or desirable to fundamentally change our business activities and practices or to expend significant resources to modify our software or platform and otherwise adapt to these changes. Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with federal, state or foreign laws or regulations, industry standards or other legal obligations, or any actual or suspected security incident, whether or not resulting in unauthorized access to, or acquisition, release or transfer of personally identifiable information or other data, may result in governmental enforcement actions and prosecutions, private litigation, fines and penalties or adverse publicity and could cause our subscribers to lose trust in us, which could have an adverse effect on our reputation and business. We may be unable to make such changes and modifications in a commercially reasonable manner or at all, and our ability to develop new products and features could be limited. Any of these developments could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, the costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, the laws, regulations, and policies that are applicable to the businesses of our subscribers may limit the use and adoption of, and reduce the overall demand for, our platform. Privacy and data security concerns, whether valid or not valid, may inhibit market adoption of our platform, particularly in certain industries and foreign countries.

We are subject to a number of legal requirements, industry standards and contractual obligations regarding security, data protection, and privacy and any failure to comply with these requirements, obligations or standards could have an adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition and operating results.

As a service provider to our subscribers, we must comply with a number of data protection, security, privacy and other government- and industry-specific requirements, including those that require companies to notify individuals of data security incidents involving certain types of personal data. For example, our solutions must conform, in certain circumstances, to requirements set forth in HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, which collectively govern the privacy and security of protected health information. Through the provision of online scheduling services to certain of our clients, we may collect, access, use, maintain and transmit protected health information in ways that may be subject to certain of these laws and regulations. Any inability to adequately address privacy and security concerns, even if unfounded, or comply with applicable laws, regulations, policies, industry standards, contractual obligations or other legal obligations could result in additional cost and liability to us, damage our reputation, inhibit sales and adversely affect our business.

HIPAA applies to covered entities ( e.g. , health plans, health care clearinghouses and most health care providers) and to “business associates” of covered entities, which include individuals and entities that provide

 

22


Table of Contents

services for or on behalf of covered entities pursuant to which the service providers may access protected health information, as well as subcontractors of business associates who may access such information. We are a subcontractor to certain business associates of covered entities. Under the current HIPAA regulations promulgated by the United States Department of Health and Human Services, if we experience a breach of patient information, the liability rules for business associates and business associates’ subcontractors could result in substantial financial and reputational harm to our business.

The Standards for Privacy of Individually Identifiable Health Information, or Privacy Rule, and the Security Standards for the Protection of Electronic Protected Health Information, or Security Rule, which jointly govern the privacy and security of protected health information, could significantly affect our business. The Privacy Rule and the Security Rule require the development and implementation of policies, procedures and contracts to assure compliance. We have implemented certain compliance measures, but we may be required to make additional modifications or to document and implement additional policies and procedures to comply with evolving HIPAA rules and our subscribers’ business associate agreements with us. We may also be required to perform periodic audits and refinements as required by HIPAA and our subscribers’ business associate agreements with us.

Additionally, because we process a significant portion of our payments through debit or credit cards and enable our subscribers to engage in payments through our service, we are contractually required to maintain Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard, or PCI DSS, compliance as part of our information security program. We also may find it necessary or desirable to join industry or other self-regulatory bodies or other privacy or data protection-related organizations that require compliance with their rules pertaining to privacy and data protection. We also may be bound by additional, more stringent contractual obligations relating to our collection, use and disclosure of personal, financial and other data. If we cannot comply with or if we incur a violation of any of these regulations or requirements, we could incur significant liability through fines and penalties imposed by credit card associations or other organizations, breach of contracts with our payment processors, or our growth could be adversely impacted, either of which could have an adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition and operating results.

The market for business management software is intensely competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, our operating results could be harmed.

The market for business management software for the wellness services industry is fragmented and rapidly evolving, with relatively low barriers to entry. We face competition from in-house software systems, smaller companies offering alternative SaaS applications and traditional paper-based methods. Our competitors vary in size and in the breadth and scope of the products and services they offer. In addition, there are a number of companies that are not currently direct competitors but that could in the future shift their focus to the wellness services industry and offer competing products and services. Some of these companies, such as Intuit and Square, have or may in the future acquire greater financial and other resources than we do and could bundle competing products and services with their other offerings or offer such products and services at lower prices as part of a larger sale. There is also a risk that certain of our current business partners could terminate their relationships with us and use the insights they have gained from partnering with us to introduce their own competing products. Many of our current and potential competitors have greater name recognition, established marketing relationships, access to larger customer bases and pre-existing relationships with customers, consultants, system integrators and resellers. Additionally, some potential subscribers in the wellness services industry, particularly large organizations, have elected, and may in the future elect, to develop their own business management software. Certain of our competitors have partnered with, or have acquired, and may in the future partner with or acquire, other competitors to offer services, leveraging their collective competitive positions, which makes, or would make, it more difficult to compete with them.

Our competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards or customer requirements. With the introduction of new technologies, the evolution of our platform and new market entrants, we expect competition to intensify in the future. Pricing

 

23


Table of Contents

pressures and increased competition generally could result in reduced sales, reduced margins, increased churn, reduced subscriber retention, further losses or the failure of our platform to achieve or maintain more widespread market acceptance, any of which could harm our business. For all of these reasons, we may fail to compete successfully against our current and future competitors, and if such failure occurs, our business will be harmed.

Interruptions or performance problems associated with our technology and infrastructure may adversely affect our business and operating results.

Our continued growth depends in part on the ability of our existing and potential subscribers to access our platform at any time and within an acceptable amount of time. Our platform is proprietary, and we rely on the expertise of members of our engineering, operations and software development teams for its continued performance. We have experienced, and may in the future experience, disruptions, outages and other performance problems due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, introductions of new functionality, human or software errors, capacity constraints due to an overwhelming number of users accessing our platform simultaneously, denial of service attacks, or other security related incidents. For example, in 2011, we were subject to a denial-of-service attack that rendered our core software inaccessible for several hours. In addition, from time to time we experience limited periods of server downtime due to server failure or other technical difficulties. In some instances, we may not be able to identify the cause or causes of these performance problems within an acceptable period of time. It may become increasingly difficult to maintain and improve our performance, especially during peak usage times and as our platform becomes more complex and our user traffic increases. If our platform is unavailable or if our users are unable to access our platform within a reasonable amount of time, or at all, our business would be adversely affected and our brand could be harmed. In the event of any of the factors described above, or certain other failures of our infrastructure, subscriber or consumer data may be permanently lost. Moreover, our online subscription agreement includes a limited warranty that enables subscribers to be eligible for credits if cumulative service levels over a certain period of time drop below 99.9%. If we experience significant periods of service downtime in the future, we may be subject to claims by our subscribers against these warranties. To the extent that we do not effectively address capacity constraints, upgrade our systems as needed, and continually develop our technology and network architecture to accommodate actual and anticipated changes in technology, our business and operating results may be adversely affected.

Real or perceived errors, failures, or bugs in our platform could adversely affect our operating results and growth prospects.

Because our platform is complex, undetected errors, failures, vulnerabilities or bugs may occur, especially when updates are deployed. Our platform is often used in connection with computing environments with different operating systems, system management software, equipment and networking configurations, which may cause errors in or failures of our platform or other aspects of the computing environments. In addition, deployment of our platform into complicated, large-scale computing environments may expose undetected errors, failures, vulnerabilities or bugs in our platform. Despite testing by us, errors, failures, vulnerabilities or bugs may not be found in our platform until after it is deployed to our subscribers or their consumers. We have discovered, and expect to discover in the future, software errors, failures, vulnerabilities and bugs in our platform, and we anticipate that certain of these errors, failures, vulnerabilities and bugs will only be discovered and remediated after deployment to subscribers. Real or perceived errors, failures or bugs in our platform could result in negative publicity, loss of or delay in market acceptance of our platform, loss of competitive position or claims by subscribers for losses sustained by them. In such an event, we may be required, or may choose for subscriber relations or other reasons, to expend additional resources in order to help correct the problem.

We have limited experience with our expanded platform and revised pricing model, which makes it difficult to evaluate our prospects and future operating results.

Although we commenced our business in 2001 and began offering our integrated cloud-based business management software on a subscription basis in 2005, many of the products offered as part of our platform have

 

24


Table of Contents

been recently introduced. For example, in 2013, we released Connect, and in 2015, we introduced Connect Workplace and began offering automated marketing functionality with our higher-priced subscriptions. In addition, in January 2015, after careful deliberation, we introduced a new tiered pricing structure for new subscribers. Given the recent introduction of Connect Workplace and our new tiered pricing structure for new subscribers, their contribution to our total revenue has not been meaningful to our financial results to date. As we have a limited operating history with our expanded platform and updated pricing structure, our ability to forecast our future operating results and effectively assess our future prospects is subject to a number of uncertainties, including our ability to plan for and model future growth. Our historical revenue growth should not be considered indicative of our future performance. Further, in future periods, our revenue could decline for a number of reasons, including any further changes in our pricing structure, any reduction in demand for our platform, including our payments platform, decrease in payments processing volume, increase in competition, contraction of our overall market, or our failure, for any reason, to capitalize on growth opportunities. We have encountered and will continue to encounter risks and uncertainties frequently experienced by growing companies in rapidly changing industries, such as the risks and uncertainties described herein. If our assumptions regarding these risks and uncertainties, which we use to plan our business, are incorrect or change, or if we do not address these risks successfully, our operating and financial results could differ materially from our expectations, and our business could suffer.

Failure to effectively expand our sales capabilities could harm our ability to increase our subscriber base and achieve broader market acceptance of our platform.

Increasing our subscriber base and achieving broader market acceptance of our platform will depend, to a significant extent, on our ability to effectively expand our sales and marketing operations and activities, including internationally. We are substantially dependent on our online marketing efforts and on our direct sales force to obtain new subscribers. From December 31, 2013 to March 31, 2015, our sales and marketing organizations increased from 318 to 376 employees. We plan to continue to expand our direct sales force, both domestically and internationally, and to increase the number of our sales professionals who have experience in selling to larger organizations. We believe that there is significant competition for experienced sales professionals with the sales skills and technical knowledge that we require, and this competition is particularly acute for us given that our headquarters is located in San Luis Obispo, a small city with fewer resources than the San Francisco Bay Area, where many companies competing for talent are based. Our ability to achieve significant revenue growth in the future will depend, in part, on our success in recruiting, training and retaining a sufficient number of experienced sales professionals. New hires require significant training and time before they achieve full productivity, particularly in new sales segments and territories. Our recent and planned hires may not become productive as quickly as we expect, and we may be unable to hire or retain sufficient numbers of qualified individuals in the future in the markets where we do business. Because we do not have a long history of expanding our sales force, we cannot predict whether, or to what extent, our sales will increase as we expand our sales force or how long it will take for sales personnel to become productive. In addition, in January 2015, we introduced a new tiered pricing model for new subscribers. While we believe these changes are reasonable, there is a risk that these changes may impact the ability of our sales professionals to sell subscriptions to our platform. If our sales expansion efforts do not generate a significant increase in revenue, or if our sales team is unable to increase sales based on our new pricing model, our business and future growth prospects could be harmed.

Even if the market for our platform grows as expected, our ability to achieve long-term revenue growth will primarily depend on our ability to sell subscriptions to a large number of new small and medium-sized businesses on a consistent basis and in a cost-effective manner, with each sale constituting only a small portion of our overall revenue.

The market for our platform is highly fragmented. As a result, even if this market grows as expected, our ability to achieve long-term revenue growth will largely depend on our sales team’s ability to sell subscriptions to a large number of new small and medium-sized businesses on a consistent basis, with each sale constituting only a small portion of our overall revenue. To achieve this type of subscriber growth in a cost-effective manner, it is crucial that our platform is easy to use and implement without the need for excessive post-sale customer

 

25


Table of Contents

support. If we are unable to sell a large volume of subscriptions on a consistent basis, or if we are forced to incur excessive costs to provide post-sale customer support, our business, results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects will be adversely affected.

Any failure to offer high-quality customer support may adversely affect our relationships with our subscribers and our financial results.

In deploying and using our platform, our subscribers depend on our 24/7 customer support team to resolve complex technical and operational issues, including ensuring that our platform is implemented in a manner that integrates with a variety of third-party platforms, including Apple Pay and QuickBooks. We may be unable to respond quickly enough to accommodate short-term increases in subscriber demand for customer support. We also may be unable to modify the nature, scope and delivery of our customer support to compete with changes in customer support services provided by our competitors. Increased subscriber demand for customer support, without corresponding revenue, could increase costs and adversely affect our operating results. Our sales are highly dependent on our business reputation and on positive recommendations from our existing subscribers. Any failure to maintain high-quality customer support, or a market perception that we do not maintain high-quality customer support, could adversely affect our reputation and brand, our ability to sell our platform to existing and prospective subscribers, our business, operating results and financial position.

Our quarterly results may fluctuate for various reasons, and if we fail to meet the expectations of analysts or investors, our stock price and the value of your investment could decline substantially.

Our quarterly financial results may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. If our quarterly financial results fall below the expectations of investors or any securities analysts who follow our stock, the price of our Class A common stock could decline substantially. Some of the important factors that may cause our revenue, operating results and cash flows to fluctuate from quarter to quarter include:

 

    our ability to attract new subscribers, retain and increase sales to existing subscribers and satisfy our subscribers’ requirements;

 

    the volume of transactions processed on our payments platform;

 

    the number of new employees added;

 

    the rate of expansion and productivity of our sales force;

 

    the entrance of new competitors in our market, whether by established companies or new companies;

 

    changes in our or our competitors’ pricing policies;

 

    the amount and timing of operating costs and capital expenditures related to the expansion of our business, including our sales force;

 

    new products, features or functionalities introduced by our competitors;

 

    significant security breaches, technical difficulties or interruptions to our platform;

 

    the timing of payments by subscribers and other payment processing partners and payment defaults by subscribers or other payment processing partners;

 

    general economic conditions that may adversely affect either our subscribers’ ability or willingness to purchase additional subscriptions, delay a prospective subscriber’s purchasing decision, reduce the value of new subscription contracts or affect subscriber retention;

 

    changes in the relative and absolute levels of customer support we provide;

 

    changes in foreign currency exchange rates;

 

    extraordinary expenses such as litigation or other dispute-related settlement payments;

 

    the impact of new accounting pronouncements; and

 

    the timing of the grant or vesting of equity awards to employees.

 

26


Table of Contents

Many of these factors are outside of our control, and the occurrence of one or more of them might cause our revenue, operating results and cash flows to vary widely. As such, we believe that quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our revenue, operating results and cash flows may not be meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance.

We have experienced rapid growth in recent periods. If we fail to manage our growth effectively, we may be unable to execute our business plan, maintain high levels of service or adequately address competitive challenges.

We have recently experienced a period of rapid growth in our operations and employee headcount. In particular, we grew from 806 employees as of December 31, 2013 to 1,100 employees as of March 31, 2015, and have also significantly increased the size of our subscriber base. You should not consider our recent growth in revenue as indicative of our future performance. However, we anticipate that we will significantly expand our operations and employee headcount in the near term, both domestically and internationally, particularly with respect to our sales force. This growth has placed, and future growth will place, a significant strain on our management, administrative, operational and financial infrastructure. Our success will depend in part on our ability to manage this growth effectively. To manage the expected growth of our operations and personnel, we will need to scale our technology infrastructure and continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls, and our reporting systems and procedures. Failure to effectively manage growth could result in difficulty or delays in onboarding new subscribers, declines in quality or subscriber satisfaction, increases in costs, difficulties in introducing new features or other operational difficulties. Any of these difficulties could adversely impact our business performance and operating results.

If we fail to effectively manage our growth in a manner that preserves the key aspects of our corporate culture, our business and operating results could be harmed.

We have experienced and may continue to experience rapid growth, which has placed, and may continue to place, significant demands on our management, operational and financial resources. For example, our headcount has grown from 806 employees as of December 31, 2013 to 1,100 employees as of March 31, 2015. In addition, since our inception in 2001, we have established subsidiaries in the United Kingdom and Australia. We plan to expand our international operations into other countries in the future, and such expansion may increase the risk that we over hire or over compensate our employees or fail to effectively integrate our rapidly expanding employee base into our organization. We have also experienced significant growth in the number of subscribers, consumers, transactions and data that our platform and our associated hosting infrastructure support. We will require significant capital expenditures and the allocation of valuable management resources to grow and change in these areas without undermining the core values of our corporate culture that have been critical to our growth so far. We believe that our corporate culture fosters innovation, creativity and teamwork. However, as our organization grows, we may find it increasingly difficult to maintain the beneficial aspects of such culture, and the failure to do so could adversely impact our ability to retain and attract the kind of employees necessary for our future success. If we are unable to manage our anticipated growth and change in a manner that preserves the key aspects of our culture, the quality of our products and services may suffer, which could adversely affect our brand and reputation and harm our ability to retain and attract subscribers.

We depend on our executive officers and other key employees, and the loss of one or more of these employees or an inability to attract and retain highly skilled employees could adversely affect our business.

Our success depends largely upon the continued services of our executive officers and other key employees, including our two founders, Richard L. Stollmeyer, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and Robert Murphy, our Chief Operating Officer. We rely on our leadership team in the areas of research and development, operations, security, marketing, sales, support, general and administrative functions, and on individual contributors in our research and development and operations. From time to time, there may be changes in our executive management team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives, which could disrupt our

 

27


Table of Contents

business. We do not have employment agreements with our executive officers or other key personnel that require them to continue to work for us for any specified period, and, therefore, they could terminate their employment with us at any time. The loss of one or more of our executive officers, especially our two founders or other key employees, could have an adverse effect on our business.

In addition, to execute our growth plan, we must attract and retain highly qualified personnel, particularly sales professionals and engineers experienced in designing and developing software and SaaS applications. Competition for these personnel in the locations where we maintain offices is intense, especially in the San Luis Obispo area, where our headquarters is located, due in part to the relatively close proximity to the San Francisco Bay Area. We have from time to time experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, difficulty in hiring and retaining employees with appropriate qualifications. In some cases, we have recruited employees from the San Francisco Bay Area and other regions with a greater supply of sales and engineering talent, and in such cases, we have sometimes found it necessary to offer compensation packages that were larger than would have been necessary if no relocation had been required. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we have and are located in areas in which sales and engineering talent is more readily available. If we hire employees from competitors or other companies, their former employers may attempt to assert that these employees have breached their legal obligations, resulting in a diversion of our time and resources. In addition, job candidates and existing employees often consider the value of the equity awards they receive in connection with their employment. If the perceived value of our equity awards declines, our ability to recruit and retain highly skilled employees may be adversely impacted. If we fail to attract new personnel or fail to retain and motivate our current personnel, our business and future growth prospects could be adversely affected.

We do not have the history with our subscription or pricing models necessary to accurately predict optimal pricing necessary to attract new subscribers and retain existing subscribers.

We have limited experience with respect to determining the optimal prices for our platform. In January 2015, we introduced changes to our pricing model for new subscribers, and in the future we expect to make further changes to our pricing model from time to time. As the market for our platform matures, or as competitors introduce new products or services that compete with ours, we may be unable to attract new subscribers at the same price or based on the same pricing models that we have used historically. Moreover, we have limited experience selling subscriptions to larger organizations, which may demand substantial price concessions. As a result, in the future, we may be required to reduce our prices, which could adversely affect our revenue, gross margin, profitability, financial position and cash flow.

If we are not able to maintain and enhance our brand, our business, operating results, and financial condition may be adversely affected.

We believe that maintaining and enhancing our reputation as a differentiated and category-defining business management software company serving the wellness services industry is critical to our relationship with our existing subscribers and to our ability to attract new subscribers. The successful promotion of our brand attributes will depend on a number of factors, including our marketing efforts, our ability to continue to develop high-quality software, and our ability to successfully differentiate our platform from competitive products and services.

The promotion of our brand requires us to make substantial expenditures, and we anticipate that the expenditures will increase as our market becomes more competitive and as we seek to expand our platform. To the extent that these activities yield increased revenue, this revenue may not offset the increased expenses we incur. If we do not successfully maintain and enhance our brand, our business may not grow, we may have reduced pricing power relative to competitors, and we could lose subscribers or fail to attract potential subscribers, all of which would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our financial results may fluctuate due to increasing variability in our sales cycles.

We plan our expenses based on certain assumptions about the length and variability of our sales cycle. These assumptions are based upon historical trends for sales cycles and conversion rates associated with our

 

28


Table of Contents

existing subscribers, many of whom to date have been small to medium-sized organizations. If we expand the focus of our sales efforts to larger organizations, our sales cycle could lengthen and become less predictable. Other factors that may influence the length and variability of our sales cycle include:

 

    our pricing terms, which were updated in January 2015 and will continue to vary over time;

 

    the need to educate prospective subscribers about the uses and benefits of our platform;

 

    the discretionary nature of purchasing and budget cycles and decisions;

 

    the competitive nature of evaluation and purchasing processes;

 

    evolving functionality demands;

 

    announcements or planned introductions of new products, features or functionality by us or our competitors; and

 

    lengthy purchasing approval processes, particularly among larger organizations.

If we are unable to close one or more expected significant transactions with subscribers in a particular period, or if one or more expected transactions are delayed until a subsequent period, our operating results for that period, and for any future periods in which revenue from such transactions would otherwise have been recognized, may be adversely affected.

Unfavorable conditions in our industry or the global economy or reductions in information technology spending could limit our ability to grow our business and adversely affect our operating results.

Our operating results may vary based on the impact of changes in our industry or the global economy on us or our subscribers. The revenue growth and potential profitability of our business depend on demand for business management software generally and for business management software serving the wellness services industry in particular. Historically, during economic downturns, there have been reductions in spending on information technology as well as pressure for extended billing terms and other financial concessions. The adverse impact of economic downturns may be particularly acute among small and medium-sized businesses, which comprise the vast majority of our subscriber base. If economic conditions deteriorate, our current and prospective subscribers may elect to decrease their information technology budgets, which would limit our ability to grow our business and adversely affect our operating results.

The market for our integrated cloud-based business management software and payments platform is new and unproven and may not grow.

Our addressable market consists primarily of millions of small and medium-sized businesses in the wellness services industry, including businesses that offer yoga, Pilates, barre, indoor cycling, personal training, strength conditioning, martial arts and dance exercise, as well as spas, salons, music instruction studios, dance studios, children’s activity centers and integrative health centers. It is difficult to predict adoption and renewal rates, demand for our platform, the growth of this market, the entry of competitive products or services or the success of existing competitive products or services. Any expansion in this market depends on a number of factors, including the cost, performance and perceived value associated with our platform. You should consider our business and prospects in light of the risks and difficulties we encounter in this new and unproven market.

Expanding the focus of our sales efforts to include larger organizations could result in higher costs and longer and more unpredictable sales cycles.

In the future, we may expand the focus of our sales efforts to include larger organizations, which we believe would result in higher costs and longer and more unpredictable sales cycles. With larger organizations, the

 

29


Table of Contents

decision to subscribe to our platform may require the approval of more technical personnel and management levels within a potential subscriber’s organization than we have historically encountered, and if so, these types of sales would require us to invest more time educating these potential subscribers. In addition, larger organizations may demand more features and integration and customer support services. We have limited experience in developing and managing sales strategies for larger organizations and in successfully onboarding larger organizations as new subscribers. As a result of these factors, these sales opportunities may not prove to be successful or may require us to devote greater research and development, sales, customer support and professional services resources to individual subscribers, resulting in increased costs and reduced profitability, and will likely lengthen our typical sales cycle, which could strain our resources. Moreover, these larger transactions may require us to delay recognizing the associated revenue we derive from these subscribers until any technical or implementation requirements have been met, and larger subscribers may demand discounts to the prices they pay for our platform. If we are unsuccessful expanding sales to larger organizations, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Our future performance depends in part on support from our partner ecosystem.

We depend on our partner ecosystem to create apps that will integrate with our platform. This presents certain risks to our business, including:

 

    these apps may not meet the same quality standards that we apply to our own development efforts, and to the extent they contain bugs or defects, they may create disruptions in our subscribers’ use of our platform or adversely affect our brand;

 

    we do not currently provide substantive support for software apps developed by our partner ecosystem, and users may be left without adequate support and potentially cease using our platform if our partners do not provide adequate support for these apps;

 

    our partners may not possess the appropriate intellectual property rights to develop and share their apps;

 

    our relationship with our partners may change, which could adversely affect our revenue; and

 

    some of our partners may use the insight they gain from integrating with our software and from information publicly available to develop competing products or product features.

The number of actual consumers using our platform may be lower than the number we have estimated.

We estimate that 23 million active consumers used our platform in the two years ended December 31, 2014. In calculating this number, we have attempted to avoid duplicative counting of consumers by identifying consumers who may have used our platform through different subscribers. However, in certain cases, a single consumer may have transacted with multiple subscribers under slightly different names, in which case there is a chance that we have counted the same consumer more than once. Given the challenges inherent in identifying whether a single consumer has engaged in transactions on our platform under different names, we do not have a reliable way of identifying the precise number of consumers using our platform. If the number of actual consumers is materially lower than our expectations, our business may not grow as fast as we expect, which could harm our operating and financial results and cause our stock price to decline.

Our international sales and operations subject us to additional risks that can adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

In each of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, we derived 14% and 16% of our revenue from subscribers located outside of the United States, respectively. In the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, we derived 15% and 16% of our revenue from subscribers located outside of the United States, respectively. We are continuing to expand our international operations as part of our growth strategy. We currently have sales personnel and sales and customer support operations in the United States, the United Kingdom and Australia. Our sales organization outside the United States is substantially smaller than our sales

 

30


Table of Contents

organization in the United States. We believe our ability to convince new subscribers to subscribe to our platform or to convince existing subscribers to renew or expand their use of our platform is directly correlated to the level of engagement we obtain with the subscriber. To the extent we are unable to effectively engage with non-U.S. subscribers due to our limited sales force capacity, we may be unable to effectively grow in international markets.

Our international operations subject us to a variety of additional risks and challenges, including:

 

    increased management, travel, infrastructure and legal compliance costs associated with having multiple international operations;

 

    longer payment cycles and difficulties in enforcing contracts, collecting accounts receivable or satisfying revenue recognition criteria, especially in emerging markets;

 

    increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities;

 

    requirements or preferences for domestic products;

 

    differing technical standards, existing or future regulatory and certification requirements and required features and functionality;

 

    economic conditions in each country or region and general economic uncertainty around the world;

 

    compliance with foreign privacy and security laws and regulations and the risks and costs of non-compliance;

 

    compliance with laws and regulations for foreign operations, including anti-bribery laws (such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or the FCPA, the U.S. Travel Act, and the U.K. Bribery Act 2010), import and export control laws, tariffs, trade barriers, economic sanctions and other regulatory or contractual limitations on our ability to sell our platform in certain foreign markets, and the risks and costs of non-compliance;

 

    heightened risks of unfair or corrupt business practices in certain geographies and of improper or fraudulent sales arrangements that may impact our financial results and result in restatements of our consolidated financial statements;

 

    fluctuations in currency exchange rates and related effect on our operating results;

 

    difficulties in repatriating or transferring funds from or converting currencies in certain countries;

 

    communication and integration problems related to entering new markets with different languages, cultures and political systems;

 

    differing labor standards, including restrictions related to, and the increased cost of, terminating employees in some countries;

 

    the need for localized software and licensing programs;

 

    the need for localized language support;

 

    reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries and practical difficulties of enforcing rights abroad; and

 

    compliance with the laws of numerous foreign taxing jurisdictions, including withholding obligations, and overlapping of different tax regimes.

Any of these risks could adversely affect our international operations, reduce our international revenue or increase our operating costs, adversely affecting our business, operating results, financial condition and growth prospects.

 

31


Table of Contents

Compliance with laws and regulations applicable to our international operations substantially increases our cost of doing business in foreign jurisdictions. We may be unable to keep current with changes in government requirements as they change from time to time. Failure to comply with these regulations could have adverse effects on our business. In many foreign countries, it is common for others to engage in business practices that are prohibited by our internal policies and procedures or U.S. or other regulations applicable to us. Although we have implemented policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with these laws and policies, there can be no assurance that all of our employees, contractors, partners and agents will comply with these laws and policies. Violations of laws or key control policies by our employees, contractors, partners, or agents could result in delays in revenue recognition, financial reporting misstatements, enforcement actions, disgorgement of profits, fines, civil and criminal penalties, damages, injunctions, other collateral consequences, or the prohibition of the importation or exportation of our platform and services and could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

If the market for SaaS business software applications develops more slowly than we expect or declines, our business would be adversely affected.

The market for SaaS business management software is less mature than the market for on-premise business software, and the adoption rate of SaaS business management software may be slower among subscribers in industries with heightened data security interests or business practices requiring highly customizable software solutions. Our success will depend to a substantial extent on the widespread adoption of SaaS business management software in general and for the wellness services industry in particular. Many organizations have invested substantial personnel and financial resources to integrate traditional on-premise business management software solutions into their businesses. As a result, such organizations may be reluctant or unwilling to migrate to SaaS-based solutions. It is difficult to predict subscriber adoption rates and demand for our platform, the future growth rate and size of the SaaS business software market or the entry of competitive solutions. The expansion of the SaaS business management software market depends on a number of factors, including the cost, performance, and perceived value associated with SaaS, as well as the ability of SaaS providers to address data security and privacy concerns. Additionally, government agencies have adopted, or may adopt, laws and regulations regarding the collection and use of personal information obtained from consumers and other individuals, or may seek to access information in our possession, either of which may reduce the overall demand for our platform. If we or other SaaS providers experience data security incidents, loss of subscriber data, disruptions in delivery, or other problems, the market for SaaS business management software, including our platform, may be adversely affected.

If SaaS business management software does not continue to achieve market acceptance, or there is a reduction in demand for SaaS business management software caused by a lack of subscriber acceptance, technological challenges, weakening economic conditions, data security or privacy concerns, governmental regulation, competing technologies and products, or decreases in information technology spending, our revenue could decrease and our business could be adversely affected.

We are subject to anti-corruption and anti-money laundering laws with respect to our operations and non-compliance with such laws can subject us to criminal and/or civil liability and harm our business.

We are subject to the FCPA, the U.S. domestic bribery statute contained in 18 U.S.C. § 201, the U.S. Travel Act, the USA PATRIOT Act, the U.K. Bribery Act 2010 and Proceeds of Crime Act 2002, and possibly other anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws in countries in which we conduct activities. Anti-corruption laws are interpreted broadly and prohibit companies and their employees and third-party intermediaries from authorizing, offering, or providing, directly or indirectly, improper payments or benefits to recipients in the public or private sector. We use third-party representatives to sell our products and services abroad. In addition, as we increase our international sales and business, we may engage with additional business partners and third-party intermediaries to sell our products and services abroad and to obtain necessary permits, licenses, and other regulatory approvals. We or our third-party intermediaries may have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies or state-owned or affiliated entities. We can be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of these third-party intermediaries, our employees, representatives, contractors, partners, and agents, even if we do not explicitly authorize such activities.

 

32


Table of Contents

Noncompliance with anti-corruption and anti-money laundering laws could subject us to whistleblower complaints, investigations, sanctions, settlements, prosecution, other enforcement actions, disgorgement of profits, significant fines, damages, other civil and criminal penalties or injunctions, suspension and/or debarment from contracting with certain persons, the loss of export privileges, reputational harm, adverse media coverage, and other collateral consequences. If any subpoenas or investigations are launched, or governmental or other sanctions are imposed, or if we do not prevail in any possible civil or criminal litigation, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially harmed. In addition, responding to any action will likely result in a materially significant diversion of management’s attention and resources and significant defense costs and other professional fees. Enforcement actions and sanctions could further harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Certain of our operating results and financial metrics may be difficult to predict as a result of seasonality.

We believe there are significant seasonal factors that may cause us to record higher revenue in some quarters compared with others. We believe this variability is largely due to our focus on the wellness services industry, as many of our subscribers experience an increase in demand for their services in the first quarter of each year due to their consumers becoming more motivated to pursue health and fitness goals in the new year. Our rapid growth rate over the last couple years may have made seasonal fluctuations more difficult to detect. If our rate of growth slows over time, seasonal or cyclical variations in our operations may become more pronounced, and our business, results of operations and financial position may be adversely affected.

Our business and growth depend in part on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties, including API platform partners, technology partners, payments partners and professional services partners.

We depend on, and anticipate that we will continue to depend on, various third-party relationships in order to sustain and grow our business. We are highly dependent upon partners for certain critical features and functionality of our platform, including data centers and third-party payment processors supporting our payments platform. Failure of these or any other technology provider to maintain, support or secure its technology platforms in general, and our integrations in particular, or errors or defects in its technology, could materially and adversely impact our relationship with our subscribers, damage our reputation and brand, and harm our business and operating results. Any loss of the right to use any of this hardware or software could result in delays or difficulties in our ability to provide our platform until equivalent technology is either developed by us or, if available, identified, obtained and integrated.

Identifying, negotiating and documenting relationships with strategic third parties such as API platform partners, payments partners and technology partners requires significant time and resources. In addition, integrating third-party technology is complex, costly and time-consuming. Our agreements with partners are typically limited in duration, non-exclusive and do not prohibit them from working with our competitors or from offering competing services. Our competitors may be effective in providing incentives to third parties to favor their products or services or to prevent or reduce subscriptions to our platform. In addition, our partners could develop competing products or services.

If we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining our relationships with these strategic third parties, our ability to compete in the marketplace or to grow our revenue could be impaired and our operating results could suffer. Even if we are successful, we cannot assure you that these relationships will result in improved operating results.

We depend and rely upon SaaS technologies from third parties and on technology systems and electronic communication networks that are supplied and managed by third parties to operate our business, and interruptions or performance problems with these technologies may adversely affect our business and operating results.

We rely heavily on hosted SaaS applications from third parties in order to operate critical functions of our business, including sales automation and pipeline management, billing and order management, enterprise

 

33


Table of Contents

resource planning, payroll and financial accounting services. If these services become unavailable due to extended outages, interruptions, or because they are no longer available on commercially reasonable terms, our expenses could increase, our ability to manage finances could be interrupted and our processes for managing sales of our platform and supporting our subscribers could be impaired until equivalent services, if available, are identified, obtained and implemented, all of which could adversely affect our business.

Our ability to provide services and solutions to our subscribers also depends on our ability to communicate with our subscribers through the public Internet and electronic networks that are owned and operated by third parties. In addition, in order to provide services on-demand and promptly, our computer equipment and network servers must be functional 24 hours per day, which requires access to telecommunications facilities managed by third parties and the availability of electricity, which we do not control. A severe disruption of one or more of these networks, including as a result of utility or third-party system interruptions, could impair our ability to process information, which could impede our ability to provide services to our subscribers, harm our reputation, result in a loss of subscribers and adversely affect our business and operating results.

We have in the past completed acquisitions, and we may in the future acquire or invest in other companies. Such acquisitions and investments divert our management’s attention and may in some cases result in additional dilution to our stockholders. In addition, we may be unable to integrate the acquired businesses and technologies successfully or achieve the expected benefits of such acquisitions.

We have in the past acquired other companies, and we may in the future evaluate and consider potential strategic transactions, including acquisitions of, or investments in, businesses, technologies, services, products and other assets in the future. We also may enter into relationships with other businesses to expand our platform, which could involve preferred or exclusive licenses, additional channels of distribution, discount pricing or investments in other companies.

Any acquisition, investment or business relationship may result in unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures. In particular, we may encounter difficulties assimilating or integrating the businesses, technologies, products, personnel or operations of the acquired companies, particularly if the key personnel of the acquired company choose not to work for us, their software is not easily adapted to work with our platform or we have difficulty retaining the customers of any acquired business due to changes in ownership, management or otherwise. The pursuit of potential acquisitions may also disrupt our business, divert our resources and require significant management attention that would otherwise be available for development of our existing business, whether or not they are consummated. Moreover, the anticipated benefits of any acquisition, investment or business relationship may not be realized or we may be exposed to unknown risks or liabilities.

Negotiating these transactions can be time-consuming, difficult and expensive, and our ability to complete these transactions may be subject to approvals that are beyond our control. Consequently, these transactions, even if announced, may not be completed. For one or more of these transactions, we may:

 

    issue additional equity securities that would dilute our existing stockholders;

 

    use cash that we may need in the future to operate our business;

 

    incur large charges or substantial liabilities associated with the acquisition;

 

    incur acquisition-related costs, which would be recognized as current period expenses;

 

    encounter difficulties maintaining relationships with customers and partners of the acquired business;

 

    encounter difficulties incorporating acquired technologies and rights into our platform and of maintaining quality and security standards consistent with our reputation and brand;

 

    incur debt on terms unfavorable to us or that we are unable to repay;

 

34


Table of Contents
    encounter difficulties retaining key employees of the acquired company, integrating diverse software codes or business cultures or coordinating organizations that are geographically diverse and that have different business cultures; and

 

    become subject to adverse tax consequences, substantial depreciation or deferred compensation charges.

We may be sued by third parties for alleged infringement of their proprietary rights.

There is considerable patent and other intellectual property development activity in our industry. Our future success depends in part on not infringing upon the intellectual property rights of others. From time to time, we may receive claims from third parties, including our competitors, that our platform and underlying technology infringe or violate a third party’s intellectual property rights, and we may be found to be infringing upon such rights. We may be unaware of the intellectual property rights of others that may cover some or all of our technology. Any claims or litigation could cause us to incur significant expenses and, if successfully asserted against us, could require that we pay substantial damages or ongoing royalty payments, prevent us from offering our platform, or require that we comply with other unfavorable terms. We may also be obligated to indemnify our subscribers or business partners in connection with any such litigation and to obtain licenses, modify our platform or refund subscription fees, which could further exhaust our resources. In addition, we may incur substantial costs to resolve claims or litigation, whether or not successfully asserted against us, which could include payment of significant settlement, royalty or license fees, modification of our platform or refunds to subscribers of subscription fees. Even if we were to prevail in the event of claims or litigation against us, any claim or litigation regarding our intellectual property could be costly and time-consuming and divert the attention of our management and other employees from our business operations.

Our use of “open source” software could adversely affect our ability to sell our platform and subject us to possible litigation.

We use open source software in our platform and expect to continue to use open source software in the future. We may face claims from others claiming ownership of, or seeking to enforce the terms of, an open source license, including by demanding release of the open source software, derivative works or our proprietary source code that was developed using such software. These claims could also result in litigation, require us to purchase a costly license or require us to devote additional research and development resources to change our platform, any of which would have a negative effect on our business and operating results. In addition, if the license terms for the open source software we utilize change, we may be forced to reengineer our platform or incur additional costs. Although we have implemented policies to regulate the use and incorporation of open source software into our platform, we cannot be certain that we have not incorporated open source software in our platform in a manner that is inconsistent with such policies.

Any failure to protect our intellectual property rights could impair our ability to protect our proprietary technology and our brand.

Our success and ability to compete depend in part upon our intellectual property. We currently have 16 pending patent applications, but there is no guarantee that such applications will result in issued patents. We primarily rely on copyright, trade secret and trademark laws, trade secret protection and confidentiality or license agreements with our employees, subscribers, partners and others to protect our intellectual property rights. However, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property rights may be inadequate.

To protect our intellectual property rights, we may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect these rights. Litigation brought to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time-consuming and distracting to management, and could result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with

 

35


Table of Contents

defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights. Our failure to secure, protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could adversely affect our brand and adversely impact our business.

Our subscribers may become dissatisfied with our platform if they receive negative reviews from consumers using Connect. In addition, we may face potential liability and expense for legal claims based on the content of such reviews on Connect.

Our subscribers consist of businesses in the wellness services industry, including studios that offer yoga, Pilates, barre, indoor cycling, personal training, strength conditioning, martial arts and dance exercise, as well as spas, salons, music instruction studios, dance studios, children’s activity centers and integrative health centers. In addition to the business management software we provide to our subscribers, we also offer Connect, which is a consumer-facing app that allows consumers to discover, book and pay for the wellness services offered by our subscribers. After receiving a service or taking a class booked through Connect, consumers can rate their experience by posting reviews. If consumers use Connect to post negative reviews regarding our subscribers or their practitioners, our subscribers may become dissatisfied with our platform and cancel their subscriptions or not use Connect to market their services to a broader group of consumers. In addition, there is a risk that consumers may post comments on the Connect platform that give rise to potential claims against us, including claims by our subscribers or other third parties for defamation, libel, negligence and copyright or trademark infringement. Any such claims could divert the time and attention of management away from our business and result in significant costs to investigate and defend, regardless of the merits of the claims. In some instances, we may elect or be compelled to remove reviews or other posted content and may be forced to pay substantial damages. If the reviews or other content posted by consumers on our Connect platform gives rise to the consequences described above, our business and financial performance could be adversely affected.

We may not be able to secure additional financing on favorable terms, or at all, to meet our future capital needs.

We have funded our operations since inception primarily through equity financings, loan facilities, financing agreements for software and license maintenance and subscription payments by our subscribers for use of our platform. We do not know when or if our operations will generate sufficient cash to fund our ongoing operations. In the future, we intend to continue to make investments to support our business growth, and we may require additional capital to respond to business opportunities, challenges, acquisitions, a decline in the level of subscriptions for our platform or unforeseen circumstances. We may not be able to timely secure additional debt or equity financing on favorable terms, or at all. Any debt financing obtained by us could involve restrictive covenants relating to financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity, convertible debt securities or other securities convertible into equity, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution in their percentage ownership of our company, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of holders of our Class A common stock. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, when we require it, our ability to continue to grow or support our business and to respond to business challenges could be significantly limited.

Our loan agreement contains operating and financial covenants that restrict our business and financing activities.

Borrowings under our loan agreement with Silicon Valley Bank are secured by substantially all of our assets, including our intellectual property. In addition, borrowings under our loan agreement are made based on a percentage of our monthly recurring revenue for the prior months, up to $20 million. If our revenue declines, our ability to draw under the loan agreement could be adversely affected.

 

36


Table of Contents

Our loan agreement also restricts our ability to, among other things:

 

    sell or otherwise dispose of our assets;

 

    make material changes in our business;

 

    enter into a transaction in which stockholders who were not stockholders immediately prior to such transaction own more than 40% of our voting stock after giving effect to such transaction (other than pursuant to an initial public offering and certain other exceptions);

 

    consolidate, merge with, or acquire other entities;

 

    incur additional indebtedness;

 

    create liens on our assets;

 

    pay dividends or make other distributions on our capital stock;

 

    make investments;

 

    enter into transactions with affiliates; and

 

    pay off or redeem subordinated indebtedness.

These restrictions are subject to certain exceptions. In addition, our loan agreement requires us to maintain a certain percentage of our projected revenue. The operating and financial restrictions and covenants in the loan agreement, as well as any future financing agreements that we may enter into, could restrict our ability to finance our operations and to engage in, expand or otherwise pursue business activities and strategies that we or our stockholders may consider beneficial. Our ability to comply with these covenants may be affected by events beyond our control, and future breaches of any of these covenants could result in a default under the loan agreement.

The loan agreement also contains customary events of default, subject to cure periods for certain defaults, including, among others, payment defaults, covenant defaults, the occurrence of a material adverse change in our business, defaults relating to certain legal processes affecting our assets or business, insolvency and bankruptcy defaults, cross-defaults to other material indebtedness, material judgment defaults, and material misrepresentations. Future defaults, if not waived, could cause all of the outstanding indebtedness under our loan agreement to become immediately due and payable and would permit Silicon Valley Bank to terminate all commitments to extend further credit and exercise remedies against the collateral in which we granted Silicon Valley Bank a security interest.

If we do not have or are unable to generate sufficient cash available to repay our debt obligations when they become due and payable, either upon maturity or in the event of a default, we may not be able to obtain additional debt or equity financing on favorable terms, if at all. This could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition and our ability to operate and continue our business as a going concern.

We have in the past identified material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting that, if not properly remediated, could result in material misstatements in our financial statements in future periods and impair our ability to comply with the accounting and reporting requirements applicable to public companies.

Our independent registered public accounting firm has not conducted an audit of our internal controls over financial reporting. However, as described below, in connection with the audits of our consolidated financial statements, we identified material weaknesses in the design of our internal control over financial reporting, as defined in the standards established by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board of the U.S. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. In connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012, we discovered two material weaknesses that resulted from (i) a

 

37


Table of Contents

lack of a sufficient number of qualified personnel within our accounting department that possessed an appropriate level of expertise to perform certain accounting functions and (ii) the failure to establish proper access controls to our accounting software and proper controls to review and approve manual journal entries. In connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013, we discovered a material weakness related to the inadequate design and implementation of controls and procedures with respect to capitalization of development costs for internal use software. Finally, in connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, we identified a material weakness related to the inadequate design and implementation of controls and procedures with respect to the identification of and evaluation of accounting for certain features, including the related fair value computation, and transactions related to our redeemable convertible preferred stock. Please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” for information regarding our remediation efforts. Our management and independent registered public accounting firm did not and were not required to perform an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 in accordance with the provisions of the JOBS Act.

We believe that we have remediated the material weaknesses from our 2012 audit and the material weakness from our 2013 audit related to capitalization of development costs for internal use software. Although the material weakness from our 2013 and 2014 audit related to the accounting for certain features of and transactions related to our redeemable convertible preferred stock had not been remediated as of December 31, 2014, all shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock will be automatically converted into shares of Class B common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering. As a result, following the offering, we will no longer be subject to the accounting rules that gave rise to the material weakness. Nevertheless, we cannot be certain that other material weaknesses and control deficiencies will not be discovered in the future. If our remediation efforts are not successful or other material weaknesses or control deficiencies occur in the future, we may be unable to report our financial results accurately or on a timely basis, which could cause our reported financial results to be materially misstated and result in the loss of investor confidence or delisting and cause the trading price of our common stock to decline. As a result of such failures, we could also become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, and become subject to litigation from investors and stockholders, which could harm our reputation, financial condition or divert financial and management resources from our core business.

We face exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations.

We conduct transactions in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. While we have primarily transacted with subscribers and vendors in U.S. dollars, we have transacted in foreign currencies for subscriptions to our platform and expect to significantly expand the number of transactions with subscribers for our platform that are denominated in foreign currencies in the future. As a result of such foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, it could be more difficult to detect underlying trends in our business and results of operations. In addition, to the extent that fluctuations in currency exchange rates cause our results of operations to differ from our expectations or the expectations of our investors, the trading price of our Class A common stock could be adversely affected.

We do not currently maintain a program to hedge transactional exposures in foreign currencies. However, in the future, we may use derivative instruments, such as foreign currency forward and option contracts, to hedge certain exposures to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The use of such hedging activities may not offset any or more than a portion of the adverse financial effects of unfavorable movements in foreign exchange rates over the limited time the hedges are in place. Moreover, the use of hedging instruments may introduce additional risks if we are unable to structure effective hedges with such instruments.

We may be subject to additional tax liabilities in connection with our operations or due to future legislation, each of which could materially impact our financial position and results of operation.

We are subject to federal and state income, sales, use, value added and other taxes in the United States and other countries in which we conduct business, and such laws and rates vary by jurisdiction. We do not collect

 

38


Table of Contents

sales and use, value added and similar taxes in all jurisdictions in which we have sales, based on our belief that such taxes are not applicable. Certain jurisdictions in which we do not collect sales, use, value added or other taxes on our sales may assert that such taxes are applicable, which could result in tax assessments, penalties and interest, and we may be required to collect such taxes in the future.

Significant judgment is required in determining our worldwide provision for income taxes. We generally conduct our international operations through wholly owned subsidiaries and report our taxable income in various jurisdictions worldwide based upon our business operations in those jurisdictions. Our intercompany relationships are subject to complex transfer pricing regulations administered by taxing authorities in various jurisdictions. These determinations are highly complex and require detailed analysis of the available information and applicable statutes and regulatory materials. In the ordinary course of our business, there are many transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain.

Although we believe our tax practices and provisions are reasonable, the final determination of tax audits and any related litigation could be materially different from our historical tax practices, provisions and accruals. If we receive an adverse ruling as a result of an audit, or we unilaterally determine that we have misinterpreted provisions of the tax regulations to which we are subject, there could be a material effect on our tax provision, net income or cash flows in the period or periods for which that determination is made, which could materially impact our financial results. Further, any changes in the taxation of our activities, including certain proposed changes in U.S. tax laws, may increase our worldwide effective tax rate and adversely affect our financial position and results of operations. In addition, liabilities associated with taxes are often subject to an extended or indefinite statute of limitations period. Therefore, we may be subject to additional tax liability (including penalties and interest) for a particular year for extended periods of time.

Our ability to use our net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

As of December 31, 2014, we had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, of $58.8 million and $47.4 million, respectively, due to prior period losses, which, subject to the following discussion, are generally available to be carried forward to offset our future taxable income, if any, until such NOLs are used or expire. Our federal NOLs begin to expire in the year ending December 31, 2025, and our state NOLs begin to expire in the year ending December 31, 2015. In general, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its NOLs to offset future taxable income. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. Our existing NOLs may be subject to limitations arising from previous ownership changes, and if we undergo an ownership change in connection with or after this offering, our ability to utilize NOLs could be further limited by Section 382 of the Code. Future changes in our stock ownership, some of which are outside of our control, could result in an ownership change under Section 382 of the Code. Furthermore, our ability to utilize NOLs of companies that we have acquired or may acquire in the future may be subject to limitations. There is also a risk that due to regulatory changes, such as suspensions on the use of NOLs, or other unforeseen reasons, our existing NOLs could expire or otherwise be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities. For these reasons, we may not be able to realize a tax benefit from the use of our NOLs, whether or not we attain profitability.

The estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the market in which we compete achieves the forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all.

Market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate. The estimates and forecasts in this prospectus relating to the size and expected growth of the market for business management software serving the wellness services industry may prove to be inaccurate. Even if the market in which we compete meets the size estimates and growth forecasted in this prospectus, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all. For more information regarding the estimates of market opportunity and the forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus, see the section titled “Market, Industry and Other Data.”

 

39


Table of Contents

Changes in laws and regulations related to the Internet or changes in the Internet infrastructure itself may diminish the demand for our platform, and could have a negative impact on our business.

The future success of our business depends upon the continued use of the Internet as a primary medium for commerce, communication and business applications. Federal, state or foreign government bodies or agencies have in the past adopted, and may in the future adopt, laws or regulations affecting the use of the Internet as a commercial medium. Changes in these laws or regulations could require us to modify our platform in order to comply with these changes. In addition, government agencies or private organizations have imposed and may impose additional taxes, fees or other charges for accessing the Internet or commerce conducted via the Internet. These laws or charges could limit the growth of Internet-related commerce or communications generally, or result in reductions in the demand for Internet-based platforms and services such as ours. In addition, the use of the Internet as a business tool could be adversely affected due to delays in the development or adoption of new standards and protocols to handle increased demands of Internet activity, security, reliability, cost, ease-of-use, accessibility and quality of service. The performance of the Internet and its acceptance as a business tool has been adversely affected by “viruses,” “worms” and similar malicious programs, and the Internet has experienced a variety of outages and other delays as a result of damage to portions of its infrastructure. If the use of the Internet is adversely affected by these issues, demand for our platform could decline.

Catastrophic events may disrupt our business.

Our corporate headquarters are located in San Luis Obispo, California, and we operate or utilize data centers that are located in North America. Key features and functionality of our platform are enabled by third parties that are headquartered in California and operate or utilize data centers in the United States. Additionally, we rely on our network and third-party infrastructure and enterprise applications, internal technology systems, and our website for our development, marketing, operational support, hosted services and sales activities. The west coast of the United States contains active earthquake zones. In addition, the Diablo Canyon nuclear power plant is located a short distance from San Luis Obispo. In the event of a major earthquake, hurricane or other natural disaster, or a catastrophic event such as a nuclear disaster, fire, power loss, telecommunications failure, cyber-attack, war or terrorist attack, we may be unable to continue our operations and may endure system interruptions, reputational harm, delays in our app development, lengthy interruptions in our platform, breaches of data security or data integrity and loss of critical data, all of which could have an adverse effect on our future operating results.

We are subject to governmental economic sanctions and export and import controls that could impair our ability to compete in international markets or subject us to liability if we are not in compliance with applicable laws.

As a U.S. company, we are subject to U.S. export control and economic sanctions laws and regulations, and we are required to export our technology, software, products and services in compliance with those laws and regulations, including the U.S. Export Administration Regulations and economic embargo and trade sanction programs administered by the Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control. U.S. economic sanctions and export control laws and regulations prohibit the shipment of certain products and services to countries, governments and persons targeted by U.S. sanctions. While we are currently taking precautions to prevent doing any business, directly or indirectly, with countries, governments and persons targeted by U.S. sanctions and to ensure that our business management software is not exported or used by countries, governments and persons targeted by U.S. sanctions, such measures may be circumvented.

Furthermore, if we export our technology, hardware or software, the exports may require authorizations, including a license, a license exception or other appropriate government authorization. Complying with export control and sanctions regulations for a particular sale may be time-consuming and may result in the delay or loss of sales opportunities. Failure to comply with export control and sanctions regulations for a particular sale may expose us to government investigations and penalties, which could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

40


Table of Contents

If we are found to be in violation of U.S. sanctions or export control laws, it could result in fines or penalties for us and for individuals, including civil penalties of up to $250,000 or twice the value of the transaction, whichever is greater, per violation, and in the event of conviction for a criminal violation for willful and knowing violations, fines of up to $1 million and possible incarceration for those responsible could be imposed against employees and managers. In addition, we may lose our export or import privileges and suffer reputational harm.

In addition, various countries regulate the import of certain encryption technology, including imposing import permitting and licensing requirements, and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to offer our platform or distribute our platform or could limit our subscribers’ ability to implement our platform in those countries. Changes in our platform or future changes in export and import regulations may create delays in the introduction of our platform in international markets or prevent our subscribers with international operations from deploying our platform globally. Any change in export or import regulations, economic sanctions or related legislation, or change in the countries, governments, persons, or technologies targeted by such regulations, could result in decreased use of our platform by, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our platform to, existing or potential subscribers with international operations. Any decreased use of our platform or limitation on our ability to export or sell our platform would likely adversely affect our business operations and financial results.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Class A Common Stock and this Offering

The dual class structure of our common stock has the effect of concentrating voting control with those stockholders who held our capital stock prior to the completion of this offering, including our executive officers, employees and directors and their affiliates, which will limit your ability to influence the outcome of important transactions, including a change in control.

Our Class B common stock has 10 votes per share, and our Class A common stock, which is the stock we are offering in this offering, has one vote per share. All shares of our capital stock outstanding immediately prior to this offering, including all shares held by our executive officers, employees and directors, and their respective affiliates, will be reclassified into shares of our Class B common stock immediately prior to this offering. Upon the completion of this offering, holders of our outstanding Class B common stock will collectively hold approximately           % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock. Because of the ten-to-one voting ratio between our Class B common stock and Class A common stock, after the completion of this offering, the holders of our Class B common stock will collectively continue to control a majority of the combined voting power of our capital stock and therefore be able to control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval so long as the shares of our Class B common stock represent at least     % of all outstanding shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock. These holders of our Class B common stock may also have interests that differ from yours and may vote in a way with which you disagree and which may be adverse to your interests. This concentrated control may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change in control of our company, could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their capital stock as part of a sale of our company and might ultimately affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

Future transfers by holders of our Class B common stock will generally result in those shares converting into shares of our Class A common stock, subject to limited exceptions, such as certain transfers effected for tax or estate planning purposes. The conversion of shares of our Class B common stock into shares of our Class A common stock will have the effect, over time, of increasing the relative voting power of those holders of Class B common stock who retain their shares in the long term. If, for example, Messrs. Stollmeyer and Murphy retain a significant portion of their holdings of our Class B common stock for an extended period of time, they could control a significant portion of the voting power of our capital stock for the foreseeable future. In addition, Messrs. Stollmeyer and Murphy hold an irrevocable proxy to vote shares of our Class B common stock held by certain of our stockholders, as described in the section titled “Principal Stockholders.” As board members, Messrs. Stollmeyer and Murphy each owe a fiduciary duty to our stockholders and must act in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believe to be in the best interests of our stockholders. As stockholders, Messrs. Stollmeyer and Murphy are entitled to vote their shares in their own interests, which may not always be in the interests of our stockholders generally. For a description of the dual class structure, see the section titled “Description of Capital Stock.”

 

41


Table of Contents

Anti-takeover provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, could impair a takeover attempt.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law contain or will contain provisions which could have the effect of rendering more difficult, delaying or preventing an acquisition deemed undesirable by our board of directors. Among other things, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will include provisions:

 

    establishing a classified board of directors whose members serve staggered three-year terms;

 

    authorizing “blank check” preferred stock, which could be issued by our board of directors without stockholder approval and may contain voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to our common stock;

 

    limiting the liability of, and providing indemnification to, our directors and officers;

 

    limiting the ability of our stockholders to call and bring business before special meetings;

 

    requiring advance notice of stockholder proposals for business to be conducted at meetings of our stockholders and for nominations of candidates for election to our board of directors;

 

    controlling the procedures for the conduct and scheduling of board of directors and stockholder meetings; and

 

    authorizing two classes of common stock, as discussed above.

These provisions, alone or together, could delay or prevent hostile takeovers and changes in control or changes in our management.

As a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of Delaware law, including Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prevents certain stockholders holding more than 15% of our outstanding capital stock from engaging in certain business combinations without approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding common stock not held by any such stockholder.

Any provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our capital stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our Class A common stock.

An active trading market for our Class A common stock may never develop or be sustained.

We intend to apply for the listing of our Class A common stock on              under the symbol “MB.” However, we cannot assure you that an active trading market for our Class A common stock will develop on that exchange or elsewhere or, if developed, that any market will be sustained. Accordingly, we cannot assure you of the liquidity of any trading market, your ability to sell your shares of our Class A common stock when desired or the prices that you may obtain for your shares of our Class A common stock.

The market price of our Class A common stock may be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Prior to the completion of this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock will be determined through negotiation between us and the underwriters. This price will not necessarily reflect the price at which investors in the market will be willing to buy and sell shares of our Class A common stock following this offering. In addition, the market price of our Class A common stock following this offering is likely to be highly volatile, may be higher or lower than the initial public offering price of our Class A common stock and could be subject to wide

 

42


Table of Contents

fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be related to our operating performance.

Fluctuations in the market price of our Class A common stock could cause you to lose all or part of your investment because you may not be able to sell your shares at or above the price you paid in this offering. Factors that could cause fluctuations in the market price of our Class A common stock include the following:

 

    price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;

 

    volatility in the market prices and trading volumes of technology securities;

 

    changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of other technology companies generally or those in our industry in particular;

 

    sales of shares of our Class A common stock by us or our stockholders;

 

    failure of securities analysts to maintain coverage of us, changes in financial estimates by securities analysts who follow us, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

 

    the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in those projections or our failure to meet those projections;

 

    announcements by us or our competitors of new products or services;

 

    the public’s reaction to our press releases, other public announcements and filings with the SEC;

 

    rumors and market speculation involving us or other companies in our industry;

 

    actual or anticipated changes in our operating results or fluctuations in our operating results;

 

    actual or anticipated developments in our business, our competitors’ businesses or the competitive landscape generally;

 

    litigation involving us, our industry or both, or investigations by regulators into our operations or those of our competitors;

 

    developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property or other proprietary rights;

 

    announced or completed acquisitions of businesses or technologies by us or our competitors;

 

    new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business;

 

    changes in accounting standards, policies, guidelines, interpretations or principles;

 

    any significant change in our management; and

 

    general economic conditions and slow or negative growth of our markets.

In addition, in the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a particular company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.

A total of         , or     %, of the outstanding shares of our capital stock after this offering will be restricted from immediate resale but may be sold on a stock exchange in the near future. The large number of shares of our capital stock eligible for public sale or subject to rights requiring us to register them for public sale could depress the market price of our Class A common stock.

The market price of our Class A common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of our Class A common stock in the market after this offering, and the perception that these sales could occur

 

43


Table of Contents

may also depress the market price of our Class A common stock. Based on shares of our capital stock outstanding as of March 31, 2015, we will have              shares of our capital stock outstanding after this offering. Our executive officers, directors and the holders of substantially all of our capital stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our capital stock have entered into market standoff agreements with us or lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they have agreed, subject to specific exceptions, not to sell any of our capital stock for 180 days following the date of this prospectus. Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, however, on behalf of the underwriters, may permit our officers, directors and other stockholders who are subject to these lock-up agreements to sell shares prior to the end of the lock-up period. As a result of these agreements and the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, shares of our capital stock will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

    beginning on the date of this prospectus, all             shares of our Class A common stock sold in this offering will be immediately available for sale in the public market; and

 

    beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus, the remainder of the shares of our capital stock will be eligible for sale in the public market from time to time thereafter, subject in some cases to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144 and our insider trading policy.

Following the expiration of the market standoff and lock-up agreements referred to above, stockholders owning an aggregate of up to 11,017,586 shares of our Class B common stock can require us to register shares of our capital stock owned by them for public sale in the United States. In addition, we intend to file a registration statement to register approximately             shares of our capital stock reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans. Upon effectiveness of that registration statement, subject to the satisfaction of applicable exercise periods and expiration of the market standoff agreements and lock-up agreements referred to above, the shares of our capital stock issued upon exercise of outstanding options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock will be available for immediate resale in the United States in the open market.

Sales of our Class A common stock as restrictions end or pursuant to registration rights may make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate. These sales also could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decline and make it more difficult for you to sell shares of our Class A common stock.

In making your investment decision, you should understand that we and the underwriters have not authorized any other party to provide you with information concerning us or this offering.

You should carefully evaluate all of the information in this prospectus. We have in the past received, and may continue to receive, a significant degree of media coverage, including coverage that is not directly attributable to statements made by our officers or employees, that incorrectly reports on statements made by our officers or employees or that is misleading as a result of omitting information provided by us, our officers or employees. We and the underwriters have not authorized any other party to provide you with information concerning us or this offering.

We may invest or spend the proceeds of this offering in ways with which you may not agree or in ways which may not yield a return.

Our net proceeds from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock in this offering will be used for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses and capital expenditures. Additionally, we may use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire businesses, products, services or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any material acquisitions at this time. We will have broad discretion in using these proceeds, and you will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. Until the net proceeds are used, they may be placed in investments that do not produce significant income or that may lose value.

 

44


Table of Contents

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, the listing requirements of the securities exchange on which our common stock will be traded and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly, and increase demand on our systems and resources. Among other things, the Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and results of operations and maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could harm our business and results of operations. Although we have already hired additional employees to comply with these requirements, we may need to hire even more employees in the future, which will increase our costs and expenses.

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs, and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations, and standards, and this investment will increase our general and administrative expense and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations, and standards are unsuccessful, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be harmed.

We also expect that being a public company and these new rules and regulations will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified executive officers and members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation committee.

In addition, as a result of our disclosure obligations as a public company, we will have reduced strategic flexibility and will be under pressure to focus on short-term results, which may adversely impact our ability to achieve long-term profitability.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

For so long as we remain an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including not being required to comply with the independent auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We will remain an “emerging growth company” until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (ii) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenue is $1 billion or more, (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous rolling three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt securities or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined in the Exchange Act. We cannot predict

 

45


Table of Contents

if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock, and our stock price may be more volatile and may decline.

In addition, the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. However, we have chosen to “opt out” of such extended transition period, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

As a result of becoming a public company, we will be obligated to implement and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting. We may not complete our analysis of our internal control over financial reporting in a timely manner, or these internal controls may not be determined to be effective, which may adversely affect investor confidence in our company and, as a result, the value of our common stock.

We will be required, pursuant to the Exchange Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the first fiscal year beginning after the effective date of this offering. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting.

We are currently evaluating our internal controls, identifying and remediating deficiencies in those internal controls and documenting the results of our evaluation, testing and remediation. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting that we are unable to remediate before the end of the same fiscal year in which the material weakness is identified, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are effective. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our auditors, when required, are unable to attest to management’s report on the effectiveness of our internal controls, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which would cause the price of our common stock to decline.

As a public company, we will be required to disclose material changes made in our internal control and procedures on a quarterly basis. However, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC or the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, if we take advantage of the exemptions contained in the JOBS Act. To comply with the requirements of being a public company, we may need to undertake various actions, such as implementing new internal controls and procedures and hiring accounting or internal audit staff.

Purchasers in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of their investment.

The assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our outstanding capital stock upon the completion of this offering. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate dilution of $             in the net tangible book value per share from the price you paid. In addition, investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock from us in this offering will have contributed     % of the total consideration paid to us by all stockholders who purchased shares of our common stock, in exchange for acquiring approximately     % of the outstanding shares of our common stock as of March 31, 2015 after giving effect to this offering. The exercise of outstanding options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock or the warrant to purchase shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock will result in further dilution.

 

46


Table of Contents

If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about us, our business, our market or our competitors, or if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our Class A common stock, the market price of our Class A common stock and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our Class A common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that securities or industry analysts may publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors. If any of the analysts who cover us adversely change their recommendations regarding our Class A common stock or provide more favorable recommendations about our competitors, the market price of our Class A common stock would likely decline. If any of the analysts who cover us were to cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause the market price of our Class A common stock and trading volume to decline.

We do not expect to declare any dividends on our Class A common stock in the foreseeable future.

We do not anticipate declaring any cash dividends on our Class A common stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, our existing loan agreement with Silicon Valley Bank imposes restrictions on our ability to pay dividends. Consequently, investors may need to rely on sales of our Class A common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment. Investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase shares of our Class A common stock.

Prior to the completion of this offering, there has been limited trading of our securities at prices that may be higher than what our Class A common stock will trade at once it is listed.

Prior to the completion of this offering, our securities have not been listed on any stock exchange or other public trading market, but there has been some trading of our securities in private transactions. These transactions were speculative, and the trading prices of our securities in these transactions were privately negotiated. We cannot assure you that the market price of our Class A common stock will equal or exceed the price at which our securities have traded prior to the completion of this offering.

 

47


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws, which statements involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or our future financial or operating performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions that concern our expectations, strategy, plans or intentions. Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

    our ability to attract and retain subscribers;

 

    our ability to deepen our relationships with existing subscribers;

 

    our expectations regarding our subscriber growth rate and the usage of our payment platform;

 

    our business plan and beliefs and objectives for future operations;

 

    trends associated with our industry, target consumer behaviors and potential market;

 

    benefits associated with use of our products and services;

 

    our ability to develop or acquire new products and services, improve our existing products and services and increase the value of our products and services;

 

    the network effects associated with our business;

 

    our ability to further develop strategic relationships;

 

    our ability to increase our presence in corporate wellness;

 

    our ability to achieve positive returns on investments;

 

    our plans to further invest in and grow our business, and our ability to effectively manage our growth and associated investments;

 

    our ability to timely and effectively scale and adapt our existing technology;

 

    our ability to increase our revenue and our revenue growth rate;

 

    our future financial performance, including trends in revenue, cost of revenue, operating expenses, other income and expenses, income taxes, subscribers, average monthly volume per subscriber and payments volume;

 

    the sufficiency of our cash and cash equivalents and cash generated from operations to meet our working capital and capital expenditure requirements;

 

    the sufficiency of our efforts to remediate our material weaknesses;

 

    our ability to attract and retain qualified employees and key personnel;

 

    our ability to successfully identify, acquire and integrate companies and assets;

 

    our ability to successfully enter new markets and manage our international expansion;

 

    our ability to maintain, protect and enhance our intellectual property and not infringe upon others’ intellectual property; and

 

    our anticipated uses of the net proceeds from this offering.

We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all of the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus.

 

48


Table of Contents

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. We cannot assure you that the results, events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur, and actual results, events or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.

The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this prospectus to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments we may make.

 

49


Table of Contents

MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

Market and Industry Data

This prospectus contains estimates and information concerning our industry, including market size and growth rates of the markets in which we participate, that are based on industry publications and reports. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to these estimates. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to variety of factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications and reports.

Certain information in the text of this prospectus is contained in industry publications. The source of these industry publications is provided below:

 

  (1)   Frost & Sullivan, Analysis of the Global Wellness Business Management Solutions Market , March 2015.

 

  (2)   IBISWorld, Gym, Health & Fitness Clubs in the US , September 2014.

 

  (3)   IBISWorld, Hair & Nail Salons in the US , October 2014.

 

  (4)   IBISWorld, Corporate Wellness Services in the US , December 2014.

 

  (5)   Industrial Data Corporation, Worldwide Wearable Computing Device 2014-2018 Forecast Update: December 2014 , December 2014.

 

  (6)   The Commonwealth Fund, National Trends in the Cost of Employer Health Insurance Coverage, 2003-2013 , December 2014.

 

  (7)   Eric A. Finkelstein, et al., The Costs of Obesity in the Workplace , Journal of Occupational and Environmental Medicine, October 2010.

 

  (8)   Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation at the University of Washington, Global, regional, and national prevalence of overweight and obesity in children and adults during 1980-2013: a systematic analysis for the Global Burden of Disease Study 2013 , May 2014.

 

  (9)   American Society of Clinical Oncology, Media Fact Sheet – Obesity and Cancer: The Science behind the Connection .

 

  (10)   Katherine M. Flegal, et al., Journal of the American Medical Association, Prevalence and Trends in Obesity among US Adults, 1999-2008 , January 2010.

 

  (11)   RAND Health, A Review of the U.S. Workplace Wellness Market , 2012.

 

  (12)   National Business Group on Health and Fidelity Investments, Employer Investments in Improving Employee Health: Results from the Fifth Annual NBGH/Fidelity Investments Benefits Consulting Survey , February 2014.

 

  (13)   Business Journal, Why Your Workplace Wellness Program Isn’t Working , May 2014.

 

50


Table of Contents

Company Data

In this prospectus, when we use the term “active consumers” as of a given date, we are referring to the estimated number of unique consumers who have used our platform to transact with our subscribers during the two years ending on such date. In calculating this number, we have attempted to avoid duplicative counting of consumers by identifying consumers who may have used our platform through different subscribers. However, in certain cases, a single consumer may have transacted with multiple subscribers under different names or using different email addresses, in which cases they may be counted more than once. For a discussion of risks related to our calculation of active consumers, see the section titled “ Risk Factors – The number of actual consumers using our platform may be lower than the number we have estimated .”

 

51


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock in this offering will be approximately $             million, based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, we estimate that the net proceeds to us would be approximately $             million, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million in the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us would increase or decrease the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $             million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our Class A common stock and enable access to the public equity markets for us and our stockholders.

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses and capital expenditures. Additionally, we may use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire businesses, products, services or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any material acquisitions at this time. Accordingly, we will have broad discretion in using these proceeds. Pending the use of proceeds from this offering as described above, we plan to invest the net proceeds that we receive in this offering in short-term and long-term interest-bearing obligations, including government and investment-grade debt securities and money market funds.

 

52


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings and do not expect to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, our ability to pay dividends on our capital stock is subject to restrictions under the terms of our loan agreement with Silicon Valley Bank. Any future determination to declare cash dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend on a number of factors, including our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

53


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth cash and cash equivalents, as well as our capitalization, as of March 31, 2015 as follows:

 

    on an actual basis;

 

    on a pro forma basis, giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion and reclassification of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 8,269,463 shares of our Class B common stock, which conversion and reclassification will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (ii) the resulting reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to stockholders’ equity, and (iii) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in Delaware, as if such conversion, reclassification and effectiveness had occurred on March 31, 2015; and

 

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro forma adjustments set forth above and the sale and issuance by us of shares of             our Class A common stock in this offering, based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table below is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes, and the sections titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” that are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of March 31, 2015  
     Actual      Pro Forma      Pro Forma
As Adjusted (1)
 
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 22,099       $ 22,099       $                    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financing obligation on leases

$ 17,002    $ 17,002    $ 17,002   

Preferred stock warrant

  1,338             

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, par value $0.00001 per share: 8,216,805 shares authorized, 8,181,803 issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

  170,159             

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

Preferred stock, par value $0.00001 per share: no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual;              shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

              

Common stock, par value $0.00001 per share: 20,000,000 shares authorized, 4,517,557 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

              

Class A common stock, par value $0.00001 per share: no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual;             shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and              shares authorized,             shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

         

Class B common stock, par value $0.00001 per share: no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual;             shares authorized, 12,787,020 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

         

Additional paid-in capital

       171,497   

 

54


Table of Contents
     As of March 31, 2015  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
As Adjusted (1)
 
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   $ (194   $ (194   $     

Accumulated deficit

     (133,634     (133,634  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

  (133,828   37,669   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

$ 54,671    $ 54,671    $                    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of our Class A common stock of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of each of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity (deficit) by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of each of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity (deficit) by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma and pro forma as adjusted columns in the table above are based on no shares of our Class A common stock and 12,787,020 shares of our Class B common stock (including our redeemable convertible preferred stock on an as-converted basis) outstanding as of March 31, 2015, and exclude:

 

    1,265,228 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2015, with a weighted-average exercise price of $19.89 per share;

 

    35,670 shares of our Class B common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of a warrant to purchase shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding as of March 31, 2015, with an aggregate exercise price of approximately $151,603;

 

    108,000 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock granted after March 31, 2015, with an exercise price of $36.24 per share; and

 

                 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering, consisting of:

 

                 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Plan;

 

    219,874 shares of our Class B common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2009 Plan (after giving effect to the grant of 108,000 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock after March 31, 2015 and the cancellation and return of 77 shares of our Class B common stock to our 2009 Plan after March 31, 2015), which number of shares will be added to the shares of our Class A common stock to be reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Plan upon its effectiveness, at which time we will cease granting awards under our 2009 Plan; and

 

                 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our ESPP.

Our 2015 Plan and ESPP each provide for annual automatic increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder and our 2015 Plan also provides for increases to the number of shares that may be granted thereunder based on shares under our 2009 Plan that expire, are forfeited or otherwise repurchased by us, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.”

 

55


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our Class A common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of our common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after completion of this offering.

Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our total tangible assets less our total liabilities by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding. Our historical net tangible book value as of March 31, 2015 was $27.1 million, or $6.00 per share. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2015 was $28.5 million, or $2.23 per share, based on the total number of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2015, after giving effect to the automatic conversion and reclassification of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2015 into an aggregate of 8,269,463 shares of our Class B common stock, and the resulting reclassification of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability to stockholders’ equity.

After giving effect to the sale by us of              shares of our Class A common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2015 would have been $             , or $             per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $             per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $             per share to investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price. The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

$                 

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2015

$ 6.00   

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share attributable to new investors in this offering

  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering

     

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering

$     
     

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors by $             , and would increase or decrease, as applicable, dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $             , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $             per share and increase or decrease, as applicable, the dilution to new investors by $             per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, would be $             per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering would be $         per share.

The following table presents, as of March 31, 2015, after giving effect to the automatic conversion and reclassification of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of

 

56


Table of Contents

8,269,463 shares of our Class B common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, the differences between the existing stockholders and the new investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering with respect to the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid or to be paid to us, which includes net proceeds received from the issuance of our common stock and preferred stock, cash received from the exercise of stock options and the average price per share paid or to be paid to us at the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

     12,787,020                $                                             $                    

New investors

             $                    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Totals

  100 $        100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $             , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables assume no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, our existing stockholders would own             % and our new investors would own             % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon completion of this offering.

The number of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on no shares of our Class A common stock and 12,787,020 shares of our Class B common stock (including our redeemable convertible preferred stock on an as-converted basis) outstanding as of March 31, 2015, and excludes:

 

    1,265,228 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2015, with a weighted-average exercise price of $19.89 per share;

 

    35,670 shares of our Class B common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of a warrant to purchase shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding as of March 31, 2015, with an aggregate exercise price of approximately $151,603;

 

    108,000 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock granted after March 31, 2015, with an exercise price of $36.24 per share; and

 

                 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering, consisting of:

 

                    shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Plan;

 

   

219,874 shares of our Class B common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2009 Plan (after giving effect to the grant of 108,000 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock after March 31, 2015 and the cancellation and return of 77 shares of our Class B common stock to our 2009 Plan after March 31, 2015), which number of shares will be added to the shares of our Class A common

 

57


Table of Contents
 

stock to be reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Plan upon its effectiveness, at which time we will cease granting awards under our 2009 Plan; and

 

                 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our ESPP.

Our 2015 Plan and ESPP each provide for annual automatic increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder and our 2015 Plan also provides for increases to the number of shares that may be granted thereunder based on shares under our 2009 Plan that expire, are forfeited or otherwise repurchased by us, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.”

To the extent that any outstanding options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock or a warrant to purchase our redeemable convertible preferred stock are exercised, or new awards are granted under our equity compensation plans, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.

 

58


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2015 have been derived from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and reflect, in the opinion of management, all adjustments of a normal, recurring nature that are necessary for the fair presentation of the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future and are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year or any other period. You should read the following selected consolidated financial and other data below in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2012     2013     2014     2014     2015  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

     

Revenue

  $ 31,999      $ 48,687      $ 70,010      $ 15,653      $ 22,263   

Cost of revenue (1)

    13,411        21,890        30,004        6,478        8,693   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

  18,588      26,797      40,006      9,175      13,570   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

Sales and marketing (1)

  11,735      20,957      30,922      7,247      9,717   

Research and development (1)

  3,741      10,517      16,167      3,594      4,725   

General and administrative (1)

  8,111      10,730      18,422      3,530      6,780   

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

       428      (1,434   (423     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

  23,587      42,632      64,077      13,948      21,222   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

  (4,999   (15,835   (24,071   (4,773   (7,652

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant

  (515   (302   (283   (22   (150

Interest income

  6                     3   

Interest expense

  (15   (21   (68   (20   (17

Other income (expense), net

  17      (26   (68   5      (39
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

  (5,506   (16,184   (24,490   (4,810   (7,855

Provision for income taxes

  13      63      116      34      6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  (5,519   (16,247   (24,606   (4,844   (7,861

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock (2)

  (13,025   (27,892   (21,311   (5,831   (5,459

Deemed dividend—preferred stock modification

                      1,748   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders (2)

$ (18,544 $ (44,139 $ (45,917 $ (10,675 $ (11,572
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (2)

$ (4.59 $ (10.26 $ (10.42 $ (2.43 $ (2.58
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (2)

  4,040,891      4,303,182      4,405,472      4,387,275      4,480,711   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and dilute (2)

$ (1.94 $ (0.60
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (2)

  12,513,063      12,750,174   
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

59


Table of Contents

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2012      2013      2014      2014      2015  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $       $ 51       $ 220       $ 24       $ 100   

Sales and marketing

             56         196         34         541   

Research and development

             68         298         53         96   

General and administrative

     1,484         252         1,023         225         403   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

$ 1,484    $ 427    $ 1,737    $ 336    $ 1,140   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
(2) See Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to calculate our actual and pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 

     As of December 31,     As of
March 31,

2015
 
     2013     2014    
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 9,545      $ 34,675      $ 22,099   

Restricted cash

     2,533        772          

Working capital

     3,359        26,962        14,142   

Property and equipment, net

     12,161        28,568        32,487   

Total assets

     30,735        73,051        71,077   

Total deferred revenue

     2,002        2,756        2,865   

Total financing obligation

     3,872        15,654        17,002   

Preferred stock warrant

     905        1,188        1,338   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     95,224        166,448        170,159   

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (81,115     (124,925     (133,828

Key Metrics

We regularly review the following key metrics to measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections, make strategic business decisions and assess working capital needs.

 

     As of and for Year Ended December 31,     As of and for
Three Months
Ended
March 31,

        2015        
 
             2012                      2013                     2014            

Subscribers (end of period) (1)

     22,062         31,043        40,517        42,700   

Average monthly revenue per subscriber (2)

   $ 131       $ 146      $ 155      $ 174   

Payments volume (in millions) (3)

   $ 2,113       $ 3,099      $ 4,121      $ 1,168   

Dollar-based net expansion rate (end of period) (4)

     n/a         103     109     109

 

 

(1) Subscribers are defined as unique physical business locations or, in the case of our Solo software level, individual practitioners who have subscribed to our cloud-based business management software platform as of the end of the period.
(2) Average monthly revenue per subscriber is calculated by dividing the subscription, services and payments revenue generated in a given month by the number of subscribers at the end of the previous month. For periods greater than one month, the average monthly revenue per subscriber is the sum of the average monthly revenue per subscriber for each month in the period, divided by the number of months in the period.

 

60


Table of Contents
(3) Payments volume is the total dollar volume of transactions between our subscribers and their consumers utilizing our payments platform.
(4) Our dollar-based net expansion rate is based upon our monthly subscription, services and payments revenue for a set of subscriber accounts. We calculate our dollar-based net expansion rate by dividing our retained revenue net of contraction and churn by our base revenue. We define our base revenue as the aggregate monthly subscription, services and payments revenue of our subscriber base as of the date one year prior to the date of calculation. We define our retained revenue net of contraction and churn as the aggregate monthly subscription, services and payments revenue of the same subscriber base included in our measure of base revenue at the end of the annual period being measured.

Non-GAAP Financial Measure

Adjusted EBITDA

To provide investors with additional information regarding our financial results prepared in accordance with U.S. generally acceptable accounting principles, or GAAP, we have presented Adjusted EBITDA, which is a non-GAAP financial measure defined by us as our net loss before stock-based compensation expense, depreciation and amortization, change in fair value of contingent consideration, change in fair value of preferred stock warrant, impairment charges, provision for income taxes and other income (expense), net, which consisted of interest income and expense and other miscellaneous other income (expense). We have provided below a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure. We have presented Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because it is a key measure used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends, to prepare and approve our annual budget, and to develop short and long-term operational plans. In particular, we believe that the exclusion of the amounts eliminated in calculating Adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our core business. Accordingly, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors.

Our use of Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our financial results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are as follows:

 

    Although depreciation and amortization expense is non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;

 

    Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect: (1) changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; (2) the potentially dilutive impact of stock-based compensation; or (3) tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us; and

 

    Other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate Adjusted EBITDA or similarly titled measures differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

 

61


Table of Contents

Because of these and other limitations, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA along with other GAAP-based financial performance measures, including various cash flow metrics, net loss, and our GAAP financial results. The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss for each of the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2012     2013     2014     2014     2015  
     (in thousands)  

Net loss

   $ (5,519   $ (16,247   $ (24,606   $ (4,844   $ (7,861

Stock-based compensation expense

     1,484        427        1,737        336        1,140   

Depreciation and amortization

     1,004        3,479        4,574        1,034        1,218   

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

            428        (1,434     (423       

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant

     515        302        283        22        150   

Impairment charges

                   426                 

Provision for income taxes

     13        63        116        34        6   

Other (income) expense, net

     (8     47        136        15        53   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA (unaudited)

$ (2,511 $ (11,501 $ (18,768 $ (3,826 $ (5,294
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

62


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed below. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below and those discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We are the leading global online wellness marketplace with over 42,000 local business subscribers on our platform in 124 countries and territories employing over 250,000 practitioners who provide a variety of wellness services to over 24 million active consumers as of March 31, 2015. Our integrated cloud-based business management software and payments platform for the wellness services industry helps our subscribers simplify the way they run their businesses, attract and engage more consumers, boost their revenues and focus more on what they love to do – improving people’s lives. Moreover, we help consumers more easily evaluate, engage and transact with these subscribers, enabling them to live healthier and happier lives. We are also the largest payments platform dedicated to the wellness services industry. In the 12 months ended March 31, 2015, $6.3 billion in transactions occurred between consumers and subscribers within our marketplace, of which $4.3 billion flowed through our payments platform.

We were founded in 2001 with a vision to address the vast and growing demand for business management software for the wellness services industry. We started as a hybrid desktop-web solution focused on yoga, Pilates and spinning businesses. In 2005, we released our software as a service platform and began to scale our business into adjacent fitness categories, increasing our total addressable market and fueling growth in consumer online bookings. Since then, we have made significant investments in our platform to enable increased penetration and continued growth in consumer online bookings. In 2009, we released MINDBODY Finder, enabling available classes and appointments to be aggregated for consumer search; released our API Platform, enabling developers and integration partners to build custom private apps and consumer-facing businesses on our platform; and released aggregated consumer facing-scheduling capabilities to our consumer-facing partners. In 2011, Fitness Mobile Apps used our API platform to build subscriber-branded apps that enabled consumers to search for and book classes easily from their mobile phones. In 2013, we launched our MINDBODY Express mobile app for businesses and our Connect mobile offering for consumers, thus connecting consumers with local businesses and allowing them to discover, evaluate, book and pay for wellness services nearby. When we released Connect in 2013, we introduced centralized consumer login, account management, consumer reviews and multiple credit card storage capabilities and released these capabilities exclusively on our own branded consumer app. All of these milestones accelerated consumer engagement and ultimately established us as a powerful consumer brand.

International expansion has been an important growth driver for us. In 2008, we completed our first integration of payments functionality into our platform for subscribers in Canada. In 2011, we opened our London sales office and integrated payments functionality into our platform for subscribers in the United Kingdom. In 2012, we opened a customer support office in the United Kingdom and integrated payments functionality into our platform for subscribers in Australia and New Zealand. In 2013, we opened our Sydney sales office, and by the end of 2014, we had complete payments integration in 41 countries and territories.

 

63


Table of Contents

The following graphic highlights key milestones in our history:

 

LOGO

We primarily market and sell subscriptions to our integrated cloud-based business management software and payments platform to small and medium-sized businesses in the wellness services industry, including businesses that offer yoga, Pilates, barre, indoor cycling, personal training, martial arts and dance exercise, as well as spas, salons, music instruction studios, dance studios, children’s activity centers and integrative health centers.

We offer our software platform to our subscribers as a subscription-based service. Historically, our software subscription pricing was based on the number of professionals employed by our subscribers. In 2015, after substantial market testing and development, we began pricing our software subscriptions for new subscribers based on software functionality. The vast majority of our subscribers subscribe to our software platform through one month contracts that are billed in advance. We recognize software subscription revenue ratably over the term of the subscription period. Additionally, we earn revenue based on the value of transactions processed by our subscribers utilizing our payments platform, net of the costs charged to us by our processing partners.

We have achieved rapid subscriber growth through our effective sales model. We sell our subscriptions through a direct sales team with our primary sales operations in San Luis Obispo, California, New York, London and Sydney. Our sales team qualifies and manages prospective and current subscribers, aiming to initiate, retain, and expand their use of our platform over time. We benefit from organic search and positive word of mouth as well as network effects from practitioners who often recommend MINDBODY to their employers. In addition, through MINDBODY University events, subscriber conferences and webinars, we help our subscribers optimize their businesses and grow their revenue, which benefits us through improved subscriber retention and an increase in payments revenue.

As more local wellness businesses adopt our platform, more subscriber listings appear on MINDBODY Connect. A larger critical mass of local wellness services on Connect attracts more consumers, which in turn attracts more local wellness businesses that want to engage with these consumers, thereby creating powerful network effects that benefit the entire ecosystem. We believe these network effects have been enhanced by our recent introduction of MINDBODY Connect Workplace. As more corporate wellness subscribers adopt MINDBODY Connect Workplace, their employees begin using our platform, which leads to increased demand from local wellness businesses to be listed on Connect. As more local wellness businesses appear on Connect,

 

64


Table of Contents

more employees use our platform to redeem their corporate incentives, which in turn leads to more corporate wellness subscribers being attracted to our platform. Finally, as we add more subscribers, consumers and employees to our wellness ecosystem, we attract more technology developers and partners who can use our API to develop additional apps that extend the capabilities of our open platform.

We intend to continue scaling our organization in order to meet the needs of our growing subscriber base. We have invested and expect to continue to invest in our sales and marketing teams to sell our software and payments platform services globally. Our sales organization headcount grew at a compound annual growth rate of 39% from 2012 to 2014. A key element of our growth strategy is the continuous enhancement and expansion of our software and payments platform by developing and implementing new features and functionality. Through consistent innovation, we have increased both the number of subscribers and the revenue we generate from our subscribers over time. We plan to continue to enhance our software architecture and enhance and expand our platform through increased investments in research and development and by pursuing strategic acquisitions of complementary businesses and technologies that will enable us to continue to drive growth in the future. We also expect to continue to make significant investments in both our data center infrastructure and our customer service and subscriber onboarding teams to meet the needs of our growing user base. While these areas represent significant opportunities for us, we also face significant risks and challenges that we must successfully address in order to sustain the growth of our business and improve our operating results. Due to our continuing investments to grow our business, in advance of, and in preparation for, our expected increase in sales, we are continuing to incur expenses in the near term from which we may not realize any long-term benefit. In addition, any investments that we make in sales and marketing or other areas will occur in advance of our experiencing any benefits from such investments, so it may be difficult for us to determine if we are efficiently allocating our resources in these areas. As a result, we do not expect to be profitable in the current three-year planning window.

Our financial performance reflects our significant subscriber growth and increasing revenue per subscriber. Our total revenue increased from $32.0 million in 2012, to $48.7 million in 2013 to $70.0 million in 2014, representing year-over-year increases of 52% and 44%, respectively. Our total revenue increased from $15.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2014 to $22.3 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015, representing an increase of 42%. Our net loss was $5.5 million, $16.2 million and $24.6 million in 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively. Adjusted EBITDA was negative $2.5 million, negative $11.5 million and negative $18.8 million for 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, our net loss was $4.8 million and $7.9 million, respectively, and Adjusted EBITDA was negative $3.8 million and negative $5.3 million, respectively. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, please see the section titled “Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measure.” During 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2015, approximately 84% of our revenue came from the United States. Our employee headcount has increased from 806 employees as of December 31, 2013 to 1,035 as of December 31, 2014, and to 1,100 as of March 31, 2015, of which approximately 28% are engaged in supporting existing subscribers and approximately 51% are engaged in increasing our subscriber base, growing our consumer brand or developing future products.

Our Business Model

Our business model focuses on maximizing the lifetime value of a subscriber relationship. We make significant investments in acquiring and onboarding new subscribers and believe that we will be able to achieve a positive return on these investments by retaining subscribers and expanding the revenue derived from our subscribers over the lifetime of the relationship. In connection with the acquisition of new subscribers, we incur and recognize significant upfront costs. These costs include sales; onboarding and marketing costs associated with acquiring new subscribers, such as sales commission expenses, which are expensed upfront; the cost of the onboarding personnel who provide the initial onboarding training to our new subscribers; marketing costs, which are expensed as incurred; and the cost associated with converting and importing subscriber data from competitors’ products. Due to our subscription model, we recognize software subscription revenue ratably over the monthly term of the subscription period, which commences when all of the revenue recognition criteria have been met. We recognize revenue from our payments platform on a net basis when the transactions occur.

 

65


Table of Contents

Although our objective is for each subscriber to be profitable for us over the duration of our relationship, the costs we incur with respect to any subscriber relationship, whether a new subscriber or an upsell to an existing subscriber, may exceed revenue in early periods of the relationship because we recognize those costs faster than we recognize the associated revenue. As a result, an increase in the mix of new subscribers as a percentage of total subscribers will initially have a negative impact on our operating results.

We realize different levels of profitability from our subscribers in large part depending on the fee level of their software subscription and the volume of transactions they process through our payments platform. For new subscribers, our associated sales, onboarding and marketing expenses typically exceed the first year revenue we recognize from those subscribers. For typical subscribers, their monthly subscriptions automatically renew each month. As a result, our sales and marketing expenses associated with renewals for our existing subscribers have been de minimis. Over the lifetime of the subscriber relationship, we incur sales and marketing costs to upsell the subscriber to higher levels of software functionality, to our payments platform, to our Premium Services and to our partners’ software offerings. However, these costs are significantly less than the costs initially incurred to acquire the subscriber. We believe that the lifetime value of our subscribers has consistently exceeded five times the cost of acquiring them.

To illustrate the economics of our subscriber relationships, we are providing an analysis of the subscribers we acquired in fiscal year 2011, which we will refer to as the 2011 Cohort. We selected the 2011 Cohort as a representative set of subscribers for this analysis because we believe the perspective of time is important to help investors understand the long-term value of our subscriber base. The 2011 Cohort includes all subscribers acquired in 2011. In fiscal year 2011, we recognized $3.7 million in subscription, services and payments revenue from the 2011 Cohort and incurred associated costs that resulted in a negative contribution margin for the 2011 Cohort. Since we acquired this 2011 Cohort of subscribers through the course of the year, less than a full year’s revenue is reflected in 2011. Starting in fiscal year 2012, our contribution margin from the 2011 Cohort turned positive, at 61%. By fiscal year 2014, we recognized $8.5 million in revenue from the 2011 Cohort, and our contribution margin grew to 75%. The contribution margin of our cohorts will fluctuate from one period to another depending upon various factors.

 

LOGO

 

66


Table of Contents

Contribution margin is the subscription, services and payments revenue for a group of subscribers in excess of the estimated costs with respect to the same subscriber group, expressed as a percentage of associated revenue. Costs include sales and marketing costs incurred to acquire and upsell that subscriber, onboarding, operations, professional services subscriber support costs and costs associated with use of technology infrastructure. The expenses allocated to the subscriber include estimates for personnel costs such as salaries and commissions, direct costs, allocated overhead expenses and depreciation. We excluded stock-based compensation and amortization for purposes of this calculation. In addition, we exclude all research and development and general and administrative expenses from this analysis because these expenses support the overall growth of our business and benefit our subscribers, partners and consumers. We consider the sales and marketing costs we incur in any fiscal year to be primarily the cost of acquiring our new subscribers in that fiscal year, with the exception of estimated sales costs related to expanding our subscriber relationships and promoting our consumer brand, which are attributed to each fiscal year in accordance with internal estimates. The costs for subscriber onboarding, operations, professional services, and subscriber support are accounted for as cost of revenue.

We cannot assure you that we will experience similar financial outcomes from subscribers added in other years or in future periods. We believe the estimates and assumptions we used to allocate costs are reasonable, but the allocated costs could have varied significantly from the amounts disclosed above had we used different estimates and assumptions. You should not rely on the allocated expenses or relationship of expenses to subscription, services and payments revenue as being indicative of our current or future performance. We cannot predict whether revenue from the 2011 Cohort will continue to grow at the rate of growth experienced through December 31, 2014, or whether the growth rate of other cohorts will be similar to that of the 2011 Cohort. We may not achieve profitability even if our revenue exceeds costs from our subscribers over time. We encourage you to read our consolidated financial statements that are included in this prospectus.

Key Metrics

We regularly review the following key metrics to measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections, make strategic business decisions and assess working capital needs.

 

     As of and for Year Ended December 31,     As of and for
Three Months
Ended
March 31,

2015
 
             2012                  2013                   2014          

Subscribers (end of period)

     22,062         31,043        40,517        42,700   

Average monthly revenue per subscriber

   $ 131       $ 146      $ 155      $ 174   

Payments volume (in millions)

   $ 2,113       $ 3,099      $ 4,121      $ 1,168   

Dollar-based net expansion rate (end of period)

     n/a         103     109     109

 

  Subscribers . Subscribers are defined as unique physical business locations or, in the case of our Solo software subscriptions, individual practitioners who have active subscriptions to our cloud-based business management software platform as of the end of the period. We believe the number of subscribers is a key indicator of the growth of our platform. Growth in the number of subscribers depends, in part, on our ability to successfully develop and market our platform to local wellness businesses and their consumers who have not yet become part of our network. While growth in the number of subscribers is an important indicator of expected revenue growth, it also informs our management’s decisions with respect to the areas of our business that will require further investment to support expected future subscriber growth. For example, as the number of subscribers increases, we will need to increase the headcount in our customer support organization and our IT infrastructure capital expenditures to maintain the effectiveness of our platform and the performance of our software for our subscribers and their consumers. The number of subscribers increased in 2013 and 2014, and we expect the number of subscribers to continue to increase in the future. The growth rate of the number of subscribers declined in 2013 and 2014 and may continue to do so in the future as the size of our subscriber base increases.

 

67


Table of Contents
  Average Monthly Revenue per Subscriber . We believe that our ability to increase the average monthly revenue per subscriber is an indicator of our ability to increase the long-term value of our existing subscriber relationships. Average monthly revenue per subscriber is calculated by dividing the subscription and services and payments revenue generated in a given month by the number of subscribers at the end of the previous month. For periods greater than one month, the average monthly revenue per subscriber is the sum of the average monthly revenue per subscriber for each month in the period, divided by the number of months in the period. Average monthly revenue per subscriber increased in 2013 and 2014, and we expect it to continue to increase in the future, although we expect the growth rate to fluctuate over time.

 

  Payments Volume . We believe that payments volume is an indicator of the underlying current health of our subscribers’ businesses and of consumer spending trends as well as being a major driver of our payments revenue. Payments volume is the total dollar volume of transactions between our subscribers and their consumers utilizing our payments platform. Payments volume increased in 2013 and 2014, and we expect it to continue to increase in the future. The growth rate declined in 2013 and 2014 and may continue to do so in the future due to the increasing base amount of payments volume.

 

  Dollar-Based Net Expansion Rate . Our business model focuses on maximizing the lifetime value of a subscriber relationship. We can achieve this by focusing on delivering value and functionality that retains our existing subscribers and by expanding the revenue derived from our subscribers over the lifetime of the relationship by upselling the subscriber to higher priced subscription plans, utilization of our Premium Services, subscription to our technology partners’ software offerings and increasing the value of transactions that they process through our payments platform. We assess our performance in this area by measuring our dollar-based net expansion rate. Our dollar-based net expansion rate provides a measurement of our ability to increase revenue across our existing customer base, as offset by churn, downgrades in subscriptions, reduction in services utilization and reductions in the value of transactions that our subscribers process through our payments platform. Our dollar-based net expansion rate is based upon our monthly subscription, services and payments revenue for a set of subscriber accounts. We calculate our dollar-based net expansion rate by dividing our retained revenue net of contraction and churn by our base revenue. We define our base revenue as the aggregate monthly subscription, services and payments revenue of our subscriber base as of the date one year prior to the date of calculation. We define our retained revenue net of contraction and churn as the aggregate monthly subscription, services and payments revenue of the same subscriber base included in our measure of base revenue at the end of the annual period being measured.

Components of Statements of Operations

Revenue

We generate revenue primarily from providing an integrated cloud-based business management software and payments platform for the wellness services industry. As discussed further in “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Revenue Recognition” below, revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured.

Our total revenue consists of the following:

 

  Subscription and services . Subscription and services revenue is generated primarily from sales of subscriptions to our cloud-based business management software for the wellness services industry. The majority of subscription fees are prepaid by subscribers on a monthly basis via a credit card and, to a lesser extent, billed to subscribers on an annual or quarterly basis. Additionally, our subscribers can choose to enter into a separate contract with the technology partners to purchase additional features and functionalities. We receive a revenue share from these arrangements from our technology partners, which is recorded when earned. We also earn revenue from API platform partners for subscriber site access, data query, and consumer bookings. The revenue from API platform partners is recorded when earned. Subscription revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the subscription agreement. Amounts invoiced in excess of revenue recognized are deferred. Service revenue is generated primarily through our premium customer support offering and is recognized in the period in which it is earned.

 

68


Table of Contents
  Payments . We earn payments revenue from revenue share arrangements with third-party payment processors on transactions between our subscribers who utilize our payments platform and their consumers. These payment transactions are generally related to purchases of classes, goods or services through a subscriber’s website, at its business location or through Connect. These transaction fees are recorded as revenue on a net basis when the payment transactions occur. We expect our payments revenue to increase both in absolute dollars and as a percentage of total revenue as we add new subscribers who utilize our payments platform, as existing subscribers increase the volume of transactions that they process through our payments platform and as our aggregate volume of payments reduces our related costs and increases margins.

 

  Product and other . We offer various point of sale system products and physical gift cards to our subscribers. Product and other revenue is recognized upon the delivery of these products to our subscribers. We expect product and other revenue to decline both in absolute dollars and as a percentage of total revenue as mobile point of sale systems and electronic gift cards become more prevalent in the marketplace.

Cost of Revenue

Our cost of revenue primarily consists of costs associated with personnel and related infrastructure for operation of our cloud-based business management platform, global customer support and onboarding services, costs related to processing the payments of subscribers that pay via credit card and allocated overhead costs. Personnel costs consist of salaries, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation. Allocated overhead costs consist of certain facilities, depreciation and amortization of internally developed software costs.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses consist of sales and marketing, research and development, and general and administrative expenses, and the change in the fair value of contingent consideration.

 

  Sales and marketing . Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of personnel costs, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, stock-based compensation and commission costs for our sales and marketing personnel. Sales and marketing expense also includes costs for market development programs, advertising, promotional and other marketing activities, and allocated overhead. Sales and marketing expense is our largest operating expense, and we expect it to continue to increase in absolute dollars as we increase our sales and marketing efforts and expand our international operations, although such expense may fluctuate as a percentage of total revenue.

 

  Research and development . Research and development expense consists primarily of personnel costs, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, and stock-based compensation for our development personnel. Research and development expense also includes outsourced software development costs and allocated overhead. We expect research and development expense to continue to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to invest in our research and product development efforts to enhance our product capabilities and access new markets, although such expense may fluctuate as a percentage of total revenue.

 

  General and administrative . General and administrative expense consists primarily of personnel costs, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, and stock-based compensation for our executive, finance, legal, human resources, information technology, and other administrative personnel. General and administrative expense also includes consulting, legal and accounting services and allocated overhead. We expect general and administrative expense to continue to increase in absolute dollars as we grow our operations and prepare to operate as a public company, although such expense may fluctuate as a percentage of total revenue.

 

 

Change in fair value of contingent consideration . We recognized a contingent consideration liability related to an earn-out provision from our acquisition of Jill’s List in 2013, which was subsequently remeasured to fair value at each balance sheet date with a corresponding charge recorded within operating expenses. The period during which earn-out consideration can be earned will end in the second quarter of 2015, at which

 

69


Table of Contents
 

time the associated liability will be permanently extinguished and no longer be subject to fair value accounting. We do not expect to recognize significant changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration during 2015.

Other Income and Expenses

Our other income and expenses line items consist of fair value remeasurement charges for our preferred stock warrant liability, interest income and expense, and other income (expense), net.

 

  Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant . The preferred stock warrant is classified as a liability on our consolidated balance sheet and remeasured to fair value at each balance sheet date with the corresponding charge recorded as change in fair value of preferred stock warrant. Upon the earlier of exercise of the outstanding warrant or the completion of a liquidation event, including the completion of this offering, the preferred stock warrant liability will be reclassified to stockholders’ equity, at which time it will no longer be subject to fair value accounting.

 

  Interest income . Interest income consists of interest earned on our cash and cash equivalent balances. Interest income has not been material to our operations.

 

  Interest expense . Interest expense consists primarily of the interest incurred on our financing obligations. Interest expense has not been material to our operations, but we expect it to increase in future periods as we recently entered into a build-to-suit lease agreement that includes an interest component. In addition, we entered into a line of credit agreement in January 2015, and any future draws on this agreement will incur interest expense and result in increased interest expense in future periods.

 

  Other income (expense) , net . Other income (expense), net consists primarily of gains and losses from foreign currency transaction and other income and expenses.

Provision for Income Taxes

Provision for income taxes consists primarily of federal and state income taxes in the United States and income taxes in certain foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct business. We have a full valuation allowance for deferred tax assets, including net operating loss carryforwards, and tax credits related primarily to research and development. We expect to maintain this full valuation allowance for the foreseeable future.

 

70


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following tables set forth our results of operations data in dollars and as a percentage of revenue for those periods. The period-to-period comparison of results of operations is not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for future periods.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2012     2013     2014     2014     2015  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

          

Revenue

   $ 31,999      $ 48,687      $ 70,010      $ 15,653      $ 22,263   

Cost of revenue

     13,411        21,890        30,004        6,478        8,693   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

  18,588      26,797      40,006      9,175      13,570   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

Sales and marketing

  11,735      20,957      30,922      7,247      9,717   

Research and development

  3,741      10,517      16,167      3,594      4,725   

General and administrative

  8,111      10,730      18,422      3,530      6,780   

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

       428      (1,434   (423     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

  23,587      42,632      64,077      13,948      21,222   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

  (4,999   (15,835   (24,071   (4,773   (7,652

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant

  (515   (302   (283   (22   (150

Interest income

  6                     3   

Interest expense

  (15   (21   (68   (20   (17

Other income (expense), net

  17      (26   (68   5      (39
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

  (5,506   (16,184   (24,490   (4,810   (7,855

Provision for income taxes

  13      63      116      34      6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

$ (5,519 $ (16,247 $ (24,606 $ (4,844 $ (7,861
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2012     2013     2014     2014     2015  
     (as a percentage of revenue)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

          

Revenue

     100     100     100     100     100

Cost of revenue

     42     45     43     41     39
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

  58   55   57   59   61
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

Sales and marketing

  37   43   44   46   44

Research and development

  12   22   23   23   21

General and administrative

         25          22          26           23          30

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

       1   (2 )%    (3 )%      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

  74   88   91   89   95
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

  (16 )%    (32 )%    (34 )%    (30 )%    (34 )% 

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant

  (1 )%    (1 )%    (1 )%         (1 )% 

Interest income

                        

Interest expense

                        

Other income (expense), net

                        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

  (17 )%    (33 )%    (35 )%    (30 )%    (35 )% 

Provision for income taxes

                        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  (17 )%    (33 )%    (35 )%    (30 )%    (35 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

71


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Three Months Ended March 31, 2014 and 2015

Revenue

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,      Change  
             2014                      2015                      $                     %          
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenue:

          

Subscription and services

   $ 8,869       $ 13,461       $ 4,592        52

Payments

     5,902         8,022         2,120        36

Product and other

     882         780         (102     (12 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total revenue

$ 15,653    $ 22,263    $ 6,610      42
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Revenue increased $6.6 million, or 42%, in the three months ended March 31, 2015 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2014. Subscription and services revenue increased $4.6 million, or 52%, of which $3.3 million was due to a 26% increase in our number of subscribers from 33,951 as of March 31, 2014 to 42,700 as of March 31, 2015. In addition, revenue from arrangements with our API platform and technology partners increased $1.2 million. Payments revenue increased $2.1 million, or 36%, primarily due to an increase in the number of subscribers that utilize our payments platform.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,     Change  
             2014                     2015                     $                      %          
     (dollars in thousands)  

Costs of revenue

   $ 6,478      $ 8,693      $ 2,215         34

Gross margin

     59     61     

Cost of revenue increased $2.2 million, or 34%, in the three months ended March 31, 2015 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2014. The increase in cost of revenue was primarily attributable to a $1.8 million increase in personnel-related expenses and infrastructure costs due to an increase in headcount to support our growing number of subscribers. As of March 31, 2015, we had 428 employees dedicated to data center operations, global customer support and onboarding services as compared to 321 employees as of March 31, 2014.

The increase in gross margin, or gross profit as a percentage of revenue, in the three months ended March 31, 2015 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2014 was primarily driven by our ability to efficiently increase our revenue while realizing cost efficiencies associated with such increase.

Operating Expenses

Sales and Marketing

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,      Change  
             2014                      2015                      $                      %          
     (dollars in thousands)  

Sales and marketing

   $ 7,247       $ 9,717       $ 2,470         34

Sales and marketing expense increased $2.5 million, or 34%, in the three months ended March 31, 2015 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2014. The increase in sales and marketing expense was primarily attributable to a $2.2 million increase in personnel-related expenses due to an increase in headcount as we

 

72


Table of Contents

expanded our sales efforts and incurred additional personnel costs, such as sales commissions. As of March 31, 2015, we had 376 employees dedicated to sales and marketing as compared to 340 employees as of March 31, 2014.

Research and Development

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,      Change  
             2014                      2015                      $                      %          
     (dollars in thousands)  

Research and development

   $ 3,594       $ 4,725       $ 1,131         31

Research and development expense increased $1.1 million, or 31%, in the three months ended March 31, 2015 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2014. The increase in research and development expense was primarily attributable to a $1.6 million increase in personnel-related expenses as we continued to add headcount to support our increased product development activities. The increase in personnel-related costs was partially offset by a $0.6 million decrease in outsourced development costs. As of March 31, 2015, we had 182 employees dedicated to research and development as compared to 137 employees as of March 31, 2014.

General and Administrative

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,      Change  
             2014                      2015                      $                      %          
     (dollars in thousands)  

General and administrative

   $ 3,530       $ 6,780       $ 3,250         92

General and administrative expense increased $3.2 million, or 92%, in the three months ended March 31, 2015 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2014. The increase in general and administrative expense was primarily attributable to a $1.5 million increase in legal and other professional services, a $1.1 million increase in personnel-related expenses as we continued to add headcount, and a $0.6 million increase in facilities and other costs related to increases in headcount. As of March 31, 2015, we had 114 employees dedicated to general and administrative as compared to 68 employees as of March 31, 2014.

Change in Fair Value of Contingent Consideration

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,      Change  
             2014                     2015                      $                      %          
     (dollars in thousands)  

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

   $ (423   $       $ 423         100

There was no change in the fair value of the contingent consideration during the three months ended March 31, 2015 because the value of the contingent consideration as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 was immaterial.

 

73


Table of Contents

Other Income (Expense) and Income Taxes

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,     Change  
             2014                     2015                     $                     %          
     (dollars in thousands)  

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant

     (22     (150     (128     (582 )% 

Interest income

            3        3        100

Interest expense

     (20     (17     3        (15 )% 

Other income (expense), net

     5        (39     (44     (880 )% 

Provision for income taxes

     34        6        (28     (82 )% 

The changes in the fair value of the preferred stock warrant, interest income, interest expense, other income (expense), net, and the provision for income taxes in the three months ended March 31, 2015 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2014 were not significant.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2014

Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change  
             2013                      2014                      $                      %          
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenue:

           

Subscription and services

   $ 28,225       $ 40,501       $ 12,276         43

Payments

     17,122         26,060         8,938         52

Product and other

     3,340         3,449         109         3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue

$ 48,687    $ 70,010    $ 21,323      44
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Revenue increased $21.3 million, or 44%, in 2014 compared to 2013. Subscription and services revenue increased $12.3 million, or 43%, of which $10.2 million was due to a 31% increase in our number of subscribers from 31,043 as of December 31, 2013 to 40,517 as of December 31, 2014. In addition, revenue from arrangements with our technology partners increased $1.3 million and revenue from our premium support services increased $0.8 million. Payments revenue increased $8.9 million, or 52%, primarily due to an increase in the number of subscribers that utilize our payments platform.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change  
             2013                     2014                     $                      %          
     (dollars in thousands)  

Costs of revenue

   $ 21,890      $ 30,004      $ 8,114         37

Gross margin

     55     57     

Cost of revenue increased $8.1 million, or 37%, in 2014 compared to 2013. The increase in cost of revenue was primarily attributable to a $6.4 million increase in personnel-related expenses and infrastructure costs due to an increase in headcount to support our growing number of subscribers. As of December 31, 2014, we had 410 employees dedicated to data center operations, global customer support and onboarding services as compared to 301 employees as of December 31, 2013. In addition, we recognized a $1.1 million increase in depreciation and amortization expense during 2014 due to increased asset purchases primarily related to the expansion of our data centers.

The increase in the gross margin, or gross profit as a percentage of revenue, in 2014 was primarily driven by our ability to efficiently increase our revenue while realizing cost efficiencies associated with such increase.

 

74


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

Sales and Marketing

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change  
             2013                      2014                      $                      %          
     (dollars in thousands)  

Sales and marketing

   $ 20,957       $ 30,922       $ 9,965         48

Sales and marketing expense increased $10.0 million, or 48%, in 2014 compared to 2013. The increase in sales and marketing expense was primarily attributable to a $7.3 million increase in personnel-related expenses due to an increase in headcount as we expanded our sales efforts and incurred additional personnel costs, such as sales commissions, as well as a $2.2 million increase in tradeshow and other marketing activities. As of December 31, 2014, we had 358 employees dedicated to sales and marketing as compared to 318 employees as of December 31, 2013.

Research and Development

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change  
             2013                      2014                      $                      %          
     (dollars in thousands)  

Research and development

   $ 10,517       $ 16,167       $ 5,650         54

Research and development expense increased $5.7 million, or 54%, in 2014 compared to 2013. The increase in research and development expense was primarily attributable to a $6.0 million increase in personnel-related expenses as we continued to add headcount to support our increased product development activities. As of December 31, 2014, we had 168 employees dedicated to research and development as compared to 122 employees as of December 31, 2013.

General and Administrative

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change  
             2013                      2014                      $                      %          
     (dollars in thousands)  

General and administrative

   $ 10,730       $ 18,422       $ 7,692         72

General and administrative expense increased $7.7 million, or 72%, in 2014 compared to 2013. The increase in general and administrative expense was primarily attributable to a $3.5 million increase in personnel-related expenses as we continued to add headcount, a $2.2 million increase in legal and other professional services, and a $1.6 million increase in facilities and other costs related to increases in headcount. As of December 31, 2014, we had 99 employees dedicated to general and administrative as compared to 65 employees as of December 31, 2013.

Change in Fair Value of Contingent Consideration

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change  
             2013                      2014                     $                     %          
     (dollars in thousands)  

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

   $ 428       $ (1,434   $ (1,862     (435 )% 

The decrease in the change in fair value of contingent consideration was due to earn-out targets related to our acquisition of Jill’s List in 2013 not being met during 2014. Upon expiration of the contingency in April 2015, the associated liability will be permanently extinguished and we will no longer recognize any fair value remeasurements related to the contingent consideration.

 

75


Table of Contents

Other Income (Expense) and Income Taxes

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change  
             2013                     2014                     $                     %          
     (dollars in thousands)  

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant

     302        283        (19     (6 )% 

Interest expense

     21        68        47        22 4% 

Other income (expense), net

     (26     (68     (42     16 2% 

Provision for income taxes

     63        116        53        8 4% 

The changes in the fair value of the preferred stock warrant, interest income, interest expense, other income (expense), net, and the provision for income taxes in 2014 compared to 2013 were not significant.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2013

Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change  
             2012                      2013                      $                      %          
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenue:

           

Subscription and services

   $ 19,707       $ 28,225       $ 8,518         43

Payments

     9,515         17,122         7,607         80

Product and other

     2,777         3,340         563         20
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue

$ 31,999    $ 48,687    $ 16,688      52
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Revenue increased $16.7 million, or 52%, in 2013 compared to 2012. Subscription and services revenue increased $8.5 million, or 43%, of which $7.1 million was due to a 41% increase in our number of subscribers from 22,062 as of December 31, 2012 to 31,043 as of December 31, 2013. In addition, revenue from arrangements with our technology partners increased $0.9 million. Payments revenue increased $7.6 million, or 80%, primarily due to the increase in the number of subscribers that utilize our payments platform. Product and other revenue increased $0.6 million, or 20%, primarily due to the increase in sales of various point-of-sale system products and physical gift cards to our subscribers in 2013.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change  
             2012                     2013                     $                      %          
     (dollars in thousands)  

Costs of revenue

   $ 13,411      $ 21,890      $ 8,479         63

Gross margin

     58     55     

Cost of revenue increased $8.5 million, or 63%, in 2013 compared to 2012. The increase in cost of revenue was primarily attributable to a $5.9 million increase in personnel-related expenses and infrastructure costs due to an increase in headcount to support our growing number of subscribers. As of December 31, 2013, we had 301 employees dedicated to data center operations, global customer support and onboarding services as compared to 199 employees as of December 31, 2012. In addition, we recognized a $1.8 million increase in depreciation and amortization expense during 2013 due to increased asset purchases primarily related to the expansion of our data centers in 2013. The decrease in the gross margin, or gross profit as a percentage of revenue, in 2013 was primarily driven by our investment in growing our customer support team in 2013 to support the growth of our subscriber base.

 

76


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

Sales and Marketing

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change  
             2012                      2013                      $                      %          
     (dollars in thousands)  

Sales and marketing

   $ 11,735       $ 20,957       $ 9,222         79

Sales and marketing expenses increased $9.2 million, or 79%, in 2013 compared to 2012. The increase in sales and marketing expense was primarily attributable to a $6.7 million increase in personnel-related expenses due to an increase in headcount as we expanded our sales efforts and incurred additional personnel costs, such as sales commissions, a $0.9 million increase in tradeshow and other marketing activities, and a $0.4 million increase in allocated depreciation and amortization expenses due to increased headcount. As of December 31, 2013, we had 318 employees dedicated to sales and marketing as compared to 186 employees as of December 31, 2012.

Research and Development

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change  
             2012                      2013                      $                      %          
     (dollars in thousands)  

Research and development

   $ 3,741       $ 10,517       $ 6,776         181

Research and development expense increased $6.8 million, or 181%, in 2013 compared to 2012. The increase in research and development expense was primarily attributable to a $4.0 million increase in personnel-related expenses as we continued to add headcount to support our increased research and development activities and a $2.3 million increase in research and development cost. As of December 31, 2013, we had 122 employees dedicated to research and development as compared to 82 employees as of December 31, 2012.

General and Administrative

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change  
             2012                      2013                      $                      %          
     (dollars in thousands)  

General and administrative

   $ 8,111       $ 10,730       $ 2,619         32

General and administrative expense increased $2.6 million, or 32%, in 2013 compared to 2012. The increase in general and administrative expense was primarily attributable to a $1.1 million increase in personnel-related expenses as we continued to add headcount, a $1.1 million increase in facilities and other related costs due to the increase in headcount, a $0.7 million increase in legal and other professional service costs, partially offset by a $1.2 million decrease in stock-based compensation expense as in 2012 we incurred $1.4 million stock-based compensation expense related to sales of common stock by certain of our executive employees. As of December 31, 2013, we had 65 employees dedicated to general and administrative as compared to 36 employees as of December 31, 2012.

Change in Fair Value of Contingent Consideration

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change  
             2012                      2013                      $                      %          
     (dollars in thousands)  

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

   $       $ 428       $ 428         100

 

77


Table of Contents

The increase in fair value of contingent consideration was related to an earn-out provision associated with the acquisition of Jill’s List in 2013.

Other Income (Expense) and Income Taxes

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change  
             2012                      2013                     $                     %          
     (dollars in thousands)  

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant

     515         302        (213     (41 )% 

Interest expense

     15         21        6        40

Interest income

     6                (6     (100 )% 

Other income (expense), net

     17         (26     (43     (253 )% 

Provision for income taxes

     13         63        50        385

The changes in the fair value of preferred stock warrant, interest income, interest expense, other income (expense), net, and the provision for income taxes were not significant during 2013.

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following tables set forth our unaudited consolidated statements of operations data for each of the nine quarters in the period ended March 31, 2015, as well as the percentage that each line item represents of total revenue for each quarter. The unaudited quarterly statements of operations data set forth below have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited annual consolidated financial statements and include, in our opinion, all normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair statement of the financial information contained in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. The following quarterly financial data should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
2013
    June 30,
2013
    Sept. 30,
2013
    Dec. 31,
2013
    March 31,
2014
    June 30,
2014
    Sept. 30,
2014
    Dec. 31,
2014
    March 31,
2015
 
    (in thousands)        

Revenue

  $ 10,267      $ 11,291      $ 12,828      $ 14,301      $ 15,653      $ 16,571      $ 17,618      $ 20,168      $ 22,263   

Cost of revenue (1)

    4,670        5,122        5,653        6,445        6,478        6,998        8,146        8,382        8,693   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    5,597        6,169        7,175        7,856        9,175        9,573        9,472        11,786        13,570   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

                 

Sales and marketing (1)

    4,362        4,957        5,665        5,973        7,247        7,047        8,451        8,177        9,717   

Research and development (1)

    2,004        2,377        2,916        3,220        3,594        4,033        4,416        4,124        4,725   

General and administrative (1)

    2,042        2,632        2,815        3,241        3,530        4,483        4,777        5,632        6,780   

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

           176        155        97        (423     (415     (543     (53       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    8,408        10,142        11,551        12,531        13,948        15,148        17,101        17,880        21,222   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (2,811     (3,973     (4,376     (4,675     (4,773     (5,575     (7,629     (6,094     (7,652

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant

    (56     (7     (165     (74     (22     81        (18     (324     (150

Interest income

                                                            3   

Interest expense

    (10     (1     (1     (9     (20     (5     (21     (22     (17

Other income (expense), net

    (26     (8     (8     16        5        21        (52     (42     (39
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

    (2,903     (3,989     (4,550     (4,742     (4,810     (5,478     (7,720     (6,482     (7,855

Provision for income taxes

    3               12        48        34        29        24        29        6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (2,906   $ (3,989   $ (4,562   $ (4,790   $ (4,844   $ (5,507   $ (7,744   $ (6,511   $ (7,861
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

78


Table of Contents

 

(1) Stock-based compensation expense included above was as follows:

 

    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
2013
    June 30,
2013
    Sept. 30,
2013
    Dec. 31,
2013
    March 31,
2014
    June 30,
2014
    Sept. 30,
2014
    Dec. 31,
2014
    March 31,
2015
 
    (in thousands)        

Cost of revenue

  $ 6      $ 6      $ 20      $ 19      $ 24      $ 48      $ 73      $ 75      $ 100   

Sales and marketing

    4        4        24        24        34        45        58        59        541   

Research and development

    6        6        29        27        53        70        87        88        96   

General and administrative

    2        7        121        122        225        225        287        286        403   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

  $ 18      $ 23      $ 194      $ 192      $ 336      $ 388      $ 505      $ 508      $ 1,140   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
2013
    June 30,
2013
    Sept. 30,
2013
    Dec. 31,
2013
    March 31,
2014
    June 30,
2014
    Sept. 30,
2014
    Dec. 31,
2014
    March 31,
2015
 
    (percentage of revenue)        

Revenue

    100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100

Cost of revenue

    45     45     44     45     41     42     46     42     39
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

    55     55     56     55     59     58     54     58     61
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

                 

Sales and marketing

    42     44     44     42     46     43     48     41     44

Research and development

    20     21     23     23     23     24     25     20     21

General and administrative

    20     23     22     23     23     27     27     28     30

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

           2     1     1     (3 )%      (3 )%      (3 )%               
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    82     90     90     89     89     91     97     89     95
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (27 )%      (35 )%      (34 )%      (33 )%      (30 )%      (33 )%      (43 )%      (30 )%      (34 )% 

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant

    (1 )%             (1 )%                                  (2 )%      (1 )% 

Interest income

                                                              

Interest expense

                                                              

Other income (expense), net

                                                              
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

    (28 )%      (35 )%      (35 )%      (33 )%      (30 )%      (33 )%      (43 )%      (32 )%      (35 )% 

Provision for income taxes

                                                              
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

    (28 )%      (35 )%      (35 )%      (33 )%      (30 )%      (33 )%      (43 )%      (32 )%      (35 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
2013
    June 30,
2013
    Sept. 30,
2013
    Dec. 31,
2013
    March 31,
2014
    June 30,
2014
    Sept. 30,
2014
    Dec. 31,
2014
    March 31,
2015
 
    (in thousands)        

Net income (loss)

  $ (2,906   $ (3,989   $ (4,562   $ (4,790   $ (4,844   $ (5,507   $ (7,744   $ (6,511   $ (7,861

Stock-based compensation

    18        23        194        192        336        388        505        508        1,140   

Depreciation and amortization

    578        882        944        1,075        1,034        1,116        1,220        1,204        1,218   

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

           176        155        97        (423     (415     (543     (53       

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant

    56        7        165        74        22        (81     18        324        150   

Impairment changes

                                              426                 

Provision for income tax

    3               12        48        34        29        24        29        6   

Other (income) expense, net

    36        9        9        (7     15        (16     73        64        53   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (2,215   $ (2,892   $ (3,083   $ (3,311   $ (3,826   $ (4,486   $ (6,021   $ (4,435   $ (5,294
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

79


Table of Contents

Quarterly Trends

We have recently experienced rapid growth, which has resulted in a sequential increase in our revenue and a corresponding increase in our cost of revenue and operating expenses to support our growth. The sequential increases in quarterly revenue were mainly due to an increase in our number of subscribers, expansion of revenue sharing arrangements with our API platform partners and technology partners, an increase in premium support services and an increase in payments revenue from existing subscribers. The sequential increase in quarterly operating expenses was primarily due to increased expenses related to the continued expansion of our technical infrastructure and expenses related to increases in employee headcount.

Our historical results should not be considered a reliable indicator of our future results of operations.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Since our incorporation in 2004, we have financed our operations and capital expenditures primarily through private sales of preferred stock, including through the receipt of proceeds in the amount of $74.7 million from the issuance of our Series F and G redeemable convertible preferred stock in the three year period ended December 31, 2014. As of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, we had cash and cash equivalents of $34.7 million and $22.1 million, respectively. Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on deposit and money market funds.

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents balance will be sufficient to meet our working capital requirements for at least the next 12 months. However, our liquidity assumptions may prove to be incorrect, and we could utilize our available financial resources sooner than we currently expect. Our future capital requirements and the adequacy of available funds will depend on many factors, including those set forth in the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors.” We cannot assure you that we will be able to raise additional capital on acceptable terms or at all. In addition, if we fail to meet our operating plan during the next 12 months, our liquidity and ability to operate our business could be adversely affected.

In January 2015, we entered into a loan agreement with Silicon Valley Bank for a secured revolving credit facility that allows us to borrow up to $20.0 million for working capital and general business requirements. Borrowings under our loan agreement are available based on a percentage of our monthly recurring revenue for the prior months. Amounts outstanding under the credit facility will bear interest at the greater of the prime rate (3.25% as of January 12, 2015) plus 0.5%, or 3.25% with accrued interest payable on a monthly basis and outstanding and unpaid principal due upon maturity of the credit facility in January 2018. There are no prepayment penalties if we repay principal and interest prior to maturity. The credit facility is secured by substantially all of our corporate assets. We also granted and pledged a security interest to the lender in all rights, title, and interest in our intellectual property. We are also subject to certain reporting and financial performance covenants, which require us to meet certain revenue targets. We did not draw down any amounts under the loan agreement during the three months ended March 31, 2015.

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2012     2013     2014     2014     2015  
                       (unaudited)  
    

(in thousands)

 

Cash used in operating activities

   $ (1,913   $ (8,228   $ (17,928   $ (3,681   $ (6,544

Cash used in investing activities

     (5,031     (8,008     (5,668     (845     (5,616

Cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     25,270        (48     48,802        49,834        (343

 

80


Table of Contents

Operating Activities

During the three months ended March 31, 2015, operating activities used $6.5 million, primarily as a result of our net loss of $7.9 million, partially offset by $2.7 million of non-cash charges, primarily consisting of $1.2 million of depreciation and amortization expense and $1.1 million of stock-based compensation expense, and a $1.4 million net decrease in our operating assets and liabilities. The net decrease in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily a result of a $1.0 million increase in accounts receivable due to an increase in payments revenue and revenue from technology partner arrangements and a $0.5 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets, which was primarily due to the timing of payments to our vendors.

During the three months ended March 31, 2014, operating activities used $3.7 million, primarily as a result of our net loss of $4.8 million, partially offset by $1.1 million of non-cash charges, primarily consisting of depreciation and amortization expense.

During the year ended December 31, 2014, operating activities used $17.9 million, primarily as a result of our net loss of $24.6 million, partially offset by $6.1 million of non-cash charges, primarily consisting of depreciation and amortization expense of $4.6 million and stock-based compensation expense of $1.7 million. The net increase in operating assets and liabilities of $0.6 million was primarily a result of a $2.1 million increase in accounts payable due to a higher level of expenses consistent with the overall growth of our business, a $1.4 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets due to the timing of payments to our vendors, a $1.1 million increase in accounts receivable and a $0.7 million increase in deferred revenue. The increase in accounts receivable and deferred revenue was primarily due to increased sales of subscriptions.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, operating activities used $8.2 million, primarily as a result of our net loss of $16.2 million, offset by $4.8 million in non-cash charges, primarily consisting of depreciation and amortization expense of $3.5 million, and a $3.2 million net increase in our operating assets and liabilities. The net increase in operating assets and liabilities was primarily a result of a $1.8 million decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets and a $1.4 million increase in accounts payable due to the timing of the payments to our vendors, partially offset by a $1.6 million increase in accounts receivable due to increased sales of subscriptions.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, operating activities used $1.9 million, primarily as a result of our net loss of $5.5 million, offset by $3.0 million of non-cash charges, primarily consisting of stock-based compensation of $1.5 million and depreciation and amortization expense of $1.0 million, and a $0.6 million net increase in our operating assets and liabilities. The net increase in operating assets and liabilities was primarily a result of a $2.4 million increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities primarily due to increased expenses and the timing of payments to our vendors, partially offset by a $2.2 million increase in prepaid expenses due to increased expenses consistent with our business growth.

Investing Activities

During the three months ended March 31, 2015, investing activities used $5.6 million, primarily as a result of purchases of property and equipment of $3.4 million and cash paid to acquire a business of $3.0 million.

During the three months ended March 31, 2014, investing activities used $0.8 million, primarily as a result of purchases of property and equipment.

During the year ended December 31, 2014, investing activities used $5.7 million, primarily as a result of purchases of property and equipment of $7.3 million, which were partially offset by a decrease in restricted cash of $1.6 million.

 

81


Table of Contents

During the year ended December 31, 2013, investing activities used $8.0 million, primarily as a result of purchases of property and equipment of $5.1 million and an increase in restricted cash of $2.6 million.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, investing activities used $5.0 million, primarily as a result of purchases of property and equipment.

Financing Activities

During the three months ended March 31, 2015, financing activities used $0.3 million, primarily as a result of payment of deferred offering costs.

During the three months ended March 31, 2014, financing activities provided $49.8 million, primarily from proceeds of $49.9 million from the issuance of Series G redeemable convertible preferred stock.

During the year ended December 31, 2014, financing activities provided $48.8 million, primarily from proceeds of $49.9 million from the issuance of Series G redeemable convertible preferred stock.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, cash used in financing activities was not significant.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, financing activities provided $25.3 million, primarily from proceeds of $24.8 million from the issuance of Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

Our principal commitments consist of obligations under non-cancelable operating leases for our office space in San Luis Obispo, California. The following summarizes our contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2014:

 

     Payment Due by Period  
     Total      Less Than 1
Year
     1-3 Years      3-5 Years      More Than 5
Years
 
     (in thousands)  

Operating leases (1)

   $ 28,159       $ 3,442       $ 8,313       $ 4,464       $ 11,940   

Finance obligation, building leases (2)

     29,495         1,586         5,048         3,623         19,238   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total minimum payments

$ 57,654    $ 5,028    $ 13,361    $ 8,087    $ 31,178   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) We lease office facilities under various non-cancelable operating lease agreements.
(2) For certain build-to-suit lease arrangements where we have concluded that we are the “deemed owner” of a building (for accounting purposes only) during the construction period, we are required to record an asset with a corresponding construction financing obligation for the costs incurred by the landlord.

During the three months ended March 31, 2015, there were no significant changes to our contractual obligations and commitments.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as structured finance or special purpose entities, that were established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other purposes.

Segment Information

We have one primary business activity and operate in one reportable segment.

 

82


Table of Contents

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We have operations both within the United States and internationally, and we are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks primarily include interest rate and foreign exchange risks.

Interest Rate Risk

Our cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on deposit and money market accounts. The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal while maximizing income without significantly increasing risk. Because our cash equivalents have a short maturity, our portfolio’s fair value is relatively insensitive to interest rate changes. We do not believe that an increase or decrease in interest rates of 100 basis points would have a material effect on our operating results or financial condition. In future periods, we will continue to evaluate our investment policy in order to ensure that we continue to meet our overall objectives.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

We have foreign currency risks related to our revenue and expenses denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar, principally British Pounds Sterling, the Euro and Australian Dollar, which are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Additionally, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates may cause us to recognize transaction gains and losses in our statements of operations. To date, foreign currency transaction gains and losses have not been material to our financial statements, and we have not engaged in any foreign currency hedging transactions. As our international operations grow, we will continue to reassess our approach to managing the risks relating to fluctuations in currency rates.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Prior to this offering, we were a private company and had limited accounting and financial reporting personnel and other resources with which to address our internal controls and procedures. In connection with the audits of our consolidated financial statements, we identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, as defined in the standards established by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board of the U.S. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. In connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012, we discovered two material weaknesses that resulted from (i) a lack of a sufficient number of qualified personnel within our accounting department that possessed an appropriate level of expertise to perform certain accounting functions and (ii) the failure to establish proper access controls to our accounting software and proper controls to review and approve manual journal entries. In connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013, we discovered a material weakness related to the inadequate design and implementation of controls and procedures with respect to capitalization of development costs for internal use software. Finally, in connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, we identified a material weakness related to the inadequate design and implementation of controls and procedures with respect to the identification of and evaluation of accounting for certain features, including the related fair value computation, and transactions related to our redeemable convertible preferred stock. Our management and independent registered public accounting firm did not and were not required to perform an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 in accordance with the provisions of the JOBS Act.

We believe that we have remediated the material weaknesses from our 2012 audit. In addition, during 2013, we put in place additional controls over how our software is capitalized, and as such, we believe that we have remediated the material weakness from our 2013 audit related to capitalization of development costs for internal use software. Although the material weakness resulting from errors in the accounting for certain features of and

 

83


Table of Contents

transactions related to our redeemable convertible preferred stock had not been remediated as of December 31, 2014, all shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock will be automatically converted and reclassified into shares of Class B common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering. As a result, following the offering, we will no longer be subject to the accounting rules that gave rise to the material weakness. Nevertheless, we cannot be certain that other material weaknesses and control deficiencies will not be discovered in the future. If our remediation efforts are not successful or other material weaknesses or control deficiencies occur in the future, we may be unable to report our financial results accurately or on a timely basis, which could cause our reported financial results to be materially misstated and result in the loss of investor confidence or delisting and cause the trading price of our Class A common stock to decline. As a result of such failures, we could also become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, and become subject to litigation from investors and stockholders, which could harm our reputation, financial condition or divert financial and management resources from our core business. See “Risk Factors—We have in the past identified material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting that, if not properly remediated, could result in material misstatements in our financial statements in future periods and impair our ability to comply with the accounting and reporting requirements applicable to public companies.”

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses, and related disclosures. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our estimates are based on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our actual results could differ from these estimates.

We believe that the assumptions and estimates associated with revenue recognition, internal-use software development costs and the useful life of that software, income taxes, stock-based compensation expense and valuation assumptions have the greatest potential impact on our consolidated financial statements. Therefore, we consider these to be our critical accounting policies and estimates. For further information on all of our significant accounting policies, see the notes to our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue on a transaction when all of the following conditions have been satisfied:

 

    persuasive evidence of an agreement exists;

 

    the service has been or is being provided to the subscriber or delivery of the product has occurred;

 

    fees are fixed or determinable; and

 

    the collection of the fees is reasonably assured.

Our primary sources of revenue are derived from monthly subscription and support services and revenue share arrangements with the technology partners and third party payment processors. The subscription revenue for the monthly service fees is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the agreement, which is most often monthly but can be quarterly or annual. Our subscribers enter into separate arrangements with technology partners and third party payment processors. Revenue derived from revenue shares arrangements with technology partners and third party payment processors is recognized when earned on a net basis. We also earn revenue from API platform partners for subscriber site access, data query, and consumer bookings. The revenue from API platform partners is recorded when earned.

Capitalized Software Costs

We capitalize certain development costs incurred in connection with internal use software. Capitalization begins when the preliminary project stage is complete, management with the relevant authority authorizes and

 

84


Table of Contents

commits to the funding of the software project, it is probable the project will be completed, and the software will be used to perform the functions intended and certain functional and quality standards have been met. Capitalization of these costs ceases once the project is substantially complete and the software is ready for its intended purpose. Research and development costs incurred during the preliminary project stage or costs incurred for training, maintenance, and general and administrative or overhead costs are expensed as incurred. Capitalized software costs are amortized to cost of revenue using the straight-line method over an estimated useful life of the software of two to three years, commencing when the software is ready for its intended use.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred taxes are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the consolidated financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to be applied to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce the carrying amount of deferred tax assets, unless it is more likely than not such assets will be realized.

We also apply the provisions for uncertainty of income taxes. This guidance prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for consolidated financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. This guidance also applies to various related matters, such as derecognition, interest, penalties, and required disclosures. We recognize interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits in our income tax provision.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation expense is measured and recognized in the financial statements based on the fair value of the awards granted. The fair value of each option award is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and a single option award approach. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized, net of forfeitures, over the requisite service period of the awards, which is generally four years.

Our use of the Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the underlying common stock, expected term of the option, expected volatility of the price of our common stock, risk-free interest rates, and the expected dividend yield of our common stock. The assumptions used in our option-pricing model represent management’s best estimates. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.

These assumptions and estimates are as follows:

 

  Fair value of common stock.  As our stock is not publicly traded, we must estimate the fair value of common stock, as discussed in “Common Stock Valuations” below.

 

  Expected term.  The expected term of employee stock options represents the weighted-average period that the stock options are expected to remain outstanding.

 

 

Volatility.  As we do not have a trading history for our common stock, the expected stock price volatility for our common stock was estimated by taking the average historic price volatility for industry peers based on daily price observations over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock option grants. Industry peers consist of several public companies in our industry which are similar in size, stage of life cycle, and financial leverage. We did not rely on implied volatilities of traded stock options in our industry peers’ common stock because the volume of activity was relatively low. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own share price becomes available, or unless circumstances

 

85


Table of Contents
 

change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to us, in which case, more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be used in the calculation.

 

  Risk-free interest rate.  We base the risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model on the yields of U.S. Treasury securities with maturities appropriate for the term of employee stock option awards.

 

  Dividend yield.  We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

The following table summarizes the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of our stock options as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2012     2013     2014      2014       2015   

Expected term (in years)

     4.0 - 6.1              5.9        5.8 - 5.9              5.9              5.8   

Expected volatility

     55     55     48% - 51     50     46

Risk-free interest rate

     0.5 - 0.9     1.6     1.7% - 1.9     1.7     1.4

Expected dividend yield

     0     0     0     0     0

In addition to the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, we must also estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation expense for our awards. Our forfeiture rate is based on historical experience and expected employee attrition rates. We will continue to evaluate the appropriateness of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover, and other factors. Quarterly changes in the estimated forfeiture rate can have a significant impact on our stock-based compensation expense as the cumulative effect of adjusting the rate is recognized in the period the forfeiture estimate is changed. If a revised forfeiture rate is higher than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in a decrease to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in the financial statements. If a revised forfeiture rate is lower than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in an increase to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in the financial statements.

We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the assumptions related to our stock-based compensation on a prospective basis. As we continue to accumulate additional data related to our common stock, we may have refinements to our estimates, which could materially impact our future stock-based compensation expense.

Common Stock Valuations

The fair value of the common stock underlying our stock options was determined by our board of directors, which intended all options granted to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per share fair value of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant. The valuations of our common stock were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid,  Valuation  of  Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, or AICPA Practice Aid .  The assumptions we use in the valuation model are based on future expectations combined with management judgment. In the absence of a public trading market, our board of directors, with input from management, exercised significant judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock as of the date of each option grant, including the following factors:

 

    contemporaneous valuations performed by unrelated third-party specialists;

 

    the prices, rights, preferences, and privileges of our redeemable convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

 

    the prices of our redeemable convertible preferred stock and common stock sold to outside investors in arm’s-length transactions;

 

86


Table of Contents
    the lack of marketability of our common stock;

 

    our actual operating and financial performance;

 

    current business conditions and projections;

 

    our hiring of key personnel and the experience of our management;

 

    our history and the timing of the introduction of new products and services;

 

    our stage of development;

 

    the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or a merger or acquisition of our company given prevailing market conditions;

 

    the illiquidity of stock-based awards involving securities in a private company;

 

    the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies; and

 

    the U.S. and global capital market conditions.

Historically, a third-party valuation firm has been engaged by our board of directors as needed to assist with the setting of the exercise price for our option grants. If a grant of options occurred between valuation report dates, the board of directors would assess if there had been any significant changes to the business and adjust the exercise price accordingly; however, historically our board of directors has determined that there has not been any significant changes and used the fair value of the common stock as of the date of the most recent, prior valuation as the exercise price for these grants.

In valuing the common stock, the fair value of our business, or Enterprise Value, was determined by using the value indications under a combination of valuation approaches, including an income approach and various market approaches, and under five different possible future scenarios: a high and low IPO scenario; a high and low M&A scenario; and a scenario in which we remain a private company. Prior to 2013, IPO and M&A scenario fair values were determined using the Guideline Public Company Method of the market approach. In 2013, we expanded our approach to include the Recent Transaction Method of the market approach for M&A scenarios. The Guideline Public Company Method of the market approach analyzes the financial performance of our Guideline Companies while utilizing selected multiples of market value of invested capital, or MVIC, compared to our twelve months trailing and projected revenue, as of the estimated IPO date. The Recent Transaction Method of the market approach analyzes recent acquisitions of companies similar to our business while utilizing selected multiples of MVIC compared to the twelve months trailing revenue, as of the estimated transaction date. Stay private scenario fair value was determined using a discounted cash flow analysis under the income approach.

Each of the above valuations was prepared on a minority, non-marketable interest basis.

The Enterprise Values determined above are then adjusted to: (1) add back cash on hand and (2) remove outstanding debt obligations; in order to determine an equity value, or Equity Value. The resulting Equity Values are then allocated to the common stock using an option pricing method, or OPM, and a Probability Weighted Expected Return Method, or PWERM. After the Equity Value is determined and allocated to the various classes, a discount for lack of marketability, or DLOM, is applied to arrive at the fair value of the common stock. A DLOM is applied based on the theory that as a private company an owner of the stock has limited opportunities to sell this stock and any such sale would involve significant transaction costs, thereby reducing overall fair market value.

The valuations are highly complex and subjective. Following the completion of this offering, common stock valuations will no longer be necessary as we will rely on market prices to determine the fair value of our common stock.

 

87


Table of Contents

Summary of Options Granted

Our board of directors granted options to purchase common stock with the following exercise prices and deemed fair values since January 1, 2014:

 

Grant Date

   Shares Underlying
Options
     Exercise Price per Share      Deemed Fair Value per Share  

February 6, 2014

     147,700       $ 28.80       $ 28.80   

May 14, 2014

     168,500       $ 24.84       $ 24.84   

September 20, 2014

     84,650       $ 26.54       $ 26.54   

November 6, 2014

     3,000       $ 26.56       $ 26.56   

February 3, 2015

     245,750       $ 36.19       $ 36.19   

April 6, 2015

     108,000       $ 36.24       $ 38.74   

Our assessments of the fair value of our common stock for grant dates between the dates of the valuations were based in part on the current available financial and operational information and the common stock value provided in the most recent valuation as compared to the timing of each grant.

As of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, we had $5.9 million and $9.2 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation, net of estimated forfeitures, that we expect to recognize over a weighted-average period of 3.0 and 3.1 years. In future periods, we expect our stock-based compensation to increase as we grant additional equity-based awards and as we recognize the remaining stock-based compensation from awards granted prior to this point.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

We record the carrying value of redeemable convertible preferred stock at fair value upon issuance, net of issuance costs, accreted to its estimated redemption value using the effective interest method. Accretion to the carrying value is being recorded as an increase in the carrying value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock and a reduction of stockholder’s deficit.

We review the rights and preferences of our redeemable convertible preferred stock for any changes in terms, rights or preferences to determine if such change is a modification or an extinguishment. An amendment that, based on either quantitative or qualitative considerations, changes a substantive contractual term or fundamentally changes the nature of the preferred share is considered an extinguishment. We consider both expected economics as well as the business purpose of the amendment. If considered an extinguishment, we remove the carrying value of the old securities and recognize the new securities at their current fair value. If considered a modification, we recognize the change in the fair value of the security immediately before and after the amendment as either a deemed dividend or a deemed capital contribution.

Preferred Stock Warrant

We account for freestanding warrants to purchase shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock as liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets at their estimated fair value. Our outstanding preferred stock warrant is subject to remeasurement at each balance sheet date, and any change in fair value is recognized as a component of other expense, net, in the consolidated statements of operations.

We will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of: (i) the exercise or expiration of the warrant, or (ii) the completion of a liquidation event, including the completion this offering, at which time the preferred stock warrant will be converted into a warrant to purchase common stock. Upon such an event, the fair value of the warrant will be remeasured one final time with the related liability being reclassified to stockholders’ equity.

 

88


Table of Contents

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In April 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued authoritative guidance, which changes the presentation of debt issuance costs in financial statements. Under this authoritative guidance, an entity presents such costs in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the related debt liability rather than as an asset. Amortization of the costs is reported as interest expense. The new guidance is effective for us beginning January 1, 2016. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In November 2014, FASB issued authoritative guidance to clarify how current GAAP should be interpreted in evaluating the economic characteristics and risk of a host contract in a hybrid financial instrument that is issued in the form of a share. In addition, the new authoritative guidance was issued to clarify that in evaluating the nature of a host contract, an entity should assess the substance of the relevant terms and features (that is, the relative strength of the debt-like or equity-like terms and features given the facts and circumstances) when considering how to weight those terms and features. The effects of initially adopting the new authoritative guidance should be applied on a modified retrospective basis to existing hybrid financial instruments issued in a form of a share as of the beginning of the fiscal year for which the amendments are effective, with retrospective application permitted to all relevant prior periods. The new authoritative guidance is effective for the years beginning after December 15, 2015; however, early adoption is permitted. We elected to early adopt the new authoritative guidance on a retrospective basis for all periods presented with the earliest period being January 1, 2012. Under this new guidance, certain features embedded in certain series of preferred stock that were previously bifurcated and recognized as derivative liabilities within the consolidated financial statements are no longer bifurcated. We believe retrospective adoption provides users of the financial statements the most comparable and useful financial information and better reflects the underlying performance of our business.

In May 2014, FASB issued authoritative guidance that provides principles for recognizing revenue for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers with the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The new guidance as currently issued is effective for us beginning January 1, 2017. On April 1, 2015, the FASB voted to propose a one-year deferral to the effective date, but to permit entities to adopt the original effective date if they choose. We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this guidance.

In August 2014, the FASB issued authoritative guidance that provides guidance on management’s responsibility in evaluating whether there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and by providing related footnote disclosure requirements. This new guidance is effective for us prospectively beginning January 1, 2016 with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this guidance but it is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

89


Table of Contents

LETTER FROM THE CO-FOUNDERS

Dear Prospective Investor,

Bob Murphy and I first met on the phone in early 2002. I was running MINDBODY from my garage in San Luis Obispo, California. Bob and his wife Bev were running five yoga studios in New York. They were searching for software that could display integrated schedules for their five studios and help them simplify operations, better engage with consumers, boost revenues and improve profitability. Bob ordered the software on that first call and we met face to face soon thereafter. Over the next two years, we spent many hours together – on the phone and behind the front desks of the studios – troubleshooting the early desktop software and brainstorming ways to make it better. When MINDBODY needed growth capital in 2004, I approached Bob and we became business partners. Our unique experiences gained on the front lines of studio management software, combined with a shared vision for the future of the wellness services industry, led us to reimagine MINDBODY in the summer of 2004. We envisioned a different business model – one where all of the functionality of desktop software could be delivered via a web browser and sold by monthly subscription, rather than an up-front license. Thanks to the exceptional skills of our lead developer, and now Chief Product Officer, Chet Brandenburg, our first subscription software was released in February 2005. We didn’t fully realize it at the time, but we were among a small group of entrepreneurs pioneering a powerful new business model – Software as a Service (SaaS).

The SaaS vision we crafted in 2004 was fueled by our common belief that a global wellness revolution had started and that it would grow for many years to come. We further believed that the wellness revolution would cause the creation of millions of small fitness, spa, salon and integrative health businesses worldwide and that the owners of these businesses had a common set of complex business problems that we could solve with online software. We had personally met hundreds of these wellness business owners in the early years and understood that most of them were non-technical by nature and had the majority of their net worth at risk in their businesses. Understanding their high stakes, we concluded that we would need to build a highly engaged sales and customer service team to meet their expectations of service and support. Finally, we imagined a day when the collective offerings of this market could be made accessible in a single, online marketplace, and that this might become one of the most important business opportunities of our age.

With recent changes in healthcare, the proliferation of powerful mobile and wearable devices, and the advent of the cloud, everything we believed in 2004 is even truer today. We have created the leading global online wellness marketplace serving over 42,000 local business subscribers employing over 250,000 practitioners on our platform. These practitioners have delivered wellness services to 24 million active consumers in 124 countries and territories.

We’ve come a long way since the release of our first SaaS solution in 2005, but our mission is not yet complete. There are powerful applications and impactful connections yet to be made, millions of businesses to be served and hundreds of millions of additional consumers to be engaged to realize MINDBODY’s full potential. To achieve our goals and maximize our value, our team must keep its eyes on our long-term vision. If you share our long-term vision, it would be our pleasure to welcome you as a new stockholder of MINDBODY.

Sincerely,

Rick and Bob

 

90


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Vision

Our vision is to leverage technology to improve the wellness of the world.

Overview

We are the leading global online wellness marketplace with over 42,000 local business subscribers on our platform in 124 countries and territories employing over 250,000 practitioners who provide a variety of wellness services to over 24 million active consumers. Our integrated cloud-based business management software and payments platform for the wellness services industry helps our subscribers simplify the way they run their businesses, attract and engage more consumers, boost their revenues and focus more on what they love to do – improving people’s lives. Moreover, we help consumers more easily evaluate, engage and transact with these subscribers, enabling them to live healthier and happier lives. We are also the largest payments platform dedicated to the wellness services industry. In the 12 months ended March 31, 2015, $6.3 billion in transactions occurred between consumers and subscribers within our marketplace, of which $4.3 billion flowed through our payments platform.

Our platform is specifically designed for the wellness services industry. Wellness encompasses multiple dimensions of a person’s well-being – physical, emotional, social, occupational and spiritual, among others. As a result, we include health and fitness, integrative health, salon and spa, fine arts and children’s activities as categories within the wellness services industry. According to a report that we commissioned from Frost and Sullivan, our addressable market is approximately 4.2 million wellness businesses worldwide. Based on their analysis, Frost and Sullivan estimates a $9.5 billion market for business management software solutions targeted at wellness businesses in 2015 and expects this market to grow to $15.3 billion in 2018, which implies a 17.1% compound annual growth rate, or CAGR. With over 42,000 local business subscribers, we estimate our current market penetration to be less than 1%.

We believe millions of wellness businesses around the world are looking for a simple, efficient and reliable way to manage their operations. Management tasks are generally time consuming, preventing business owners from focusing on delivering their core services. This results in a loss of revenue-generating opportunities, lower client satisfaction and lower client retention. We founded MINDBODY to enable these business owners to focus on what they do best – whether it is creating beautiful hair, helping their clients lose weight and increase strength and flexibility, or teaching yoga, meditation, dance or music. Through our integrated cloud-based business management software and payments platform, we enable businesses to easily manage class and appointment schedules, staff members, client information, online bookings, inventory, payroll and retail sales – all in a cost-effective manner. We also offer advanced marketing and client retention capabilities to help businesses acquire and retain their clients, and analytics capabilities to help them improve their businesses and plan for the future. At the same time, we connect consumers with local businesses through our MINDBODY Connect platform, which powers a mobile interface that allows consumers to discover, evaluate, book and pay for wellness services, whether they are near their homes or traveling. Connect also gives these consumers a unified account that allows them to access and manage multiple wellness services with one sign in and provides them with access to authentic consumer reviews. The net effect of our Connect offering is to increase the number of wellness services purchased and used by consumers, thereby improving their lives while driving more business to our subscribers.

As employers become increasingly focused on wellness programs to improve the health, fitness and productivity of their employees, our MINDBODY Connect Workplace offering combines the power of our software platform with the ease of our Connect platform to enable employees to choose from a wide variety of on-site and local wellness services. Employees can book on-site classes and appointments, discover wellness services offered by MINDBODY subscribers in their area, and pay for those services using an employer-funded wellness debit card. Employers then use the Connect Workplace Corporate Dashboard to gain insights into employee engagement and analyze usage of corporate incentives and class participation at a macro level. We

 

91


Table of Contents

believe Connect Workplace helps employees live healthier, happier and more productive lives, while allowing employers to benefit from greater staff productivity, lower attrition and reduced healthcare costs.

We have enabled a rich partner ecosystem of over 600 developers and partners who extend the value of our platform in powerful ways. These developers and partners have built applications that supplement our capabilities in areas such as automation, marketing, mobile and social interaction. Several of these partners have created significant consumer-facing businesses that rely on our unique inventory of classes, scheduling and payments capabilities. All of this is enabled by our application programming interface, or API, through which we grant access to approved developers and partners. We also integrate with partners that provide email marketing, customer survey, events management and other functionality to augment the capabilities of our platform for the benefit of our subscribers. We believe that the opportunities and technology provided by our partners enhance the power of our marketplace and contribute to the attractiveness and critical position of MINDBODY within the wellness ecosystem.

 

LOGO

As more local wellness businesses adopt our business management and payments platform, more subscriber listings appear on Connect. A larger critical mass of local wellness services on Connect attracts more consumers, which in turn attracts more local wellness businesses that want to engage with these consumers, thereby creating powerful network effects that benefit the entire ecosystem. Similarly, as more corporate wellness subscribers adopt Connect Workplace, their employees begin using our platform, which leads to increased demand from local wellness businesses to be listed on Connect. As more local wellness businesses appear on Connect, more employees use our platform to redeem their corporate incentives, which in turn leads to more corporate wellness subscribers being attracted to our platform. Finally, as we add more subscribers, consumers and employees to our wellness ecosystem, we attract more technology developers and partners who can use our API to develop additional apps that extend the capabilities of our open platform.

Over the last few years, we have significantly increased our subscriber base, the number of practitioners on our platform, the number of unique consumers engaged and the resulting volume of payments. We believe that

 

92


Table of Contents

we have the largest global database of wellness practitioners, including personal trainers, group exercise instructors, integrative health specialists, massage therapists, stylists, and dance and music instructors.

 

LOGO

 

(1) We define active consumers as all unique consumers who have used our platform to transact with our subscribers during the immediately preceding two years.

Our financial performance reflects our significant subscriber growth and increasing revenue per subscriber. Our total revenue increased from $32.0 million in 2012, to $48.7 million in 2013 to $70.0 million in 2014, representing year-over-year increases of 52% and 44% in 2013 and 2014, respectively. Our total revenue increased from $15.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2014 to $22.3 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015, representing a quarter-over-quarter increase of 42%. Our net loss was $5.5 million, $16.2 million and $24.6 million for 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively. Our Adjusted EBITDA was negative $2.5 million, negative $11.5 million and negative $18.8 million for 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, our net loss was $4.8 million and $7.9 million, respectively, and Adjusted EBITDA was negative $3.8 million and negative $5.3 million, respectively. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, please see the section titled “Summary of Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measure.”

Industry Background

Increasing Focus on Personal Health and Beauty is Fueling Global Demand for Wellness Services

An increased focus on personal health and beauty represents a major global trend among consumers and is driving growth in wellness services worldwide. As the desire for longer, healthier lives, attractive appearance and overall physical and emotional well-being grows, more and more people are adopting a lifestyle that incorporates a healthier diet, regular physical exercise, integrative health, salon, spa and other wellness services.

 

 

Improving physical fitness and nutrition is becoming a global imperative. Obesity, sedentary lifestyle and associated diseases have become some of the world’s most pressing public health concerns. According to

 

93


Table of Contents
 

the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation at the University of Washington, over 2.1 billion people or nearly 30% of the world’s population are overweight. The highest proportion of the world’s obese people, over 13%, live in the United States . Obesity significantly increases health risks such as cardiovascular disease, cancer, diabetes, osteoarthritis and chronic kidney disease. According to a policy statement issued by the American Society of Clinical Oncology, obesity is poised to overtake tobacco as the leading preventable cause of cancer in the United States. A number of public health initiatives have helped shed light on the central role that fitness plays in fighting obesity, diabetes and other health problems. As a result, we believe fitness is becoming a top priority in the modern world: people are becoming increasingly health conscious, recognizing the benefits of regular physical exercise and therefore seeking to achieve a healthy weight and fitness level, thus driving the demand for health and fitness services such as CrossFit, yoga, Pilates and various others contemporary workout methods.

 

  Consumers are increasingly willing to spend more of their disposable income on wellness services. While decades ago individual spending on exercise classes and spa and salon services was minimal, we believe consumers across generations today are increasingly willing to allocate a significant portion of their disposable income to wellness services. Spending habits have remained resilient even in recessionary environments. For example, during the recent economic downturn, the yoga and Pilates industry continued to exhibit strong growth. Similarly, we observed significant gains in CrossFit, barre, Zumba and other group exercise activities in the same period.

 

  People increasingly consume salon, spa and integrative health services to enhance emotional, social and physical wellness. In addition to health and fitness, the global market for salon, spa and other wellness services is large and growing. In developed markets, we believe the aging population is demanding more of these services. In the United States, the aging baby boomer generation is expected to be a source of accelerating growth for the industry going forward. In emerging markets, we believe urbanization is driving demand for these services since there are more social interactions that result in greater spending on salon and spa services. Steady product innovation and the increased use of eco-friendly, non-toxic products represent additional growth drivers. Traditional salon and spa establishments have steadily broadened their product and service offerings to include facial products and services, Botox, hair and eyelash extensions, teeth whitening, and integrative health services like acupuncture, chiropractic and homeopathy.

Growing Demand for Personalized Wellness Experiences has been Driving Industry Fragmentation

We believe consumers are increasingly seeking more personalized and effective wellness experiences and are opting for smaller businesses that are more conveniently located and cater to individual needs and preferences. As a result, the number of small wellness businesses has proliferated over the past decade, while all-inclusive facilities such as large health clubs now comprise only a small percentage of the wellness services industry’s aggregate revenue. For example, according to industry research firm IBISWorld, the top five national chains in the gym, health and fitness clubs industry comprised an estimated 15.7% of total health and fitness club revenue in 2014, with no single national chain holding more than a 5% market share. Meanwhile, the market share of smaller businesses has been growing rapidly. This trend can be seen in the popularity of practices such as yoga, Pilates, personal training, group exercise, indoor cycling, barre, Zumba and CrossFit. A large number of these smaller businesses either employ only one person or are single practitioner establishments, such as personal trainers and other mobile practitioners. According to IBISWorld, in the United States, 36% of health and fitness businesses were operated by single practitioners in 2014.

Escalating Healthcare Costs are Driving Employers Worldwide to Develop Corporate Wellness Programs that Incentivize the Use of Wellness Services

 

 

Healthcare costs are increasing significantly and employers around the world are increasingly turning to corporate wellness programs as a way to reduce these costs. According to an article published in the Journal of the American Medical Association, 68% of American adults are either overweight or obese. According to healthcare research foundation The Commonwealth Fund, from 2003 to 2013, the annual cost

 

94


Table of Contents
 

U.S. employers paid for family coverage rose 73% to an average of $16,029. A 2010 study published in the Journal of Occupational and Environmental Medicine estimates that the cost of obesity among full-time employees reaches $73.1 billion each year. To reduce rising healthcare expenses and excessive absenteeism as well as to improve their employees’ productivity, more and more organizations are implementing corporate wellness and other incentive programs to encourage healthy behavior. Organizations can also receive a discount on insurance if they implement health and wellness programs. The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, or PPACA, also supports these initiatives with numerous provisions intended to leverage workplace health promotion and prevention as a means to reduce the burden of chronic illness and to limit the growth of health care costs. A 2012 study by RAND Health found that participation in a wellness program is associated with lower health care costs. As a result, over the last five years, employers have increased their investments in employee health and are becoming more willing to incentivize health improvements. In a Fidelity Investments Benefits Consulting Survey about employers’ investments in employee health, 74% of the 151 respondents across various industries reported that they will offer incentives for health improvement programs to employees in 2014 versus only 57% in 2009. The survey found that median incentive offered to employees increased to $500 per annum in 2014, up from $338 in 2010. According to IBISWorld, employers are expected to spend over $11 billion on corporate wellness by 2019.

 

  Despite the wide availability of corporate wellness programs, the actual participation of employees in such programs remains limited. According to the Business Journal, Gallup reported that although more than 85% of large employers offer wellness programs, only 24% of employees at these companies actually participate in the programs. We believe that there are two principal reasons for this dynamic. First, most employers and their employees are lacking the right tools to incentivize participation in wellness programs. Rand Health found that making wellness activities convenient and accessible for all employees is a key success factor for corporate wellness programs. Second, many corporate wellness programs fail to provide access to offerings that would suit diverse preferences and instead offer one-dimensional incentives like gym membership subsidies, which may not appeal to the entire employee base.

Consumers Need a Single, Mobile Enabled Interface for their Wellness Services Needs

Changes in technology have led to an evolution in consumer expectations. Over the last decade, advances in information technology have dramatically changed the way consumers interact with businesses . Consumers have more choices, are better informed and are more connected than ever before . Due to the proliferation of the mobile Internet, consumers have become accustomed to using their mobile phones to gain instant and convenient access to information about local businesses and the services they offer. Consumers increasingly take advantage of user reviews and recommendations and share information on social media sites. When it comes to online payments, consumers expect to have a complete set of payment options and a seamless process . However, consumers often find it complicated and time consuming to find and book wellness services due to the fragmented nature of the wellness services industry. Browsing through wellness businesses on search engines or physically comparing prices and quality of service as well as booking classes and appointments in person or over the phone can be frustrating. Consumers increasingly expect to be able to identify, research and schedule the desired wellness services using their mobile devices in a manner that allows them to view class schedules, practitioner details and consumer reviews, make bookings conveniently outside business hours through web or mobile interfaces and pay for these services seamlessly online.

In addition, consumers are increasingly leveraging technology to track their overall wellness. Over the last few years, there has been a proliferation of wearable devices that track users’ physical activity, heart rate, sleep quality and other health indicators throughout the day. According to IDC, the market for wrist-worn wearable devices is expected to grow rapidly, with units shipped growing by a 77% CAGR from 2013 to 2018. We believe that over the next few years a significant number of U.S. consumers will begin to wear devices to track diet, exercise, heart rate and other vital signs. Fuelled by advancements in fitness tracking technology, mobile apps within the health and fitness category grew faster than the overall market in 2014. The rise of consumer interest

 

95


Table of Contents

in improving wellness and tracking progress through wearable devices and mobile applications supports the need for a broad wellness services platform that can help consumers achieve their goals.

Wellness Businesses Need an Integrated Software and Payments Platform that is Designed to Meet their Industry-Specific Needs

Wellness businesses have to manage online bookings, staff scheduling and payroll, and resource allocation. They also need to promote their wellness services, attract new consumers and nurture consumer relationships. In addition, business owners need to keep track of key business performance indicators and take action to increase revenue and improve profitability. Many wellness businesses use basic tools like paper forms or Excel spreadsheets to perform some of these functions, which can be time consuming and distracting. We have observed that the inability of business owners to focus on their core business often leads to lost revenue and lower consumer retention. Some of the specific challenges facing wellness businesses include:

 

  Consumer Scheduling. Many wellness businesses struggle with the complexity of scheduling appointments, enrolling participants in classes and managing cancellations and wait lists.

 

  Staff Management. Managing staff, scheduling resources and tracking practitioner schedules, pay rates and commissions to accurately make payroll decisions is often challenging.

 

  Payments. Wellness businesses often have to use different software, point of sale and payment processing solutions that do not integrate with each other, which requires time-consuming and cumbersome manual reconciliation between services delivered and payment records.

 

  Analytics and Insights. To make critical business decisions, wellness businesses need to be able to track key performance indicators, such as the return rate of first-time consumers, consumer lifetime value, class popularity and staff performance.

 

  Demand Generation. Small and medium-sized wellness businesses need effective but inexpensive marketing tools to promote their services in an increasingly competitive environment.

 

  Consumer Engagement and Retention. For wellness businesses, keeping consumers coming back on a regular basis is essential for success. However, consumer relationship management is often time consuming and challenging.

 

  Ability to Expand Business on Same Software Platform. Whether hiring more practitioners or opening new facilities, wellness businesses seek a business management solution that can support their growth with minimal time and financial investment.

Wellness businesses need an easy-to-use and integrated cloud-based software and payments solution that is specifically designed for their needs, is cost effective and can be accessed anytime from anywhere and on any device.

Existing Offerings Do Not Address the Needs of Wellness Businesses and Consumers

Many wellness businesses still use basic tools like pen and paper and Excel spreadsheets to manage their operations. Legacy on-premise software vendors and emerging cloud software providers have developed tools that attempt to address the need for efficient business management, but these tools often lack the depth of functionality and industry expertise required to meet the unique needs of the wellness services industry. In addition, none of these tools feature a large consumer network that can help wellness businesses drive demand. At the same time, the process of discovering and booking wellness services for consumers is often time consuming and frustrating because consumers lack a single interface that can address their wellness service needs.

 

 

Basic Management Tools: Pen, Paper and Excel Spreadsheets . Many wellness businesses today still use paper books and loose sign-in sheets to schedule appointments and classes along with Excel spreadsheets to track client data. The functionality of these legacy tools is limited – scheduling appointments and classes is

 

96


Table of Contents
 

manual, time consuming and static because the data cannot be easily updated and shared. Apart from scheduling, pen, paper and spreadsheets cannot effectively address any of the other business management tasks that modern wellness businesses require – such as staff management, client relationship management, marketing, analytics and payments integration.

 

  Legacy On-Premise Software Offerings . We believe that legacy on-premise software offerings do not adequately address the specific needs of wellness businesses because they are:

 

    Difficult and expensive to deploy and use. Wellness businesses are often small or medium sized, have a limited number of practitioners and do not have an IT department in charge of managing complex software. The process to implement disparate on-premise software applications requires significant resources, including costs associated with training and performance maintenance.

 

    Static and inflexible. The introduction of new features in on-premise software offerings is often cumbersome and inflexible, and such software does not easily scale with the dynamic growth and constantly evolving nature of these wellness businesses. In addition, legacy on-premise software offerings are also rarely adaptable or customizable to a variety of specific use cases, such as not being well suited for both fitness studios and salons.

 

    Limited online booking and demand generation capabilities. It is difficult to integrate consumer online booking or synchronize multiple locations with an on-premise software offering. On-premise software offerings also tend to lack demand generation or marketing capabilities, which small wellness businesses need in order to succeed.

 

    Not suited for mobile-only businesses. A large number of wellness practitioners are mobile practitioners who need a mobile-only, easy-to-use business management solution that legacy on-premise offerings do not provide.

 

  Emerging Cloud-Based Software Offerings. There are a number of cloud-based offerings on the market today that address some of the pain points associated with legacy on-premise software. However, we believe that none of the existing offerings sufficiently address the needs of wellness businesses.

 

    Lack of industry expertise and feature depth . There are a number of cloud-based appointment scheduling software offerings on the market today. However, few of them cater to the specific needs of wellness businesses, which include the ability to track different pay rates, commissions, and appointment length for each individual staff member to calculate payroll correctly. Another challenge is the tracking of pay and inventory used when staff members perform multiple services for different clients simultaneously, such as cutting and coloring hair.

 

    Lack of large scale access to consumers looking to address their wellness service needs. Emerging cloud-based offerings do not offer wellness businesses access to consumers at scale and typically do not provide consumers with access to a variety of wellness services. Therefore, they are not positioned to be the go-to place for consumers to address their wellness service needs.

 

    Lack of integration between demand generation, workflow management and point of sale. Some providers connect consumers and businesses through a local review platform. However, online booking and payments options are limited, while workflow management is non-existent. Some payments processing vendors have begun to offer basic online scheduling features, but the depth of these features is not sufficient for the complex operations of wellness businesses. Other software offerings provide business management tools but lack a proprietary payments processing solution, which makes manual and cumbersome reconciliations necessary.

 

   

Lack of social media integration and mobile applications. To attract consumers, wellness businesses are increasingly interested in using social networks to promote their services. However, many business management software offerings on the market today do not integrate with social media. For example, most wellness businesses are not able to connect their class schedules with their Facebook pages. In

 

97


Table of Contents
 

addition, while there are a large number of mobile practitioners who are looking for ways to manage their wellness business on the go, existing cloud-based solutions lack effective mobile applications.

 

  Limitations of Consumer Facing Applications. Despite the increasing interest in wellness and the proliferation of wellness tracking devices and applications, consumers lack a single interface to connect them to local wellness services. Most consumers find wellness services through outdoor advertising, word-of-mouth or online search. Online search is often time consuming and frustrating since consumers have to click through different websites, evaluate services, prices and locations as well as call the front desk to schedule appointments or enroll in classes. In some cases, consumers use local business review platforms to help them evaluate and choose between wellness service providers. However, these platforms typically lack online booking and payment functionality. In addition, consumer reviews may lack credibility because users are able to post reviews without actually having consumed the service.

The MINDBODY Solution

Our integrated cloud-based business management software and payments platform is specifically designed to address the unique requirements of the wellness services industry. We help our subscribers simplify their operations, focus on their consumers and grow their revenue by enabling them to attract and retain consumers. We have a deep understanding of the specific workflows that are required to operate various categories of wellness businesses. In addition, we help consumers find, evaluate, book and pay for the wellness services they need. Our Connect platform provides consumers with real-time class schedules, service descriptions, practitioner biographies and consumer reviews, thereby empowering them to make choices on an informed and efficient basis. Our Connect Workplace offering extends our platform to corporate employers. We help employees live healthier, happier and more productive lives, while enabling employers to reap greater staff productivity, lower attrition and reduced healthcare costs. In addition, we have developed a rich partner ecosystem with more than 600 developers and partners leveraging our platform to build unique and customized apps and services.

Integrated Software and Payments Platform Designed Specifically for the Needs of Local Wellness Businesses. We have developed a cloud-based software and payments platform with powerful functionality that addresses key aspects of operating a wellness business, including:

 

  Client Scheduling and Online Booking . We offer subscribers the most complete online client scheduling capability available on the market today. Our subscribers can give their consumers the opportunity to book their next visit wherever and whenever it is most convenient for them, whether through the subscribers’ websites, which are powered by MINDBODY, or through Connect. We are the only platform provider that enables all four different types of scheduling that wellness businesses typically encounter:

 

    Appointments. One-on-one appointments typically require preparation time before the appointment as well as finish-off time after the appointment. Our software can manage practitioner availability as well as gaps between appointments in a time-efficient manner.

 

    Open classes. Open classes offer reserved or drop-in attendance on a first-come, first-serve basis. Our software can record different price points, send automatic check-in and cancellation confirmations, and manage waitlists.

 

    Enrollments and workshops. Enrollments and workshops are pre-registered events or series of classes with the same group of attendees. Our software offers the ability to set separate pricing outside of pre-paid packages and track absences, make-ups and various payment plans.

 

    Resource scheduling . To effectively manage their day-to-day business, wellness service providers need to manage and allocate their equipment and facilities. Our software can easily track, manage and allocate equipment and facilities for the classes and services these businesses provide.

 

 

Staff Management. With our staff and resource scheduling software features, staff management is easy and organized. Subscribers keep the whole schedule in one place, allowing them to manage staff availability,

 

98


Table of Contents
 

hours, substitutions, commissions and other compensation, all of which is easily linked to payroll records. The tracking features for hours worked and automatic payroll calculation facilitate efficient and accurate resource planning for our subscribers.

 

  Client Relationship Management. With our client relationship management features, subscribers have all their consumer information in one place and can take advantage of powerful consumer relationship and marketing tools. Subscribers can securely store their consumers’ personal information in a unique profile and keep track of account, visit and purchase history for more effective service. Our platform also helps subscribers target new consumers nearby, keep in touch with loyal members, and offer promotions and discounts to a targeted audience.

 

  Integrated Software and Payments. We offer our subscribers payment processing solutions at competitive rates. The seamless integration between point of sale and payment processing saves our subscribers time by eliminating the need for error-prone manual reconciliations. In addition, our integrated payments platform allows for convenient and secure storage of consumer credit card information, which allows for seamless online bookings, recurring membership payments through our business management software and online store purchases through Connect.

 

  Retail Point of Sale. Our point-of-sale capabilities help subscribers sell products and services, contracts and memberships, packages, workshops and store-branded gift cards. Our point-of-sale feature tracks product inventory levels and automatically issues purchase orders when product levels reach a re-order point. In addition, our point-of-sale capabilities can be used to track the cost of goods sold and gross margin for various products.

 

  Analytics and Reporting. We track key information that subscribers need to know in order to achieve their business goals, including revenue growth, contribution margin of classes, consumer retention rates, referral sources, return on investment for consumer retention campaigns and practitioner performance based on consumer loyalty and reviews by class or type of service. Our platform also generates reports that help our subscribers allocate their resources, budget effectively and measure their success. By leveraging our analytics capabilities, subscribers are empowered to make smarter decisions.

 

  Simple and Intuitive User Experience. We designed our business management software with a focus on developing a visually appealing interface that is simple, easy to use and meets the demands our subscribers have for modern web and mobile applications. Because we focus on a simple and intuitive user experience, our software platform requires little training and is easy to adopt for users across the entire organization, an important feature given the high employee turnover in the wellness services industry. At the same time, the intuitive interface of our platform is supported by complex underlying technology that powers efficient business management.

 

  Mobility. Our platform enables our subscribers to manage their operations anytime and anywhere via a number of mobile devices and operating systems, including Mac, iOS, Android and Windows.

 

  Dynamic Cloud-Based Architecture. Our software platform is powered by a dynamic cloud-based architecture that allows our subscribers to manage their operations as efficiently as possible, while requiring low upfront investment and no maintenance. This architecture allows for automatic software updates and rapid launch of new product features while also allowing our platform to easily scale with subscribers as their businesses grow.

 

 

Security and Compliance. Data security is one of our top priorities. We consistently pass our Level I Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard, or PCI DSS, audits, indicating our compliance with the most rigorous level of credit card security standard available. In addition, we in certain instances collect, access, use, maintain and/or transmit protected health information in connection with providing services to subscribers who are subject to the requirements of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, or HIPAA. Our platform is engineered to provide high reliability and availability. Our uptime service-level agreement (SLA) is 99.90%. We continually monitor our infrastructure for any sign of failure or pending failure and we take preemptive action to minimize or prevent downtime. We maintain the reliability of our

 

99


Table of Contents
 

service by utilizing redundant network infrastructure, clusters that tolerate failure of individual nodes, and deploying high availability server pairs. We also implement various disaster recovery measures, including full replication of hardware and data in our geographically distinct data centers, to minimize data loss in the event of a data center disaster.

 

  Social Integration. Our platform integrates with popular social networks like Facebook and Twitter, allowing our subscribers to publish schedules on their Facebook page and enabling consumers to directly schedule appointments and classes via Facebook.

MINDBODY Connect

A key component of our platform is Connect, our consumer-facing offering. With Connect, consumers have a unified account to manage all aspects of their wellness activities with a single log in. They can discover local wellness services using a geo-located map function, view class and appointment descriptions, schedules and real-time availability, read practitioner biographies and user reviews written by consumers who have actually received the service, and then book and pay for their desired services in a few taps from their mobile devices. Through Connect, consumers can also receive appointment reminders and check in to classes before they arrive, receive real-time updates regarding changes in class schedules and access their account profile to review their class visit and payment history.

MINDBODY Connect Workplace

Our Connect Workplace offering is designed to allow corporate wellness subscribers to encourage healthy habits for their employees and measure the results. Subscribers to Connect Workplace use our platform to manage on-site wellness services, incentivize employees to take advantage of the local wellness businesses in our network, and analyze aggregate employee attendance data. Employers can offer their employees a subsidy – either by providing a MINDBODY debit card or an electronic direct debit option – to incentivize them to use wellness services. Employers can also use the Connect Workplace Corporate Dashboard to manage employee accounts, make changes to payment schedules and amounts, track employee participation to measure engagement either by individual or in the aggregate, and gain insight into employee preferences, frequency of use and reviews of local wellness businesses. Employees can search, evaluate, book and pay for services at any “green dot” business available on Connect. Green dot businesses are subscribers identified as being part of the employer’s wellness network and accept an employer-funded subsidy. While the number of corporate wellness subscribers has been immaterial to date, we believe that as more corporate wellness subscribers adopt Connect Workplace, their employees will begin using our platform, which will lead to increased demand from local wellness businesses to be listed on Connect.

Rich Partner Ecosystem

 

  Open Platform for Third-Party Application Development. We have built an open and extensible platform with an API that offers developers access to our inventory of classes, payments and scheduling capabilities. Approved developers can pull information from and post data to our platform and use that capability to create a variety of unique applications with custom interfaces. For example, some of our partners have leveraged our platform to create business models that enable wellness businesses to monetize their excess capacity.

 

  Integration With Other Cloud-based Partners. Our platform can be integrated with other cloud-based software that our subscribers may be using for critical business management tasks to extend the capabilities of our platform within a variety of focus areas such as automation, marketing, mobile and social.

Key Benefits to Marketplace Constituents

Benefits to Subscribers and Practitioners

 

 

Simplify Operations. Our business management software and payments platform allows subscribers and practitioners to significantly streamline and simplify their operations. MINDBODY automates a large number

 

100


Table of Contents
 

of time-consuming workflows, thus dramatically reducing the administrative effort and time subscribers and their employees have to invest into business operations. The associated time savings enable greater staff productivity and more efficient allocation of resources, which can result in significant cost savings. Our subscription-based software is cost effective. We offer different pricing plans that are intended to accommodate the needs of our subscribers as they grow and provide full price transparency relative to legacy vendors by eliminating hidden fees for installation, training, ongoing maintenance or software updates.

 

  Focus on Clients . By simplifying the operations of wellness businesses, we enable subscribers and practitioners to focus on what they love to do – helping their clients achieve their goals, whether it is to lose weight, learn yoga or dance or reduce pain through acupuncture or chiropractic services. We give subscribers the freedom to focus on their consumers – and by serving their consumers better, subscribers can dramatically increase consumer satisfaction and loyalty. In addition, our powerful analytical tools provide critical insights that help subscribers focus on optimizing their business and achieving their goals.

 

  Grow Client Base and Revenue. We help our subscribers increase their consumer base by taking advantage of a free listing on Connect, which makes them visible to a larger pool of local consumers. Moreover, by having the ability to send reminders, promotions and special offers to consumers based on a record of their past interactions, subscribers can significantly increase their consumer engagement and loyalty. We help subscribers sell their products and services through a variety of channels – an online store, their website or Connect, thus helping them to increase their revenue. Finally, as our subscribers’ businesses grow, MINDBODY scales with them by providing subscribers an opportunity to upgrade their subscription to access advanced features and functionality that are well suited to their growing business needs.

Benefits to Consumers

 

  Convenient Single Interface that Addresses Wellness Services Needs for Consumers. We offer consumers a single platform to easily discover, evaluate and book wellness services for the entire family. Our subscribers include a large variety of wellness businesses such as fitness studios, yoga, Pilates, massage, salons, spas and more, to which we provide convenient “one-stop-shop” access through a single searchable interface. By being able to easily find and compare local wellness services, consumers feel informed and empowered to choose the services that suit them best. In addition, reviews on our platform can only be written by consumers who have actually participated in a class or used a service. As a result, consumers are able to access credible reviews that provide a basis for informed decisions.

 

  Time Savings and Excellent Consumer Experience Lead to Higher Engagement and Achievement of Wellness Goals . We believe that our platform for seamlessly managing class or appointment bookings, cancellations, reminders and payments for wellness services from mobile devices saves consumers time that would otherwise be required to perform online searches, browse through numerous websites and make phone calls to schedule or manage their desired wellness services. Our ability to allow consumers to more easily manage their wellness routine and consume more wellness services on a regular basis, increases their engagement and brings them closer to their goal of living a healthy lifestyle.

 

  Central Database for Wellness Activities Facilitates Fitness Graph Tracking. New technologies, including wearable fitness trackers provided by third parties and mobile apps within the health and fitness categories, are enabling consumers to track various aspects of their health and fitness. As part of this trend, Connect offers consumers a powerful way to track their fitness graph. On Connect, consumers can access their wellness activity history, such as class attendance frequency, class duration and more, thus providing valuable intelligence that empowers them to adjust their activities to meet their individual goals.

Benefits to Employers

 

 

Empower Employees and Offer Choices. Connect Workplace enables employees to access a wide variety of wellness services that can be subsidized by their employers. Employees are not limited to on-site services or receiving a subsidy at a local gym that has little appeal. With the wide variety of wellness businesses on our

 

101


Table of Contents
 

platform, employees have the freedom to select from a broad range of wellness services to fulfill their health and fitness objectives.

 

  Analyze Engagement and Effectiveness . The Connect Workplace Corporate Dashboard enables employers to gain insights into employee engagement and aggregate usage of corporate incentives for further analysis. We believe our Connect Workplace offering helps employees live healthier, happier and more productive lives, while enabling employers to reap greater staff productivity, lower attrition and reduced healthcare costs.

Market Opportunity

According to IBISWorld, in 2014, the total revenue of gyms, health and fitness clubs in the United States was expected to reach $26.5 billion, and the U.S. salon market, consisting of haircutting services, hair coloring services, nail care services, skin care services and other services, was expected to reach $50.2 billion. The global markets for these services are significantly larger. In addition, the U.S. corporate wellness services market was expected to reach $7.4 billion in 2014, according to IBISWorld. According to a report that we commissioned from Frost and Sullivan, our addressable market is approximately 4.2 million wellness businesses worldwide. Based on their analysis, Frost and Sullivan estimates that the market for business management software solutions targeted at wellness businesses will grow to $9.5 billion in 2015 and expects this market to grow to $15.3 billion in 2018, which implies a 17.1% CAGR. In addition, we believe there are a significant number of individual practitioners worldwide who are not included in the 4.2 million addressable market estimate and can benefit from our business management software and payments platform. With over 42,000 local business subscribers, we estimate our current market penetration to be less than 1%. While we expect competition in the industry to increase and evolve over time, given our market leadership, we believe that we are well positioned to compete for and capture a significant portion of global software and payments spending in the wellness services industry.

Our Competitive Strengths

The Leading Global Online Wellness Marketplace. We are the leading global online wellness marketplace with over 42,000 local business subscribers on our platform in 124 countries and territories employing over 250,000 practitioners who provide a variety of wellness services to over 24 million active consumers. Due to our unmatched global wellness network, Connect has become the go-to destination for consumers to manage their wellness services activities. We are also the largest payments platform dedicated to the wellness services industry. In the 12 months ended March 31, 2015, $6.3 billion in transactions occurred between consumers and subscribers within our marketplace, of which $4.3 billion flowed through our payments platform.

Industry-Specific Expertise. We focus exclusively on the wellness services industry. Our team of experts understands the detailed workflows and needs of each type of business within the wellness services industry, and has designed our integrated cloud-based business management software and payments platform specifically to address the unique requirements of these businesses. In addition, we host MINDBODY University events, client conferences and webinars to help business owners navigate challenges and opportunities specific to their wellness category, optimize their business operations and maximize their profitability. Broad based solutions that do not focus on a particular industry lack the depth of understanding and functionality necessary to be able to meet the unique demands of wellness businesses.

Powerful Network Effects. As more local wellness businesses use our platform, more subscriber listings appear on Connect. A larger critical mass of local wellness services on Connect attracts more consumers, which in turn attracts more local wellness businesses that want to engage with these consumers, thereby creating powerful network effects that benefit the entire ecosystem. Similarly, as more corporate wellness subscribers adopt Connect Workplace, their employees begin using our platform, which leads to increased demand from local wellness businesses to be listed on Connect. As more local wellness businesses appear on Connect, more employees use our platform to redeem their corporate incentives, which in turn leads to more corporate wellness subscribers being attracted to our platform. Finally, as we add more subscribers, consumers and employees to our wellness ecosystem, we attract more technology developers and partners who can use our API to develop additional applications that extend the capabilities of our open platform.

 

102


Table of Contents

LOGO

Integrated Cloud-Based Business Management Software and Payments Platform. The seamless integration between our business management software and payments platform provides a convenient one-stop solution for our subscribers. Subscribers save time and resources by avoiding the use of a separate payments platform and the associated burdensome manual reconciliations of transactions that result from a lack of automation. We believe that this integrated software and payments capability leads to higher subscriber engagement with our platform and a larger recurring revenue stream for us. Our payments platform enables swiped transactions at the front desk between consumers and subscribers, transactions with securely stored credit card data and ecommerce transactions through web and mobile interfaces. This integrated capability vastly simplifies back office administration and accounting, while enabling our subscribers to boost their revenue.

Ability to Scale with Our Subscribers’ Businesses . Our feature-rich software scales from individual practitioners to large, international organizations that have hundreds of locations. It is possible for an independent mobile practitioner starting her small business to begin with our entry level software, upgrade to our more robust offerings as she opens her first brick-and-mortar location, then add locations and ultimately create a substantial chain on our platform. This type of inspirational story has happened many times.

Critical Position in the Wellness Ecosystem. Over 42,000 wellness businesses use our platform to manage their business operations, attract and engage consumers, boost their revenue and focus on what they love to do. At the same time, we have enabled a rich partner ecosystem of over 600 developers and partners who extend the value of our platform in powerful ways. Many of our partners have also built successful businesses, or have significantly expanded their existing businesses, to cater to our subscribers and consumers via our platform. For example, some partners have developed business models that depend on our real-time inventory of classes and appointments to enable health and fitness businesses to monetize their excess capacity, while providing consumers with greater access to a variety of classes. We believe the time, effort and dollars spent by these businesses to integrate with our platform point to the critical position that MINDBODY has established in the ecosystem.

 

103


Table of Contents

Proprietary Data and Analytics. Our software and payments platform collects and presents critical information that enables subscribers to fine tune their business operations. With our software, subscribers can analyze their consumer data, including demographics, type and frequency of activities and spending habits. In addition, we help subscribers assess the performance of their staff. For example, a subscriber can run client retention statistics to determine the effectiveness of a specific practitioner based upon location or types of services delivered. We also have unique insights into anonymized macro level data that indicate global preferences and trends in the wellness services industry by geography, which informs our business decisions. In addition, we collect and display consumer reviews to both subscribers and consumers. This enables consumers to make more informed buying decisions and helps our subscribers improve their businesses. Since only consumers who have purchased and attended a class or appointment can write a review, consumers rely on us for authentic and informative consumer review data. Due to our market leadership position, we have access to more proprietary data than our competitors in the wellness services industry, which helps us improve our platform and offer us the ability to provide unique insights and analytical capabilities.

Exceptional Company Culture that Drives Performance. The MINDBODY team shares an exceptional company culture that incorporates our core values of being purpose driven, humble and helpful, caring and happy, committed to wellness, environmentally conscious, continuously evolving and committed to “Five C” leadership. We believe that each team member may practice leadership, daily, regardless of position or title, and we promote people who best demonstrate:

 

  Competence – they make the effort to be true experts in what they do.

 

  Character – they do the right thing, even when it is not convenient.

 

  Compassion – they care as much about others as they do about themselves.

 

  Catalyst – they remove obstacles and make things happen.

 

  Courage – they stand up for what they believe in and take responsibility for their team.

Our employees thrive in a nurturing environment that is driven by innovation, passion for health and wellness and dedication towards excellent subscriber experience. According to a report from Mashable based on data from Glassdoor in December 2014, MINDBODY has been named one of the “Top 10 Best Tech Companies To Work For in 2015.” In addition, Outside Magazine has named MINDBODY one of America’s best places to work for two years in a row. We believe our culture gives us a competitive advantage in recruiting and retaining talent, driving innovation, enhancing productivity and improving customer experience.

Growth Strategy

Given the increasing demand for wellness services among consumers today and a largely untapped market, we believe our opportunity is significant and growing. Key elements of our growth strategy include:

Continuing to Expand Our Subscriber Base, both Domestically and Internationally. We believe the global market for a cloud-based business management and payments platform within the wellness services industry is large and underserved. We will continue to make investments in our business to acquire more subscribers and expand our reach, both domestically and internationally.

Deepening Relationships with Existing Subscribers. We intend to deepen our relationships with existing subscribers by offering additional value-added functionality and upselling subscription plans that mirror the growth stage of their businesses. Moreover, we plan to convert more of our existing subscribers to our integrated payments capability and increase the percentage of their revenue that flows through our platform.

Growing Consumer Adoption of MINDBODY Connect. Connect has a critical position in our wellness ecosystem, yielding powerful network effects with increasing adoption among consumers. We are focused on attracting more consumers to our platform through word of mouth, referral marketing programs, social media and embedded community building features in Connect.

 

104


Table of Contents

Continuing to Innovate and Broaden Our Platform. We will continue to make significant investments in research and development to strengthen our technology platform, and develop additional functionality to better serve the needs of subscribers and consumers, while striving to provide the best user experience possible.

Further Developing Our Partnerships and Wellness Ecosystem. Through our numerous partners and developers who build third-party applications on our platform, we have built a flourishing ecosystem that creates value for subscribers and partners. We plan to continue to expand and further monetize our ecosystem by further developing existing strategic relationships and building new ones.

Increasing Our Presence in Corporate Wellness. We believe our Connect Workplace offering is well positioned to boost the success of corporate wellness programs worldwide. We plan to increase our subscriber footprint in corporate wellness and leverage these corporate relationships to further drive subscriber growth and Connect consumer engagement.

Making Strategic Investments and Select Acquisitions. We will continue to enhance our technology, accelerate our network effect and expand our global leadership position by pursuing acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies and teams.

Expanding Our International Reach via Partnerships and Investments in Our Salesforce. We are focused on growing our international offices and establishing partnerships that extend our reach and facilitate our entrance into new markets, in particular in Europe, Latin America and selected countries in Asia Pacific.

 

105


Table of Contents

The MINDBODY Software and Payments Platform

Our platform is designed to cater to the needs of subscribers, consumers, employers and partners.

 

LOGO

Software and Payments Platform for Subscribers

Our integrated cloud-based business management software and payments platform for the wellness services industry helps our subscribers simplify the way they run their businesses, attract and engage more consumers, boost their revenues, and focus more on what they love to do – improve people’s lives. Until the end of 2014, our software subscription pricing was based on the number of professionals employed by our subscribers. However, because each of our subscribers is unique and at a different stage of their respective professional journey, in January 2015, we

 

106


Table of Contents

introduced a new tiered pricing model based upon four software functionality levels—Solo, Grow, Pro and Accelerate. Each of these levels has been carefully crafted to give just the functionality needed for subscribers to optimize their business at their respective stage in the journey. For the three months ended March 31, 2015, revenue from our new tiered pricing model did not constitute a material portion of our total revenue.

 

LOGO

Scheduling

 

    Appointments. Refers to one-on-one appointments that typically require preparation time before the appointment as well as finish-off time after the appointment. Requires software features that can manage practitioner availability as well as gaps between appointments in a time-efficient manner.

 

    Open Classes. Refers to recurring classes that offer reserved or drop-in attendance on a first-come, first-serve basis. Requires software features that can record different price points, send automatic check-in and cancellation confirmations and manage waitlists.

 

    Enrollments and Workshops. Refers to pre-registered events or a series of classes with the same group of attendees. Requires software that offers the ability to set separate pricing outside of pre-paid packages and track absences, make-ups and various payment plans.

 

    Resource Scheduling . With our business management software, subscribers can easily manage room and equipment allocations for the classes and services they provide.

Staff Management

Subscribers can assign tasks, follow up and send notifications via the staff dashboard. By giving each staff member a unique login, subscribers can allow staff members to update their own availability on the

 

107


Table of Contents

schedule. Moreover, subscribers can have staff clock in and out through MINDBODY so their work hours and gross wages can be tracked automatically as well as their compensation for classes and appointments delivered and sales commissions. Subscribers and their managers can run analytics to assess individual productivity and make informed decisions.

Subscribers have the ability to set pay rates per class, per appointment, per hour, or by percentage of consumer payment for each individual staff member, as well as track and add tips a staff member receives into the payroll report. Additionally, subscribers can offer commissions to their staff for retail sales or promotions. Payroll is calculated automatically and exported to any of several popular payroll service formats, including ADP, Paychex and Exact Payroll Services.

Client Relationship Management

Subscribers can maintain a comprehensive client profile, including contact information, photos, birthdays, preferences, purchase and visit histories, payment information and future schedules. Subscribers can also track the sales cycle and conversion of prospective clients.

Clients have the ability to create accounts and log in directly, allowing them to browse products and services and make purchases from mobile devices and the web.

Point of Sale

Subscribers can sell products and services as well as memberships, monthly contracts and packages that combine products and services at their place of business and online. Subscribers can securely store consumer billing information to facilitate quicker transactions. Payments for classes or appointments can be applied before or after consumer check-in, and before or after the session is complete. Our point of sale functionality allows the easy assignment of staff commissions, whether to the staff member providing the service or to a different staff member who completes the sale.

Our payments platform provides instant authorization and nightly settlement of credit card, debit card and ACH transactions. Once a sale is complete, staff can void, edit or return the sale, and all of these changes are recorded in an auditable fashion. All consumer payment information is protected behind PCI Level I Data Security Standards, the most rigorous credit card certification standard available.

Subscribers have the ability to set inventory re-order points, automatically generate purchase orders and easily log arriving inventory. As a result, subscribers always know how much inventory is on hand and inbound and can easily calculate gross margin and inventory shrinkage.

Subscribers have the ability to accept any type of cash or non-cash equivalent payment method, including ACH, debit and credit cards. They can also set up payment plans and schedule recurring payments automatically from securely stored credit cards on file.

Marketing Capabilities

Subscribers can pull email addresses en masse, or pull targeted segments according to the demographics that matter to the individual business. They also have the option to sync to a Constant Contact account with MINDBODY, and create email lists that update automatically whenever client contact information changes in their site.

To reward consumers, subscribers can build a point-based client loyalty program, and set point values and minimum redemption requirements.

Similarly, subscribers can set up promotions to attract new consumers and give current ones an incentive to try something new.

Subscribers have the ability to sell products through an online store and ship them to consumers, or set them aside for consumers to pick up.

 

108


Table of Contents

Advanced marketing automation tools enable subscribers to manage automated win back campaigns and two way SMS and email confirmations.

Automation

MINDBODY empowers business owners to spend less time at the front desk . Subscribers can send text message alerts and reminders to consumers about upcoming classes, appointments and more. Further automation examples include sending purchase receipts directly to consumers’ email addresses, receiving notifications when consumers book an appointment, confirm, cancel, and more, tracking online orders as they come in, and print packing slips automatically as well as printing sign-in sheets for class, or use an iPad or tablet to set up a self check-in station.

MINDBODY offers businesses an easy way to manage their memberships . With MINDBODY’s automation tools, subscribers can manage membership contracts and waivers, collect membership fees automatically through recurring payments, offer special discounts for products and services as well as create membership tiers to extend rewards and perks to their most loyal consumers.

Analytics and Reporting Tools

Our platform enables subscribers to identify trends and opportunities for improvement in their businesses using the following analytics and marketing tools:

 

    Last Visit and No Return . Subscribers can pull the list of consumers who haven’t come back to the business for a given period of time designated by the business owner.

 

    Best Sellers . Subscribers have the ability to view best-selling products and services, as well as profit margins.

 

    Cancellations and No Shows . Subscribers can check which consumers cancel or do not arrive for a scheduled visit, charge cancellation fees, or suspend consumer scheduling privileges.

 

    Referral Sources . Subscribers can gain valuable insights into their most effective marketing channels for attracting new consumers.

 

    Sales Forecast . Gauge future sales revenue based on current prospects.

 

    Attendance with Revenue . Break down revenue by each client visit, staff person, type of service, and date

 

    Attendance Analysis . Determine busiest hours and the lulls in a day, too.

 

    Gross Margin . See the gross margin for each product.

 

    Promotions . Subscribers can tie every redeemed promotion code back to the client who used it, or analyze the overall success of any promotion effort.

 

    Account Balances . Subscribers can see if consumers currently have a positive or negative balance, and create a statement for consumers with negative balances.

 

    Retention . Subscribers can check client retention rate overall, or by individual staff member.

 

    Memberships and New Members . Subscribers can find out how many consumers are members, which members are active, and how much revenue memberships generate, and how many new memberships have been sold.

 

    Commission. See how much staff is owed for the sales they make.

 

    Transactions . Sort all past transactions by what’s settled, pending, voided, and returned.

 

109


Table of Contents

Apps & Add-ons

 

    MINDBODY Express . MINDBODY Express is our native business-subscriber facing mobile app that enhances our core offering by allowing our subscribers to easily run their business, book consumers and sell products and services while on the go.

 

    Engage by MINDBODY Connect . Our Engage by MINDBODY Connect offering allows our subscribers to have their own native apps to create a unique branded experience for their consumers.

MINDBODY Connect for Consumers

Connect is our consumer-facing mobile app with over 1.6 million unique users that lets consumers discover local wellness services, view class descriptions, read instructor bios and reviews, as well as book appointments and make payments right from the app.

MINDBODY Connect Workplace for Employers

The Connect Workplace platform utilizes MINDBODY software to enable the tracking of on-site corporate wellness programs, such as fitness classes and massage services, as well as Connect and Engage by Connect to promote those classes to their employees. Connect Workplace also utilizes an integrated debit card through which employers fund a monthly wellness stipend for their employees. Finally, Connect Workplace provides a web-based dashboard that summarizes and analyzes the resulting employee wellness activities.

MINDBODY API Platform for Partners

The MINDBODY API platform includes an extensive set of web services APIs that extend key functionality to credentialed partners. This enables our partners to access real-time inventory as well as specific subscriber data for the purpose of creating value-added solutions for our subscribers and consumers.

Subscriber Services and Support

We are passionate about supporting our subscribers from the moment we first engage with them and throughout the lifetime of their subscriptions with us. We have multiple teams within our customer support organization dedicated to maintaining a high level of subscriber satisfaction: welcome team, data conversion and import, direct technical support, self-service and client care. Our operations are structured with the subscriber experience in mind, and we strive to create smooth process for our subscribers. We believe that providing a premium level of support to our subscribers is critical to enhancing our brand as a superior provider of business management software for the wellness services industry.

 

  Subscriber Onboarding . MINDBODY typically boards new subscribers with live training sessions delivered by via telephone and web conference. These trainings are supplemented by self-service setup checklists, online help materials, and webinars.

 

  Ongoing Subscriber Support . Inclusive with our base subscription fees, MINDBODY offers 24/7 customer service and support to all subscribers with in-house personnel who are invested in MINDBODY Core Values and closely connect to our Product Development team. We do not outsource our customer service.

 

  Professional Services . Our Premium Support and MINDBODY Consulting services enable subscribers to access dedicated, advanced product and business operations support from software and business experts. This service is usually chosen by our higher-end small businesses and multi-location chains or franchises.

 

  MINDBODY University, or MBU . MBU is a multi-day advanced subscriber education event held multiple times per year in various destination locations around the world (i.e., London, New York, San Diego and Sydney). This high-impact business conference teaches advanced software skills and best business practices that help subscribers increase revenues and improve their bottom line.

 

110


Table of Contents
Ÿ   Hardware & Merchandise . We offer point of sale hardware, such as cash drawers, receipt printers and bar code scanners, as well as branded key chain tags and gift cards our clients require. We also offer smart phone and tablet credit card swipers, which are rapidly supplanting these legacy point of sale devices.

Our Technology

We have developed our proprietary technology platform over the last decade, with a focus on delivering industry-leading breadth and flexibility of functionality. Demands and expectations are ever increasing and through continuous innovation and iteration we strive to delight our users. Our platform is built API first with a service oriented multi-tenant architecture, making it fully extensible to our business and consumer web and mobile applications, as well as complimentary technology partner integrations. Maintaining the integrity and security of our technology platform is mission critical to our business and our subscribers’ success.

 

Ÿ   Reliable . Our platform is engineered to provide high reliability and availability. Our uptime service-level agreement (SLA) is 99.90%. Our infrastructure is hosted in two dual redundant Tier 4 (the highest rating available) data centers separately located in North America. Our network operations center provides 24/7 monitoring of hundreds of sensors on all systems, including global synthetic and real user monitoring to ensure we have complete visibility into our platform and instantly respond to any potential service issue.

 

Ÿ   Secure . Our platform hosts a large quantity of subscriber data and processes a large volume of business to consumer transactions. We therefore maintain a comprehensive security program designed to help safeguard the confidentiality, integrity and availability of our subscribers’ data, which includes both organizational and technical control measures. Our platform includes a host of third-party encryption, malware prevention, firewall and intrusion detection, data loss detection and patch management technologies to protect and maintain all systems. We routinely audit and review our security program. In addition, we regularly obtain third-party security audits of our technical operations and procedures covering data security to include the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard, or PCI-DSS, as well as Statement on Standards for Attestation Engagements No. 16, or SSAE 16, and Service Organizations Controls 2, or SOC 2 Type I Attestation.

 

Ÿ   Scalable . We have developed a robust and scalable platform that processes more than 30 million queries per day. By leveraging best-in-breed technology components, server virtualization, and a service oriented architecture, we believe we can seamlessly scale our compute and storage capacity.

Our Subscribers

We have a diverse subscriber base with over 42,000 subscribers located in 124 countries and territories across a variety of industries within the wellness services industry. No single subscriber represented more than 2% of our total revenue in 2012, 2013 or 2014. The following table sets forth a list of representative subscribers, organized by industry:

 

Wellness Services Categories

 

Types of Businesses Served

 

Representative Subscribers

Health & Fitness  

•       Barre

•       CrossFit

•       Health Clubs

•       Indoor cycling

•       Martial arts

 

•       Personal training

•       Pilates

•       Strength conditioning

•       Yoga

•       Zumba

 

•       Aspen Club & Spa

•       Orangetheory Fitness

•       Physique 57

•       Pure Barre

•       The Bar Method

     
Integrative Health  

•       Acupuncture

•       Ayurveda

•       Chiropractic

•       Homeopathy

•       Nutrition education

 

•       Omni Wellness NYC

•       Tournesol Wellness

•       United Medical Gym

 

111


Table of Contents
Salon / Spa

•       Blow-dry bars

•       Day spas

•       Hair, nail and skincare salons

•       Hair waxing

•       Laser hair removal

•       Massage therapy

•       Medical spas

•       Cutler Salon in New York and Florida

•       Jonathan & George Salon in Beverly Hills

•       Lavish

•       Meche

Fine Arts / Instruction

•       Dance studios

•       Music instruction

•       Photography

•       Tutoring

•       ABC Academy of Music and Dance

•       Avalon School of Music

•       Broadway Dance Center

•       San Francisco Ballet Association

•       Street Heat Dance Studio

•       Tippi Toes

Children’s Activities

•       Camps, classes and play time for children

•       Romp n’ Roll Kids Gym

•       Young Chef’s Academy

•       Zoom Room

Corporate Wellness (Connect Workplace) subscribers

•       Corporate wellness programs that subscribers offer to their employees using Connect Workplace.

•       LinkedIn

•       ProCore

•       Raleigh Orthopedic Center

By using our software and payments platform, our subscribers achieve significant cost and time savings, as well as operational efficiencies that allow them to focus more on delivering an exceptional experience to their customers. As a result, our subscribers benefit from an increase in consumer satisfaction, consumer retention, revenue and profitability.

Our Culture and Employees

Our company and employees share an exceptional corporate culture that incorporates our core values of being purpose driven, humble and helpful, caring and happy, committed to wellness, environmentally conscious, continuously evolving and committed to “Five C” leadership. We believe that each team member may practice leadership, daily, regardless of position or title, and we promote people who best demonstrate:

 

    Competence – they make the effort to be true experts in what they do.

 

    Character – they do the right thing, even when it is not convenient.

 

    Compassion – they care as much about others as they do about themselves.

 

    Catalyst – they remove obstacles and make things happen.

 

    Courage – they stand up for what they believe in and take responsibility for their team.

 

112


Table of Contents

Our employees thrive in a nurturing environment that is driven by innovation, passion for health and wellness and dedication towards excellent subscriber experience. According to a report from Mashable based on data from Glassdoor in December 2014, MINDBODY has been named one of the “Top 10 Best Tech Companies To Work For in 2015.” In addition, Outside Magazine has named MINDBODY one of America’s best places to work for two years in a row. We believe our culture gives us a competitive advantage in recruiting and retaining talent, driving innovation, enhancing productivity and improving customer experience.

As of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, we had 1,035 and 1,100 employees, respectively. None of our employees is represented by a labor organization or is a party to any collective bargaining arrangement. We have never had a work stoppage, and we consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Competition

The market for business management software and payments solutions for wellness businesses is highly competitive, fragmented and rapidly evolving due to technological innovations. We believe our competitors fall into the following primary categories:

 

    On-premise software providers and small cloud-based providers that typically focus on a specific vertical like salon or spa and not the full breadth of wellness services; and

 

    Cloud-based software providers that offer generic scheduling and point-of sale capabilities like Intuit and payments providers with basic scheduling tools like Square.

The principal competitive factors in our market include:

 

    Industry expertise

 

    Depth of product functionality

 

    Brand recognition and reputation

 

    Ability to drive consumer demand via a large and rapidly growing consumer network

 

    24/7 customer service

 

    Product extensibility via APIs

 

    Integration with mobile devices

 

    Integration with payments processing

 

    Marketing capabilities and analytics

 

    Strong company culture

 

    Security and reliability

 

    Global presence

We believe that we compete favorably on the factors described above. However, many of our competitors have greater financial, technical and other resources, greater name recognition and larger sales and marketing budgets, therefore we may not always compare favorably with respect to some or all of the factors above.

Sales and Marketing

We deploy a direct sales approach driven by an inside sales team based in San Luis Obispo, California, East Hampton, New York, London, United Kingdom, and Sydney, Australia. Our sales team qualifies and manages

 

113


Table of Contents

prospective and current subscribers, aiming to initiate, retain, and expand their use of our platform over time. Our sales team partners with sales engineers to provide consultation and product demonstration to prospects to accelerate the onboarding of new subscribers.

Since the introduction of Connect Workplace, we have begun to develop and expand a field sales team responsible for discovery, qualification, and account management for larger organizations.

Our marketing efforts are focused on generating awareness of our platform, creating sales leads, establishing and promoting our brand, and cultivating a community of successful and vocal subscribers and consumers. We utilize both online and offline marketing initiatives, including search engine and email marketing, online display and print advertising, participation in trade shows, events and conferences, permission marketing, social media and media outreach, and strategic partnerships and endorsements.

Our sales prospecting, lead qualification and lead development functions are performed by sales associates, the majority of whom work part-time schedules. Our full-time equivalent sales and marketing headcount as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 was 319 and 340, respectively. Our sales and marketing expenses were $21.0 million, $30.9 million, $7.2 million and $9.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

Research and Development

Our research and development organization is responsible for the ideation, research, design, development and testing of all aspects of our platform. To create a roadmap that meets the needs of our subscribers, we emphasize collaboration during the development process. Subscribers provide direct input through dialog with our customer support, product management, and user experience teams, as well as our community forum and feature utilization data. We deploy new features, functionality, and technologies for our platform through monthly software releases or updates to minimize disruption and deliver continuous improvement.

As of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, we had 168 and 182 employees, respectively, in our research and development organization, which is based in San Luis Obispo, California. Our research and development expenses were $3.7 million, $10.5 million, $16.2 million, $3.6 million and $4.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of trade secret, copyright, and trademark laws, a variety of contractual arrangements, such as license agreements, assignment agreements, confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements, and confidentiality procedures and technical measures to gain rights to and protect the intellectual property used in our business.

We have also developed a patent program and a strategy to identify, apply for, and secure patents for innovative aspects of our platform and technology. We have 11 U.S. patent applications pending. We also have five pending patent applications in jurisdictions outside of the United States. We intend to pursue additional patent protection to the extent we believe it would be beneficial and cost-effective.

We actively pursue registration of our trademarks, logos, service marks, and domain names in the United States and in other key jurisdictions. We are the registered holder of a variety of U.S. and international domain names that include the term MINDBODY and similar variations. We use several trademarks for our products and services, including “MINDBODY,” “Connect,” “Connect Workplace” and several logos and images, such as the Enso logo, as well as the slogan “Love Your Business.”

 

114


Table of Contents

We also rely on certain intellectual property rights that we license from third parties, including under certain open source licenses. Though such third-party technologies may not continue to be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, we believe that alternative technologies would be available to us if needed.

Our policy is to require employees and independent contractors to sign agreements assigning to us any inventions, trade secrets, works of authorship, developments and other processes generated by them on our behalf and agreeing to protect our confidential information. All of our key employees and contractors have done so. In addition, we generally enter into confidentiality agreements with our vendors and subscribers. We also control and monitor access to, and distribution of our software, documentation, and other proprietary information.

Despite our precautions, it may be possible for unauthorized third parties to copy our products and use information that we regard as proprietary to create products and services that compete with ours.

Some license provisions protecting against unauthorized use, copying, transfer and disclosures of our products may be unenforceable under the laws of certain jurisdictions and foreign countries. In addition, the laws of some countries do not protect proprietary rights to as great of an extent as the laws of the United States, and many foreign countries do not enforce these laws as diligently as government agencies and private parties in the United States. To the extent that we expand our international activities, our exposure to unauthorized copying and use of our products and misappropriation of our proprietary information may increase.

We expect that software and other solutions in our industry may be increasingly subject to third-party infringement claims as the number of competitors grows and the functionality of products in different industry segments overlap.

Government Regulation

Our business is subject to extensive, complex and rapidly changing federal and state laws and regulations.

HIPAA, Privacy and Data Security Regulations

In connection with providing online scheduling services for certain subscribers, we may be subject to specific compliance obligations under privacy and data security laws, including but not limited to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, and similar state laws that govern the collection, use, protection, and disclosure of personally identifiable information. HIPAA imposes specific requirements regarding data privacy and security on covered entities (providers, health plans, and health care clearinghouses); business associates (entities that may perform services for covered entities, pursuant to which they may access personal information); and business associates’ subcontractors, including us. We are therefore required to adopt certain practices and enter into certain contracts agreeing to protect personal information in specific ways. There may be civil and criminal penalties, as well as contractual ramifications, for violating HIPAA.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters are located in San Luis Obispo, California, where we operate under various leases for an aggregate of approximately 170,000 square feet of space. These leases expire between January 2017 and June 2030.

We also lease office space in New York, the United Kingdom and Australia. We lease all of our facilities and do not own any real property. We intend to procure additional space as we add employees and expand geographically. We believe our facilities are adequate and suitable for our current needs and that, should it be needed, suitable additional or alternative space will be available to accommodate any such expansion of our operations.

 

115


Table of Contents

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business. We may in the future receive claims from third parties asserting, among other things, infringement of their intellectual property rights. Future litigation may be necessary to defend ourselves, our partners and our subscribers by determining the scope, enforceability and validity of third-party proprietary rights, or to establish our proprietary rights. The results of any current or future litigation cannot be predicted with certainty, and regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources, and other factors.

 

116


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table provides information regarding our executive officers and directors as of March 31, 2015:

 

Name

  

Age

  

Position

Executive Officers:

Richard L. Stollmeyer

   49   

President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors

Robert Murphy

   58   

Chief Operating Officer and Director

Brett White

   52   

Chief Financial Officer

Chet Brandenburg

   37   

Chief Product Officer

William Donohue

   58   

Chief Information Officer

Bradford L. Wills

   38   

Chief Strategy Officer

Kimberly Lytikainen

   48   

Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Non-Employee Directors:

     

Katherine Blair Christie (1)(3)

   43   

Director

Jeremy Levine (1)

   41   

Director

Eric Liaw (1)(2)

   37   

Director

Tyler Newton (2)(3)

   42   

Director

Graham Smith (2)(3)

   55   

Director

 

(1) Member of our nominating and corporate governance committee.
(2) Member of our audit committee.
(3) Member of our compensation committee.

Executive Officers

Richard L. Stollmeyer . Mr. Stollmeyer is one of our founders and has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and as Chairman of our board of directors since October 2004. Mr. Stollmeyer holds a B.S. degree in Political Science and Russian Language, with a concentration in International Relations, from the United States Naval Academy.

Mr. Stollmeyer was selected to serve on our board of directors because of the perspective and experience he brings as our President and Chief Executive Officer. As one of our founders, Mr. Stollmeyer also brings historical knowledge, operational expertise and continuity to our board of directors.

Robert Murphy . Mr. Murphy is one of our founders and has served as our Chief Operating Officer since November 2011, and as a member of our board of directors since October 2004. Mr. Murphy also served as our Chief Financial Officer from October 2004 to August 2010. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Murphy owned and operated several yoga studios in the New York City area. Mr. Murphy holds a B.S. degree in Communications from Boston University.

Mr. Murphy was selected to serve on our board of directors because of the perspective and experience he brings as our Chief Operating Officer and his background in the health and wellness services industry. As one of our co-founders, Mr. Murphy also brings historical knowledge, operational expertise and continuity to our board of directors.

Brett White . Mr. White has served as our Chief Financial Officer since July 2013. From January 2008 to July 2013, Mr. White served as Chief Financial Officer at Meru Networks, Inc., a provider of Wi-Fi solutions.

 

117


Table of Contents

From November 2005 to December 2007, Mr. White served as Chief Financial Officer at Fortinet, Inc., a provider of network security solutions. Mr. White holds a B.A. degree in Business Economics from the University of California, Santa Barbara.

Chet Brandenburg . Mr. Brandenburg has served as our Chief Product Officer since July 2011. Mr. Brandenburg also served as our Chief Technology Officer from May 2006 to July 2011 and as our Vice President, Development from October 2004 to May 2006. Mr. Brandenburg holds a B.S. degree in Computer Science from California Polytechnic State University, San Luis Obispo.

William Donohue . Mr. Donohue has served as our Chief Information Officer since September 2011. From March 2010 to September 2011, Mr. Donohue provided technology consulting services for several companies, including ours. From February 2005 to March 2010, Mr. Donohue served as Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer at 24 Hour Fitness, Inc., a privately owned commercial health club company. Mr. Donohue holds a B.S. degree in Biology from the University of La Verne.

Bradford L. Wills . Mr. Wills has served as our Chief Strategy Officer since November 2014. From May 2013 to November 2014, Mr. Wills served as our Senior Vice President of Corporate Development. From July 2006 to May 2013, Mr. Wills served as Vice President, Corporate Development, Mergers and Acquisitions at Active Network, a software-as-a-service company. Mr. Wills holds a B.S. degree in Finance and International Business from Georgetown University and an M.B.A. degree from the University of Texas at Austin.

Kimberly Lytikainen . Ms. Lytikainen has served as our Senior Vice President, General Counsel since July 2014 and as our Secretary since March 2015. From June 2013 to July 2014, Ms. Lytikainen served as Associate General Counsel at Pivotal Software, Inc., a provider of computer software. From April 2006 to June 2013, Ms. Lytikainen served as Vice President, Assistant General Counsel at NVIDIA Corporation, a visual computing company. Ms. Lytikainen holds a B.A. degree in Political Science and Government from Florida State University and a J.D. degree from Loyola Law School, Loyola Marymount University.

Non-Employee Directors

Katherine Blair Christie . Ms. Christie has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2015. Since January 2011, Ms. Christie has served as the Chief Marketing Officer at Cisco Systems, Inc., a networking equipment company. From January 2008 to January 2011, Ms. Christie served as Senior Vice President, Global Corporate Communications at Cisco Systems. Ms. Christie holds a B.S. degree in Marketing and Business Administration and an M.B.A. degree from Drexel University.

Ms. Christie was selected to serve on our board of directors because of her operating and management experience in the technology industry.

Jeremy Levine . Mr. Levine has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2010. Since January 2007, Mr. Levine has served as a Partner at Bessemer Venture Partners, a venture capital firm he joined in May 2001. Mr. Levine currently serves on the board of directors of Yelp Inc., a local directory and user review service, and a number of privately held companies. Mr. Levine holds a B.S. degree in Computer Science from Duke University.

Mr. Levine was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his experience in the venture capital industry and as a director of both publicly and privately held technology companies.

Eric Liaw . Mr. Liaw has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2014. Since March 2011, Mr. Liaw has served in several roles at Institutional Venture Partners, a venture capital firm, where he currently serves as a General Partner. From August 2003 to January 2011, Mr. Liaw served in several roles at Technology Crossover Ventures, a venture capital firm, including most recently as a Vice President. Mr. Liaw

 

118


Table of Contents

serves on the boards of directors of a number of privately held companies. Mr. Liaw holds a B.A. degree in Economics with a minor in Computer Science and an M.S. degree in Management Science and Engineering from Stanford University.

Mr. Liaw was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his experience in the venture capital industry and as a director of high growth technology companies.

Tyler Newton . Mr. Newton has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2009. Since December 2006, Mr. Newton has served as a Partner at Catalyst Investors, a growth equity investment firm he joined in April 2000. Mr. Newton has also served on the boards of directors of a number of privately held companies. Mr. Newton holds a B.A. degree in Economics from Middlebury College and is a CFA Charter holder.

Mr. Newton was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his growth investing experience as a director of numerous technology companies.

Graham Smith . Mr. Smith has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2015. From March 2008 to August 2014, Mr. Smith served as the Chief Financial Officer of salesforce.com, inc., a global cloud computing company, where he currently serves as Executive Vice President of Finance. Mr. Smith currently serves on the board of directors of Splunk Inc., a provider of data analytics software. Mr. Smith holds a B.Sc. degree in Economics and Politics from Bristol University in England and qualified as a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales.

Mr. Smith was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his financial expertise and extensive experience in the software industry.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Our board of directors intends to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that will apply to all of our employees, officers and directors, including our President and Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and other executive and senior financial officers. The full text of our code of business conduct and ethics will be posted on the investor relations page on our website. We intend to disclose any amendments to our code of business conduct and ethics, or waivers of its requirements, on our website or in filings under the Exchange Act.

Board of Directors

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. Our board of directors consists of seven directors, five of whom qualify as “independent” under the listing standards of the             . Pursuant to our current amended and restated voting agreement, our current directors were elected as follows:

 

    Richard L. Stollmeyer, Robert Murphy and Graham Smith were elected as the designees nominated by holders of our common stock;

 

    Tyler Newton was elected as the designee nominated by holders of our Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock;

 

    Jeremy Levine was elected as the designee nominated by holders of our Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock;

 

    Eric Liaw was elected as the designee nominated by holders of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock; and

 

    Katherine Blair Christie was elected by holders of our capital stock.

 

119


Table of Contents

Our amended and restated voting agreement will terminate in connection with this offering. After the completion of this offering, the number of directors will be fixed by our board of directors, subject to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Each of our current directors will continue to serve as a director until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

Classified Board of Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering will provide that, immediately after the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Upon the completion of this offering, our current directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

    The Class I directors will be Jeremy Levine and Tyler Newton, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016;

 

    The Class II directors will be Eric Liaw and Robert Murphy, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2017; and

 

    The Class III directors will be Katherine Blair Christie, Graham Smith and Richard L. Stollmeyer, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2018.

Each director’s term will continue until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Any increase or decrease in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of our directors.

This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our company.

Director Independence

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director. Based on information provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, our board of directors has determined that Katherine Blair Christie, Jeremy Levine, Eric Liaw, Tyler Newton and Graham Smith do not have relationships that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the listing standards of the            . In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director, and the transactions involving them described in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Lead Independent Director

Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors intends to adopt corporate governance guidelines that will provide that one of our independent directors will serve as our Lead Independent Director at any time when our Chief Executive Officer serves as the Chairman of our board of directors or if the Chairman is not otherwise independent. Because Richard L. Stollmeyer is our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, our board of directors has appointed Graham Smith to serve as our Lead Independent Director. As Lead Independent Director, Mr. Smith will preside over periodic meetings of our independent directors, serve as a liaison between our Chairman and our independent directors and perform such additional duties as our board of directors may otherwise determine and delegate.

 

120


Table of Contents

Committees of Our Board of Directors

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition and responsibilities of each of the committees of our board of directors are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or removal or until otherwise determined by our board of directors.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee is comprised of Eric Liaw, Tyler Newton and Graham Smith, each of whom satisfies the requirements for independence and financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and listing standards of the            . Mr. Smith serves as the chair of our audit committee, qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in the rules of the SEC, and satisfies the financial sophistication requirements under the listing standards of the            . Following the completion of this offering, our audit committee will, among other things, be responsible for:

 

    selecting a qualified firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements;

 

    helping to ensure the independence and performance of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviewing, with management and the independent registered public accounting firm, our interim and year-end operating results;

 

    developing procedures for employees to submit concerns anonymously about questionable accounting or audit matters;

 

    reviewing our policies on risk assessment and risk management;

 

    reviewing related party transactions; and

 

    approving or, as required, pre-approving, all audit and all permissible non-audit services, other than de minimis non-audit services, to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.

Upon the completion of this offering, our audit committee will operate under a written charter that satisfies the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of the            .

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee is comprised of Katherine Blair Christie, Tyler Newton and Graham Smith, each of whom satisfies the requirements for independence under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and listing standards of the             . Mr. Newton serves as the chair of our compensation committee. Each member of our compensation committee is also a non-employee director, as defined pursuant to Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, and an outside director, as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. Upon the completion of this offering, our compensation committee will, among other things, be responsible for:

 

    reviewing, approving and determining, or making recommendations to our board of directors regarding, the compensation of our executive officers;

 

    administering our equity compensation plans;

 

    reviewing, approving and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding incentive compensation and equity compensation plans; and

 

    establishing and reviewing general policies relating to compensation and benefits of our employees.

 

121


Table of Contents

Upon the completion of this offering, our compensation committee will operate under a written charter that satisfies the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of the             .

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Katherine Blair Christie, Jeremy Levine and Eric Liaw, each of whom satisfies the requirements for independence and financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and listing standards of the             . Mr. Levine serves as the chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee. Following the completion of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will, among other things, be responsible for:

 

    identifying, evaluating and selecting, or making recommendations to our board of directors regarding, nominees for election to our board of directors and its committees;

 

    evaluating the performance of our board of directors and of individual directors;

 

    considering and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the composition of our board of directors and its committees;

 

    reviewing developments in corporate governance practices;

 

    evaluating the adequacy of our corporate governance practices and reporting; and

 

    developing and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding corporate governance guidelines and matters.

Upon the completion of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter that satisfies the applicable listing standards of the            .

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

During 2014, our compensation committee was comprised of Jeremy Levine, Robert Murphy and Tyler Newton. None of the current members of our compensation committee is or has been an officer or employee of our company. However, during 2014, Robert Murphy was an officer of our company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee (or other board committee performing equivalent functions) of any entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

During October 2012, we sold 214,880 shares and 154,714 shares of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock to entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners and Catalyst Investors, respectively, at a purchase price of $23.2688 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $5,000,000 and $3,600,009, respectively. Jeremy Levine is a Partner at Bessemer Venture Partners and Tyler Newton is a Partner at Catalyst Investors. The sale of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock to Bessemer Venture Partners and Catalyst Investors was made in connection with our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock financing and on substantially the same terms and conditions as all other sales of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock by us.

During February 2014, we sold 311,194 shares and 59,032 shares of our Series G redeemable convertible preferred stock to entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners and Catalyst Investors, respectively, at a purchase price of $33.88 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $10,543,253 and $2,000,004, respectively. Jeremy Levine is a Partner at Bessemer Venture Partners and Tyler Newton is a Partner at Catalyst Investors. The sale of our Series G redeemable convertible preferred stock to Bessemer Venture Partners and Catalyst Investors was made in connection with our Series G redeemable convertible preferred stock financing and on substantially the same terms and conditions as all other sales of our Series G redeemable convertible preferred stock by us.

 

122


Table of Contents

During February 2014, we entered into a letter agreement, which was amended in March 2014, with certain holders of our capital stock, pursuant to which we agreed to waive certain transfer restrictions in connection with, and assist in the administration of, a tender offer that such holders proposed to commence. In February 2014, these holders commenced a tender offer to purchase shares of our capital stock from certain of our security holders, including Robert Murphy. In addition, Mr. Murphy and entities affiliated with Messrs. Levine and Newton are party to our investors’ rights agreement, right of first refusal and co-sale agreement and voting agreement. See the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” for additional information about these transactions.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

Our non-employee directors do not currently receive, and did not receive in 2014, any cash compensation for their service on our board of directors and committees of our board of directors. As of December 31, 2014, none of our non-employee directors held shares of our Class B common stock or options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock.

Directors who are also our employees receive no additional compensation for their service as directors. During 2014, Messrs. Stollmeyer and Murphy were our employees. See the section titled “Executive Compensation” for additional information about their compensation.

We do not currently have a policy or plan to make equity award grants or pay cash retainers to our non-employee directors at a particular time, of a particular value or of a particular amount. Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to implement a formal policy pursuant to which our non-employee directors would be eligible to receive equity awards as compensation for service on our board of directors and committees of our board of directors. As described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans” below, our 2015 Plan contains maximum limits, which will be approved by our stockholders prior to the 2015 Plan becoming effective, on the size of the equity awards that can be granted to each of our non-employee directors in any fiscal year, but those maximum limits do not reflect the intended size of any potential grants or a commitment to make any equity award grants to our non-employee directors in the future.

 

123


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

The following table provides information regarding the total compensation for services rendered in all capacities that was earned by each individual who served as our principal executive officer at any time in 2014, and our two other most highly compensated executive officers who were serving as executive officers as of December 31, 2014. These individuals are our named executive officers for 2014.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary ($)     Bonus ($)     Option
Awards ($) (1)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($) (2)
    All Other
Compensation
($)
    Total ($)  

Richard L. Stollmeyer
President and Chief Executive Officer

    2014        360,000               699,668        89,734        16,750 (3)       1,166,152   

Robert Murphy
Chief Operating Officer

    2014        330,000               699,668        89,734        10,541 (4)       1,129,943   

Kimberly Lytikainen
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

    2014        121,314        31,460 (5)       803,071        16,257        2,654 (6)       974,756   

 

(1) The amounts reported represent the aggregate grant-date fair value of the stock options awarded to the named executive officer in 2014, calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718. Such grant-date fair value does not take into account any estimated forfeitures related to service-vesting conditions.
(2) The amounts reported represent the amounts earned in 2014 under our Executive Bonus Plan.
(3) Consists of Health Savings Account contributions and 401(k) matching contributions.
(4) Consists of 401(k) matching contributions.
(5) Consists of a sign-on bonus of $22,717 awarded in connection with Ms. Lytikainen’s hiring in 2014 and a discretionary bonus of $8,743 awarded for her performance in 2014. The discretionary bonus was not paid in accordance with any formal plan document.
(6) Consists of 401(k) matching contributions.

Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation

Our compensation committee has adopted our Executive Bonus Plan. See the disclosure under “Executive Bonus Plan” for a description of this plan.

2014 Performance Targets under our Executive Bonus Plan

For 2014, our compensation committee approved the performance targets under our Executive Bonus Plan for Richard L. Stollmeyer, Robert Murphy and Kimberly Lytikainen. Incentives under our Executive Bonus Plan were payable based on our achievement of targets related to certain performance metrics, including revenue growth, sales efficiency, certain subscriber-related measures and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. Subject to achieving the applicable performance targets, each participant was eligible to receive a target incentive payment. For 2014, the target incentive was $130,000 for each of Messrs. Stollmeyer and Murphy and $25,000 for Ms. Lytikainen. For Messrs. Stollmeyer and Murphy, half of the target incentive was to be paid in equal installments on a quarterly basis during the year, subject to the achievement of the applicable quarterly performance targets. The other half of the target incentive was to be payable at the end of the year, subject to the achievement of the applicable annual performance targets. For Ms. Lytikainen, the target incentive was to be paid in equal installments over the last two quarters of the year. Performance in excess of the performance targets was to result in payments in excess of the target incentive, subject to a cap of 200% of the target incentive. During 2014, we achieved the performance targets at a level that triggered the payments set forth in the Summary Compensation Table under the column “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation.”

 

124


Table of Contents

Named Executive Officer Employment Letters

Richard L. Stollmeyer

Prior to the completion of the offering, we will enter into an amended and restated executive employment letter with Richard L. Stollmeyer, our President and Chief Executive Officer. The letter will provide for at-will employment and will supersede all existing agreements and understandings Mr. Stollmeyer may have concerning his employment relationship with us. The letter will also confirm that Mr. Stollmeyer’s current annual base salary is $370,000.

Robert Murphy

Prior to the completion of the offering, we will enter into an amended and restated executive employment letter with Robert Murphy, our Chief Operating Officer. The letter will provide for at-will employment and will supersede all existing agreements and understandings Mr. Murphy may have concerning his employment relationship with us. The letter will also confirm that Mr. Murphy’s current annual base salary is $340,000.

Kimberly Lytikainen

We have entered into an executive employment letter with Kimberly Lytikainen, our Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary. The letter provides for at-will employment and also provides that Ms. Lytikainen’s current annual base salary is $250,000.

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2014 Year-End

The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding stock options held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2014:

 

     Option Awards  

Name

   Grant Date (1)     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
     Option
Exercise Price
($) (2)
     Option Expiration
Date
 

Richard L. Stollmeyer

     11/19/2010 (3)       143,301                 1.36         11/18/2020   
     11/15/2011 (3)       78,807                 3.48         11/14/2021   
     6/23/2013 (4)       3,750         6,250         19.27         6/23/2023   
     2/6/2014 (5)               50,000         28.80         2/5/2024   

Robert Murphy

     11/15/2011 (3)       78,691                 3.48         11/14/2021   
     6/23/2013 (4)       3,750         6,250         19.27         6/23/2023   
     2/6/2014 (5)               50,000         28.80         2/5/2024   

Kimberly Lytikainen

     9/20/2014 (6)               65,000         26.54         9/19/2024   

 

(1) Each of the outstanding equity awards was granted pursuant to our 2009 Plan.
(2) This column represents the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by our board of directors.
(3) 100% of the shares subject to the option were vested as of December 31, 2014.
(4) 25% of the shares subject to the option vested on June 27, 2014, and 2.0833% of the shares subject to the option vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service with us on each such vesting date.
(5) 10% of the shares subject to the option vested on January 1, 2015, 20% of the shares subject to the option will vest on January 1, 2016, 30% of the shares subject to the option will vest on January 1, 2017, and 40% of the shares subject to the option will vest on January 1, 2018, subject to continued service with us on each such vesting date.
(6) 25% of the shares subject to the option will vest on July 7, 2015, and 2.0833% of the shares will vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service with us on each such vesting date.

 

125


Table of Contents

Employee Benefit and Stock Plans

2015 Equity Incentive Plan

Prior to the effectiveness of this offering, our board of directors intends to adopt, and we expect our stockholders to approve our 2015 Plan. Subject to stockholder approval, our 2015 Plan will be effective one business day prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part but is not expected to be utilized until after the completion of this offering. Our 2015 Plan will provide for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

Authorized Shares. A total of              shares of our Class A common stock will be reserved for issuance pursuant to our 2015 Plan. In addition, the shares to be reserved for issuance under our 2015 Plan will also include (i) the shares of our Class B common stock reserved but unissued under our 2009 Plan as of the date that is one business day prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and (ii) shares of our Class B common stock returned to our 2009 Plan as the result of expiration or termination of awards after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part (provided that the maximum number of shares that may be added to our 2015 Plan pursuant to (i) and (ii) is             shares). Any such shares under the provision above that had covered shares under our 2009 Plan as shares of Class B common stock will, under our 2015 Plan, become issuable instead as Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. The number of shares available for issuance under our 2015 Plan will also include an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in 2016, equal to the least of:

 

                shares;

 

        % of the outstanding shares of common stock as of the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year; or

 

    such other amount as our board of directors or compensation committee may determine.

Plan Administration. Our board of directors or one or more committees appointed by our board of directors, will administer our 2015 Plan. We currently anticipate that our board of directors will delegate authority to administer the 2015 Plan to our compensation committee, which will have full but non-exclusive authority to administer and interpret the terms of the 2015 Plan. In the case of awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, our compensation committee will consist of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code. In addition, if we determine it is desirable to qualify transactions under our 2015 Plan as exempt under Rule 16b-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or Rule 16b-3, such transactions will be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3. Subject to the provisions of our 2015 Plan, the administrator will have the power to administer the plan, including but not limited to, the power to interpret the terms of the 2015 Plan and awards granted thereunder, to create, amend and revoke rules relating to our 2015 Plan, including creating sub-plans, and to determine the terms of the awards, including the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each such award, the exercisability of the awards, and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise. The administrator will also have the authority to amend existing awards to reduce or increase their exercise price, to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator, and to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards of the same type, which may have a higher or lower exercise price or different terms, awards of a different type and/or cash.

Stock Options. Stock options may be granted under our 2015 Plan. The exercise price of options granted under our 2015 Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed 10 years, except that with respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the term must not exceed

 

126


Table of Contents

five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other property acceptable to the administrator, as well as other types of consideration permitted by applicable law. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in his or her option agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised after the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2015 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of options.

Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2015 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our Class A common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Stock appreciation rights may not have a term exceeding 10 years. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her stock appreciation right for the period of time stated in his or her stock appreciation right agreement. However, in no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised after the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2015 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay any increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant.

Restricted Stock. Restricted stock may be granted under our 2015 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee, director or consultant and, subject to the provisions of our 2015 Plan, will determine the terms and conditions of such awards. The administrator may impose whatever conditions to vesting it determines to be appropriate. For example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or continued service to us; provided , however , that the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

Restricted Stock Units. Restricted stock units may be granted under our 2015 Plan. Restricted stock units are bookkeeping entries representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our Class A common stock. Subject to the provisions of our 2015 Plan, the administrator will determine the terms and conditions of restricted stock units, including the vesting criteria, which may include accomplishing specified performance criteria or continued service to us, and the form and timing of payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

Performance Units and Performance Shares. Performance units and performance shares may be granted under our 2015 Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish organizational or individual performance goals or other vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and the value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to participants. After the grant of a performance unit or performance share, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance criteria or other vesting provisions for such performance unit or performance share. Performance units shall have an initial dollar value established by the administrator prior to the grant date. Performance shares shall have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the grant date. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance units or performance shares in the form of cash, in shares or in some combination thereof.

 

127


Table of Contents

Outside Directors. Our 2015 Plan will provide that all non-employee directors will be eligible to receive all types of awards, except for incentive stock options, under our 2015 Plan. During any fiscal year, a non-employee director may not be granted (1) cash-settled awards with a grant date fair value (determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) of more than $             , increased to $             in connection with his or her initial service, or (2) stock-settled awards with a grant date fair value of more than $             , increased to $             in connection with his or her initial service.

Non-Transferability. Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2015 Plan generally will not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments. In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under our 2015 Plan, the administrator will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under our 2015 Plan and the number, class, and price of shares covered by each outstanding award, and the numerical share limits set forth in our 2015 Plan. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable, and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

Merger or Change in Control. Our 2015 Plan will provide that in the event of a “merger” or “change in control,” as defined under our 2015 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels, and such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time. If the service of an outside director is terminated on or following a change in control, other than pursuant to a voluntary resignation, his or her options, restricted stock units and stock appreciation rights, if any, will vest fully and become immediately exercisable, all restrictions on his or her restricted stock will lapse, and all performance goals or other vesting requirements for his or her performance shares and units will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels, and all other terms and conditions met.

Amendment, Termination. The administrator will have the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our 2015 Plan, provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant. Our 2015 Plan will automatically terminate in 2025, unless we terminate it sooner.

2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Prior to the effectiveness of this offering, our board of directors intends to adopt, and we expect our stockholders to approve our ESPP. Subject to stockholder approval, our ESPP will be effective as of the date it is adopted by our board of directors. We believe that allowing our employees to participate in our ESPP will provide them with a further incentive towards ensuring our success and accomplishing our corporate goals.

Authorized Shares . A total of              shares of our common stock are available for sale under our ESPP. The number of shares of our common stock available for sale under our ESPP also includes an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in 2016, equal to the least of:

 

                shares;

 

        % of the outstanding shares of our common stock as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year; or

 

    such other amount as our board of directors or compensation committee may determine.

Plan Administration . Our compensation committee will administer our ESPP and have full but non-exclusive authority to interpret the terms of our ESPP and determine eligibility to participate, subject to the conditions of our ESPP, as described below.

 

128


Table of Contents

Eligibility . Generally, all of our employees will be eligible to participate if they are employed by us, or any participating subsidiary, for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months in any calendar year. However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase shares of our Class A common stock under our ESPP if such employee:

 

    immediately after the grant would own capital stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock; or

 

    holds rights to purchase shares of our Class A common stock under all of our employee stock purchase plans that accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of shares of our Class A common stock for each calendar year.

Offering Periods . Our ESPP includes a component that allows us to make offerings intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code and a component that allows us to make offerings not intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code to designated companies, as described in our ESPP. Our ESPP provides for     -month offering periods. The offering periods are scheduled to start on the first trading day on or after              and              of each year, except for the first offering period, which will commence on the first trading day on or after completion of this offering and will end on the first trading day on or after              . Each offering period will include purchase periods, which will be the approximately six-month period commencing with one exercise date and ending with the next exercise date.

Contributions . Our ESPP permits participants to purchase shares of our Class A common stock through payroll deductions of up to     % of their eligible compensation. A participant may purchase a maximum of shares of our Class A common stock during a purchase period.

Exercise of Purchase Right . Amounts deducted and accumulated by the participant are used to purchase shares of our Class A common stock at the end of each six-month purchase period. The purchase price of the shares will be     % of the lower of the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the first trading day of each offering period or on the exercise date. If the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the exercise date is less than the fair market value on the first trading day of the offering period, participants will be withdrawn from the current offering period following their purchase of shares of our Class A common stock on the purchase date and will be automatically re-enrolled in a new offering period. Participants may end their participation at any time during an offering period and will be paid their accrued contributions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of our Class A common stock. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment with us.

Non-Transferability . A participant may not transfer rights granted under our ESPP. If our compensation committee permits the transfer of rights, it may only be done by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under our ESPP.

Merger or Change in Control . Our ESPP provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under our ESPP, a successor corporation may assume or substitute each outstanding purchase right. If the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the outstanding purchase right, the offering period then in progress will be shortened, and a new exercise date will be set. The administrator will notify each participant that the exercise date has been changed and that the participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the new exercise date unless prior to such date the participant has withdrawn from the offering period.

Amendment; Termination . The administrator has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our ESPP, except that, subject to certain exceptions described in our ESPP, no such action may adversely affect any outstanding rights to purchase shares of our common stock under our ESPP. Our ESPP automatically will terminate in 2035, unless we terminate it sooner.

 

129


Table of Contents

2009 Stock Option Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved our 2009 Plan, in March 2009.

Authorized Shares. Our 2009 Plan will be terminated in connection with this offering and, accordingly, no shares will be available for issuance under our 2009 Plan after that time. Our 2009 Plan will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder. As of March 31, 2015, 1,986,979 shares of our Class B common stock were reserved for issuance under our 2009 Plan. Until its termination in connection with this offering, our 2009 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, and restricted stock. As of March 31, 2015, options to purchase 1,265,228 shares of our Class B common stock remained outstanding under our 2009 Plan.

Plan Administration. Our board of directors or one or more committees appointed by our board of directors administers our 2009 Plan. Following this offering, we anticipate that our compensation committee will administer awards that remain outstanding under our 2009 Plan. Subject to the provisions of our 2009 Plan, the administrator has the power to administer the plan, including but not limited to, the power to: (1) determine the fair market value of our common stock; (2) select recipients of awards; (3) determine the number of shares covered by each award; (4) approve form agreements under our 2009 Plan; (5) determine the terms and conditions of awards; (6) amend outstanding awards or any agreements related to such awards; (7) determine when an option may be settled in cash; (8) implement an option exchange program; (9) in accordance with applicable laws, grant awards to non-U.S. recipients and modify the terms of such grants; and (10) construe and interpret our 2009 Plan and any award agreement. The administrator may also at any time offer to buy out any option for a payment in cash or shares.

Stock Options . The exercise price per share of all options must equal at least 100% of the fair market value per share of our Class B common stock on the date of grant. The term of an option does not exceed 10 years. An incentive stock option held by a participant who owned more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock, or any parent or subsidiary corporations, does not have a term in excess of five years and has an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value per share of our Class B common stock on the date of grant. After the termination of service, the participant may generally exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for 12 months following a termination due to disability or death or for three months following any other termination without cause (or such other time periods set forth in the option agreement). If termination is for cause, the option will be immediately forfeited. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Restricted Stock . The administrator determined the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any participant and the terms and conditions of such awards. The administrator could impose whatever conditions to vesting it determined to be appropriate. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the administrator provided otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

Non-Transferability . Our 2009 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of options, and only the recipient of an option may exercise such an award during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments. In the event of certain changes in our capitalization without our receipt of consideration, the number of shares of our Class B common stock covered by each outstanding award, the exercise price per share of each outstanding option, and the number of shares available for issuance under our 2009 Plan will be appropriately adjusted. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, all outstanding awards terminate immediately prior to such event unless otherwise determined by the administrator.

Corporate Transaction. Our 2009 Plan provides that in the event of a corporate transaction (as defined in our 2009 Plan), which generally includes a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets, each outstanding award will either be (1) assumed or substituted for an equivalent award or (2) terminated in

 

130


Table of Contents

exchange for a payment for the vested portion of the award (less any exercise price for that portion of the award). In the event that the successor corporation does not agree to such assumption, substitution, or exchange, the awards will terminate upon the consummation of the transaction.

Amendment; Termination. Our board of directors may amend our 2009 Plan at any time, provided that such amendment generally may not materially and adversely affect the rights of any holder of outstanding awards without the award holder’s consent. As noted above, in connection with this offering, our 2009 Plan will be terminated, and no further awards will be granted thereunder. All outstanding awards will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

Executive Bonus Plan

Our Executive Bonus Plan was adopted by our compensation committee in December 2014. Our Executive Bonus Plan allows our compensation committee to provide cash incentive awards to employees selected by our compensation committee, including our named executive officers, which may but need not be based upon performance goals established by our compensation committee.

Under our Executive Bonus Plan, our compensation committee determines the performance goals (if any) applicable to any award or portion of an award, which goals may include, without limitation, the attainment of research and development milestones, bookings, business divestitures and acquisitions, cash flow, cash position, operating results and operating metrics, product defect measures, product release timelines, productivity, return on assets, return on capital, return on equity, return on investment, return on sales, sales results, sales growth, stock price, time to market, total stockholder return, working capital and individual objectives such as peer reviews or other subjective or objective criteria. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award.

Our compensation committee currently administers our Executive Bonus Plan. The administrator of our Executive Bonus Plan may, in its sole discretion and at any time, increase, reduce or eliminate a participant’s actual award, and/or increase, reduce or eliminate the amount allocated to the bonus pool for a particular performance period. The actual award may be below, at or above a participant’s target award, in the discretion of the administrator. The administrator may determine the amount of any increase, reduction, or elimination on the basis of such factors as it deems relevant, and it is not required to establish any allocation or weighting with respect to the factors it considers.

Actual awards are paid in cash only after they are earned, which usually requires continued employment through the last day of the performance period and the date the actual award is paid. Payment of awards occurs as soon as administratively practicable after they are earned, but no later than the dates set forth in our Executive Bonus Plan.

Our board of directors and our compensation committee in their sole discretion have the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our Executive Bonus Plan, provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant with respect to any earned awards.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan, or our 401(k) plan, that provides eligible employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax-advantaged basis. Eligible employees are able to participate in our 401(k) plan as of the first day of the month following the date they meet our 401(k) plan’s eligibility requirements, and participants are able to defer up to 100% of their eligible compensation subject to applicable annual Code limits. All participants’ interests in their deferrals are 100% vested when contributed. Our 401(k) plan permits us to make matching contributions and discretionary contributions to eligible participants. We make a safe harbor matching contribution of 100% of each eligible employee’s elective deferral that does not exceed 3% of compensation, plus 50% of the elective deferral that exceeds 3% of compensation but does not exceed 5% of compensation.

 

131


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the compensation arrangements, including employment, equity awards, termination of employment and change in control arrangements, discussed in the sections titled “Management” and “Executive Compensation,” the following is a description of each transaction since January 1, 2012 and each currently proposed transaction in which:

 

    we have been or will be a participant;

 

    the amount involved exceeded or exceeds $120,000; and

 

    any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of any class of our outstanding capital stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these individuals or entities, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Equity Financings

Series F Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

During October 2012, we sold an aggregate of 1,074,400 shares of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $23.2688 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $24,999,999. The following table summarizes purchases of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock by holders of more than 5% of any class of our outstanding capital stock:

 

Stockholder

   Shares of
Series F
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
     Total Purchase
Price
 

Institutional Venture Partners XIII, L.P. (1)

     704,806       $ 16,399,990   

Entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners (2)(3)

     214,880         5,000,000   

Entities affiliated with Catalyst Investors (4)(5)

     154,714         3,600,009   

 

(1) Eric Liaw, a member of our board of directors, is a General Partner at Institutional Venture Partners.
(2) Affiliates of Bessemer Venture Partners holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are BVP VII Special Opportunity Fund L.P., Bessemer Venture Partners VII L.P. and Bessemer Venture Partners VII Institutional L.P.
(3) Jeremy Levine, a member of our board of directors, is a Partner at Bessemer Venture Partners.
(4) Affiliates of Catalyst Investors holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are Catalyst Investors QP II, L.P. and Catalyst Investors II, L.P.
(5) Tyler Newton, a member of our board of directors, is a Partner at Catalyst Investors.

Series G Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

During February 2014, we sold an aggregate of 1,477,074 shares of our Series G redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $33.88 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $50,043,267. The following table summarizes purchases of our Series G redeemable convertible preferred stock by holders of more than 5% of any class of our outstanding capital stock:

 

Stockholder

   Shares of
Series G
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
     Total Purchase
Price
 

W Capital Partners III, L.P.

     723,140       $ 24,499,983   

Entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners (1)(2)

     311,194         10,543,253   

Institutional Venture Partners XIII, L.P. (3)

     147,580         5,000,010   

Entities affiliated with Catalyst Investors (4)(5)

     59,032         2,000,004   

 

(1) Affiliates of Bessemer Venture Partners holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are BVP VII Special Opportunity Fund L.P., Bessemer Venture Partners VII L.P. and Bessemer Venture Partners VII Institutional L.P.

 

132


Table of Contents
(2) Jeremy Levine, a member of our board of directors, is a Partner at Bessemer Venture Partners.
(3) Eric Liaw, a member of our board of directors, is a General Partner at Institutional Venture Partners.
(4) Affiliates of Catalyst Investors holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are Catalyst Investors QP II, L.P. and Catalyst Investors II, L.P.
(5) Tyler Newton, a member of our board of directors, is a Partner at Catalyst Investors.

2014 Third-Party Tender Offer

In February 2014, we entered into a letter agreement, which was amended in March 2014, with certain holders of our capital stock, including W Capital Partners III, L.P., pursuant to which we agreed to waive certain transfer restrictions in connection with, and assist in the administration of, a tender offer that such holders proposed to commence. In February 2014, these holders commenced a tender offer to purchase shares of our capital stock from certain of our security holders. Richard L. Stollmeyer and Robert Murphy, each of whom is one of our directors and executive officers, their affiliated trusts, and Chet Brandenburg, one of our executive officers, sold shares of our capital stock in the tender offer. An aggregate of 544,715 shares of our capital stock, including 292,427 shares held by the directors and executive officers referenced in the preceding sentence, were tendered pursuant to the tender offer at a price of $28.80 per share.

Investors’ Rights Agreement

We are party to an investors’ rights agreement which provides, among other things, that certain holders of our capital stock, including entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners, entities affiliated with Catalyst Investors, Institutional Venture Partners XIII, L.P., entities affiliated with J.P. Morgan, W Capital Partners III, L.P., Richard L. Stollmeyer and Robert Murphy, have the right to demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares of our capital stock be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information regarding these registration rights.

Right of First Refusal

Pursuant to certain of our equity compensation plans and agreements, including a right of first refusal and co-sale agreement with certain holders of our capital stock, including entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners, entities affiliated with Catalyst Investors, Institutional Venture Partners XIII, L.P., entities affiliated with J.P. Morgan, W Capital Partners III, L.P., Richard L. Stollmeyer and Robert Murphy, we or our assignees have a right to purchase shares of our capital stock that certain stockholders propose to sell to other parties. This right will terminate upon completion of this offering. Since January 1, 2012, we have waived our right of first refusal in connection with the sale of certain shares of our capital stock in a series of transactions, including sales by Richard L. Stollmeyer, his affiliated trust, Robert Murphy, and Chet Brandenburg, and purchases by Richard L. Stollmeyer, entities affiliated with Catalyst Investors, Institutional Venture Partners XIII, L.P. and entities affiliated with J.P. Morgan. See the section titled “Principal Stockholders” for additional information regarding beneficial ownership of our capital stock.

Voting Agreement

We are party to a voting agreement under which certain holders of our capital stock, including entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners, entities affiliated with Catalyst Investors, Institutional Venture Partners XIII, L.P., entities affiliated with J.P. Morgan, W Capital Partners III, L.P., Richard L. Stollmeyer and Robert Murphy, have agreed to vote their shares of our capital stock on certain matters, including with respect to the election of directors. Upon completion of this offering, the voting agreement will terminate and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors.

 

133


Table of Contents

Loan to Executive Officer

In September 2010, we loaned Richard L. Stollmeyer $300,000 pursuant to a secured non-recourse promissory note and pledge and security agreement. This loan bore interest at the rate per annum of 1.94%, compounded annually. As of October 2012, the outstanding principal amount of this loan was $300,000, which was the largest aggregate amount of principal outstanding during the last three fiscal years. The balance of the loan was repaid in full by Mr. Stollmeyer in October 2012.

Office Maintenance and Construction Services

During 2012, 2013, 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2015, we incurred approximately $68,000, $101,000, $121,000 and $31,600 of expense for janitorial services rendered to us by KS Services. Karen Stollmeyer, the sister-in-law of Richard L. Stollmeyer, is the sole proprietor of KS Services.

During 2012, 2013, 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2015, we incurred approximately $13,000, $54,000, $212,000 and $40,000 of expense for lighting services rendered to us by Stollmeyer Lighting, LLC. Richard L. Stollmeyer and his brother, Ken Stollmeyer, are members of Stollmeyer Lighting, LLC.

During 2014, we incurred approximately $292,000 of expense for construction services rendered to us by Jack Handley Construction. Shauna Wills, the spouse of Bradford L. Wills, one of our executive officers, was a greater than 10% stockholder of Jack Handley Construction during 2014.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

We expect to adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and which will contain provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for the following:

 

    any breach of their duty of loyalty to our company or our stockholders;

 

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

    any transaction from which they derived an improper personal benefit.

Any amendment to, or repeal of, these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to that amendment or repeal. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

In addition, we expect to adopt amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and which will provide that we will indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our directors or officers or is or was serving at our request as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. Our amended and restated bylaws are expected to provide that we may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our employees or agents or is or was serving at our request as an

 

134


Table of Contents

employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that we must advance expenses incurred by or on behalf of a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, subject to limited exceptions.

Further, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service. These indemnification agreements also require us to advance all expenses incurred by the directors and executive officers in investigating or defending any such action, suit or proceeding. We believe that these agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions that are expected to be included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and are included in the indemnification agreements that we have entered into with our directors and executive officers may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and executive officers for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and executive officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and executive officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, we are not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any person who is or was one of our directors, officers, employees or other agents or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

Prior to the completion of the offering, we will obtain insurance policies under which, subject to the limitations of the policies, coverage will be provided to our directors and executive officers against losses arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director or executive officer, including claims relating to public securities matters, and to us with respect to payments that may be made by us to these directors and executive officers pursuant to our indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law.

Certain of our non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured and/or indemnified against certain liabilities incurred in their capacity as members of our board of directors.

The underwriting agreement will provide for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

Prior to the completion of this offering, our audit committee will adopt a formal written policy providing that our audit committee will be responsible for reviewing “related party transactions,” which are transactions between us and related persons in which the aggregate amount involved exceeds or may be expected to exceed $120,000 and in which a related person has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. For purposes of this policy, a related person is defined as a director, executive officer, nominee for director or greater than 5% beneficial owner of any class of our common stock, in each case since the beginning of the most recently completed year, and any of their immediate family members. In determining whether to approve or ratify any such transaction, our audit committee will take into account, among other factors it deems appropriate,

 

135


Table of Contents

(i) whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to unaffiliated third parties under the same or similar circumstances and (ii) the extent of the related party’s interest in the transaction. The policy will grant standing pre-approval of certain transactions, including (i) certain compensation arrangements of executive officers, (ii) certain director compensation arrangements, (iii) transactions with another company at which a related party’s only relationship is as a non-executive employee, director or beneficial owner of less than 10% of that company’s shares and the aggregate amount involved does not exceed the greater of $200,000 or 2% of the company’s total annual revenue, (iv) transactions where a related party’s interest arises solely from the ownership of our common stock and all holders of our common stock received the same benefit on a pro rata basis, and (v) transactions available to all U.S. employees generally.

 

136


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our capital stock as of March 31, 2015, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of our Class A common stock offered by us in this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, for:

 

    each of our named executive officers;

 

    each of our directors;

 

    all of our current directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

    each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, the persons and entities named in the table had sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where applicable.

We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership prior to this offering on no shares of our Class A common stock and 12,787,020 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2015, assuming the automatic conversion and reclassification of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into 8,269,463 shares of our Class B common stock. We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership after this offering on            shares of our Class A common stock and 12,787,020 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering, assuming that the underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option. We have deemed shares of our capital stock subject to stock options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2015 to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the stock option for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person. However, we did not deem these shares outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o MINDBODY, Inc., 4051 Broad Street, Suite 220, San Luis Obispo, California 93401.

 

     Beneficial Ownership
Prior to the Offering
    Beneficial Ownership
After the Offering
   Percent of
Total Voting
Power After
the Offering

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Number      Percent     Number    Percent   

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

             

Richard L. Stollmeyer (1)

     1,456,253         11.2        

Robert Murphy (2)

     999,037         7.8        

Kimberly Lytikainen (3)

     312         *           

Jeremy Levine (4)

     2,592,011         20.3        

Eric Liaw

                       

Tyler Newton

                       

Graham Smith

                       

All executive officers and directors as a group (11 persons) (5)

     4,803,045         36.3        

5% Stockholders:

             

Entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners (6)

     2,592,011         20.3        

Entities affiliated with Catalyst Investors (7)

     1,977,238         15.5        

Institutional Venture Partners XIII, L.P. (8)

     1,282,146         10.0        

W Capital Partners III, L.P. (9)

     1,131,937         8.9        

Entities affiliated with J.P. Morgan (10)

     1,291,555         10.1        

 

137


Table of Contents

 

 * Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent.
(1) Consists of (i) 473,863 shares held of record by Mr. Stollmeyer, (ii) 500 shares held of record by Mr. Stollmeyer as custodian for the benefit of his minor child, (iii) 9,500 shares held of record by Mr. Stollmeyer’s spouse, (iv) 500 shares held of record by Mr. Stollmeyer’s spouse as custodian for the benefit of her minor child, (v) 309,880 shares held of record by Lori Stollmeyer, (vi) 235,962 shares issuable pursuant to outstanding stock options held by Mr. Stollmeyer which are exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2015, and (vii) 426,048 shares held pursuant to the proxy described below. Lori Stollmeyer has granted Mr. Stollmeyer a proxy to vote the shares held of record by her pursuant to a voting agreement, which will terminate upon the earlier of (i) the ten year anniversary of the completion of this offering, (ii) a change of control of our company and (iii) the agreement of the parties. Mr. Stollmeyer and Mr. Murphy hold an irrevocable proxy to vote an aggregate of 465,548 shares of our Class B common stock held of record by certain of our stockholders.
(2) Consists of (i) 397,975 shares held of record by Mr. Murphy, (ii) 5,500 shares held of record by Mr. Murphy’s spouse, (iii) 75,000 shares held of record by the Robert John Murphy Family Trust, for which Mr. Murphy’s spouse serves as co-trustee, (iv) 90,514 shares issuable pursuant to outstanding stock options held by Mr. Murphy which are exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2015, and (v) 430,048 shares held pursuant to the proxy described below. Mr. Stollmeyer and Mr. Murphy hold an irrevocable proxy to vote an aggregate of 465,548 shares of our Class B common stock held of record by certain of our stockholders.
(3) Consists of 312 shares issuable pursuant to outstanding stock options held by Ms. Lytikainen which are exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2015.
(4) Consists of the shares listed in footnote 6 below, which are held of record by the Bessemer Venture Partners Entities (as defined below). Each of Deer VII L.P. (as defined below), the general partner of the Bessemer Venture Partners Entities, and Deer VII Ltd. (as defined below), the general partner of Deer VII L.P., may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the Bessemer Venture Partners Entities. J. Edmund Colloton, David J. Cowan, Byron B. Deeter, Robert P. Goodman, Jeremy S. Levine and Robert M. Stavis are the directors of Deer VII Ltd. Investment and voting decisions with respect to the shares held by the Bessemer Venture Partners Entities are made by the directors of Deer VII Ltd. acting as an investment committee. The address for each of these entities is c/o Bessemer Venture Partners, 1865 Palmer Avenue, Suite 104, Larchmont, New York 10538.
(5) Consists of (i) 4,363,809 shares beneficially owned by our current executive officers and directors, and (ii) 439,236 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2015.
(6) Consists of (i) 1,399,686 shares held of record by BVP VII Special Opportunity Fund L.P., (ii) 829,444 shares held of record by Bessemer Venture Partners VII L.P., and (iii) 362,881 shares held of record by Bessemer Venture Partners VII Institutional L.P. (collectively, the “Bessemer Venture Partners Entities”). Each of Deer VII & Co. L.P. (“Deer VII L.P.”), the general partner of the Bessemer Venture Partners Entities, and Deer VII & Co. Ltd. (“Deer VII Ltd.”), the general partner of Deer VII L.P., may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the Bessemer Venture Partners Entities. J. Edmund Colloton, David J. Cowan, Byron B. Deeter, Robert P. Goodman, Jeremy S. Levine and Robert M. Stavis are the directors of Deer VII Ltd. Investment and voting decisions with respect to the shares held by the Bessemer Venture Partners Entities are made by the directors of Deer VII Ltd. acting as an investment committee. The address for each of these entities is c/o Bessemer Venture Partners, 1865 Palmer Avenue, Suite 104, Larchmont, New York 10538.
(7) Consists of (i) 1,628,577 shares held of record by Catalyst Investors QP II, L.P. and (ii) 348,661 shares held of record by Catalyst Investors II, L.P. (collectively, the “Catalyst Entities”). Catalyst Investors Partners II, L.P. is the general partner of each of the Catalyst Entities. Catalyst Investors Partners, L.L.C. is the general partner of Catalyst Investors Partners II, L.P. Brian A. Rich, D. Ryan McNally and Christopher J. Shipman are the managing members of Catalyst Investors Partners, L.L.C. and share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the Catalyst Entities. The address for these entities is 711 Fifth Avenue, Suite 600, New York, New York 10022.
(8)

Consists of 1,282,146 shares held of record by Institutional Venture Partners XIII, L.P. Institutional Venture Management XIII, LLC is the general partner of Institutional Venture Partners XIII, L.P. Todd C. Chaffee,

 

138


Table of Contents
  Norman A. Fogelsong, Stephen J. Harrick, J. Sanford Miller and Dennis B. Phelps are the managing directors of Institutional Venture Management XIII, LLC and share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Institutional Venture Partners XIII, L.P. The address for these entities is c/o Institutional Venture Partners, 3000 Sand Hill Road, Building 2, Suite 250, Menlo Park, California 94025.
(9) Consists of 1,131,937 shares held of record by W Capital Partners III, L.P. WCP GP III, L.P. is the sole general partner of W Capital Partners III, L.P. WCP GP III, LLC is the sole general partner of WCP GP III, L.P. Robert J. Migliorino, David S. Wachter and Stephen Wertheimer are the managing members of WCP GP III, LLC and share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by W Capital Partners III, L.P. The address for these entities is c/o W Capital Management, LLC, 400 Park Avenue, Suite 910, New York, New York 10022.
(10) Consists of (i) 1,084,906 shares held of record by J.P. Morgan Digital Growth Fund II, L.P. and (ii) 206,649 shares held of record by PEG Secondary Private Equity Investors II L.P. (collectively, the “JPM Entities”). J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. is the investment advisor of each of the JPM Entities and holds voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the JPM Entities. J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. acts in respect of the shares through a committee of over 30 individuals in its Private Equity Group, each with an equal vote. The address for these entities is 320 Park Avenue, 15 th Floor, NY1-U016, New York, New York 10022.

 

139


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following description summarizes certain important terms of our capital stock, as they are expected to be in effect as of immediately prior to the completion of this offering. We will adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and this description summarizes the provisions that are expected to be included in such documents. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description of the matters set forth in this section titled “Description of Capital Stock,” you should refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, or our IRA, dated as of February 10, 2014, as amended, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law. Immediately following the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of            shares of capital stock, $0.00001 par value per share, of which:

 

    shares are designated as Class A common stock

 

    shares are designated as Class B common stock; and

 

    shares are designated as preferred stock.

Assuming the conversion and reclassification of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of our Class B common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as of March 31, 2015, there were no outstanding shares of our Class A common stock and 12,787,020 outstanding shares of our Class B common stock, held by 191 stockholders of record, and no outstanding shares of our preferred stock.

Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock

Voting Rights

The holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share, and the holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to 10 votes per share. The holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will generally vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders, unless otherwise required by Delaware law or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Delaware law could require either holders of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock to vote separately as a single class in the following circumstances:

 

    if we were to seek to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to increase or decrease the par value of a class of our capital stock, then that class would be required to vote separately to approve the proposed amendment; and

 

    if we were to seek to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in a manner that alters or changes the powers, preferences or special rights of a class of our capital stock in a manner that affected its holders adversely, then that class would be required to vote separately to approve the proposed amendment.

Our stockholders do not have the ability to cumulate votes for the election of directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide for a classified board of directors consisting of three classes of approximately equal size, each class serving staggered three-year terms. Only one will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms.

No Preemptive or Similar Rights

Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights and is not subject to conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions.

 

140


Table of Contents

Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions

Upon our dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders are distributable ratably among the holders of our common stock, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights and payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Conversion

Each share of our Class B common stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of our Class A common stock. In addition, each share of our Class B common stock will convert automatically into one share of our Class A common stock upon any transfer, whether or not for value, except for certain transfers described in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, including transfers for tax and estate planning purposes so long as the transferring holder of Class B common stock continues to hold exclusive voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares transferred.

All outstanding shares of Class B common stock shall automatically convert to Class A common stock on the seventh anniversary of the completion of this offering. Once transferred and converted into a share of our Class A common stock, the converted share of our Class B common stock will not be reissued. In addition, following the conversion of all outstanding shares of our Class B common stock into Class A common stock, no further shares of our Class B common stock will be issued.

Preferred Stock

Our board of directors is authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law, to issue preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each series and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions, in each case without further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors can also increase or decrease the number of shares of any series of preferred stock, but not below the number of shares of that series then outstanding, without any further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company and might adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. We have no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Options

As of March 31, 2015, we had outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 1,265,228 shares of our Class B common stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of approximately $19.89 per share, under our 2009 Plan.

Warrant

As of March 31, 2015, we had an outstanding warrant to purchase up to 35,000 shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock, with an aggregate exercise price of approximately $151,603. Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, this warrant will be converted and reclassified into a warrant to purchase up to 35,670 shares of our Class B common stock. This warrant is exercisable at any time on or before June 23, 2020.

Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, certain holders of our Class B common stock will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. These registration rights are contained in

 

141


Table of Contents

our IRA. We and certain holders of our redeemable convertible preferred stock are parties to the IRA. We will pay the registration expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions and stock transfer taxes) of the holders of the shares registered pursuant to the registrations described below. In an underwritten offering, the underwriters have the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include. We expect that our stockholders who have registration rights will waive their rights under the IRA (i) to receive notice of this offering and (ii) to include their registrable shares in this offering. In addition, in connection with this offering, we expect that each stockholder that has registration rights will agree not to sell or otherwise dispose of any securities without the prior written consent of the underwriters for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain terms and conditions and early release of certain holders in specified circumstances. See the section titled “Underwriting” for additional information regarding such restrictions.

Demand Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of up to 10,981,916 shares of our Class B common stock will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time beginning six months after the effective date of this offering, certain groups of stockholders can request that we register the offer and sale of their shares. We are obligated to effect only two such registrations for each group of stockholders. Such request for registration must cover securities the anticipated aggregate public offering price of which, before payment of underwriting discounts and commissions, is at least $5,000,000. If we determine that it would be seriously detrimental to us and our stockholders to effect such a demand registration, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12-month period, for a period of up to 120 days.

Piggyback Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, if we propose to register the offer and sale of our capital stock under the Securities Act, in connection with the public offering of such capital stock, the holders of up to 11,017,586 shares of our Class B common stock (including 35,670 shares of our Class B common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of a warrant to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock that was outstanding as of March 31, 2015) will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing the holders to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to (i) a demand registration, (ii) a Form S-3 registration, (iii) a registration related to a company stock plan or a transaction covered by Rule 145 promulgated under the Securities Act, (iv) a registration of common stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered, or (v) a registration on any form which does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the registrable shares, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to certain limitations, to include their shares in the registration.

S-3 Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of up to 10,981,916 shares of our Class B common stock will be entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights. Holders of these shares then outstanding may make a written request that we register the offer and sale of their shares on a registration statement on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 so long as the request covers securities the anticipated aggregate public offering price of which, after payment of underwriting discounts and commissions, is at least $1,000,000. These stockholders may make an unlimited number of requests for registration on Form S-3; however, we will not be required to effect a registration on Form S-3 during the period ending six months after the effective date of a “piggyback” registration or if we have effected a Form S-3 registration within the 12-month period preceding the date of the request. Additionally, if we determine that it would be seriously detrimental to us and our stockholders to effect such a registration, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12-month period, for a period of up to 120 days.

 

142


Table of Contents

Anti-Takeover Provisions

The provisions of Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, which are summarized below, may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of our company. They are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Delaware Law

We will be governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

    the transaction was approved by the board of directors prior to the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder;

 

    upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding shares owned by directors who are also officers of the corporation and shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

    at or subsequent to the time the stockholder became an interested stockholder, the business combination was approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

In general, Section 203 defines a “business combination” to include mergers, asset sales and other transactions resulting in financial benefit to a stockholder and an “interested stockholder” as a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years did own, 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock. These provisions may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing changes in control of our company.

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaw Provisions

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will include a number of provisions that could deter hostile takeovers or delay or prevent changes in control of our board of directors or management team, including the following:

Board of Directors Vacancies . Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will authorize only our board of directors to fill vacant directorships, including newly created seats. In addition, the number of directors constituting our board of directors will be permitted to be set only by a resolution adopted by a majority vote of our entire board of directors. These provisions would prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and then gaining control of our board of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees. This will make it more difficult to change the composition of our board of directors and will promote continuity of management.

Classified Board . Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that our board of directors is classified into three classes of directors. A third party may be discouraged from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us as it is more difficult and

 

143


Table of Contents

time consuming for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors on a classified board of directors. See the section titled “Management—Classified Board of Directors.”

Stockholder Action; Special Meeting of Stockholders . Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our stockholders may not take action by written consent, but may only take action at annual or special meetings of our stockholders. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our amended and restated bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our amended and restated bylaws. Our amended and restated bylaws will further provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by a majority of our board of directors, the chairman of our board of directors, our Chief Executive Officer or our President, thus prohibiting a stockholder from calling a special meeting. These provisions might delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for stockholders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations . Our amended and restated bylaws will provide advance notice procedures for stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws will also specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions might preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders if the proper procedures are not followed. We expect that these provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

No Cumulative Voting . The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that stockholders are not entitled to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting.

Directors Removed Only for Cause . Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholders may remove directors only for cause.

Amendment of Charter Provisions . Any amendment of the above provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation would require approval by holders of at least             % of our then outstanding capital stock.

Issuance of Undesignated Preferred Stock . Our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to            shares of undesignated preferred stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, designated from time to time by our board of directors. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock would enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or other means.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be             . The transfer agent and registrar’s address is             .

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification

See the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors.”

Listing

We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the             under the symbol “MB.”

 

144


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our capital stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our Class A common stock or the availability of shares of our Class A common stock for sale will have on the market price of our Class A common stock prevailing from time to time. Future sales of our Class A common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares of our Class A common stock will be available for sale shortly after the completion of this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our Class A common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Following the completion of this offering, based on the number of shares of our capital stock outstanding as of March 31, 2015, we will have a total of              shares of our Class A common stock and 12,787,020 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding. Of these outstanding shares, all              shares of our Class A common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased in this offering by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, would only be able to be sold in compliance with the Rule 144 limitations described below.

The remaining outstanding shares of our Class B common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. Subject to the lock-up agreements described below, the applicable conditions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, and our insider trading policy, these restricted securities will be eligible for sale in the public market from time to time beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our executive officers, directors and the holders of substantially all of our capital stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our capital stock have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters of this offering under which we and they have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters:

 

    offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our Class A or Class B common stock or any other securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our Class A or Class B common stock;

 

    file any registration statement with SEC relating to the offering of any shares of our Class A or Class B common stock; or

 

    enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our Class A or Class B common stock;

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of shares of our Class A or Class B common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. See the section titled “Underwriting” for a description of certain exceptions to this agreement.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed

 

145


Table of Contents

to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares of our common stock proposed to be sold for at least six months is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to our compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares of our common stock on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the market standoff agreements and lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    1% of the number of shares of our capital stock then outstanding, which will equal shares immediately after this offering; or

 

    the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares of our common stock on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our capital stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701.

Registration Rights

Pursuant to our IRA, the holders of up to 11,017,586 shares of our Class B common stock (including 35,670 shares of our Class B common stock, on an as-converted basis, issuable upon the exercise of a warrant to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock that was outstanding as of March 31, 2015), or their transferees, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of the offer and sale of those shares under the Securities Act. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for a description of these registration rights. If the offer and sale of these shares of our common stock are registered, the shares will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, subject to the Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates, and a large number of shares may be sold into the public market.

Registration Statement

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act promptly after the completion of this offering to register shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock subject to options outstanding, as well as reserved for future issuance, under our equity compensation plans. The registration statement on Form S-8 is expected to become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by the registration statement will then become eligible for sale in the public market, subject to the Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates, vesting restrictions and any applicable market standoff agreements and lock-up agreements. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans” for a description of our equity compensation plans.

 

146


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of their ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences different from those set forth below. We have not obtained, and do not intend to obtain, any opinion of counsel or ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions.

This summary also does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction or under any non-income tax laws, including U.S. federal gift and estate tax laws, except to the limited extent set forth below. In addition, this discussion does not address the potential application of the tax on net investment income, the alternative minimum tax or any tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

 

    banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

 

    tax-exempt organizations;

 

    controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

    brokers or dealers in securities or currencies;

 

    traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

 

    persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than 5% of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

 

    certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

    partnerships, other pass-through entities or other entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and partners or investors therein);

 

    persons who hold our Class A common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction;

 

    persons who hold or receive our Class A common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation;

 

    persons who do not hold our Class A common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code; or

 

    persons deemed to sell our Class A common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.

In addition, if a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our Class A common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our Class A common stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisors.

YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO YOUR PARTICULAR SITUATION, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND

 

147


Table of Contents

DISPOSITION OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX RULES OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-U.S. holder if you are any holder other than a partnership or other entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or:

 

    an individual citizen or resident of the United States (for tax purposes);

 

    a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof;

 

    an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(3) of the Code) who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) which has made a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person.

Distributions

As described in the section titled “Dividend Policy,” we have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our Class A common stock and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends or other distributions on our Class A common stock. However, if we do make distributions on our Class A common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our Class A common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock as described below under “—Gain on Disposition of Our Class A Common Stock.”

Subject to the discussion below on effectively connected income, any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8 (or successor form), including a U.S. taxpayer identification number, certifying qualification for the reduced rate. These forms must be updated periodically. A non-U.S. holder of shares of our Class A common stock eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If the non-U.S. holder holds our Class A common stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, that are attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by you in the United States), are exempt from such withholding tax if you satisfy certain certification and disclosure requirements. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form) or other applicable IRS Form W-8 (or successor form) properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, generally are taxed at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. You should consult your tax advisor regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

 

148


Table of Contents

Gain on Disposition of Our Class A Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding and foreign accounts, you generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of our Class A common stock unless:

 

    the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by you in the United States);

 

    you are a non-resident alien individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or

 

    our Class A common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation” (USRPHC) for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, our Class A common stock.

We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC and the remainder of this discussion so assumes. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our Class A common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such Class A common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if you actually or constructively hold more than 5% of such regularly traded Class A common stock at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, our Class A common stock.

If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above, you will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and a corporate non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above also may be subject to the branch profits tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the gain derived from the sale, which gain may be offset by U.S.-source capital losses for the year (provided you have timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses). You should consult your tax advisor regarding any applicable income tax or other treaties that may provide for different rules.

Federal Estate Tax

Our Class A common stock beneficially owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of their death will generally be includable in the decedent’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise. Such stock, therefore, may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax or other treaty provides otherwise.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.

Payments of dividends on or of proceeds from the disposition of our Class A common stock made to you may be subject to additional information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 28% unless you

 

149


Table of Contents

establish an exemption, for example, by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on an IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8 (or successor form). Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Foreign Accounts

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, generally imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on and the gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock, paid to a “foreign financial institution” (as specifically defined under these rules), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to, among other things, withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding the U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) or otherwise establishes an exemption. FATCA also generally imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on and the gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock paid to a “non-financial foreign entity” (as specifically defined for purposes of these rules) unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying certain substantial direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity, certifies that there are none or otherwise establishes an exemption. The withholding provisions under FATCA generally apply to dividends on our Class A common stock and, under current transitional rules, are expected to apply with respect to the gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock on or after January 1, 2017. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our Class A common stock.

EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAWS.

 

150


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and UBS Securities LLC are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:

 

Name

  

Number of
Shares

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

UBS Securities LLC

  

Pacific Crest Securities, a division of KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc.

  

JMP Securities LLC

  

Total:

  
  

 

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of Class A common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of Class A common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to          additional shares of Class A common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of Class A common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

 

            Total  
     Per Share      No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Public offering price

   $         $         $     

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us

   $         $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $         $     

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $            . We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain FINRA-related expenses in an amount up to $            .

 

151


Table of Contents

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of Class A common stock offered by them.

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the              under the trading symbol “MB.”

We and all directors and officers and the holders of substantially all of our outstanding capital stock have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus (the “restricted period”):

 

    offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our Class A or Class B common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our Class A or Class B common stock;

 

    file any registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the offering of any shares of our Class A or Class B common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our Class A or Class B common stock; or

 

    enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our Class A or Class B common stock;

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we or such other person will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of our Class A or Class B common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our Class A or Class B common stock.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to our directors, officers and other holders of substantially all of our outstanding securities with respect to:

 

    transactions relating to shares of our Class A or Class B common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this offering; provided that no public reports or filings will be required or voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of our Class A or Class B common stock or other securities acquired in such open market transactions;

 

    transfers of shares of our Class A or Class B common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our Class A or Class B common stock (i) by bona fide gift, will or intestacy, (ii) to an immediate family member of the security holder or to a trust formed for the benefit of the security holder or of an immediate family member of the security holder, (iii) if the security holder is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity (A) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the security holder or (B) as part of a disposition, transfer or distribution without consideration by the security holder to its equity holders, or (iv) if the security holder is a trust, to a trustee or beneficiary of the trust; provided that, in the case of any such transfer or distribution, each transferee, donee or distributee (A) shall sign and deliver a lock-up agreement, (B) no public reports or filings reporting a reduction of beneficial ownership of shares of our Class A or Class B common stock will be required or voluntarily made during the restricted period and (C) such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value;

 

   

the receipt by the security holder of shares of our Class A or Class B common stock upon the exercise of stock options pursuant to an employee benefit plan described in this prospectus; provided that such shares of Class A or Class B common stock are subject to the restrictions described above and that no public reports or filings will be required or voluntarily made within 90 days after the date of this prospectus, and after such 90th day, any such public reports or filings shall clearly indicate in the

 

152


Table of Contents
 

footnotes thereto that (i) the filing relates to an exercise of a stock option, (ii) the shares of our Class A or Class B common stock received upon exercise of the stock option are subject to a lock-up agreement and (iii) no securities were sold by the reporting person;

 

    the transfer of shares of Class A or Class B common stock or any security convertible into Class A or Class B common stock to the Company upon a vesting event or upon the exercise of options or warrants pursuant to an employee benefit plan or warrant disclosed in this prospectus to satisfy tax withholding obligations of the security holder in connection with the vesting or exercise of such options or warrants; provided no public reports or filings shall be required or voluntarily made;

 

    the transfer of shares of our Class A or Class B common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our Class A or Class B common stock to us pursuant to agreements disclosed in this prospectus under which (i) such securities were issued or (ii) the Company has the option to repurchase such securities or a right of first refusal with respect to transfers of such securities; provided that no public reports or filings will be required or voluntarily made;

 

    the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of Class A or Class B common stock, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of Class A or Class B common stock during the restricted period and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required or voluntarily made regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of Class A or Class B common stock may be made under such plan during the restricted period;

 

    the conversion or reclassification of the outstanding shares of preferred stock or other classes of common stock into shares of Class A or Class B common stock in connection with this offering; provided that such shares of Class A or Class B common stock remain subject to the terms of the lock-up agreement; or

 

    the transfer of shares of Class A or Class B common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A or Class B common stock that occurs solely by operation of law or by order of a court of competent jurisdiction, provided that (i) the transferee signs and delivers a lock-up agreement, (ii) no public announcement shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period and, if the security holder is required to file a report under the Exchange Act during the restricted period, the undersigned shall include a statement in such report to the effect that such transfer was made pursuant to the above described circumstances.

In order to facilitate the offering of the Class A common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the Class A common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of Class A common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the Class A common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the Class A common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the Class A common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

 

153


Table of Contents

We and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares of Class A common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, which we refer to as a Relevant Member State, an offer to the public of any shares of our Class A common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our Class A common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

(a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

(b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

(c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares of our common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

 

154


Table of Contents

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our Class A common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

(a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our Class A common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

(b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation, or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares, and debentures of that corporation, or the

 

155


Table of Contents

beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the company, or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of the shares.

Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or DFSA. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

 

156


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., Palo Alto, California, which has acted as our counsel in connection with this offering, will pass upon the validity of the shares of our Class A common stock being offered by this prospectus. The underwriters have been represented by Cooley LLP, San Francisco, California.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of MINDBODY, Inc. as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014 included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such financial statements are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document is not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement is this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.mindbodyonline.com. Upon completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

157


Table of Contents

MINDBODY, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-7   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

MINDBODY, Inc.

San Luis Obispo, California

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of MINDBODY, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

San Jose, California

March 26, 2015

 

F-2


Table of Contents

MINDBODY, INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

  December 31,   March 31,
2015
  Pro Forma
as of
March 31,
2015
 
  2013   2014  
                 (Unaudited)  

ASSETS

        

Current assets:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 9,545      $ 34,675      $ 22,099     

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $90, $79 and $128 as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015

     2,553        3,193        4,015     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1,157        2,562        3,107     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

  13,255      40,430      29,221   

Restricted cash

  2,533      772        

Property and equipment, net

  12,161      28,568      32,487   

Intangible assets, net

  665      60      873   

Goodwill

  1,827      1,827      5,396   

Other noncurrent assets

  294      1,394      3,100   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

TOTAL ASSETS

$ 30,735    $ 73,051    $ 71,077   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK, AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

Current liabilities:

Accounts payable

$ 3,237    $ 5,406    $ 6,268   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

  3,602      5,219      5,873   

Deferred revenue, current portion

  1,728      2,396      2,493   

Contingent consideration related to acquisition, current portion

  771      11      11   

Other current liabilities

  558      436      434   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

  9,896      13,468      15,079   

Deferred rent, noncurrent portion

  638      988      1,108   

Contingent consideration related to acquisition, noncurrent portion

  1,236             

Financing obligation on leases, noncurrent portion

  3,659      15,496      16,790   

Preferred stock warrant

  905      1,188      1,338        

Other noncurrent liabilities

  292      388      431   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  16,626      31,528      34,746      33,408   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, par value of $0.00001 per share, issuable in Series A, B, C, D, E, F, and G; 6,739,731, 8,216,805 and 8,216,805 shares authorized as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015 (unaudited); 6,704,729, 8,181,803 and 8,181,803 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015 (unaudited); aggregate liquidation preference of $60,836, $117,636 and $119,394 as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015 (unaudited), actual; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

  95,224      166,448      170,159        

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

Common stock, par value of $0.00001 per share; 20,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015 (unaudited); 4,461,765, 4,475,755 and 4,517,557 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015 (unaudited), actual; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

              

Class B common stock, par value of $0.00001 per share; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015 (unaudited), actual; 12,787,019 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

              

Additional paid-in capital

                 171,497   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

  (66   (132   (194   (194

Accumulated deficit

  (81,049   (124,793   (133,634   (133,634
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

  (81,115   (124,925   (133,828 $ 71,077   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK, AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

$ 30,735    $ 73,051    $ 71,077   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

MINDBODY, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2012     2013     2014     2014     2015  
                       (unaudited)  

Revenue

   $ 31,999      $ 48,687      $ 70,010      $ 15,653      $ 22,263   

Cost of revenue

     13,411        21,890        30,004        6,478        8,693   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

  18,588      26,797      40,006      9,175      13,570   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

Sales and marketing

  11,735      20,957      30,922      7,247      9,717   

Research and development

  3,741      10,517      16,167      3,594      4,725   

General and administrative

  8,111      10,730      18,422      3,530      6,780   

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

       428      (1,434   (423     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

  23,587      42,632      64,077      13,948      21,222   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

  (4,999   (15,835   (24,071   (4,773   (7,652

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant

  (515   (302   (283   (22   (150

Interest income

  6                     3   

Interest expense

  (15   (21   (68   (20   (17

Other income (expense), net

  17      (26   (68   5      (39
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

  (5,506   (16,184   (24,490   (4,810   (7,855

Provision for income taxes

  13      63      116      34      6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  (5,519   (16,247   (24,606   (4,844   (7,861

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

  (13,025   (27,892   (21,311   (5,831   (5,459

Deemed dividend—preferred stock modification

                      1,748   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

$ (18,544 $ (44,139 $ (45,917 $ (10,675 $ (11,572
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

$ (4.59 $ (10.26 $ (10.42

$

(2.43

$ (2.58
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  4,040,891      4,303,182      4,405,472      4,387,275      4,480,711   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)

$ (1.94 $ (0.60
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)

  12,513,063      12,750,174   
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

MINDBODY, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2012     2013     2014     2014     2015  
                       (unaudited)  

Net loss

   $ (5,519   $ (16,247   $ (24,606   $ (4,844   $ (7,861

Other comprehensive loss, net of taxes:

          

Change in cumulative translation adjustment

     (23     (43     (66     10        (62
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

$ (5,542   (16,290 $ (24,672 $ (4,834 $ (7,923
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

MINDBODY, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

(in thousands, except share data)

 

    Redeemable
Convertible Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Notes
Receivable
from
Stockholder
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholder’s
Deficit
 
      Shares         Amount       Shares     Amount            

Balance as of December 31, 2011

    5,630,329      $ 29,392        4,275,598      $      $      $ (300   $      $ (24,170   $ (24,470

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle (Note 1)

           109                                           2,716        2,716   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of January 1, 2012

    5,630,329        29,501        4,275,598                      (300            (21,454     (21,754

Issuance of Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock (net of issuance cost of $194)

    1,074,400        24,806                                                    

Repurchases of common stock from employees

                  (15,303            (30                          (30

Reclassification of restricted stock award liability to common stock

                                113                             113   

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

           13,025                      (1,761                   (11,264     (13,025

Stock-based compensation expense

                                1,484                             1,484   

Exercise of common stock warrants

                  22,314                                             

Exercise of stock options

                  143,090               194                             194   

Collection of notes receivable from stockholder

                                       300                      300   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                                              (23            (23

Net loss

                                                     (5,519     (5,519
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

    6,704,729        67,332        4,425,699                             (23     (38,237     (38,260

Repurchases of common stock from employees

                  (2,801            (7                          (7

Reclassification of restricted stock award liability to common stock

                                100                             100   

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

           27,892                      (1,327                   (26,565     (27,892

Stock-based compensation expense

                                427                             427   

Issuance of common stock for business acquisition

                  37,276               782                             782   

Payment for services in common stock

                  1,162               24                             24   

Exercise of stock options

                  429               1                             1   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                                              (43            (43

Net loss

                                                     (16,247     (16,247
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2013

    6,704,729        95,224        4,461,765                             (66     (81,049     (81,115

Issuance of Series G redeemable convertible preferred stock (net of issuance cost of $130)

    1,477,074        49,913                                                    

Issuance of common stock for contingent consideration payment

                  11,960               322                             322   

Reclassification of restricted stock award liability to common stock

                                102                             102   

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

           21,311                      (2,173                   (19,138     (21,311

Stock-based compensation expense

                                1,737                             1,737   

Repurchases of common stock from employees

                  (800            (1                          (1

Exercise of stock options

                  2,830               13                             13   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                                              (66            (66

Net loss

                                                     (24,606     (24,606
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2014

    8,181,803      $ 166,448        4,475,755      $  —      $      $      $ (132   $ (124,793   $ (124,925

Reclassification of restricted stock award liability to common stock (unaudited)

                                88                             88   

Deemed dividend—preferred stock modification (Note 9) (unaudited)

           (1,748                                        1,748        1,748   

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value (unaudited)

           5,459                      (2,731                   (2,728     (5,459

Stock-based compensation expense (unaudited)

                                1,140                             1,140   

Exercise of stock options (unaudited)

                  355               3                             3   

Issuance of stock for business acquisition (unaudited)

                  41,447               1,500                             1,500   

Foreign currency translation adjustment (unaudited)

                                              (62            (62

Net loss (unaudited)

                                                     (7,861     (7,861
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of March 31, 2015 (unaudited)

    8,181,803      $ 170,159        4,517,557      $  —      $      $      $ (194   $ (133,634   $ (133,828
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

MINDBODY, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
    2012     2013     2014         2014             2015      
                      (Unaudited)  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

         

Net loss

  $ (5,519   $ (16,247   $ (24,606   $ (4,844   $ (7,861

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

         

Depreciation and amortization

    1,004        3,479        4,574        1,034        1,218   

Stock-based compensation expense

    1,484        427        1,737        336        1,140   

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant

    515        302        283        22        150   

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

           428        (1,434     (422       

Impairment of technology

                  426                 

Other

    20        172        473        138        162   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities net of effects of the acquisitions:

         

Accounts receivable

    (540     (1,560     (1,122     (186     (969

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (2,176     1,781        (1,405     (628     (545

Other assets

    (36     (85     (99     (114     18   

Accounts payable

    1,164        1,370        2,081        75        202   

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    1,211        933        146        654        (276

Deferred revenue

    507        662        668        163        97   

Deferred rent

    453        110        350        91        120   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

    (1,913     (8,228     (17,928     (3,681     (6,544
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

Purchase of property and equipment

    (5,031     (5,125     (7,311     (966     (3,396

Disposal of property and equipment

                  20                 

Change in restricted cash and deposits

           (2,633     1,623        121        780   

Acquisition of business

           (250                   (3,000
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (5,031     (8,008     (5,668     (845     (5,616
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

         

Repayment on financing and capital lease obligations

           (42     (239     (85     (10

Proceeds from bank term loan

    1,648                               

Repayment of bank term loan

    (1,648                            

Payment of deferred offering cost

                  (644            (263

Proceeds from issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock, net

    24,806               49,913        49,913          

Payments on contingent consideration

                  (240              

Net proceeds from employee stock-based transactions

    164        (6     12        6        3   

Collection of notes receivable from stockholder

    300                               

Payments of debt issuance cost

                                (73
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    25,270        (48     48,802        49,834        (343
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    (23     (43     (76     10        (73

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

    18,303        (16,327     25,130        45,318        (12,576

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD

    7,569        25,872        9,545        9,545        34,675   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD

  $ 25,872      $ 9,545      $ 34,675      $ 54,863      $ 22,099   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

         

Cash paid for income taxes

  $      $ 28      $ 47      $      $ 7   

Cash paid for interest

  $ 15      $ 11      $ 15      $      $ 12   

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

         

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

  $ 13,025      $ 27,892      $ 21,311      $ 5,831      $ 5,459   

Deemed dividend—preferred stock modification

  $      $      $      $      $ 1,748   

Unpaid equipment purchases

  $ 10      $ 469      $ 1,939      $ 279      $ 2,208   

Reclassification of restricted stock award liability to common stock

  $ 113      $ 100      $ 102      $ 8      $ 88   

Property and equipment acquired with financing obligations and leases

  $      $ 3,914      $ 12,021      $ 3,281      $ 1,358   

Initial fair value of contingent consideration at acquisition date

  $      $ 1,579      $      $      $   

Stock issued in business acquisition

  $      $ 782      $      $      $ 1,500   

Unpaid deferred offering cost

  $      $      $ 219      $      $ 1,549   

Payment of contingent consideration in common stock

  $      $      $ 322      $      $   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

1. SUMMARY OF BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Description of Business

MINDBODY, Inc. (MINDBODY or the Company) was incorporated in California in 2004 and reincorporated in Delaware in March 2015. MINDBODY is headquartered in San Luis Obispo, California and has operations in California, New York, London, and Australia. MINDBODY is a provider of an integrated cloud-based business management software and payments platform for the wellness services industry. MINDBODY enables its consumers to evaluate, connect, and transact with local businesses in its marketplace.

The Company reincorporated in Delaware in March 2015. As a result, and as required as a Delaware corporation, the Company’s common and redeemable convertible preferred stock now have a par value of $0.00001 per share. The carrying value of the outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock and common stock have been adjusted within these financial statements, on a retroactive basis, to reflect the reincorporation.

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements are presented in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP) which include the accounts of MINDBODY and its wholly owned foreign subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Subsequent events were evaluated from the balance sheet date of December 31, 2014 through the annual audited consolidated financial statements’ original issuance date of March 26, 2015. For the three months ended March 31, 2015, subsequent events were evaluated through April 28, 2015, the date on which the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements were issued.

Prior Period Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior years consolidated statement of operations to conform to the current period presentation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include the capitalization and estimated useful life of our capitalized internal-use software, useful lives of property and equipment, the determination of fair value of common stock, stock options, and preferred stock warrants, including a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets, and contingencies. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Changes in facts or circumstances may cause the Company to change its assumptions and estimates in future periods, and it is possible that actual results could differ from current or future estimates.

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

Upon the consummation of the initial public offering contemplated by the Company, all of the outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically convert and be reclassified into shares of Class B common stock. The March 31, 2015 unaudited consolidated pro forma stockholders’ equity has been prepared assuming the conversion and reclassification of the outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into 8,269,463 shares of Class B common stock, the resulting conversion and reclassification of the redeemable convertible preferred stock underlying outstanding warrants, which results in the reclassification of the warrant liability to stockholders’ equity.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Information

The accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2015, the consolidated statements of operations, statements of comprehensive loss, and statements of cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, the consolidated statements of redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and the related footnote disclosures are unaudited. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position as of March 31, 2015 and results of operations, comprehensive loss, and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015. The results for the three months ended March 31, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2015 or for any other periods.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and money market accounts. The Company considers all highly liquid short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash is related to the Company’s facility lease agreements and consists of certificates of deposit held with a financial institution. The Company classifies certain restricted cash balances within long-term assets on the accompanying balance sheets based upon the term of the remaining restrictions.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company’s accounts receivable are derived from client obligations due under normal trade terms and are reported at the principal amount outstanding, net of the allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts that is based upon historical experience and a review in each period of the number of days that billings are past due and an evaluation of the potential risk of loss associated with delinquent accounts.

Concentration of Credit Risk

As of March 31, 2015, one customer represented 11.4% of the accounts receivable balance. As of December 31, 2013 and 2014, no single customer accounted for more than 10% of total accounts receivable. No single customer represented over 10% of revenue for any of the periods presented in the consolidated statements of operations.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Fair value measurements are based on a fair value hierarchy, based on three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value as follows:

 

    Level 1—Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.

 

   

Level 2—Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted market prices for similar assets and liabilities;

 

F-9


Table of Contents
 

quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

 

    Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

The Company carries its cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, other accrued expenses, and preferred stock warrant liability at fair value. The carrying amounts of the Company’s accounts receivable, accounts payable, and other accrued expenses approximate fair value due to their short maturities. The Company classifies its cash equivalents, which are made up of money market accounts, within Level 1 because the Company values these investments using quoted market prices. The Company classifies its preferred stock warrant liability within Level 3 because it is valued using inputs that are unobservable in the market as discussed further in Note 2.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment, including leasehold improvements, are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Repairs and maintenance are charged to expense when incurred. Depreciation expense is calculated using the straight-line method over the useful lives of the related assets or leasehold improvements as follows:

 

Property and Equipment

  

Estimated Useful Life

Property (Building)

   15 years

Office equipment

   5 years

Computer equipment

   3 years

Servers

   3 years

Software licenses

   4 years

Capitalized software costs

   2-3 years

Leasehold improvements

   Lesser of estimated useful life or remaining lease term

Useful lives of significant assets are periodically reviewed and adjusted prospectively to reflect the Company’s current estimates of the respective assets’ expected utility.

In the event the Company has been deemed the owner for accounting purposes of construction projects in build-to-suit lease arrangements, the estimated construction costs incurred to date are recorded as assets in Property and Equipment, net. Upon occupancy of facilities under build-to-suit leases, the Company assesses whether arrangements qualify for sales recognition under the sale-leaseback accounting guidance. If the Company continues to be the deemed owner for accounting purposes, the cost of the building is depreciated over its estimated useful life or lease term, whichever is shorter.

Capitalized Software Development Costs

Certain development costs incurred in connection with internal use software are capitalized. Capitalization begins when the preliminary project stage is complete, management with the relevant authority authorizes and commits to the funding of the software project, it is probable the project will be completed, and the software will be used to perform the functions intended and certain functional and quality standards have been met. Capitalization of these costs ceases once the project is substantially complete and the software is ready for its intended purpose. Research and development costs incurred during the preliminary project stage or costs incurred for training, maintenance, and general and administrative or overhead costs are expensed as incurred. Capitalized software development costs are amortized to cost of revenue using the straight-line method over an estimated useful life of the software of two to three years, commencing when the software is ready for its intended use.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Business Combinations

As discussed further in Note 5 of these consolidated financial statements, the Company acquired the Fitness Mobile Apps business of Petrol Designs LLC during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and Jill’s List during the year ended December 31, 2013. The Company performs valuations of assets acquired and liabilities assumed for acquisitions and allocates the purchase price to its respective net tangible and intangible assets. Any residual purchase price is recorded as goodwill. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management to use significant judgment and estimates including the selection of valuation methodologies, estimates of future revenue and cash flows, discount rates and selection of comparable companies. During the measurement period, the Company may record certain adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed with the corresponding offset to goodwill. After the measurement period, which could be up to one year after the transaction date, all adjustments are recorded to the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. Contingent payments that are dependent upon post-combination services, if any, are considered separate transactions outside of the business combination and therefore included in the post-combination operating results.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The Company records goodwill when the consideration paid in a purchase acquisition exceeds the fair value of the net tangible assets and the identified intangible assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized, but rather is tested for impairment. The Company performs testing for impairment of goodwill on October 1st or as events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. When testing goodwill for impairment, the Company first performs an assessment of qualitative factors, including but not limited to, macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, company-specific events, changes in circumstances, and after-tax cash flows. If qualitative factors indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the relevant reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the Company tests goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level using a two-step approach. In step one, the Company determines if the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the unit’s carrying value. If step one indicates that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, the Company performs step two, determining the fair value of goodwill and, if the carrying value of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value, recording an impairment charge. The Company has determined that there is a single reporting unit for the purpose of goodwill impairment tests.

Intangible assets consist of identifiable intangible assets, primarily developed technology and customer relationships. These intangible assets have been determined to have definite lives and are carried at cost, less accumulated amortization. The Company amortizes the intangible assets with finite lives using the straight-line method over the estimated economic lives of the assets, which is normally two to three years. The amortization expense for acquired technology and capitalized software development costs is recorded in cost of revenues. The amortization expense for acquired network list is recorded in sales and marketing expense.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets, primarily consisting of property and equipment and intangible assets other than goodwill are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset group may not be recoverable. Recoverability of asset groups to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying value of an asset group to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated from use of such assets. If the undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying value of an asset group, an impairment loss is recognized based on the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value of the asset group. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company recorded an impairment charge in the amount of $426,000 related to acquired technology from a recent acquisition and internal costs incurred to integrate this technology. The impairment charge during the year ended December 31, 2014 was included in costs of revenue in the statements of operations. There were no such impairment losses identified or recorded during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 or the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs, consisting of legal, accounting, outside services, and filing fees related to the initial public offering are capitalized. The deferred offering costs will be offset against proceeds from the initial public offering upon the effectiveness of the offering. In the event the offering is terminated, all capitalized deferred offering costs will be expensed. As of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, deferred offering costs were $863,000 and $2,456,000 included in other non-current assets.

Operating Leases and Financing Obligations

The Company leases office facilities under various non-cancelable operating lease agreements. Certain lease agreements contain free or escalating rent payment provisions. The Company recognizes rent expense under such leases on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease with the difference between the expense and the payments recorded as deferred rent on the consolidated balance sheets. Lease renewal periods are considered on a lease-by-lease basis in determining the lease term.

For certain build-to-suit lease arrangements where the Company has concluded that it is the “deemed owner” of the building (for accounting purposes only) during the construction period, the Company is required to record an asset with a corresponding construction financing obligation for the costs incurred by the landlord. The financing obligation is recorded as a component of other non-current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company will increase the asset and financing obligation as additional building costs are incurred by the landlord during the construction period. Once construction is complete, the Company will evaluate whether the asset qualifies for sale-leaseback accounting treatment. If the lease meets the sale-leaseback criteria, the Company will remove the asset and the related liability from its consolidated balance sheet and treat the lease as either an operating or capital lease based on an assessment of the accounting guidance. If the arrangement does not qualify for sale-leaseback treatment, the Company will reduce the obligation over the lease term as payments are made and will depreciate the asset over its estimated useful life or lease term, whichever is shorter. Future lease payments associated with the build-to-suit lease where the Company is the deemed owner are allocated between the land and building components. Payments attributable to the land are recognized as rent expense on a straight-line basis upon commencement of the contract. The Company does not report rent expense for the portion of the rent payment allocated to the buildings, which are owned for accounting purposes. Rather, this portion of the rent payment under the lease is recognized as a reduction of the financing obligation and as interest expense.

Revenue Recognition

The Company has three primary sources of revenue consisting of (i) subscription and support services, (ii) payments, and (iii) product and other sales.

The Company commences revenue recognition when all of the following conditions have been satisfied:

 

    persuasive evidence of an agreement exists;

 

    the service has been or is being provided to the customer or delivery of the product has occurred;

 

    fees are fixed or determinable; and

 

    the collection of the fees is reasonably assured.

Software revenue recognition arrangements that do not give the subscriber the option to take possession of the software are service arrangements and are outside the scope of the specific industry rules for software recognition. This applies to the Company’s cloud-based business management software, and as such, the Company accounts for the subscription and support services as service arrangements. Amounts invoiced in excess of revenue recognized are deferred. The majority of the fees are prepaid by subscribers on a monthly basis, and to a lesser extent, for certain subscribers on an annual or quarterly basis. The subscription revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the agreement.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

The customer support offering is delivered together with the subscription services, and the term of the customer support is the same as the related subscription services arrangement. Accordingly, the Company recognizes customer support revenue in the same manner as the associated subscription service. The Company’s subscribers enter into separate arrangements with the technology partners. Revenue derived from revenue share arrangements with the technology partners is recognized when earned on a net basis. The Company also earns revenue from API platform partners for subscriber site access, data query, and consumer bookings. The revenue from API platform partners is recorded when earned.

The Company collects a revenue share from third-party payment processors on all transactions between its subscribers who utilize the MINDBODY payment platform and their consumers. These payment transactions are generally for purchasing classes, goods, or services through a subscriber’s website, at their business location or through the MINDBODY Connect platform, which includes a mobile interface that enables consumers to discover, evaluate, book, and pay for wellness services. Transaction fees are recorded as payments revenue on a net basis.

Product revenues are recognized when all revenue recognition criteria have been met, which is upon delivery.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue primarily consists of costs associated with personnel costs and related expenses for data center operations, global customer support and onboarding services personnel, infrastructure costs for operation of our cloud-based business management software, and costs related to processing the payments of subscribers that pay via credit cards. Personnel costs consist of salaries, benefits, bonuses, commission costs and stock-based compensation. Overhead costs consist of certain facilities, depreciation, amortization of capitalized software costs, information technology costs, and impairment charges for acquired technology and capitalized software costs.

Advertising Expense

Advertising and sales promotion costs are expensed when incurred and are included in sales and marketing expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The Company’s advertising expenses, which include print and online advertising were $423,000, $508,000, and $588,000 during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014, and $175,000 and $145,000 during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015.

Research and Development

Research and development costs are expensed when incurred. The Company incurs costs in connection with the development of software for its platform and software used in operations. These costs are expensed unless they meet the requirement for capitalization.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation expense associated with stock option awards is measured and recognized in the financial statements based on the fair value of the awards granted. The fair value of the stock options is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. This model requires the Company to estimate the grant date fair value of the underlying common stock, the expected life of options, the expected volatility of the price of the underlying common stock, risk-free interest rates, and expected dividend yield of the common stock. The stock-based compensation expense for stock options, net of forfeitures, is recognized using a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which is generally four years. The forfeiture rate is based on historical experience and expected employee attrition rates. Changes in estimated forfeitures will be recognized through a cumulative catch-up adjustment in the period of change and will also affect the amount of compensation expense to be recognized in future periods.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

The valuation of restricted stock awards (RSAs) is determined as the fair value of the underlying shares on the date of grant as determined by the board of directors. Stock-based compensation expense for an RSA grant is recognized as expense on the grant date and as an RSA liability on the consolidated balance sheets. RSAs are subject to a repurchase option of the Company whereby the Company has the right to repurchase the stock from the employee at the grant-date fair value if the employee ceases continuous full-time employment with the Company for any reason. The Company’s repurchase right lapses as follows:

 

Grant Date Anniversary (Years)

   Percentage of Total Shares
Subject to Repurchase
 

One

     100

Two

     80   

Three

     60   

Four

     40   

Five

       

To the extent the repurchase option for an RSA lapses, the Company reclassifies the grant-date fair value attributable to the related shares from RSA liability to common stock. To the extent the Company exercises its right to repurchase and pays cash for the RSA shares, RSA liability is reduced by the cash paid. There were no RSAs issued during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2015.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

The carrying value of redeemable convertible preferred stock is recorded at fair value upon issuance, net of issuance costs, accreted to its estimated redemption value using the effective interest method. Accretion to the carrying value is being recorded as an increase in the carrying value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock and a reduction of stockholder’s equity.

The Company reviews the rights and preferences of its preferred stock for any changes in terms, rights or preferences to determine if such change is a modification or an extinguishment. An amendment that, based on either quantitative or qualitative considerations, changes a substantive contractual term or fundamentally changes the nature of the preferred share is considered an extinguishment. The Company considers both expected economics as well as the business purpose of the amendment. If considered an extinguishment, the Company removes the carrying value of the old securities and recognizes the new securities at their current fair value. If considered a modification, the Company recognizes the change in the fair value of the security immediately before and after the amendment as either a deemed dividend or a deemed capital contribution.

Preferred Stock Warrant

The Company accounts for freestanding warrants to purchase shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock as liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets at their estimated fair value. The preferred stock warrants are subject to remeasurement at each balance sheet date, and any change in fair value is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations.

The Company will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of: (i) the exercise or expiration of the warrants or (ii) the completion of a liquidation event, including the completion of an initial public offering, at which time all preferred stock warrants will be converted into warrants to purchase common stock. Upon such an event, the fair value of the warrants will be remeasured one final time with the related liability being reclassified to stockholders’ equity.

Segments

The Company’s chief operating decision maker reviews financial information on a consolidated basis to make decisions about how to allocate resources and to measure the Company’s performance. Accordingly, the Company has determined that it operates in one segment.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred taxes are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the consolidated financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to be applied to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce the carrying amount of deferred tax assets, unless it is more likely than not such assets will be realized.

The Company also applies the provisions for uncertainty of income taxes. This guidance prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for consolidated financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. This guidance also applies to various related matters, such as derecognition, interest, penalties, and required disclosures. The Company recognizes interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits in its income tax provision.

Net Income (Loss) and Pro Forma Net Income (Loss) Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

The Company applies the two-class method in calculating the net income (loss) per share amounts which requires net income (loss) to be allocated between the common and preferred stockholders based on their respective right to receive dividends. Accordingly, the Company’s basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders is equal to the Company’s net income (loss) as adjusted for accretion of cumulative preferred stock dividends of the related series of redeemable convertible preferred stock to their redemption value. Diluted income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders adjusts the basic weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the potential dilution that could occur if stock options, warrants, and redeemable convertible preferred stock were exercised or converted into common stock. For purposes of this calculation, redeemable convertible preferred stock, options to purchase common stock, and preferred stock warrants are considered common stock equivalents but have been excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders as their effect is anti-dilutive.

In contemplation of an initial public offering, the Company has presented unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share amounts, which have been calculated assuming the conversion and reclassification of all series of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock (using the as-if converted method) into shares of Class B common stock as though the conversion and reclassification had occurred as of the beginning of the period or the original date of issuance, if later, and the conversion and reclassification of the preferred stock warrants into Class B common stock warrants upon an initial public offering. As a result, the Company has removed the change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability from the numerator in the pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share calculation.

Foreign Currency Translation

The functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries, which were established during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, are their local currencies. The assets and liabilities of the foreign subsidiaries are translated using exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated using the average exchange rates prevailing during the period. Exchange rate differences resulting from translation adjustments are accounted for as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

Comprehensive Loss

Comprehensive loss is composed of two components: net loss and other comprehensive loss. Other comprehensive loss refers to expenses and losses that under GAAP are recorded as an element of stockholders’

 

F-15


Table of Contents

deficit, but are excluded from the Company’s net loss. For all periods presented, the Company’s other comprehensive loss is made up of foreign currency translation adjustments related to the Company’s foreign subsidiaries.

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In April 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued authoritative guidance, which changes the presentation of debt issuance costs in financial statements. Under this authoritative guidance, an entity presents such costs in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the related debt liability rather than as an asset. Amortization of the costs is reported as interest expense. The new guidance is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2016. Early adoption is permitted. The guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In November 2014, the FASB issued authoritative guidance to clarify how current U.S. GAAP should be interpreted in evaluating the economic characteristics and risk of a host contract in a hybrid financial instrument that is issued in the form of a share. In addition, the new authoritative guidance was issued to clarify that in evaluating the nature of a host contract, an entity should assess the substance of the relevant terms and features (that is, the relative strength of the debt-like or equity-like terms and features given the facts and circumstances) when considering how to weight those terms and features. The effects of initially adopting the new authoritative guidance should be applied on a modified retrospective basis to existing hybrid financial instruments issued in a form of a share as of the beginning of the fiscal year for which the amendments are effective, with retrospective application permitted to all relevant prior periods. The new authoritative guidance is effective for the years beginning after December 15, 2015; however, early adoption is permitted. The Company elected to early adopt the new authoritative guidance on a retrospective basis for all periods presented with the earliest period being January 1, 2012. Under this new guidance, certain features embedded in certain series of preferred stock that were previously bifurcated. The Company believes retrospective adoption provides users of the financial statements the most comparable and useful financial information and better reflects the underlying performance of the Company’s business.

In May 2014, the FASB issued authoritative guidance that provides principles for recognizing revenue for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers with the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The new guidance as currently issued is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2017. On April 1, 2015, the FASB voted to propose a one-year deferral to the effective date, but to permit entities to adopt the original effective date if they choose. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this guidance.

In August 2014, the FASB issued authoritative guidance that provides guidance on management’s responsibility in evaluating whether there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and by providing related footnote disclosure requirements. This new guidance is effective for the Company prospectively beginning January 1, 2016 with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this guidance but it is not expected to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

 

2.   FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The Company measures and reports its cash equivalents and preferred stock warrant at fair value on a recurring basis. The Company’s cash equivalents are invested in money market funds. The following table sets

 

F-16


Table of Contents

forth the fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities remeasured on a recurring basis, by level within the fair value hierarchy (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2013  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Financial Assets:

           

Money market funds (1)

   $ 140       $       $       $ 140   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial Liabilities:

Contingent consideration related to acquisition (2)

$    $    $ 2,007    $ 2,007   

Preferred stock warrant (3)

            905      905   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

$    $    $ 2,912    $ 2,912   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2014  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Financial Assets:

           

Money market funds (1)

   $ 28,036       $       $       $ 28,036   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial Liabilities:

Contingent consideration related to acquisition (2)

$    $    $ 11    $ 11   

Preferred stock warrant (3)

            1,188      1,188   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

$    $    $ 1,199    $ 1,199   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     March 31, 2015  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (Unaudited)  

Financial Assets:

           

Money market funds (1)

   $ 20,987       $       $       $ 20,987   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial Liabilities:

Contingent consideration related to acquisition (2)

$    $    $ 11    $ 11   

Preferred stock warrant (3)

            1,338      1,338   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

$    $    $ 1,349    $ 1,349   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The Company held certain assets that are required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis, included in cash equivalents, which are held in money market funds. All such assets as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015 were recorded based on Level 1 inputs.
(2) Contingent consideration related to the Jill’s List acquisition (discussed further in Note 5) is classified within Level 3 because the liability is valued using significant unobservable inputs. The Company estimated the fair value of the acquisition-related contingent consideration using a risk-neutral Monte Carlo simulation model. The model assigned payout probabilities to each of the earn-out periods and simulated 50,000 target revenue paths using median volatility of comparable companies. The revenue growth was adjusted to a risk neutral framework and earn-out value was discounted using risk-free rate as of the valuation date. The change in fair value related to changes in estimated contingent consideration was recorded in the results of operations. The fair value of contingent consideration as of March 31, 2015 was not material.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Quantitative information for the significant inputs used in valuing the contingent consideration during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 is summarized as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2013      2014  

Probability of achieving target revenue

     74% – 95%         0% – 50%   

Risk-free rate

     0.1% – 0.2%         0.02% – 0.2%   

Volatility

     10% – 25%         10% – 24%   

 

(3) The preferred stock warrant was valued using a hybrid between a probability-weighted expected return method (PWERM) and option pricing method (OPM), estimating the probability weighted value across multiple scenarios, while using an OPM to estimate the allocation of value within one or more of those scenarios. Under a PWERM, the value of the Company’s various equity securities were estimated based upon an analysis of future values for the Company assuming various future outcomes, including two initial public offering (IPO) scenarios, two transaction scenarios contemplating a sale or merger transaction, and a scenario contemplating the continued operation of the Company as a privately-held enterprise. Guideline public company (GPC) multiples were used to value the Company under the IPO and transaction scenarios. The discounted cash flow (DCF) method was used to value the Company under the staying private scenario. Share value for each class of security was based upon the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns, considering each of these possible future outcomes, as well as the rights of each share class.

The significant unobservable inputs into the valuation model used to estimate the fair value of the preferred stock warrant include the timing of potential liquidity events (IPO, transaction, staying private) and their probability of occurring, the selection of GPC multiples, a discount for the lack of marketability of the preferred and common stock, the projected future cash flows, and the discount rate used to calculate the present-value of the estimated equity value allocated to each share class.

Quantitative information for the significant inputs used in valuing the warrant as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015 is summarized in the following table:

 

     December 31,     March 31,  
     2013     2014     2015  
                 (unaudited)  

Input Ranges

                  

Time to liquidity (years)

     1.25-1.83        0.5-1.16        0.25-0.92   

Probability of each liquidity event:

      

IPO

     65     75     80

Transaction

     30     20     15

Staying private

     5     5     5

Discount for lack of marketability

     20     11     7

Discount rate

     20     17     9

Generally, increases (decreases) in the fair value of the underlying stock or IPO probabilities would result in a directionally similar impact to the fair value measurement while increases (decreases) in the related discount rates or time to liquidity would result in a directionally opposing impact to the fair value measurement.

The management and the board of directors engages a third-party valuation firm to assist with the valuation of the Level 3 instruments.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

The following table provides a summary of changes in fair value of the Level 3 financial liabilities during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2015 as follows (in thousands):

 

     Preferred Stock
Warrant
     Contingent
Consideration
    Total  

Balance – January 1, 2012

   $ 88       $      $ 88   

Change in fair value

     515                515   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance – December 31, 2012

  603           603   

Fair value at issuance date

       1,579      1,579   

Change in fair value

  302      428      730   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance – December 31, 2013

  905      2,007      2,912   

Payment of contingent consideration in cash

       (240   (240

Payment of contingent consideration in common stock

       (322   (322

Change in fair value

  283      (1,434   (1,151
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance – December 31, 2014

$ 1,188    $ 11    $ 1,199   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in fair value (unaudited)

  150           150   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance – March 31, 2015 (unaudited)

$ 1,338    $ 11    $ 1,349   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

There were no transfers of financial instruments between the three levels of the fair value hierarchy during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013, or 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2015. As of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, and the three months ended March 31, 2015, the Company did not have any assets or liabilities that were required to be measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.

3. BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      March 31,
2015
 
     2013      2014     
                   (unaudited)  

Prepaid expenses

   $ 875       $ 2,020       $ 2,656   

Other

     282         542         451   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

$ 1,157    $ 2,562    $ 3,107   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,     March 31,
2015
 
     2013     2014    
                 (unaudited)  

Computer equipment

   $ 7,517      $ 11,590      $ 12,461   

Leasehold improvements

     2,423        6,121        8,015   

Capitalized software costs

     2,121        1,754        1,792   

Office equipment

     999        1,402        2,006   

Software licenses

     527        963        1,215   

Construction in progress – Building, leased

     3,659        15,583        16,941   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment – gross

  17,246      37,413      42,430   

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

  (5,085   (8,845   (9,943
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment – net

$ 12,161    $ 28,568    $ 32,487   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Depreciation and amortization expense, excluding amortization of capitalized software and intangible assets, for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014 was $826,000, $2,371,000, and $3,444,000 and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 was $714,000 and $1,035,000.

The Company capitalized software development costs of $1,372,000, $907,000, and $185,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014 and $74,000 and $39,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015. Amortization of capitalized software development costs totaled $143,000, $835,000, and $791,000 during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014 and $213,000 and $40,000 during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company wrote off $160,000 of cost incurred to integrate acquired technology. The net book value of capitalized software development costs was $1,301,000 and $535,000 as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and $491,000 as of March 31, 2015.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company executed a lease for a new 64,000 square foot office building in San Luis Obispo, California. This facility will provide additional capacity to accommodate continued growth, and became operational in the second quarter of 2015. Both the landlord and the Company incurred costs to construct the facility according to the Company’s operating specifications, and as a result, the Company has concluded that it is the “deemed owner” of the building (for accounting purposes only) during the construction period. During the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, and the three months ended March 31, 2015, the landlord incurred building construction costs of $3,659,000, $11,924,000, and $1,358,000 which the Company has recorded as an asset, with a corresponding construction financing obligation. The Company will increase the asset and financing obligation as additional building costs are incurred by the landlord during the construction period. The total expected financing obligation associated with this lease upon completion of the construction of the building, inclusive of the amounts currently recorded, is $29,495,000 (See Note 7 for future commitment details). The obligation will be settled through monthly lease payments to the landlord once the construction is complete and the office space is ready for occupancy. The lease has an original term of 15 years and the Company also has an option to extend the term of the lease for three consecutive terms of five years each. The base rent for the initial year will be equal to 8.5% of the landlord’s actual development costs to deliver a “vanilla shell” premise to the Company, with such costs not to exceed $20,643,000 for the purposes of this computation, with the base rent subject to an annual 3% escalation clause thereafter. Further, the Company is responsible to pay landlord’s insurance costs, real property taxes, and operating expenses related to the premises as additional rent. The Company is also responsible for all tenant improvements and, at inception, was required to deposit $2,533,000 into a restricted account to pay for these improvements. As of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, the remaining balance in the deposit account was $772,000 and zero, respectively.

Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      March 31,
2015
 
     2013      2014     
                   (unaudited)  

Accrued payroll

   $ 2,285       $ 3,353       $ 3,692   

Accrued vacation

     878         1,323         1,631   

Other liabilities

     439         543         550   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses and other liabilities

$ 3,602    $ 5,219    $ 5,873   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

4. BUSINESS COMBINATION

Fitness Mobile Apps

On February 2, 2015, the Company completed the acquisition of the Fitness Mobile Apps business of Petrol Designs LLC (Fitness Mobile Apps), a privately held technology partner that creates tailored mobile apps for the

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Company’s subscribers. The Company accounted for the acquisition of Fitness Mobile Apps as a business combination. The Company acquired all of the assets that were used in, or otherwise benefit, the mobile apps business for 41,447 shares of the Company’s common stock with a fair value of $36.19 per share, of which 29,704 shares have been issued and 11,743 shares are held with an escrow agent and will be released on the first anniversary of the closing date, and $3,000,000 in cash, resulting in an aggregate preliminary purchase price of $4,500,000. The acquisition also included an obligation to issue up to 82,894 shares of the Company’s common stock to certain former employees of Fitness Mobile Apps, contingent upon their continuous employment with the Company. As such, compensation expense will be recorded ratably over the respective service period.

The fair value of the Company’s common stock issued for Fitness Mobile Apps was based on the Company’s valuation of its common stock as of February 2, 2015. Given the absence of a public trading market, the Company’s board of directors considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of the Company’s common stock. These factors included, but were not limited to (i) contemporaneous third-party valuations of common stock; (ii) the rights and preferences of convertible preferred stock relative to common stock; (iii) the lack of marketability of common stock; (iv) developments in the business; and (v) the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an IPO or sale of the Company, given prevailing market conditions. The aggregate enterprise value was determined using a combination of the income approach and two market approaches in order to estimate an Enterprise Value under five different possible future scenarios, which were weighted as follows:

 

     Weighting  

IPO

     75

Transaction

     20

Private company (DCF)

     5

The Company allocated the total purchase consideration to tangible assets acquired and identifiable intangible assets acquired based on their estimated fair values with the excess of the purchase consideration over the aggregate fair values recorded as goodwill allocated to the Company’s one operating segment. Goodwill of $3,569,000 represents 80% of the total purchase consideration and is primarily attributable to the value of acquired personnel, and the Company’s ability to expand the MINDBODY Connect consumer base by transitioning Fitness Mobile Apps onto the Connect platform.

The internally developed software/technology with a remaining useful life of three years represents the tools to create consumer facing customized mobile apps for the Company’s subscribers. The fair values of the acquired intangible assets were determined based on the income approach and relief of royalty method approach and the identifiable intangible assets are subject to amortization on a straight-line basis over their remaining useful lives.

The Company incurred and expensed $150,000 in acquisition-related costs, which are included within general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations.

The following table summarizes the consideration paid and the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date (in thousands):

 

     Amount  

Tangible assets acquired

   $ 18   

Intangible asset – developed software/technology

     913   

Goodwill

     3,569   
  

 

 

 

Fair value of total purchase consideration

$ 4,500   
  

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

The results of Fitness Mobile Apps included in our consolidated statements of operations since the acquisition date, including revenues and net loss, were not material. Pro forma results of operations have not been presented because the acquisition was not material to our results of operations.

Jill’s List

In April 2013, the Company acquired 100% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Jill’s List, Inc., an online platform that enables referrals of patients to over 4,000 certified integrative health practitioners and companies. The acquisition marked the launch of the Company’s new wellness network, which connects consumers, employees, and doctors with integrative network practitioners. Subsequent to the close of the acquisition, the Company rebranded Jill’s List as Connect Workplace. The Company accounted for the acquisition of Jill’s List as a purchase of a business. The total purchase consideration was $2,611,000, consisting of $250,000 in cash, the issuance of 37,276 shares of the Company’s common stock with a fair value of $20.98 per share on the acquisition date, and future earn-out consideration with a fair value of $1,579,000 on the acquisition date. The Company withheld 14,910 shares as escrow shares to provide for undisclosed claims or damages to be released 18 months after the acquisition date. All escrow shares were released in October 2014. The earn-out consideration is contingent upon the achievement of certain recurring minimum revenue and maximum expense targets within and over a period of two years after the acquisition date with the maximum payment equal to $1,000,000 in cash and an additional 49,702 shares of the Company’s common stock.

The fair value of the Company’s common stock issued for Jill’s List was based on the Company’s valuation of its common stock as of March 31, 2013. Given the absence of a public trading market, the Company’s board of directors considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of the Company’s common stock. These factors included, but were not limited to (i) contemporaneous third-party valuations of common stock; (ii) the rights and preferences of convertible preferred stock relative to common stock; (iii) the lack of marketability of common stock; (iv) developments in the business; and (v) the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an IPO or sale of the Company, given prevailing market conditions. The aggregate enterprise value was determined using a combination of the income approach and two market approaches in order to estimate an Enterprise Value under five different possible future scenarios, which were weighted as follows:

 

     Weighting  

IPO

     40

Transaction

     55

Private company (DCF)

     5

The Company estimated the fair value of the acquisition-related contingent consideration using a risk-neutral Monte Carlo simulation valuation model. The model assigned payout probabilities to each of the earn-out periods and simulated 50,000 target revenue paths using median volatility of comparable companies. The revenue growth was adjusted to a risk neutral framework and earn-out value was discounted using risk-free rate as of the valuation date.

The Company allocated the total purchase consideration to tangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed and identifiable intangible assets acquired based on their estimated fair values with the excess of the purchase consideration over the aggregate fair values recorded as goodwill. The value of goodwill was 70% of the total purchase consideration and is primarily attributable to the expected synergies and increased revenue opportunities resulting from unifying Jill’s List network of practitioners with the Company’s wellness software. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes.

The acquisition provided the Company with two acquired intangible assets of value, internally developed software/technology with a remaining useful life of three years and network list with remaining useful life of two years. The internally developed software/technology represents the online platform that allows the Jill’s List

 

F-22


Table of Contents

network of doctors, patients, practitioners, and corporate clients to understand and access a suite of integrative healthcare and payment options. The network list represents the contact information for over 4,000 integrative health practitioners and companies. The fair values of the acquired intangible assets were based on the cost approach and the identifiable intangible assets are subject to amortization on a straight-line basis over their remaining useful lives.

The Company incurred and expensed $82,000 in acquisition-related costs, which are included within general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013.

The following table summarizes the consideration paid and the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date (in thousands):

 

     Amount  

Tangible assets acquired

   $ 10   

Intangible asset – internally developed software/technology

     518   

Intangible asset – network list

     420   

Goodwill

     1,827   

Liabilities assumed

     (164
  

 

 

 

Fair value of total purchase consideration

$ 2,611   
  

 

 

 

The results of Jill’s List included in our consolidated statements of operations since the acquisition date, including revenues and net loss, were not material. Pro forma results of operations have not been presented because the acquisition was not material to our results of operations.

5. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price in a business combination over the fair value of net tangible and intangible assets acquired. Goodwill amounts are not amortized, but rather tested for impairment at least annually on October 1st. The Company’s goodwill balance is solely attributable to the acquisition of Petrol Designs LLC and Jill’s List. The goodwill balance was $1,827,000 as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, and $5,396,000 as of March 31, 2015. There was no impairment charge recorded against goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2015.

The Company’s intangible assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2013  
     Useful Life
(Years)
     Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net Carrying
Amount
 

Network list

     2       $ 420       $ (150   $ 270   

Technology

     3         518         (123     395   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

$ 938    $ (273 $ 665   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2014  
     Useful Life
(Years)
     Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net Carrying
Amount
 

Network list

     2       $ 420       $ (360   $ 60   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

$ 420    $ (360 $ 60   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents
     March 31, 2015  
     Useful Life
(Years)
     Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net Carrying
Amount
 
     (unaudited)  

Network list

     2       $ 420       $ (412   $ 8   

Technology

     3         913         (48     865   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

$ 1,333    $ (460 $ 873   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization expense for intangible assets with finite lives was $35,000, $273,000, and $339,000 during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014, and $107,000 and $143,000 during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015. As of December 31, 2014, the remaining $60,000 of the net book value related to the acquired intangible assets is expected to be fully amortized during the year ended December 31, 2015. Estimated future amortization expense as of March 31, 2015 was $237,000 for the remaining nine months of 2015, and $305,000, $304,000, and $27,000 for the years ending December 31, 2016, 2017, and 2018, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $266,000 related to the acquired technology.

6. DEBT

Credit Facility

On January 12, 2015, the Company entered into an agreement with Silicon Valley Bank to provide a secured revolving credit facility that allows the Company to borrow up to $20,000,000 for working capital and general business requirements. Amounts outstanding under the credit facility will bear interest at the greater of the prime rate plus 0.5% or 3.25% with accrued interest payable on a monthly basis and outstanding and unpaid principal due upon maturity of the credit facility in January 2018. The credit facility is secured by substantially all of accounts receivable and other corporate assets of the Company. The Company also granted and pledged a security interest to the lender in all of its right, title, and interest in intellectual properties. The Company is also subject to certain reporting and financial performance covenants as well which require it to meet certain revenue targets. The Company did not draw down any amounts under the credit agreement during the three months ended March 31, 2015.

The Company entered into a credit facility with a bank during the year ended December 31, 2010 consisting of a revolving line of credit that was originally set to expire on February 1, 2013. In January 2013, the credit facility was amended to extend the expiration date to April 15, 2013. The revolving line of credit allowed for principal borrowings up to $2,000,000, had an interest rate comprised of the bank’s prime rate plus 1.75%, and was secured by all of the Company’s assets. The line was available for working capital and general business needs and amounts were available to be borrowed and repaid as needed. There were no amounts outstanding under the credit facility as of December 31, 2012 and the credit facility expired during the year ended December 31, 2013 with no amounts outstanding against the line of credit.

7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating Lease

The Company leases office facilities under various non-cancelable operating lease agreements with an original lease period expiring between 2015 and 2026. Rent expense during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014 was $1,131,000, $2,433,000, and $3,240,000 and during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 was $657,000 and $1,026,000.

Financing Obligation

The Company entered into a 15 year non-cancelable lease agreement for additional office space in San Luis Obispo, California in October 2013 with an anticipated lease commencement date in the second quarter

 

F-24


Table of Contents

of the year ending December 31, 2015. For accounting purposes only, the Company has concluded that it is the “deemed owner” of the building during the construction period. Therefore, the Company is required to record an asset with a corresponding construction financing obligation. Financing Obligation, Building – Leased represents the total payment obligations under the lease agreement described in Note 3. Payments under the lease will commence upon completion of construction. The portion of the lease obligations allocated to the land is being treated for accounting purposes as an operating lease that commenced in October 2013. The Company has not recognized any rent expense related to the financing obligation during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014 or the three months ended March 31, 2015.

Future Minimum Lease Payments

Future minimum lease payments under these non-cancelable lease agreements as of December 31, 2014 are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year Ending December 31,

   Operating
Leases
     Financing
Obligation,
Building-
Leased
     Total  

2015

   $ 3,442       $ 1,586       $ 5,028   

2016

     3,095         1,633         4,728   

2017

     2,705         1,682         4,387   

2018

     2,513         1,733         4,246   

2019

     2,297         1,785         4,082   

Thereafter

     14,107         21,076         35,183   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

$ 28,159    $ 29,495    $ 57,654   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Litigation

From time to time, the Company may become involved in legal proceedings, claims, and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. Management is not currently aware of any matters that it expects will have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows of the Company.

8. STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

Common Stock

As of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015, the Company had authorized 20,000,000 shares of common stock for issuance.

Common Stock Reserved for Issuance

The Company had reserved shares of common stock, on an as-if converted basis, for future issuance as follows:

 

     December 31,      March 31,
2015
 
     2013      2014     
                   (Unaudited)  

Conversion of outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock

     6,704,729         8,181,803         8,269,463   

Exercise and conversion of preferred stock warrants

     35,000         35,000         35,670   

Exercise of outstanding stock options

     641,786         1,027,524         1,265,228   

Shares reserved for future option grants

     242,424         165,856         327,797   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

  7,623,939      9,410,183      9,898,158   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-25


Table of Contents

9. REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

Redeemable convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015 consisted of the following (in thousands, except share data):

 

     December 31, 2013  

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock:

   Shares
Authorized
     Shares Issued
and
Outstanding
     Net Carrying
Value
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference with
Cumulative
Dividends
 

Series A

     527,977         527,977       $ 827       $ 836   

Series B

     395,368         395,367         1,198         1,214   

Series C

     1,642,810         1,607,810         19,375         7,477   

Series D

     2,123,552         2,123,551         29,350         13,612   

Series E

     975,624         975,624         16,694         10,591   

Series F

     1,074,400         1,074,400         27,780         27,106   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

  6,739,731      6,704,729    $ 95,224    $ 60,836   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2014  

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock:

   Shares
Authorized
     Shares Issued
and
Outstanding
     Net Carrying
Value
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference with
Cumulative
Dividends
 

Series A

     527,977         527,977       $ 836       $ 873   

Series B

     395,368         395,367         1,212         1,273   

Series C

     1,642,810         1,607,810         25,025         7,869   

Series D

     2,123,552         2,123,551         36,865         14,382   

Series E

     975,624         975,624         19,789         11,221   

Series F

     1,074,400         1,074,400         30,029         28,856   

Series G

     1,477,074         1,477,074         52,692         53,162   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

  8,216,805      8,181,803    $ 166,448    $ 117,636   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     March 31, 2015  
     (unaudited)  

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock:

   Shares
Authorized
     Shares Issued
and
Outstanding
     Net Carrying
Value
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference with
Cumulative
Dividends
 

Series A

     527,977         527,977       $ 824       $ 881   

Series B

     395,368         395,367         1,145         1,285   

Series C

     1,642,810         1,607,810         25,814         7,966   

Series D

     2,123,552         2,123,551         37,623         14,572   

Series E

     975,624         975,624         20,585         11,376   

Series F

     1,074,400         1,074,400         30,684         29,288   

Series G

     1,477,074         1,477,074         53,484         54,026   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

  8,216,805      8,181,803    $ 170,159    $ 119,394   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company issued 1,477,074 shares of Series G redeemable convertible preferred stock to investors for aggregate proceeds of $49,913,000, net of $130,000 of issuance costs.

The Company’s shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock (referred to individually within this Note as Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series F, and Series G, or, collectively, as redeemable convertible preferred stock) have the following rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Accretion of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

Redeemable convertible preferred stock is accreted from its carrying value to its estimated redemption value as defined below using the effective interest method. Accretion to the carrying value is being recorded as an increase in the carrying value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock and a reduction of stockholder’s equity.

Dividends

The holders of shares of Series D, Series E, Series F, and Series G are entitled to receive annual cumulative dividends at a rate of $0.3626 per share with respect to Series D, $0.6454 per share with respect to Series E, $1.6288 per share with respect to Series F, and $2.3716 per share with respect to the Series G, when, as and if declared by the board of directors and prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the Series A, Series B, Series C, and common stock. However, the dividends for the Series E, Series F, and Series G are only payable upon a redemption of each respective series or in the event that each respective series elects to receive its liquidation preference in connection with a liquidation event.

After payment of dividends on the Series D, Series E, Series F, and Series G, the holders of shares of Series C are entitled to receive annual cumulative dividends at a rate of $0.24381 per share when, as and if declared by the board of directors and prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the Series A, Series B, and common stock.

Prior to the amendment described under the caption “Amendment and Restatement of Certificate of Incorporation” in Note 9, the dividends for the Series C and Series D were only payable (i) upon a redemption of each respective series, (ii) in the event that the holders of each respective series elected to receive their liquidation preference in connection with a liquidation event, or (iii) in connection with the conversion of each respective series into common stock, including in connection with an initial public offering.

After payment of dividends on the Series C, Series D, Series E, Series F, and Series G, the holders of shares of Series A and Series B are entitled to receive annual cumulative dividends at a rate of $0.07 per share with respect to Series A and $0.1484 per share with respect to Series B when, as and if declared by the board of directors and prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the common stock. However, the dividends for the Series A and Series B will cease to accrue after March 20, 2015. After March 20, 2015, no dividends may be declared or paid on the Series A and Series B, except for dividends that accrued and were unpaid prior to March 20, 2015.

Prior to the amendment described under the caption “Amendment and Restatement of Certificate of Incorporation” in Note 9, the dividends for the Series A and Series B were only payable (i) upon a redemption of each respective series or (ii) in connection with the conversion of each respective series into common stock, including in connection with an initial public offering.

After payment of dividends on the Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series F, and Series G, any additional dividends will be distributed among the holders of all series of redeemable convertible preferred stock and common stock pro rata based on the number of shares of common stock then held by each holder on an as-if-converted basis.

Voting Rights

The holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series F, and Series G vote on an as-if-converted basis with common stockholders on all matters.

Liquidation Rights

Prior to the amendment described under the caption “Subsequent Amendment and Restatement of Certificate of Incorporation” in Note 9, in the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company,

 

F-27


Table of Contents

either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Series D, Series E, Series F, and Series G were entitled to receive an amount equal to $5.18, $9.22, $23.2688, and $33.88 per share, plus any declared, accumulated, or accrued but unpaid dividends, prior and in preference to any distribution to the holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, and common stock. After payment to the holders of Series D, Series E, Series F, and Series G, the holders of Series C were entitled to receive an amount equal to $3.483 per share, plus any declared, accumulated, or accrued but unpaid dividends, prior and in preference to any distribution to the holders of Series A, Series B, and common stock. After payment to the holders of Series C, the holders of Series B are entitled to receive an amount equal to $2.12 per share, prior and in preference to any distribution to the holders of Series A and common stock. After payment to the holders of Series B, the holders of Series A are entitled to receive an amount equal to $1.00 per share, prior and in preference to any distribution to the holders of common stock. After payment of all of the above amounts, any remaining amounts will be distributed among the holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, and common stock ratably on an as-if-converted basis until the holders of Series D have received an aggregate of $12.173 per share of Series D then held by them, which shall increase by $1.813 on January 1 of each year commencing January 1, 2013, until the date of the liquidity event. After payment of all such amounts, any remaining amounts will be distributed among the holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, and common stock ratably on an as-if-converted basis. However, each holder of Series D, Series E, Series F, and Series G will be deemed to have converted such holder’s shares of such series into shares of common stock immediately prior to the liquidation event if, as a result of such conversion, such holder would receive an amount greater than the amount such holder would have received if such holder did not convert such shares into shares of common stock.

Conversion Rights

Prior to the amendment described under the caption “Subsequent Amendment and Restatement of Certificate of Incorporation” in Note 9, each share of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series F, and Series G was convertible into one share of common stock at the option of the holder at any time. Each share of redeemable convertible preferred stock will be converted automatically upon the earlier of (i) the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, that results in aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of at least $50 million, or (ii) on the date specified by written consent or vote by the holders of a majority of then outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock, voting as a single class on an as-if-converted basis, provided that the Series G will not be converted automatically pursuant to such written consent or vote without the written consent or vote of at least 55% of the then outstanding shares of Series G in connection with a liquidation event where the amount of proceeds that the Series G would receive in such liquidation event after such conversion would be less than the amount of proceeds that the Series G would receive if no such conversion had occurred. Prior to the amendment described under the caption “Subsequent Amendment and Restatement of Certificate of Incorporation” in Note 9, upon conversion into common stock, the Series A, Series B, Series C and Series D were entitled to receive any unpaid cumulative dividends to which they were entitled as of the conversion date.

Redemption Rights

At any time after February 7, 2019, the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C, Series D, or Series E can request redemption of all of the shares of the specific series electing redemption. After any such election to redeem the Series C, Series D, or Series E, additional series can elect redemption as follows: (i) the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C, Series D or Series E that did not elect redemption can elect to redeem all shares of their respective series; (ii) the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series F can elect to redeem all shares of Series F, and (iii) the holders of 55% of the then outstanding shares of Series G can elect to redeem all shares of Series G. After notice of redemption of any of the Series C, Series D, Series E, Series F, or Series G, the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of each of Series A and Series B can request redemption of all of the shares of the Series A and Series B. The redemption price for each share of Series C, Series D, Series E, Series F, or Series G will be equal to the greater of (i) the original issue price plus declared or accrued but unpaid dividends and (ii) the amount such holders would receive

 

F-28


Table of Contents

if the Company were sold in a manner intended to achieve the highest equity value available. The redemption price for each share of Series A and Series B will be equal to the original issue price plus accumulated but unpaid dividends.

The Company may elect to pay the redemption price in full or in no more than three equal annual installments following the redemption election notice. If the Company elects to redeem shares of any series of redeemable convertible preferred stock in installments, then all other series of redeemable convertible preferred stock junior to such series must be redeemed in installments. If the Company retained earnings in excess of $300 million in the prior year, then the redemption price must be paid in one installment. If the funds of the Company available for redemption are insufficient to redeem the total number of shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock to be redeemed on that date, then legally available funds will be used to redeem the maximum possible number of shares the Series D, Series E, Series F, and Series G to be redeemed on that date, ratably among the holders of such shares. The remaining legally available funds will be used to redeem the maximum possible number of shares of the Series C to be redeemed on that date, ratably among the holders of such shares. Any remaining legally available funds will be used to redeem the maximum possible number of shares of the Series A and Series B to be redeemed on that date, ratably among the holders of such shares.

Based on the terms, the shares of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series F, and Series G are conditionally redeemable, but not mandatorily redeemable.

Amendment and Restatement of Certificate of Incorporation

In March 2015, the Company amended and restated its certificate of incorporation to modify the dividend, conversion and liquidation rights of the Series A, Series B, Series C and Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock. Under the amended and restated certificate of incorporation (the Restated Certificate), the Series C and Series D are no longer entitled to cumulative dividends upon a liquidation of the Company, and the Series A, Series B, Series C, and Series D are no longer entitled to receive cumulative dividends upon conversion into common stock, including in connection with an initial public offering. In addition, under the Restated Certificate, the conversion ratio of each series of redeemable convertible preferred stock, which was 1-to-1 for all series prior to the amendment, was adjusted to 1.088 for Series A, 1.0148 for Series B, 1.0192 for Series C, and 1.0218 for Series D. As a result of this amendment, the redeemable convertible preferred stock would convert into shares of common stock upon a qualifying event, including completion of an initial public offering, as follows:

 

Preferred Stock

   Number of
Shares,
Actual
     Conversion
Rate
     Number of
Shares, As
Converted
 

Series A

     527,977         1.0088         532,592   

Series B

     395,367         1.0148         401,229   

Series C

     1,607,810         1.0192         1,638,624   

Series D

     2,123,551         1.0218         2,169,920   

Series E

     975,624         1.0000         975,624   

Series F

     1,074,400         1.0000         1,074,400   

Series G

     1,477,074         1.0000         1,477,074   
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total

  8,181,803      8,269,463   
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

The Company has determined that the changes to the rights underlying the Series A, Series B, Series C and Series D preferred stock resulted in a modification, for accounting purposes, of these shares. The change in the fair value of the Series A, Series B, Series C, and Series D immediately before and after the amendment was recognized as a deemed dividend of $1,748,000 from the Series A, Series B, Series C and Series D preferred stock holders, which was recorded as a reduction of accumulated deficit during the three months ended March 31, 2015.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

The fair value of the Series A, Series B, Series C, and Series D preferred stock immediately before and after the amendment was estimated by the Company’s board of directors with assistance from a third-party valuation that utilized methodologies and assumptions consistent with the Company’s most recent common stock valuations, including on a minority, nonmarketable interest basis. The Company’s aggregate enterprise value was determined using a combination of valuation approaches, including an income approach and various market approaches, and under five different possible future scenarios.

10. PREFERRED STOCK WARRANT

In connection with entering into a credit facility during the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 35,000 shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock to the lender. The warrant was fully vested and exercisable upon issuance, expires in June 2020, and has an exercise price of $6.35 per share. During the three months ended March 31, 2015, the exercise price for the warrant was modified to $4.33 per share. The impact of this modification was not material. As of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015, the warrant has not been exercised and is still outstanding. The warrant is required to be treated as a liability and recorded at estimated fair value, with changes in fair value at each reporting date recognized in the consolidated statements of operations, since the warrant is exercisable into conditionally redeemable shares of preferred stock. During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014, and the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 $515,000, $302,000, $283,000, $22,000 and $150,000 were recognized in the consolidated statements of operations for changes in the fair value of the warrant. The Company estimated the fair value of the warrant using the methods described in Note 2.

11. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

Total stock-based compensation expenses were allocated as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
     2012      2013      2014      2014      2015  
                          (Unaudited)  

Cost of revenue

   $       $ 51       $ 220       $ 24       $ 100   

Sales and marketing

             56         196         34         541   

Research and development

             68         298         53         96   

General and administrative

     1,484         252         1,023         225         403   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

$ 1,484    $ 427    $ 1,737    $ 336    $ 1,140   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2009 Stock Option Plan

As of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, there were 165,856 and 327,797 shares, respectively, available for issuance under the Company’s 2009 Stock Option Plan (2009 Plan), which provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, and restricted stock to employees, directors, and consultants.

The exercise price of stock options under the 2009 Plan may not be less than 100% of the fair market value per share of the common stock on the date of grant. All stock options under the 2009 Plan have a term of no greater than 10 years from the date of grant. Incentive stock options held by an optionee who owned more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of the Company’s stock have a term no greater than five years and an exercise price of not less than 110% of the fair market value per share of the common stock on the date of grant. Vesting of stock options is determined by the board of directors. No stock option may be exercised subsequent to its termination date.

The purchase price of a right to purchase common stock and the termination date of the offer under the 2009 Plan is determined by the board of directors. If the participant ceases to be an employee or other service provider

 

F-30


Table of Contents

of the Company, the Company has the right to repurchase all or a portion of the restricted stock from the participant at the original purchase price.

Determination of Fair Value

During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, the fair value of each stock option granted was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Three Months
Ended
March 31,
     2012    2013    2014    2014    2015
                    (Unaudited)

Expected term (in years)

   4.0  - 6.1    5.9    5.8  - 5.9    5.9    5.8

Expected volatility

   55%    55%    48% - 51%    50%    46%

Risk-free interest rate

   0.5% - 0.9%    1.6%    1.7% - 1.9%    1.7%    1.4%

Dividend yield

   0%    0%    0%    0%    0%

Compensation expense related to stock-based transactions is measured and recognized in the consolidated financial statements based on the fair value of the awards granted. The stock-based compensation expense, net of forfeitures, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which is generally four years.

Use of the Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the underlying common stock, expected term of the option, expected volatility of the price of the common stock, risk-free interest rates, and expected dividend yield of the common stock. The assumptions used in our option-pricing model represent management’s best estimates.

These assumptions and estimates are as follows:

Fair Value of Common Stock

The fair value of the common stock underlying our stock-based awards were determined by the Company’s board of directors, with input from management and a third-party valuation firm.

Expected Term

The expected term of employee stock options represents the weighted-average period that the stock options are expected to remain outstanding. The expected term assumptions were determined based on the vesting terms, exercise terms, and contractual lives of the options.

Expected Volatility

The expected volatility of stock options is estimated based upon the historical volatility of a number of publicly traded companies in similar stages of development and comparable industries for a period commensurate with the expected life.

Risk-Free Interest Rate

The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for zero-coupon U.S. Treasury notes with maturities approximately equal to the option’s expected term.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Dividend Yield

The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends and does not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, an expected dividend yield of zero was utilized.

Restricted Stock Awards

The Company has granted restricted stock awards (RSAs) under its stock plans to certain executives and nonexecutive employees. During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2015, the Company did not grant any RSAs, and consequently, there was not any stock-based compensation expense associated with RSAs in those years.

A summary of RSA activity and related information is as follows:

 

     Number of
RSAs
    Weighted-
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
 

Subject to repurchase – January 1, 2012

     437,356      $ 0.92   

Repurchase right lapsed

     (157,456     0.72   

Awards repurchased and cancelled

     (15,303     0.97   
  

 

 

   

Subject to repurchase – December 31, 2012

  264,597    $ 1.03   

Repurchase right lapsed

  (156,596   1.02   

Awards repurchased and cancelled

  (2,801   1.36   
  

 

 

   

Subject to repurchase – December 31, 2013

  105,200    $ 1.40   

Repurchase right lapsed

  (57,600   1.45   

Awards repurchased and cancelled

  (800   2.04   
  

 

 

   

Subject to repurchase – December 31, 2014

  46,800    $ 1.36   
  

 

 

   

Repurchase right lapsed (unaudited)

  (46,800 $ 1.36   
  

 

 

   

Subject to repurchase – March 31, 2015 (unaudited)

    
  

 

 

   

As of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015, the total RSA liability was $190,000, $88,000 and $0.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the stock option activity under the 2009 Plan and related information:

 

     Options Outstanding  
     Number of
Shares
Underlying
Outstanding
Options
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
 

Outstanding – January 1, 2012

     528,639        2.33         9.4      

Granted

     23,675        10.00         9.7      

Exercised

     (143,090     1.36              

Forfeited or cancelled

     (5,498     3.78              
  

 

 

         

Outstanding – December 31, 2012

  403,726      3.11      8.6   

Granted

  245,212      19.27      9.5   

Exercised

  (429   3.48        

Forfeited or cancelled

  (6,723   8.89        
  

 

 

         

Outstanding – December 31, 2013

  641,786      9.23      8.3   

Granted

  403,850      26.66      9.2   

Exercised

  (2,830   4.54        

Forfeited or cancelled

  (15,282   17.20        
  

 

 

         

Outstanding – December 31, 2014

  1,027,524    $ 15.97      8.1    $ 20,773   
  

 

 

         

Granted (unaudited)

  245,750      36.19      9.9   

Exercised (unaudited)

  (355   9.74        

Forfeited or cancelled (unaudited)

  (7,691   17.39        
  

 

 

         

Outstanding – March 31, 2015 (unaudited)

  1,265,228    $ 19.89      8.2    $ 20,682   
  

 

 

         

Exercisable – March 31, 2015 (unaudited)

  537,716    $ 8.93      6.9    $ 14,683   
  

 

 

         

Vested and expected to vest – March 31, 2015 (unaudited)

  1,239,222    $ 19.72      8.2    $ 20,470   
  

 

 

         

Exercisable – December 31, 2014

  490,300    $ 7.48      7.0    $ 14,076   
  

 

 

         

Vested and expected to vest – December 31, 2014

  1,006,072    $ 15.80      8.0    $ 20,510   
  

 

 

         

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 was $5.13, $11.61, $12.92, $14.06 and $16.25 per share, respectively. Total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 was $8,000, $5,000, $90,000, $40,000 and $9,000, respectively. The total fair value of options vested during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 was $43,000, $73,000, $1,546,000, $424,000 and $588,000, respectively.

As of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015, the total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense for unvested stock options, net of expected forfeitures, was $2,616,000, $5,948,000 and $9,233,000, respectively, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.4 years, 3.0 years and 3.1 years, respectively.

Other Stock-Based Compensation

During the three months ended March 31, 2015, the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense of $468,000 related to the contingent bonus payable to certain former employees of Fitness Mobile Apps in shares of the Company’s common stock for the post-combination employment services. Certain new investors of the Company purchased common stock from certain stockholders who are also executive employees of the Company for

 

F-33


Table of Contents

consideration in excess of the estimated fair value of common stock, which resulted in stock-based compensation expense of $1,436,000 during the year ended December 31, 2012. There were no stock transactions, other than stock option grants in the Company’s normal practice, that resulted in stock-based compensation expense during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014.

12. INCOME TAXES

The following table presents domestic and foreign components of loss before income taxes for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2013     2014  

Domestic

   $ (5,676   $ (16,569   $ (24,841

Foreign

     170        385        351   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

$ (5,506 $ (16,184 $ (24,490
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The components of income tax expense were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2012      2013      2014  

Current provisions for income taxes:

        

Federal

   $       $       $   

State

             5         5   

Foreign

     13         32         67   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current

  13      37      72   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax provision (benefit):

Foreign

       26      44   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total provision for income taxes

$ 13    $ 63    $ 116   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The tax effects of temporary differences and related deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2013     2014  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating losses carryforwards

   $ 14,057      $ 22,317   

Accrued expenses and reserves

     448        554   

Nonqualified stock options

     196        479   

Deferred rent

     251        388   

Depreciation

     82       
286
  

Other

     131        222   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

  15,165      24,246   

Deferred tax liabilities:

Amortization

  (759   (230

Other

  (82   (74
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

  (841   (304
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation allowance

  (14,351   (24,013
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

$ (27 $ (71
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents

The following table presents a reconciliation of statutory federal rate and the Company’s effective tax rate for the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2012     2013     2014  

Tax at statutory federal rate

     34     34     34

State tax – net of federal benefit

     5.6        5.3        5.4   

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant

     (3.7     (0.7     (0.5

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

            (1     2.3   

Change in valuation allowance

     (34.9     (36.4     (39.5

Other

     (1.2     (1.6     (2.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

  (0.2 )%    (0.4 )%    (0.5 )% 

It is the Company’s intention to reinvest undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries and thereby indefinitely postpone their remittance. Accordingly, no provision has been made for foreign withholding taxes or United States income taxes, which may become payable if undistributed earnings of the foreign subsidiary were paid as dividends to the Company. Should the Company decide to no longer indefinitely reinvest such earnings outside the United States, the Company would have to adjust the income tax provision in the period management makes such determination.

As of December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, deferred tax assets included federal net operating loss carryforwards of $37,469,000 and $58,846,000, and state net operating loss carryforwards of $30,381,000 and $47,386,000. The federal net operating loss carryforwards start to expire in the year ending December 31, 2025. The state net operating loss carryforwards start to expire in the year ending December 31, 2015.

As of December 31, 2013 and 2014, the Company had no assurance that future taxable income would be sufficient to fully utilize the net operating loss carryforwards and other deferred tax assets in the future. Consequently, the Company determined that a valuation allowance of $14,351,000 and $24,013,000 as of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, was needed to offset the deferred tax assets resulting mainly from the net operating loss carryforwards. The net change in the valuation allowance during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 was an increase of $5,890,000 and $9,662,000, respectively.

As a result of certain realization requirements related to stock-based compensation expense, the table of deferred tax assets and liabilities shown above does not include certain deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, that arose directly from (or the use of which was postponed by) tax deductions related to equity compensation that are greater than the compensation recognized for financial reporting. Equity will be increased by $485,000 if and when such deferred tax assets are ultimately realized.

Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, places a limitation on the realizability of NOLs in future periods if the ownership of the Company has changed more than 50% within a three-year period. The Company is performing a study to determine whether NOL limitations exist under Section 382. As such, the Company’s existing NOLs may be subject to limitations arising from previous ownership changes, and if the Company did undergo an ownership change in connection with or after this offering, its ability to utilize NOLs could be further limited by Section 382 of the Code. However, any limitations would not have impacted the results of its operations and cash flows because the Company has recorded a valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2013 and 2014.

The Company evaluates tax positions for recognition using a more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, and those tax positions eligible for recognition are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon the effective settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company has not identified any unrecognized income tax benefits and uncertain tax positions, as well as any associated interest and penalties.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

The Company’s 2011 to 2014 tax years remain subject to examination by the U.S. federal tax authorities and the Company’s 2010 to 2014 tax years remain subject to examination by the state tax authorities.

13. NET INCOME (LOSS) AND PRO FORMA NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets for the computation of the Company’s basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods presented (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2012     2013     2014     2014     2015  
                       (Unaudited)  

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (18,544   $ (44,139   $ (45,917   $ (10,675   $ (11,572
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

$ (4.59 $ (10.26 $ (10.42 $ (2.43

$

(2.58

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  4,040,891      4,303,182      4,405,472      4,387,275      4,480,711   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following shares have been excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for each period presented because they are anti-dilutive:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2012      2013      2014      2014      2015  
                          (Unaudited)  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     6,704,729         6,704,729         8,181,803         8,181,803         8,181,803   

Options to purchase common stock

     403,726         641,786         1,027,524         403,850         1,265,228   

Common stock subject to repurchase

     264,597         105,200         46,800         72,400           

Preferred stock warrant

     35,000         35,000         35,000         35,000         35,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

  7,408,052      7,486,715      9,291,127      8,693,053      9,482,031   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Income (Loss) Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

The following table sets forth the computation of the Company’s unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Year ended
December 31,
2014
    Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2015
 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (45,917   $ (11,572

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     21,311        5,459   

Deemed dividend—preferred stock modification

            (1,748

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant

     283        150   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss used in computing pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

$ (24,323 $ (7,711
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares of common stock used in computing net loss attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  4,405,472      4,480,711   

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

  8,107,591      8,269,463   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares of common stock used in computing pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  12,513,063      12,750,174   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

$ (1.94 $ (0.60
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

14. SEGMENTS AND INFORMATION BY GEOGRAPHIC LOCATION

Operating segments are components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available and is evaluated regularly by the Company’s chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and assessing performance. The Company’s chief operating decision maker is its Chief Executive Officer.

The Chief Executive Officer reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. Accordingly, the Company has a single reporting segment.

Revenue

The following table presents the Company’s total revenue by product line (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2012      2013      2014      2014      2015  
                          (unaudited)  

Subscription and services

   $ 19,707       $ 28,225       $ 40,501       $ 8,869       $ 13,461   

Payments

     9,515         17,122         26,060         5,902         8,022   

Product and other

     2,777         3,340         3,449         882         780   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 31,999    $ 48,687    $ 70,010    $ 15,653    $ 22,263   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents the Company’s total revenue by geography based on the billing address of the customer (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2012      2013      2014      2014      2015  
                          (unaudited)  

United States

   $ 27,964       $ 41,723       $ 58,802       $ 13,295       $ 18,666   

Other

     4,035         6,964         11,208         2,358         3,597   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 31,999    $ 48,687    $ 70,010    $ 15,653    $ 22,263   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Substantially all of our assets were attributable to operations in the United States as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015.

15. PROFIT SHARING PLAN

The Company has a 401(k) profit sharing plan (401(k) Plan) that covers all eligible employees. Each participant may elect to contribute up to the maximum limit by federal law. The Company makes a 3% safe harbor contribution, and may also make discretionary contributions. The Company’s chief executive officer, chief operating officer and chief financial officer are trustees of the 401(k) Plan. Employer contributions totaled $474,000, $685,000, $812,000, $260,000 and $376,000 during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015.

16. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company has employment agreements with the chief executive officer and chief operating officer of the Company, both of whom are stockholders, which have been extended until December 31, 2015. The agreements provide for annual compensation as determined and approved by the board of directors. The Company’s obligation under the employment contracts accrues only as the services are rendered.

The Company incurred $130,000, $216,000, $554,000, $104,000 and $82,000 in office repair, maintenance, building fixtures and other professional services expenses with related parties during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company’s chief executive officer repaid the full amount due on a note receivable, which had been issued in 2010 in exchange for a cash loan in the amount of $300,000. The note was repaid with interest according to the terms of the agreement.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

MINDBODY®
LOVE YOUR BUSINESS
Current map area
Search This Area
Sign Up Now Sara Pritchard Growing up in Thousand Oaks, constantly running around, riding Description Power Flow will held create an opp inward and become persent on a Explore your edges as you build tone, balance and detoxify you


Table of Contents

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

MINDBODY
LOVE YOUR BUSINESS


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by the Registrant, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, upon completion of this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the exchange listing fee.

 

SEC registration fee

              *   

FINRA filing fee

              *   

Exchange listing fee

              *   

Printing and engraving expenses

              *   

Legal fees and expenses

              *   

Accounting fees and expenses

              *   

Transfer agent and registrar fees

              *   

Miscellaneous expenses

              *   
  

 

 

 

Total

$             *   
  

 

 

 

 

* To be filed by amendment.

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a corporation’s board of directors to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors and other corporate agents.

The Registrant expects to adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and which will contain provisions that limit the liability of its directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, the Registrant’s directors will not be personally liable to it or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for the following:

 

    any breach of their duty of loyalty to the Registrant or its stockholders;

 

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

    any transaction from which they derived an improper personal benefit.

Any amendment to, or repeal of, these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to that amendment or repeal. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of the Registrant’s directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

In addition, the Registrant expects to adopt amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and which will provide that it will indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of its directors or officers or is or was serving at its request as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. The Registrant’s amended and restated bylaws are expected to provide that it may indemnify to the fullest extent

 

II-1


Table of Contents

permitted by law any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of its employees or agents or is or was serving at its request as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. The Registrant’s amended and restated bylaws will also provide that the Registrant must advance expenses incurred by or on behalf of a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, subject to limited exceptions.

Further, the Registrant has entered into or will enter into indemnification agreements with each of its directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements require the Registrant, among other things, to indemnify its directors and executive officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service. These indemnification agreements also require the Registrant to advance all expenses incurred by the directors and executive officers in investigating or defending any such action, suit or proceeding. The Registrant believes that these agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions that are expected to be included in the Registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and in indemnification agreements that the Registrant has entered into or will enter into with its directors and executive officers may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against its directors and executive officers for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against the Registrant’s directors and executive officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit the Registrant and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that the Registrant pays the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and executive officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, the Registrant is not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any person who is or was one of its directors, officers, employees or other agents or is or was serving at its request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, for which indemnification is sought, and the Registrant is not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

The Registrant has obtained insurance policies under which, subject to the limitations of the policies, coverage is provided to its directors and executive officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director or executive officer, including claims relating to public securities matters, and to the Registrant with respect to payments that may be made by it to these directors and executive officers pursuant to its indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law.

Certain of the Registrant’s non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured and/or indemnified against certain liabilities incurred in their capacity as members of the Registrant’s board of directors.

The underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement will provide for indemnification by the underwriters of the Registrant and its officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

Since January 1, 2012, the Registrant issued the following unregistered securities:

Preferred Stock Issuances

On October 19, 2012, the Registrant sold an aggregate of 1,074,400 shares of its Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock to six accredited investors at a purchase price of $23.2688 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $24,999,998.72.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

On February 12, 2014, the Registrant sold an aggregate of 1,477,074 shares of its Series G redeemable convertible preferred stock to eight accredited investors at a purchase price of $33.88 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $50,043,267.12.

Common Stock Issuance

On July 2, 2013, the Registrant issued to a service provider 1,162 shares of its common stock in consideration for placement services that resulted in the hiring of an executive officer of the Registrant.

Option Issuances

Since January 1, 2012, the Registrant granted to its directors, officers, employees, consultants and other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 1,036,237 shares of its common stock under its 2009 Stock Option Plan at exercise prices ranging from approximately $10.00 to $36.24 per share.

Since January 1, 2012, the Registrant issued and sold to its directors, officers, employees, consultants and other service providers an aggregate of 147,108 shares of its common stock upon the exercise of options under its 2009 Stock Option Plan at exercise prices ranging from approximately $1.36 to $24.84 per share, for an aggregate exercise price of $217,662.24.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. The Registrant believes the offers, sales and issuances of the above securities were exempt from registration under the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act (or Regulation D promulgated thereunder) because the issuance of securities to the recipients did not involve a public offering, or in reliance on Rule 701 because the transactions were pursuant to compensatory benefit plans or contracts relating to compensation as provided under such rule. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with the Registrant, to information about the Registrant. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

Shares Issued in Connection with Acquisitions

Since January 1, 2012, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 49,236 shares of its common stock to one individual in connection with its acquisition of a company.

Since January 1, 2012, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 41,447 shares of its common stock to one entity in connection with its acquisition of substantially all of such entity’s assets.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. The Registrant believes the offers, sales and issuances of the securities in the first acquisition above were exempt from registration under the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act because (i) the sale of these securities was made without any general solicitation or advertising, (ii) there was one offeree, (iii) the recipient of the securities represented her intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, (iv) the recipient of the securities had adequate access to information about the Registrant, and (v) appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in this transaction. The Registrant believes the offers, sales and issuances of the securities in the second acquisition above were exempt from registration under the Securities Act by virtue of Regulation D promulgated under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act because the recipient of the securities was an accredited investor.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

(a) Exhibits.

The Registrant has filed the exhibits listed on the accompanying Exhibit Index of this Registration Statement.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the consolidated financial statements or in the notes thereto.

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in San Luis Obispo, California, on the 11 th day of May, 2015.

 

MINDBODY, INC.
By:  

/s/ Richard L. Stollmeyer

  Richard L. Stollmeyer
  President and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Richard L. Stollmeyer and Brett White, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement (including post-effective amendments or any abbreviated registration statement and any amendments thereto filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933 increasing the number of securities for which registration is sought), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact, proxy, and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully for all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, proxy and agent, or his substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Richard L. Stollmeyer    President, Chief Executive Officer and Director   May 11, 2015

 

Richard L. Stollmeyer

   ( Principal Executive Officer )  
/s/ Brett White    Chief Financial Officer   May 11, 2015

 

Brett White

   (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer )  
/s/ Katherine Blair Christie    Director  

 

Katherine Blair Christie

     May 11, 2015
/s/ Jeremy Levine    Director  

 

Jeremy Levine

     May 11, 2015

/s/ Eric Liaw

   Director  

 

Eric Liaw

     May 11, 2015

/s/ Robert Murphy

   Director  

 

Robert Murphy

     May 11, 2015

/s/ Tyler Newton

   Director  

 

Tyler Newton

     May 11, 2015

/s/ Graham Smith

   Director  

 

Graham Smith

     May 11, 2015

 

II-5


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit Number

  

Description

1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
3.1    Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
3.2*    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be in effect upon completion of this offering.
3.3    Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
3.4*    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be in effect upon completion of this offering.
4.1*    Form of common stock certificate of the Registrant.
4.2    Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement among the Registrant and certain holders of its capital stock, dated as of February 10, 2014, as amended.
5.1*    Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.
10.1+*    Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.2+*    MINDBODY, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan and related form agreements.
10.3+*    MINDBODY, Inc. 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and related form agreements.
10.4+    MINDBODY, Inc. 2009 Stock Option Plan and related form agreements.
10.5+    MINDBODY, Inc. Executive Bonus Plan.
10.6+*    Offer Letter between the Registrant and Richard L. Stollmeyer.
10.7+*    Offer Letter between the Registrant and Robert Murphy.
10.8+*    Offer Letter between the Registrant and Brett White.
10.9+*    Offer Letter between the Registrant and Chet Brandenburg.
10.10+*    Offer Letter between the Registrant and William Donohue.
10.11+*   

Offer Letter between the Registrant and Bradford L. Wills.

10.12+*    Offer Letter between the Registrant and Kimberly Lytikainen.
10.13    Warrant to purchase shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock issued to Silicon Valley Bank, dated as of June 23, 2010, as amended.
10.14    Loan and Security Agreement between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank, dated as of January 12, 2015, as amended.
10.15    Agreements for Lease of Real Property between the Registrant, Tank Farm Office Park, LLC and the other parties therein.
10.16    SLO Tech Campus Triple Net Lease between the Registrant and SLO Tech Campus, LLC, dated as of October 11, 2013.
21.1    List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2*    Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C. (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.3    Consent of Frost & Sullivan.
24.1    Power of Attorney (see page II-5 of this Registration Statement on Form S-1).

 

* To be filed by amendment.
+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

Exhibit 3.1

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

MINDBODY, INC.

MINDBODY, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”), certifies that:

1. The name of the Corporation is MINDBODY, Inc. The Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 24, 2014.

2. This Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

3. The text of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is amended and restated to read as set forth in EXHIBIT A attached hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, MINDBODY, Inc. has caused this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Richard L. Stollmeyer, a duly authorized officer of the Corporation, on March 12, 2015.

 

/s/ Richard L. Stollmeyer

Richard L. Stollmeyer,
President and Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT A

ARTICLE I

The name of this corporation is MINDBODY, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

ARTICLE II

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended from time to time.

ARTICLE IV

(A) Classes of Stock . The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock .” The total number of shares which the Corporation is authorized to issue is 28,216,805 shares. 20,000,000 shares shall be Common Stock, with par value of $0.00001 per share, and 8,216,805 shares shall be Preferred Stock, with par value of $0.00001 per share.

(B) Rights, Preferences and Restrictions of Preferred Stock . The Preferred Stock authorized by this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”) may be issued from time to time in one or more series. 527,977 shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series A Preferred Stock ”, 395,368 shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series B Preferred Stock ”, 1,642,810 shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series C Preferred Stock ”, 2,123,552 shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series D Preferred Stock ”, 975,624 shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series E Preferred Stock ”, 1,074,400 shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series F Preferred Stock ” and 1,477,074 shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series G Preferred Stock ”. The rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Preferred Stock are as set forth below in this Article IV(B).

1. Dividend Provisions . The holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in Common Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock of the Corporation) on the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Common Stock of the Corporation, at the rate of $0.3626 per share with respect to Series D Preferred Stock, $0.6454 per share with respect to Series E Preferred Stock, $1.6288 per share with respect to Series F Preferred Stock and $2.3716

 

-2-


per share with respect to the Series G Preferred Stock (in each case as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like with respect to such series of Preferred Stock, as applicable) per annum on each outstanding share then held by them of Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock or Series G Preferred Stock, as applicable; payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) in cash. Such dividends shall accrue from day to day, whether or not declared, and shall be cumulative but, (i) with respect to the Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock only, such dividends shall only be payable upon a redemption of such series of Preferred Stock or in the event such series of Preferred Stock elects to receive its liquidation preference in accordance with Section 2(a) below in lieu of its as-converted proceeds in connection with a Liquidation Event and (ii) with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock only, such dividends shall only be payable upon a redemption of the Series D Preferred Stock. After payment of such dividends, the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in Common Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock of the Corporation) on the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Common Stock of the Corporation, at the rate of $0.24381 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock) per annum on each outstanding share then held by them of Series C Preferred Stock; payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors in cash. Such dividends shall accrue from day to day, whether or not declared, and shall be cumulative, but such dividends shall only be payable upon a redemption of the Series C Preferred Stock. After payment of such dividends, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in Common Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock of the Corporation) on the Common Stock of the Corporation, at the rate of $0.07 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock) per annum on each outstanding share then held by them of Series A Preferred Stock and $0.1484 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock) per annum on each outstanding share then held by them of Series B Preferred Stock; payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors in cash. Such dividends shall accrue from day to day, whether or not declared, and shall be cumulative, but such dividends shall only be payable upon a redemption of such series of Preferred Stock. After payment of such dividends to the holders of the Series G Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock and the Series A Preferred Stock, any additional dividends shall be distributed among the holders of Preferred Stock and Common Stock pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock then held by each holder (assuming conversion of all such Preferred Stock into Common Stock). After March 20, 2015, no dividends may be declared or paid, nor shall any dividends accrue or accumulate, on the Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, except that dividends which accrued and were unpaid prior to March 20, 2015 may be declared and paid.

2. Liquidation .

(a) Preference .

 

-3-


(i) In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, including a Liquidation Transaction (as defined below) (a “ Liquidation Event ”), the holders of Series G Preferred Stock, the holders of Series F Preferred Stock, the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock and the holders of Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Common Stock, by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to: (w) $33.88 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like with respect to the Series G Preferred Stock) (as so adjusted, the “ Series G Original Purchase Price ”) for each outstanding share then held by them of Series G Preferred Stock, plus any declared, accumulated or accrued but unpaid dividends (whether or not declared), (x) $23.2688 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like with respect to the Series F Preferred Stock) (as so adjusted, the “ Series F Original Purchase Price ”) for each outstanding share then held by them of Series F Preferred Stock, plus any declared, accumulated or accrued but unpaid dividends (whether or not declared), (y) $9.22 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like with respect to the Series E Preferred Stock) (as so adjusted, the “ Series E Original Purchase Price ”) for each outstanding share then held by them of Series E Preferred Stock, plus any declared, accumulated or accrued but unpaid dividends (whether or not declared), and (z) $5.18 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock) (as so adjusted, the “ Series D Original Purchase Price ”) for each outstanding share then held by them of Series D Preferred Stock, plus any accumulated or accrued but unpaid dividends previously declared. If, upon the occurrence of such event, the assets and funds of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, then the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of Series G Preferred Stock, the holders of Series F Preferred Stock, the holders of Series E Preferred Stock and the holders of Series D Preferred Stock in proportion to the preferential amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive.

(ii) Upon the completion of the distribution required by Section 2(a)(i) above, the holders of Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Common Stock, by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to $3.483 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock) (as so adjusted, the “ Series C Original Purchase Price ”) for each outstanding share then held by them of Series C Preferred Stock, plus any accumulated or accrued but unpaid dividends previously declared. If, upon the occurrence of such event and after completion of the distribution required by Section 2(a)(i) above, the assets and funds of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, then the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally then remaining available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of Series C Preferred Stock in proportion to the preferential amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive.

 

-4-


(iii) Upon the completion of the distributions required by Sections 2(a)(i) and (ii) above (and subject to Section 2(c) below), the holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Series A Preferred and Common Stock, by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to $2.12 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock) for each outstanding share then held by them of Series B Preferred Stock. If, upon the occurrence of such event and after completion of the distributions required by Sections 2(a)(i) and (ii) above, the assets and funds of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, then the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally then remaining available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of Series B Preferred Stock in proportion to the preferential amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive.

(iv) Upon the completion of the distributions required by Sections 2(a)(i), (ii) and (iii) above (and subject to Section 2(c) below), the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Common Stock, by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to $1.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock) for each outstanding share then held by them of Series A Preferred Stock. If, upon the occurrence of such event and after completion of the distributions required by Sections 2(a)(i), (ii) and (iii) above, the assets and funds of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, then the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally then remaining available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of Series A Preferred Stock in proportion to the preferential amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive.

(b) Remaining Assets . Upon the completion of the distribution required by Section 2(a) above (and subject to Section 2(c) below), if assets remain in the Corporation, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Common Stock pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each (assuming conversion of all such Preferred Stock into Common Stock) until the holders of Series D Preferred Stock shall have received pursuant to this Section 2(b) an aggregate of $12.173 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock) of Series D Preferred Stock then held by them (including for such purpose the Series D Original Purchase Price to the extent paid, but not any declared, accumulated or accrued dividends paid, pursuant to Section 2(a)(i) above) if such distribution occurs on or before December 31, 2012, which such aggregate amount shall increase by $1.813 (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock) on January 1 of each year thereafter, commencing on January 1, 2013 (such aggregate amount, the “ Series D Participation Cap ”); thereafter, if assets remain in the Corporation, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Common Stock of the Corporation shall receive all of the remaining assets of the Corporation pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each (assuming conversion of all such

 

-5-


Preferred Stock into Common Stock). Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining the amount each holder of shares of Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock is entitled to receive with respect to a Liquidation Event, each such holder of shares of Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock or Series G Preferred Stock shall be deemed (solely for purposes of this Section 2) to have converted (regardless of whether such holder actually converted) such holder’s shares of such series into shares of Common Stock immediately prior to the Liquidation Event if, as a result of an actual conversion, such holder would receive, in the aggregate, an amount greater than the amount that would be distributed to such holder if such holder did not convert the Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock or Series G Preferred Stock, as applicable, into shares of Common Stock. For purposes of clarification, if any such holder shall be deemed to have converted any share of Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock or Series G Preferred Stock into Common Stock pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, then the distribution to such holder in respect of such share of Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock or Series G Preferred Stock as a result of its deemed conversion in accordance with such sentence shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, the distribution that would otherwise be made with respect to such share of Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock or Series G Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2.

(c) Minimum Liquidation Amount . Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Liquidation Event, if, pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2, the liquidation preference and participation amount received by holders of Series C Preferred Stock would be less than the greater of (i) two times the Series C Original Purchase Price or (ii)(A) one times the Series C Original Purchase Price plus (B) any declared and unpaid dividends plus (C) the amount received by the holders of Series C Preferred Stock as a result of their pro rata participation in the remaining assets of the Corporation in accordance with Section 2(b) (the “ Minimum Liquidation Amount ”), then, before any amounts are distributed in respect of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Common Stock, and in each case to the extent there are sufficient assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution to its stockholders, (1) first, the holders of Series G Preferred Stock, the holders of Series F Preferred Stock, the holders of Series E Preferred Stock and the holders of Series D Preferred Stock shall receive the amounts set forth in Section 2(a)(i) above, (2) then the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock shall receive the amounts set forth in Section 2(a)(ii) above, (3) then the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock and the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock shall receive distributions, pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each (assuming conversion of all such Preferred Stock into Common Stock) until the holders of Series C Preferred Stock have received the Minimum Liquidation Amount, (4) then the holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall receive the amounts set forth in Section 2(a)(iii) above, (5) then the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall receive the amounts set forth in Section 2(a)(iv) above, and (6) thereafter, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed in accordance with Section 2(b) above.

(d) Certain Acquisitions .

 

-6-


(i) Deemed Liquidation . For purposes of this Section 2, each of the following events shall be considered a “Liquidation Event:” (1) if the Corporation shall sell, convey, or otherwise dispose of, whether in a single transaction or pursuant to a series of related transactions, all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (2) if the Corporation shall merge with or into, consolidate with or consummate any similar transaction with any other corporation, limited liability company or other entity (other than a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation) or (3) a transaction or series of related transactions which results in (assuming an immediate and maximum exercise/conversion of all derivative securities issued in the transaction) the holders of the Corporation’s capital stock as of immediately before the transaction owning less than a majority of the Voting Power (as defined below) as of immediately after such transaction or series of related transaction (any such event described in (1), (2) or (3) above, a “ Liquidation Transaction ”), provided that none of the following shall be considered a Liquidation Transaction: (A) a merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Corporation, (B) an equity financing in which the Corporation is the surviving corporation and in which the stockholders of the Corporation immediately prior to the transaction own 50% or more of the voting power of the surviving corporation following the transaction, or (C) a merger, consolidation or other similar transaction in which the stockholders of the Corporation immediately prior to the transaction own 50% or more of the voting power of the surviving corporation following the transaction. In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Corporation that is deemed pursuant to this section to be a Liquidation Transaction, all references in this Section 2 to “assets of the Corporation” and “assets and funds of the Corporation” shall be deemed instead to refer to the aggregate consideration to be paid to the holders of the Corporation’s capital stock in such merger or consolidation.

(ii) Valuation of Consideration . In the event of a deemed liquidation as described in Section 2(d)(i) above, (x) if the consideration received by the Corporation is other than cash or securities, its value will be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors and approved by the holders of not less than a majority of the outstanding Series C Preferred Stock (as long as at least 50% of the originally issued shares of Series C Preferred Stock are outstanding, but excluding, for all purposes of the calculation of such 50% minimum, any of such shares redeemed pursuant to Section 3 below), Series D Preferred Stock (as long as at least 50% of the originally issued shares of Series D Preferred Stock are outstanding, but excluding, for all purposes of the calculation of such 50% minimum, any of such shares redeemed pursuant to Section 3 below), Series E Preferred Stock (as long as at least 50% of the originally issued shares of Series E Preferred Stock are outstanding, but excluding, for all purposes of the calculation of such 50% minimum, any of such shares redeemed pursuant to Section 3 below), Series F Preferred Stock (as long as at least 50% of the originally issued shares of Series F Preferred Stock are outstanding, but excluding, for all purposes of the calculation of such 50% minimum, any of such shares redeemed pursuant to Section 3 below) and Series G Preferred Stock (as long as at least 50% of the originally issued shares of Series G Preferred Stock are outstanding, but excluding, for all purposes of the calculation of such 50% minimum, any of such shares redeemed pursuant to Section 3 below), voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis (the “ Required Series C, D, E, F and G Vote ”) and (y) if the consideration received by the Corporation is securities, its value will be deemed its fair market value, except as otherwise provided in the definitive agreement approved by the Required Series C, D, E, F and G Vote in connection with a Liquidation Transaction, determined as follows:

 

-7-


(A) Securities not subject to an investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability:

(1) If traded on a securities exchange, the value shall be based on a formula approved by the Board of Directors and derived from the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over a specified time period;

(2) If actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be based on a formula approved by the Board of Directors and derived from the closing bid or sales prices (whichever is applicable) of such securities over a specified time period; and

(3) If there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by mutual agreement of the Board of Directors and the holders of a majority of the shares receiving such securities, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis. If the Board of Directors and such holders fail to agree upon the fair market value within 30 days (or such longer period as they may mutually agree in writing), an appraisal of the fair market value thereof performed by an independent appraiser which shall be experienced in the valuation of securities in companies engaged in the business of the issuer of the securities to be appraised and which shall be selected by the Corporation and agreeable to such holders, which selection shall be final and binding on all parties. The appraiser shall deliver to the Corporation and to such holders its determination of the fair market value of such securities, together with customary documentation supporting such determination, and, upon approval of such appraisal by a majority of the outstanding shares of the Corporation’s capital stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, such determination shall be final and binding on all parties. The expenses of the independent appraiser shall be paid by the Corporation.

(B) The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as specified above in Section 2(d)(ii)(A) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by mutual agreement of the Board of Directors and the holders of a majority of the shares receiving such securities, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis (and, if such agreement cannot be reached, then pursuant to the procedure set forth in Section 2(d)(ii)(A)(3) above).

(iii) Notice of Liquidation Transaction . The Corporation shall give each holder of record of Preferred Stock written notice of any impending Liquidation Transaction not later than 10 days prior to the stockholders’ meeting called to approve such Liquidation Transaction, or 10 days prior to the closing of such Liquidation Transaction, whichever is earlier, and shall also notify such holders in writing of the final approval of such Liquidation Transaction. The first of such notices shall describe the material terms and conditions of the impending Liquidation Transaction and the provisions of this Section 2, and the Corporation shall thereafter give such holders prompt notice of any material changes. Unless such notice

 

-8-


requirements are waived, the Liquidation Transaction shall not take place sooner than 10 days after the Corporation has given the first notice provided for herein or sooner than 10 days after the Corporation has given notice of any material changes provided for herein. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation, all notice periods or requirements in this Certificate of Incorporation may be shortened or waived, either before or after the action for which notice is required, upon the written consent of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock and the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock that are entitled to such notice rights.

(iv) Effect of Noncompliance . In the event the Corporation does not comply with the requirements of Section 2(d)(iii), the Corporation shall forthwith either cause the closing of the Liquidation Transaction to be postponed until the requirements of this Section 2 have been complied with, or cancel such Liquidation Transaction, in which event the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of the holders of Preferred Stock shall revert to and be the same as such rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions existing immediately prior to the date of the first notice referred to in Section 2(d)(iii).

3. Redemption .

(a) Series C, Series D, Series E, Series F and Series G Redemption Date and Price . The Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock are not mandatorily redeemable, except as set forth in Section 3(b) below. At any time after February 7, 2019, but on a date determined by the Board of Directors (the “ Redemption Date ”), which date shall be within 90 days after the vote or the receipt by the Corporation of the written consent of either the holders of not less than a majority of the then outstanding Series C Preferred Stock (“ Majority Series C Holders ”), the holders of not less than a majority of the then outstanding Series D Preferred Stock (“ Majority Series D Holders ”) or the holders of not less than a majority of the then outstanding Series E Preferred Stock (“ Majority Series E Holders ”) that all (and not less than all) of such series be redeemed (a “ Redemption Election ”), the Corporation shall, within 5 business days after receiving such Redemption Election, deliver a copy of such Redemption Election (the “ Redemption Election Notice ”) to each holder of Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock and (x) each holder of record of Series E Preferred Stock if the Redemption Election is received from either the Majority Series D Holders or the Majority Series C Holders or (y) each holder of record of Series D Preferred Stock if the Redemption Election is received from either the Majority Series E Holders or the Majority Series C Holders or (z) each holder of record of the Series C Preferred Stock if the Redemption Election is received from either the Majority Series E Holders or the Majority Series D Holders, and the Majority Series C Holders, the Majority Series D Holders and the Majority Series E Holders (whichever did not deliver the Redemption Election), as applicable, and the holders of not less than a majority of the then outstanding Series F Preferred Stock (“ Majority Series F Holders ”) and the holders of not less than fifty-five percent (55%) of the then outstanding Series G Preferred Stock (“ Majority Series G Holders ”) shall also have a right to have all of the shares of such series redeemed on the same date by delivering a Redemption Election to the Corporation within 15 business days after receiving the Redemption Election Notice. Upon receiving one or more Redemption Elections, the Corporation shall, to the extent it may lawfully do so, redeem all of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock and/or Series D Preferred Stock and/or Series E Preferred

 

-9-


Stock and/or Series F Preferred Stock and/or Series G Preferred Stock, as applicable, so voted or consented to be redeemed in the Redemption Election(s) in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 3 by paying a redemption price per share of Series C Preferred Stock (“ Series C Redemption Price ”) and/or Series D Preferred Stock (“ Series D Redemption Price ”) and/or Series E Preferred Stock (“ Series E Redemption Price ”) and/or Series F Preferred Stock (“ Series F Redemption Price ”) and/or Series G Preferred Stock (“ Series G Redemption Price ”), as applicable, consisting of:

(i) in the case of the Series G Preferred Stock, the greater of (1) the Series G Original Purchase Price plus declared, accumulated or accrued but unpaid dividends thereon and (2) the amount such holders would receive in respect of such share of Series G Preferred Stock if the Corporation or its assets were sold in a manner intended to achieve the highest equity value available to the holders of the Corporation’s capital stock, as determined by:

(A) the Corporation and the Majority Series G Holders within thirty (30) days of the Corporation’s receipt of the Redemption Election; or

(B) if the Corporation and the Majority Series G Holders fail to agree upon the Series G Redemption Price within such 30-day period (or such longer period as the Corporation and the Majority Series G Holders may mutually agree in writing), an appraisal of the fair value of the shares of the Series G Preferred Stock (and of each share) as of the date of the Redemption Election (to be determined as the amount the holders of such shares would receive in respect of such shares if the Corporation or its assets were sold in a manner intended to achieve the highest equity value available to the holders of the Corporation’s capital stock) performed by an independent appraiser which shall be experienced in the valuation of companies engaged in the business of the Corporation and which shall be selected by the Corporation and agreeable to the Majority Series G Holders which selection shall be final and binding on all parties. The appraiser shall deliver to the Corporation and to the holders of the shares of Series G Preferred Stock its determination of the fair value of the shares of Series G Preferred Stock (i.e., the amount the holders of such shares would receive in respect of such shares if the Corporation or its assets were sold in a manner intended to achieve the highest equity value available to the holders of the Corporation’s capital stock) as of the date of the Redemption Election, together with customary documentation supporting such determination, and, upon approval of such appraisal by a majority of the outstanding shares of the Corporation’s capital stock, such determination shall be final and binding on all parties. The expenses of the independent appraiser shall be paid by the Corporation.

(ii) in the case of the Series F Preferred Stock, the greater of (1) the Series F Original Purchase Price plus declared, accumulated or accrued but unpaid dividends thereon and (2) the amount such holders would receive in respect of such share of Series F Preferred Stock if the Corporation or its assets were sold in a manner intended to achieve the highest equity value available to the holders of the Corporation’s capital stock, as determined by:

(A) the Corporation and the Majority Series F Holders within thirty (30) days of the Corporation’s receipt of the Redemption Election; or

 

-10-


(B) if the Corporation and the Majority Series F Holders fail to agree upon the Series F Redemption Price within such 30-day period (or such longer period as the Corporation and the Majority Series F Holders may mutually agree in writing), an appraisal of the fair value of the shares of the Series F Preferred Stock (and of each share) as of the date of the Redemption Election (to be determined as the amount the holders of such shares would receive in respect of such shares if the Corporation or its assets were sold in a manner intended to achieve the highest equity value available to the holders of the Corporation’s capital stock) performed by an independent appraiser which shall be experienced in the valuation of companies engaged in the business of the Corporation and which shall be selected by the Corporation and agreeable to the Majority Series F Holders which selection shall be final and binding on all parties. The appraiser shall deliver to the Corporation and to the holders of the shares of Series F Preferred Stock its determination of the fair value of the shares of Series F Preferred Stock (i.e., the amount the holders of such shares would receive in respect of such shares if the Corporation or its assets were sold in a manner intended to achieve the highest equity value available to the holders of the Corporation’s capital stock) as of the date of the Redemption Election, together with customary documentation supporting such determination, and, upon approval of such appraisal by a majority of the outstanding shares of the Corporation’s capital stock, such determination shall be final and binding on all parties. The expenses of the independent appraiser shall be paid by the Corporation.

(iii) in the case of the Series E Preferred Stock, the greater of (1) the Series E Original Purchase Price plus declared, accumulated or accrued but unpaid dividends thereon and (2) the amount such holders would receive in respect of such share of Series E Preferred Stock if the Corporation or its assets were sold in a manner intended to achieve the highest equity value available to the holders of the Corporation’s capital stock, as determined by:

(A) the Corporation and the Majority Series E Holders within thirty (30) days of the Corporation’s receipt of the Redemption Election; or

(B) if the Corporation and the Majority Series E Holders fail to agree upon the Series E Redemption Price within such 30-day period (or such longer period as the Corporation and the Majority Series E Holders may mutually agree in writing), an appraisal of the fair value of the shares of the Series E Preferred Stock (and of each share) as of the date of the Redemption Election (to be determined as the amount the holders of such shares would receive in respect of such shares if the Corporation or its assets were sold in a manner intended to achieve the highest equity value available to the holders of the Corporation’s capital stock) performed by an independent appraiser which shall be experienced in the valuation of companies engaged in the business of the Corporation and which shall be selected by the Corporation and agreeable to the Majority Series E Holders which selection shall be final and binding on all parties. The appraiser shall deliver to the Corporation and to the holders of the shares of Series E Preferred Stock its determination of the fair value of the shares of Series E Preferred Stock (i.e., the amount the holders of such shares would receive in respect of such shares if the Corporation or its assets were sold in a manner intended to achieve the highest equity value available to the holders of the Corporation’s capital stock) as of the date of the Redemption Election, together with customary documentation supporting such determination, and, upon approval of such appraisal by a majority of the outstanding shares of the Corporation’s capital stock, such determination shall be final and binding on all parties. The expenses of the independent appraiser shall be paid by the Corporation.

 

-11-


(iv) in the case of the Series D Preferred Stock, the greater of (1) the Series D Original Purchase Price plus declared, accumulated or accrued but unpaid dividends thereon and (2) the amount such holders would receive in respect of such share of Series D Preferred Stock if the Corporation or its assets were sold in a manner intended to achieve the highest equity value available to the holders of the Corporation’s capital stock, as determined by:

(A) the Corporation and the Majority Series D Holders within thirty (30) days of the Corporation’s receipt of the Redemption Election; or

(B) if the Corporation and the Majority Series D Holders fail to agree upon the Series D Redemption Price within such 30-day period (or such longer period as the Corporation and the Majority Series D Holders may mutually agree in writing), an appraisal of the fair value of the shares of the Series D Preferred Stock (and of each share) as of the date of the Redemption Election (to be determined as the amount the holders of such shares would receive in respect of such shares if the Corporation or its assets were sold in a manner intended to achieve the highest equity value available to the holders of the Corporation’s capital stock) performed by an independent appraiser which shall be experienced in the valuation of companies engaged in the business of the Corporation and which shall be selected by the Corporation and agreeable to the Majority Series D Holders which selection shall be final and binding on all parties. The appraiser shall deliver to the Corporation and to the holders of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock its determination of the fair value of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock (i.e., the amount the holders of such shares would receive in respect of such shares if the Corporation or its assets were sold in a manner intended to achieve the highest equity value available to the holders of the Corporation’s capital stock) as of the date of the Redemption Election, together with customary documentation supporting such determination, and, upon approval of such appraisal by a majority of the outstanding shares of the Corporation’s capital stock, such determination shall be final and binding on all parties. The expenses of the independent appraiser shall be paid by the Corporation.

(v) in the case of the Series C Preferred Stock, the greater of (1) the Series C Original Purchase Price plus declared, accumulated or accrued but unpaid dividends thereon and (2) the amount such holders would receive in respect of such share of Series C Preferred Stock if the Corporation or its assets were sold in a manner intended to achieve the highest equity value available to the holders of the Corporation’s capital stock, as determined by:

(A) the Corporation and the Majority Series C Holders within thirty (30) days of the Corporation’s receipt of the Redemption Election; or

(B) if the Corporation and the Majority Series C Holders fail to agree upon the Series C Redemption Price within such 30-day period (or such longer period as the Corporation and the Majority Series C Holders may mutually agree in writing), an appraisal of the fair value of the shares of the Series C Preferred Stock (and of each share) as of the date of the Redemption Election (to be determined as the amount the holders of such shares would receive in respect of such shares if the Corporation or its assets were sold in a manner intended to achieve the

 

-12-


highest equity value available to the holders of the Corporation’s capital stock) performed by an independent appraiser which shall be experienced in the valuation of companies engaged in the business of the Corporation and which shall be selected by the Corporation and agreeable to the Majority Series C Holders which selection shall be final and binding on all parties. The appraiser shall deliver to the Corporation and to the holders of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock its determination of the fair value of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock (i.e., the amount the holders of such shares would receive in respect of such shares if the Corporation or its assets were sold in a manner intended to achieve the highest equity value available to the holders of the Corporation’s capital stock) as of the date of the Redemption Election, together with customary documentation supporting such determination, and, upon approval of such appraisal by a majority of the outstanding shares of the Corporation’s capital stock, such determination shall be final and binding on all parties. The expenses of the independent appraiser shall be paid by the Corporation.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Certificate of Incorporation, payment of the Series C Redemption Price shall be junior in right of payment of the Series D Redemption Price, the Series E Redemption Price, Series F Redemption Price and Series G Redemption Price, and, to the extent that the Majority Series D Holders and/or the Majority Series E Holders and/or the Majority Series F Holders and/or the Majority Series G Holders have delivered a Redemption Election, no redemption of shares of Preferred Stock shall occur prior to the redemption of all shares of Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock, ratably in proportion to the aggregate amounts the holders of Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock are entitled to receive pursuant to such Redemption Election(s).

(b) Series A and B Redemption Date and Price . Holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock will have the right, upon a majority vote of each of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, to require the Corporation to redeem all (and not less than all) of such series of Preferred Stock on the Redemption Date, by delivering a written notice to the Corporation exercising such right within 15 business days following delivery by the Corporation to such holders of a notice that the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock, and/or the Series E Preferred Stock and/or the Series F Preferred Stock and/or the Series G Preferred Stock are being redeemed. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be redeemed at $1.00 per share and each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be redeemed at $2.12 per share (in each case, as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like with respect to such series of Preferred Stock, as applicable) plus accumulated but unpaid dividends thereon (the “ Series A and B Redemption Price ” and, together with the Series C Redemption Price, the Series D Redemption Price, the Series E Redemption Price, the Series F Redemption Price and the Series G Redemption Price, the “ Redemption Price ”). Payment of the Series A and B Redemption Price shall be junior in right of payment of the Series C Redemption Price, the Series D Redemption Price, the Series E Redemption Price, the Series F Redemption Price and the Series G Redemption Price, and payment of the Series C Redemption Price shall be junior in right of payment of the Series D Redemption Price, the Series E Redemption Price, the Series F Redemption Price and the Series G Redemption Price.

(c) Form of Payment; Insufficient Funds . The Corporation shall pay the Redemption Price to the redeeming holders of Preferred Stock on the same date and in no more

 

-13-


than three (3) equal annual installments commencing within 90 days, but no sooner than 30 business days, following the delivery of the Redemption Election Notice, if any; provided , however , that if the Corporation elects to redeem shares of a series of Preferred Stock in installments, then all other series of Preferred Stock junior to such Preferred Stock that have elected to be redeemed shall be redeemed in installments. With respect to the shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and/or Series G Preferred Stock to be redeemed in the same number of installments, each subsequent annual installment shall bear interest at the rate of 7% per annum, compounded annually. If the Corporation’s prior year retained earnings are in excess of $300,000,000, then the Redemption Price shall be paid in one installment. If the funds of the Corporation legally available for redemption of shares of Preferred Stock on the Redemption Date are insufficient to redeem the total number of shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such date, then those funds which are legally available will be used (i) first, to redeem the maximum possible number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such date, ratably among the holders of such shares of Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock based upon the total Series D Redemption Price, Series E Redemption Price, Series F Redemption Price and Series G Redemption Price applicable to each such holder’s shares of Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock which are subject to redemption on the Redemption Date, (ii) second, to the extent any funds remain legally available, such remaining funds will be used to redeem the maximum possible number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such date, ratably among the holders of such shares of Series C Preferred Stock based upon the total Series C Redemption Price applicable to each such holder’s shares of Series C Preferred Stock which are subject to redemption on the Redemption Date, and (iii) third, to the extent any funds remain legally available, such remaining funds will be used to redeem the maximum possible number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such date, ratably among the holders of such shares of Preferred Stock based upon the total Series A Redemption Price and the Series B Redemption Price applicable to each such holder’s shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock which are subject to redemption on the Redemption Date. The shares of Preferred Stock not redeemed shall remain outstanding and entitled to all of the rights and preferences provided herein. At any time thereafter when additional funds of the Corporation are legally available for the redemption of shares of Preferred Stock, such funds will immediately be used to redeem the balance of the shares which the Corporation has become obliged to redeem on any Redemption Date but which it has not redeemed, with such funds allocated first to the redemption of Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock, second to the redemption of Series C Preferred Stock, and thereafter to the redemption of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock.

(d) Procedure . At least 15 but no more than 30 business days prior to the Redemption Date, the Corporation shall mail a written notice, first class postage prepaid, to each holder of record (at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given) of Preferred Stock at the address last shown on the records of the Corporation for such holder, notifying such holder of the redemption to be effected, specifying the shares to be redeemed

 

-14-


from such holder, the Redemption Date(s), the applicable Redemption Price, the place at which payment may be obtained and calling upon such holder to surrender to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated, such holder’s certificate or certificates representing the shares to be redeemed (the “ Redemption Notice ”). Except as provided in Section 3(e), on or after the Redemption Date, each holder of Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date shall surrender to the Corporation the certificate or certificates representing such shares, in the manner and at the place designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the Redemption Price of such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof and each surrendered certificate shall be cancelled.

(e) Effect of Redemption . Until the applicable Redemption Date with respect to shares of Preferred Stock specified for redemption in a Redemption Notice, all shares of Preferred Stock shall remain outstanding and entitled to all rights, preferences and privileges provided herein. From and after the applicable Redemption Date, unless there shall have been a default in payment of the Redemption Price payable upon redemption of the shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date, all rights of the holders of shares of Preferred Stock designated for redemption in the Redemption Notice (except the right to receive the applicable Redemption Price without interest (other than as set forth above in Section 3(c)) shall cease with respect to such shares upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor, and such shares shall not thereafter be transferred on the books of the Corporation or be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose whatsoever and shall be automatically and immediately cancelled and retired.

4. Conversion . The holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

(a) Right to Convert . Subject to Section 4(c), each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for such stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing $1.00 (in the case of the Series A Preferred Stock), $2.12 (in the case of the Series B Preferred Stock), $3.483 (in the case of the Series C Preferred Stock), $5.18 (in the case of the Series D Preferred Stock), $9.22 (in the case of the Series E Preferred Stock), $23.2688 (in the case of the Series F Preferred Stock) and $33.88 (in the case of the Series G Preferred Stock) (in each case, as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like with respect to such series of Preferred Stock, as applicable, and each, as so adjusted, the “ Original Issue Price ”), by the Conversion Price applicable to such shares, determined as hereafter provided, in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion. The initial “ Conversion Price ” per share of a series of Preferred Stock shall be equal to $0.9913 (in the case of the Series A Preferred Stock), $2.089 (in the case of the Series B Preferred Stock), $3.4175 (in the case of the Series C Preferred Stock), $5.0693 (in the case of the Series D Preferred Stock), $9.22 (in the case of the Series E Preferred Stock), $23.2688 (in the case of the Series F Preferred Stock) and $33.88 (in the case of the Series G Preferred Stock). Such initial Conversion Prices shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 4(d) below.

(b) Automatic Conversion . Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the Conversion Price then in effect for such share immediately upon the earlier of (i) except as provided below in Section 4(c), immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering of the Corporation’s Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), which results in aggregate gross cash proceeds to the Corporation of not less than $50,000,000 (a

 

-15-


Qualifying IPO ”), or (ii) the date specified by written consent or vote of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis; provided, however, that, without the consent of the holders of not less than fifty-five percent (55%) of the then outstanding shares of Series G Preferred Stock, the shares of Series G Preferred Stock shall not be automatically converted into Common Stock pursuant to this clause (ii) in anticipation of or in connection with a Liquidation Transaction if the amount of proceeds that the holders of Series G Preferred Stock would receive after such conversion in such Liquidation Transaction in respect of the shares of Common Stock issuable to them on conversion of their shares of Series G Preferred Stock would be less than the amount of proceeds that the holders of Series G Preferred Stock would receive in such Liquidation Transaction pursuant to Section 2(a) above in respect of such shares if no such conversion had occurred.

(c) Mechanics of Conversion .

(i) Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert such Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, the holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for such series of Preferred Stock, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at its principal corporate office, of the election to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock are to be issued. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of such series of Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock as of such date. If the conversion is in connection with a public offering of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering such Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in which event any persons entitled to receive Common Stock upon conversion of such Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities.

(ii) The Corporation shall send all holders of record of Preferred Stock a written notice of the event causing the automatic conversion of the Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4(b) and the place designated for such automatic conversion. Such notice need not be sent in advance of the occurrence of the event causing such automatic conversion. Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of Preferred Stock shall surrender his or its certificate or certificates for all such shares to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice. As soon as practicable after the occurrence of the event causing such automatic conversion and the surrender of the certificate or certificates for shares of Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to such holder, or to his or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof.

 

-16-


(d) Conversion Price Adjustments of Preferred Stock for Certain Dilutive Issuances, Splits and Combinations . The Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

(i) Issuance of Additional Stock below Purchase Price . If the Corporation should issue, at any time after the effective date (the “ Reincorporation Date ”) of the merger of Mindbody, Inc., a California corporation, with and into the Corporation pursuant to the requirements of the Delaware General Corporation Law and the California Corporations Code (the “ Reincorporation ”), any Additional Stock (as defined below) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price for the applicable series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Stock (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like), the Conversion Price for such series in effect immediately prior to each such issuance shall automatically be adjusted as set forth in this Section 4(d)(i), unless otherwise provided in this Section 4(d)(i).

(A) Adjustment Formula . Whenever the Conversion Price is adjusted pursuant to this Section 4(d)(i), the new Conversion Price shall be determined by multiplying the Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction, (x) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance (the “ Outstanding Common ”) plus the number of shares of Common Stock that the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for such issuance would purchase at such Conversion Price; and (y) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Outstanding Common plus the number of shares of such Additional Stock so issued (or deemed so issued). For purposes of the foregoing calculation, the term “Outstanding Common” shall include shares of Common Stock deemed issued pursuant to Section 4(d)(i)(E) below.

(B) Definition of “Additional Stock” . For purposes of this Section 4(d)(i), “ Additional Stock ” shall mean any shares of Common Stock issued (or deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 4(d)(i)(E)) by the Corporation after the Reincorporation Date, other than (each, an “ Excluded Issuance ”):

(1) securities issued pursuant to stock splits, stock dividends or similar transactions, as described in Section 4(d)(ii), Section 4(d)(iii), Section 4(e) and Section 4(f) hereof;

(2) securities issuable upon conversion, exchange or exercise of convertible, exchangeable or exercisable securities outstanding as of the Reincorporation Date including, without limitation, warrants, notes or options, provided that such issuance is pursuant to the conversion, exchange or exercise terms of such securities as in effect on the Reincorporation Date;

(3) up to 1,586,979 shares of Common Stock (or options therefor) (including shares of Common Stock or options therefore issued on or prior to the

 

-17-


Reincorporation Date) (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like with respect to the Common Stock) issued or issuable to employees, consultants, officers or directors of the Corporation pursuant to the Corporation’s 2009 Stock Option Plan or any other stock option plans or restricted stock plans or agreements approved by the Board of Directors after the Reincorporation Date;

(4) Common Stock issued or issuable in a public offering in connection with which all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock are converted to Common Stock pursuant to Section 4(b)(i);

(5) Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, pursuant to Section 4(a) or Section 4(b); and

(6) Common Stock issued or issuable in any other transaction in which exemption from these price-based antidilution provisions is approved by the Required Series C, D, E, F and G Vote.

(C) Fractional Adjustments . No adjustment of the Conversion Price for the Preferred Stock shall be made in an amount less than one-tenth (1/10) of one cent, provided that any adjustments which are not required to be made by reason of this sentence shall be carried forward and shall be either taken into account in any subsequent adjustment made prior to three years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward, or shall be made at the end of three years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward.

(D) Determination of Consideration . In the case of the issuance of Common Stock for cash, the consideration shall be deemed to be the amount of cash paid therefor before deducting any reasonable discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by the Corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with the issuance and sale thereof, but excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest. In the case of the issuance of the Common Stock for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair value thereof as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors and approved by the Required Series C, D, E, F and G Vote, irrespective of any accounting treatment. If shares of Additional Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, then the consideration in respect of such shares of Additional Stock shall be the proportion of such consideration so received as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors and approved by the Required Series C, D, E, F and G Vote.

(E) Deemed Issuances of Common Stock . In the case of the issuance of securities or rights convertible into, or entitling the holder thereof to receive directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock (the “ Common Stock Equivalents ”), the following provisions shall apply for all purposes of this Section 4(d)(i):

(1) The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion, exchange or exercise (assuming the satisfaction of any

 

-18-


conditions to convertibility, exchangeability or exercisability, including, without limitation, the passage of time, but without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) of any Common Stock Equivalents and subsequent conversion, exchange or exercise thereof shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such securities were issued or such Common Stock Equivalents were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration, if any, received by the Corporation for any such securities and related Common Stock Equivalents (excluding any cash received on account of accrued interest or accrued dividends), plus the minimum additional consideration, if any, to be received by the Corporation (without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of any Common Stock Equivalents (the consideration in each case to be determined in the manner provided in Section 4(d)(i)(D)).

(2) In the event of any change in the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable or in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon conversion, exchange or exercise of any Common Stock Equivalents (whether issued prior to or after the Reincorporation Date), other than a change resulting from the antidilution provisions thereof, the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such Common Stock Equivalents or, if issued prior to the Reincorporation Date, would have affected the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock if it had been issued after the Reincorporation Date, shall be recomputed to reflect such change, but no further adjustment shall be made for the actual issuance of Common Stock or any payment of such consideration upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of such Common Stock Equivalents.

(3) Upon the termination or expiration of all or any portion of the convertibility, exchangeability or exercisability of any Common Stock Equivalents, the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such Common Stock Equivalents, shall be recomputed to reflect the issuance of only the number of shares of Common Stock (and Common Stock Equivalents that remain convertible, exchangeable or exercisable) actually issued upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of such Common Stock Equivalents and that the consideration received therefor was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issuance such Common Stock Equivalents, whether or not converted, exchanged or exercised, plus the consideration actually received by the Corporation upon such conversion, exchange or exercise (the consideration in each case to be determined in the manner provided in Section 4(d)(i)(D)).

(4) The number of shares of Common Stock deemed issued and the consideration deemed paid therefor pursuant to Section 4(d)(i)(D) shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any change, termination or expiration of the type described in either Section 4(d)(i)(E)(2) or 4(d)(i)(E)(3).

(F) No Increased Conversion Price . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 4(d)(i), except to the limited extent provided for in Sections 4(d)(i)(E)(2) and 4(d)(i)(E)(3), no adjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4(d)(i) shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price above the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment, and in no event, including as a result of Sections 4(d)(i)(E)(2) and 4(d)(i)(E)(3), shall the Conversion Price increase above the initial Conversion Price.

 

-19-


(ii) Stock Splits and Dividends . In the event the Corporation should at any time after the filing date of this Certificate of Incorporation fix a record date for the effectuation of a split or subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents without payment of any consideration by such holder for the additional shares of Common Stock or the Common Stock Equivalents (including the additional shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise thereof), then, as of such record date (or the date of such dividend distribution, split or subdivision if no record date is fixed), the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock that is convertible into Common Stock shall be appropriately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase of the aggregate of shares of Common Stock outstanding and those issuable with respect to such Common Stock Equivalents with the number of shares issuable with respect to Common Stock Equivalents determined from time to time in the manner provided for deemed issuances in Section 4(d)(i)(E).

(iii) Reverse Stock Splits . If the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time after the filing date of this Certificate of Incorporation is decreased by a combination of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, then, following the record date of such combination, the Conversion Price for each series of Preferred Stock that is convertible into Common Stock shall be appropriately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares.

(e) Other Distributions . In the event the Corporation shall declare a distribution payable in securities of other persons, evidences of indebtedness issued by the Corporation or other persons, assets (excluding cash dividends) or options or rights not referred to in Section 4(d)(i) or in Section 4(d)(ii), then, in each such case for the purpose of this Section 4(e), the holders of each series of Preferred Stock that is convertible into Common Stock shall be entitled to a proportionate share of any such distribution as though they were the holders of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation into which their shares of Preferred Stock are convertible as of the record date fixed for the determination of the holders of Common Stock of the Corporation entitled to receive such distribution.

(f) Recapitalizations . If at any time or from time to time there shall be a recapitalization of the Common Stock (other than a subdivision, combination or merger or sale of assets transaction provided for elsewhere in Section 2 or this Section 4) provision shall be made so that the holders of each series of Preferred Stock that is convertible into Common Stock shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion of such Preferred Stock the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Corporation or otherwise, to which a holder of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion would have been entitled on such recapitalization. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 4 with respect to the rights of the holders of such Preferred Stock after the recapitalization to the end that the provisions of this Section 4 (including adjustment of the Conversion Price then in effect and the number of shares purchasable upon conversion of such Preferred Stock) shall be applicable after that event and be as nearly equivalent as practicable.

 

-20-


(g) No Fractional Shares and Certificate as to Adjustments .

(i) No fractional shares shall be issued upon the conversion of any share or shares of Preferred Stock, and the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole share. The number of shares issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such aggregate conversion. If the conversion would result in any fractional share, the Corporation shall, in lieu of issuing any such fractional share, pay the holder thereof an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of such fractional share on the date of conversion, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(ii) Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation, at its expense, shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of such Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of such Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (A) such adjustment and readjustment, (B) the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock at the time in effect, and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of a share of such series of Preferred Stock.

(h) Notices of Record Date . In the event of any taking by the Corporation of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend) or other distribution, any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property or to receive any other right, the Corporation shall mail to each holder of Preferred Stock, at least 10 days prior to the date specified therein, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right.

(i) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of each series of Preferred Stock that is convertible into Common Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holder of such Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation.

 

-21-


(j) Notices . Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 4 to be given to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed given if deposited in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at his address appearing on the books of the Corporation.

5. Voting Rights . Except as expressly provided by this Certificate of Incorporation or as provided by law, the holders of Preferred Stock shall have the same voting rights as the holders of the Common Stock and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation, and the holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock shall vote together as a single class on all matters. Each holder of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held, and each holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Preferred Stock could be converted. Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights available on an as-converted basis (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) shall be rounded to the nearest whole number (with one-half being rounded upward).

6. Protective Provisions . The Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the Required Series C, D, E, F and G Vote, except with respect to subsection (c) below, which shall also require the approval of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of each series of Preferred Stock (except in the case of the Series G Preferred Stock, which shall require approval of the holders of not less than fifty-five percent (55%) of the then outstanding shares of Series G Preferred Stock) that is adversely affected by such action (but only as long as at least 50% of the originally issued shares of such series of Preferred Stock are outstanding, and excluding, for all purposes of the calculation of such 50% minimum, any of such shares redeemed pursuant to Section 3):

(a) authorize, effect or obligate itself to effect, any Liquidation Event;

(b) declare or pay a dividend or other distribution with respect to any shares of the Corporation’s capital stock, other than dividends or distributions paid in accordance with Section 2 or Section 3;

(c) amend, alter, change or repeal any of the rights, preferences or privileges of any series of Preferred Stock, provided that any amendment, alteration, change or repeal of the liquidation preference payable to the holders of Series G Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2 above approved in anticipation of or in connection with a Liquidation Transaction shall require the consent of the holders of not less than fifty-five (55%) of the outstanding shares of Series G Preferred Stock if the holders of Series G Preferred Stock would be impacted by such amendment, alteration, change or repeal disproportionately to any holder of another series of Preferred Stock;

(d) increase or decrease (other than by conversion pursuant to Section 4 hereof or in accordance with the redemption provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation) the total number of authorized shares of the Corporation’s capital stock;

 

-22-


(e) authorize or issue, or obligate itself to issue, any equity security, including any security convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any equity security, having a preference over, or being on a parity with, any series of Preferred Stock, as applicable, with respect to voting (other than the pari passu voting rights of Common Stock), dividends, redemption, conversion, liquidation preferences or otherwise;

(f) authorize or issue, or obligate itself to issue, any equity security (or any security or other right convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any equity security), other than shares of Common Stock or options to acquire shares of Common Stock issued to employees, consultants or directors in accordance with the Corporation’s 2009 Stock Option Plan or any option plans or agreements approved by the Board of Directors after the Reincorporation Date (up to 1,586,979 shares of Common Stock in the aggregate (including shares of Common Stock or options therefore issued on or prior to the Reincorporation Date) (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like with respect to the Common Stock));

(g) authorize, effect or obligate itself to effect, any reclassification, recapitalization or other change with respect to any outstanding shares of stock which results in any such shares or the issuance of shares of stock having a preference over, or being on a parity with, any series of Preferred Stock, with respect to voting (other than the pari passu voting rights of Common Stock), dividends, redemption, conversion, liquidation preferences or otherwise;

(h) redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire (or pay into or set aside funds for a sinking fund for such purpose) any share or shares of Preferred Stock, Common Stock or other equity securities of the Corporation other than in accordance with the redemption provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however, that this restriction shall not apply to the repurchase of shares of Common Stock at cost from employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons performing services for the Corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to, and in accordance with, agreements approved by the Board of Directors under which the Corporation has the option to repurchase such shares upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment, or through the exercise of any right of first refusal;

(i) change the number of authorized directors constituting the Board of Directors;

(j) authorize, effect or obligate itself to effect, in a single transaction or pursuant to a series of related transactions, (i) any acquisition of or merger with any other company, entity or business (other than an acquisition of or a merger with a wholly-owned subsidiary, whether direct or indirect), whether effected directly or indirectly, including by license or (ii) any exclusive, irrevocable license of all or substantially of the Corporation’s intellectual property; or

(k) (x) sell or transfer, whether in a single transaction or pursuant to a series of related transactions, securities of the Corporation such that the Corporation’s stockholders holding the right to vote with respect to matters generally (the “ Voting Power ”) immediately prior to such sale or transfer or series of transfers cease to hold a majority of the Voting Power after such sale or transfer or series of transfers, or (y) upon the transfer of shares of capital stock of the Corporation by way of any share purchase transaction, share exchange transaction or other similar

 

-23-


stockholder level sale transaction, if, after giving effect to the transaction, any “person” or “group”, as such terms are used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”) (other than the Corporation or its then existing stockholders or their respective affiliates), becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), or acquires by proxy, directly or indirectly, securities representing a majority of the Voting Power of the Corporation’s then outstanding securities.

7. Status of Converted Stock . In the event any shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the shares so converted shall be cancelled and shall not be issuable by the Corporation. This Certificate of Incorporation shall be appropriately amended to effect the corresponding reduction in the Corporation’s authorized capital stock.

(C) Common Stock .

1. Dividend Rights . Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets of the Corporation legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors.

2. Liquidation Rights . Upon a Liquidation Event, or the occurrence of a Liquidation Transaction, the assets of the Corporation shall be distributed as provided in Section 2 of Article IV(B).

3. Redemption . The Common Stock is not mandatorily redeemable.

4. Voting Rights . Each holder of Common Stock shall have the right to one vote per share of Common Stock, and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Corporation, and shall be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by law.

ARTICLE V

Except as otherwise set forth herein, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VI

(A) The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

(B) Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless otherwise provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

(C) In connection with repurchases by the Corporation of outstanding capital stock, Section 500 of the California Corporations Code shall not apply in all or in part with respect to such repurchases. In the case of any such repurchases, distributions by the corporation may be made without regard to the “preferential dividends arrears amount” or any “preferential rights amount,” as such terms are defined in Section 500(b) of the California Corporations Code.

 

-24-


ARTICLE VII

(A) To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended. Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article VII(A) nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VII(A), shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article VII(A), in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article VII(A), would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

(B) The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. A right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or a bylaw of the Corporation shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought, unless the provision in effect at the time of such act or omission explicitly authorizes such elimination or impairment after such action or omission has occurred.

 

-25-

Exhibit 3.3

BYLAWS OF

MINDBODY, INC.

Adopted December 15, 2014

Amended March 30, 2015


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1   

1.1

 

Place of Meetings

     1   

1.2

 

Annual Meeting

     1   

1.3

 

Special Meeting

     1   

1.4

 

Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings

     1   

1.5

 

Quorum

     2   

1.6

 

Adjourned Meeting; Notice

     2   

1.7

 

Conduct of Business

     2   

1.8

 

Voting

     2   

1.9

 

Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting

     3   

1.10

 

Record Dates

     4   

1.11

 

Proxies

     5   

1.12

 

List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote

     5   

ARTICLE II — DIRECTORS

     6   

2.1

 

Powers

     6   

2.2

 

Number of Directors

     6   

2.3

 

Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors

     6   

2.4

 

Resignation and Vacancies

     6   

2.5

 

Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone

     7   

2.6

 

Conduct of Business

     7   

2.7

 

Regular Meetings

     7   

2.8

 

Special Meetings; Notice

     7   

2.9

 

Quorum; Voting

     8   

2.10

 

Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting

     8   

2.11

 

Fees and Compensation of Directors

     8   

2.12

 

Removal of Directors

     8   

ARTICLE III — COMMITTEES

     9   

3.1

 

Committees of Directors

     9   

3.2

 

Committee Minutes

     9   

3.3

 

Meetings and Actions of Committees

     9   

3.4

 

Subcommittees

     10   

ARTICLE IV — OFFICERS

     10   

4.1

 

Officers

     10   

4.2

 

Appointment of Officers

     10   

4.3

 

Subordinate Officers

     10   

4.4

 

Removal and Resignation of Officers

     10   

4.5

 

Vacancies in Offices

     10   

4.6

 

Representation of Shares of Other Corporations

     10   

4.7

 

Authority and Duties of Officers

     10   


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Continued)

 

         Page  

ARTICLE V — INDEMNIFICATION

     11   

5.1

 

Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Third Party Proceedings

     11   

5.2

 

Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Actions by or in the Right of the Company

     11   

5.3

 

Successful Defense

     11   

5.4

 

Indemnification of Others

     11   

5.5

 

Advanced Payment of Expenses

     12   

5.6

 

Limitation on Indemnification

     12   

5.7

 

Determination; Claim

     13   

5.8

 

Non-Exclusivity of Rights

     13   

5.9

 

Insurance

     13   

5.10

 

Survival

     13   

5.11

 

Effect of Repeal or Modification

     13   

5.12

 

Certain Definitions

     13   

ARTICLE VI — STOCK

     14   

6.1

 

Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares

     14   

6.2

 

Special Designation on Certificates

     14   

6.3

 

Lost Certificates

     15   

6.4

 

Dividends

     15   

6.5

 

Stock Transfer Agreements

     15   

6.6

 

Registered Stockholders

     15   

6.7

 

Transfers

     15   

ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

     16   

7.1

 

Notice of Stockholder Meetings

     16   

7.2

 

Notice by Electronic Transmission

     16   

7.3

 

Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address

     17   

7.4

 

Notice to Person with Whom Communication is Unlawful

     17   

7.5

 

Waiver of Notice

     17   

ARTICLE VIII — GENERAL MATTERS

     17   

8.1

 

Fiscal Year

     17   

8.2

 

Seal

     17   

8.3

 

Annual Report

     17   

8.4

 

Construction; Definitions

     17   

ARTICLE IX — AMENDMENTS

     18   

 

-ii-


BYLAWS

ARTICLE I — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

1.1 Place of Meetings . Meetings of stockholders of MINDBODY, Inc. (the “ Company ”) shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, determined by the Company’s board of directors (the “ Board ”). The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the Company’s principal executive office.

1.2 Annual Meeting . Unless directors are elected by written consent in lieu of an annual meeting as permitted by Section 211(b) of the DGCL, an annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors at such date and time as may be designated by resolution of the Board from time to time. Stockholders may, unless the certificate of incorporation otherwise provides, act by written consent to elect directors; provided, however, that, if such consent is less than unanimous, such action by written consent may be in lieu of holding an annual meeting only if all of the directorships to which directors could be elected at an annual meeting held at the effective time of such action are vacant and are filled by such action. Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting.

1.3 Special Meeting . A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Board, Chairperson of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or President (in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer) or by one or more stockholders holding shares in the aggregate entitled to cast not less than 10% of the votes at that meeting.

If any person(s) other than the Board calls a special meeting, the request shall:

(i) be in writing;

(ii) specify the time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted; and

(iii) be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by facsimile transmission to the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President (in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer) or the Secretary of the Company.

The officer(s) receiving the request shall cause notice to be promptly given to the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, in accordance with these bylaws, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting. No business may be transacted at such special meeting other than the business specified in such notice to stockholders. Nothing contained in this paragraph of this section 1 shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board may be held.

1.4 Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings . Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy


holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

1.5 Quorum . Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, at each meeting of stockholders the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote at the meeting shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting, or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, in the manner provided in section 1.6 , until a quorum is present or represented.

1.6 Adjourned Meeting; Notice . Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Company may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 213(a) of the DGCL and section 1.10 of these bylaws, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

1.7 Conduct of Business . Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by the Chief Executive Officer, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by the President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a Vice President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairperson designated by the Board, or in the absence of such designation by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business.

1.8 Voting . The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of section 1.10 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

 

- 2 -


Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot and, unless otherwise required by law, need not be conducted by inspectors of election unless so determined by the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon which are present in person or by proxy at such meeting. If authorized by the Board, such requirement of a written ballot shall be satisfied by a ballot submitted by electronic transmission (as defined in section 7.2 of these bylaws), provided that any such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder or proxy holder.

Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares of such class or series or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

1.9 Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting . Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required by the DGCL to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of a corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent, and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within 60 days of the earliest dated consent delivered in the manner required by Section 228 of the DGCL to the Company, written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the Company by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the Company having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Company’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Any person executing a consent may provide, whether through instruction to an agent or otherwise, that such a consent will be effective at a future time (including a time determined upon the happening of an event), no later than 60 days after such instruction is given or such provision is made, and, for the purposes of this section 1.9 , if evidence of such instruction or provision is provided to the Company, such later effective time shall serve as the date of signature. Unless otherwise provided, any such consent shall be revocable prior to its becoming effective.

 

- 3 -


An electronic transmission (as defined in section 7.2 ) consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxy holder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxy holder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for purposes of this section, provided that any such electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the Company can determine (i) that the electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxy holder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxy holder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or proxy holder or authorized person or persons transmitted such electronic transmission.

In the event that the Board shall have instructed the officers of the Company to solicit the vote or written consent of the stockholders of the Company, an electronic transmission of a stockholder written consent given pursuant to such solicitation may be delivered to the Secretary or the President of the Company or to a person designated by the Secretary or the President. The Secretary or the President of the Company or a designee of the Secretary or the President shall cause any such written consent by electronic transmission to be reproduced in paper form and inserted into the corporate records.

Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for notice of such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Company as provided in Section 228 of the DGCL. In the event that the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, the certificate filed under such provision shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such provision concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

1.10 Record Dates. In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.

If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of Section 213 of the DGCL and this Section 1.10 at the adjourned meeting.

In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which date shall not be more than 10

 

- 4 -


days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board. If no record date has been fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board is required by law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Company in accordance with applicable law. If no record date has been fixed by the Board and prior action by the Board is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

1.11 Proxies . Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL.

1.12 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Company shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Company shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the Company’s principal place of business. In the event that the Company determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Company may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Company. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then a list of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then such list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

 

- 5 -


ARTICLE II — DIRECTORS

2.1 Powers . The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation.

2.2 Number of Directors . The Board shall consist of seven members, each of whom shall be a natural person. An amendment to these bylaws reducing the number of directors on the Board to a number less than six cannot be adopted if the votes cast against its adoption at a meeting, or the shares not consenting in the case of an action by written consent, are equal to more than sixteen and two-thirds percent of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

2.3 Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors . Except as provided in section 2.4 of these bylaws, and subject to sections 1.2 and 1.9 of these bylaws, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors. Each director shall hold office until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

2.4 Resignation and Vacancies . Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Company. A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events. A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, when one or more directors resign from the Board, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws:

(i) Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

(ii) Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected.

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the Company should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the DGCL.

 

- 6 -


If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole Board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the voting stock at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.

A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

2.5 Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone . The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

2.6 Conduct of Business . Meetings of the Board shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairperson designated by the Board, or in the absence of such designation by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

2.7 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

2.8 Special Meetings; Notice . Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Secretary or any two directors.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

 

  (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

 

  (ii) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

 

  (iii) sent by facsimile;

 

  (iv) sent by electronic mail; or

 

  (v) otherwise given by electronic transmission (as defined in section 7.2 ),

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number, electronic mail address or other contact for notice by electronic transmission, as the case may be, as shown on the Company’s records.

 

- 7 -


If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile, (iii) sent by electronic mail or (iv) otherwise given by electronic transmission, it shall be delivered, sent or otherwise directed to each director, as applicable, at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Company’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

2.9 Quorum; Voting . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the total authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If the certificate of incorporation provides that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter, every reference in these bylaws to a majority or other proportion of the directors shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of the directors.

2.10 Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form. Any person (whether or not then a director) may provide, whether through instruction to an agent or otherwise, that a consent to action will be effective at a future time (including a time determined upon the happening of an event), no later than 60 days after such instruction is given or such provision is made and such consent shall be deemed to have been given for purposes of this section 2.10 at such effective time so long as such person is then a director and did not revoke the consent prior to such time. Any such consent shall be revocable prior to its becoming effective.

2.11 Fees and Compensation of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

2.12 Removal of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any director or the entire Board may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

 

- 8 -


ARTICLE III — COMMITTEES

3.1 Committees of Directors . The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company, and may authorize the seal of the Company to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the Company.

3.2 Committee Minutes . Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

3.3 Meetings and Actions of Committees . Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

 

  (i) section 2.5 (Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone);

 

  (ii) section 2.7 (Regular Meetings);

 

  (iii) section 2.8 (Special Meetings; Notice);

 

  (iv) section 2.9 (Quorum; Voting);

 

  (v) section 2.10 (Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting); and

 

  (vi) section 7.5 (Waiver of Notice)

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members. However :

(i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee;

(ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board; and

(iii) notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The Board may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

Any provision in the certificate of incorporation providing that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter shall apply to voting in any committee or subcommittee, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

- 9 -


3.4 Subcommittees . Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the resolutions of the Board designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

ARTICLE IV — OFFICERS

4.1 Officers . The officers of the Company shall be a President and a Secretary. The Company may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a Chairperson of the Board, a Vice Chairperson of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, one or more Vice Presidents, a Chief Financial Officer, a Treasurer, one or more Assistant Treasurers, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

4.2 Appointment of Officers . The Board shall appoint the officers of the Company, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of section 4.3 of these bylaws.

4.3 Subordinate Officers . The Board may appoint, or empower the Chief Executive Officer or, in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer, the President, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the Company may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.

4.4 Removal and Resignation of Officers . Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Company. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Company under any contract to which the officer is a party.

4.5 Vacancies in Offices . Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Board or as provided in section 4.3 .

4.6 Representation of Shares of Other Corporations . Unless otherwise directed by the Board, the President or any other person authorized by the Board or the President is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of the Company all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of the Company. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

4.7 Authority and Duties of Officers . Except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, the officers of the Company shall have such powers and duties in the management of the Company as may be designated from time to time by the Board and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board.

 

- 10 -


ARTICLE V — INDEMNIFICATION

5.1 Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Third Party Proceedings . Subject to the other provisions of this Article V , the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

5.2 Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Actions by or in the Right of the Company . Subject to the other provisions of this Article V , the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

5.3 Successful Defense . To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the Company has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in section 5.1 or section 5.2 , or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

5.4 Indemnification of Others . Subject to the other provisions of this Article V , the Company shall have power to indemnify its employees and agents to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law. The Board shall have the power to delegate to such person or persons the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified.

 

- 11 -


5.5 Advanced Payment of Expenses . Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the Company in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of a written request therefor (together with documentation reasonably evidencing such expenses) and an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article V or the DGCL. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents of the Company or by persons serving at the request of the Company as directors, officers, employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Company deems appropriate. The right to advancement of expenses shall not apply to any Proceeding for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to these bylaws, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in section 5.6(ii) or 5.6(iii) prior to a determination that the person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to section 5.8 , no advance shall be made by the Company to an officer of the Company (except by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the Company, in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any Proceeding if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such Proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company.

5.6 Limitation on Indemnification . Subject to the requirements in section 5.3 and the DGCL, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify any person pursuant to this Article V in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(i) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

(ii) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iii) for any reimbursement of the Company by such person of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by such person from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by such person of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iv) initiated by such person, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by such person against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (a) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to

 

- 12 -


its initiation, (b) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (c) otherwise required to be made under section 5.7 or (d) otherwise required by applicable law; or

(v) if prohibited by applicable law.

5.7 Determination; Claim . If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article V is not paid by the Company or on its behalf within 90 days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, the claimant shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses. To the extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall indemnify such person against all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of expenses from the Company under this Article V , to the extent such person is successful in such action, and, if requested by such person, shall advance such expenses to such person, subject to the provisions of section 5.5 . In any such suit, the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving that the claimant is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses.

5.8 Non-Exclusivity of Rights . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article V shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The Company is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

5.9 Insurance . The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

5.10 Survival . The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article V shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

5.11 Effect of Repeal or Modification . A right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of the certificate of incorporation or a bylaw shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought, unless the provision in effect at the time of such act or omission explicitly authorizes such elimination or impairment after such action or omission has occurred.

5.12 Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Article V , references to the “ Company ” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or

 

- 13 -


was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article V with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article V , references to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “ serving at the request of the Company ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the Company ” as referred to in this Article V .

ARTICLE VI — STOCK

6.1 Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares . The shares of the Company shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Company. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Company by the Chairperson of the Board or Vice-Chairperson of the Board, or the President or a Vice-President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Company with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The Company shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

The Company may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, or upon the books and records of the Company in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the Company shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

6.2 Special Designation on Certificates . If the Company is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other

 

- 14 -


special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the Company shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this section 6.2 or Sections 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the DGCL or with respect to this section 6.2 a statement that the Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

6.3 Lost Certificates . Except as provided in this section 6.3 , no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Company and cancelled at the same time. The Company may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Company may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Company a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

6.4 Dividends . The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the Company’s capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Company’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the Company available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve.

6.5 Stock Transfer Agreements . The Company shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the Company to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Company of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

6.6 Registered Stockholders . The Company:

(i) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

(ii) shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

(iii) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

6.7 Transfers . Transfers of record of shares of stock of the Company shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and, if such stock is certificated, upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer.

 

- 15 -


ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

7.1 Notice of Stockholder Meetings . Notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the Company’s records. An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Company that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

7.2 Notice by Electronic Transmission . Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the Company under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Company. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

(i) the Company is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Company in accordance with such consent; and

(ii) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

(i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

(ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

(iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

(iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Company that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

An “ electronic transmission ” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

Notice by a form of electronic transmission shall not apply to Sections 164, 296, 311, 312 or 324 of the DGCL.

 

- 16 -


7.3 Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address . Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the provisions of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Company. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the Company, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the Company of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

7.4 Notice to Person with Whom Communication is Unlawful . Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the Company is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

7.5 Waiver of Notice . Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII — GENERAL MATTERS

8.1 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Company shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.

8.2 Seal . The Company may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board. The Company may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

8.3 Annual Report . The Company shall cause an annual report to be sent to the stockholders of the Company to the extent required by applicable law. If and so long as there are fewer than 100 holders of record of the Company’s shares, the requirement of sending an annual report to the stockholders of the Company is expressly waived (to the extent permitted under applicable law).

8.4 Construction; Definitions . Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

 

- 17 -


ARTICLE IX — AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote. However, the Company may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the directors, provided that any change in the authorized number of directors may be approved only by the stockholders entitled to vote, subject to the provisions of Section 2.2 of these bylaws. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power, to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws. A bylaw amendment adopted by stockholders which specifies the votes that shall be necessary for the election of directors shall not be further amended or repealed by the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Article IX shall be amended or repealed only by the stockholders entitled to vote.

 

- 18 -

Exhibit 4.2

MINDBODY, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of February 10, 2014, by and among Mindbody, Inc., a California corporation (the “ Company ”), the holders of outstanding Common Stock of the Company listed on Schedule 1 hereto (the “ Founders ”), the holders of outstanding Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock of the Company listed on Schedule 2 hereto (the “ Series A and B Holders ”), the holders of outstanding Series C Preferred Stock of the Company listed on Schedule 3 hereto (the “ Series C Holders ”), the holders of outstanding Series D Preferred Stock of the Company listed on Schedule 4 hereto (the “ Series D Holders ”), the holders of Series E Preferred Stock of the Company listed on Schedule 5 hereto (the “ Series E Holders ”), the holders of Series F Preferred Stock of the Company listed on Schedule 6 hereto (the “ Series F Holders ”) and the purchasers of Series G Preferred Stock of the Company listed on Schedule 7 hereto (the “ New Investors ” and, together with the Series A and B Holders, the Series C Holders, the Series D Holders, the Series E Holders and the Series F Holders, the “ Investors ”).

RECITALS

The Company, the Founders, the Series A and B Holders, the Series C Holders, the Series D Holders, the Series E Holders and the Series F Holders previously entered into an Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of October 19, 2012 (the “ Prior Agreement ”). The Company and the New Investors have entered into a Series G Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ Purchase Agreement ”) dated as of the date hereof, pursuant to which the Company desires to sell to the New Investors and the New Investors desire to purchase from the Company shares of the Company’s Series G Preferred Stock (the “ Series G Preferred Stock ”). A condition to the New Investors’ obligations under the Purchase Agreement is that the Company, the Founders and the Investors enter into this Agreement in order to provide (i) the Investors and the Founders certain rights to register shares of the Company’s common stock (the “ Common Stock ”) held by the Investors and the Founders or issued or issuable upon conversion of the Company’s preferred stock (the “ Preferred Stock ”) held by the Investors, (ii) the Investors certain rights to receive or inspect information pertaining to the Company, and (iii) the Investors a right of first offer with respect to certain issuances by the Company of its securities. The Company, the Founders, the Series A and B Holders, the Series C Holders, the Series D Holders, the Series E Holders and the Series F Holders desire to induce the New Investors to purchase shares of Series G Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement by agreeing to the terms and conditions set forth below.

Section 5.3 of the Prior Agreement provides that the Prior Agreement may be amended and restated as provided herein upon the written consent of (i) the Company, (ii) the Required Other Holders (as defined in the Prior Agreement), and (iii) the holders of not less than a majority of the of the outstanding shares of Series C Registrable Securities, Series D Registrable Securities, Series E Registrable Securities and Series F Registrable Securities (in each case, on an as-converted basis), voting together as a single class (collectively, the “ Required Holders ”).


AGREEMENT

The parties agree as follows:

1. Amendment of Prior Agreement; Waiver of Right of First Offer . Effective and contingent upon (a) execution of this Agreement by the Required Holders, and (b) upon the Closing (as such term is defined in Purchase Agreement), the Prior Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as set forth in this Agreement, and the Company and the Investors agree (i) to be bound by the provisions hereof as the sole agreement of the Company, the Founders and the Investors with respect to the registration rights of the Company’s securities and certain other rights, as set forth herein, and (ii) that the provisions of the Prior Agreement shall have no further force and effect with respect to the Company, the Founders, the Series A and B Holders, the Series C Holders, the Series D Holders, the Series E Holders or the Series F Holders. The Series A and B Holders, the Series C Holders, the Series D Holders, the Series E Holders and the Series F Holders that are Major Investors (as that term is defined in the Prior Agreement) hereby waive the Right of First Offer, including the notice requirements, set forth in the Prior Agreement with respect to the issuance of Series G Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

2. Registration Rights .

2.1 Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (and any successor thereto), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(b) “ Excluded Registration ” means a registration (i) on Form S-4 or Form S-8 promulgated under the Securities Act or any successor forms thereto, (ii) in connection with an exchange offer or offering solely to the Company’s stockholders, (iii) on Form S-1 or any successor form thereto in connection with an exchange of shares in connection with a merger or acquisition conducted or contemplated by the Company, (iv) relating solely to the sale of securities to participants in a Company stock plan, or (v) relating solely to a transaction covered by Rule 145 under the Securities Act.

(c) “ Form S-3 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor form under the Securities Act that permits significant incorporation by reference of the Company’s subsequent public filings under the Exchange Act.

(d) “ Founders’ Stock ” means the shares of Common Stock issued to or owned by the Founders.

(e) “ Holder ” means any person owning or having the right to acquire Registrable Securities or any assignee thereof in accordance with Section 2.12 of this Agreement.

(f) “ Other Registrable Securities ” means Registrable Securities held by the Series A and B Holders, the Founders or their permitted successors and assigns.

 

-2-


(g) “ Qualifying IPO ” has the meaning given to such term in the Restated Articles.

(h) “ register, ” “ registered ,” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

(i) “ Registrable Securities ” means (i) the shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, (ii) the shares of Founders’ Stock, (iii) any other shares of Common Stock held by the Founders, the Investors or their permitted successors and assigns at any time and (iv) any other shares of Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares listed in (i), (ii) and (iii); provided, however, that the foregoing definition shall exclude in all cases any Registrable Securities sold by a person in a transaction in which such person’s rights under this Agreement are not assigned, other than in accordance with Section 2.12. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except for purposes of Section 5.3, Common Stock or other securities shall only be treated as Registrable Securities if and so long as (A) they have not been sold to or through a broker or dealer or underwriter in a public distribution or a public securities transaction, (B) they have not been sold in a transaction exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act under Section 4(1) thereof so that all transfer restrictions, and restrictive legends with respect thereto, if any, are removed upon the consummation of such sale, or (C) the Holder thereof is entitled to exercise any right provided in Section 2 in accordance with Section 2.14 below.

(j) “ Registrable Securities then outstanding ” shall be determined by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding which are, and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities which are, Registrable Securities.

(k) “ Required Other Holders ” means the holders of a majority of the Other Registrable Securities.

(l) “ Required Series C Holders ” means the holders of a majority of the Series C Registrable Securities.

(m) “ Required Series D, E, F and G Holders ” means the holders of a majority of the Series D Registrable Securities, Series E Registrable Securities, Series F and Series G Registrable Securities, voting together.

(n) “ Restated Articles ” means the Company’s Sixth Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation.

(o) “ Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company, the Founders, the Investors and the other parties thereto, as the same may be amended, restated and otherwise modified from time to time.

 

-3-


(p) “ SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

(q) “ Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (and any successor thereto), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(r) “ Series C Registrable Securities ” means Registrable Securities held by the Series C Holders or their permitted successors and assigns.

(s) “ Series D Registrable Securities ” means Registrable Securities held by the Series D Holders or their permitted successors and assigns.

(t) “ Series E Registrable Securities ” means Registrable Securities held by the Series E Holders or their permitted successors and assigns

(u) “ Series F Registrable Securities ” means Registrable Securities held by the Series F Holders or their permitted successors and assigns.

(v) “ Series G Registrable Securities ” means Registrable Securities held by the New Investors or their permitted successors and assigns.

(w) “ Voting Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company, the Founders, the Investors and the other parties thereto, as the same may be amended, restated and otherwise modified from time to time.

2.2 Request for Registration .

(a) If the Company shall receive at any time after six (6) months after the effective date of the first registration statement for an underwritten public offering of securities of the Company (other than an Excluded Registration), a written request from either the Required Series D, E, F and G Holders (a “ Series D, E, F and G Demand Registration ”), the Required Series C Holders (a “ Series C Demand Registration ”) or the Required Other Holders (an “ Other Shareholder Demand Registration ”) that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of at least such number of the Registrable Securities having an anticipated aggregate offering price of at least $5,000,000, then the Company shall, within 10 days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders and shall, subject to the limitations of subsection 2.2(b), use its best efforts to file as soon as practicable, and in any event within 90 days of the receipt of such request, a registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities which the Holders request to be registered within 20 days of the mailing of such notice by the Company.

(b) If the Holders initiating the registration request under Section 2.2(a) (“ Initiating Holders ”) intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 2.2 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in subsection 2.2(a). The underwriter will be selected by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company. In such event, the right of any Holder to include his or its Registrable Securities in such registration shall

 

-4-


be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and such Holder) to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in subsection 2.5(e)) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 2.2, a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its holders of capital stock for such registration statement to be filed and it is therefore essential to defer the filing of such registration statement, the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than 120 days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided, however, that the Company may not utilize this right (collectively with the similar right under subsection 2.4(b)) more than once in any twelve-month period.

(d) In addition, the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to this Section 2.2:

(i) (A) if the Initiating Holders are holders of Series D Registrable Securities, Series E Registrable Securities, Series F Registrable Securities or Series G Registrable Securities and the Company has either (1) effected one (1) Series D, E, F and G Demand Registration in the prior twelve (12) months, or (2) previously effected two (2) Series D, E, F and G Demand Registrations in the aggregate, and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective and at least 90% of the Series D Registrable Securities, Series E Registrable Securities, Series F Registrable Securities and Series G Registrable Securities requested to be included therein were able to be registered and sold thereunder, (B) if the Initiating Holders are holders of Series C Registrable Securities and the Company has either (1) effected one (1) Series C Demand Registration in the prior twelve (12) months, or (2) previously effected two (2) Series C Demand Registrations in the aggregate, and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective and at least 90% of the Series C Registrable Securities requested to be included therein were able to be registered and sold thereunder or (C) if the Initiating Holders are holders of Other Registrable Securities and the Company has either (1) effected one (1) Other Shareholders Demand Registration in the prior twelve (12) months, or (2) previously effected two (2) Other Shareholders Demand Registrations in the aggregate, and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective and at least 90% of the Other Registrable Securities requested to be included therein were able to be registered and sold thereunder;

(ii) if the Company has, within the 12-month period preceding the date of such request, already effected one registration for the Holders pursuant to this Section 2.2, and such registration has been declared or ordered effective and at least 90% of the Registrable Securities requested to be included therein were able to be registered and sold thereunder;

 

-5-


(iii) during the period starting with the date 90 days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date 90 days after the effective date of, a registration subject to Section 2.3; provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or

(iv) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 2.4.

(e) If the total amount of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by holders of capital stock and the Company to be included in an underwritten Series D, E, F and G Demand Registration, Series C Demand Registration, Other Shareholder Demand Registration or registration requested under Section 2.4 exceeds the amount of securities that the underwriters determine in their sole discretion is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering, and the Company will include in such registration (i) first, the number of Registrable Securities (apportioned pro rata among the selling Holders according to the total amount of securities entitled to be included therein owned by each selling Holder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by such selling Holders), but in no event shall any Other Registrable Securities be included until Holders of Series G Registrable Securities, Series F Registrable Securities, Series E Registrable Securities, Series D Registrable Securities and Series C Registrable Securities that have requested to include Registrable Securities therein shall have received (or will receive in such registration) an amount equal to the original purchase price of their shares of Series G Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock, respectively, (ii) second, the securities, if any, the Company proposes to sell therein and (iii) third, any other securities of the Company requested to be included in such registration. For purposes of the preceding parenthetical concerning apportionment, for any selling Holder which is a partnership or corporation, the partners, retired partners, holders of capital stock of such Holder, the estates and family members of any such partners and retired partners, any Affiliated Fund (as defined below) and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons shall be deemed to be a single “ selling Holder ,” and any pro-rata reduction with respect to such “selling security holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “selling Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

2.3 Company Registration . If (but without any obligation to do so) the Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration effected by the Company for holders of capital stock other than the Holders) any of its stock under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than a registration relating solely to the sale of securities to participants in a Company stock plan or a transaction covered by Rule 145 under the Securities Act, a registration in which the only stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities which are also being registered, or any registration on any form which does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of

 

-6-


the Registrable Securities), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder written notice of such registration. Upon the written request of each Holder given within 20 days after mailing of such notice by the Company in accordance with Section 5.4, the Company shall, subject to the cut back provisions of Section 2.8, cause to be registered under the Securities Act all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be registered.

2.4 Form S-3 Registration . In case the Company shall receive from any Holder a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company will:

(a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders; and

(b) as soon as practicable, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within 15 days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance, pursuant to this Section 2.4: (i) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders; (ii) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public (net of any underwriters’ discounts or commissions) of less than $1,000,000; (iii) if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its holders of capital stock for such Form S-3 registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a period of not more than 120 days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 2.4; provided, however, that the Company shall not utilize this right (collectively with the similar right under subsection 2.2(c)) more than once in any 12-month period; (iv) if the Company has, within the 12-month period preceding the date of such request, already effected one registration on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 2.4; (v) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance where the Company is not otherwise qualified or subject to the jurisdiction thereof; or (vi) during the period ending 180 days after the effective date of a registration statement subject to Section 2.3.

(c) Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the Holders. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Sections 2.2 or 2.3, respectively.

 

-7-


2.5 Obligations of the Company . Whenever required under this Section 2 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for up to 120 days, or until the distribution described in such registration statement is completed, if earlier.

(b) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for up to 120 days, or until the distribution described in such registration statement is completed, if earlier.

(c) Furnish to the Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.

(d) Use its best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders, provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions where the Company is not otherwise qualified or subject to the jurisdiction thereof, except as may be required by the Securities Act.

(e) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

(f) Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing, and at the request of any such Holder, prepare and furnish to such Holder a reasonable number of copies of a supplement or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing, such obligation to continue for 120 days.

 

-8-


(g) Cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed.

(h) Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration.

(i) Use its commercially reasonable efforts to furnish, at the request of any Holder requesting registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale in connection with a registration pursuant to this Section 2, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, (i) an opinion, dated such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters and (ii) a letter dated such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters.

(j) Promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders, any managing underwriter(s) participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the selling Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents, and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant, or agent, in each case, as necessary or advisable to verify the accuracy of the information in such registration statement and to conduct appropriate due diligence in connection therewith.

2.6 Furnish Information . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 2 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities. The Company shall have no obligation with respect to any registration requested pursuant to Section 2.2 or Section 2.4 of this Agreement if, as a result of the application of the preceding sentence, the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities to be included in the registration does not equal or exceed the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price required to originally trigger the Company’s obligation to initiate such registration as specified in subsection 2.2(a) or subsection 2.4(b), whichever is applicable.

2.7 Expenses of Registration .

(a) Demand Registration . All expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions and stock transfer taxes) incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications pursuant to Section 2.2, including (without limitation) all registration,

 

-9-


filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders selected by the original requesting Holders with the approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, shall be borne by the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.2 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders who originally requested such registration (in which case, such Holders shall bear such expenses) unless the Holders who originally requested such registration agree to forfeit their right to one demand registration pursuant to Section 2.2; provided, further, however, that if at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders (i) have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company that was not known to the Holders at the time of their request and (ii) have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure by the Company of such material adverse change, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall not forfeit their rights pursuant to Section 2.2.

(b) Company Registration . All expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions and stock transfer taxes) incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2.3 for each Holder, including (without limitation) all registration, filing, and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holder or Holders selected by them (by vote of the Holders holding at least a majority of the Registrable Securities requested to be included therein) with the approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, shall be borne by the Company.

(c) Registration on Form S-3 . All expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions and stock transfer taxes) incurred in connection with a registration, filing or qualification requested pursuant to Section 2.4, including (without limitation) all registration, filing, qualification, printers’ and accounting fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holder or Holders selected by the original requesting Holders with the approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, and counsel for the Company, shall be borne by the Company.

2.8 Underwriting Requirements . In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock, the Company shall not be required under Section 2.3 to include any of the Holders’ securities in such underwriting unless they accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the underwriters selected by it (or by other persons entitled to select the underwriters), and then only in such quantity as the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total amount of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by holders of capital stock to be included in such offering exceeds the amount of securities sold other than by the Company that the underwriters determine in their sole discretion is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering (the securities so included to be apportioned pro rata among the selling security holders according to the total amount of securities entitled to be included therein owned by each selling security

 

-10-


holder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by such selling security holders) but in no event shall (a) the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the offering be reduced below 20% of the total amount of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the initial public offering of the Company’s securities, in which case, the selling security holders may be excluded if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other security holder’s securities are included or (b) any Other Registrable Securities be included until Holders of Series G Registrable Securities, Series F Registrable Securities, Series E Registrable Securities, Series D Registrable Securities and Series C Registrable Securities that have requested to include Registrable Securities therein shall have received (or will receive in such registration) an amount equal to the original purchase price of their shares of Series G Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock, respectively. For purposes of the preceding parenthetical concerning apportionment, for any selling security holder which is a partnership or corporation, the partners, retired partners, holders of capital stock of such holder, the estates and family members of any such partners and retired partners, any Affiliated Fund, and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons shall be deemed to be a single “ selling security holder ,” and any pro-rata reduction with respect to such “selling security holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “selling security holder,” as defined in this sentence.

2.9 Delay of Registration . No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

2.10 Indemnification . In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 2:

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, officers, directors and security holders of each Holder, legal counsel and accountants for each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “ Violation ”): (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law; and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter or controlling person, as incurred, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 2.10(a) shall not apply to amounts paid

 

-11-


in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), nor shall the Company be liable to any Holder, underwriter or controlling person for any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by such Holder, underwriter or controlling person.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter, any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement and any controlling person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which any of the foregoing persons may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and such Holder will pay, as incurred, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by any person intended to be indemnified pursuant to this subsection 2.10(b), in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 2.10(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided that (i) in no event shall any indemnity under this subsection 2.10(a) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder, except in the case of willful fraud by such Holder and (ii) the obligation by each selling Holder to indemnify hereunder shall be individual and not joint and several for each such Holder.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.10 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.10, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties which may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the reasonable fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if and only to the extent that it is actually prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 2.10, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.10.

 

-12-


(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.10 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense referred to therein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided that in no event shall any contribution by a Holder under this Subsection 2.10(d) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder, except in the case of willful fraud by such Holder. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

(f) The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.10 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement under this Section 2, and otherwise.

2.11 Reports Under the Exchange Act . With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to:

(a) make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after 90 days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public so long as the Company remains subject to the periodic reporting requirements under Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

(b) take such action, including the voluntary registration of its Common Stock under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, as is necessary to enable the Holders to utilize Form S-3 for the sale of their Registrable Securities, such action to be taken as soon as practicable after the end of the fiscal year in which the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public is declared effective;

 

-13-


(c) file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act; and

(d) furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after 90 days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company), the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after it so qualifies), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company, and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC which permits the selling of any such securities without registration or pursuant to such form.

2.12 Assignment of Registration Rights . The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee or assignee (i) of at least 10% of the transferring Holder’s aggregate Registrable Securities originally obtained from the Company (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends or the like) or such lower number of Registrable Securities which represent all such Registrable Securities then held by such Holder, (ii) that is a subsidiary, parent, partner, limited partner, retired partner, member, retired member or holder of capital stock of a Holder, (iii) that is an affiliated fund or entity of the Holder, which means with respect to a limited liability company, a limited partnership or a limited liability partnership, a fund or entity managed by the same manager or managing member or general partner or management company or by an entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such manager or managing member or general partner or management company (such a fund or entity, an “ Affiliated Fund ”), (iv) who is a Holder’s child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law (such a relation, a Holder’s “ Immediate Family Member ”, which term shall include adoptive relationships), or (v) that is a trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or such Holder’s Immediate Family Member, provided the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; and provided, further, that such assignment shall be effective only if the transferee agrees to be bound by this Agreement and immediately following such transfer the further disposition of such securities by the transferee or assignee is restricted under the Securities Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the limitation set forth in subsection (i) hereto shall not apply with respect to the transfer of any Registrable Securities to W Capital Partners III, L.P. or any of its Affiliates (“ W Capital ”) or Montreux Equity Partners V, L.P. or any of its Affiliates (“ Montreux ”) in connection with the Tender Offer (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) or pursuant to the Secondary Purchase Right of First Refusal or Alternative ROFR Rights (each as defined in the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, dated as of the date hereof); provided that the exclusion in this sentence shall not apply to any subsequent transfer by W Capital or Montreux. For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee or assignee, the holdings of transferees and assignees of (x) a partnership who are partners or retired partners of such partnership or (y) a limited liability company who are members or retired members of such limited liability company (including

 

-14-


Immediate Family Members of such partners or members who acquire Registrable Securities by gift, will or intestate succession) shall be aggregated together and with the partnership or limited liability company; provided that all assignees and transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of registration rights shall have a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices or taking any action under Section 2.

2.13 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights . From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Required Other Holders, the Required Series C Holders and the Required Series D, E, F and G Holders, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company which would allow such holder or prospective holder (a) to include such securities in any registration filed under Section 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4 hereof, unless under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of his or its securities will not reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of the Holders which is included or (b) to make a demand registration which could result in such registration statement being declared effective prior to the earlier of either of the dates set forth in subsection 2.2(a) or within 120 days of the effective date of any registration effected pursuant to Section 2.2.

2.14 Termination of Registration Rights . No Holder shall be entitled to exercise any right provided for in this Section 2 after the termination of this Agreement, as provided in Section 4.

3. Covenants of the Company .

3.1 Delivery of Financial Statements . The Company shall deliver to each Investor holding not less than 235,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends or the like) (each, a “ Major Investor ”):

(a) within 150 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an income statement for such fiscal year, a balance sheet of the Company and statement of shareholders’ equity as of the end of such year, and a statement of cash flows for such year, such year-end financial reports to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”), and audited and certified by an independent public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing selected by the Company;

(b) within 60 days after the end of each quarter of each fiscal year of the Company, an unaudited profit or loss statement, a statement of cash flows for such fiscal quarter and an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal quarter;

(c) within 45 days of the end of each month (other than months ending at the end of a fiscal quarter), a monthly report detailing key financial and other metrics used to measure the Company’s performance and progress, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto; and

(d) within 45 days prior to the end of each fiscal year, a budget for the next fiscal year, prepared on a monthly basis.

 

-15-


Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 3.1 to the contrary, the Company may cease providing the information set forth in this Section 3.1 during the period starting with the date 60 days before the Company’s good-faith estimate of the date of filing of a registration statement only if it reasonably concludes it must do so to comply with the SEC rules applicable to such registration statement and related offering; provided that the Company’s covenants under this Section 3.1 shall be reinstated at such time as the Company is no longer actively employing its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective.

3.2 Annual Budget . The adoption of the Company’s annual budget must be approved by the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock (in each case, on an as-converted basis), voting together as a single class.

3.3 Inspection . The Company shall permit each Major Investor that is not a competitor of the Company, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board of Directors ”) in good faith, at such Major Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Company’s affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all at such reasonable times as may be requested by such Major Investor; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 3.3 to provide access to any information which it reasonably considers to be privileged or a trade secret or similar confidential information. The parties hereto agree that neither Catalyst nor BVP (each as defined below) shall be deemed a competitor of the Company for purposes of this Section 3.3.

3.4 Right of First Offer . Subject to the terms and conditions specified in this Section 3.4, the Company hereby grants to each Major Investor a right of first offer with respect to future sales by the Company of its Shares (as hereinafter defined). Each time the Company proposes to offer any shares of, or securities convertible into or exercisable for any shares of, any class of its capital stock other than in connection with an Excluded Issuance (as defined in the Company’s Articles of Incorporation as in effect on the date hereof) (“ Shares ”), the Company shall first make an offering of such Shares to each Major Investor in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) The Company shall deliver a notice (the “ RFO Notice ”) to the Major Investors stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such Shares, (ii) the number of such Shares to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such Shares.

(b) Within 10 calendar days after delivery of the RFO Notice, each Major Investor may elect to purchase or obtain, at the price and on the terms specified in the RFO Notice, up to that portion of such Shares which equals the proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities then held (other than any shares of Common Stock issuable to employees, consultants or directors pursuant to a stock option plan, restricted stock plan, or other stock plan), by such Major Investor bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding (assuming full conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities, other than any shares of Common Stock issuable to employees, consultants or

 

-16-


directors pursuant to a stock option plan, restricted stock plan, or other stock plan). Such purchase shall be completed at the same closing as that of any third party purchasers or at an additional closing thereunder. The Company shall promptly, in writing, inform each Major Investor that purchases all the Shares available to it (each, a “ Fully-Exercising Investor ”) of any other Major Investor’s failure to do likewise. During the 5-day period commencing after receipt of such information, each Fully-Exercising Investor shall be entitled to obtain that portion of the Shares for which Major Investors were entitled to subscribe but which were not subscribed for by the Major Investors that is equal to the proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities then held, by such Fully-Exercising Investor bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding (assuming full conversion and exercise of all vested convertible or exercisable securities) issued and held, or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock then held, by all Fully-Exercising Investors who elect to purchase such unsubscribed Shares. If Catalyst Investors QP II, L.P. or any of its Affiliates (“ Catalyst ”), Bessemer Venture Partners VII L.P. or any of its Affiliates (“ BVP ”), Institutional Venture Partners XIII, L.P. or any of its Affiliates (“IVP”), W Capital or Montreux exercise their right to purchase Shares in accordance with this Section 3.4, the closing of the sale of such Shares shall not occur any sooner than 14 business days after the expiration of the period provided in this subsection 3.4(b), unless Catalyst, BVP, IVP, W Capital or Montreux, as applicable, consents to a shorter period.

(c) The Company may, during the 90-day period following the expiration of the period provided in subsection 3.4(b) hereof, offer the remaining unsubscribed portion of the Shares to any person or persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than those, specified in the RFO Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the Shares within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within 90 days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such Shares shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Major Investors in accordance herewith.

(d) In addition to the foregoing, the right of first offer in this Section 3.4 shall not be applicable with respect to any Major Investor if (i) at the time of such subsequent securities issuance, such Major Investor is not an “accredited investor,” as that term is then defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act, and (ii) the securities issuance is otherwise being offered only to accredited investors.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Major Investor’s right of first offer set forth in this Section 3.4 shall not be affected in any manner for any subsequent offering of Shares if such Major Investor fails to be a Fully-Exercising Investor with respect to any consummated offering of Shares subject to this Section 3.4.

3.5 Confidentiality . Each Investor and each Founder shall keep confidential and shall not disclose, divulge or use for any purpose (other than to monitor its investment in the Company) any confidential information obtained from the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (including notice of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement), unless such confidential information (a) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of this Section 3.5 by such Investor or Founder, as applicable), (b) is or has been independently developed or conceived by the Investor or Founder, as applicable,

 

-17-


without use of the Company’s confidential information, or (c) is or has been made known or disclosed to the Investor or Founder, as applicable, by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company; provided, however, that an Investor or Founder, as applicable, may disclose confidential information (i) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company; (ii) to any prospective purchaser of any Registrable Securities from such Investor or Founder, as applicable, if such prospective purchaser agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 3.5; (iii) to any Affiliate, partner, member, stockholder, or wholly owned subsidiary of such Investor in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Investor informs such person that such information is confidential and directs such person to maintain the confidentiality of such information; or (iv) as may otherwise be required by law, provided that the Investor or Founder, as applicable, promptly notifies the Company of such disclosure and takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure.

3.6 Confidential Information Agreement and Invention Assignment Agreement . The Company shall enter into the Company’s standard form of Confidential Information Agreement and the Company’s standard form of Invention Assignment Agreement previously provided to the Investors and their respective counsel with each person hereafter employed by it (or engaged by the Company as a consultant or independent contractor) with access to confidential information and/or trade secrets.

3.7 Stock Vesting . With respect to any restricted shares issued or options or rights granted, unless the Board of Directors approves otherwise, the Company shall cause each officer, director, employee of or consultant to the Company (“ Option or Restricted Stock Holder ”) to enter into an agreement providing for (a) vesting of such shares or options or rights over forty-eight (48) months and (b) such officer, director, employee, consultant, contractor or other service provider of the Company to become party to each of the Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement and the Voting Agreement upon the granting of such shares or exercise of such options, as the case may be, and (c) acceleration upon a Sale of the Company as follows: 50% of the unvested shares shall accelerate and vest in full upon a Sale of the Company; and the remaining 50% shall accelerate and vest in full in the event the option holder’s employment is terminated within 6 months following a Sale of the Company. “ Sale of the Company ” shall mean either: (i) a transaction or series of related transactions in which a person or entity, or a group of related persons or entities acquires from shareholders of the Company shares representing more than 50% of the outstanding voting power of the Company; or (ii) a transaction that qualifies as a “Liquidation Transaction” pursuant to the Restated Articles.

3.8 Investor Director Approval . The Company shall not, without the approval of the Board of Directors (including the separate approvals of the Series C Director, the Series D Director and the Series F Director (as such terms are defined in the Voting Agreement)), do any of the following:

(a) enter into or be a party to any transaction with (i) any director or officer of the Company, (ii) any member of the Immediate Family of any director or officer of the Company, or (iii) an entity in which any director or officer of the Company or a member of the Immediate Family member of any director or officer of the Company is a director, officer or, directly or indirectly, 5% equityholder; and

 

-18-


(b) hire, fire or change the compensation of the chief executive officer, chief operating officer, treasurer, chief financial officer, chief technology officer or chief sales and marketing officer of the Company, including approving the adoption or amendment of any option grants or award compensation packages.

3.9 Termination of Certain Covenants .

(a) Each of the covenants set forth in this Section 3 (other than the covenants set forth in Sections 3.5 and 3.9) shall terminate as to each Holder and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately prior to the consummation of a Qualifying IPO, or (ii) upon termination of this Agreement, as provided in Section 4.

(b) The covenants set forth in Section 3.1 shall be suspended as to each Holder when the Company first becomes (and for so long as the Company is) subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, if this occurs earlier than the events described in Section 3.9(a).

4. Termination of Agreement .

4.1 Termination Events . This Agreement shall terminate and have no further force or effect upon the earlier of:

(a) the liquidation, dissolution or indefinite cessation of the business operations of the Company; or

(b) the consummation of a transaction or series of related transactions that constitute a Liquidation Event (as defined in the Restated Articles).

5. Miscellaneous .

5.1 Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes any and all other written or oral agreements relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties hereto.

5.2 Successors and Assigns; Third Party Beneficiaries . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors, assigns and legal representatives of the parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors, assigns and legal representatives any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement (including, without limitation, in Section 2.10).

5.3 Amendments and Waivers . Any term of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the written consent of (a) the Company, (b) the Required Other

 

-19-


Holders, and (c) the holders of not less than a majority of the of the outstanding shares of Series C Registrable Securities, Series D Registrable Securities, Series E Registrable Securities, Series F Registrable Securities and Series G Registrable Securities (in each case, on an as-converted basis), voting together as a single class; provided, however, that if such amendment or waiver adversely affects an Investor in a manner adversely and disproportionately as compared to other Investors, the affirmative vote or written consent of such Investor shall be required. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 5.3 shall be binding upon the Company, the Founders, the Investors, and each of their respective successors and assigns. Notwithstanding the foregoing, additional holders of Common Stock shall become a party to this Agreement as a “Founder” hereunder, without the need for any consent, approval or signature of any Shareholder hereunder, when such holder has executed one or more counterpart signature pages to this Agreement as a “Founder”, with the Company’s consent.

5.4 Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient on the date of delivery, when delivered personally or by overnight courier or sent by fax or email (upon customary confirmation of receipt), or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address or fax number as set forth below on the signature pages or on Schedule 1 , Schedule 2 , Schedule 3 , Schedule 4 , Schedule 5 , Schedule 6 or Schedule 7 hereto, or as subsequently modified by written notice.

5.5 Aggregation of Stock . All shares of capital stock of the Company held or acquired by Affiliated entities or persons shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement and such Affiliated persons may apportion such rights as among themselves in any manner they deem appropriate. As used herein, “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Investor, any other Investor who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Investor, including, without limitation, any general partner, managing member, officer or director of such Investor, or any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing which is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such Investor.

5.6 Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith to effectuate, to the greatest extent legally permissible, the intent of such provision. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (a) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (b) the balance of this Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (c) the balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

5.7 Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

5.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

-20-


5.9 Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-21-


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE COMPANY: THE FOUNDERS:
MINDBODY, INC. RICHARD L. STOLLMEYER VOTING TRUST
By:

/s/ Richard L. Stollmeyer

By:

/s/ Richard L. Stollmeyer

(Signature)

Name: 

Richard L. Stollmeyer

Title:

Trustee

Richard L. Stollmeyer
Chief Executive Officer

Address:

4051 Broad Street, Suite #220

San Luis Obispo, California 93401

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

Fax:

Email:

THE SERIES A AND B HOLDERS: THE SERIES C HOLDERS:

 

 

(PRINT NAME) (PRINT NAME)
By:

 

By:

 

(Signature) (Signature)
Name:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Title:

 

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE COMPANY:   THE FOUNDERS:
MINDBODY, INC. ROBERT MURPHY
By:

 

By:

/s/ Robert Murphy

(Signature) (Signature)

Richard L. Stollmeyer

Chief Executive Officer

Address:

4051 Broad Street, Suite #220

San Luis Obispo, California 93401

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

Fax:

Email:

THE SERIES A AND B HOLDERS: THE SERIES C HOLDERS:

 

 

(PRINT NAME) (PRINT NAME)
By:

 

By:

 

(Signature) (Signature)
Name:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Title:

 

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE COMPANY: THE FOUNDERS:
MINDBODY, INC.

 

(PRINT NAME)
By:

 

 

(Signature) (Signature)
Richard L. Stollmeyer
Chief Executive Officer
Address:
4051 Broad Street, Suite #220
San Luis Obispo, California 93401
Attn: Chief Executive Officer
Fax:
Email:
THE SERIES A AND B HOLDERS: THE SERIES C HOLDERS:
CATALYST INVESTORS QP II, L.P. CATALYST INVESTORS QP II, L.P.
CATALYST INVESTORS II, L.P. CATALYST INVESTORS II, L.P.
By: Catalyst Investors Partners II, L.P., their general partner By: Catalyst Investors Partners II, L.P., their general partner
By: Catalyst Investors Partners, L.L.C., its general partner By: Catalyst Investors Partners, L.L.C., its general partner
By:

/s/ Christopher J. Shipman

By:

/s/ Christopher J. Shipman

(Signature) (Signature)
Name: Christopher J. Shipman Name:  Christopher J. Shipman
Title: Executive Vice President Title: Executive Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE SERIES D HOLDERS AND THE SERIES E HOLDERS:
BESSEMER VENTURE PARTNERS VII L.P.
BESSEMER VENTURE PARTNERS VII INSTITUTIONAL L.P.
BVP VII SPECIAL OPPORTUNITY FUND L.P.
By: Deer VII & Co. L.P., their General Partner
By: Deer VII & Co. Ltd., its General Partner
By:

/s/ J. Edmund Colloton

J. Edmund Colloton, Director
CATALYST INVESTORS QP II, L.P.
CATALYST INVESTORS II, L.P.
By: Catalyst Investors Partners II, L.P., their general partner
By: Catalyst Investors Partners, L.L.C., its general partner
By:

 

(Signature)
Name:

 

Title:

 

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE SERIES D HOLDERS AND THE SERIES E HOLDERS:
BESSEMER VENTURE PARTNERS VII L.P.
BESSEMER VENTURE PARTNERS VII INSTITUTIONAL L.P.
BVP VII SPECIAL OPPORTUNITY FUND L.P.
By: Deer VII & Co. L.P., their General Partner
By: Deer VII & Co. Ltd., its General Partner
By:

 

J. Edmund Colloton, Director
CATALYST INVESTORS QP II, L.P.
CATALYST INVESTORS II, L.P.
By: Catalyst Investors Partners II, L.P., their general partner
By: Catalyst Investors Partners, L.L.C., its general partner
By:

/s/ Christopher J. Shipman

(Signature)
Name: Christopher J. Shipman
Title: Executive Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE SERIES F HOLDERS:
BESSEMER VENTURE PARTNERS VII L.P.
BESSEMER VENTURE PARTNERS VII INSTITUTIONAL L.P.
BVP VII SPECIAL OPPORTUNITY FUND L.P.
By: Deer VII & Co. L.P., their General Partner
By: Deer VII & Co. Ltd., its General Partner
By:

/s/ J. Edmund Colloton

J. Edmund Colloton, Director
CATALYST INVESTORS QP II, L.P.
CATALYST INVESTORS II, L.P.
By: Catalyst Investors Partners II, L.P., their general partner
By: Catalyst Investors Partners, L.L.C., its general partner
By:

 

(Signature)
Name:

 

Title:

 

INSTITUTIONAL VENTURE PARTNERS XIII, L.P.
By: Institutional Venture Management XIII, LLC,
its General Partner
By:

 

(Signature)
Name:

 

Title:

 

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE SERIES F HOLDERS:
BESSEMER VENTURE PARTNERS VII L.P.
BESSEMER VENTURE PARTNERS VII INSTITUTIONAL L.P.
BVP VII SPECIAL OPPORTUNITY FUND L.P.
By: Deer VII & Co. L.P., their General Partner
By: Deer VII & Co. Ltd., its General Partner
By:

 

J. Edmund Colloton, Director
CATALYST INVESTORS QP II, L.P.
CATALYST INVESTORS II, L.P.
By: Catalyst Investors Partners II, L.P., their general partner
By: Catalyst Investors Partners, L.L.C., its general partner
By:

/s/ Christopher J. Shipman

(Signature)
Name: Christopher J. Shipman
Title: Executive Vice President
INSTITUTIONAL VENTURE PARTNERS XIII, L.P.
By: Institutional Venture Management XIII, LLC,
its General Partner
By:

 

(Signature)
Name:

 

Title:

 

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE SERIES F HOLDERS:
BESSEMER VENTURE PARTNERS VII L.P.
BESSEMER VENTURE PARTNERS VII INSTITUTIONAL L.P.
BVP VII SPECIAL OPPORTUNITY FUND L.P.
By: Deer VII & Co. L.P., their General Partner
By: Deer VII & Co. Ltd., its General Partner
By:

 

J. Edmund Colloton, Director
CATALYST INVESTORS QP II, L.P.
CATALYST INVESTORS II, L.P.
By: Catalyst Investors Partners II, L.P., their general partner
By: Catalyst Investors Partners, L.L.C., its general partner
By:

 

(Signature)
Name:

 

Title:

 

INSTITUTIONAL VENTURE PARTNERS XIII, L.P.
By: Institutional Venture Management XIII LLC
Its: General Partner
By:

/s/ Melanie Chladek

CFO and Administrative Partner
Address: 3000 Sand Hill Road
Building 2, Suite 250
Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE NEW INVESTORS:
W CAPITAL PARTNERS III, L.P.
By: WCP GP III, L.P., its General Partner
By: WCP GP III, LLC, its General Partner
By:

/s/ David Wachter

Name: David Wachter
Title: Managing Member
MONTREUX EQUITY PARTNERS V, L.P.
By: Montreux Equity Management V, LLC,
its General Partner
By:

 

(Signature)
Name: Daniel K. Turner III
Title: Managing Member

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE NEW INVESTORS:
W CAPITAL PARTNERS III, L.P.
By: WCP GP III, L.P., its General Partner
By: WCP GP III, LLC, its General Partner
By:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

MONTREUX EQUITY PARTNERS V, L.P.
By: Montreux Equity Management V, LLC,
its General Partner
By:

/s/ Daniel K. Turner III

(Signature)
Name: Daniel K. Turner III
Title: Managing Member

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE NEW INVESTORS:
BESSEMER VENTURE PARTNERS VII L.P.
BESSEMER VENTURE PARTNERS VII INSTITUTIONAL L.P.
BVP VII SPECIAL OPPORTUNITY FUND L.P.
By: Deer VII & Co. L.P., their General Partner
By: Deer VII & Co. Ltd., its General Partner
By:

/s/ J. Edmund Colloton

J. Edmund Colloton, Director
CATALYST INVESTORS QP II, L.P.
CATALYST INVESTORS II, L.P.
By: Catalyst Investors Partners II, L.P., their general partner
By: Catalyst Investors Partners, L.L.C., its general partner
By:

 

(Signature)
Name:

 

Title:

 

Institutional Venture Partners XIII, L.P.
By: Institutional Venture Management XIII LLC
Its: General Partner
By:

 

Managing Director
Address:   3000 Sand Hill Road
Building 2, Suite 250
Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE NEW INVESTORS:
BESSEMER VENTURE PARTNERS VII L.P.
BESSEMER VENTURE PARTNERS VII INSTITUTIONAL L.P.
BVP VII SPECIAL OPPORTUNITY FUND L.P.
By: Deer VII & Co. L.P., their General Partner
By: Deer VII & Co. Ltd., its General Partner
By:

 

J. Edmund Colloton, Director
CATALYST INVESTORS QP II, L.P.
CATALYST INVESTORS II, L.P.
By: Catalyst Investors Partners II, L.P., their general partner
By: Catalyst Investors Partners, L.L.C., its general partner
By:

/s/ Christopher J. Shipman

(Signature)
Name: Christopher J. Shipman
Title: Executive Vice President
Institutional Venture Partners XIII, L.P.
By: Institutional Venture Management XIII LLC
Its: General Partner
By:

 

Managing Director
Address:              3000 Sand Hill Road
             Building 2, Suite 250
             Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE NEW INVESTORS:
BESSEMER VENTURE PARTNERS VII L.P.
BESSEMER VENTURE PARTNERS VII INSTITUTIONAL L.P.
BVP VII SPECIAL OPPORTUNITY FUND L.P.
By: Deer VII & Co. L.P., their General Partner
By: Deer VII & Co. Ltd., its General Partner
By:

 

J. Edmund Colloton, Director
CATALYST INVESTORS QP II, L.P.
CATALYST INVESTORS II, L.P.
By: Catalyst Investors Partners II, L.P., their general partner
By: Catalyst Investors Partners, L.L.C., its general partner
By:

 

(Signature)
Name:

 

Title:

 

Institutional Venture Partners XIII, L.P.
By: Institutional Venture Management XIII LLC
Its: General Partner
By:

/s/ Melanie Chladek

CFO and Administrative Partner
Address:         3000 Sand Hill Road
        Building 2, Suite 250
        Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


SCHEDULE 1

FOUNDERS

 

Name

Robert Murphy
Richard L. Stollmeyer Voting Trust


SCHEDULE 2

SERIES A AND B HOLDERS

 

Name

David N. Bernstein
Eric & Irina Meyer
Nicholas H. Stonnington
Daryl Bernstein
Jacques & Regine Meyer
Barry Paulk
Gerda D. Levy
William H. Slattery
James N. Adler
John Bell
James S. Bennett, Bennett Family Trust
Boris Droutman
Craig & Katherine Francis
Bob Frazee
S. Robert Frazee
Steven Gabor, King Trust, Steven Cabor, Successor Trustee
Adam Guttentag
Boris Koropey
Kenneth Ramberg, The Tower Trust, Kenneth Ramberg Trustee
Michael P. Ridley


Name

William Rothbard, William Rothbard Inter Vivos Trust

Daniel A. Seigel, The Daniel and Elaine Seigel Revocable Trust

Richard J. Slater, TTEE, The Slater Family Trust

Alison Sweeney

Ryan M. Sweeney Irrevocable Trust

Stender E. Sweeney

Douglas Swets, Swets Family Trust

H. Andrew Thornburg, Thornburg & Co., Inc. Retirement Trust

William N. Tifft

Lead Edge Partners Opportunity I, LLC

EAPE Holdings, LLC

EAPEQ Holdings, LLC

Catalyst Investors II, L.P.

Catalyst Investors QP II, L.P.

 

-2-


SCHEDULE 3

SERIES C HOLDERS

 

Name

Catalyst Investors II, L.P.

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Lowenstein Sandler LLP

Catalyst Investors QP II, L.P.

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Lowenstein Sandler LLP


SCHEDULE 4

SERIES D HOLDERS

 

Name

Bessemer Venture Partners VII L.P.
With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
King & Spalding LLP
Bessemer Venture Partners VII Institutional L.P.
With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
King & Spalding LLP
BVP VII Special Opportunity Fund L.P.
With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
King & Spalding LLP
Catalyst Investors II, L.P.

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Lowenstein Sandler LLP
Catalyst Investors QP II, L.P.

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Lowenstein Sandler LLP


SCHEDULE 5

SERIES E HOLDERS

 

Name

Bessemer Venture Partners VII L.P.
With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
King & Spalding LLP
Bessemer Venture Partners VII Institutional L.P.
With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
King & Spalding LLP
BVP VII Special Opportunity Fund L.P.
With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
King & Spalding LLP
Catalyst Investors II, L.P.

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Lowenstein Sandler LLP
Catalyst Investors QP II, L.P.
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Lowenstein Sandler LLP


SCHEDULE 6

SERIES F HOLDERS

 

Name

Bessemer Venture Partners VII L.P.

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

King & Spalding LLP

Bessemer Venture Partners VII Institutional L.P.

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

King & Spalding LLP

BVP VII Special Opportunity Fund L.P.

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

King & Spalding LLP

Catalyst Investors II, L.P.

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Lowenstein Sandler LLP

Catalyst Investors QP II, L.P.

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Lowenstein Sandler LLP

Institutional Venture Partners XIII, L.P.


SCHEDULE 7

NEW INVESTORS

 

Name

W Capital Partners III, L.P.

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Goodwin Procter LLP
Montreux Equity Partners V, L.P.

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Fenwick & West LLP
Bessemer Venture Partners VII L.P.
With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
King & Spalding LLP
Bessemer Venture Partners VII Institutional L.P.
With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
King & Spalding LLP
BVP VII Special Opportunity Fund L.P.
With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
King & Spalding LLP
Catalyst Investors II, L.P.

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Lowenstein Sandler LLP
Catalyst Investors QP II, L.P.

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Lowenstein Sandler LLP
Institutional Venture Partners XIII, L.P.


Exhibit A

[Monthly Snapshot Report]


EXECUTION COPY

MINDBODY, INC.

FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This First Amendment (this “ Amendment ”), entered into and effective as of March 25, 2014, is made to that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement (the “ A&R IRA ”) is made and entered into as of February 10, 2014, by and among Mindbody, Inc., a California corporation (the “ Company ”), the holders of outstanding Common Stock of the Company listed on Schedule 1 thereto (the “ Founders ”), the holders of outstanding Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock of the Company listed on Schedule 2 thereto (the “ Series A and B Holders ”), the holders of outstanding Series C Preferred Stock of the Company listed on Schedule 3 thereto (the “ Series C Holders ”), the holders of outstanding Series D Preferred Stock of the Company, listed on Schedule 4 thereto (the “ Series D Holders ”), the holders of Series E Preferred Stock of the Company listed on Schedule 5 thereto (the “ Series E Holders ”), the holders of Series F Preferred Stock of the Company listed on Schedule 6 thereto (the “ Series F Holders ”) and the purchasers of Series G Preferred Stock of the Company listed on Schedule 7 thereto (the “ New Investors ” and, together with the Series A and B Holders, the Series C Holders, the Series D Holders, the Series E Holders and the Series F Holders, the “ Investors ”). All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to them in the A&R IRA.

RECITALS

WHEREAS , W Capital Partners III, L.P. (“ W Capital ”) and Montreux Equity Partners V, L.P. (“ Montreux ”) have undertaken a tender offer (the “ Tender Offer ”) to purchase certain of the shares of the Company’s capital stock (the “ Tender Offer Shares ”), including shares currently held by the Founders, the Series A and B Holders and the Common Holders, as described in that certain Side Letter Agreement (the “ Side Letter ”) dated as of February 10, 2014 between the Company, W Capital and Montreux;

WHEREAS , the number of Tender Offer Shares submitted by eligible participants in the Tender Offer exceeded the maximum number of Tender Offer Shares originally specified in the Side Letter (such excess Tender Offer Shares, the “ Oversubscribed Shares ”);

WHEREAS , W Capital and Montreux desire to purchase all of the Tender Offer Shares submitted by eligible participants in the Tender Offer, including the Oversubscribed Shares;

WHEREAS , the terms of the A&R IRA may be amended only with the written consent of (collectively, the “ Requisite Parties ”): (a) the Company, (b) the Required Other Holders, and (c) the holders of not less than a majority of the of the outstanding shares of Series C Registrable Securities, Series D Registrable Securities, Series E Registrable Securities, Series F Registrable Securities and Series G Registrable Securities (in each case, on an as-converted basis), voting together as a single class; and


EXECUTION COPY

WHEREAS , in connection with W Capital’s and Montreux’s purchase of the Tender Offer Shares, including the Oversubscribed Shares, each of the undersigned, which comprise the Requisite Parties, desire to amend the A&R IRA as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE , in exchange for good and valuable consideration including, without limitation, the mutual covenants contained herein, the sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound here, the Requisite Parties hereby agree as follows:

1) Amendment . In lieu of the reference to the Purchase Agreement, the term “Tender Offer,” as used in Section 2.12 of the A&R IRA, shall mean the following:

“W Capital Partners III, L.P.’s (“ W Capital ”) and Montreux Equity Partners V, L.P.’s (“ Montreux ”) offer to purchase up to $15,687,792 of shares from the holders of Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock of the Company on the terms set forth in the (i) Side Letter Agreement, dated as of February 10, 2014, by and among the Company, W Capital and Montreux and (ii) Additional Side Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2014, by and among the Company, W Capital and Montreux.”

2) Miscellaneous .

a. Except as specifically amended hereby, the, terms and provisions of the A&R IRA shall continue in full force and effect. No reference to this Amendment need to be made in any instrument or document making reference to the A&R IRA; any reference to the A&R IRA in any such instrument or document shall be deemed a reference to the A&R, IRA as amended hereby. The A&R IRA as amended hereby shall be binding upon the parties thereto and their respective assigns and successors.

b. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

c. This Amendment and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-2-


The parties have executed this Amendment to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE COMPANY:
MINDBODY, INC.
By:

/s/ Richard L. Stollmeyer

Richard L. Stollmeyer
Chief Executive Officer
Address:
4051 Broad Street, Suite #220
San Luis Obispo, California 93401
Attn: Chief Executive Officer
Fax:
Email:
FOUNDERS:
RICHARD L. STOLLMEYER VOTING TRUST
By:

/s/ Richard Stollmeyer

Name: Richard L. Stollmeyer
Title: Trustee
ROBERT MURPHY

/s/ Robert Murphy

(Signature)

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


The parties have executed this Amendment to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:    
    BESSEMER VENTURE PARTNERS VII L.P.
    BESSEMER VENTURE PARTNERS VII INSTITUTIONAL L.P.
    BVP VII SPECIAL OPPORTUNITY FUND L.P.
  By:   Deer VII & Co. L.P., their General Partner
  By:   Deer VII & Co. Ltd., its General Partner
  By:   

/s/ J. Edmund Colloton

    J. Edmund Colloton, Director

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


The parties have executed this Amendment to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
Institutional Venture Partners XIII, L.P.
By: Institutional Venture Management XIII LLC
Its: General Partner
By:

/s/                 General Partner

CFO and Administrative Partner
Address: 3000 Sand Hill Road
Building 2, Suite 250
Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


The parties have executed this Amendment to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
CATALYST INVESTORS QP II, LP.
CATALYST INVESTORS II, L.P.
By: Catalyst Investors Partners II, L.P., their general partner
By: Catalyst Investors Partners, L.L.C.; its general partner
By:  

/s/ Tyler Newton

Name:   Tyler Newton
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


The parties have executed this Amendment to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
MONTREUX EQUITY PARTNERS V, L.P.
By: Montreux Equity Management V, LLC,
its General Partner
By:

/s/ Daniel K. Turner III

(Signature)
Name Daniel K. Turner III
Title: Managing Member

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


The parties have executed this Amendment to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
W CAPITAL PARTNERS III, L.P.
By: WCP GP III, L.P., its General Partner
By: WCP GP III, LLC, its General Partner
By:

/s/ David Wachter

Name: David Wachter
Title: Managing Member

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

Exhibit 10.4

MINDBODY, INC.

2009 STOCK OPTION PLAN

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this 2009 Stock Option Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees and Consultants, and to promote the success of the Company’s business. Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant of an Option and subject to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder. Restricted Stock may also be granted under the Plan.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or a Committee.

(b) “ Affiliate ” means an entity other than a Subsidiary which, together with the Company, is under common control of a third person or entity.

(c) “ Applicable Laws ” means all applicable laws, rules, regulations and requirements, including, but not limited to, all applicable U.S. federal or state laws, any Stock Exchange rules or regulations, and the applicable laws, rules or regulations of any other country or jurisdiction where Options or Restricted Stock are granted under the Plan or Participants reside or provide services, as such laws, rules, and regulations shall be in effect from time to time.

(d) “ Award ” means any award of an Option or Restricted Stock under the Plan.

(e) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(f) “ Business Entity ” means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, limited partnership or other business entity.

(g) “ California Participant ” means a Participant whose Award is issued in reliance on Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code.

(h) “ Cashless Exercise ” means a program approved by the Administrator in which payment of the Option exercise price or tax withholding obligations may be satisfied, in whole or in part, with Shares subject to the Option, including by delivery of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker (on a form prescribed by the Administrator) to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sale proceeds to the Company in payment of the aggregate exercise price and, if applicable, the amount necessary to satisfy the Company’s withholding obligations.

(i) “ Cause ” for termination of a Participant’s Continuous Service Status will exist (unless another definition is provided in an applicable Option Agreement, Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, employment agreement or other applicable written agreement) if the Participant’s Continuous Service Status is terminated for any of the following reasons: (i) Participant’s willful failure to perform his or her duties and responsibilities to the Company or Participant’s violation of any written Company policy; (ii) Participant’s commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement, dishonesty or any other willful misconduct that has caused or is reasonably expected to result in injury to the Company; (iii) Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company or any other party to whom


the Participant owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of his or her relationship with the Company; or (iv) Participant’s material breach of any of his or her obligations under any written agreement or covenant with the Company. The determination as to whether a Participant’s Continuous Service Status has been terminated for Cause shall be made in good faith by the Company and shall be final and binding on the Participant. The foregoing definition does not in any way limit the Company’s ability to terminate a Participant’s employment or consulting relationship at any time, and the term “Company” will be interpreted to include any Subsidiary, Parent, Affiliate, or any successor thereto, if appropriate.

(j) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(k) “ Committee ” means one or more committees or subcommittees of the Board consisting of two (2) or more Directors (or such lesser or greater number of Directors as shall constitute the minimum number permitted by Applicable Laws to establish a committee or sub-committee of the Board) appointed by the Board to administer the Plan in accordance with Section 4 below.

(l) “ Common Stock ” means the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share, as adjusted in accordance with Section 14 below.

(m) “ Company ” means Mindbody, Inc., a California corporation.

(n) “ Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor but not an Employee, who is engaged by the Company, or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate, to render services (other than capital-raising services) and is compensated for such services, and any Director whether compensated for such services or not.

(o) “ Continuous Service Status ” means the absence of any interruption or termination of service as an Employee or Consultant. Continuous Service Status as an Employee or Consultant shall not be considered interrupted or terminated in the case of: (i) Company approved sick leave; (ii) military leave; or (iii) any other bona fide leave of absence approved by the Administrator, provided that such leave is for a period of not more than ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute, or unless provided otherwise pursuant to a written Company policy. Also, Continuous Service Status as an Employee or Consultant shall not be considered interrupted or terminated in the case of a transfer between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parents, Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or their respective successors, or a change in status from an Employee to a Consultant or from a Consultant to an Employee.

(p) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(q) “ Disability ” means “disability” within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

(r) “ Employee ” means any person employed by the Company, or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate, with the status of employment determined pursuant to such factors as are deemed appropriate by the Administrator in its sole discretion, subject to any requirements of the Applicable Laws, including the Code. The payment by the Company of a director’s fee shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” of such director by the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate.

(s) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(t) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the per share fair market value of the Common Stock, as determined by the Administrator in good faith on such basis as it deems appropriate and

 

-2-


applied consistently with respect to Participants. Whenever possible, the determination of Fair Market Value shall be based upon the per share closing price for the Shares as reported in the Wall Street Journal for the applicable date.

(u) “ Family Members ” means any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law (including adoptive relationships) of the Optionee, any person sharing the Optionee’s household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which these persons (or the Optionee) have more than 50% of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons (or the Optionee) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the Optionee) own more than 50% of the voting interests.

(v) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, as designated in the applicable Option Agreement.

(w) “ Listed Security ” means any security of the Company that is listed or approved for listing on a national securities exchange or designated or approved for designation as a national market system security on an interdealer quotation system by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, as designated in the applicable Option Agreement.

(x) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, as designated in the applicable Option Agreement.

(y) “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(z) “ Option Agreement ” means a written document, the form(s) of which shall be approved from time to time by the Administrator, reflecting the terms of an Option granted under the Plan and includes any documents attached to or incorporated into such Option Agreement, including, but not limited to, a notice of stock option grant and a form of exercise notice.

(aa) “ Option Exchange Program ” means a program approved by the Administrator whereby outstanding Options (i) are exchanged for Options with a lower exercise price or Restricted Stock or (ii) are amended to decrease the exercise price as a result of a decline in the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock.

(bb) “ Optioned Stock ” means Shares that are subject to an Option or that were issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option.

(cc) “ Optionee ” means an Employee or Consultant who receives an Option.

(dd) “ Parent ” means any Business Entity (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of Business Entities ending with the Company if, at the time of grant of the Award, each of the Business Entities other than the Company owns stock or other equity, membership or partnership interests possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or other equity, membership or partnership interests in one of the other Business Entities in such chain. A Business Entity that attains the status of a Parent on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Parent commencing as of such date.

(ee) “ Participant ” means any holder of one or more Awards or Shares issued pursuant to an Award.

 

-3-


(ff) “ Plan ” means this 2009 Stock Option Plan.

(gg) “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares acquired pursuant to a right to purchase Common Stock granted pursuant to Section 11 below.

(hh) “ Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement ” means a written document, the form(s) of which shall be approved from time to time by the Administrator, reflecting the terms of Restricted Stock granted under the Plan and includes any documents attached to such agreement.

(ii) “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor provision.

(jj) “ Share ” means a share of Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 14 below.

(kk) “ Stock Exchange ” means any stock exchange or consolidated stock price reporting system on which prices for the Common Stock are quoted at any given time.

(ll) “ Subsidiary ” means any Business Entity (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of Business Entities beginning with the Company if, at the time of grant of the Award, each of the Business Entities other than the last Business Entity in the unbroken chain owns stock or other equity, membership or partnership interests possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or other equity, membership or partnership interests in one of the other Business Entities in such chain. A Business Entity that attains the status of a Subsidiary on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Subsidiary commencing as of such date.

(mm) “ Ten Percent Holder ” means a person who owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary measured as of an Award’s date of grant.

(nn) “ Triggering Event ” means:

(i) a sale, transfer or disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets other than to (A) a corporation or other entity of which at least a majority of its combined voting power is owned directly or indirectly by the Company, (B) a corporation or other entity owned directly or indirectly by the holders of capital stock of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of Common Stock, or (C) an Excluded Entity (as defined in subsection (ii) below); or

(ii) any merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction of the Company with or into another corporation, entity or person, other than a transaction with or into another corporation, entity or person in which the holders of at least a majority of the shares of voting capital stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to hold (either by such shares remaining outstanding in the continuing entity or by their being converted into shares of voting capital stock of the surviving entity) a majority of the total voting power represented by the shares of voting capital stock of the Company (or the surviving entity) outstanding immediately after such transaction (an “ Excluded Entity ”).

Notwithstanding anything stated herein, a transaction shall not constitute a “Triggering Event” if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who hold the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction. For clarity, the term “Triggering Event” as defined herein shall not include stock sale transactions whether by the Company or by the holders of capital stock.

 

-4-


3. Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 14 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan is 1,986,979 Shares, of which a maximum of 1,986,979 Shares may be issued under the Plan pursuant to Incentive Stock Options. The Shares issued under the Plan may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Shares. If an Award should expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an Option Exchange Program, the unpurchased Shares that were subject thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, become available for future grant under the Plan. In addition, any Shares which are retained by the Company upon exercise of an Award in order to satisfy the exercise or purchase price for such Award or any withholding taxes due with respect to such Award shall be treated as not issued and shall continue to be available under the Plan. Shares issued under the Plan and later repurchased by the Company pursuant to any repurchase right that the Company may have shall not be available for future grant under the Plan.

4. Administration of the Plan .

(a) General . The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee, or a combination thereof, as determined by the Board. The Plan may be administered by different administrative bodies with respect to different classes of Participants and, if permitted by Applicable Laws, the Board may authorize one or more officers of the Company to make Awards under the Plan to Employees and Consultants (who are not subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act) within parameters specified by the Board.

(b) Committee Composition . If a Committee has been appointed pursuant to this Section 4, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board. From time to time the Board may increase the size of any Committee and appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill vacancies (however caused) and dissolve a Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan, all to the extent permitted by the Applicable Laws and, in the case of a Committee administering the Plan in accordance with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 or Section 162(m) of the Code, to the extent permitted or required by such provisions.

(c) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan and, in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its sole discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock in accordance with Section 2(t) above, provided that such determination shall be applied consistently with respect to Participants under the Plan;

(ii) to select the Employees and Consultants to whom Awards may from time to time be granted;

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award;

(iv) to approve the form(s) of agreement(s) and other related documents used under the Plan;

(v) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder, which terms and conditions include but are not limited to the exercise

 

-5-


or purchase price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), the circumstances (if any) when vesting will be accelerated or forfeiture restrictions will be waived, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award, Optioned Stock, or Restricted Stock;

(vi) to amend any outstanding Award or agreement related to any Optioned Stock or Restricted Stock, including any amendment adjusting vesting (e.g., in connection with a change in the terms or conditions under which such person is providing services to the Company), provided that no amendment shall be made that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant without his or her consent;

(vii) to determine whether and under what circumstances an Option may be settled in cash under Section 10(c) instead of Common Stock;

(viii) to implement an Option Exchange Program and establish the terms and conditions of such Option Exchange Program, provided that no amendment or adjustment to an Option that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Optionee shall be made without his or her consent;

(ix) to grant Awards to, or to modify the terms of any outstanding Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement or any agreement related to any Optioned Stock or Restricted Stock held by, Participants who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States with such terms and conditions as the Administrator deems necessary or appropriate to accommodate differences in local law, tax policy or custom which deviate from the terms and conditions set forth in this Plan to the extent necessary or appropriate to accommodate such differences; and

(x) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan, any Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, and any agreement related to any Optioned Stock or Restricted Stock, which constructions, interpretations and decisions shall be final and binding on all Participants.

(d) Indemnification. To the maximum extent permitted by Applicable Laws, each member of the Committee (including officers of the Company, if applicable), or of the Board, as applicable, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from (i) any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan or pursuant to the terms and conditions of any Award except for actions taken in bad faith or failures to act in bad faith, and (ii) any and all amounts paid by him or her in settlement thereof, with the Company’s approval, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment in any such claim, action, suit, or proceeding against him or her, provided that such member shall give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend any such claim, action, suit or proceeding before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, by contract, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or under any other power that the Company may have to indemnify or hold harmless each such person.

5. Eligibility .

(a) Recipients of Grants . Nonstatutory Stock Options and Restricted Stock may be granted to Employees and Consultants. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees, provided that Employees of Affiliates shall not be eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options.

 

-6-


(b) Type of Option . Each Option shall be designated in the Option Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

(c) ISO $100,000 Limitation . Notwithstanding any designation under Section 5(b), to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of Shares with respect to which Options designated as Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such excess Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 5(c), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to an Incentive Stock Option shall be determined as of the date of the grant of such Option.

(d) No Employment Rights . Neither the Plan nor any Award shall confer upon any Employee or Consultant any right with respect to continuation of an employment or consulting relationship with the Company (or with any Parent, Affiliate or Subsidiary), nor shall it interfere in any way with such Employee’s or Consultant’s right or the Company’s (or Parent’s, Affiliate’s or Subsidiary’s) right to terminate his or her employment or consulting relationship at any time, with or without cause.

6. Term of Plan . The Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board of Directors. It shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years unless sooner terminated under Section 16 below.

7. Term of Option . The term of each Option shall be the term stated in the Option Agreement; provided that the term shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement and provided further that, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a person who at the time of such grant is a Ten Percent Holder, the term of the Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.

8. [ Reserved ] .

9. Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(a) Exercise Price . The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement, but shall be subject to the following:

(i) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

(A) granted to an Employee who at the time of grant is a Ten Percent Holder, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant;

(B) granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant;

(ii) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant;

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price other than as required above pursuant to a merger or other corporate transaction.

 

-7-


(b) Permissible Consideration . The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option and to the extent required by Applicable Laws, shall be determined at the time of grant) and may consist entirely of (1) cash; (2) check; (3) to the extent permitted under Applicable Laws, delivery of a promissory note with such recourse, interest, security and redemption provisions as the Administrator determines to be appropriate (subject to the provisions of Section 409 of the California Corporations Code); (4) cancellation of indebtedness; (5) other previously owned Shares that have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which the Option is exercised; (6) a Cashless Exercise; (7) such other consideration and method of payment permitted under Applicable Laws; or (8) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company and the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, refuse to accept a particular form of consideration at the time of any Option exercise.

10. Exercise of Option .

(a) General .

(i) Exercisability . Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator, consistent with the terms of the Plan and reflected in the Option Agreement, including vesting requirements and/or performance criteria with respect to the Company, and Parent, Affiliate or Subsidiary, and/or the Optionee.

(ii) Leave of Absence . The Administrator shall have the discretion to determine whether and to what extent the vesting of Options shall be tolled during any unpaid leave of absence; provided, however, that in the absence of such determination, vesting of Options shall be tolled during any such unpaid leave (unless otherwise required by the Applicable Laws). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of military leave, vesting shall toll during any unpaid portion of such leave, provided that, upon a Optionee’s returning from military leave (under conditions that would entitle him or her to protection upon such return under the Uniform Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act), he or she shall be given vesting credit with respect to Options to the same extent as would have applied had the Optionee continued to provide services to the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary, if applicable) throughout the leave on the same terms as he or she was providing services immediately prior to such leave.

(iii) Minimum Exercise Requirements . An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share. The Administrator may require that an Option be exercised as to a minimum number of Shares, provided that such requirement shall not prevent an Optionee from exercising the full number of Shares as to which the Option is then exercisable.

(iv) Procedures for and Results of Exercise . An Option shall be deemed exercised when written notice of such exercise has been received by the Company in accordance with the terms of the Option Agreement by the person entitled to exercise the Option and the Company has received full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised and has paid, or made arrangements to satisfy, any applicable withholding requirements in accordance with Section 12 below. The exercise of an Option shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares that thereafter may be available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(v) Rights as Holder of Capital Stock . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a holder of capital stock shall exist with

 

-8-


respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 14 below.

(b) Termination of Employment or Consulting Relationship . The Administrator shall establish and set forth in the applicable Option Agreement the terms and conditions upon which an Option shall remain exercisable, if at all, following termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status, which provisions maybe waived or modified by the Administrator at any time. To the extent that an Option Agreement does not specify the terms and conditions upon which an Option shall terminate upon termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status, the following provisions shall apply:

(i) General Provisions . If the Optionee (or other person entitled to exercise the Option) does not exercise the Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified below, the Option shall terminate and the Optioned Stock underlying the unexercised portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. In no event may any Option be exercised after the expiration of the Option term as set forth in the Option Agreement (and subject to Section 7).

(ii) Termination other than Upon Disability or Death or for Cause . In the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status other than under the circumstances set forth in subsections (iii) through (v) below, such Optionee may exercise any outstanding Option at any time within three (3) months following such termination to the extent the Optionee is vested in the Optioned Stock.

(iii) Disability of Optionee . In the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status as a result of his or her Disability, such Optionee may exercise any outstanding Option at any time within twelve (12) months following such termination to the extent the Optionee is vested in the Optioned Stock.

(iv) Death of Optionee . In the event of the death of an Optionee during the period of Continuous Service Status since the date of grant of any outstanding Option, or within three (3) months following termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status (other than under the circumstances set forth in subsection (v) below), the Option may be exercised by the Optionee’s estate, or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, at any time within twelve (12) months following the date of death or, if earlier, the date the Optionee’s Continuous Service Status terminated, but only to the extent the Optionee is vested in the Optioned Stock.

(v) Termination for Cause . In the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status for Cause, any outstanding Option (including any vested portion thereof) held by such Optionee shall immediately terminate in its entirety upon first notification to the Optionee of termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Service Status for Cause. If an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status is suspended pending an investigation of whether the Optionee’s Continuous Service Status will be terminated for Cause, all the Optionee’s rights under any Option, including the right to exercise the Option, shall be suspended during the investigation period. Nothing in this Section 10(b)(v) shall in any way limit the Company’s right to purchase unvested Shares issued upon exercise of an Option as set forth in the applicable Option Agreement.

(c) Buyout Provisions . The Administrator may at any time offer to buy out for a payment in cash or Shares an Option previously granted under the Plan based on such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall establish and communicate to the Optionee at the time that such offer is made.

 

-9-


11. Restricted Stock .

(a) Rights to Purchase . When a right to purchase Restricted Stock is granted under the Plan, the Administrator shall advise the recipient in writing of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of Shares that such person shall be entitled to purchase, the price to be paid (which shall be as determined by the Administrator, subject to Applicable Laws, including any applicable securities laws), and the time within which such person must accept such offer. The permissible consideration for Restricted Stock shall be determined by the Administrator and shall be the same as is set forth in Section 9(b) with respect to exercise of Options. The offer to purchase Shares shall be accepted by execution of a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement in the form determined by the Administrator.

(b) Repurchase Option .

(i) General . Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall grant the Company a repurchase option exercisable upon the voluntary or involuntary termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service Status for any reason (including death or Disability). The purchase price for Shares repurchased pursuant to the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall be the original purchase price paid by the purchaser and may be paid by cancellation of any indebtedness of the purchaser to the Company. The repurchase option shall lapse at such rate as the Administrator may determine.

(ii) Leave of Absence . The Administrator shall have the discretion to determine whether and to what extent the lapsing of Company repurchase rights shall be tolled during any unpaid leave of absence; provided, however, that in the absence of such determination, such lapsing shall be tolled during any such unpaid leave (unless otherwise required by the Applicable Laws). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of military leave, the lapsing of Company repurchase rights shall toll during any unpaid portion of such leave, provided that, upon a Participant’s returning from military leave (under conditions that would entitle him or her to protection upon such return under the Uniform Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act), he or she shall be given vesting credit with respect to Shares purchased pursuant to the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement to the same extent as would have applied had the Participant continued to provide services to the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary, if applicable) throughout the leave on the same terms as he or she was providing services immediately prior to such leave.

(c) Other Provisions . The Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion. In addition, the provisions of Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements need not be the same with respect to each Participant.

(d) Rights as a Holder of Capital Stock . Once the Restricted Stock is purchased, the Participant shall have the rights equivalent to those of a holder of capital stock, and shall be a record holder when his or her purchase is entered upon the records of the duly authorized transfer agent of the Company. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Restricted Stock is purchased, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan.

12. Taxes .

(a) As a condition of the grant, vesting and exercise of an Award, the Participant (or in the case of the Participant’s death or a permitted transferee, the person holding or exercising the Award) shall make such arrangements as the Administrator may require for the satisfaction of any applicable U.S. federal, state or local tax withholding obligations or foreign tax withholding obligations that may arise in connection with such Award. The Company shall not be required to issue any Shares under the Plan until such obligations are satisfied.

 

-10-


(b) The Administrator may permit a Participant (or in the case of the Participant’s death or a permitted transferee, the person holding or exercising the Award) to satisfy all or part of his or her tax withholding obligations by Cashless Exercise or by surrendering Shares (either directly or by stock attestation) that he or she previously acquired; provided that, unless the Cashless Exercise is an approved broker-assisted Cashless Exercise, the Shares tendered for payment have been previously held for a minimum duration (e.g., to avoid financial accounting charges to the Company’s earnings), or as otherwise permitted to avoid financial accounting charges under applicable accounting guidance, amounts withheld shall not exceed the amount necessary to satisfy the Company’s tax withholding obligations at the minimum statutory withholding rates, including, but not limited to, U.S. federal and state income taxes, payroll taxes, and foreign taxes, if applicable. Any payment of taxes by surrendering Shares to the Company may be subject to restrictions, including, but not limited to, any restrictions required by rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Plan, to the extent that the Administrator determines that any Award granted under this Plan is subject to Code Section 409A and unless otherwise specified in the applicable Award agreement, the agreement evidencing such Award shall incorporate terms and conditions that are intended to avoid the consequences described in Code Section 409A(a)(1), and to the maximum extent permitted under Applicable Law (and unless otherwise stated in the applicable Award agreement), this Plan and the Award agreements shall be interpreted in a manner that results in their conforming to the requirements of Code Section 409A(a)(2), (3) and (4) and any Department of Treasury or Internal Revenue Service regulations or other interpretive guidance issued under Section 409A (whenever issued, the “ Guidance ”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan (and unless the Award agreement provides otherwise, with specific reference to this sentence), to the extent that a Participant holding an Award that constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A and the Guidance is a “specified employee” (also as defined thereunder), no distribution or payment of any amount shall be made before a date that is six (6) months following the date of such Participant’s “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A and the Guidance) or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death.

(d) The Administrator may in its discretion and upon such terms and conditions as it determines appropriate permit one or more Participants whom it selects to (i) defer compensation payable pursuant to the terms of an Award, or (ii) defer compensation arising outside the terms of this Plan pursuant to a program that provides for deferred payment in satisfaction of such other compensation amounts through the issuance of one or more Awards. Any such deferral arrangement shall be evidenced by an Award agreement in such form as the Administrator shall from time to time establish, and no such deferral arrangement shall be a valid and binding obligation unless evidenced by a fully executed Award agreement, the form of which the Administrator has approved, including through the Administrator’s establishing a written program (the “ Program ”) under this Plan to govern the form of Award agreements participating in such Program. Any such Award agreement or Program shall specify the treatment of dividends or dividend equivalent rights (if any) that apply to Awards governed thereby, and shall further provide that any elections governing payment of amounts pursuant to such Program shall be in writing, shall be delivered to the Company or its agent in a form and manner intended to comply with Code Section 409A and the Guidance, and shall specify the amount to be distributed in settlement of the deferral arrangement, as well as the time and form of such distribution in a manner intended to comply with Code Section 409A and the Guidance.

 

-11-


13. Non-Transferability of Options .

(a) General . Except as set forth in this Section 13, Options may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution. The designation of a beneficiary by an Optionee will not constitute a transfer. An Option may be exercised, during the lifetime of the holder of the Option, only by such holder or a transferee permitted by this Section 13.

(b) Limited Transferability Rights . Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 13, the Administrator may in its sole discretion grant Nonstatutory Stock Options that may, if so specified in the applicable Option Agreement, be transferred by instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which the Options are to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustor (settlor) or by gift to Family Members.

14. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Merger or Certain Other Transactions .

(a) Changes in Capitalization . Subject to any action required under Applicable Laws by the holders of capital stock of the Company, (i) the numbers and class of Shares or other stock or securities: (x) available for future Awards under Section 3 above, and (y) covered by each outstanding Award, (ii) the price per Share covered by each such outstanding Option, and (iii) any repurchase price per Share applicable to Shares issued pursuant to any Award, shall be proportionately adjusted by the Administrator in the event of a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination, consolidation, recapitalization (including a recapitalization through a large nonrecurring cash dividend) or reclassification of the Shares, subdivision of the Shares, a rights offering, a reorganization, merger, spin-off, split-up, change in corporate structure or other similar occurrence. Any adjustment by the Administrator pursuant to this Section 14(a) shall be made in the Administrator’s sole and absolute discretion and shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of Shares subject to an Award. If, by reason of a transaction described in this Section 14(a) or an adjustment pursuant to this Section 14(a), a Participant’s Award agreement or agreement related to any Optioned Stock or Restricted Stock covers additional or different shares of stock or securities, then such additional or different shares, and the Award agreement or agreement related to the Optioned Stock or Restricted Stock in respect thereof, shall be subject to all of the terms, conditions and restrictions which were applicable to the Award, Optioned Stock and Restricted Stock prior to such adjustment.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, each Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such action, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.

(c) Corporate Transactions . In the event of a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or a merger, consolidation or other capital reorganization or business combination transaction of the Company with or into another corporation, entity or person (a “ Corporate Transaction ”), each outstanding Option shall either be (i) assumed or an equivalent option or right shall be substituted by such successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation (the “ Successor Corporation ”), or (ii) terminated in exchange for a payment of cash, securities and/or other property equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the portion of the Optioned Stock that is vested and exercisable immediately prior to the consummation of the Corporate Transaction over the per Share exercise price thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event such Successor Corporation does not agree to such assumption, substitution or exchange, each such Option shall terminate upon the consummation of the Corporate Transaction.

 

-12-


15. Time of Granting Options and Right to Purchase Restricted Stock . The date of grant of an Award shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other date as is determined by the Administrator, provided that in the case of any Incentive Stock Option, the grant date shall be the later of the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Incentive Stock Option or the date of commencement of the Optionee’s employment relationship with the Company.

16. Amendment and Termination of the Plan . The Board may at any time amend or terminate the Plan, but no amendment or termination (other than an adjustment pursuant to Section 14 above) shall be made that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant under any outstanding Award, without his or her consent. In addition, to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with the Applicable Laws, the Company shall obtain the approval of holders of capital stock with respect to any Plan amendment in such a manner and to such a degree as required.

17. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any agreement entered into by the Company pursuant to the Plan, the Company shall not be obligated, and shall have no liability for failure, to issue or deliver any Shares under the Plan unless such issuance or delivery would comply with the Applicable Laws, with such compliance determined by the Company in consultation with its legal counsel. As a condition to the exercise of any Option or purchase of any Restricted Stock, the Company may require the person exercising the Option or purchasing the Restricted Stock to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise or purchase that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by Applicable Laws. Shares issued upon exercise of Options or purchase of Restricted Stock prior to the date, if ever, on which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security shall be subject to a right of first refusal in favor of the Company pursuant to which the Participant will be required to offer Shares to the Company before selling or transferring them to any third party on such terms and subject to such conditions as is reflected in the applicable Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement.

18. Beneficiaries . Unless stated otherwise in an Award agreement, a Participant may designate one or more beneficiaries with respect to an Award by timely filing the prescribed form with the Company. A beneficiary designation may be changed by filing the prescribed form with the Company at any time before the Participant’s death. If no beneficiary was designated or if no designated beneficiary survives the Participant, then after a Participant’s death any vested Award(s) shall be transferred or distributed to the Participant’s estate.

19. Approval of Holders of Capital Stock . If required by the Applicable Laws, continuance of the Plan shall be subject to approval by the holders of capital stock of the Company within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted or, to the extent required by Applicable Laws, any date the Plan is amended. Such approval shall be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under the Applicable Laws.

20. Addenda . The Administrator may approve such addenda to the Plan as it may consider necessary or appropriate for the purpose of granting Awards to Employees or Consultants, which Awards may contain such terms and conditions as the Administrator deems necessary or appropriate to accommodate differences in local law, tax policy or custom, which, if so required under Applicable Laws, may deviate from the terms and conditions set forth in this Plan. The terms of any such addenda shall supersede the terms of the Plan to the extent necessary to accommodate such differences but shall not otherwise affect the terms of the Plan as in effect for any other purpose.

 

-13-


ADDENDUM A

2009 STOCK OPTION PLAN

(California Participants)

Prior to the date, if ever, on which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security and/or the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the terms set forth herein shall apply to Awards issued to California Participants. All capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Plan.

1. The following rules shall apply to any Option in the event of termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service Status:

(a) If such termination was for reasons other than death, “disability” (as defined below), or Cause, the Participant shall have at least thirty (30) days after the date of such termination to exercise his or her Option to the extent the Participant is entitled to exercise on his or her termination date, provided that in no event shall the Option be exercisable after the expiration of the Option term as set forth in the Option Agreement.

(b) If such termination was due to death or disability, the Participant shall have at least six (6) months after the date of such termination to exercise his or her Option to the extent the Participant is entitled to exercise on his or her termination date, provided that in no event shall the Option be exercisable after the expiration of the Option term as set forth in the Option Agreement.

“Disability” for purposes of this Addendum shall mean the inability of the Participant, in the opinion of a qualified physician acceptable to the Company, to perform the major duties of the Participant’s position with the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary because of the sickness of injury of the Participant.

2. Notwithstanding anything stated herein to the contrary, no Option shall be exercisable on or after the tenth anniversary of the date of grant and any Award agreement shall terminate on or before the tenth anniversary of the date of grant.

3. The Company shall furnish summary financial information (audited or unaudited) of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations, consistent with the requirements of Applicable Laws, at least annually to each California Participant during the period such Participant has one or more Awards outstanding, and in the case of an individual who acquired Shares pursuant to the Plan, during the period such Participant owns such Shares. The Company shall not be required to provide such information if (i) the issuance is limited to key employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure their access to equivalent information or (ii) the Plan or any agreement complies with all conditions of Rule 701 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; provided that for purposes of determining such compliance, any registered domestic partner shall be considered a “family member” as that term is defined in Rule 701.


MINDBODY, INC.

2009 STOCK OPTION PLAN

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

 

 

 

You have been granted an option to purchase Common Stock of Mindbody, Inc., a California corporation (the “ Company ”), as follows:

 

Date of Grant:
Exercise Price Per Share: $            
Total Number of Shares:
Total Exercise Price: $            
Type of Option:              Incentive Stock Option
             Non-statutory Stock Option
Expiration Date:
First Vesting Date:
Vesting/Exercise Schedule:
Termination Period: You may exercise this Option for 3 months after termination of your Continuous Service Status except as set out in Section 5 of the Stock Option Agreement (but in no event later than the Expiration Date). You are responsible for keeping track of these exercise periods following the termination of your Continuous Service Status for any reason. The Company will not provide further notice of such periods.
Transferability: You may not transfer this Option.

By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Mindbody, Inc. 2009 Stock Plan, as amended, and the accompanying Stock Option Agreement, both of which are attached to and made a part of this document.

In addition, you agree and acknowledge that your rights to any Shares underlying this Option will be earned only as you provide services to the Company over time, that the grant of this Option is not as consideration for services you rendered to the Company prior to your date of hire, and that nothing in this Notice or the attached documents confers upon you any right to


continue your employment or consulting relationship with the Company for any period of time, nor does it interfere in any way with your right or the Company’s right to terminate that relationship at any time, for any reason, with or without cause. Also, to the extent applicable, the Exercise Price Per Share has been set in good faith compliance with the applicable guidance issued by the IRS under Section 409A of the Code. However, there is no guarantee that the IRS will agree with the valuation, and by signing below, you agree and acknowledge that the Company shall not be held liable for any applicable costs, taxes, or penalties associated with this Option if, in fact, the IRS were to determine that this Option constitutes deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code. You should consult with your own tax advisor concerning the tax consequences of such a determination by the IRS.

 

THE COMPANY:
MINDBODY, INC.
By:

 

(Signature)
Name:

 

Title:

 

OPTIONEE:

 

(PRINT NAME)

 

(Signature)
Address:

 

 

 

 

-2-


MINDBODY, INC.

2009 STOCK PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . Mindbody, Inc., a California corporation (the “ Compan y”), hereby grants to the person (“ Optionee ”) named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “ Notice ”), an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase the total number of shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) set forth in the Notice, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice (the “ Exercise Price ”) subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Mindbody, Inc. 2009 Stock Plan, as amended (the “ Plan ”), adopted by the Company, which is incorporated in this Stock Option Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) by reference. Unless otherwise defined in this Agreement, the terms used in this Agreement or the Notice shall have the meanings defined in the Plan.

2. Designation of Option . This Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code only to the extent so designated in the Notice, and to the extent it is not so designated or to the extent this Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, it is intended to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

Notwithstanding the above, if designated as an Incentive Stock Option, in the event that the Shares subject to this Option (and all other Incentive Stock Options granted to Optionee by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, including under other plans of the Company) that first become exercisable in any calendar year have an aggregate fair market value (determined for each Share as of the date of grant of the option covering such Share) in excess of $100,000, the Shares in excess of $100,000 shall be treated as subject to a Nonstatutory Stock Option, in accordance with Section 5(c) of the Plan.

3. Exercise of Option . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting/Exercise Schedule set out in the Notice and with the provisions of Section 10 of the Plan as follows:

(a) Right to Exercise .

(i) This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share.

(ii) In the event of Optionee’s death, Disability or other termination of Continuous Service Status, the exercisability of this Option is governed by Section 5 below, subject to the limitations contained in this Section 3.

(iii) In no event may this Option be exercised after the Expiration Date set forth in the Notice.


(b) Method of Exercise .

(i) This Option shall be exercisable by execution and delivery of the Exercise Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A or of any other form of written notice approved for such purpose by the Company which shall state Optionee’s election to exercise this Option, the number of Shares in respect of which this Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as to the holder’s investment intent with respect to such Shares as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. Such written notice shall be signed by Optionee and shall be delivered to the Company by such means as are determined by the Plan Administrator in its discretion to constitute adequate delivery. The written notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the purchased Shares.

(ii) As a condition to the exercise of this Option and as further set forth in Section 12 of the Plan, Optionee agrees to make adequate provision for federal, state or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the grant, vesting or exercise of this Option, or disposition of Shares, whether by withholding, direct payment to the Company, or otherwise.

(iii) The Company is not obligated, and will have no liability for failure, to issue or deliver any Shares upon exercise of this Option unless such issuance or delivery would comply with the Applicable Laws, with such compliance determined by the Company in consultation with its legal counsel. This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the holders of capital stock of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such Shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Laws, including any applicable U.S. federal or state securities laws or any other law or regulation, including any rule under Part 221 of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board. As a condition to the exercise of this Option, the Company may require Optionee to make any representation and warranty to the Company as may be required by the Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Optionee on the date on which this Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

(iv) Subject to compliance with Applicable Laws, this Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of the appropriate written notice of exercise accompanied by the Exercise Price and the satisfaction of any applicable withholding obligations.

4. Method of Payment . Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination of the following, at the election of Optionee:

(a) cash or check;

(b) cancellation of indebtedness;

(c) at the discretion of the Plan Administrator on a case by case basis, by surrender of other shares of Common Stock of the Company (either directly or by stock attestation) that Optionee previously acquired and that have an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares as to which this Option is being exercised; or

 

-2-


(d) at the discretion of the Plan Administrator on a case by case basis, by Cashless Exercise.

5. Termination of Relationship . Following the date of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status for any reason (the “ Termination Date ”), Optionee may exercise this Option only as set forth in the Notice and this Section 5. If Optionee does not exercise this Option within the Termination Period set forth in the Notice or the termination periods set forth below, this Option shall terminate in its entirety. In no event, may any Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of this Option as set forth in the Notice.

(a) Termination . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status other than as a result of Optionee’s Disability or death or for Cause, Optionee may, to the extent Optionee is vested in the Optioned Stock at the date of such termination, exercise this Option during the Termination Period set forth in the Notice.

(b) Other Terminations . In connection with any termination other than a termination covered by Section 5(a), Optionee may exercise this Option only as described below:

(i) Termination upon Disability of Optionee . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status as a result of Optionee’s Disability, Optionee may, but only within six month(s) following the date of such termination, exercise this Option to the extent Optionee is vested in the Optioned Stock.

(ii) Death of Optionee . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status as a result of Optionee’s death, or in the event of Optionee’s death within six month(s) following Optionee’s Termination Date, this Option may be exercised at any time within twelve month(s) following the date of death (or, if earlier, the date Optionee’s Continuous Service Status terminated) by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise this Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent Optionee is vested in this Option.

(iii) Termination for Cause . In the event Optionee’s Continuous Service Status is terminated for Cause, the Option shall terminate immediately upon such termination for Cause. In the event Optionee’s employment or consulting relationship with the Company is suspended pending investigation of whether such relationship shall be terminated for Cause, all Optionee’s rights under the Option, including the right to exercise the Option, shall be suspended during the investigation period.

6. Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by him or her. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Optionee.

7. Lock-Up Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing such

 

-3-


offering of the Company’s securities, Optionee hereby agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the Company’s initial public offering. In addition, upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing a public offering of the Company’s securities (other than the initial public offering), Optionee hereby agrees to be bound by similar restrictions, and to sign a similar agreement, in connection with no more than one additional registration statement filed within 12 months after the closing date of the initial public offering, provided that the duration of the lock-up period with respect to such additional registration shall not exceed 90 days from the effective date of such additional registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if during the last 17 days of the restricted period, the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs, or prior to the expiration of the restricted period the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the restricted period, then, upon the request of the managing underwriter, to the extent required by any FINRA rules, the restrictions imposed by this subsection shall continue to apply until the end of the third trading day following the expiration of the 15-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event. In no event will the restricted period extend beyond 216 days after the effective date of the registration statement.

8. Corporate Transaction . Notwithstanding the above or anything in the Plan to the contrary, if, in connection with a Corporate Transaction, the Successor Corporation does not assume or substitute for the Option, the Option shall become vested and exercisable to the extent of 100% of the Shares then unvested, effective as of immediately prior to consummation of the Sale of the Company.

9. Effect of Agreement . Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof (and has had an opportunity to consult counsel regarding the Option terms), and hereby accepts this Option and agrees to be bound by its contractual terms as set forth herein and in the Plan. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions and interpretations of the Plan Administrator regarding any questions relating to this Option. In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of the Plan and the terms and provisions of the Notice and this Agreement, the Plan terms and provisions shall prevail.

10. Miscellaneous .

(a) Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

(b) Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights . This Agreement, together with the Notice to which this Agreement is attached and the Plan, sets forth the entire agreement

 

-4-


and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and therein and merges all prior discussions between the parties. Except as contemplated under the Plan, no modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement. The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

(c) Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under Applicable Laws, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of this Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(d) Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient upon delivery, when delivered personally or by overnight courier or sent by email or fax (upon customary confirmation of receipt), or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail as certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address or fax number as set forth on the signature page or as subsequently modified by written notice.

(e) Counterparts . This Option may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

(f) Successors and Assigns . The rights and benefits of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Optionee under this Agreement may not be assigned without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

-5-


EXHIBIT A

MINDBODY, INC.

2009 STOCK PLAN

EXERCISE AGREEMENT

This Exercise Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of                     , by and between Mindbody, Inc., a California corporation (the “ Company ”), and                     (“ Purchaser ”). To the extent any capitalized terms used in this Agreement are not defined, they shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Company’s 2009 Stock Plan, as amended (the “ Plan ”).

1. Exercise of Option . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Purchaser hereby elects to exercise his or her option to purchase                      shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of the Company under and pursuant to the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement granted              (the “ Option Agreement ”). The purchase price for the Shares shall be $         per Share for a total purchase price of $        . The term “ Shares ” refers to the purchased Shares and all securities received as stock dividends or splits, all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a recapitalization, merger, reorganization, exchange or the like, and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which Purchaser is entitled by reason of Purchaser’s ownership of the Shares.

2. Time and Place of Exercise . The purchase and sale of the Shares under this Agreement shall occur at the principal office of the Company simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the payment of the aggregate Exercise Price by any method listed in Section 4 of the Option Agreement, and the satisfaction of any applicable tax withholding obligations, all in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(b) of the Option Agreement. The Company shall issue the Shares to Purchaser by entering such Shares in Purchaser’s name as of such date in the books and records of the Company or, if applicable, a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company, against payment of the Exercise Price therefor by Purchaser. If applicable, the Company will deliver to Purchaser a certificate representing the Shares as soon as practicable following such date.

3. Limitations on Transfer . In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws, Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in the Shares except in compliance with the provisions below and applicable securities laws.

(a) Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Purchaser or any transferee of Purchaser (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3(a) (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).


(i) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the terms and conditions of each proposed sale or transfer. The Holder shall offer the Shares at the same price (the “ Purchase Price ”) and upon the same terms (or terms as similar as reasonably possible) to the Company or its assignee(s).

(ii) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the Purchase Price. If the Purchase Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board in good faith.

(iii) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the election of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness, or by any combination thereof within sixty (60) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(iv) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 3(a), then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Purchase Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice and provided further that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 3 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, or if the Holder proposes to change the price or other terms to make them more favorable to the Proposed Transferee, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(v) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3(a) notwithstanding, and provided that such transfer complies with applicable securities laws, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of Purchaser’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 3(a). “ Immediate Family ” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 3, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.

(b) Company’s Right to Purchase upon Involuntary Transfer . In the event of any transfer by operation of law or other involuntary transfer (including death or divorce, but excluding a transfer to Immediate Family as set forth in Section 3(a)(v) above) of all or a portion of the Shares by the record holder thereof, the Company shall have an option to purchase all of the Shares transferred at the greater of the purchase price paid by Purchaser

 

-2-


pursuant to this Agreement or the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of transfer (as determined by the Board). Upon such a transfer, the person acquiring the Shares shall promptly notify the Secretary of the Company of such transfer. The right to purchase such Shares shall be provided to the Company for a period of thirty (30) days following receipt by the Company of written notice by the person acquiring the Shares.

(c) Assignment . The right of the Company to purchase any part of the Shares may be assigned in whole or in part to any holder or holders of capital stock of the Company or other persons or organizations.

(d) Restrictions Binding on Transferees . All transferees of Shares or any interest therein will receive and hold such Shares or interest subject to the provisions of this Agreement. Any sale or transfer of the Company’s Shares shall be void unless the provisions of this Agreement are satisfied.

(e) Termination of Rights . The right of first refusal granted the Company by Section 3(a) above and the option to repurchase the Shares in the event of an involuntary transfer granted the Company by Section 3(b) above shall terminate upon the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”). Upon termination of the right of first refusal described in Section 3(a) above the Company will remove any stop-transfer notices referred to in Section 5(b) below and related to the restrictions in this Section 3 and, if certificates are issued, a new certificate or certificates representing the Shares not repurchased shall be issued, on request, without the legend referred to in Section 5(a)(ii) below and delivered to Purchaser.

4. Investment and Taxation Representations . In connection with the purchase of the Shares, Purchaser represents to the Company the following:

(a) Purchaser is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Shares. Purchaser is purchasing these securities for investment for his or her own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act or under any applicable provision of state law. Purchaser does not have any present intention to transfer the Shares to any person or entity.

(b) Purchaser understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Purchaser’s investment intent as expressed herein.

(c) Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the securities. Purchaser understands that the certificate(s) evidencing the securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

 

-3-


(d) Purchaser is familiar with the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly, from the issuer of the securities (or from an affiliate of such issuer), in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Purchaser understands that the Company provides no assurances as to whether he or she will be able to resell any or all of the Shares pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 701, which rules require, among other things, that the Company be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that resales of securities take place only after the holder of the Shares has held the Shares for certain specified time periods, and under certain circumstances, that resales of securities be limited in volume and take place only pursuant to brokered transactions. Notwithstanding this paragraph (d), Purchaser acknowledges and agrees to the restrictions set forth in paragraph (e) below.

(e) Purchaser further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 144 or 701 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rule 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.

(f) Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

5. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . The certificate or certificates representing the Shares shall bear the following legends (as well as any legends required by applicable state and federal corporate and securities laws):

 

  (i) “THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.”

 

-4-


  (ii) “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH AND MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.”

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Purchaser agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

6. No Employment Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a parent or subsidiary of the Company, to terminate Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship, for any reason, with or without cause.

7. Lock-Up Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing such offering of the Company’s securities, Purchaser hereby agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the Company’s initial public offering. In addition, upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing a public offering of the Company’s securities (other than the initial public offering), Purchaser hereby agrees to be bound by similar restrictions, and to sign a similar agreement, in connection with no more than one additional registration statement filed within 12 months after the closing date of the initial public offering, provided that the duration of the lock-up period with respect to such additional registration shall not exceed 90 days from the effective date of such additional registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if during the last 17 days of the restricted period, the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs, or prior to the expiration of the restricted period the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the restricted period, then, upon the request of the managing underwriter, to the extent required by any FINRA rules, the restrictions imposed by this subsection shall continue to apply until the end of the third trading day following the expiration of the 15-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event. In no event will the restricted period extend beyond 216 days after the effective date of the registration statement.

 

-5-


8. Miscellaneous .

(a) Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

(b) Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between them. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement. The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

(c) Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under Applicable Laws, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(d) Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient upon delivery, when delivered personally or by overnight courier or sent by email or fax (upon customary confirmation of receipt), or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail as certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address or fax number as set forth on the signature page or as subsequently modified by written notice.

(e) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

(f) Successors and Assigns . The rights and benefits of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Purchaser under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

(g) California Corporate Securities Law . THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF THE SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO THE QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102 OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON THE QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

 

-6-


The parties have executed this Exercise Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

THE COMPANY:
MINDBODY, INC.
By:

 

(Signature)
Name: 

 

Title:

 

Address:

4051 Broad Street, Suite 220

California, CA 93401

United States

Fax: (866) 759-7958

OPTIONEE:

 

(PRINT NAME)

 

(Signature)
Address:

 

 

 

Fax:

 

email:

 

 

-7-


I,                                 , spouse of                                  (“ Purchaser ”), have read and hereby approve the foregoing Agreement. In consideration of the Company’s granting my spouse the right to purchase the Shares as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby agree to be irrevocably bound by the Agreement and further agree that any community property or similar interest that I may have in the Shares shall be similarly bound by the Agreement. I hereby appoint my spouse as my attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Agreement.

 

 

Spouse of Purchaser (if applicable)

 

-8-

Exhibit 10.5

MINDBODY, INC.

EXECUTIVE BONUS PLAN

1. Purposes of the Plan . The Plan is intended to increase shareholder value and the success of the Company by motivating Employees to (a) perform to the best of their abilities, and (b) achieve the Company’s objectives.

2. Definitions .

(a) “ Actual Award ” means as to any Performance Period, the actual award (if any) payable to a Participant for the Performance Period, subject to the Committee’s authority under Section 3(d) to modify the award.

(b) “ Affiliate ” means any corporation or other entity (including, but not limited to, partnerships and joint ventures) controlled by the Company.

(c) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d) “ Bonus Pool ” means the pool of funds available for distribution to Participants. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee establishes the Bonus Pool for each Performance Period.

(e) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or regulation thereunder will include such section or regulation, any valid regulation promulgated thereunder, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

(f) “ Committee ” means the committee appointed by the Board (pursuant to Section 5) to administer the Plan. Unless and until the Board otherwise determines, the Board’s Compensation Committee will be the Committee administering the Plan.

(g) “ Company ” means MINDBODY, Inc., a California corporation, or any successor thereto.

(h) “ Disability ” means a permanent and total disability determined in accordance with uniform and nondiscriminatory standards adopted by the Committee from time to time.

(i) “ Employee ” means any executive, officer, or other employee of the Company or of an Affiliate, whether such individual is so employed at the time the Plan is adopted or becomes so employed subsequent to the adoption of the Plan.

(j) “ Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Company.

(k) “ Participant ” means as to any Performance Period, an Employee who has been selected by the Committee for participation in the Plan for that Performance Period.


(l) “ Performance Period ” means the period of time for the measurement of the performance criteria that must be met to receive an Actual Award, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. A Performance Period may be divided into one or more shorter periods if, for example, but not by way of limitation, the Committee desires to measure some performance criteria over 12 months and other criteria over 3 months.

(m) “ Plan ” means this Executive Bonus Plan, as set forth in this instrument (including any appendix hereto) and as hereafter amended from time to time.

(n) “ Target Award ” means the target award, at 100% of target level performance achievement, payable under the Plan to a Participant for the Performance Period, as determined by the Committee in accordance with Section 3(b).

3. Selection of Participants and Determination of Awards .

(a) Selection of Participants . The Committee, in its sole discretion, will select the Employees who will be Participants for any Performance Period. Participation in the Plan is in the sole discretion of the Committee, on a Performance Period by Performance Period basis. Accordingly, an Employee who is a Participant for a given Performance Period in no way is guaranteed or assured of being selected for participation in any subsequent Performance Period or Periods.

(b) Determination of Target Awards . The Committee, in its sole discretion, will establish a Target Award for each Participant (which may be expressed as a percentage of a Participant’s average annual base salary for the Performance Period or a fixed dollar amount or such other amount or based on such other formula as the Committee determines).

(c) Bonus Pool . Each Performance Period, the Committee, in its sole discretion, will establish a Bonus Pool, which pool may be established before, during or after the applicable Performance Period. Actual Awards will be paid from the Bonus Pool.

(d) Discretion to Modify Awards . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Committee may, in its sole discretion and at any time, (i) increase, reduce or eliminate a Participant’s Actual Award, and/or (ii) increase, reduce or eliminate the amount allocated to the Bonus Pool. The Actual Award may be below, at or above the Target Award, in the Committee’s discretion. The Committee may determine the amount of any increase, reduction or elimination on the basis of such factors as it deems relevant, and will not be required to establish any allocation or weighting with respect to the factors it considers.

(e) Discretion to Determine Criteria . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Committee will, in its sole discretion, determine the performance goals (if any) applicable to any Target Award (or portion thereof) which may include, without limitation: attainment of research and development milestones, average revenue per subscribers, billings, bookings, business divestitures and acquisitions, cash flow, cash position, contract awards or losses, contract backlog, cost of acquisition, cost of delivery, customer-related losses and other measures, customer retention rates, business unit or division, earnings (which may include any calculation of

 

-2-


earnings, including but not limited to earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, earnings before taxes, net earnings and losses), earnings per share, employee retention, expenses, geographic expansion, gross margin, gross and/or net merchant processing volume, gross and/or net subscriber growth, growth in stockholder value relative to the moving average of the S&P 500 Index or another index, hiring targets, internal rate of return, lifetime value of subscribers or customers, market share, milestone achievements, MRR growth, net billings, net income or losses, net profit, net revenue margin, net sales, new product development, new product invention or innovation, number of customers, number of merchants, number of subscribers, operating cash flow, operating expenses, operating income or loss, operating margin, origination volume, overhead or other expense reduction, portfolio conversion rate, product defect measures, product development, product release timelines, productivity, profit, return on assets, return on capital, return on equity, return on investment, return on sales, revenue, revenue growth, sales efficiency, sales results, sales growth, stock price, time to market, total stockholder return, transaction processing measures, working capital, and individual objectives such as MBOs, peer reviews or other subjective or objective criteria. As determined by the Committee, the performance goals may be based on generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) or Non-GAAP results and any actual results may be adjusted by the Committee for one-time items, unbudgeted or unexpected items and/or payments of Actual Awards under the Plan when determining whether the performance goals have been met. The goals may be on the basis of any factors the Committee determines relevant, and may be on an individual, divisional, business unit, segment or Company-wide basis. Any criteria used may be measured on such basis as the Committee determines, including but not limited to, as applicable, (i) in absolute terms, (ii) in combination with another performance goal or goals (for example, but not by way of limitation, as a ratio or matrix), (iii) in relative terms (including, but not limited to, results for other periods, passage of time and/or against another company or companies or an index or indices), (iv) on a per-share basis, (v) against the performance of the Company as a whole or a segment of the Company and/or (vi) on a pre-tax or after-tax basis. The performance goals may differ from Participant to Participant and from award to award. Failure to meet the goals will result in a failure to earn the Target Award, except as provided in Section 3(d). The Committee also may determine that a Target Award (or portion thereof) will not have a performance goal associated with it but instead will be granted (if at all) in the sole discretion of the Committee.

4. Payment of Awards .

(a) Right to Receive Payment . Each Actual Award will be paid solely from the general assets of the Company. Nothing in this Plan will be construed to create a trust or to establish or evidence any Participant’s claim of any right other than as an unsecured general creditor with respect to any payment to which he or she may be entitled.

(b) Timing of Payment . Payment of each Actual Award shall be made as soon as practicable after the end of the Performance Period to which the Actual Award relates and after the Actual Award is approved by the Committee, but in no event later than 60 days following the end of the applicable Performance Period. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, to earn an Actual Award a Participant must be employed by the Company or any Affiliate on the date the Actual Award is paid.

 

-3-


It is the intent that this Plan be exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A so that none of the payments to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Code Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to be so exempt or so comply. Each payment under this Plan is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

(c) Form of Payment . Each Actual Award will generally be paid in cash (or its equivalent) in a single lump sum.

(d) Payment in the Event of Death or Disability . If a Participant dies or becomes is terminated due to his or her Disability prior to the payment of an Actual Award the Committee has determined will be paid for a prior Performance Period, the Actual Award will be paid to his or her estate or to the Participant, as the case may be, subject to the Committee’s discretion to reduce or eliminate any Actual Award otherwise payable.

5. Plan Administration .

(a) Committee is the Administrator . The Plan will be administered by the Committee. The Committee will consist of not less than two (2) members of the Board. The members of the Committee will be appointed from time to time by, and serve at the pleasure of, the Board.

(b) Committee Authority . It will be the duty of the Committee to administer the Plan in accordance with the Plan’s provisions. The Committee will have all powers and discretion necessary or appropriate to administer the Plan and to control its operation, including, but not limited to, the power to (i) determine which Employees will be granted awards, (ii) prescribe the terms and conditions of awards, (iii) interpret the Plan and the awards, (iv) adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States, (v) adopt rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith, and (vi) interpret, amend or revoke any such rules.

(c) Decisions Binding . All determinations and decisions made by the Committee, the Board, and any delegate of the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan will be final, conclusive, and binding on all persons, and will be given the maximum deference permitted by law.

(d) Delegation by Committee . The Committee, in its sole discretion and on such terms and conditions as it may provide, may delegate all or part of its authority and powers under the Plan to one or more directors and/or officers of the Company.

(e) Indemnification . Each person who is or will have been a member of the Committee will be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from (i) any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan or any award, and (ii) from any and all amounts paid by him or her in settlement thereof, with

 

-4-


the Company’s approval, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment in any such claim, action, suit, or proceeding against him or her, provided he or she will give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification will not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, by contract, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or under any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

6. General Provisions .

(a) Tax Withholding . The Company will withhold all applicable taxes from any Actual Award, including any federal, state and local taxes (including, but not limited to, the Participant’s FICA and SDI obligations).

(b) No Effect on Employment or Service . Nothing in the Plan will interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company to terminate any Participant’s employment or service at any time, with or without cause. Employment with the Company and its Affiliates is on an at-will basis only. For purposes of the Plan, transfer of employment of a Participant between the Company and any one of its Affiliates (or between Affiliates) will not be deemed a termination of employment. The Company expressly reserves the right, which may be exercised at any time and without regard to when during a Performance Period such exercise occurs, to terminate any individual’s employment with or without cause, and to treat him or her without regard to the effect that such treatment might have upon him or her as a Participant.

(c) Participation . No Employee will have the right to be selected to receive an award under this Plan, or, having been so selected, to be selected to receive a future award.

(d) Successors . All obligations of the Company under the Plan, with respect to awards granted hereunder, will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company.

(e) Nontransferability of Awards . No award granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, or to the limited extent provided in Section 6(e). All rights with respect to an award granted to a Participant will be available during his or her lifetime only to the Participant.

7. Amendment, Termination, and Duration .

(a) Amendment, Suspension, or Termination . The Board and/or the Committee, in its sole discretion, may amend or terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, at any time and for any reason. The amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan will not, without the consent of the Participant, alter or impair any rights or obligations under any Actual Award theretofore earned by such Participant. No award may be granted during any period of suspension or after termination of the Plan.

 

-5-


(b) Duration of Plan . The Plan will commence on the date first adopted and/or ratified by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board, and subject to Section 7(a) (regarding the Committee’s right to amend or terminate the Plan), will remain in effect thereafter.

8. Legal Construction .

(a) Gender and Number . Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used herein also will include the feminine; the plural will include the singular and the singular will include the plural.

(b) Severability . In the event any provision of the Plan will be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity will not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

(c) Requirements of Law . The granting of awards under the Plan will be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

(d) Governing Law . The Plan and all awards will be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of California, but without regard to its conflict of law provisions.

(e) Bonus Plan . The Plan is intended to be a “bonus program” as defined under U.S. Department of Labor regulation 2510.3-2(c) and will be construed and administered in accordance with such intention.

(f) Captions . Captions are provided herein for convenience only, and will not serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of the Plan.

 

-6-

Exhibit 10.13

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company: MINDBODY, INC., a California corporation
Number of Shares: 35,000
Class of Stock: Series C Preferred
Warrant Price: $3.483 per share (Subject to Section 1.7)
Issue Date: June 23, 2010
Expiration Date: The 10th anniversary after the Issue Date
Credit Facility: This Warrant is issued in connection with the Advances and the Term Loan referenced in the Loan and Security Agreement between Company and Silicon Valley Bank dated June 23, 2010.

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (Silicon Valley Bank, together with any registered holder from time to time of this Warrant or any holder of the shares issuable or issued upon exercise of this Warrant, “Holder”) is entitled to purchase the, number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “Shares”) of the Company at the Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

ARTICLE 1. EXERCISE .

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Article 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Conversion Right . In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Article 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this Warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Article 1.3.

1.3 Fair Market Value . If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are common stock, the fair ,market value of each Share shall be the closing price of a Share reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the


effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering). If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or, in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the initial “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering), in both cases, multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant and, if applicable, the Company receives payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new Warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrants . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

1.6.1 “ Acquisition ”. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any reorganization, consolidation, or merger of the Company where the holders of Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction.

1.6.2 Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition .

A) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is not an asset sale and in which the sole consideration is cash, either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed automatically effective immediately prior to the consummation of any such Acquisition and Holder shall participate in the Acquisition as a holder of the Shares (or securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant) on the same terms as other holders of the same class and series of securities of the Company, or (ii) if Holder elects not to exercise this Warrant, this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of any such Acquisition. The Company shall provide the Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as the Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

B) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is an “arms length” sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (and only its assets) to a third party that is not an Affiliate (as defined below) of the Company (a “True Asset Sale”), either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b)

 

-2-


if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will continue until the Expiration Date if the Company continues as a going concern following the closing of any such True Asset Sale. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

C) Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition of the Company by a publicly traded acquirer in which the sole consideration is publicly traded stock or a combination of publicly traded stock and cash, if the acquirer in the Acquisition does not agree to assume this Warrant at and as of the closing thereof, and if, on the record date for the Acquisition, the fair market value of each of the Shares (or other securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant) is equal to or greater than five (5) times the Warrant Price, the Company may require the Warrant to be deemed automatically exercised and the Holder shall participate in the Acquisition as a holder of the Shares (or other securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrant) on the same terms as other holders of the same class of securities of the Company.

D) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than those particularly described in subsections (A), (B) and (C) above, the successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Warrant Price and/or number of Shares shall be adjusted accordingly.

As used herein “ Affiliate ” shall mean any person or entity that owns or controls directly or indirectly ten (10) percent or more of the stock of Company, any person or entity that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such persons or entities, and each of such person’s or entity’s officers, directors, joint venturers or partners, as applicable.

1.7 Adjustment in Warrant Price . If on or before December 31, 2011, the Company sells and issues to any investors preferred stock at a per share price less or greater than the Warrant Price, the Warrant Price hereunder shall be adjusted to equal an average of the original Warrant Price and the per share purchase price of such stock.

ARTICLE 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES .

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend on the Shares payable in common stock, or other securities, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend occurred. If the Company subdivides the Shares by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares or takes any other action which increase the amount of stock into which the Shares are convertible, the number of shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or

 

-3-


class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the then outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Articles or Certificate (as applicable) of Incorporation. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder an amendment to this Warrant setting forth the number and kind of such new securities or other property issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant as a result of such reclassification, exchange, substitution or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant. The amendment to this Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new Warrant. The provisions of this Article 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

2.3 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . The Warrant Price and the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant or, if the Shares are preferred stock, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall be subject to adjustment, from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Articles or Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment. The provisions set forth for the Shares in the Company’s Articles or Certificate (as applicable) of Incorporation relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived, without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to Holder.

2.4 No impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its Articles or Certificate (as applicable) of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article against impairment.

2.5 Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

2.6 Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company shall promptly notify Holder in writing, and, at the Company’s expense, promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

 

-4-


ARTICLE 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the price per share at which the Shares were last issued in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of the Shares were sold.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon any of its stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for sale any shares of the Company’s capital stock (or other securities convertible into such capital stock) pro rata to the Company’s current stockholders; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of any of its stock; (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or (e) offer holders of registration rights the opportunity to participate in an underwritten public offering of the Company’s securities for cash, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder: (1) at least 10 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which Holders of common stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above; (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 10 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which Holders of common stock will be entitled to exchange their common stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and (3) in the case of the matter referred to in (e) above, the same notice as is given to Holders of such registration rights. Company will also provide information requested by Holder reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements, including, a report of all equity securities sold by Borrower on a quarterly basis.

3.3 Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended . The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such common stock, shall have certain “piggyback,” registration rights pursuant to and as set forth in the Company’s Investor Rights Agreement or similar agreement. The provisions set forth in the Company’s Investors’ Right Agreement or similar agreement relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification, or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to Holder.

3.4 No Shareholder Rights . Except as provided in this Warrant, Holder will not have any rights as a shareholder of the Company until the exercise of this Warrant.

 

-5-


ARTICLE 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF HOLDER . Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder will be acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that Holder has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information . Holder has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience . Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available.

4.6 Lock-Up Agreement . The Holder and any subsequent Holder agrees to be bound by the provisions of Section 1.14 of the Rights Agreement as though such Holder were a “Holder” thereunder.

ARTICLE 5. MISCELLANEOUS .

5.1 This warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date.

 

-6-


5.2 Legends . This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE, AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities, issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”) to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to Bank’s parent company, SVB Financial Group (formerly Silicon Valley Bancshares), or any other affiliate of Bank. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144(d) and (e) in reasonable detail, the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and the Company is provided with a copy of Holder’s notice of proposed sale.

5.4 Transfer Procedure . After receipt by Bank of the executed Warrant, Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to SVB Financial Group by execution of an Assignment substantially in the form of Appendix 2. Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the Shares issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer, identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable), and such subsequent Holder agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Warrant (including this Section 5) and the provisions of Section 1.14 of the Rights Agreement. The Company may refuse to transfer this Warrant or the Shares to any person who directly competes with the Company, unless, in either case, the stock of the Company is publicly traded.

5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications from the Company to Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may (or on the first business day after transmission by facsimile) be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. Effective upon receipt of

 

-7-


the fully executed Warrant and the initial transfer described in Article 5.4 above, all notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HA 200

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Telephone:

Facsimile:

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

MINDBODY, INC.

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

4051 Broad Street, Suite #220

San Luis Obispo, CA 93401

Telephone:

Facsimile:

5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Automatic Conversion upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to Holder.

5.9 Counterparts . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

5.10 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

[Signature page follows]

 

-8-


“COMPANY” Date:

6-22-10

MINDBODY, INC.
By:

/s/ Richard Stollmeyer

By:

/s/ Robert Murphy

Name:

Richard Stollmeyer

Name:

Robert Murphy

Title: Chairman of the Board, President or Vice President Title: Chief Financial Officer, Secretary, Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Secretary
“HOLDER”
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:

/s/ Jack Garza

Name:

Jack Garza

(Print)
Title:

Relationship Manager

 

-9-


SCHEDULE 1

CAPITALIZATION TABLE

(See attached.)


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. Holder elects to purchase                  shares of the Common/Series C Preferred Stock of MINDBODY, INC. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders payment of the purchase price of the shares in full.

[or]

1. Holder elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares/cash [strike one] in the manner specified in the Warrant. This conversion is exercised for                  of the Shares covered by the Warrant,

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name specified below:

 

 

Holder’s Name

 

 

(Address)

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 of the Warrant as the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

(Date:)

 


APPENDIX 2

ASSIGNMENT

For value received, Silicon Valley Bank hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

Name: SVB Financial Group
Address: 3003 Tasman Drive (HA-200)
Santa Clara, CA 95054
Tax ID:

that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by MINDBODY, INC. (the “Company”), on June     , 2010 (the ‘Warrant”) together with all rights, title and interest therein.

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

Date:

 

By its execution below, and for the benefit of the Company, SVB Financial Group makes each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 of the Warrant and agrees to all other provisions of the Warrant as of the date hereof.

 

SVB FINANCIAL GROUP
By:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 


AMENDMENT

TO

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

This Amendment to Warrant to Purchase Stock (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of March 6, 2015, by and between SVB FINANCIAL GROUP (“ Holder ”), Mindbody, Inc., a California corporation (the “ Company ”) and MINDBODY, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Delaware Company ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS , The Company has issued for the benefit of Silicon Valley Bank (“ Bank ”) that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated June 23, 2010 (as amended from time to time, the “ Warrant ”).

WHEREAS , Bank has assigned the Warrant to Holder.

WHEREAS , Section 1.7 of the Warrant provides that, if on or before December 31, 2011, the Company sells and issues to any investors preferred stock at a per share price less or greater than the Warrant Price (as defined in the Warrant), the Warrant Price thereunder shall be adjusted to equal an average of the original Warrant Price and the per share purchase price of such stock.

WHEREAS , pursuant to Section 1.7 of the Warrant, the Warrant Price was adjusted to $4.3315 as a result of the Company’s issuance of its Series D Preferred Stock on or before December 31, 2011.

WHEREAS , in connection with the proposed reincorporation of the Company into Delaware (the “ Reincorporation ”), all securities of the Company are to be exchanged for an equivalent number of securities of the Delaware Company.

WHEREAS , in connection with the Reincorporation, the Company and Holder wish to amend the Warrant to acknowledge that, effective upon the Reincorporation, the Warrant will become issuable for shares of Series C Preferred Stock of the Delaware Company, and to make certain other clarifying changes.

NOW THEREFORE , the parties hereby agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

1. Amendment to Recitals . Effective upon the consummation of the Reincorporation, the information immediately following the heading “WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK” shall be amended and restated in their entirety as follows:

 

“Company: MINDBODY, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares:         35,000
Class of Stock: Series C Preferred
Warrant Price: $4.3315 per share


Issue Date: June 23, 2010
Expiration Date: The 10th anniversary after the Issue Date
Credit Facility: This Warrant is issued in connection with the Advances and the Term Loan referenced in the Loan and Security Agreement between Company and Silicon Valley Bank dated June 23, 2010.”

2. Amendment to Section 4.6 . Section 4.6 of the Warrant shall be amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“4.6 Lock-Up Agreement. The Holder and any subsequent Holder agrees to be bound by the provisions of Section 5 of the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement between the Company and the parties named therein, dated as of February 10, 2014, as amended (the “ ROFR Agreement ”).”

3. Amendment to Section 5.4 . The reference to “Section 1.14 of the Rights Agreement” in Section 5.4 shall be replaced with a reference to “Section 5 of the ROFR Agreement.”

4. Consent to Reincorporation . Holder acknowledges that, other than as set forth herein, no adjustments to the provisions of the Warrant shall be made as a result of the Reincorporation. Holder hereby consents to the Reincorporation and waives any notice requirements with respect thereto.

5. Assumption . The Delaware Company hereby assumes all obligations of the Company under the Warrant, as amended.

6. Effect of Amendment . Except as set forth in this Amendment, the provisions of the Warrant shall remain unchanged and shall continue in full force and effect.

7. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

-2-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date set forth above.

 

COMPANY:

MINDBODY, INC.

a California corporation

/s/ Brett White

Brett White
Chief Financial Officer
DELAWARE COMPANY:

MINDBODY, INC.

a Delaware corporation

/s/ Brett White

Brett White
Chief Financial Officer
HOLDER:
SVB FINANCIAL GROUP

/s/ Michael D. Kruse

Name: Michael D. Kruse
Treasurer

( Signature page to Amendment to Warrant to Purchase Stock )

Exhibit 10.14

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of January 12, 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”) between SILICON VALLEY BANK , a California corporation (“ Bank ”), and MINDBODY, INC. , a California corporation (“ Borrower ”), provides the terms on which Bank shall lend to Borrower and Borrower shall repay Bank. The parties agree as follows:

 

  1 ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed following GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein.

 

  2 LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

2.1 Promise to Pay . Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay Bank the outstanding principal amount of all Credit Extensions and accrued and unpaid interest thereon as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.

2.2 Revolving Advances .

(a) Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and to deduction of Reserves (provided, however, that Bank shall consult with Borrower prior to imposing such deduction), Bank shall make Advances not exceeding the Availability Amount. Amounts borrowed under the Revolving Line may be repaid and, prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, reborrowed, subject to the applicable terms and conditions precedent herein

(b) Termination; Repayment . The Revolving Line terminates on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, when the principal amount of all Advances, the unpaid interest thereon, and all other Obligations relating to the Revolving Line shall be immediately due and payable.

(c) Prepayment .

(i) Mandatory Prepayment Upon an Acceleration . If the Advances are accelerated following the occurrence of an Event of Default or otherwise, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank an amount equal to the sum of (i) all outstanding principal with respect to the Advances, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, (ii) the Facility Fee (if applicable) and (iii) all other sums, including Bank Expenses, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder in connection with the Revolving Line, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

(ii) Voluntary Prepayment . Borrower shall have the option to terminate the Revolving Line prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date provided Borrower (i) delivers written notice to Bank of its election to terminate the Revolving Line at least ten (10) Business Days prior to such termination, and (ii) pays, on the date of such termination (a) all of the outstanding principal with respect to the Advances, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, (b) the Facility Fee (if applicable), and (c) all other sums, including Bank Expenses, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder in connection with the Revolving Line.

2.3 Overadvances . If, at any time, the outstanding principal amount of any Advances exceeds the lesser of either (i) the Revolving Line or (ii) the MRR multiplied by the Advance Rate, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank in cash the amount of such excess (such excess, the “ Overadvance ”). Without limiting Borrower’s obligation to repay Bank any Overadvance, Borrower agrees to pay Bank interest on the outstanding amount of any Overadvance, on demand, at the Default Rate.

 

-1-


2.4 Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions .

(a) Advances . Subject to Section 2.4(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the greater of (i) one half of one percent (0.50%) above the Prime Rate or (ii) three and one quarter of one percent (3.25%), which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.4(d) below.

(b) Default Rate . Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is three percentage points (3.00%) above the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto (the “ Default Rate ”). Fees and expenses which are required to be paid by Borrower pursuant to the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, Bank Expenses) but are not paid when due shall bear interest until paid at a rate equal to the highest rate applicable to the Obligations. Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2.4(b) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Bank.

(c) Adjustment to Interest Rate . Changes to the interest rate of any Credit Extension based on changes to the Prime Rate shall be effective on the effective date of any change to the Prime Rate and to the extent of any such change.

(d) Payment; Interest Computation . Interest is payable monthly on the last calendar day of each month and shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed. In computing interest, (i) all payments received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on any day shall be deemed received at the opening of business on the next Business Day, and (ii) the date of the making of any Credit Extension shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded; provided, however, that if any Credit Extension is repaid on the same day on which it is made, such day shall be included in computing interest on such Credit Extension.

2.5 Fees . Borrower shall pay to Bank:

(a) Facility Fee . The Facility Fee, when due hereunder; and

(b) Bank Expenses . All Bank Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due (or, if no stated due date, upon demand by Bank).

(c) Fees Fully Earned . Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or in a separate writing by Bank, Borrower shall not be entitled to any credit, rebate, or repayment of any fees earned by Bank pursuant to this Agreement notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement or the suspension or termination of Bank’s obligation to make loans and advances hereunder. Bank may deduct amounts owing by Borrower under the clauses of this Section 2.5 pursuant to the terms of Section 2.6(c). Bank shall provide Borrower written notice of deductions made from the Designated Deposit Account pursuant to the terms of the clauses of this Section 2.5.

2.6 Payments; Application of Payments; Debit of Accounts .

(a) All payments to be made by Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made in immediately available funds in Dollars, without setoff or counterclaim, before 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the date when due. Payments of principal and/or interest received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment shall be due the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid.

(b) Bank has the exclusive right to determine the order and manner in which all payments with respect to the Obligations may be applied. Borrower shall have no right to specify the order or the accounts to which Bank shall allocate or apply any payments required to be made by Borrower to Bank or otherwise received by Bank under this Agreement when any such allocation or application is not specified elsewhere in this Agreement.

 

-2-


(c) Bank may debit any of Borrower’s deposit accounts, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrower owes Bank when due. These debits shall not constitute a set-off.

2.7 Withholding . Payments received by Bank from Borrower under this Agreement will be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority (including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto). Specifically, however, if at any time any Governmental Authority, applicable law, regulation or international agreement requires Borrower to make any withholding or deduction from any such payment or other sum payable hereunder to Bank, Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that the amount due from Borrower with respect to such payment or other sum payable hereunder will be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of such required withholding or deduction, Bank receives a net sum equal to the sum which it would have received had no withholding or deduction been required, and Borrower shall pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority. Borrower will, upon request, furnish Bank with proof reasonably satisfactory to Bank indicating that Borrower has made such withholding payment; provided, however, that Borrower need not make any withholding payment if the amount or validity of such withholding payment is contested in good faith by appropriate and timely proceedings and as to which payment in full is bonded or reserved against by Borrower. The agreements and obligations of Borrower contained in this Section 2.7 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

  3 CONDITIONS OF LOANS

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension . Bank’s obligation to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:

(a) duly executed original signatures to the Loan Documents;

(b) the Operating Documents and long-form good standing certificates of Borrower and its Subsidiaries certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of Borrower’s and such Subsidiaries’ jurisdiction of organization or formation and each jurisdiction in which Borrower and each Subsidiary is qualified to conduct business, each as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;

(c) duly executed original signatures to the completed Borrowing Resolutions for Borrower;

(d) certified copies, dated as of a recent date, of financing statement searches, as Bank may request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the initial Credit Extension, will be terminated or released;

(e) the Perfection Certificate of Borrower, together with the duly executed original signature thereto; and

(f) payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.5 hereof.

3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions . Bank’s obligations to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) except as otherwise provided in Section 3.5, timely receipt of an executed Transaction Report;

(b) the representations and warranties in this Agreement shall be true, accurate, and complete in all material respects on the date of the Transaction Report and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that

 

-3-


already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in this Agreement remain true, accurate, and complete in all material respects; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; and

(c) a Material Adverse Change has not occurred.

3.3 Post-Closing Conditions .

(a) Within ten (10) days after the Effective Date, evidence satisfactory to Bank that the insurance policies and endorsements required by Section 6.7 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing lender loss payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Bank.

(b) Within thirty (30) days after the Effective Date, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank:

(i) the completion of the Initial Audit with results satisfactory to Bank in its sole and absolute discretion;

(ii) a landlord’s consent in favor of Bank with respect to each of (i) 4051 Broad Street, Suites 110, 120, 122, 126, 140, 220 and 230, San Luis Obispo, California 93401 and (ii) 651 Tank Farm Road, San Luis Obispo, CA 93401, by the respective landlords thereof, together with the duly executed original signatures thereto;

(iii) on a commercially reasonable efforts basis, an equipment holder’s acknowledgment in favor of Bank with respect to each of (i) 17400 Von Karman Ave., Irvine, CA 92602 and (ii) 7135 S. Decatur Blvd., Las Vegas, NV 89118, by the respective equipment holders thereof, together with the duly executed original signatures thereto.

(iv) on a commercially reasonable efforts basis, a landlord’s consent in favor of Bank with respect to each of Borrower’s leased locations other than the locations set forth in Section 3.3(b), by the respective landlords thereof, together with the duly executed original signatures thereto; and

(v) on a commercially reasonable efforts basis, an equipment holder’s acknowledgement in favor of Bank with respect to each of Borrower’s server locations other than the locations set forth in Section 3.3(c), by the respective equipment holders thereof, together with the duly executed original signatures thereto.

(c) Within forty-five (45) days after the Effective Date, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, duly executed original signatures to the Control Agreements.

3.4 Covenant to Deliver .

Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.3, Borrower agrees to deliver to Bank each item required to be delivered to Bank under this Agreement as a condition precedent to any Credit Extension. Borrower expressly agrees that a Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Bank of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Bank of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and the making of any Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be in Bank’s sole discretion.

 

-4-


3.5 Procedures for Borrowing . Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of an Advance set forth in this Agreement, to obtain an Advance, Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail by 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the Funding Date of the Advance. In connection with such notification, Borrower must promptly deliver to Bank by electronic mail a completed Transaction Report executed by an Authorized Signer together with such other reports and information, including without limitation, sales journals, cash receipts journals, accounts receivable aging reports, as Bank may request in its sole discretion. Bank shall credit proceeds of an Advance to the Designated Deposit Account. Bank may make Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from an Authorized Signer or without instructions if the Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due.

 

  4 CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST.

4.1 Grant of Security Interest . Borrower hereby grants Bank, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Bank, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof.

Borrower acknowledges that it previously has entered, and/or may in the future enter, into Bank Services Agreements with Bank. Regardless of the terms of any Bank Services Agreement, Borrower agrees that any amounts Borrower owes Bank thereunder shall be deemed to be Obligations hereunder and that it is the intent of Borrower and Bank to have all such Obligations secured by the first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral granted herein (subject only to Permitted Liens that are permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to have superior priority to Bank’s Lien in this Agreement).

If this Agreement is terminated, Bank’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are repaid in full in cash. Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) and at such time as Bank’s obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated, Bank shall, at the sole cost and expense of Borrower, release its Liens in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower. In the event (x) all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), except for Bank Services, are satisfied in full, and (y) this Agreement is terminated, Bank shall terminate the security interest granted herein upon Borrower providing cash collateral acceptable to Bank in its good faith business judgment for Bank Services, if any. In the event such Bank Services consist of outstanding Letters of Credit, Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to (x) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in Dollars, then at least one hundred five percent (105.0%); and (y) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in a Foreign Currency, then at least one hundred ten percent (110.0%), of the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit.

4.2 Priority of Security Interest . Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens that are permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to have superior priority to Bank’s Lien under this Agreement). If Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in a writing signed by Borrower of the general details thereof and grant to Bank in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

4.3 Authorization to File Financing Statements . Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file financing statements, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Bank’s interest or rights hereunder, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, by either Borrower or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Bank under the Code. Such financing statements may indicate the Collateral as “all assets of the Debtor” or words of similar effect, or as being of an equal or lesser scope, or with greater detail, all in Bank’s discretion.

 

-5-


  5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

5.1 Due Organization, Authorization; Power and Authority . Borrower is duly existing and in good standing as a Registered Organization in its jurisdiction of formation and is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business. In connection with this Agreement, Borrower has delivered to Bank a completed certificate signed by Borrower, entitled “Perfection Certificate”. Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that (a) Borrower’s exact legal name is that indicated on the Perfection Certificate and on the signature page hereof; (b) Borrower is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth in the Perfection Certificate; (c) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower has none; (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower’s mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) Borrower (and each of its predecessors) has not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of formation, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificate pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is accurate and complete (it being understood and agreed that Borrower may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificate after the Effective Date to the extent permitted by one or more specific provisions in this Agreement). If Borrower is not now a Registered Organization but later becomes one, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of such occurrence and provide Bank with Borrower’s organizational identification number.

The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrower’s organizational documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect or (v) conflict with, contravene, constitute a default or breach under, or result in or permit the termination or acceleration of, any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

5.2 Collateral . Borrower has good title to, rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens. Borrower has no Collateral Accounts at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates except for the Collateral Accounts described in the Perfection Certificate delivered to Bank in connection herewith and which Borrower has taken such actions as are necessary to give Bank a perfected security interest therein, pursuant to the term of Section 6.8(b). The Accounts are bona fide, existing obligations of the Account Debtors.

The Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse) except as otherwise provided in the Perfection Certificate. None of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2.

All Inventory is in all material respects of good and marketable quality, free from material defects.

Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property which it owns or purports to own except for (a) non-exclusive licenses granted to its customers in the ordinary course of business, (b) over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public, and (c) material Intellectual Property licensed to Borrower and noted on the Perfection Certificate. Each Patent which it owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property which Borrower owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part. To the best of

 

-6-


Borrower’s knowledge, no claim has been made that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

Except as noted on the Perfection Certificate, Borrower is not a party to, nor is it bound by, any Restricted License.

5.3 Eligible Customer Accounts . For any Eligible Customer Account in any MRR calculation, all statements made and all unpaid balances appearing in all invoices, instruments and other documents evidencing such Eligible Customer Account are and shall be true and correct and all such invoices, instruments and other documents, and all of Borrower’s Books are genuine and in all respects what they purport to be. Whether or not an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank may notify any Account Debtor owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds and verify the amount of such Eligible Customer Account. All sales and other transactions underlying or giving rise to each Eligible Customer Account shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and governmental rules and regulations. Borrower has no knowledge of any actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any Account Debtor whose accounts are Eligible Customer Accounts in any MRR calculation. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, all signatures and endorsements on all documents, instruments, and agreements relating to all Eligible Customer Accounts are genuine, and all such documents, instruments and agreements are legally enforceable in accordance with their terms. Borrower is the owner of and has the legal right to sell, transfer, assign and encumber each Eligible Customer Account, and there are no defenses, offsets, counterclaims or agreements for which the Account Debtor may claim any deduction or discount.

5.4 Litigation . There are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of any Responsible Officer, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries involving more than, individually or in the aggregate, Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000).

5.5 Financial Statements; Financial Condition . All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries delivered to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated financial condition and Borrower’s consolidated results of operations. There has not been any material deterioration in Borrower’s consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to Bank.

5.6 Solvency . The fair salable value of Borrower’s consolidated assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of Borrower’s liabilities; Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

5.7 Regulatory Compliance . Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower (a) has complied in all material respects with all Requirements of Law, and (b) has not violated any Requirements of Law the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its business. None of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than legally. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Government Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted.

5.8 Subsidiaries; Investments . Borrower does not own any stock, partnership, or other ownership interest or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments.

5.9 Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions . Borrower has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except to the extent such taxes are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted, so long as such reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor.

 

-7-


To the extent Borrower defers payment of any contested taxes, Borrower shall (i) notify Bank in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, and (ii) post bonds or take any other steps required to prevent the governmental authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “Permitted Lien.” Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower’s prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower. Borrower has paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not withdrawn from participation in, and has not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

5.10 Use of Proceeds . Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions solely as working capital and to fund its general business requirements and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.

5.11 Full Disclosure . No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any certificate or written statement given to Bank, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Bank, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).

5.12 Definition of “Knowledge.” For purposes of the Loan Documents, whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrower’s knowledge or awareness, to the “best of” Borrower’s knowledge, or with a similar qualification, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge, after reasonable investigation, of any Responsible Officer.

 

  6 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall do all of the following:

6.1 Government Compliance .

(a) Maintain its and all its Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations. Borrower shall comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, in all material respects, with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject.

(b) Obtain all of the Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the grant of a security interest to Bank in all of its property. Borrower shall promptly provide copies of any such obtained Governmental Approvals to Bank.

6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates. Provide Bank with the following:

(a) a Transaction Report (and any schedules related thereto) within twenty (20) days after the end of each month;

(b) as soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, a company prepared (i) consolidated and consolidating balance sheet and income statement and (ii) consolidated cash flow statement, covering Borrower’s and each of its Subsidiary’s operations for such month certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form acceptable to Bank (the “ Monthly Financial Statements ”);

 

-8-


(c) within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month and together with the Monthly Financial Statements, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, certifying that as of the end of such month, Borrower was in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and setting forth calculations showing compliance with the financial covenants set forth in this Agreement and such other information as Bank may reasonably request, including, without limitation, a statement that at the end of such month there were no held checks (other than held checks disclosed in the Compliance Certificate);

(d) within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, a SaaS based metrics report including Annualized Churn Rate and MRR;

(e) within thirty (30) days following the end of each fiscal year of Borrower, annual operating budgets (including income statements, balance sheets and cash flow statements, by month) for the upcoming fiscal year of Borrower, as approved by Borrower’s board of directors, together with any related business forecasts used in the preparation of such annual financial projections;

(f) as soon as available, and in any event within one hundred eighty (180) days following the end of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion (other than with respect to a going concern qualification based on liquidity factors) on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Bank;

(g) in the event that Borrower becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act within five (5) days of filing, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by Borrower with the SEC, any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC or with any national securities exchange, or distributed to its shareholders, as the case may be. Documents required to be delivered pursuant to the terms hereof (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on Borrower’s website on the Internet at Borrower’s website address; provided, however, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in writing (which may be by electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents;

(h) within five (5) days of delivery, copies of all material statements, reports and notices made generally available to Borrower’s security holders or to holders of Subordinated Debt;

(i) prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened in writing against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could result in damages or costs to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of, individually or in the aggregate, Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) or more;

(j) As soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after completion, Borrower’s 409(a) valuation report; and

(k) other financial information reasonably requested by Bank.

6.3 Accounts Receivable .

(a) Schedules and Documents Relating to Accounts . Borrower shall deliver to Bank transaction reports and schedules of collections, as provided in Section 6.2, on Bank’s standard forms; provided, however, that Borrower’s failure to execute and deliver the same shall not affect or limit Bank’s Lien and other rights in all of Borrower’s Accounts, nor shall Bank’s failure to advance or lend against a specific Account affect or limit Bank’s Lien and other rights therein. If requested by Bank, Borrower shall furnish Bank with copies (or, at Bank’s request, originals) of all contracts, orders, invoices, and other similar documents, and all shipping instructions, delivery receipts, bills of lading, and other evidence of delivery, for any goods the sale or disposition of

 

-9-


which gave rise to such Accounts. In addition, Borrower shall deliver to Bank, on its request, the originals of all instruments, chattel paper, security agreements, guarantees and other documents and property evidencing or securing any Accounts, in the same form as received, with all necessary indorsements, and copies of all credit memos.

(b) Disputes . Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of all material disputes or claims relating to Accounts. Borrower may forgive (completely or partially), compromise, or settle any Account for less than payment in full, or agree to do any of the foregoing so long as (i) Borrower does so in good faith, in a commercially reasonable manner, in the ordinary course of business, in arm’s-length transactions, and reports the same to Bank in the regular reports provided to Bank; (ii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and (iii) after taking into account all such discounts, settlements and forgiveness, the total outstanding Advances will not exceed the MRR multiplied by the Advance Rate.

(c) Collection of Accounts . Commencing thirty (30) days after the Effective Date, Bank shall require that Borrower direct Account Debtors to deliver or transmit all proceeds of Accounts, other than with respect to ACH or foreign checks provided that such proceeds are delivered or transmitted to an account subject to a Control Agreement in favor of Bank, into a lockbox account, or via electronic deposit capture into a “blocked account” as specified by Bank (either such account, the “ Cash Collateral Account ”). Commencing thirty (30) days after the Effective Date, whether or not an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall immediately deliver all payments on and proceeds of Accounts to the Cash Collateral Account to be transferred on a daily basis to Borrower’s operating account with Bank.

(d) Returns . Provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, if any Account Debtor returns any Inventory to Borrower, Borrower shall promptly (i) determine the reason for such return, (ii) issue a credit memorandum to the Account Debtor in the appropriate amount, and (iii) provide a copy of such credit memorandum to Bank, upon request from Bank. In the event any attempted return occurs after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Borrower shall hold the returned Inventory in trust for Bank, and immediately notify Bank of the return of the Inventory.

(e) Verification . Bank may, from time to time, verify directly with the respective Account Debtors the validity, amount and other matters relating to the Accounts, either in the name of Borrower or Bank or such other name as Bank may choose, and notify any Account Debtor of Bank’s security interest in such Account.

(f) No Liability . Bank shall not be responsible or liable for any shortage or discrepancy in, damage to, or loss or destruction of, any goods, the sale or other disposition of which gives rise to an Account, or for any error, act, omission, or delay of any kind occurring in the settlement, failure to settle, collection or failure to collect any Account, or for settling any Account in good faith for less than the full amount thereof, nor shall Bank be deemed to be responsible for any of Borrower’s obligations under any contract or agreement giving rise to an Account. Nothing herein shall, however, relieve Bank from liability for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

6.4 Remittance of Proceeds . Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.3(c), deliver, in kind, all proceeds arising from the disposition of any Collateral to Bank in the original form in which received by Borrower not later than the following Business Day after receipt by Borrower, to be applied to the Obligations (a) prior to an Event of Default, pursuant to the terms of Section 2.4 hereof, and (b) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, pursuant to the terms of Section 9.4 hereof; provided that, if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall not be obligated to remit to Bank the proceeds of the sale of worn out or obsolete Equipment disposed of by Borrower in good faith in an arm’s length transaction for an aggregate purchase price of Twenty Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) or less (for all such transactions in any fiscal year). Nothing in this Section limits the restrictions on disposition of Collateral set forth elsewhere in this Agreement.

6.5 Taxes; Pensions . Timely file, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all required tax returns and reports and timely pay, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely pay, all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, except for deferred payment of any taxes contested pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 hereof, and shall deliver to Bank, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms.

 

-10-


6.6 Access to Collateral; Books and Records . At reasonable times, on one (1) Business Day’s notice (provided no notice is required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), Bank, or its agents, shall have the right to inspect the Collateral and the right to audit and copy Borrower’s Books. The foregoing inspections and audits shall be conducted at Borrower’s expense and no more often than once every twelve (12) months unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing in which case such inspections and audits shall occur as often as Bank shall determine is necessary. The charge therefor shall be Eight Hundred Fifty Dollars ($850) per person per day (or such higher amount as shall represent Bank’s then-current standard charge for the same), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. In the event Borrower and Bank schedule an audit more than ten (10) days in advance, and Borrower cancels or seeks to reschedules the audit with less than ten (10) days written notice to Bank, then (without limiting any of Bank’s rights or remedies) Borrower shall pay Bank a fee of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) plus any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Bank to compensate Bank for the anticipated costs and expenses of the cancellation or rescheduling.

6.7 Insurance .

(a) Keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower’s industry and location and as Bank may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies that are not Affiliates of Borrower, and in amounts that are satisfactory to Bank. All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Bank as lender loss payee. All liability policies (other than D&O liability policies under which Borrower is not the beneficiary) shall show, or have endorsements showing, Bank as an additional insured. Bank shall be named as lender loss payee and/or additional insured with respect to any such insurance providing coverage in respect of any Collateral.

(b) Ensure that proceeds payable under any property policy are, at Bank’s option, payable to Bank on account of the Obligations.

(c) At Bank’s request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of insurance policies and evidence of all premium payments. Each provider of any such insurance required under this Section 6.7 shall agree, by endorsement upon the policy or policies issued by it or by independent instruments furnished to Bank, that it will give Bank thirty (30) days prior written notice before any such policy or policies shall be materially altered or canceled. If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.7 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Bank, Bank may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.7, and take any action under the policies Bank deems prudent.

6.8 Operating Accounts .

(a) Maintain, at all times, its primary operating and other deposit accounts and securities accounts with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates, which accounts shall, as of the last day of each month, represent at least eighty five percent (85.0%) of the dollar value of Borrower’s accounts at all financial institutions.

(b) Provide Bank five (5) days prior written notice before establishing any Collateral Account at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates. For each Collateral Account that Borrower at any time maintains, Borrower shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution (other than Bank) at or with which any Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Bank’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder which Control Agreement may not be terminated without the prior written consent of Bank. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes, and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s employees and identified to Bank by Borrower as such.

 

-11-


6.9 Performance to Plan; Revenue . Borrower shall maintain revenue, measured monthly on a trailing three (3) month basis, of at least eighty-one percent (81.0%) of Borrower’s projected revenue for the applicable measuring period as set forth in Borrower’s Board of Directors-approved business plan for the 2015 fiscal year separately provided to and approved in writing by Bank as of the Effective Date. Covenant levels for subsequent measuring periods shall be set by the mutual agreement of Borrower and Bank based on Borrower’s projections delivered to Bank pursuant to Section 6.2(e); provided that, if such mutual agreement cannot be reached for years subsequent to 2015, Borrower shall maintain revenue, measured monthly on a trailing three (3) month basis, of at least the amount equal to seventeen and one half of one percent (17.5%) above Borrower’s actual revenue for the fiscal year prior to the applicable measuring period.

6.10 Protection and Registration of Intellectual Property Rights .

(a) (i) Protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its Intellectual Property; (ii) promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements or any other event that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the value of its Intellectual Property; and (iii) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Bank’s written consent.

(b) To the extent not already disclosed in writing to Bank, if Borrower (i) obtains any Patent, registered Trademark, registered Copyright, registered mask work, or any pending application for any of the foregoing, whether as owner, licensee or otherwise, or (ii) applies for any Patent or the registration of any Trademark, then Borrower shall immediately provide written notice thereof to Bank and shall execute such intellectual property security agreements and other documents and take such other actions as Bank may request in its good faith business judgment to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest in favor of Bank in such property. If Borrower decides to register any Copyrights or mask works in the United States Copyright Office, Borrower shall: (x) provide Bank with at least fifteen (15) days prior written notice of Borrower’s intent to register such Copyrights or mask works together with a copy of the application it intends to file with the United States Copyright Office (excluding exhibits thereto); (y) execute an intellectual property security agreement and such other documents and take such other actions as Bank may request in its good faith business judgment to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest in favor of Bank in the Copyrights or mask works intended to be registered with the United States Copyright Office; and (z) record such intellectual property security agreement with the United States Copyright Office contemporaneously with filing the Copyright or mask work application(s) with the United States Copyright Office. Borrower shall promptly provide to Bank copies of all applications that it files for Patents or for the registration of Trademarks, Copyrights or mask works, together with evidence of the recording of the intellectual property security agreement required for Bank to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest in such property.

(c) Provide written notice to Bank within thirty (30) days of entering or becoming bound by any Restricted License (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public). Borrower shall take such steps as Bank requests to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for (i) any Restricted License to be deemed “Collateral” and for Bank to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted or prohibited by law or by the terms of any such Restricted License, whether now existing or entered into in the future, and (ii) Bank to have the ability in the event of a liquidation of any Collateral to dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

6.11 Litigation Cooperation . From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Bank, without expense to Bank, Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s books and records, to the extent that Bank may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Bank with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower.

6.12 Formation or Acquisition of Foreign Subsidiaries . If at any time after the Effective Date either (I) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (II) Borrower’s Foreign Subsidiaries, in the aggregate either (i) have assets representing more than thirty percent (30%) of Borrower’s and all its Subsidiaries aggregate assets, (ii) have cash and/or Cash Equivalents representing more than thirty percent (30%) of Borrower’s and all its

 

-12-


Subsidiaries cash and/or Cash Equivalents, or (iii) have executed recurring revenue contracts representing more than thirty percent (30%) of Borrower’s and all its Subsidiaries recurring revenue contracts, Borrower shall, within thirty (30) days of Bank’s request therefor, cause such Foreign Subsidiaries to (a) execute a guaranty, share pledge agreement or such other security documents as Bank may request, all in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, to grant Bank a first priority Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) in and to the assets of such Foreign Subsidiaries, (b) provide to Bank appropriate certificates and powers and financing statements, pledging all of the direct or beneficial ownership interest in such Foreign Subsidiaries, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, and (c) provide to Bank all other documentation in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, which in its opinion is appropriate with respect to the execution and delivery of the applicable documentation referred to above effective under the laws of the jurisdiction(s) where such Foreign Subsidiaries are organized. Any document, agreement, or instrument executed or issued pursuant to this Section 6.12 shall be a Loan Document.

6.13 Formation or Acquisition of Domestic Subsidiaries . Notwithstanding and without limiting the negative covenants contained in Sections 7.3 and 7.7 hereof, at the time that Borrower forms any direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary or acquires any direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary after the Effective Date, Borrower shall (a) cause such new Subsidiary to provide to Bank a joinder to this Agreement or execute a guaranty and such other security documents as Bank may request together with such appropriate financing statements, Control Agreements or other necessary documents or filings, all in form and substance satisfactory to Bank (including being sufficient to grant Bank a first priority Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) in and to the assets of such newly formed or acquired Subsidiary), (b) provide to Bank appropriate certificates and powers and financing statements, pledging all of the direct or beneficial ownership interest in such new Subsidiary, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, and (c) provide to Bank all other documentation in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, which in its opinion is appropriate with respect to the execution and delivery of the applicable documentation referred to above. Any document, agreement, or instrument executed or issued pursuant to this Section 6.13 shall be a Loan Document.

6.14 Further Assurances . Execute any further instruments and take further action as Bank reasonably requests to perfect or continue Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement. Deliver to Bank, within five (5) days after the same are sent or received, copies of all correspondence, reports, documents and other filings with any Governmental Authority regarding compliance with or maintenance of Governmental Approvals or Requirements of Law or that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on any of the Governmental Approvals or otherwise on the operations of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

  7 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent:

7.1 Dispositions . Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “ Transfer ”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) of worn-out or obsolete Equipment that is, in the reasonable judgment of Borrower, no longer economically practicable to maintain or useful in the ordinary course of business of Borrower; (c) consisting of Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments; (d) consisting of the sale or issuance of any stock of Borrower permitted under Section 7.2 of this Agreement; (e) consisting of Borrower’s use or transfer of money or Cash Equivalents in a manner that is not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents and (f) not otherwise permitted under this Agreement in an aggregate amount not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars in any fiscal year.

7.2 Changes in Business, Management, Ownership, or Business Locations . (a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower and such Subsidiary, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve; or (c) (i) fail to provide notice to Bank of any Key Person departing from or ceasing to be employed by Borrower within five (5) days after their departure from Borrower or (ii) enter into any transaction or series of related transactions in which the stockholders of Borrower who were not stockholders immediately prior to the first such transaction own more than forty percent (40.0%) of the voting stock of Borrower immediately after giving effect to such transaction or related series of such transactions (other than by the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in a public offering or to venture capital or private equity investors so long as Borrower identifies to Bank the venture capital or private equity investors at least seven (7) Business Days prior to the closing of the transaction and provides to Bank a description of the material terms of the transaction).

 

-13-


Borrower shall not, without at least fifteen (15) days prior written notice to Bank: (1) add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses (unless such new offices or business locations contain less than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in Borrower’s assets or property) or deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) to a bailee at a location other than to a bailee and at a location already disclosed in the Perfection Certificate, (2) change its jurisdiction of organization, (3) change its organizational structure or type, (4) change its legal name, or (5) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization. If Borrower intends to deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) to a bailee, and Bank and such bailee are not already parties to a bailee agreement governing both the Collateral and the location to which Borrower intends to deliver the Collateral, then Borrower will first receive the written consent of Bank, and such bailee shall execute and deliver a bailee agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Borrower may consummate a reincorporation into a Delaware corporation (such newly formed Delaware corporation, the “New Borrower”) provided that (i) Borrower provides ten (10) days prior written notice to Bank of the consummation of such reincorporation and (ii) simultaneously with such reincorporation, New Borrower shall enter into an amendment to this Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank, pursuant to which, New Borrower shall assume all rights, responsibilities and obligations of Borrower under the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents and grant Bank a security interest in the Collateral of New Borrower.

7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions . Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person (including, without limitation, by the formation of any Subsidiary), other than a Permitted Acquisition. A Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary or into Borrower.

7.4 Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

7.5 Encumbrance . Create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein, or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Bank) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property, except as is otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof and the definition of “Permitted Liens” herein.

7.6 Maintenance of Collateral Accounts . Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.8(b) hereof.

7.7 Distributions; Investments . (a) Pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock provided that (i) Borrower may convert any of its convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof, (ii) Borrower may pay dividends solely in common stock, (iii) Borrower may repurchase the stock of former employees or consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements so long as an Event of Default does not exist at the time of such repurchase and would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, provided that the aggregate amount of all such repurchases does not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) per fiscal year and (iv) Borrower may pay accrued dividends on its preferred stock in connection with the conversion of such preferred stock into common stock upon a public offering of Borrower’s equity securities provided that the aggregate of such payments does not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000); (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment (including, without limitation, by the formation of any Subsidiary) other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.

 

-14-


7.8 Transactions with Affiliates . Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower, except for (a) transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person, (b) transactions permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 7.7 hereof, (c) Permitted Investments, (d) equity financings with Borrower’s existing investors, (e) unsecured debt financings from Borrower’s existing investors so long as all such Indebtedness is Subordinated Debt and (f) transactions between Subsidiaries or between Borrower and Subsidiaries that are Permitted Indebtedness or Permitted Investments.

7.9 Subordinated Debt . (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof, provide for earlier or greater principal, interest, or other payments thereon, or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to Bank.

7.10 Compliance . Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA; permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Labor Standards Act, or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

 

  8 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “ Event of Default ”) under this Agreement:

8.1 Payment Default . Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension when due, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day cure period shall not apply to payments due on the Revolving Line Maturity Date). During the cure period, the failure to make or pay any payment specified under clause (b) hereunder is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);

 

  8.2 Covenant Default .

(a) Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2, 6.5, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, 6.10, 6.12 or 6.13 or violates any covenant in Section 7; or

(b) Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Cure periods provided under this section shall not apply, among other things, to financial covenants or any other covenants set forth in clause (a) above;

 

-15-


8.3 Material Adverse Change . A Material Adverse Change occurs;

8.4 Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business .

(a) (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of Borrower or of any entity under the control of Borrower (including a Subsidiary), or (ii) a notice of lien or levy is filed against any of Borrower’s assets by any Governmental Authority, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, no Credit Extensions shall be made during any ten (10) day cure period; or

(b) (i) any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents Borrower from conducting all or any material part of its business;

8.5 Insolvency . (a) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is unable to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they become due or otherwise becomes insolvent; (b) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and is not dismissed or stayed within thirty (30) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while any of the conditions described in clause (a) exist and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);

8.6 Other Agreements . There is, under any agreement to which Borrower or any Guarantor is a party with a third party or parties, (a) any default resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount individually or in the aggregate in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000); or (b) any breach or default by Borrower or Guarantor, the result of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s or any Guarantor’s business;

8.7 Judgments; Penalties . One or more fines, penalties or final judgments, orders or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) (not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against Borrower by any Governmental Authority, and the same are not, within ten (10) days after the entry, assessment or issuance thereof, discharged, satisfied, or paid, or after execution thereof, stayed or bonded pending appeal, or such judgments are not discharged prior to the expiration of any such stay (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction, payment, discharge, stay, or bonding of such fine, penalty, judgment, order or decree);

8.8 Misrepresentations . Borrower or any Person acting for Borrower makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Bank or to induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made;

8.9 Subordinated Debt . Any document, instrument, or agreement evidencing any Subordinated Debt shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect, any Person shall be in breach thereof or contest in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or deny that it has any further liability or obligation thereunder, or the Obligations shall for any reason be subordinated or shall not have the priority contemplated by this Agreement;

8.10 Governmental Approvals . Any Governmental Approval shall have been (a) revoked, rescinded, suspended, modified in an adverse manner or not renewed in the ordinary course for a full term or (b) subject to any decision by a Governmental Authority that designates a hearing with respect to any applications for renewal of any of such Governmental Approval or that could result in the Governmental Authority taking any of the actions described in clause (a) above, and such decision or such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal (i) cause, or could reasonably be expected to cause, a Material Adverse Change, or (ii) adversely affects the legal qualifications of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to hold such Governmental Approval in any applicable jurisdiction and such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal could reasonably be expected to affect the status of or legal qualifications of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to hold any Governmental Approval in any other jurisdiction.

 

-16-


  9 BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

9.1 Rights and Remedies . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following:

(a) declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

(b) stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

(c) demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to at least one hundred five percent (105.0%) of the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit remaining undrawn (plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment)), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall forthwith deposit and pay such amounts, and (ii) pay in advance all letter of credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of any Letters of Credit;

(d) verify the amount of, demand payment of and performance under, and collect any Accounts and General Intangibles, settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Bank considers advisable, and notify any Person owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds;

(e) make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Bank requests and make it available as Bank designates. Bank may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Borrower grants Bank a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies;

(f) apply to the Obligations any (i) balances and deposits of Borrower it holds, or (ii) any amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower;

(g) ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, Patents, Copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Bank’s benefit;

(h) place a “hold” on any account maintained with Bank and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

(i) demand and receive possession of Borrower’s Books; and

(j) exercise all rights and remedies available to Bank under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).

 

-17-


9.2 Power of Attorney . Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Bank determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the Code permits. Borrower hereby appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrower’s name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations have been satisfied in full and Bank is under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder. Bank’s foregoing appointment as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and all of Bank’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.

9.3 Protective Payments . If Borrower fails to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.7 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or which may be required to preserve the Collateral, Bank may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then highest rate applicable to the Obligations, and secured by the Collateral. Bank will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with notice of Bank obtaining such insurance at the time it is obtained or within a reasonable time thereafter. No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default.

9.4 Application of Payments and Proceeds . If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank shall have the right to apply in any order any funds in its possession, whether from Borrower account balances, payments, proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, or otherwise, to the Obligations. Bank shall pay any surplus to Borrower by credit to the Designated Deposit Account or to other Persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Bank for any deficiency. If Bank, directly or indirectly, enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any sale of Collateral, Bank shall have the option, exercisable at any time, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Bank of cash therefor.

9.5 Bank’s Liability for Collateral . So long as Bank complies with reasonable banking practices regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Bank, Bank shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.

9.6 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative . Bank’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by the party granting the waiver and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given. Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Bank has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. Bank’s exercise of one right or remedy is not an election and shall not preclude Bank from exercising any other remedy under this Agreement or other remedy available at law or in equity, and Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Bank’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

9.7 Demand Waiver . Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Bank on which Borrower is liable.

 

-18-


  10 NOTICES

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by electronic mail or facsimile transmission; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below. Bank or Borrower may change its mailing or electronic mail address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.

 

If to Borrower: Mindbody, Inc.
4051 Broad Street, Suite 220
San Luis Obispo, California 93401
Attn: Brett White

Fax:                                                              

Email:

Website URL:                                              

If to Bank: Silicon Valley Bank
15260 Ventura Blvd., Suite 980
Sherman Oaks, CA 91403
Attn: Tim Barnes
Fax:
Email:

 

  11 CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE, JURY TRIAL WAIVER AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE

Except as otherwise expressly provided in any of the Loan Documents, California law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrower and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in Santa Clara County, California; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Bank from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Bank. Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided by Borrower in accordance with, Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.

TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

WITHOUT INTENDING IN ANY WAY TO LIMIT THE PARTIES’ AGREEMENT TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, if the above waiver of the right to a trial by jury is not enforceable, the parties hereto agree that any and all disputes or controversies of any nature between them arising at any time

 

-19-


shall be decided by a reference to a private judge, mutually selected by the parties (or, if they cannot agree, by the Presiding Judge of the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court) appointed in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure § 638 (or pursuant to comparable provisions of federal law if the dispute falls within the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts), sitting without a jury, in Santa Clara County, California; and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The reference proceedings shall be conducted pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 638 through 645.1, inclusive. The private judge shall have the power, among others, to grant provisional relief, including without limitation, entering temporary restraining orders, issuing preliminary and permanent injunctions and appointing receivers. All such proceedings shall be closed to the public and confidential and all records relating thereto shall be permanently sealed. If during the course of any dispute, a party desires to seek provisional relief, but a judge has not been appointed at that point pursuant to the judicial reference procedures, then such party may apply to the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court for such relief. The proceeding before the private judge shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of evidence applicable to judicial proceedings. The parties shall be entitled to discovery which shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of discovery applicable to judicial proceedings. The private judge shall oversee discovery and may enforce all discovery rules and orders applicable to judicial proceedings in the same manner as a trial court judge. The parties agree that the selected or appointed private judge shall have the power to decide all issues in the action or proceeding, whether of fact or of law, and shall report a statement of decision thereon pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Section 644(a). Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of any party at any time to exercise self-help remedies, foreclose against collateral, or obtain provisional remedies. The private judge shall also determine all issues relating to the applicability, interpretation, and enforceability of this paragraph.

This Section 11 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

  12 GENERAL PROVISIONS

12.1 Termination Prior to Revolving Line Maturity Date; Survival . All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations have been satisfied. So long as Borrower has satisfied the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations, and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement, and any Obligations under Bank Services Agreements that are cash collateralized in accordance with Section 4.1 of this Agreement), this Agreement may be terminated prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date by Borrower, effective three (3) Business Days after written notice of termination is given to Bank. Those obligations that are expressly specified in this Agreement as surviving this Agreement’s termination shall continue to survive notwithstanding this Agreement’s termination.

12.2 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Bank’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Bank’s discretion). Bank has the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

12.3 Indemnification .

(a) Indemnification . Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Bank (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) harmless against: (i) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, “ Claims ”) claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (ii) all losses or expenses (including Bank Expenses) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by such Indemnified Person as a result of, following from, consequential to, or arising from transactions between Bank and Borrower (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

This Section 12.3 shall survive until all statutes of limitation with respect to the Claims, losses, and expenses for which indemnity is given shall have run.

 

-20-


12.4 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.

12.5 Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

12.6 Correction of Loan Documents . Bank may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in the Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties.

12.7 Amendments in Writing; Waiver; Integration . No purported amendment or modification of any Loan Document, or waiver, discharge or termination of any obligation under any Loan Document, shall be enforceable or admissible unless, and only to the extent, expressly set forth in a writing signed by the party against which enforcement or admission is sought. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no oral promise or statement, nor any action, inaction, delay, failure to require performance or course of conduct shall operate as, or evidence, an amendment, supplement or waiver or have any other effect on any Loan Document. Any waiver granted shall be limited to the specific circumstance expressly described in it, and shall not apply to any subsequent or other circumstance, whether similar or dissimilar, or give rise to, or evidence, any obligation or commitment to grant any further waiver. The Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of the Loan Documents merge into the Loan Documents.

12.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

12.9 Confidentiality . In handling any confidential information, Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made: (a) to Bank’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates (such Subsidiaries and Affiliates, together with Bank, collectively, “ Bank Entities ”); (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, Bank shall use its best efforts to obtain any prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement to the terms of this provision); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Bank’s regulators or as otherwise required in connection with Bank’s examination or audit; (e) as Bank considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan Documents; and (f) to third-party service providers of Bank so long as such service providers have executed a confidentiality agreement with Bank with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein. Confidential information does not include information that is either: (i) in the public domain or in Bank’s possession when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain (other than as a result of its disclosure by Bank in violation of this Agreement) after disclosure to Bank; or (ii) disclosed to Bank by a third party, if Bank does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.

Bank Entities may use confidential information for the development of databases, reporting purposes, and market analysis so long as such confidential information is aggregated and anonymized prior to distribution unless otherwise expressly permitted by Borrower. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

12.10 Attorneys’ Fees, Costs and Expenses . In any action or proceeding between Borrower and Bank arising out of or relating to the Loan Documents, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred, in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.

12.11 Electronic Execution of Documents . The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature” and words of like import in any Loan Document shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping systems, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

 

-21-


12.12 Captions . The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

12.13 Construction of Agreement . The parties mutually acknowledge that they and their attorneys have participated in the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement. In cases of uncertainty this Agreement shall be construed without regard to which of the parties caused the uncertainty to exist.

12.14 Relationship . The relationship of the parties to this Agreement is determined solely by the provisions of this Agreement. The parties do not intend to create any agency, partnership, joint venture, trust, fiduciary or other relationship with duties or incidents different from those of parties to an arm’s-length contract.

12.15 Third Parties . Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to: (a) confer any benefits, rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any persons other than the express parties to it and their respective permitted successors and assigns; (b) relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any person not an express party to this Agreement; or (c) give any person not an express party to this Agreement any right of subrogation or action against any party to this Agreement.

 

  13 DEFINITIONS

13.1 Definitions . As used in the Loan Documents, the word “shall” is mandatory, the word “may” is permissive, the word “or” is not exclusive, the words “includes” and “including” are not limiting, the singular includes the plural, and numbers denoting amounts that are set off in brackets are negative. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

Account ” is any “account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.

Account Debtor ” is any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Acquisition ” means the purchase or other acquisition by Borrower or any Subsidiary of the capital stock in a Person that, upon the consummation thereof, will be a Subsidiary (including as a result of a merger or consolidation) or all or substantially all of the assets of, or assets constituting one or more business units of, any Person.

Advance ” or “ Advances ” means a revolving credit loan (or revolving credit loans) under the Revolving Line.

Affiliate ” is, with respect to any Person, each other Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Authorized Signer ” is any individual listed in Borrower’s Borrowing Resolution who is authorized to execute the Loan Documents, including any Advance request, on behalf of Borrower.

Availability Amount ” is (a) the lesser of (i) the Revolving Line or (ii) MRR multiplied by the Advance Rate minus (b) the outstanding principal balance of any Advances.

 

-22-


The following definitions are utilized in calculating and determining the Availability Amount:

Advance Rate ” is the product of three (3.0) multiplied by the Retention Percentage. The Advance Rate shall be calculated by Bank based on information provided by Borrower and acceptable to Bank, in its sole discretion.

Annualized Churn Rate ” is, as of any date of determination, the percentage obtained by dividing (i) average trailing three (3) month MRR attributable to Lost Customer Accounts by (ii) total MRR, multiplied by twelve (12).

Eligible Customer Accounts ” means Accounts invoiced by Borrower generated from expected receipt of MRR that (i) meet all of Borrower’s representations and warranties described in Section 5.3 and (ii) are or may be due and owing from Account Debtors deemed acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion; provided that Bank reserves the right at any time and from time to time to exclude and/or remove any Account from the definition of Eligible Customer Accounts, in its sole discretion.

Existing Customer Accounts ” are, on any date of determination, all Eligible Customer Accounts of Borrower generated from expected receipt of MRR which arise in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business.

Lost Customer Accounts ” are, as of any date of determination, as applicable, the total number of Existing Customer Accounts that were lost, cancelled or not renewed in the trailing three (3) month period ended as of such date of determination.

MRR ” is the average trailing three (3) month revenue of Borrower received or anticipated from the execution or the anticipated execution of customer and partner contracts, programs and any services in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business and specifically including but not limited to web-based business management software subscription fees, merchant card processing residual fees and Other Recurring Revenue such as revenue resulting from partners access to Borrower’s APIs and partners who otherwise leverage Borrower’s business management software platform for marketing and other services offered to Borrower’s customers , in each case determined in accordance with GAAP and specifically excluding revenue or accounts receivable based on (i) sales of inventory, goods, or equipment, (ii) transaction revenue not received in the ordinary course of business, (iii) sales of services not in the ordinary course of business (except that this clause is not intended to exclude Borrower’s revenue from the sale of premium services and/or support), (iv) revenue received due to one-time, non-recurring transactions, installation and/or set-up fees, and (v) add-on purchases by Borrower’s existing customers not resulting in a continuing stream of revenue.

Retention Percentage ” is, as of any date of determination, one hundred percent (100.0%) minus the Annualized Churn Rate.

Bank ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Bank Entities ” is defined in Section 12.9.

Bank Expenses ” are all audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred with respect to Borrower.

Bank Services ” are any products, credit services, and/or financial accommodations previously, now, or hereafter provided to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by Bank or any Bank Affiliate, including, without limitation, any letters of credit, cash management services (including, without limitation, merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit cards, and check cashing services), interest rate swap arrangements, and foreign exchange services as any such products or services may be identified in Bank’s various agreements related thereto (each, a “ Bank Services Agreement ”).

 

-23-


Borrower ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Borrower’s Books ” are all Borrower’s books and records including ledgers, federal and state tax returns, records regarding Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

Borrowing Resolutions ” are, with respect to any Person, those resolutions substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Bank is closed.

Cash Equivalents ” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; (c) Bank’s certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than one (1) year after issue; and (d) money market funds at least ninety-five percent (95.0%) of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (c) of this definition.

Claims ” is defined in Section 12.3.

Code ” is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of California; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Bank’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, the term “Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

Collateral ” is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower described on Exhibit A .

Collateral Account ” is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

Commodity Account ” is any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Compliance Certificate ” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D .

Contingent Obligation ” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation, in each case, directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

Control Agreement ” is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, Borrower, and Bank pursuant to which Bank obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

 

-24-


Copyrights ” are any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret.

Credit Extension ” is any Advance, any Overadvance, or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s benefit.

Default Rate ” is defined in Section 2.4(b).

Deposit Account ” is any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Designated Deposit Account ” is the multicurrency account denominated in Dollars, account number                 , maintained by Borrower with Bank.

Dollars ,” “ dollars ” or use of the sign “ $ ” means only lawful money of the United States and not any other currency, regardless of whether that currency uses the “$” sign to denote its currency or may be readily converted into lawful money of the United States.

Dollar Equivalent ” is, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in a Foreign Currency, the equivalent amount therefor in Dollars as determined by Bank at such time on the basis of the then-prevailing rate of exchange in San Francisco, California, for sales of the Foreign Currency for transfer to the country issuing such Foreign Currency.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary organized under the laws of the United States or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia

Effective Date ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Equipment ” is all “equipment” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

ERISA ” is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations.

Event of Default ” is defined in Section 8.

Exchange Act ” is the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Facility Fee ” means a fully earned, non-refundable fee of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), payable as follows: (i) Thirty Three Thousand Three Hundred Thirty Four Dollars ($33,334) shall be due on the Effective Date, (ii) Thirty Three Thousand Three Hundred Thirty Three Dollars ($33,333) shall be due on the earliest to occur of (a) the first anniversary of the Effective Date, (b) the acceleration of the Advances or (c) the prepayment of Advances and termination of the Revolving Line pursuant to Section 2.2(c), and (iii) Thirty Three Thousand Three Hundred Thirty Three Dollars ($33,333), due on the earliest to occur of (a) the second anniversary of the Effective Date, (b) the acceleration of the Advances or (c) the prepayment of Advances and termination of the Revolving Line pursuant to Section 2.2(c).

Foreign Currency ” means lawful money of a country other than the United States.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary which is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

 

-25-


Funding Date ” is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or for the account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.

GAAP ” is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

General Intangibles ” is all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all Intellectual Property, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, payment intangibles, contract rights, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

Governmental Approval ” is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority ” is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

Guarantor ” is any Person providing a Guaranty in favor of Bank.

Guaranty ” is any guarantee of all or any part of the Obligations, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated, modified or otherwise supplemented.

Indebtedness ” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d) Contingent Obligations.

Indemnified Person ” is defined in Section 12.3.

Initial Audit ” is Bank’s inspection of Borrower’s Accounts, the Collateral, and Borrower’s Books, with results satisfactory to Bank in its sole and absolute discretion.

Insolvency Proceeding ” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

Intellectual Property ” means, with respect to any Person, means all of such Person’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

(a) its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

(b) any and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, operating manuals;

(c) any and all source code;

(d) any and all design rights which may be available to such Person;

 

-26-


(e) any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and

(f) all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

Inventory ” is all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

Investment ” is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

IP Agreement ” is that certain Intellectual Property Security Agreement executed and delivered by Borrower to Bank dated as of the Effective Date.

Key Person ” is each of Borrower’s (a) Chief Executive Officer, who is Richard Stollmeyer as of the Effective Date, (b) Chief Financial Officer, who is Brett White as of the Effective Date, (c) Chief Operating Officer and Chief Sales and Marketing Officer, who is Robert Murphy as of the Effective Date, (d) Chief Product Officer, who is Chet Brandenburg as of the Effective Date and (e) Chief Information Officer, who is William Donahue as of the Effective Date

Letter of Credit ” is a standby or commercial letter of credit issued by Bank upon request of Borrower based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity, or similar agreement.

Lien ” is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.

Liquidity ” is (i) unrestricted cash or cash equivalents at Bank or at Bank Affiliates (subject to a Control Agreement in the case of Bank Affiliates) plus (ii) the Availability Amount.

Loan Documents ” are, collectively, this Agreement and any schedules, exhibits, certificates, notices, and any other documents related to this Agreement, the IP Agreement, any Bank Services Agreement, any subordination agreement, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower or any Guarantor, and any other present or future agreement by Borrower and/or any Guarantor with or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement or Bank Services, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

Material Adverse Change ” is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations, or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower; or (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations.

Monthly Financial Statements ” is defined in Section 6.2(b).

Obligations ” are Borrower’s obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, fees, Bank Expenses, and other amounts Borrower owes Bank now or later, whether under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, or otherwise, including, without limitation, all obligations relating to letters of credit (including reimbursement obligations for drawn and undrawn letters of credit), cash management services, and foreign exchange contracts, if any, and including interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank, and to perform Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents.

 

-27-


Operating Documents ” are, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of such Person’s jurisdiction of organization on a date that is no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

Overadvance ” is defined in Section 2.3.

Patents ” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

Payment/Advance Form ” is that certain form attached hereto as Exhibit E .

Perfection Certificate ” is defined in Section 5.1.

Permitted Acquisition ” means a single transaction or a series of related transactions by Borrower or any Subsidiary in the form of Acquisitions provided, that (a) Borrower shall have delivered to Bank ten (10) days prior written notice before entering into such Acquisition, together with drafts of the material agreements related to such Acquisition and final signed versions thereof promptly upon the closing of such Acquisition, (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would exist immediately after giving effect to such Acquisition; (c) the target shall be in a similar line of business as that of the Borrower, or conducts a business complementary to, or a reasonable extension of, Borrower’s line of business; (d) each such transaction is non-hostile and expected to become accretive within six months following the consummation of such transaction; (e) in the case of a merger or consolidation involving Borrower, Borrower is the surviving legal entity; (1) the aggregate cash consideration paid by Borrower or any Subsidiary for Acquisitions (excluding bonus or other compensation paid by Borrower to continuing employees after such Acquisitions) shall not exceed (i) Three Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($3,500,000) during Borrower’s 2015 fiscal year and (ii) Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) during each fiscal year thereafter, (g) Borrower and the Subsidiary so acquired comply with the provisions of Sections 6.12 and 6.13 hereof in connection with the closing of such Acquisition and (h) Borrower shall have Liquidity of at least Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000) both before and after giving effect to any such transaction.

Permitted Indebtedness ” is:

(a) Borrower’s Indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(c) Subordinated Debt;

(d) unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted under clauses (a) and (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” hereunder;

(g) Indebtedness between and among Borrower and Subsidiaries that are otherwise permitted under clause (g) of Permitted Investments;

(h) Indebtedness not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate amount outstanding not in excess of $100,000; and

(i) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (h) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

 

-28-


Permitted Investments ” are:

(a) Investments (including, without limitation, Subsidiaries) existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(b) Investments consisting of Cash Equivalents;

(c) Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of Borrower;

(d) Investments consisting of deposit accounts in which Bank has a perfected security interest;

(e) Investments accepted in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 7.1;

(f) Investments consisting of the creation of a Subsidiary for the purpose of consummating a merger transaction permitted by Section 7.3 of this Agreement, which is otherwise a Permitted Investment;

(g) (i) Investments by Borrower or Subsidiaries in Subsidiaries that have signed a Joinder or are Guarantors (“ Co-Parties ”), (ii) Investments by any Subsidiary in Borrower, (iii) Investments by Borrower or any Subsidiary that is a Co-Party in any Subsidiary that is not a Co-Party in an amount not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year, (iv) Investments by any Subsidiary that is not a Co-Party to any other Subsidiary that is not a Co-Party, and (v) Investments constituting Contingent Obligations of Borrower or any Subsidiary with respect to obligations of Borrower or any other Subsidiary (provided that the primary obligations are not prohibited hereby), provided that any such Contingent Obligations made by Borrower or any Co-Party in favor of a Subsidiary that is not a Co-Party shall be subject to the limits set forth in clause (iii) above;

(h) Investments consisting of (1) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors;

(i) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

(j) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (j) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary;

(k) Permitted Acquisitions:

(l) Investments not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate amount not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) per fiscal year.

Permitted Liens ” are:

(a) Liens existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate or arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not due and payable or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;

 

-29-


(c) purchase money Liens (i) on Equipment acquired or held by Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment securing no more than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate amount outstanding, or (ii) existing on Equipment when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment;

(d) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory, securing liabilities in the aggregate amount not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

(e) Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

(f) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (c), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase;

(g) leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Bank a security interest therein;

(h) non-exclusive license of Intellectual Property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business, and licenses of Intellectual Property that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discreet geographical areas outside of the United States;

(i) Liens arising from attachments or judgments, orders, or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.4 and 8.7; and

(j) Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Borrower’s deposit and/or securities accounts held at such institutions, provided that Bank has a perfected security interest in the amounts held in such deposit and/or securities accounts.

Person ” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

Prime Rate ” is the rate of interest per annum from time to time published in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal or any successor publication thereto as the “prime rate” then in effect; provided that if such rate of interest, as set forth from time to time in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal, becomes unavailable for any reason as determined by Bank, the “Prime Rate” shall mean the rate of interest per annum announced by Bank as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in the State of California (such Bank announced Prime Rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by Bank in connection with extensions of credit to debtors).

Registered Organization ” is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Requirement of Law ” is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other

Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

 

-30-


Reserves ” means, as of any date of determination, such amounts as Bank may from time to time establish and revise in its good faith business judgment after consultation with Borrower, reducing the amount of Advances and other financial accommodations which would otherwise be available to Borrower (a) to reflect events, conditions, contingencies or risks which, as determined by Bank in its good faith business judgment, do or may adversely affect (i) the Collateral or any other property which is security for the Obligations or its value (including without limitation any increase in delinquencies of Accounts), (ii) the assets, business or prospects of Borrower or any Guarantor, or (iii) the security interests and other rights of Bank in the Collateral (including the enforceability, perfection and priority thereof); or (b) to reflect Bank’s reasonable belief that any collateral report or financial information furnished by or on behalf of Borrower or any Guarantor to Bank is or may have been incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect; or (c) in respect of any state of facts which Bank determines constitutes an Event of Default or may, with notice or passage of time or both, constitute an Event of Default.

Responsible Officer ” is any of the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer and Controller of Borrower.

Restricted License ” is any material license or other agreement with respect to which Borrower is the licensee (a) that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property, or (b) for which a default under or termination of could interfere with the Bank’s right to sell any Collateral.

Revolving Line ” is an aggregate principal amount equal to Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000).

Revolving Line Maturity Date ” is January 12, 2018.

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto, and any analogous Governmental Authority.

Securities Account ” is any “securities account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Subordinated Debt ” is indebtedness incurred by Borrower subordinated to all of Borrower’s now or hereafter indebtedness to Bank (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank entered into between Bank and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Bank.

Subsidiary ” is, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to a Subsidiary herein shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of Borrower.

Trademarks ” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

Transaction Report ” is that certain report of transactions and schedule of collections in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

Transfer ” is defined in Section 7.1.

[ Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

-31-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

BORROWER:

 

MINDBODY, INC.
By:

Richard Stollmeyer

Name:

/s/ Richard Stollmeyer

Title:

CEO

BANK:

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:

Tim Barnes

Name:

/s/ Tim Barnes

Title:

VP/RM


EXHIBIT A

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION

The Collateral consists of all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles, commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

all Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include any of the following:

(a) more than 65% of the presently existing and hereafter arising issued and outstanding shares of capital stock owned by Borrower of any Foreign Subsidiary which shares entitle the holder thereof to vote for directors or any other matter or (b) any interest of Borrower as a lessee under an Equipment lease if Borrower is prohibited by the terms of such lease from granting a security interest in such lease or under which such an assignment or Lien would cause a default to occur under such lease; provided, however, that upon termination of such prohibition, such interest shall immediately become Collateral without any action by Borrower or Bank.

 

1


EXHIBIT B

TRANSACTION REPORT

 

1


EXHIBIT C

BORROWING RESOLUTIONS

 

LOGO

CORPORATE BORROWING CERTIFICATE

 

B ORROWER :    Mindbody, Inc.       D ATE : January 9, 2015
B ANK :    Silicon Valley Bank      

I hereby certify as follows, as of the date set forth above:

1. I am the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other officer of Borrower. My title is as set forth below.

2. Borrower’s exact legal name is set forth above. Borrower is a corporation existing under the laws of the State of California.

3. Attached hereto are true, correct and complete copies of Borrower’s Articles of Incorporation (including amendments), as filed with the Secretary of State of the state in which Borrower is incorporated as set forth above. Such Articles of Incorporation have not been amended, annulled, rescinded, revoked or supplemented, and remain in full force and effect as of the date hereof.

4. The following resolutions were duly and validly adopted by Borrower’s Board of Directors at a duly held meeting of such directors (or pursuant to a unanimous written consent or other authorized corporate action). Such resolutions are in full force and effect as of the date hereof and have not been in any way modified, repealed, rescinded, amended or revoked, and Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”) may rely on them until Bank receives written notice of revocation from Borrower.

R ESOLVED , that any one of the following officers or employees of Borrower, whose names, titles and signatures are below, may act on behalf of Borrower:

 

Name

  

Title

  

Signature

  

Authorized
to Add or
Remove
Signatories

Brett White

  

CFO

  

/s/ Brett White

   x

Richard L. Stollmeyer

  

CEO

  

/s/ Richard L. Stollmeyer

   x

 

  

 

  

 

   ¨

 

  

 

  

 

   ¨

 

2


EXHIBIT C

BORROWING RESOLUTIONS

 

LOGO

CORPORATE BORROWING CERTIFICATE

 

B ORROWER :    Mindbody, Inc.       D ATE : January     , 2015
B ANK :    Silicon Valley Bank      

I hereby certify as follows, as of the date set forth above:

1. I am the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other officer of Borrower. My title is as set forth below.

2. Borrower’s exact legal name is set forth above. Borrower is a corporation existing under the laws of the State of California.

3. Attached hereto are true, correct and complete copies of Borrower’s Articles of Incorporation (including amendments), as filed with the Secretary of State of the state in which Borrower is incorporated as set forth above. Such Articles of Incorporation have not been amended, annulled, rescinded, revoked or supplemented, and remain in full force and effect as of the date hereof.

4. The following resolutions were duly and validly adopted by Borrower’s Board of Directors at a duly held meeting of such directors (or pursuant to a unanimous written consent or other authorized corporate action). Such resolutions are in full force and effect as of the date hereof and have not been in any way modified, repealed, rescinded, amended or revoked, and Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”) may rely on them until Bank receives written notice of revocation from Borrower.

R ESOLVED , that any one of the following officers or employees of Borrower, whose names, titles and signatures are below, may act on behalf of Borrower:

 

Name

  

Title

  

Signature

  

Authorized
to Add or
Remove
Signatories

Robert Murphy

  

COO-CMO

  

/s/ Robert Murphy

   x

 

  

 

  

 

   ¨

 

  

 

  

 

   ¨

 

  

 

  

 

   ¨

 

1


R ESOLVED F URTHER , that any one of the persons designated above with a checked box beside his or her name may, from time to time, add or remove any individuals to and from the above list of persons authorized to act on behalf of Borrower.

R ESOLVED F URTHER , that such individuals may, on behalf of Borrower:

Borrow Money . Borrow money from Bank.

Execute Loan Documents . Execute any loan documents Bank requires.

Grant Security . Grant Bank a security interest in any of Borrower’s assets.

Negotiate Items . Negotiate or discount all drafts, trade acceptances, promissory notes, or other indebtedness in which Borrower has an interest and receive cash or otherwise use the proceeds.

Apply for Letters of Credit . Apply for letters of credit from Bank.

Enter Derivative Transactions . Execute spot or forward foreign exchange contracts, interest rate swap agreements, or other derivative transactions.

Issue Warrants . Issue warrants for Borrower’s capital stock.

Further Acts . Designate other individuals to request advances, pay fees and costs and execute other documents or agreements (including documents or agreement that waive Borrower’s right to a jury trial) they believe to be necessary to effect these resolutions.

R ESOLVED F URTHER , that all acts authorized by the above resolutions and any prior acts relating thereto are ratified.

5. The persons listed above are Borrower’s officers or employees with their titles and signatures shown next to their names.

 

By:

Kimberly G. Lytikainen

Name:

/s/ Kimberly G. Lytikainen

Title:

Asst. Corporate Secretary

*** If the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other certifying officer executing above is designated by the resolutions set forth in paragraph 4 as one of the authorized signing officers, this Certificate must also be signed by a second authorized officer or director of Borrower.

I, the                     of Borrower, hereby certify as to paragraphs 1 through 5 above, as of the date set forth above.

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

2


EXHIBIT D

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO:        SILICON VALLEY BANK   Date: January     , 2015            

FROM:  MINDBODY, INC.

The undersigned authorized officer of MINDBODY, INC. (“Borrower”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”):

(1) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                  with all required covenants except as noted below; (2) there are no Events of Default; (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 of the Agreement; and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank.

Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenants

  

Required

   Complies  
Monthly financial statements with Compliance Certificate    Monthly within 30 days      Yes No   
Annual financial statement (CPA Audited)    FYE within 180 days      Yes No   
10-Q, 10-K and 8-K (if applicable)    Within 5 days after filing with SEC      Yes No   
Transaction Report    Monthly within 20 days      Yes No   
SaaS metrics report    Monthly within 30 days      Yes No   
Annual Projections (Board Approved)    FYE within 30 days      Yes No   
409(a) Valuation Report    Within 30 days of completion      Yes No   

The following Intellectual Property was registered (or a registration application submitted) after the Effective Date (if no registrations, state “None”)

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Covenants

  

Required

   Actual      Complies  

Performance to Plan; Revenue (measured monthly on a trailing three (3) month basis)

   81% of projected revenue*    $                      Yes No   

 

1


* Covenant levels for subsequent measuring periods shall be set by the mutual agreement of Borrower and Bank based on Borrower’s projections delivered to Bank pursuant to Section 6.2(e); provided that, if such mutual agreement cannot be reached for years subsequent to 2015, Borrower shall maintain revenue, measured monthly on a trailing three (3) month basis, of at least the amount equal to seventeen and one half of one percent (17.5%) above Borrower’s actual revenue for the fiscal year prior to the applicable measuring period

Other Matters

 

Have there been any amendments of or other changes to the capitalization table of Borrower and to the Operating Documents of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries? If yes, provide copies of any such amendments or changes with this Compliance Certificate.   Yes      No   

The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

 

 

 

 

 

MINDBODY, INC. BANK USE ONLY
Received by:

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNER

By:

 

Date:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Verified:

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNER
Date:

 

Compliance Status:                Yes        No        

 

2


EXHIBIT E - LOAN PAYMENT/ADVANCE REQUEST FORM

DEADLINE FOR SAME DAY PROCESSING IS NOON PACIFIC TIME

 

Fax To:   Date:                                               

 

LOAN PAYMENT:
From Account #  
(Deposit Account #)
Principal $  
Authorized Signature:  
Print Name/Title:  
MINDBODY, INC.
    To Account #  
(Loan Account #)                    
    and/or Interest $  
    Phone Number:  
 

 

LOAN ADVANCE:

Complete Outgoing Wire Request section below if all or a portion of the funds from this loan advance are for an outgoing wire.

 

From Account #  
(Loan Account #)
Amount of Advance $  
    To Account #  
(Deposit Account #)
 

 

All Borrower’s representations and warranties in the Loan and Security Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects on the date of the request for an advance; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date:

 

Authorized Signature:  
Print Name/Title:  
                        Phone Number:  
 

 

OUTGOING WIRE REQUEST:

Complete only if all or a portion of funds from the loan advance above is to be wired.

Deadline for same day processing is noon, Pacific Time

 

Beneficiary Name:  
Beneficiary Bank:  
City and State:  
Beneficiary Bank Transit (ABA) #:  
Intermediary Bank:  
    Amount of Wire: $  
    Account Number:  
    Beneficiary Bank Code (Swift, Sort, Chip, etc.):  
(For International Wire Only)
    Transit (ABA) #:  
 

 

For Further Credit to:  
Special Instruction:  

By signing below, I (we) acknowledge and agree that my (our) funds transfer request shall be processed in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the agreements(s) covering funds transfer service(s), which agreements(s) were previously received and executed by me (us).

 

Authorized Signature:  
Print Name/Title:  
Telephone #:  
        2nd Signature (if required):  
        Print Name/Title:  
        Telephone #:  
 

 

1


SVB Financial Group is proud of our business relationships and occasionally like to promote these relationships. We would like to use your company’s information and logo for promotional and marketing purposes in SVB Financial Group member businesses (collectively “SVB”) materials. While we would appreciate your consent to all of the uses listed below, please review and select all of the uses that you consent to below.

 

  ¨ Marketing: You consent to SVB’s use of Company’s name, logo and images provided to us in written and oral presentations, advertising, marketing and PR materials, professional lists, and Web sites.  

 

  ¨ Deal Terms: You consent to SVB’s inclusion of the size and type of any loan or credit facility alongside your company’s name in any oral presentations, advertising, marketing and PR materials, customer lists, and Web sites.  

 

  ¨ Reference: You consent to SVB’s use of Company and representatives’ names as a reference for SVB.  

 

  ¨ Testimonial: You consent to SVB’s use of Company and representatives’ names and quotations in written and oral presentations, marketing and PR materials, and Web sites. Our practice is to send you a draft of any quotation concerning Company prior to publishing.  

 

  ¨ News release: You consent to SVB’s use of Company’s name, trademarks, service marks, quotations, and images provided to us in the SVB’s news releases concerning Company. Our practice is to send you a draft of any news release concerning Company prior to publishing.  

Logos: Please submit your company’s logo in:

 

    Full color and black and white versions, with or without taglines, and  

 

    At least 300 dpi in EPS, TIF, or JPG formats - please do not send PDF or Web site logos.  

Names: Please make sure to print the Company name, and any individual names and titles as you would like them displayed in materials or lists.                                                                                                                                                                      

    Company Name

You grant to SVB a limited license to use the information for the limited purposes above, which you can revoke upon written notice to SVB. The signer below acknowledges that he or she has authority to bind the Company to this consent. SVB will not be responsible for versions that were printed prior to receiving notice revoking any such consent. Company is solely responsible for defense and maintenance of its intellectual property.

Please return this completed form via email to logo@svb.com . If you have any questions, contact the SVB Marketing Department at 650.855.3079.

ACCEPTED AND AGREED ON BEHALF OF                                                                           (“COMPANY” OR “YOU”:

 

Name and Title Signature Date
         
Address
         
Phone Number Email

 

 

Corporate Headquarters

3005 Tasman Drive Santa Clara, California 95054 U.S.A.

Phone 408.654.7400 svb.com

© SVB Financial Group. All rights reserved. Member Federal Reserve System, SVB, SVB>Find a way, SVB Financial Group, and Silicon Valley Bank are registered trademarks.

13-12759. Rev. 03-15-13


FIRST AMENDMENT

TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT to Loan and Security Agreement (this “Amendment”) is entered into this 9th day of March, 2015, by and between Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”) and MINDBODY, INC., a California corporation (“Existing Borrower”) whose address is 4051 Broad Street, Suite 220, San Luis Obispo, CA 93401 and MINDBODY, INC., a Delaware corporation (“New Borrower”) whose address is 4051 Broad Street, Suite 220, San Luis Obispo, CA 93401.

R ECITALS

A. Bank and Existing Borrower have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of January 12, 2015, (as the same may from time to time be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “Loan Agreement”).

B. Bank has extended credit to Existing Borrower for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

C. Existing Borrower has informed Bank that it has reincorporated in Delaware by merging into New Borrower with New Borrower remaining as the surviving entity, and New Borrower is in the process of qualifying to do business in California and other jurisdictions in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified.

D. Existing Borrower has requested that Bank amend the Loan Agreement to provide for New Borrower to assume all rights and obligations of Existing Borrower pursuant to the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

E. Bank has agreed to so amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.

A GREEMENT

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

2. Amendments to Loan Agreement.

2.1 Effective upon the merger of Existing Borrower into New Borrower (the “Reincorporation”), all references in the Loan Documents to “Borrower” shall hereafter mean and refer to MINDBODY, INC., a Delaware corporation. New Borrower hereby assumes all rights, responsibilities and obligations of Existing Borrower under the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents.


3. Limitation of Amendments.

3.1 The amendments set forth in Section 2 , above, are effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

3.2 This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

4. Representations and Warranties. To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, New Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

4.1 Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment and except as otherwise set forth herein, (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

4.2 New Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

4.3 The organizational documents of New Borrower delivered to Bank upon execution thereof remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

4.4 The execution and delivery by New Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by New Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized;

4.5 The execution and delivery by New Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by New Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any law or regulation binding on or affecting New Borrower, (b) any contractual restriction with a Person binding on New Borrower, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on New Borrower, or (d) the organizational documents of New Borrower;

 

2


4.6 The execution and delivery by New Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by New Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on either New Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

4.7 This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by New Borrower and is the binding obligation of New Borrower, enforceable against New Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

5. Consent to Reincorporation . Bank hereby consents to the Reincorporation, including for purposes of Section 7.2 of the Loan Agreement.

6. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

7. Effectiveness. This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon (a) the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto, (b) the due execution and delivery to SVB Financial Group of an executed Amendment to Warrant, (c) the due execution and delivery to Bank of Borrowing Resolutions for New Borrower, (d) the delivery to Bank of New Borrower’s Operating Documents and a good standing certificate of New Borrower certified by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the date hereof and (e) a UCC financing statement for New Borrower.

[Signature page follows.]

 

3


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

BANK BORROWER
Silicon Valley Bank MINDBODY, INC.
By: /s/ Tim Barnes By: /s/ Richard L. Stollmeyer
Name:

Tim Barnes

Name:

Richard L. Stollmeyer

Title:

VP/RM

Title:

CEO & President


BORROWING RESOLUTIONS

LOGO

CORPORATE BORROWING CERTIFICATE

 

B ORROWER :   MINDBODY, INC.    D ATE : March 9, 2015                    
B ANK :   Silicon Valley Bank   

I hereby certify as follows, as of the date set forth above:

1. I am the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other officer of Borrower. My title is as set forth below.

2. Borrower’s exact legal name is set forth above. Borrower is a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

3. Attached hereto are true, correct and complete copies of Borrower’s Articles of Incorporation (including amendments), as filed with the Secretary of State of the state in which Borrower is incorporated as set forth above. Such Articles of Incorporation have not been amended, annulled, rescinded, revoked or supplemented, and remain in full force and effect as of the date hereof.

4. The following resolutions were duly and validly adopted by Borrower’s Board of Directors at a duly held meeting of such directors (or pursuant to a unanimous written consent or other authorized corporate action). Such resolutions are in full force and effect as of the date hereof and have not been in any way modified, repealed, rescinded, amended or revoked, and Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”) may rely on them until Bank receives written notice of revocation from Borrower.

R ESOLVED , that any one of the following officers or employees of Borrower, whose names, titles and signatures are below, may act on behalf of Borrower:

 

Name

  

Title

  

Signature

  

Authorized
to Add or
Remove
Signatories

Richard L. Stollmeyer

  

CEO & President

  

/s/ Richard Stollmeyer

   x

Robert J. Murphy

  

COO & CMO

  

/s/ Robert Murphy

   x

Brett White

  

CFO

  

/s/ Brett White

   x

 

  

 

  

 

   ¨


R ESOLVED F URTHER , that any one of the persons designated above with a checked box beside his or her name may, from time to time, add or remove any individuals to and from the above list of persons authorized to act on behalf of Borrower.

R ESOLVED F URTHER , that such individuals may, on behalf of Borrower:

Borrow Money . Borrow money from Bank.

Execute Loan Documents . Execute any loan documents Bank requires.

Grant Security . Grant Bank a security interest in any of Borrower’s assets.

Negotiate Items . Negotiate or discount all drafts, trade acceptances, promissory notes, or other indebtedness in which Borrower has an interest and receive cash or otherwise use the proceeds.

Apply for Letters of Credit . Apply for letters of credit from Bank.

Enter Derivative Transactions . Execute spot or forward foreign exchange contracts, interest rate swap agreements, or other derivative transactions.

Issue Warrants . Issue warrants for Borrower’s capital stock.

Further Acts . Designate other individuals to request advances, pay fees and costs and execute other documents or agreements (including documents or agreement that waive Borrower’s right to a jury trial) they believe to be necessary to effect these resolutions.

R ESOLVED F URTHER , that all acts authorized by the above resolutions and any prior acts relating thereto are ratified.

5. The persons listed above are Borrower’s officers or employees with their titles and signatures shown next to their names.

 

By:

/s/ Kimberly G. Lytikainen

Name:

Kimberly G. Lytikainen

Title:

Secretary

 

*** If the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other certifying officer executing above is designated by the resolutions set forth in paragraph 4 as one of the authorized signing officers, this Certificate must also be signed by a second authorized officer or director of Borrower.

I, the                                          of Borrower, hereby certify as to paragraphs 1 through 5 above, as of the date set forth above.

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Exhibit 10.15

A GREEMENT FOR L EASE OF R EAL P ROPERTY

This Agreement for Lease of Real Property (“Lease”) is made and entered into this 22nd day of November, 2006 by and between Nicholas Tompkins and Kathleen Tompkins, (“Landlord”) and MindBody Soft, Inc., a California corporation dba Mindbody Online (“Tenant”).

 

1. REAL PROPERTY, PROJECT, AND UNIT PROPERTY.

a) Lease of Unit Property . Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord the Unit Property herein described, being a portion of that certain Development commonly known as 4051 Broad Street, San Luis Obispo, California, the “Tank Farm Office Park” as the same is more particularly shown on Exhibit “A” hereto (the “Development”). Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has made no representation or warranty whatsoever regarding the condition of the Unit Property, or the Common Areas, defined below, except as specifically stated in this Lease. The Unit Property which is the subject of this Lease is a condominium unit and more particularly depicted on Exhibit “B” hereto. The Unit Property is located within a building of approximately 58,495 gross square foot building known as Building 100 (“Building”). The Development, as used herein, means the Building, parking areas, landscaping, and all other improvements within the Development (including Building 200 of which the Unit Property is not a part), together with any other common interests, easements or facilities located on adjoining real property, which are used or otherwise generally enjoyed by the owners and tenants of the Development, and constitute a part of the Development.

b) Appurtenant Rights . Tenant is granted the right at all times during the Lease Term to the nonexclusive use of any main lobby of the Building, if any, common corridors and hallways, stairwells, elevators, public restrooms within the Building„ and other public and Common Areas located within the Development. including parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, sidewalks, walkways, parkways, driveways and landscape areas. This right, and the use of those areas, shall be subject to the Rules and Regulations, as defined in section 5(b). The term “Common Areas” is defined as all areas and facilities outside of the condominium units lying within the exterior boundary lines of the Development as the same may be designated by the Landlord or the Association, as defined below, from time to time for the general non-exclusive use of occupants of the Development, including owners and tenants of condominium units within the Development and their respective employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees,

c) Landlord’s Reservation of Rights . The following rights are reserved to Landlord: (a) The Landlord’s right to all of the Development, except for exclusive right to occupy the space within the Unit Property, as the same is herein provided for under this lease; (b) to the extent of Landlord’s interest in the Development, the right to access and control of Common Areas; (c) the rights reserved to Landlord by provisions of this Lease or by operation of law; and (d) All rights in the economic value of the leasehold estate in the Unit Property, as stated in Section 15 of this lease.

d) Preparation of Unit Property; Acceptance . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant accepts the Unit Property on a “where-is and as-is” basis and that Landlord has made no representations or warranties, of any kind, regarding the physical condition of the Unit Property or

 

1


the Development or their suitability for any particular use, except as the same are expressly contained within this agreement. Landlord represents that the Building, as constructed , is in substantial conformity with the Building plans as the same were approved by the City of San Luis Obispo, or as the same were modified during the course of construction of the Building. Tenant represents that Tenant has satisfied itself as to the fitness of the Unit Property to Tenant’s intended use. Landlord shall complete improvement of any Common Areas within the Building which provide access to the Unit Property during the course of the Tenant’s installation of Tenant Improvements (as the same are addressed at Section 32), including but not limited to floor covering, wall surface finish, and light fixtures, prior to the Lease Commencement Date (“Common Area Finish Work”). Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any defect in the condition of the Unit Property Building or Development at any time or for any reason unless the same is associated with a circumstances which constitute a material breach of any express warranty of Landlord herein contained.

e) Rentable Area and Usable Area . For purposes of this Lease: (1) “Rentable Area,” and “Usable Area” of the Unit Property are each agreed to equal approximately 7,046 Square Feet; (2) “Rentable Square Feet” and “Rentable Footage” shall have the same meaning as the term “Rentable Area”; and (3) “Usable Square Feet” and “Usable Square Footage” shall have the same meaning as the term “Usable Area.” All references to square footage in this Lease are approximations and Landlord makes no representation, warranty, or guaranty as to the exact square footage of the Unit Property, the Building or any portion of the Development. There shall be no adjustments to the Rent, defined below, or to any allocations made in the Lease in the event that the actual square footage differs from these approximations.

 

2. LEASE TERM

a) Lease Term . The term of this Lease (Lease Term) shall be six (6) years. The Lease Term shall commence on the date that the City of San Luis Obispo issues a certificate of occupancy for the Unit Property, or April 1, 2007, which ever date first occurs. (“Lease Commencement Date”) and shall expire seventy-two (72) months thereafter (“Lease Expiration Date”) unless this Lease is sooner terminated as provided in this Lease. Base Rent shall be come due and payable commencing one year after the Lease Commencement Date, (and in no event later than April 1, 2008) in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(a).

b) Lease Year . For purposes of this Lease, the term Lease Year (Lease Year) means each consecutive twelve-month (12-month) period during the Lease Term as long as: (a) The first Lease Year commences on the Lease Commencement Date and ends on the last day of the eleventh (11th) calendar month thereafter; (b) The second (2nd) and each succeeding Lease Year commences on the first day of the next calendar month; and (c) The last Lease Year ends on the Lease Expiration Date or earlier date of termination.

 

3. BASE RENT.

a) Definition of “Base Rent”-No Setoff . Commencing on the first anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord base rent (“Base Rent”) of One Hundred

 

2


Thirty Three Thousand Eight Hundred Forty Eight and No/100 Dollars ($133,848.00) per year in equal monthly payments of Eleven Thousand One Hundred Fifty Four and 00/100 Dollars ($11,154.00) in advance, on, or before the first day of every calendar month during the Lease Term, without any setoff or deduction. Beginning on the second anniversary date of the Lease Commencement Date and each successive anniversary date thereafter (“Adjustment Date(s)”), during the Lease Term Base Rent shall increase by three percent (3%) over the Base Rent paid for the immediately preceding year. To the extent that Tenant exercises its option to extend the term of this lease under the provisions of Section 34, the Base Rent due for during such extended term shall be due and payable commencing on the first day of the extended term as provided under Section 34, and shall continue to be adjusted on each Adjustment Date thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph.

b) Initial Payment; Proration . If any payment date (including the Lease Commencement Date) for “Base Rent,” as defined in section 3(a) falls on a day other than the first day of that calendar month, or if any Base Rent payment is for a period shorter than one calendar month, the Base Rent due for that fractional calendar month (“Fractional Month”) shall accrue and be paid based upon on a daily basis for each day of that Fractional Month at a daily rate equal to the prorated monthly Base Rent which would otherwise be due for an entire month at that point in the Term, with the daily rent being determined by multiplying such Base Rent by a fraction, the numerator being 1, and the denominator being the total number of calendar days in the full Fractional Month at issue. All other payments or adjustments that are required to be made under the terms of this Lease and that require pro-ration on a time basis shall be prorated on the same basis, including but not limited to the additional rent payments which accrued during the lease term which follows the Commencement Date. All payments received by Landlord from Tenant shall be applied to the oldest payment obligation owed by Tenant to Landlord. If any non-cash payment made by Tenant during the Lease Term is not paid by the bank or other institution on which it is drawn, Landlord shall have the right, exercised by notice to Tenant, to require that Tenant thereafter make all future payments due under the Lease, whether such payments be Base Rent, additional rent or otherwise, by certified funds or cashier’s check.

 

4. ADDITIONAL RENT.

a) Additional Rent; Rent . In addition to paying the Base Rent specified in Section 3, Tenant shall pay as additional rent Tenant’s Share of all Common Area Operating Expenses (as defined in subsection 4(a)(ii)). That additional rent, together with other amounts of any kind other than Base Rent,( hereafter “Additional Rent”) payable by Tenant to Landlord under the terms of this Lease, shall be deemed subject to collection in the same manner as monthly Base Rent, including by way of example and not limitation, the service of a notice to pay or quit and the commencement and prosecution of an action for unlawful detainer. Base Rent and Additional Rent are sometimes collectively referred to in this Lease as Rent (“Rent”). Beginning on the Lease Commencement Date all amounts due under this Section 4 as Additional Rent are payable for the same periods and in the same manner, time, and place as the Base Rent will be after the first anniversary of the Commencement Date. Unlike Base Rent, Additional Rent shall first be due and payable upon the Lease Commencement Date. The following definitions apply in this Section:

 

3


i) Expense Year . Expense Year (“Expense Year”) means each calendar year in which any portion of the Lease Term falls, through and including the calendar year in which the Lease Term expires.

ii) Common Area Operating Expenses . Common Area Operating Expenses (“Common Area Operating Expenses”) means all expenses, costs, and amounts of every kind that Landlord pays or incurs during any Expense Year because of; or in connection with, the ownership, operation, management, maintenance, repair, replacement, or restoration of the Development and the Building. Such expenses shall be included both where Landlord pays such amounts directly and where the Common Area owner’s association (“Association”) pays for same and Landlord pays Association for that cost, either directly or through fees, dues, assessments or other charges. For purposes of this Section 4, the use of the term “Landlord” shall always be deemed to include the Association.

Examples of Common Area Operating Expenses. The definition of “Common Area Operating Expenses” includes, but without limitation, any amounts paid or incurred for:

(a) The cost of supplying any utilities for the Common Areas, and areas of the Development other than the condominium units (collectively the “Areas”).

(b) The cost of operating, managing, maintaining, and repairing the following systems: utility, mechanical, sanitary, storm drainage, escalator, elevator, fire detection, and sprinkler, as the same are located within the Areas.

(c) The cost of supplies and tools and of equipment, maintenance, and service contracts in connection with those systems.

(d) The cost of licenses, certificates, permits, and inspections of the Areas.

(e) The cost of contesting the validity or applicability of any government enactments that may affect the Common Area Operating Expenses.

(f) The costs incurred in connection with the implementation and operation of a transportation system management program or similar program for the Development.

(g) The cost of insurance carried by Landlord, in amounts reasonably determined by Landlord.

(h) Fees, charges, and other costs including management fees (and any amounts in lieu of such fees), consulting fees, legal fees, and accounting fees of all persons engaged by Landlord or otherwise reasonably incurred by Landlord in connection with the operation, management, maintenance, and repair of the Areas.

(i) The cost of maintenance, repair, and restoration, including resurfacing, repainting, re-striping, and cleaning of the parking space located within the Areas.

 

4


(j) Wages, salaries, and other compensation arid benefits of all persons engaged in the operation, maintenance, or security of the Areas plus employer’s Social Security taxes, unemployment taxes, insurance, and any other taxes imposed on Landlord that may be levied on those wages, salaries, and other compensation and benefits. If any of Landlord’s employees provide services for more than one building of Landlord, only the prorated portion of those employees’ wages, salaries, other compensation and benefits, and taxes reflecting the percentage of their working time devoted to the Development shall be included in Common Area Operating Expenses.

(k) Payments under any easement, license, operating agreement, declaration, restrictive covenant, or instrument relating to the sharing of costs by the Development.

(l) Amortization (including interest on the un-amortized cost at a rate equal to the floating commercial loan rate announced from time to time by Bank of America as its prime rate plus two (2) percentage points per annum) of the cost of acquiring or renting personal property used in the maintenance, repair, and operation of the Development.

(m) The cost of capital improvements or other costs incurred in connection with the Development that (1) are intended as a labor-saving device or to effect other economies in the maintenance or operation of, or stability of services to, all or part of the Real Property or (2) are required under any government law or regulation but that were not required in connection with the Development when permits for the construction of the Development were obtained. All permitted capital expenditures shall be amortized (including interest on the un-amortized cost at the rate stated in subparagraph (1)) over their useful life, as reasonably determined by Landlord.

(n) Tax Expenses (as defined in subsection 4(a)(iii)).

(o) The cost and expense of establishing reasonable reserves for maintaining, repairing and replacing the Common Areas, including those costs as may be associated with existing capital improvements located at the Real Property.

(2) Exclusions From Common Area Operating Expenses . Despite any other provision of this section, Common Area Operating Expenses shall not include:

(a) Depreciation, interest, or amortization on mortgages or ground lease payments, except as otherwise stated in this section.

(b) Legal fees incurred in negotiating and enforcing tenant leases.

(c) Real estate brokers’ leasing commissions or advertising costs.

(d) The cost of providing any service directly to and paid directly by any tenant.

(e) Any costs expressly excluded from Operating Expenses elsewhere in this Lease.

 

5


(f) Costs of any items for which Landlord receives reimbursement from insurance proceeds or a third party. Insurance proceeds shall be excluded from Operating Expenses in the year in which they are received, except that any deductible amount under any insurance policy shall be included within Operating Expenses.

(g) Costs of capital improvements to the Areas, except as otherwise stated in this section.

iii) Tax Expenses . Tax Expenses (“Tax Expenses”) means all federal, state, county, or local government or municipal taxes, fees, charges, or other impositions of every kind (whether general, special, ordinary, or extraordinary) that are paid or incurred by Landlord during any Expense Year (without regard to any different fiscal year used by any government or municipal authority) because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing, and operation of the Development These expenses include taxes, fees, and charges such as real property taxes, general and special assessments, transit taxes, leasehold taxes, and taxes based on the receipt of rent (including gross receipts or sales taxes applicable to the receipt of rent, unless required to be paid by Tenant); personal property taxes imposed on the fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatus, systems, and equipment; appurtenances; furniture; and other personal property used in connection with the Development.

(1) Included Tax Expenses . Tax Expenses shall include:

(a) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy, or charge in addition to, or in partial or total substitution of, any assessment, tax, fee, levy, or charge previously included within the definition of “real property tax.” Tenant and Landlord acknowledge that Proposition 13 was adopted by the voters of the State of California in June 1978 and that assessments, taxes, fees, levies, and charges may be imposed by government agencies for services such as fire protection; street, sidewalk, and road maintenance; conservation; refuse removal; and other government services formerly provided without charge to property owners or occupants. In further recognition of the decrease in the level and quality of government services and amenities as a result of Proposition 13 (or as a result of any other restriction on real property taxes whether by law or by choice of the applicable legislative or assessing body), Tax Expenses shall also include any government or private assessments (or the Development’s contribution toward a government or private cost-sharing agreement) for the purpose of augmenting or improving the quality of services and amenities normally provided by government agencies. Tenant and Landlord intend that all new and increased assessments, taxes, fees, levies, and charges and all similar assessments, taxes, fees, levies, and charges be included within the definition of “Tax Expenses” for purposes of this Lease, including but not limited to new and increased assessment(s) resulting from the sale or transfer of all of any part of the Development by Landlord.

(b) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy, or charge allocable to, or measured by, the area of the Unit Property and other premises at the Development or the rent payable under this Lease and other leases at the Development (including any gross income tax with respect to the receipt of that rent), or on or relating to the possession, leasing, operating, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use, or occupancy by tenants of their respective premises or any portion of such premises.

 

6


(c) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy, or charge on this transaction or any document to which any tenant is a party, creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Development or any portion thereof.

(d) Any possessory taxes charged or levied in place of real property taxes.

(2) Contest Costs; Refunds. Any expenses incurred by Landlord in attempting to protest, reduce, or minimize Tax Expenses shall be included in Tax. Expenses in the Expense Year in which those expenses are paid. Tax refunds shall be deducted from Tax Expenses. Such tax refunds shall be deducted from Tax Expenses in the Expense Year in which they are received by Landlord.

(3) Excluded Taxes. Except as provided in subsection 4(c) or levied entirely or partially in lieu of Tax Expenses, the following shall be excluded from Tax Expenses: (a) All excess profits taxes, franchise taxes, gift taxes, capital stock taxes, inheritance and succession taxes, estate taxes, federal and state income taxes, and other taxes applied or measured by Landlord’s general or net income (as opposed to rents, receipts, or income attributable to operations at the Development); and (b) Any items paid directly by Tenant under this Section.

iv) Tenant’s Share .

(1) Tenant’s Building Share (“Tenant’s Building Share”) means 12.71 percent (12.71% ). Tenant’s Building Share is calculated by multiplying an adjusted load factored square footage (7,436) for the Unit Property by 100 and dividing the product by the total gross square feet in the Building. With respect to Common Area Operating expenses associated only with the Building, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Building Share of those costs and expenses.

(2) Tenant’s Development Share (Tenant’s Development Share”) means 8.21 percent (8.21%). Tenant’s Development Share is calculated by multiplying an adjusted load factored square footage (7,436) for the Unit Property by 100 and dividing the product by the total gross Square Feet of all of the buildings in the Development. With respect to Common Area Operating expenses associated with the Development as a whole, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Development Share of those costs and expenses.

(3) Tenant’s Share : For purposes of this agreement, Tenant’s Building Share, and Tenant’s Development Share are sometimes collectively referred to as “Tenant’s Share”.

b) Payment of Additional Rent . Tenant’s Share of any Common Area Operating Expenses for any Expense Year shall be payable by Tenant within in ten (10) days after a reasonably detailed statement of actual expenses, reserve deposits and/or costs is presented to Tenant by Landlord. At Landlord’s option, however, an amount may be estimated by Landlord from time to time of Tenants Share of annual Common Area Operating Expenses and the same shall be payable monthly or quarterly, as Landlord shall designate in accordance with Section 4(a). Landlord shall deliver to Tenant within sixty (60) days after the expiration of each Expense Year a reasonably detailed statement showing Tenant’s Share of the actual Common Area Operating Expenses incurred

 

7


during the preceding Expense Year. If Tenant’s actual payments under this section during the preceding Expense Year exceed the estimated Tenant’s Share as indicated on said statement, Landlord shall credit the amount of such overpayment against Tenant’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses next becoming due or, with respect to the last Lease Year only, refund the amount of such overpayment to Tenant concurrently with the delivery of the aforementioned statement. If Tenant’s actual payments under this section during said preceding Expense Year were less than the estimated Tenant’s Share as indicated on said statement, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of the deficiency within ten (10) days after delivery by Landlord to Tenant of said statement.

c) Taxes and Other Charges for Which Tenant Is Directly Responsible . Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, on demand, as Additional Rent, for any taxes required to be paid by Landlord that are not already included in Tax Expenses (excluding state, local, and federal personal or corporate income taxes measured by the net income of Landlord from all sources and estate and inheritance taxes), regardless of whether such taxes are now customary or within the contemplation of the parties to this Lease, when those taxes are:

i) Measured by or reasonably attributable to:

(1) The cost or value of Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures, and other personal property located in the Unit Property; or the cost or value of the Unit Property itself;

(2) The cost or value of any leasehold improvements made in or to the Unit Property by or for Tenant, regardless of whether title to those improvements is vested in Tenant or Landlord;

ii) Assessed on or related to the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use, or occupancy by Tenant of:

(1) The Unit Property; or

(2) Any portion of the Development; or

(3) The parking area or facility used by Tenant in connection with this Lease; or

iii) Assessed either on this transaction or on any document to which Tenant is a party that creates or transfers an interest or an estate in the Unit Property.

d) Association Fees . Tenant shall be directly responsible for paying any and all fees and/or dues assessed upon the Unit Property by the Association during the Lease Term, including any attorneys fees and costs as provided under the CC&Rs as hereafter described. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, Tenant acknowledges that Common Area Maintenance expenses may be assessed in full or in part as Association fees or charges during the term of this Lease.

 

8


5. USE.

a) Permitted Use . Tenant shall use the Unit Property as commercial office space, consistent with all terms of the Rules and Regulations, as defined in this article.

b) Rules and Regulations . Tenant shall comply with any and all “Rules and Regulations,” which term includes 1) any rules promulgated by the Association (“Association Rules”), and 2) any and all provisions of the Declaration of Conditions, Covenants, and Restrictions for the Development (“CC&Rs”) as the same now exist or may be hereafter modified. Tenant understands and acknowledges that the Association Rules and CC&Rs may be amended from time to time. Tenant agrees to abide by all such amendments. Landlord shall not be responsible or liable for damages, by abatement of Rent or otherwise, to Tenant for the failure of any other tenants or occupants of the Development to comply with the Rules and Regulations.

c) Additional Restrictions on Use . In addition to complying with other provisions of this Lease concerning the use of the Unit Property, Tenant shall not use or allow any person to use the Unit Property for any purpose: that is contrary to the Rules and Regulations and/or the Conditions, Covenants, and Restrictions; that violates any Laws and Orders: that constitutes waste or nuisance; or, that would unreasonably annoy other owners or occupants of the Project or the owners or occupants of buildings adjacent to the Project.

 

6. SECURITY DEPOSIT.

Upon execution of this lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the total sum of Eleven Thousand One Hundred Fifty Four and no/100 Dollars ($11,154.00)) as a security deposit for the performance by Tenant of the provisions of this Lease, including but not limited to the timely payment of Rent. If at any time during the term of this Lease Tenant is in default, Landlord can use the security deposit, or any portion of it, to cure the default or to compensate Landlord for all damage sustained by Landlord resulting from Tenant’s default. Tenant shall immediately, on demand, pay to Landlord a sum equal to the portion of the security deposit expended or applied by Landlord as provided in this section so as to maintain the security deposit in the sum initially deposited with Landlord. If the Tenant is not in default at the expiration or termination of this lease, Landlord shall return the security deposit to Tenant. Landlord’s obligations with respect to the security deposit are those of a debtor and not a trustee. Landlord can maintain the security deposit separate and apart from Landlord’s general funds or can commingle the security deposit with Landlord’s general and other funds. Landlord shall not be required to pay Tenant interest on the security deposit.

 

7. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.

a) Definition of “Laws and Orders.” The term Laws and Orders (“Laws and Orders”) includes all federal, state, county, city, or government agency laws, statutes, ordinances, standards, rules, requirements, or orders now in force or hereafter enacted, promulgated, or issued. The term also includes government measures regulating or enforcing public access, occupational, health, or safety standards for employers, employees, landlord; or tenants.

 

9


b) Repairs, Replacements, Alterations, and Improvements . Tenant shall continuously and without exception repair and maintain the Unit Property, including any improvements or alterations thereto, fixtures, and furnishing; in an order and condition in compliance with all Laws and Orders. Tenant, at Tenant’s sole expense, is required to promptly make all repairs, replacements, alterations, or improvements to the Unit Property as the same are needed to comply with all Laws and Orders to the fullest extent permitted by law.

c) Collateral Estoppel . The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction, or the admission of Tenant in any judicial or administrative action or proceeding that Tenant has violated any Laws and Orders shall be conclusive, between Landlord and Tenant, of that fact, whether or not Landlord is a party to that action or proceeding.

 

8. HAZARDOUS MATERIAL

a) Use of Hazardous Material . Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Material, as defined in section 8(e), to be generated, brought onto, used, stored, or disposed of in or about the Unit Property or the Development by Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors, subtenants, or invitees, except for limited quantities of standard office and janitorial supplies containing chemicals categorized as Hazardous Material. Tenant shall: (a) Use, store, and dispose of all such Hazardous Material in strict compliance with all applicable statutes, ordinances, and regulations in effect during the Lease Term that relate to public health and safety and protection of the environment (“Environmental Laws”), including those Environmental Laws identified in section 8(e); and, (b) comply at all times during the Lease Term with all Environmental Laws.

b) Notice of Release or Investigation . If, during the Lease Term (including any extensions), Tenant becomes aware of (a) any actual or threatened release of any Hazardous Material on, under, or about the Unit Property or the Development, or (b) any inquiry, investigation, proceeding, or claim by any government agency or other person regarding the presence of Hazardous Material on, under, or about the Unit Property or the Development, Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of the release or investigation within five (5) days after learning of it and shall simultaneously furnish to Landlord copies of any claims, notices of violation, reports, or other writings received by Tenant that concern the release or investigation.

c) Indemnification . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord, indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Landlord and Landlord’s members, managers, shareholders, directors, officers, employees, partners, affiliates, agents, successors, and assigns with respect to all losses arising out of or resulting from the release of any Hazardous Material in or about the Unit Property or the Development, or the violation of any Environmental Law, by Tenant or Tenant’s agents, assignees, subtenants, contractors, or invitees. This indemnification applies whether or not the concentrations of any such Hazardous Material is material, the concentrations exceed state or federal maximum contaminant or action levels, or any governmental agency has issued a cleanup order. This indemnification includes, without limitation: (a) losses attributable to diminution in the value of the Unit Property or the Development; (b) loss or restriction of use of rentable space in the Development; (c) adverse effect on the marketing of any space in the Development; and (d) all other liabilities, obligations, penalties, fines, claims, actions

 

10


(including remedial or enforcement actions of any kind and administrative or judicial proceedings, orders, or judgments), damages (including consequential and punitive damages), and costs (including attorney, consultant, and expert fees and expenses) resulting from the release or violation.

This indemnification shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

d) Remediation Obligations . If the presence of any Hazardous Material brought onto the Unit Property or the Project by Tenant or Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors, or invitees results in contamination of the Project, Tenant shall promptly take all necessary actions to remove or remediate such Hazardous Materials, whether or not they are present at concentrations exceeding state or federal maximum concentration or action levels, or any governmental agency has issued a cleanup order, at Tenant’s sole expense, to return the Unit Property or the Project to the condition that existed before the introduction of such Hazardous Material. Tenant shall first obtain Landlord’s approval of the proposed removal or remedial action. This provision does not limit the indemnification obligation set forth in section 8(c).).

e) Definition of Hazardous Material . As used in this Section 8, the term Hazardous Material (“Hazardous Material”) shall mean any hazardous or toxic substance, material, or waste at any concentration that is or becomes regulated by the United States, the State of California, or any local government authority having jurisdiction over the Development. Hazardous Material includes: (a) any “hazardous substance,” as that term is defined in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980 (CERCLA) (42 United States Code sections 9601-9675); (b) “hazardous waste,” as that term is defined in the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (RCRA) (42 United States Code sections 6901-6992k); (c) any pollutant, contaminant, or hazardous, dangerous, or toxic chemical, material, or substance, within the meaning of any other applicable federal, state, or local law, regulation, ordinance, or requirement (including consent decrees and administrative orders imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning any hazardous, dangerous, or toxic waste, substance, or material, now or hereafter in effect); (d) petroleum products; (e) Radioactive material, including any source, special nuclear, or byproduct material as defined in 42 United States Code sections 2011-2297g-4; (f) Asbestos in any form or condition; and (g) Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) and substances or compounds containing PCBs.

 

9. UTILITIES.

a) Utility and Janitorial Services . Tenant shall be directly responsible for and pay all charges for internal electricity, gas, water, janitorial, sewage, telephone, security and fire alarm, trash removal and all other utility services used on or provided to the Unit Property. Landlord shall pay for all common area lighting and grounds/common area maintenance and watering expenses, subject to reimbursement from Tenant as Additional Rent hereunder.

b) Interruption of Utilities . Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for damages, by abatement of Rent or otherwise, for any service interruption or failures (including telephone and telecommunication services) or for diminution in the quality or quantity of any service when the failure, delay, or diminution is entirely or partially caused by: (a) breakage, repairs, replacements, or improvements; (b) strike, lockout, or other labor trouble; (c) inability to secure

 

11


electricity, gas, water, or other fuel at the Development after reasonable effort to do so; (d) accident or casualty; (e) act or default of Tenant or other parties; or, (f) any other cause, when the same are beyond Landlord’s reasonable control or not the result of result of Landlord’s gross negligence. Such failure, delay, or diminution shall not be considered to constitute an eviction or a disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Unit Property or relieve Tenant from paying Rent or performing any of its obligations under this Lease.

Landlord shall not be liable for a loss of or injury to property or for injury to or interference with Tenant’s business, including loss of profits through, in connection with, or incidental to a failure to furnish any of the utilities or services under this Section 9, unless such failure is the direct result of the Landlord’s gross negligence. Landlord may comply with mandatory or voluntary controls or guidelines promulgated by any government entity relating to the use or conservation of energy, water, gas, light, or electricity or the reduction of automobile or other emissions without creating any liability of Landlord to Tenant under this Lease as long as compliance with voluntary controls or guidelines does not materially and unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Unit Property.

 

10. REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE.

Tenant’s Repair and Maintenance Obligations . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense and in accordance with the terms of this Lease, keep the Unit Property in good order, repair, and condition at all times during the Lease Term, Under Landlord’s supervision, subject to Landlord’s prior approval, and within any reasonable period specified by Landlord, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense and in accordance with the terms of this Loose (including Section 11) promptly and adequately repair all damage to the Unit Property. At Landlord’s option or if Tenant fails to make such repairs, Landlord may, but need not, make the repairs and replacements. On receipt of an invoice from Landlord, Tenant shall pay Landlord Landlord’s out-of-pocket costs incurred in connection with such repairs and replacements plus a percentage of such costs, not to exceed 15%, sufficient to reimburse Landlord for all overhead, general conditions, fees, and other costs and expenses arising from Landlord’s involvement with such repairs and replacements. Tenant waives and releases its rights, including its right to make repairs at Landlord’s expense, under California Civil Code sections 1941-1942 or any similar law, statute, or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.

 

11. ALTERATIONS AND ADDITIONS.

a) Alterations . Except for the initial Tenant Improvements as described under Section 32, Tenant shall not make any other alterations (“Alteration(s)”) to the Unit Property without prior written consent of the Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Landlord may reasonably withhold consent to any Alterations to the Unit Property, to the extent that the proposed Alterations are also proposed to be made to any portion of the Development not in the exclusive possession of Tenant in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. Tenant understands and by executing this Lease expressly affirms that any Alterations to the Unit Property itself are additionally subject to the restrictions of the Association, the Association Rules, and the provisions of the CC&Rs, the terms of which Tenant also agrees to comply with in their entirety. Landlord may impose any reasonable requirements that Landlord considers desirable, including a requirement that Tenant provide

 

12


Landlord with a surety bond, a letter of credit, or other financial assurance that the cost of the Alterations will be paid when due. Further, to the extent that any Alterations would affect any attribute of the Development that falls under the control of the Association, Landlord shall have no obligation to review Tenant’s request for permission for such Alterations unless and until same is approved by the Association.

b) Compliance of Alterations With Laws and Insurance Requirements . Tenant shall cause all alterations, including the initial Tenant Improvements, to comply with the following: (a) applicable Laws and Orders; (b) applicable requirements of a fire-rating bureau; (c) applicable requirements of Landlord’s and Association’s hazard insurance carrier; and (d) all applicable Rules and Regulations. Tenant shall also comply with those requirements in the course of constructing such alterations. Before beginning construction of any alteration, Tenant shall obtain a valid building permit and any other permits required by any government entity having jurisdiction over the Unit Property. Tenant shall provide copies of those permits to Landlord before the work begins. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense, perform any additional required work in the Unit Property, which shall be subject to the same requirements as any alteration. If any additional required work must be performed outside the Unit Property, Landlord or the Association may elect to perform that work at Tenant’s expense. No consent by Landlord to any proposed work shall constitute a waiver of Tenant’s obligations under this section 11(b).

c) Manner of Construction . Tenant shall build all Tenant Improvements and Alterations within the Unit Property using only contractors and subcontractors approved in writing by Landlord. All work relating to any alterations shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner, using new materials equivalent in quality to those used in the construction of the Building. All work shall be diligently prosecuted to completion.

Tenant shall ensure that all work is performed in a manner that does not obstruct access to or through the Development or the Common Areas and that does not interfere either with other owners’ or tenants’ use of their premises or with any other work being undertaken in the Development. Tenant shall take all measures necessary to ensure that labor peace is maintained at all times. Within twenty (20) days after completion of any improvements or alterations, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a reproducible copy of the drawings of improvements or alterations as built.

d) Payment for Alterations . Except as otherwise may be provided in Section 32, Tenant shall promptly pay all charges and costs incurred in connection with any alteration or improvements, as and when required by the terms of any agreements with contractors, designers, or suppliers. On completion of any alteration or improvement, Tenant shall: (a) cause a timely notice of completion to be recorded in the office of the recorder of San Luis Obispo County in accordance with Civil Code section 3093 or any successor statute; (b) deliver to Landlord evidence of full payment and unconditional final waivers of all liens for labor, services, or materials

e) Construction Insurance . Before construction begins, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord reasonable evidence that damage to, or destruction of, the alterations during construction will be covered either by the policies that Tenant is required to carry under Section 13 . including a policy of builder’s all-risk insurance as required under subsection 13(e) Tenant shall provide a copy of the policy(s), any endorsements, and an original certificate of insurance that complies with

 

13


subsections 13(d) and (e). Tenant shall cause each contractor and subcontractor to maintain all workers’ compensation insurance required by law and liability insurance (including property damage) in amounts reasonably required by Landlord. Tenant shall provide evidence of that insurance to Landlord before construction begins.

f) Ownership of Alterations . All Tenant Improvements, alterations, signs, fixtures, or equipment (collectively “Improvements”) that may be installed or placed in or about the Unit Property from time to time shall be the property of Tenant for the remainder of the Lease term. Upon the expiration of the Lease Term, the ownership of any Improvements to the Unit Property shall revert back to Landlord. Prior to the expiration of the Lease Term, Tenant may remove any trade fixtures or freestanding kitchen or office equipment that Tenant can first substantiate to Landlord has not been paid for by Landlord. Tenant must repair any damage to the Unit Property and Development caused by that removal. All or any part of the Tenant’s personal property, equipment, trade fixtures, or inventory remaining at the Unit Property subsequent to termination of the Lease Term shall, at Landlord’s option, automatically become Landlord’s property at no cost or expense to Landlord, and without any further consideration being paid to Tenant. Alternatively, Landlord may consider any or all of such property as refuse, and remove the same at Tenant’s expense without further notice to Tenant.

 

12. COVENANT AGAINST LIENS.

a) Covenant Against Liens . Tenant shall not be the cause or object of any liens or allow such liens to exist, attach to, be placed on, or encumber the Association’s, Landlord’s or Tenant’s interest in the Unit Property, or Development by operation of law or otherwise. Tenant shall not suffer or permit any lien of mechanics, material suppliers, or others to be placed against the Unit Property, or Development with respect to work or services performed or claimed to have been performed for Tenant or materials furnished or claimed to have been furnished to Tenant or the Unit Property. Landlord has the right at all times to post and keep posted on the Unit Property any notice that it considers necessary for protection from such liens. At least seven (7) days before beginning construction of any Improvements or Alterations, Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of the expected commencement date of that construction to permit Landlord to post and record a notice of non-responsibility.

If any such lien attaches or Tenant receives notice of any such lien, Tenant shall cause the lien to be immediately released and removed of record. Despite any other provision of this Lease, if the lien is not released and removed within thirty (30) days after Tenant is delivered notice of the lien to Tenant, Landlord or the Association may immediately take all action necessary to release and remove the lien, without any duty to investigate the validity of it. All expenses (including reasonable attorney fees) incurred by Landlord or the Association in connection with the lien shall be considered Additional Rent under this Lease and shall be immediately due and payable by Tenant.

 

14


13. EXCULPATION, INDEMNIFICATION, AND INSURANCE.

a) Definition of “Tenant Parties” and “Landlord Parties .” For purposes of this Section 13, the term Tenant Parties (Tenant Parties) refers singularly and collectively to Tenant and the managers, employees, members, partners, venturers, trustees, and ancillary trustees of Tenant and the respective officers, directors, shareholders, members, parents, subsidiaries, and any other affiliated entities, personal representatives, executors, heirs, assigns, licensees, invitees, beneficiaries, agents, servants, employees, and independent contractors of these persons or entities. The term Landlord Parties (Landlord Parties) refers singularly and collectively to the Association, the Landlord and the managers, members, partners, venturers, trustees, and ancillary trustees of Landlord and the respective officers, directors, shareholders, members, parents, subsidiaries, and any other affiliated entities, personal representatives, executors, heirs, assigns, licensees, invitees, beneficiaries, agents, servants, employees, and independent contractors of these persons or entities.

b) Exculpation . To the fullest extent permitted by law, Tenant, on its behalf and on behalf of all Tenant Parties, waives all claims (in law, equity, or otherwise) against Landlord Parties arising out of or related to this Lease and/or Tenant’s use of the Unit Property, and knowingly and voluntarily assumes the risk of, and agrees that Landlord Parties shall not be liable to Tenant Parties for any of the following: (a) Injury to or death of any person; or (b) Loss of, injury or damage to, or destruction of any tangible or intangible property, including the resulting loss of use, economic losses, and consequential or resulting damage of any kind from any cause, including any defect in or unfitness of the Unit Property, the Development, or any portion thereof, Tenant expressly affirms that any and all improvements in which any interest whatsoever shall be vested in Tenant by this Lease are transferred AS IS AND WHERE IS and that Tenant expressly disclaims any rights against Landlord for the condition of same.

c) Gross Negligence and Willful Injury : The provisions of this Section shall not apply to claims against Landlord Parties to the extent that the injury, loss, damage, or destruction was caused by Landlord Parties’ fraud, gross negligence, willful injury to person or property, or violation of criminal law. if Tenant receives any money judgment resulting from such a claim arising under or otherwise associated with this Lease, such judgment shall be satisfied only out of Landlord’s interest in the Development (herein called “Landlord’s Interest”), and in no event out of rent or other income actually received by Landlord from the operation of the Development. In no event shall Tenant have the right to levy execution against any property of Landlord other than Landlord’s Interest, Tenant hereby waives, to the extent waivable under law, any right to satisfy any money judgment against any property of Landlord other than Landlord’s Interest. Except as expressly provided in this Lease to the contrary, in no event shall Tenant have any right to offset or deduct or charge from or against any Rent or other monetary obligation payable hereunder on account of a money judgment against Landlord and Tenant hereby expressly waives any such right. If Landlord’s Interest is insufficient for the payment of any such judgment, Tenant will not institute any further action, suit, claim or demand, in law or equity, against Landlord for or on account of such deficiency.

 

15


d) Survival of Covenants : The clauses of this Section 13 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease until all claims within the scope of this Section 13 are fully, finally, and absolutely barred by the applicable statutes of limitations.

ii) Tenant’s Acknowledgment of Fairness . Tenant acknowledges that this Section 13 was negotiated with Landlord, that the consideration for it is fair and adequate, and that Tenant had a fair opportunity to negotiate, accept, reject, modify, or alter it.

iii) No Exculpation for Non-delegable Duties . This exculpation clause may not be interpreted or construed as an attempt by Landlord to be relieved of liability arising out of a non-delegable duty on the part of Landlord.

e) Indemnification .

i) Tenant’s Indemnification of Landlord and Landlord Parties . To the fullest extent permitted by law, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord, indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Landlord Parties from and against all Claims, as defined in subsection 13(e(ii), from any cause, arising out of or relating (directly or indirectly) to the following: (a) the use or occupancy, or manner of use or occupancy, of the Unit Property or Development by Tenant Parties; (b) any act, error, omission, or negligence of Tenant Parties or of any invitee, guest, or licensee of Tenant in, on, or about the Development; (c) Tenant’s conducting of its business; (d) any Alterations, activities, work, or things done, omitted, permitted, allowed, or suffered by Tenant Parties in, at, or about the Unit Property or Development, including the violation of or failure to comply with any applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, standards, rules, regulations, orders, decrees, or judgments issued after the date of this Lease; and (e) any breach or default in performance of any obligation on Tenant’s part to be performed under this Lease, including obligations which survive expiration or earlier termination of this Lease under the terms of this Lease.

ii) Definition of Claims . For purposes of this Lease, Claims (Claims) means any and all claims, losses, costs, damage, expenses, liabilities, liens, actions, causes of action (whether in tort or contract, law or equity, or otherwise), charges, assessments, fines, and penalties of any kind (including consultant and expert expenses, court costs, and attorney fees actually incurred).

iii) Type of Injury or Loss . This indemnification extends to and includes Claims for: (a) injury to any persons (including death at any time resulting from that injury); (b) loss of, injury or damage to, or destruction of property (including all loss of use resulting from that loss, injury, damage, or destruction); and (c) all foreseeable economic losses and consequential or resulting damage of any kind.

iv) Indemnification Independent of Insurance Obligations . The indemnification provided in Section 13 may not be construed or interpreted as in any way restricting, limiting, or modifying Tenant’s insurance or other obligations under this Lease and is independent of Tenant’s insurance and other obligations. Tenant’s compliance with the insurance requirements and other obligations under this Lease shall not in any way restrict, limit, or modify Tenant’s indemnification obligations under this Lease.

 

16


v) Attorney Fees . The prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its actual attorney fees and court costs incurred in enforcing the indemnification clauses set forth in this section 13(e).

iv) Survival of Indemnification . The clauses of this section 13(e) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease for a period of five (5) years, after which this section 13(e) shall be null and void and have no further force or effect.

v) Compliance With Insurer Requirements . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense, comply with all requirements, guidelines, rules, orders, and similar mandates and directives pertaining to the use of the Unit Property and the Development, whether imposed by Tenant’s insurers, Landlord’s insurers, or the Association’s insurers. If Tenant’s business operations, conduct, or use of the Unit Property or the Development cause any increase in the premium for any insurance policies carried by Landlord or the Association, Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days after receipt of written notice , reimburse Landlord or the Association for the increase. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense, comply with all rules, orders, regulations, or requirements of the American Insurance Association (formerly the National Board of Fire Underwriters) and of any similar body.

f) Tenant’s Liability Coverage . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense, maintain the coverages set forth in this Section 13(f).

i) Commercial General Liability Insurance . Tenant shall obtain commercial general liability insurance coverage written on an “occurrence” policy form, covering bodily injury, personal injury, property damage and advertising injury arising out of or relating (directly or indirectly) to Tenant’s business operations, conduct, assumed liabilities, or use or occupancy of the Unit Property or the Development, including by way of example and not limitation, Tenant’s independent contractors, products and completed operations and contractual liability arising from the operation, possession, maintenance or use of the Unit Property or areas immediately adjacent thereto, with limits of liability for each occurrence of not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000). In addition to the provisions of Section 13(f) (vi), Tenant shall increase the foregoing limits if Landlord, or any lender of Landlord, reasonably deems such increases desirable to protect Tenant and Landlord, provided that any such increases are comparable to amount of insurance covering businesses similar to Tenant’s business at the Unit Property, located in similar commercial centers in the area in which the Development is located. The insurance coverage under this Section shall, in addition, extend to any liabilities of Tenant arising out of the indemnity contained in Section 13(e).

ii) Broad Form Coverage . Tenant’s liability coverage shall include all the coverages typically provided by the Broad Form Comprehensive General Liability Endorsement, including broad form property damage coverage (which shall include coverage for completed operations). Tenant’s liability coverage shall further include premises-operations coverage, products-completed operations coverage, owners and contractors protective coverage (when reasonably required by Landlord), and the broadest available form of contractual liability coverage. It is the parties’ intent that Tenant’s contractual liability coverage provide coverage to the maximum extent possible of Tenant’s indemnification obligations under this Lease.

 

17


iii) Primary Insured . Tenant shall be the first or primary named insured.

iv) Additional Insureds . Landlord and any lender of Landlord shall be named by endorsement as additional insureds under Tenant’s general liability coverage. The additional insured endorsement must be on ISO Form CG 20 11 11 85 or an equivalent acceptable to Landlord, or any lender of Landlord, with such modifications as Landlord may require.

v) Cross-Liability; Severability of Interests . Tenant’s general liability policies shall be endorsed as needed to provide cross-liability coverage for Tenant, Landlord, and any lender of Landlord and to provide severability of interests.

vi) Primary Insurance Endorsements for Additional Insureds . Tenant’s general liability policies shall be endorsed as needed to provide that the insurance afforded by those policies to the additional insureds is primary and that all insurance carried by Landlord Parties is strictly excess and secondary and shall not contribute with Tenant’s liability insurance.

vii) Scope of Coverage for Additional Insureds . The coverage afforded to Landlord and any lender of Landlord must be at least as broad as that afforded to Tenant and may not contain any terms, conditions, exclusions, or limitations applicable to Landlord or any lender of Landlord that do not apply to Tenant.

viii) Delivery of Certificate, Policy, and Endorsements . Before the Lease Commencement Date, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the endorsements referred to in this section 13(f) as well as a certified copy of Tenant’s liability policy or policies and an original certificate of insurance, executed by an authorized agent of the insurer or insurers, evidencing compliance with the liability insurance requirements. The certificate shall provide for no less than thirty (30) days’ advance written notice to Landlord from the insurer or insurers of any cancellation, non-renewal, or material change in coverage or available limits of liability and shall confirm compliance with the liability insurance requirements in this Lease. The “endeavor to” and “failure to mail such notice shall impose no obligation or liability of any kind upon the Company” language and any similar language shall be stricken from the certificate.

ix) Concurrence of Primary, Excess, and Umbrella Policies . Tenant’s liability insurance coverage may be provided by a combination of primary, excess, and umbrella policies, but those policies must be absolutely concurrent in all respects regarding the coverage afforded by the policies. The coverage of any excess or umbrella policy must be at least as broad as the coverage of the primary policy.

x) “Per Location” Endorsement . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense, procure a “per location” endorsement or equivalent reasonably acceptable to Landlord so that the general aggregate and other limits apply separately and specifically to the Unit Property.

xi) Survival of Insurance Requirements . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense, maintain in full force and effect the liability insurance coverages required under this Lease and shall maintain Landlord Parties and any Lender specified by Landlord as additional insureds, as required by subsection 13(f) of this Lease, for a period of no less than two (2) years after expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

18


xii) Tenant’s Workers’ Compensation and Employer Liability Coverage . Tenant shall procure and maintain workers’ compensation insurance as required by law and employer’s liability insurance with limits of no less than two-million dollars ($2,000,000).

xiii) Tenant’s First Party Insurance . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense, procure and maintain the first party insurance coverages described in this section 13(f).

xiv) Builder’s Risk . At all times during which Tenant is proceeding with any construction work at the Unit Property or the Development, Tenant shall maintain builders risk insurance with limits of coverage not less than one hundred percent (100%) of full replacement cost of Tenant’s leasehold improvements and owner’s and contractor’s protective insurance and independent contractor’s insurance with coverage of at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) for a single occurrence and for property damage.

xv) Other Risks . Any additional insurance reasonably requested by Landlord to cover any other risk associated with Tenant’s use of the Unit Property, provided that such insurance is reasonably available and comparable to insurance customarily covering businesses similar to Tenant’s business in the Unit Property, located in similar commercial centers in the area in which the Development is located,

xvi) Tenant’s Property Insurance . Tenant shall procure and maintain property insurance coverage for: (a) all office furniture, trade fixtures, office equipment, merchandise, and all other items of Tenant’s property in, on, at, or about the Unit Property and the Development; (b) the Unit Property, any property installed by, for, or at the expense of Tenant in, on or about same; and (c) all other improvements, betterments, alterations, and additions to the Unit Property. Tenant’s property insurance must fulfill the following requirements: (a) It must be written on the broadest available “all-risk” (special-causes-of-loss) policy form or an equivalent form acceptable to Landlord. (b) It must include an agreed-amount endorsement for no less than one-hundred (100) percent of the full replacement cost (new without deduction for depreciation) of the covered items and property; and (c) The amounts of coverage must meet any coinsurance requirements of the policy or policies. It is the parties’ intent that Tenant shall structure its property insurance program so that no coinsurance penalty shall be imposed and there shall be no valuation shortfalls or disputes with any insurer or with Landlord. The property insurance coverage shall include vandalism and malicious mischief coverage, sprinkler leakage coverage, and earthquake sprinkler leakage coverage. All proceeds of such property insurance covering the Unit Property and Tenant’s improvements therein shall, at the election of Landlord, be paid to Landlord and held in trust and may be used for the repair or replacement of the plate glass, fixtures, equipment or contents so insured. In the event this Lease shall terminate for any cause while such proceeds are held by Landlord, Landlord shall the right to apply such funds to the redevelopment of the Unit Property or the Development.

xvii) Comprehensive Automobile Liability and Property Damage . Tenant shall maintain comprehensive automobile liability and property damage insurance insuring all owned, non-owned and hired vehicles used in the conduct of the Tenant’s business and operated upon or

 

19


parked upon the Common Area with limits of liability of not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) combined single limit for death or injury to one or more persons in a common accident or occurrence, and One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) for each occurrence for property damage. Tenant shall increase the foregoing limits (but not more than two times during the Term) if Landlord reasonably deems such increases desirable to protect Tenant and Landlord, provided that any such increases are comparable to amount of insurance covering businesses similar to Tenant’s business in the Unit Property, located in similar commercial centers in the area in which the Development is located.

g) Form of Policies and Additional Requirements .

i) Insurance Independent of Exculpation and Indemnification . The insurance requirements set forth in Section 13 are independent of Tenant’s exculpation, indemnification, and other obligations under this Lease and shall not be construed or interpreted in any way to restrict, limit, or modify Tenant’s exculpation, indemnification, and other obligations or to limit Tenant’s liability under this Lease.

ii) Form of Policies . In addition to the other requirements set forth in this Section, the insurance required of Tenant under this Section 13 must: (a) name Landlord and any other party Landlord specifies by endorsement as an additional insured; (b) be issued by an insurance company with a rating of no less than A-VIII in the current Best’s Insurance Guide, or that is otherwise acceptable to Landlord, and admitted to engage in the business of insurance in the State of California; (c) be primary insurance for all claims under it and provide that any insurance carried by Landlord Parties and Landlord lenders is strictly excess, secondary, and noncontributing with any insurance carried by Tenant; and (d) provide that insurance may not be canceled, non-renewed, or the subject of material change in coverage or available limits of coverage, except on thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord and Landlord’s lenders.

iii) Tenant’s Delivery of Policy, Endorsements, and Certificates . Tenant shall deliver the policy or policies, along with any endorsements to them and certificates required by this Section 13, to Landlord: (a) on or before the Lease Commencement Date; (b) at least thirty (30) days before the expiration date of any policy; and (c) on renewal of any policy.

iv) Deductibles and Self-Insured Retentions . Except as otherwise provided in Section 13(f) above, all deductibles and self-insured retentions under Tenant’s policies are subject to Landlord’s prior written approval.

v) Waiver of Subrogation . Landlord and Tenant agree to cause the insurance companies issuing their respective property (first party) insurance to waive any subrogation rights that those companies may have against Tenant or Landlord, respectively, as long as the insurance is not invalidated by the waiver. If the waivers of subrogation are contained in their respective insurance policies, Landlord arid Tenant waive any right that either may have against the other on account of any loss or damage to their respective property to the extent that the loss or damage is insured.

 

20


vi) Review of Coverage . On or after the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date, Landlord shall have the right to review any insurance policy maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Section to determine whether such policy is adequate to properly insure all interests and as required by this Section and fulfill the intent thereof. In the event that Landlord determines that Tenant’s insurance coverage is insufficient to fulfill the terms or intent of this Section, Landlord shall have the right to require that Tenant increase Tenant’s insurance coverage to fulfill the requirements of this Section, which right, if exercised, shall be exercised reasonably. Landlord shall have the right review Tenant’s insurance coverage pursuant to this Section on or after the end of each five (5) year period following the most recent review hereunder.

vii) Lender’s Policy Requirements . Notwithstanding any provision herein contained to the contrary, Tenant agrees and acknowledges that Tenant’s Insurance requirements, or the insurance required to be maintained by the Association, may be subject to change as a result of requirements which may be hereafter imposed by a Lender. Under such circumstances, Tenant agrees to any such changes, to pay for the same, and to otherwise comply with the provisions of this Section 13 with respect to any additional insurance requirements. In the event of any such required changes, Tenant shall pay the cost of the same directly to Landlord as Additional Rent, or if appropriate, as Tenant’s Share of the additional cost and expense of maintaining such additional required insurance regarding the Common Areas.

 

14. DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION.

a) Repair of Damage . Tenant shall be solely responsible for any and all repair of damage to the improvements and alterations made by Tenant to, and the personality, fixtures, equipment maintained by Tenant at the Unit Property from any cause whatsoever, other than the gross negligence of the Landlord, pursuant to the terms of this Lease, including repair of damage resulting from fire, earthquake, or any other identifiable event (“Casualty”) to the fullest extent reasonably possible. It is the intention of the parties to this Lease that Tenant shall be adequately insured, pursuant to Section 13 of this Lease, to fully and completely repair any and all such damage, and that Tenant shall accordingly fully and completely repair such damage. In no event shall this Lease terminate on account of Casualty affecting the Unit Property except as expressly agreed to in writing by Landlord and Tenant upon such terms as are acceptable to both parties.

b) Waiver of Statutory Provisions . The provisions of this Lease, including those in this Section, constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant that applies in the event of any Casualty to the Unit Property. Tenant, therefore, fully waives the provisions of any statute or regulation, including California Civil Code sections 1932(2) and 1933(4), for any rights or obligations concerning a Casualty regarding the Unit Property.

 

15. CONDEMNATION.

a) Definition of “Condemnation. As used in this Lease, the term Condemnation (Condemnation) means a permanent taking through (a) the exercise of any government power (by legal proceedings or otherwise) by any public or quasi-public authority or by any other party having

 

21


the right of eminent domain (Condemnor) or (b) a voluntary sale or transfer by Landlord to any Condemnor, either under threat of exercise of eminent domain by a Condemnor or while legal proceedings for condemnation are pending.

b) Effect on Rights and Obligations . If, during the Lease Term or the period between the date of execution of this Lease and the date on which the Lease Term begins, there is any Condemnation of all or part of the Unit Property, or Development, the rights and obligations of the parties shall be determined under this Section 15, and Rent shall not be affected or abated except as expressly provided in this Section. Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of any Condemnation regarding the Unit Property within thirty (30) days after the later of (a) the filing of a complaint by Condemnor or (b) the final agreement and determination by Landlord and Condemnor of the extent of the taking (Condemnation Notice).

c) Termination of Lease .

i) Definition of “Termination Date.” For purposes of this section the termination date (“Termination Date”) shall be the earliest of: (a) the date on which Condemnor takes possession of the property that is subject to the Condemnation; or (b) the date on which title to the property subject to the Condemnation is vested in Condemnor. If termination occurs under this Section 15, the Termination Date shall be the earliest of the dates described in subsection 5(c)(i).

ii) Automatic Termination . If the Unit Property is totally taken by Condemnation, this Lease shall terminate as of the Termination Date, and the Condemnation Award shall be allocated between Landlord and Tenant in accordance with Section 15(e).

iii) Election to Terminate .

(1) If a Condemnation of not less than thirty percent (30%) of the Usable Square Footage of the Unit Property occurs during the Lease Term, both Landlord and Tenant shall have the option to elect to terminate this Lease. Such termination shall occur only if the terminating party notifies the non-terminating party in writing of its intent to terminate within thirty (30) days of receiving Condemnation Notice. Such termination notice shall have no force or effect if the Condemnation fails to occur or if any amount less than thirty percent (30%) of the Usable Square Footage of the Unit Property is actually taken for any reason whatsoever.

(2) If a Condemnation of thirty percent (30%) or less of the Usable Square Footage of the Unit Property occurs during the Lease Term, whereby the proposed condemnation will render the Unit Property as being no longer reasonably feasible for continued use and occupancy by Tenant as herein contemplated, then Tenant shall have the option to elect to terminate this Lease. Such termination shall occur only if Tenant notifies the Landlord in writing of Tenant’s intent to terminate within thirty (30) days of receiving Condemnation Notice.

iv) Tenant’s Waiver . Tenant agrees that its rights to terminate this Lease due to partial Condemnation are governed by this Section 15. Tenant waives all rights it may have under California Code of Civil Procedure section 1265.130, or otherwise, to terminate this Lease based on a partial Condemnation.

 

22


v) Proration of Rent . If this Lease is terminated under this Section 15, the termination shall be effective on the Termination Date, and Landlord shall prorate Rent to that date. Tenant shall be obligated to pay Rent for the period up to, but not including, the Termination Date as prorated by Landlord. Landlord shall return to Tenant prepaid Rent allocable to any period on or after the Termination Date.

d) Effect of Condemnation if Lease Is Not Terminated . If any part of the Unit Property is taken by Condemnation and this Lease is not terminated, Rent shall be proportionately reduced based on the Rentable Square Footage of the Unit Property taken. Landlord and Tenant agree to enter into an amendment to this Lease within thirty (30) days after the partial taking, confirming the reduction in Rentable Square Footage of the Unit Property and the reduction in Rent.

e) Allocation of Award . Any payment of compensation and damage pursuant to a condemnation under this Section shall be divided as follows:

i) All compensation and damages payable for or on account of improvements to the Unit Property made by Tenant that would be owned by Tenant at the expiration of the Lease Term, pursuant to Section 11(f), shall be payable to Tenant; and

ii) All other compensation and damages payable in connection with the Condemnation shall be solely the property of Landlord.

 

16. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLEASING.

a) Restricted Transfers

i) Consent Repaired; Definition of Transfer . Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, before entering into or permitting any Transfer. A Transfer (“Transfer”) consists of any of the following, whether voluntary or involuntary and whether effected by death, operation of law, or otherwise: (a) any assignment, sublease, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance, or other transfer of any interest in this Lease; and (b) any of the changes (e.g., a change of ownership or reorganization) included in the definition of Transfer in Section 16(b). Any person to whom any Transfer is made or sought to be made is a “Transferee.”

ii) Landlord’s Remedies . If a Transfer fails to comply with this Section 16, Landlord may, at its sole option, do any or all of the following: (a) void the Transfer and continue the Lease in effect; (b) declare Tenant in material and incurable default under Section 21 notwithstanding any cure period specified therein; or (c) ratify the Transfer.

b) Transfer Procedure .

i) Transfer Notice . Before entering into or permitting any transfer, Tenant shall provide to Landlord a written Transfer Notice (“Transfer Notice”) at least forty-five (45) days before

 

23


the proposed effective date of the Transfer. The Transfer Notice shall include all of the following: (a) information regarding the proposed Transferee, including the name, address, and ownership of Transferee; the nature of Transferee’s business; and Transferee’s current financial statements, bank account statements, tax returns, and a detailed business plan; (b) all the terms of the proposed Transfer, including the consideration payable by Transferee; the portion of the Unit Property that is subject to the Transfer (“Subject Space”); the proposed use of the Subject Space; the effective date of the Transfer; and a copy of all documentation concerning the proposed Transfer; (c) any other information or documentation reasonably requested by Landlord; and (d) an executed estoppel certificate from Tenant as to the current state of the Lease and any and all other agreements between the parties, Any Transfer Notice delivered by Tenant to Landlord shall include a payment of $1000.00 to Landlord towards the Transfer Fee herein described (the “Transfer Fee Deposit”).

ii) Transfer Fee . Within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s written request, Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent any reasonable review and processing costs and fees, as well as any reasonable legal fees, that Landlord incurs in reviewing and processing the Transfer Notice (“Transfer Fee”) as the same may exceed the Transfer Fee Deposit. Tenant shall pay the Transfer Fee whether or not Landlord consents to the Transfer. In no event shall the Transfer Fee exceed the sum of $2500.00. All other costs and expenses (including any brokerage commissions) incurred by Tenant in connection with the proposed Transfer shall be borne by Tenant.

iii) Limits of Consent . If Landlord consents to any Transfer, the following limits apply: (a) Landlord does not agree to waive or modify the terms and conditions of this Lease; (b) Landlord does not consent to any further Transfer by either Tenant or Transferee; (c) Tenant remains liable under this Lease, and any guarantor of the Lease remains liable under the guaranty; and (d) Tenant may enter into that Transfer in accordance with this Section, if: (1) The Transfer occurs within six (6) months after Landlord’s consent or such longer period of time as Landlord may agree to in writing; (2) The Transfer is made upon the same terms as specified in the Transfer Notice; and (3) Tenant delivers to Landlord, promptly after execution, an original, executed copy of all documentation pertaining to the Transfer in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord (including Transferee’s agreement to be subject and subordinate to the Lease and to assume Tenant’s obligations under the Lease to the extent applicable to the Unit Property).

If the Transfer occurs after six (6) months (or such longer period of time as Landlord may agree to in writing) or the terms of the Transfer have materially changed from those in the Transfer Notice, Tenant shall submit a new Transfer Notice under subsection 16(b), requesting Landlord’s consent, and the Unit Property shall again be subject to Landlord’s rights under section 16. A material change is one the terms of which would have entitled Landlord to refuse to consent to the Transfer initially or would cause the proposed Transfer to be more favorable to Transferee than the terms in the original Transfer Notice.

c) Landlord’s Consent .

i) Reasonable Consent . Landlord may not unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed Transfer that complies with this Section 16. Reasonable grounds for denying consent include, but are not limited to, any of the following: (a) Transferee’s credit history, business, or proposed use is not consistent with the character or quality of the Development; (b) Transferee

 

24


would be a significantly less prestigious occupant of the Development than Tenant; (c) Transferee is either a government agency or an instrumentality of one; (d) Transferee’s intended use of the Unit Property is inconsistent with the Permitted Use, Laws and Orders, the Covenants, Codes and Restrictions, or will materially and adversely affect Landlord’s interest; (e) Transferee’s financial condition is or may be inadequate to support the Lease obligations of Transferee under the Transfer documents; or (f) the Transfer would cause Landlord to violate another lease or agreement to which Landlord is a party or would give any other tenant at the Development the right to cancel or seek to terminate its lease.

ii) Landlord’s Written Response . Within a reasonable time after receipt of a Transfer Notice that complies with subsection 16(b)(i), Landlord shall approve or disapprove the proposed Transfer in writing.

iii) Tenant’s Remedies . If Landlord wrongfully denies or conditions its consent, Tenant may seek only declaratory and injunctive relief. Tenant specifically waives any damage claims against Landlord in connection with the withholding of consent under this Section.

d) Transfers of Ownership Interests and Other Organizational Changes .

i) Change of Ownership; Reorganization . For purposes of this Section 16, Transfer (“Transfer”) also includes:

(1) If Tenant is a partnership or limited liability company: .

(a) A change in ownership effected voluntarily, involuntarily, or by operation of law within a twelve-month (12-month) period, of fifty (50%) or more of the partners or members or fifty (50%) or more of the partnership or membership interests; or

(b) The dissolution of the partnership or limited liability company without its immediate reconstitution.

(2) If Tenant is a closely held corporation (i.e., one whose stock is not publicly held and not traded through an exchange or over the counter):

(a) The sale or other transfer within a twelve-month (12-month) period, of more than an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) of the voting shares of Tenant (other than to immediate family members by reason of gift or death);

(b) The sale, mortgage, hypothecation, or pledge within a twelvemonth (12-month) period, of more than an aggregate of twenty-five percent (25%) of the value of Tenant’s unencumbered assets; or

(c) The dissolution, merger, consolidation, or other reorganization of Tenant.

ii) Transfer to Affiliate . Despite any other provision of this Lease, Landlord’s consent is not required for any Transfer to an Affiliate, as defined in subsection 16(d)(iii), as long as

 

25


the following conditions are met: (a) at least ten (10) business days before the Transfer, Landlord receives written notice of the Transfer (as well as any documents or information reasonably requested by Landlord regarding the Transfer or Transferee); (b) the Transfer is not a subterfuge by Tenant to avoid its obligations under the Lease; (c) if the Transfer is an assignment, Transferee assumes in writing all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease and (d) Transferee has a tangible net worth, as evidenced by financial statements delivered to Landlord and certified by an independent certified public accountant in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles that are consistently applied (Net Worth), at least equal to Tenant’s Net Worth either immediately before the Transfer or as of the date of this Lease, whichever is greater.

iii) Definition of Affiliate . An Affiliate (Affiliate) means any entity that (a) controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Tenant, or (b) is the surviving entity as a result of a merger with Tenant. Control (Control) means the direct or indirect ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of an entity or possession of the right to vote more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting interest in the ordinary direction of the entity’s affairs.

 

17. SURRENDER OF UNIT PROPERTY.

a) Surrender of Unit Property . No act of Landlord or its authorized representatives shall constitute Landlord’s acceptance of a surrender or abandonment of the Unit Property by Tenant unless that intent is specifically acknowledged in a writing signed by both parties. At the option of Landlord, a surrender and termination of this Lease shall operate as an assignment to Landlord of all subleases or subtenancies. Landlord shall exercise this option by giving notice of that assignment to all subtenants within ten (10) days after the effective date of the surrender and termination.

b) Removal of Tenant Property by Tenant . On the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, Tenant shall quit the Unit Property and surrender possession to Landlord in accordance with this section. Tenant shall leave the Unit Property in substantially the same condition as existed on the Lease Commencement Date, with all Tenant Improvements intact , except for reasonable wear and tear. On expiration or termination, Tenant shall, without expense to Landlord, remove or cause to be removed from the Unit Property: (a) All debris and rubbish; (b) Any items of furniture, equipment, freestanding cabinet work, and other articles of personal property owned by Tenant or installed or placed by Tenant at its expense in the Unit Property; (c) Any similar articles of any other persons claiming under Tenant that Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion, requires to be removed; and (d) Any alterations and improvements that Tenant is required to remove under Section 11. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense, repair all damage or injury that may occur to the Unit Property caused by Tenant’s removal of those items and shall restore the Unit Property to its original condition as of the Lease Commencement Date, with Tenant Improvements intact.

 

18. HOLDING OVER.

a) Holdover Rent . If Tenant remains in possession of the Unit Property after expiration or earlier termination of this Lease with Landlord’s express written consent, Tenant’s occupancy shall be a month-to-month tenancy at a rent agreed on by Landlord and Tenant but in no event less

 

26


than the Base Rent and Additional Rent payable under this Lease during the last full month before the date of expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. The month-to-month tenancy shall be on the terms and conditions of this Lease except as provided in (a) the preceding sentence and (b) the Lease clauses concerning lease term and extension rights. Landlord’s acceptance of rent after such holding over with Landlord’s written consent shall not result in any other tenancy or in a renewal of the original term of this Lease. If Tenant remains in possession of the Unit Property after expiration or earlier termination of this Lease without Landlord’s consent, Tenant’s continued possession shall be on the basis of a tenancy at sufferance and Tenant shall pay as monthly rent during the holdover period an amount equal to the greater of: (1) One-hundred and fifteen percent (115%) of the fair market rental (as reasonably determined by Landlord) for the Unit Property; or (2) One-hundred Fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent and Additional Rent payable under this Lease for the last full month before the date of expiration or termination.

b) No Consent or Waiver Implied . Nothing in this Section 18 shall be construed as implied consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant. Landlord expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to surrender possession of the Unit Property to Landlord as provided in this Lease on expiration or other termination of this Lease. The provisions of this Section 18 shall not be considered to limit or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies of Landlord provided in this Lease or at law.

 

19. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES.

a) Tenant’s Obligation to Provide Estoppel Certificates . Within ten (10) days after a written request by Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord an estoppel certificate, in a form acceptable to Landlord, indicating in the certificate any exceptions to the statements in the certificate that may exist at that time. The certificate shall also contain any other information reasonably requested by Landlord or any existing or prospective lender, mortgagee, or purchaser. To the extent Tenant fails to provide the estoppel certificate within ten (10) days, the Landlord shall be entitled and hereby authorized to execute the Estoppel Certificate on the Tenant’s behalf, and the content thereof shall be deemed approved by Tenant, and Tenant shall be bound by the terms as though Tenant had executed the same.

b) Financial Statements . When reasonably requested or required by a lender, or purchaser, or in the event that Tenant seeks to exercise any right to extend the term of this Lease, within fifteen (15) days after a written request by Landlord, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a copy of the financial statements set forth in Tenant’s 10-K or a similar certified public accountant’s certified financial report or statement for the two (2) years preceding the current financial statement year.

c) Failure to Deliver . Tenant’s failure to execute or deliver an Estoppel Certificate in the required time period shall constitute an acknowledgment by Tenant that the statements included in any Estoppel Certificate prepared by Landlord under Section 19(a) are true and correct, without exception. Tenant’s failure to execute or deliver an Estoppel Certificate or other document or instrument required under this Section 19 in a timely manner shall be a material breach of this Lease.

 

27


20. SUBORDINATION, NONDISTURBANCE, AND ATTORNMENT.

a) Automatic Subordination . This Lease is subject and subordinate to: (a) the lien of any mortgages, deeds of trust, or other encumbrances (Encumbrances) of the Development Property; (b) all present and future ground or underlying leases (Underlying Leases) of the Development now in force against the Development; (c) all renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations, and replacements of the items described in subparagraphs (a)-(b); and (d) all advances made or hereafter to be made on the security of the Encumbrances. Despite any other provision of this Section 20, any Encumbrance holder or Landlord may elect that this Lease shall be senior to and have priority over that Encumbrance or Underlying Lease whether this Lease is dated before or after the date of the Encumbrance or Underlying Lease.

b) Subordination Agreement; Agency . This subordination is self-operative, and no further instrument of subordination shall be required to make it effective. To confirm this subordination, however, Tenant shall, within five (5) days after Landlord’s request, execute any further instruments, subordination agreement(s) or assurances in recordable form that Landlord reasonably considers necessary to evidence or confirm the subordination or superiority of this Lease, as Landlord may elect, to any such Encumbrances or Underlying Leases. Tenant’s failure to execute and deliver such instrument(s) shall constitute a material breach and default under this Lease.

c) Attornment . Tenant covenants and agrees to attorn to the transferee of Landlord’s interest in the Real Property by voluntary sale or transfer, by foreclosure, deed in lieu of foreclosure, by exercise of any remedy provided in any Encumbrance or Underlying Lease, or operation of law (without any deductions or setoffs), if requested to do so by the transferee, and to recognize the transferee as the Landlord under this Lease. Such transferee shall not be liable for: (a) any acts, omissions, or defaults of Landlord that occurred before the sale or conveyance; or (b) the return of any security deposit except for deposits actually paid to or received by the transferee.

d) Non-disturbance . Notwithstanding the terms of this Section 20, Tenant’s right to quiet possession of the Unit Property shall not be disturbed so long as Tenant is not in default pursuant to Section 21 below.

e) Notice of Default; Right to Cure . Tenant agrees to give written notice of any default by Landlord to the holder of any Encumbrance or Underlying Lease ( “Lienholder”). Tenant agrees that, before it exercises any rights or remedies under the Lease, the Lienholder or Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to cure the default within the same time, if any, given to Landlord to cure the default, plus what ever additional period is required by the Lienholder , which in any event shall be not less than an additional thirty (30) days. Tenant agrees that this cure period shall be extended by the time necessary for the Lienholder to begin foreclosure proceedings and to obtain possession of the Unit Property or Development, as applicable.

 

21. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES.

a) Tenant’s Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease:

 

28


i) Tenant’s failure to pay when due any Rent required to be paid under this Lease if the failure continues for five (5) business days after written notice of the failure from Landlord to Tenant;

ii) Tenant’s failure to provide any instrument or assurance or estoppel certificate as required by Sections 19 and 20 if the failure continues for ten (10) days after written notice of the failure from Landlord to Tenant;

iii) Tenant’s failure to perform any other obligation under this Lease if the failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice of the failure from Landlord to Tenant; provided, however, that if such failure is not susceptible of cure within such thirty (30) day period, Tenant shall not be in default so long as Tenant commences the cure within such thirty (30) day period and diligently pursues cure to completion.

iv) Tenant’s abandonment of the Unit Property, including Tenant’s absence from the Unit Property for seven (7) consecutive days (excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and California legal holidays) while in default under any provision of this Lease;

v) To the extent permitted by law:

(1) A general assignment by Tenant or any guarantor of the Lease for the benefit of creditors;

(2) The filing by or against Tenant, or any guarantor, of any proceeding under an insolvency or bankruptcy law, unless (in the case of an involuntary proceeding) the proceeding is dismissed within sixty (60) days;

(3) The appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of all or substantially all the assets of Tenant or any guarantor, unless possession is unconditionally restored to Tenant or that guarantor within thirty (30) days and the trusteeship or receivership is dissolved;

(4) Any execution or other judicially authorized seizure of all or substantially all the assets of Tenant located on the Unit Property, or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, unless that seizure is discharged within thirty (30) days; or

vi) The committing of waste on the Unit Property.

b) Replacement of Statutory Notice Requirements . When this Lease requires service of a notice, that notice shall not be deemed to replace statutory notice, including any notices required by Code of Civil Procedure section 1161 or any similar or successor statute. When a statute requires service of a notice within a particular time and/or in a particular manner, service of that notice (or a similar notice required by this Lease) in the manner required by Section shall not replace or satisfy the statutory service-of-notice procedures, including those required by Code of Civil Procedure section 1162 or any similar or successor statute to the fullest extent permitted by law. In the event of any conflict between the notice provisions of this Lease and any California statutory law, the terms of the statutory law shall be deemed to control the rights and obligations of the parties.

 

29


c) Landlord’s Remedies on Tenant’s Default. On the occurrence of a default by Tenant, Landlord shall have the right to pursue any one or more of the following remedies in addition to any other remedies now or later available to Landlord at law or in equity. These remedies are not exclusive but cumulative.

i) Termination of Lease . Landlord may terminate this Lease and recover possession of the Unit Property. Once Landlord has terminated this Lease, Tenant shall immediately surrender the Unit Property to Landlord. On termination of this Lease, Landlord may recover from Tenant all of the following: (a) The worth at the time of the award of any unpaid Rent that has accrued at the time of the termination, to be computed by allowing interest at the rate set forth in Section 23 but in no case greater than the maximum amount of interest permitted by law; (b) The worth at the time of the award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent that would have been earned between the time of the termination and the time of the award exceeds the amount of unpaid Rent that Tenant proves could reasonably have been avoided, to be computed by allowing interest at the rate set forth in Section 23 but in no case greater than the maximum amount of interest permitted by law; (c) The worth at the time of the award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the Lease Term after the time of the award exceeds the amount of unpaid Rent that Tenant proves could reasonably have been avoided, to be computed by discounting that amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of the award plus one percent (1%); (d) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform obligations under this Lease, including brokerage commissions and advertising expenses, expenses of remodeling the Unit Property for a new tenant (whether for the same or a different use), and any special concessions made to obtain a new tenant; and (e) Any other amounts, in addition to or in lieu of those listed above, that may be permitted by applicable law.

ii) Continuation of Lease in Effect . Landlord shall have the remedy described in Civil Code section 1951.4, which provides that, when a tenant has the right to sublet or assign (subject only to reasonable limitations), the landlord may continue the lease in effect after the tenant’s breach and abandonment and recover Rent as it becomes due. Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, Landlord may enforce all of Landlord’s rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover all Rent as it becomes due.

iii) Tenant’s Subleases . Whether or not Landlord elects to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, Landlord may:

(1) Terminate any sublease, license, concession, or other consensual arrangement for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the Unit Property.

(2) Choose to succeed to Tenant’s interest in such an arrangement. If Landlord elects to succeed to Tenant’s interest in such an arrangement, Tenant shall, as of the date of notice by Landlord of that election, have no further right to, or interest in, the Rent or other consideration receivable under that arrangement.

d) Form of Payment After Default . If Tenant fails to pay any amount due under this Lease within three (3) days after the due date or if Tenant draws a check on an account with

 

30


insufficient funds, Landlord shall have the right to require that any subsequent amounts paid by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease (to cure a default or otherwise) be paid in the form of cash, money order, cashier’s or certified check drawn on an institution acceptable to Landlord, or other form approved by Landlord despite any prior practice of accepting payments in a different form.

e) Acceptance of Rent Without Waiving Rights . Landlord may accept Tenant’s payments without waiving any rights under this Lease, including rights under a previously served notice of default. If Landlord accepts payments after serving a notice of default, Landlord may nevertheless commence and pursue an action to enforce rights and remedies under the previously served notice of default.

f) Tenant’s Remedies on Landlord’s Default . Tenant waives any right to unilaterally declare a termination of this Lease and to vacate the Unit Property thereunder on Landlord’s default under this Lease. Tenant’s sole remedy on Landlord’s default is an action for damages as provided under Section 13, or injunctive or declaratory relief seeking a formal declaration as to the termination of the Lease, and Tenant’s rights thereunder.

 

22. LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO PERFORM TENANT’S OBLIGATIONS

a) Landlord’s Right to Perform Tenant’s Obligations . All obligations to be performed by Tenant under this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s expense and without any reduction of Rent. If Tenant’s failure to perform an obligation continues for five (5) days after notice to Tenant, Landlord may perform the obligation on Tenant’s behalf, without waiving Landlord’s rights for Tenant’s failure to perform any obligations under this Lease and without releasing Tenant from such obligations. Within fifteen (15) days after receiving a statement from Landlord, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of expense reasonably incurred by Landlord ; in performing Tenant’s obligation under this Section, as Additional Rent.

 

23. LATE PAYMENTS.

a) Late Charges . If any Rent payment is not received by Landlord or Landlord’s designee within five (5) days after that Rent is due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge (Late Charge(s)) of ten percent (10%) of such delinquent payment as liquidated damages. Tenant shall pay this amount for each calendar month in which all or any part of any Rent payment remains delinquent for more than five (5) days after the due date. The parties agree that this late charge represents a reasonable estimate of the expenses that Landlord will incur because of any late payment of Rent (other than attorney fees and costs incurred under Section 26). Landlord’s acceptance of any liquidated damages shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default with respect to the overdue amount or prevent Landlord from exercising any of the rights and remedies available to Landlord under this Lease. Tenant shall pay the late charge as Additional Rent with the next installment of Rent.

 

31


24. NONWAIVER.

a) Non-waiver . No waiver of any provision of this Lease shall be implied by any failure of Landlord to enforce any remedy for the violation of that provision, even if that violation continues or is repeated. Any waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease must be in writing. Such written waiver shall affect only the provision specified and only for the time and in the manner stated in the writing.

b) Acceptance and Application of Payment; Not Accord and Satisfaction . No receipt by Landlord of a lesser payment than the Rent required under this Lease shall be considered to be other than on account of the earliest amount due, and no endorsement or statement on any check or letter accompanying a payment or check shall be considered an accord and satisfaction. Landlord may accept checks or payments without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover all amounts due and pursue all other remedies provided for in this Lease.

Landlord’s receipt of monies from Tenant after giving notice to Tenant terminating this Lease shall in no way reinstate, continue, or extend the Lease Term or affect the Termination Notice given by Landlord before the receipt of those monies. After serving notice terminating this Lease, filing an action, or obtaining final judgment for possession of the Unit Property, Landlord may receive and collect any Rent due, and the payment of that Rent shall not waive or affect such prior notice, action, or judgment.

 

25. WAIVER OF RIGHT TO JURY TRIAL.

Waiver of Right to Jury Trial . Landlord and Tenant waive their respective rights to trial by jury of any contract or tort claim, counterclaim, cross-complaint, or cause of action in any action, proceeding, or hearing brought by either party against the other on any matter arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, or Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Unit Property, including any claim of injury or damage or the enforcement of any remedy under any current or future law, statute, regulation, code, or ordinance.

Landlord’s initials         /s/ NT         Tenant’s initials         /s/ RS / /s/ RM        

 

26. ATTORNEY FEES AND COSTS.

Attorney Fees and Costs . If either party undertakes litigation against the other party arising out of or in connection with this Lease, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the other party reasonable attorney fees and court costs incurred. The prevailing party shall be determined under Civil Code section 1717(b)(1) or any successor statute. Landlord shall also be entitled to collect from Tenant, as costs under this Lease, any attorney fees Landlord incurs in collecting any sum due from Tenant and not timely paid under the Lease whether or not Landlord institutes any legal action to collect such sum.

 

32


27. LANDLORD’S ACCESS TO UNTT PROPERTY.

a) Landlord’s Access to Unit Property . Landlord and its agents shall have the right at all reasonable times to enter the Unit Property to: (a) inspect the Unit Property; (b) show the Unit Property to prospective purchasers, mortgagees, or tenants or to ground Landlords or underlying Landlords; (c) serve, post, and keep posted notices required by law or that Landlord considers necessary for the protection of Landlord or the Development; or (d) make repairs, replacements, alterations, or improvements to the Unit Property or Development that Landlord considers necessary or desirable. Despite any other provision of this Section 27, Landlord may enter the Unit Property at any time to: (a) perform services required of Landlord; (b) take possession due to any breach of this Lease; or (c) perform any covenants of Tenant that Tenant fails to perform.

b) Tenant’s Waiver . Landlord may enter the Unit Property without the abatement of Rent and may take steps to accomplish the stated purposes. Tenant waives any claims for damages caused by Landlord’s entry, including damage claims for: (a) injuries; (b) inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business; (c) lost profits; and (d) loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Unit Property, unless such damages arise solely from the gross negligence of the Landlord.

c) Method of Entry . For entry as permitted by this Section 27, Landlord shall at all times have a key or, if applicable, a card key with which to unlock all the doors in the Unit Property, excluding Tenant’s vaults, and safes. In an emergency situation, Landlord shall have the right to use any means that Landlord considers proper to open the doors in and to the Unit Property. Any such entry into the Unit Property by Landlord shall not be considered a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Unit Property or an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant from any portion of the Unit Property.

 

28. SIGNS.

Development Name; Landlord’s Signage Rights . Subject to Tenant’s signage rights under this Section 28, Landlord and/or the Association may at any time change the name of the Development and install, affix, and maintain all signs on the exterior and interior of the Development as they may, in their sole discretion, desire. Tenant shall not have or acquire any property right or interest in the name of the Development. Tenant may make reasonable use the name of the Development or pictures or illustrations of the Development in advertising or other publicity during the Lease Term. Tenant’s right to maintain signs at the Development shall be subject to the consent of the Association, the Project Documents, and the rules and regulations of any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Development.

 

29. TENANT PARKING.

a) Number of Parking Spaces . Tenant shall have non-exclusive use of available unmarked parking spaces within the Development as shown on Exhibit “A”. Tenant agrees and acknowledges that Tenant has no exclusive parking spaces nor exclusive parking rights within the Development parking area except as the same my be designated or other wise approved in writing by the Association.

 

33


b) Changes in Location, Layout, and Service . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the Association has the right to change the location, size, configuration, design, layout, and all other aspects of the parking facility, including the discontinuance of the escort or valet system. The Association may close off or restrict access to the parking facility from time to time to facilitate construction, alteration, or improvements, without incurring any liability to Tenant and without any abatement of Rent under this Lease.

c) Parking Rules and Regulations . Tenant’s continued right to non-exclusive use of available unmarked parking spaces within the Development is conditioned on Tenant’s abiding by all rules and regulations prescribed from time to time for the orderly operation and use of the parking facility, Laws and Orders, and the Covenants, Codes and Restrictions. Tenant shall use all reasonable efforts to ensure that Tenant’s employees and visitors also comply with such rules and regulations.

 

30. MISCELLANEOUS.

a) Captions . The captions of articles and sections and the table of contents of this Lease are for convenience only and have no effect on the interpretation of the provisions of this Lease.

b) Word Usage . Unless the context clearly requires otherwise: (a) the plural and singular numbers shall each be considered to include the other; (b) the masculine, feminine, and neuter genders shall each be considered to include the others; (c) “shall,” “will,” “must,” “agrees,” and “covenants” are each mandatory; (d) “may” is permissive; (e) “or” is not exclusive; and (f) “includes” and “including” are not limiting.

c) Counting Days . Days shall be counted by excluding the first day and including the last day. If the last day is a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday as described in Government Code sections 6700-6701, it shall be excluded. Any act required by this Lease to be performed by a certain day shall be timely performed if completed before 5 p.m. local time on that date. If the day for performance of any obligation under this Lease is a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday, the time for performance of that obligation shall be extended to 5 p.m. local time on the first following date that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday.

d) Entire Agreement Amendments . This Lease and all exhibits referred to in this Lease constitute the final, complete, and exclusive statement of the terms of the agreement between Landlord and Tenant pertaining to Tenant’s lease of the Unit Property and supercedes all prior and contemporaneous understandings or agreements of the parties. Neither party has been induced to enter into this Lease by, and neither party is relying on, any representation or warranty outside those expressly set forth in this Lease. This Lease may be amended only by an agreement in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant/the party to be charged.

e) Exhibits . The Exhibits and Addendum, if applicable, attached to this Lease are a part of this Lease and incorporated into this Lease by reference.

f) Reasonableness and Good Faith. Except as limited elsewhere in this Lease, whenever this Lease requires Landlord or Tenant to give its consent or approval to any action on the

 

34


part of the other, such consent or approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. If either Landlord or Tenant disagrees with any determination covered by this provision and reasonably requests the reasons for that determination, the determining party shall furnish its reason in writing and in reasonable detail within five (5) business days following the request.

g) Partial Invalidity . If a court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction holds any Lease clause to be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part for any reason, the validity and enforceability of the remaining clauses, or portions of them, shall not be affected.

h) Binding Effect . Subject to Section 16 and Section 30(o), this Lease shall bind and benefit the parties to this Lease and their legal representatives and successors in interest.

i) Independent Covenants . This Lease shall be construed as though the covenants between Landlord and Tenant are independent and not dependent. Tenant expressly waives the benefit of any statute to the contrary and agrees that if Landlord fails to perform its obligations under this Lease, Tenant shall not be entitled: (a) to make any repairs or perform any acts at Landlord’s expense; or (b) to any setoff of the Rent or other amounts owing under this Lease against Landlord. The foregoing, however, shall in no way impair Tenant’s right to bring a separate action against Landlord for any violation by Landlord of the provisions of this Lease if notice is first given to Landlord and any lender of whose address Tenant has been notified, and an opportunity is granted to Landlord and that lender to correct those violations as provided in Sections 20 and 21.

j) Governing Law . This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

k) Notices. All notices (including requests, demands, approvals, or other communications) under this Lease shall be in writing.

i) Method of Delivery . Notice shall be sufficiently given for all purposes as follows:

(1) When personally delivered to the recipient, notice is effective on delivery.

(2) When mailed by certified mail with return receipt requested, notice is effective on receipt if delivery is confirmed by a return receipt.

(3) When delivered by Federal Express/Airborne/United Parcel Service/DHL WorldWide Express with charges prepaid or charged to the sender’s account, notice is effective on delivery if delivery is confirmed by the delivery service.

(4) When sent by telex or fax to the last telex or fax number of the recipient known to the party giving notice, notice is effective on receipt as long as (1) a duplicate copy of the notice is promptly given by first-class or certified mail or by overnight delivery or (2) the receiving party delivers a written confirmation of receipt. Any notice given by telex or fax shall be considered to have been received on the next business day if it is received after 5 p.m. (recipient’s time) or on a non-business day.

 

35


ii) Refused, Unclaimed, or Undeliverable Notices . Any correctly addressed notice that is refused, unclaimed, or undeliverable because of an act or omission of the party to be notified shall be considered to be effective as of the first date that the notice was refused, unclaimed, or considered undeliverable by the postal authorities, messenger, or overnight delivery service.

iii) Addresses . Addresses for purposes of giving notice are as follows:

Landlord:

Nicholas and Kathleen Tompkins

684 Higuera Street. Suite B

San Luis Obispo, CA 93401

Fax: (805) 544-0394

Tenant:

MindBody Soft, Inc.

Attn: Rick Stollmeyer

9119 Margarita Road

Atascadero, Ca 93422

Fax: 866-759-7958

Either party may change its address or telex or fax number by giving the other party notice of the change in any manner permitted by this section 30, provided, however, that Tenant must provide a street address suitable for personal service when changing its address.

iv) Lenders and Ground Lessor . If Tenant is notified of the identity and address of Landlord’s lender or ground or underlying lessor, Tenant shall give to that lender or ground or underlying lessor written notice of any default by Landlord under the terms of this Lease.

l) Force Majeure . If performance by a party of any portion of this Lease is made impossible by any prevention, delay, or stoppage caused by strikes; lockouts; labor disputes; acts of God; inability to obtain services, labor, or materials or reasonable substitutes for those items; government actions; civil commotions; fire or other casualty; or other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated to perform, performance by that party for a period equal to the period of that prevention, delay, or stoppage is excused. Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent, however, is not excused by this section.

m) Time of the Essence . Time is of the essence of this Lease and each of its provisions.

n) Modifications Required by Landlord’s Lender . If any lender of Landlord requires a modification of this Lease that will not increase Tenant’s cost or expense or materially or adversely change Tenant’s rights and obligations, this Lease shall be so modified and Tenant shall execute whatever documents are required and deliver them to Landlord within ten (10) days after the request.

o) Transfer of Landlord’s Interest . Landlord has the right to transfer all or part of its interest in the Development and Unit Property and in this Lease. On such a transfer, Landlord shall

 

36


automatically be released from all liability accruing under this Lease, and Tenant shall look solely to that transferee for the performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease after the date of transfer. Landlord may assign its interest in this Lease to a mortgage lender as additional security. This assignment shall not release Landlord from its obligations under this Lease, and Tenant shall continue to look to Landlord for the performance of its obligations under this Lease.

p) Joint and Several Obligations of Tenant . If more than one individual or entity comprises Tenant, the obligations imposed on each individual or entity that comprises Tenant under this Lease shall be joint and several.

q) Submission of Lease . Submission of this document for examination or signature by the parties does not constitute an option or offer to lease the Unit Property on the terms in this document or a reservation of the Unit Property in favor of Tenant. This document is not effective as a lease or otherwise until executed arid delivered by both Landlord and Tenant.

r) Legal Authority .

i) Corporate Authority. If Tenant is a corporation, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of that corporation represents and warrants that: (a) the individual is authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of that corporation in accordance with a duly adopted resolution of the corporation’s board of directors and in accordance with that corporation’s articles of incorporation or charter and bylaws; (b) this Lease is binding on that corporation in accordance with its terms; (c) the corporation is a duly organized and legally existing corporation in good standing in the State of California; and (d) the execution and delivery of this Lease by that corporation shall not result in any breach of or constitute a default under any mortgage, deed of trust, lease loan, credit agreement, partnership agreement, or other contract or instrument to which that corporation is a party or by which that corporation may be bound.

If Tenant is a corporation, Tenant shall, within fifteen (15) days after the date of this Lease, deliver to Landlord a copy of a resolution of Tenant’s board of directors authorizing or ratifying the execution and delivery of this Lease. That resolution must be duly certified by the secretary or assistant secretary of the corporation.

If Tenant fails to comply with this subsection, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of the corporation shall be personally liable for all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

ii) Partnership Authority . If Tenant is a partnership, Tenant represents and warrants: (a) that each individual executing this Lease on behalf of the partnership is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease in accordance with the partnership agreement, or an amendment to the partnership agreement, now in effect; (b) this Lease is binding on that partnership; (c) the partnership is a duly organized and legally existing partnership and has filed all certificates required by law; and (d) the execution and delivery of this Lease shall not result in any breach of or constitute a default under any mortgage, deed of trust, lease, loan, credit agreement, partnership agreement, or other contract or instrument to which the partnership is a party or by which the partnership may be bound.

 

37


iii) Limited Liability Company Authority . If Tenant is a limited liability company, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of that company represents and warrants that: (a) the individual(s) executing this Lease on behalf of the company has/have full power and authority under the company’s governing documents to execute and deliver this Lease in the name of and on behalf of the company and to cause the company to perform its obligations under this Lease; (b) the company is a limited liability company duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of California and is duly qualified and validly existing as a foreign limited liability company in California; and (c) the company has the power and authority under applicable law and its governing documents to execute and deliver this Lease and to perform its obligations under this Lease.

s) Right to Lease . Landlord reserves the absolute right to contract with any other person or entity to be a tenant in the Development as Landlord, in Landlord’s sole business judgment, determines best to promote the interests of the Development. Tenant does not rely on the expectation, and Landlord does not represent, that any specific tenant or type or number of tenants will, during the Lease Term, occupy any space in the Development.

t) No Air Rights . No rights to any view from the Unit Property or to exterior light to the Unit Property are created under this Lease.

u) Brokers . Landlord and Tenant each represents to the other that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, except for Prime Commercial Real Estate and Richardson Properties (the “Brokers”) and that they know of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission or finder’s fee in connection with this Lease. Each party shall indemnify, protect, defend, and hold harmless the other party against all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, and costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney fees) for any leasing commission, finder’s fee, or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of the indemnifying party’s dealings with any real estate broker or agent other than the Brokers. The terms of this section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term. Landlord shall solely be responsible for the payment of any commissions, fees or other payments to the Brokers with respect to this Lease.

 

31. ACKNOWLEGEMENT OF RECIEPT AND EFFECT OF DOCUMENTS.

By its execution of this Lease, Tenant expressly acknowledges that Tenant has received and had the opportunity to read the following documents (“Project Documents”) prior to the execution of this Lease:

 

  1. The Declaration of Conditions, Covenants, and Restrictions for the Development and amendment thereto, (“CC&Rs”);

 

  2. The articles and bylaws of the Association;

Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Project Documents may be subject to amendment from time to time, in accordance with the provisions therein contained governing such amendments or modification.

 

38


32. TENANT IMPROVEMENTS .

a) Landlord’s Contribution . Landlord agrees to contribute up to Four Hundred Twenty Three Thousand One Hundred Eight and 40/100 Dollars ($423,108.40 U.S.) towards Tenant Improvements to be constructed at the Unit Property (the “Landlord’s T.I. Contribution”) said funds shall be deposited by Landlord to a designated Tenant Improvement account with Heritage Oaks Bank in San Luis Obispo, California (hereinafter the “Tenant Improvement Account”) following the Tenant providing the Landlord with duly permitted tenant improvement plans which have been approved for construction by the City of San Luis Obispo (the “Tenant Improvement Plans”) , together with bids, prepared by licensed contractors, previously and reasonably approved by Landlord, for the construction and installation of said improvements at Tenant’s expense. For purposes of this Section the bids shall be broken down for construction draws in a fashion which would be acceptable to Heritage Oaks Bank for purpose of funding construction loan financing of the Tenant Improvements, and Landlord’s obligation to deposit said funds into the Tenant Improvement Account shall coincide with the timing of the construction benchmarks associated with such draw schedule as the same is reasonably approved by Landlord or Heritage Oaks Bank. For purposes of this Section “Tenant Improvement Plans” shall only be the plans which are submitted by the Tenant for construction of Tenant Improvements at the Commencement of this Lease, and shall not include any subsequent remodel, alterations or other construction work which may be performed by Tenant. To the extent that the total projected cost of construction of the Tenant Improvement Plans (the “Bid”) is less than $423,108.40, then Landlord’s obligation hereunder shall be limited to the Bid amount, plus any changes not to exceed, in aggregate the sum of $423,108.40. To the extent that Bid, or the cost of actually building the Tenant Improvements, is exceeds the Landlord’s T.I Contribution, then Landlord’s obligation hereunder shall be limited to depositing not more than $423,108.40 into the , Tenant Improvement Account in accordance with the approved draw schedule and Tenant shall be absolutely obligated to pay the balance (hereinafter the “Tenant’s T.I. Obligation”) of such bid or actual costs. If the Bid exceeds the Landlord’s T.I. Contribution obligation as herein described, or if change orders, modifications to the Tenant Improvement Plans, or other circumstances result in the actual costs of constructing the Tenant Improvements exceeding the Landlord’s T.I. Contribution, then Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request, first pay all of the Tenant’s T.I. Obligation towards the construction of the Tenant Improvements, and Landlord shall have no further obligation to make any deposits into the Tenant Improvement Account until Tenant has first paid out all of the Tenant’s T.I. Obligation from the Tenant Improvement Account in full. Landlord agrees and acknowledges that the costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in completing the Common Area Finish Work shall not be considered as a portion of Landlord’s T.I. Contribution hereunder.

b) Tenant’s Contribution . Following the production of the Bid, Tenant agrees to deposit an amount equal to the Tenant’s TI Obligation into the designated Tenant Improvement Account, g t within fifteen (15) days, or prior to the commencement of any construction of the Tenant Improvements which ever occurs first. Tenant must deposit additional funds to be utilized by for the construction and installation of Tenant Improvements at the Unit Property to the extent that change orders, modifications to the Tenant Improvement Plans, or other circumstances result in the actual costs of constructing the Tenant Improvements exceeding the Landlord’s T.I. Contribution. Tenant shall always be responsible to deposit any funds necessary to complete Tenant Improvements into said account following the consumption of all other deposits towards Tenant Improvements which are described herein.

 

39


c) The Tenant Improvement Account . In order to facilitate the construction of the tenant improvements at the Unit Property, the parties agree that an account designated as “Tenant Improvement Account: [Description of Unit]” shall be opened at Heritage Oaks Bank in San Luis Obispo, California. Under the provisions of subparagraphs (b) and (c) hereof the total amount of the Tenant’s T.I Obligation portion of the Bid shall be initially deposited into said account by Tenant. The designated signatory for the account shall be Tenant, and the account shall be maintained in trust for the benefit of Landlord in order to construct and install the Tenant Improvements reflected on the permitted Tenant Improvement Plans. The contractor for the construction of the Tenant Improvements shall be paid on an “as incurred” basis for the construction and installation of the permitted Tenant Improvements from the Tenant Improvement Account.

d) Tenant Improvements . For purposes of this paragraph, Tenant Improvements shall not include the building shell, floor structures, minimum required stairway access, and the “street to building” installations associated with tenant utility services (“rough in” installation for basic water, sewer, telephone, electrical and gas supply systems) or the Landlord’s Common Area Finish Work. All other improvements to be made to the Unit Property, (and the costs and charges associated with the installation of said improvements including permit and other regulatory and governmental fees) , including the installation of unfinished dividing walls between the Unit Property and Common Areas shall be deemed “Tenant Improvements”.

e) Default . Should construction or installation or other costs associated with Tenant Improvements exceed, or be reasonably projected by Landlord to exceed the total sums required to be deposited by Landlord and Tenant under the Bid prepared hereunder, Tenant shall be solely responsible to deposit any and all additional amounts necessary to complete the permitted Tenant Improvements to the Unit Property as herein required. If Tenant fails to tender sufficient sums to satisfy Tenant’s T.I. Obligation, within 5 days following written notice to Tenant, then Landlord shall have the right to declare this agreement in default. Following such a declaration any and all rights of Tenant to the use and occupancy of the Unit Property under the terms of this agreement shall be deemed waived by Tenant, and Landlord shall, without further consideration being tendered to Tenant, have the right to accept the Unit Property, all Tenant Improvements, and all prior contributions made by Tenant towards the Tenant Improvements, without further liability to Tenant, and without claim for offset or reimbursement. Following such a declaration of default, Tenant acknowledges that Tenant hereby waives: (a) any right to seek reimbursement of any contributions for Tenant Improvements made by Tenant under the terms of this agreement and, (b) any right to occupy the Unit Property under the terms of this agreement. Following such a default, Tenant’s further acknowledges that Tenant’s rights under this agreement shall be deemed forfeited. Landlord shall however otherwise account to Tenant for the security deposit described under Section 6 in accordance with applicable law of the State of California.

In reaching this agreement, the parties acknowledge that the Landlord’s damages following such a default would be difficult and impractical to reasonably estimate, and that the parties have negotiated the provisions of this paragraph in order to estimate and compensate Landlord for the damages which Landlord will otherwise incur following Tenant’s breach of this Section 32 of the agreement. The remedy allowed Landlord under this Section shall not be construed as limiting Landlord’s rights to pursue any other remedies, or the recovery of any and all other damages which may be associated with Tenant’s breach of this lease in accordance with Section 21. This provision shall be limited to solely defining the relative rights and obligations of the parties as to the amounts deposited in the Tenant

 

40


Improvement Account, establishing a basis for the Landlord’s declaring a default under the Lease and, establishing Landlord’s right to immediate possession of the Unit Property following a default by Tenant under this Section.

 

33. PROJECT DOCUMENTS CONTROLLING.

Tenant hereby agrees that in the event of any conflict in the terms of this Lease with the terms of any of the Project Documents, the terms of the Project Documents shall control.

 

34. OPTION TO EXTEND TERM OF LEASE.

Tenant has the option to extend the initial six (6) year term of this Lease, subject to all the provisions contained in this Lease, for one (1) consecutive, six (6) year period (“extended term”) immediately following the expiration of the initial six (6) year leasehold term. Each such extension must be exercised by Tenant delivering written notice to Landlord of Tenant’s unequivocal intent to exercise an option (“Option Notice”) at least nine (6) months before expiration of the original; provided that if Tenant is in default on the date of giving any Option Notice, the Option Notice shall be totally ineffective, or, if Tenant is in default beyond any notice and cure provision under any provision of this Lease on the date the extended term is to commence, the extended term shall not commence and this Lease shall have expired at the end of the original six year term. For purposes of this paragraph, Tenant shall not be deemed in default under any provision of this Lease, other than one requiring the payment of Base Monthly Rent, or additional rent, unless, within forty-five (45) days preceding the Option Notice delivery or anytime thereafter, Landlord has delivered Tenant a written notice describing such default, and Tenant has failed to cure such default within five (5) business days following delivery of such notice. Tenant shall have no other rights to extend the Term of this Lease beyond the extension described in this paragraph. During any extension of the term of this Lease, Base Rent shall be determined and payable as follows:

The Landlord and Tenant shall meet and attempt to agree in writing, within 90 days following Tenant’s timely delivery of the “Option Notice” to a new Base Rent which is equal to the then Prevailing Market Rent for the Unit Property. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to meet and agree, for any reason, as to the Prevailing Market Rent for the Unit Property within ninety (90) days following the delivery of the Option Notice required of Tenant for the commencement of a new extended term, then Tenant and Landlord shall have thirty (30) days immediately thereafter within which to jointly employ an M.A.I. designated appraiser acceptable to Landlord whose primary place of business is in San Luis Obispo, California, to determine the Prevailing Market Rent for the Unit Property. For purposes of this determination, “Prevailing Market Rate” shall be deemed to be the then prevailing fair market annual rent being charged for similar commercial units of comparable quality and location within the San Luis Obispo Airport/ Tank Farm vicinity. Unless otherwise agreed to, the parties shall, within one hundred eighty (180) days of the Tenant’s delivery of the option notice, obtain a written narrative opinion of the M.A.I. designated appraiser with respect to the Prevailing Market Rent for the Unit Property (the “Appraisal Opinion”). Each party shall bear one-half of the appraiser’s cost and expenses, unless otherwise paid by Tenant, Tenant’s share shall be payable, within thirty (30) days of the delivery of the narrative opinion, to Landlord as additional rent hereunder. Except as otherwise herein provided, the

 

41


Appraisal Opinion as to Prevailing Market Rent for the Unit Property shall be binding on both Landlord and Tenant and shall be the initial Base Rent due and payable at the commencement of the extended term, payable in equal monthly installments, with the first such installment becoming due on the first day of the Extended Term (The “Lease Extension Date”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Appraisal Opinion is less than the Base Rent being charged for the Unit Property during the last lease year of the original term of this Lease, then the initial monthly Base Rent for the extended term shall be the Base Rent as the same was due and payable during the year of the original term.

During the extended term, monthly Base Rent shall continue to be due on the first day of each calendar month during the extended term. Beginning on the first anniversary of the Lease Extension Date and each successive anniversary of that date thereafter during the Lease Term (“Adjustment Date(s)”), Base Rent shall increase by three percent (3%) over the Base Rent paid for the immediately preceding year.

Except for the modifications governing the payment of Base Rent as set forth above, all other terms and conditions of this lease shall be applicable to the extended term.

 

35. RIGHT TO FUTURE DEVELOPMENT .

Landlord may, in its sole option, hereafter elect develop other adjacent real property which may be annexed into the Development, and shall have the right to proceed with the same, so long as such development does not unreasonably interfere with, or reduce the physical size of the Unit Property provided for in this Lease. To the extent that Landlord deems that Tenant’s cooperation is necessary for any reason, Tenant agrees to reasonably cooperate with Landlord in pursuing any development of the adjacent real property and shall execute any documents reasonably deemed necessary by Landlord to effect such development upon Landlords request, provided that the cost and expense associated with such documentation is borne by Landlord.

 

36. ABSOLUTE NET LEASE .

It is the express purpose and intent of Landlord and Tenant that the Base Rent herein provided to be paid to Landlord by Tenant shall be absolutely net to Landlord. This Lease shall yield net to Landlord, without abatement, set-off or deduction therefrom, the Base Rent as herein provided to be paid during the Term. All costs, expenses, and impositions of every kind or nature whatsoever relating to the Unit Property, standing alone or as a portion of the Development, above and beyond the Landlord’s T.I. Obligation, which may arise or become due during the Term of this Lease or any extensions hereof, whether billed or assessed by Landlord or the Association shall be paid by Tenant directly or as Additional Rent, and Landlord shall be indemnified and saved harmless by Tenant from and against the same. Tenant hereby assumes and agrees to perform all duties and obligations with relation to the Unit Property, as well as the use, operation, and maintenance thereof, even though such duties and obligations would otherwise be construed to be those of a lessor. In the event that any provision of this agreement is deemed ambiguous, the parties agree that this paragraph shall control any issue associated with the interpretation of any payment obligation of Tenant above and beyond payment of Base Rent. Nothing herein contained, however, shall be deemed to require Tenant to pay or

 

42


discharge any voluntary liens or mortgages of any character whatsoever which may be placed upon the Unit Property by the affirmative act of Landlord. Except as expressly set forth in this Lease, Tenant shall not have any right to terminate this Lease for any cause whatsoever, any present or future law to the contrary notwithstanding. Tenant agrees that it will remain obligated under this Lease in accordance with its terms notwithstanding any action which may be taken with respect to this Lease by Landlord, or by any trustee or receiver of Landlord in any bankruptcy or similar proceeding.

 

37. ARBITRATION OF NON-RENT DISPUTES UNDER $30,000.00 .

Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, If the parties are unable to agree, or are otherwise involved in any dispute regarding the terms of this Lease, other than a dispute involving the timely payment of any Rents due hereunder, (hereinafter “small non-rental disagreement” or “SNRD”) wherein the total amount at issue is $30,000.00 or less, then such SNRD may be submitted by either party to an impartial arbitrator whose decision shall be final and binding between the parties.

(a) Mutual Agreement : Upon the written request of either party for such arbitration delivered in accordance with the terms of Section 30(k) from either party to the other, the parties may meet or confer within five (5) days following delivery of the request, and mutually agree to an arbitrator who shall be charged with determining the SNRD within 30 days of the date of his employment. The parties shall equally split the charges and fees of any arbitrator selected by the mutual agreement of the parties.

(b) No Mutual Agreement : If the parties cannot agree to an arbitrator within five (5) days of delivery of the arbitration request, then either party may submit the matter for binding arbitration in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, and the determination or judgment on the award rendered by that arbitrator may be thereafter entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The costs and fees of arbitration by the American Arbitration Association may be divided between the parties, or otherwise awarded in any fashion deemed reasonable by the arbitrator following the arbitration hearing.

(c) No Appeal or Collateral Attack : Under no circumstances will the decision of any arbitrator of a SNRD in accordance with the limitations of this section be subject to reconsideration or appeal, and the parties hereby waive any right to appeal, or to otherwise collaterally attack, any decision or judgment rendered by an arbitrator hereunder.

(d) Non-SNRD Dispute : In the event that either party commences an arbitration under the provisions of Section 37 (b), and the other party reasonably believes that such dispute is not an appropriate SNRD under this agreement, that party shall have the right to commence an action in a court of competent jurisdiction regarding such dispute, and the provisions of this Section shall be deemed suspended and no longer applicable to the dispute. In the event that court proceeding subsequently disposes of the dispute, and the amount at issue is deemed to be less than $30,000.00, then the party who attempted to originally invoke the arbitration under this section shall be entitled to an award of all attorneys fees and costs incurred in such action, regardless of whether or not that party is in fact the prevailing party, and the provisions of Section 26 shall not be applicable to that action.

 

43


/

/

/

/

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Lease as of the date set forth above.

 

LANDLORD: TENANT:
Mindsoft Body, Inc.

    /s/ Nicholas Tompkins

    /s/ Rick Stolmeyer

Nicholas Tompkins by Rick Stolmeyer, C.E.O.

    /s/ Kathleen Tompkins

    /s/ Robert J. Murphy

Kathleen Tompkins by Robert J. Murphy C.M.O./C.F.O.

 

44


 

LOGO


 

LOGO


A GREEMENT FOR M ODIFICATION TO L EASE OF R EAL P ROPERTY

This Agreement for Modification to Lease of Real Property (“Agreement”) is made and entered into this 20 day of December, 2007 by and between NKT Commercial Properties, LLC, a California limited liability company, (“Landlord”) and MindBody Soft, Inc., a California corporation dba “Mindbody Online” (“Tenant”).

Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

1. Underlying Lease . Prior to these presents, and pursuant to a written lease agreement date November 22, 2006 the “Lease”) Landlord has leased to Tenant and Tenant has leased from Landlord certain premises which are a portion of that certain Development commonly known as 4051 Broad Street, San Luis Obispo, California, the “Tank Farm Office Park” as said Development is more particularly shown on Exhibit “A” hereto (the “Development”).

2. Additional Leasehold Space . Pursuant to this agreement (hereinafter the “Agreement”) Tenant and Landlord intend to extend the terms and conditions of the Lease to an additional portion of the Development, (hereinafter the “Additional Unit Property”), subject to the terms of the Lease, and all of the additional terms, modifications of the Lease, and other provisions of this Agreement. The Additional Unit Property which is the subject of this Agreement is a condominium unit of approximately 6930 net rentable square feet, and more particularly depicted on Exhibit “B” hereto. The Additional Unit Property is immediately adjacent to the Unit Property described in the Lease, and located within the same building (the “Building”) as the Unit Property. The Development, as used herein, means the Development as described at Section 1 of the Lease. The Building, as used herein, means the Building as described at Section 1 of the Lease.

3. Preparation of Additional Unit Property . ; Acceptance . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant accepts the Additional Unit Property under this Agreement on a “where-is and as-is “ basis and that Landlord has made no representations or warranties, of any kind, regarding the physical condition of the Additional Unit Property, or the Development, or their suitability for any particular use, except as the same are expressly contained within this Agreement. Landlord represents that the Building, as constructed , is in substantial conformity with the Building plans as the same were approved by the City of San Luis Obispo, or as the same were modified during the course of construction of the Building. Tenant represents that Tenant has satisfied itself as to the fitness of the Additional Unit Property for Tenant’s intended use. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any defect in the condition of the Additional Unit Property, the Building or Development at any time or for any reason unless the same is associated with a circumstances which constitute a material breach of any express warranty of Landlord herein contained.

4. Additional Base Rent . Commencing on May 1, 2008, Tenant shall pay to Landlord additional Base Rent, under the terms of the Lease, of One Hundred Seventeen Thousand Forty-Seven and 70/100 Dollars ($117,047.70 U.S.) per year in equal monthly payments of Nine Thousand Seven Hundred Fifty Three and 98/100 Dollars ($9,753.98 U.S.) in advance, on, or before the first day of every calendar month through out the Lease Term, without any setoff or deduction. Pursuant to this Agreement. the total Base Rent now due under the Lease shall be the sum of Two Hundred Fifty


Two Thousand Eight Hundred Ninety Five and 76/100 Dollars ($250,895.76 U.S) per year, in equal monthly installments of Twenty Thousand Nine Hundred Seven and 98/100 Dollars ($20,907.98 U.S). All rents under the Lease as herein modified shall be payable to Landlord at the address set forth at, or hereafter modified, under Section 30(k) of the Lease.

5. Additional Rents : Beginning on the May 1, 2008 all amounts due under Section 4 of the Lease as Additional Rents shall be increased and payable with respect to the Additional Unit Property for the same periods and in the same manner, time, and place as the Base Rent as herein modified is payable .

6. Tenant’s Share : Based upon the Additional Unit Property, Tenant’s Share of the various Additional Rents due under the terms of the Lease shall be increased as follows:

a) Tenant’s Building Share (“Tenant’s Building Share”) as the same is more particularly described at Section 4(a)(iv) of the Lease shall be hereby increased to Twenty Six and Four Hundredths percent (26.04 %).

b) Tenant’s Development Share (Tenant’s Development Share”) as the same is more particularly described at Section 4(a)(iv) of the Lease shall be hereby increased to Sixteen and Eight-Two Hundredths percent (16.82%).

7. Security Deposit : The Security Deposit provided for under Section 6 of the Lease shall be increased by the sum of $ 9,753.98, (the “Additional Deposit”) for a total Security Deposit to be held by Landlord in the sum of $20,907.00. The Additional Deposit shall be due and payable by Tenant at the time of the Tenant’s execution of this Agreement.

8. Landlord’s Additional Tenant Improvement Contribution . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Lease, including but not limited to Section 32, Landlord hereby agrees to increase the Landlord’s T.I. Contribution, for purposes of the improvement of the Additional Unit Property, by the sum of Three Hundred Eighty Eight Thousand Eighty and 00/100 Dollars ($388,080.00 U.S.) towards Tenant Improvements to be constructed at the Additional Unit Property.

9. Lease Terms and Conditions : It is the express intention of the parties that the terms and conditions of the Lease, and the obligations of the Tenant as therein provided for, shall be fully applicable to the Additional Unit Property, except as expressly herein modified. The Additional Unit Property shall be considered, for all intents and purposes as a part of the Unit Property under the terms and conditions of the Lease, subject to the modifications herein expressly set forth. In the event that any conflict or ambiguity exists between the terms of the Lease, and the terms of this Agreement, any such conflict or ambiguity shall be resolved in a fashion which recognizes that the sole underlying purpose of this Agreement is to extend and increase Tenant’s obligations under the Lease in order to address the effect of increasing the net rentable area to be leased by Tenant to include the Additional Unit Property.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date set forth above.

 

LANDLORD: TENANT:
NKT Commercial L.L.C. Mindsoft Body, Inc.

    /s/ Nicholas Tompkins

    /s/ Rick Stolmeyer

Nicholas Tompkins, Member by Rick Stolmeyer, C.E.O.

    /s/ Robert J. Murphy

by Robert J. Murphy C.M.O./C.F.O.


 

LOGO

AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

STANDARD MULTI-TENANT OFFICE LEASE—NET

1. Basic Provisions (“Basic Provisions”).

1.1 Parties : This Lease (“ Lease ”), dated for reference purposes only April 1, 2009 is made by and between Tank Farm Office Park, LLC (“ Lessor ”) and Caliber Audit & Attest, LLP (“ Lessee ”), (collectively the “ Parties ”, or individually a “ Party ”).

1.2(a) Premises : That certain portion of the Project (as defined below), known as Suite Number(s) 120                                           , floor(s), consisting of approximately 1,737 rentable square feet and approximately 1,572 useable square feet (“ Premises ”). The Premises are located at: 4051 Broad Street, in the City of San Luis Obispo, County of San Luis Obispo, State of California, with zip code 93401. In addition to Lessee’s rights to use and occupy the Premises as hereinafter specified, Lessee shall have non-exclusive rights to the Common Areas (as defined in Paragraph 2.7 below) as hereinafter specified, but shall not have any rights to the roof, the exterior walls, the area above the dropped ceilings, or the utility raceways of the building containing the Premises (“ Building ”) or to any other buildings in the Project. The Premises, the Building, the Common Areas, the land upon which they are located, along with all other buildings and improvements thereon, are herein collectively referred to as the “ Project .” The Project consists of approximately 90,722 rentable square feet. (See also Paragraph 2)

1.2(b) Parking : six (6) unreserved and                      reserved vehicle parking spaces at a monthly cost of $zero per unreserved space and $zero per reserved space.

1.3 Term: 3 years and 5 months (“ Original Term ”) commencing May 1, 2009 (“ Lease and NNN Commencement Date ”) and ending Sept. 30, 2012 (“ Expiration Date ”). (See also Paragraph 3)

1.4 Early Possession : If the Premises are available Lessee may have non-exclusive possession of the Premises commencing                      (“ Early Possession Date ”). (See also Paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3)

1.5 Base Rent : $2,605.50 per month (“ Base Rent ”), payable on the first day of each month commencing October 1, 2009. (See also Paragraph 4)

 

x If this box is checked, there are provisions in this Lease for the Base Rent to be adjusted. See Paragraph 50.

1.6 Lessee’s Share of Operating Expenses : For Building 4051 Broad St. is 2.96% and Lessee’s share of Operating Expenses for the Tank Farm Office Park is 1.91% percent ( %) (“ Lessee’s Share ”). In the event that that size of the Premises and/or the Project are modified during the term of this Lease, Lessor shall recalculate Lessee’s Share to reflect such modification.

1.7 Base Rent and Other Monies Paid Upon Execution :

 

  (a) Base Rent : $2,605.50 for the period October 1-31 2009.

 

  (b) Operating Expenses : $694.80 for the period May 1-31 2009

 

  (c) Security Deposit : $2,605.50 (“ Security Deposit ”). (See also Paragraph 5)

 

  (d) Parking : $zero for the period                      .

 

  (e) Other : $zero for                      .

 

  (f) Total Due Upon Execution of this Lease : $5,905.80.

1.8 Agreed Use : Accounting and related services office. (See also Paragraph 6)

1.9 Insuring Party . Lessor is the Insuring Party . (See also Paragraph 8)

1.10 Real Estate Brokers : (See also Paragraph 15)

(a) Representation: The following real estate brokers (the Brokers ”) and brokerage relationships exist in this transaction (check applicable boxes):

 

x Pacifica Commercial Real Estate represents Lessor exclusively (“ Lessor’s Broker ”);

 

x Rossetti Co. represents Lessee exclusively (“ Lessee’s Broker ”); or

 

¨                                           represents both Lessor and Lessee (“ Dual Agency ”).

 

PAGE 1 OF 21

 

    /s/ KS         /s/ NT    
                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTON-5-05/09E2


(b) Payment to Brokers : Upon execution and delivery of this Lease by both Parties, Lessor shall pay to the Brokers the brokerage fee agreed to in a separate written agreement (or if there is no such agreement, the sum of $2416.01 each ($4832.02) or 5% of the total Base Rent of the brokerage services rendered by the Brokers for the initial 3 year term plus 2 years of an Option period. The Option rent shall be a continuation of adjusting base rent including COLA. Brokers will be paid at 2.3% of total base rent for years 6-10 of the Option period. See Section 3.5).

1.11 Guarantor . The obligations of the Lessee under this Lease shall be guaranteed by                                          (“ Guarantor ”). (See also Paragraph 37)

1.12 Business Hours for the Building :         a.m. to         p.m., Mondays through Fridays (except Building Holidays) and         a.m. to         p.m. on Saturdays (except Building Holidays). “Building Holidays” shall mean the dates of observation of New Year’s Day, President’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and                                          .

1.13 Lessor Supplied Services. Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 11.1, Lessor is NOT obligated to provide the following:

 

x Janitorial services

 

x Electricity

 

x Other (specify): Any services for the interior of the Premises are Lessee’s obligation.

1.14 Attachments . Attached hereto are the following, all of which constitute a part of this Lease:

 

¨ an Addendum consisting of Paragraphs                      through                     :

 

¨ a plot plan depicting the Premises (Exhibit A);

 

x a current set of the Rules and Regulations;

 

¨ a Work Letter;

 

¨ a janitorial schedule;

 

¨ other (specify):                                         .

2. Premises .

2.1 Letting . Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby leases from Lessor, the Premises, for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease. While the approximate square footage of the Premises may have been used in the marketing of the Premises for purposes of comparison, the Base Rent stated herein is NOT tied to square footage and is not subject to adjustment should the actual size be determined to be different. Note: Lessee is advised to verify the actual size prior to executing this Lease.

2.2 Condition . Lessor shall deliver the Premises to Lessee in a clean condition on the Commencement Date or the Early Possession Date, whichever first occurs (“ Start Date ”), and warrants that the existing electrical, plumbing, fire sprinkler, lighting, heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems (“ HVAC ”). and all other items which the Lessor is obligated to construct pursuant to the Work Letter attached hereto, if any, other than those constructed by Lessee, shall be in good operating condition on said date, that the structural elements of the roof, bearing walls and foundation of the Unit shall be free of material defects, and that the Premises do not contain hazardous levels of any mold or fungi defined as toxic under applicable state or federal law.

2.3 Compliance . Lessor warrants that to the best of its knowledge the improvements comprising the Premises and the Common Areas comply with the building codes that were in effect at the time that each such improvement, or portion thereof, was constructed, and also with all applicable laws, covenants or restrictions of record, regulations, and ordinances (“ Applicable Requirements ”) in effect on the Start Date. Said warranty does not apply to the use to which Lessee will put the Premises, modifications which may be required by the Americans with Disabilities Act or any similar laws as a result of Lessee’s use (see Paragraph 49). or to any Alterations or Utility Installations (as defined in Paragraph 7.3(a)) made or to be made by Lessee. NOTE: Lessee is responsible for determining whether or not the zoning and other Applicable Requirements are appropriate for Lessee’s intended use, and acknowledges that past uses of the Premises may no longer be allowed . If the Premises do not comply with said warranty, Lessor shall, except as otherwise provided, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify the same. If the Applicable Requirements are hereafter changed so as to require during the term of this Lease the construction of an addition to or an alteration of the Premises, the remediation of any Hazardous Substance. or the reinforcement or other physical modification of the Premises (“ Capital Expenditure ”), Lessor and Lessee shall allocate the cost of such work as follows:

                (a) Subject to Paragraph 2.3(c) below, if such Capital Expenditures are required as a result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee as compared with uses by tenants in general. Lessee shall be fully responsible for the cost thereof, provided, however that if such Capital Expenditure is required during the last 2 years of this Lease and the cost thereof exceeds 6 months’ Base Rent, Lessee may instead terminate this Lease unless Lessor notifies Lessee, in writing, within 10 days after receipt of Lessee’s termination notice that Lessor has elected to pay the difference between the actual cost thereof and the amount equal to 6 months’ Base Rent. If Lessee elects termination, Lessee shall immediately cease the use of the Premises which requires such Capital Expenditure and deliver to Lessor written notice specifying a termination date at least 90 days thereafter. Such termination date shall, however, in no event be earlier than the last day that Lessee could legally utilize the Premises without commencing such Capital Expenditure.

(b) If such Capital Expenditure is not the result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee (such as, governmentally mandated seismic modifications), then Lessor shall pay for such Capital Expenditure and Lessee shall only be obligated to pay. each month during the remainder of the term of this Lease or any extension thereof, on the date that on which the Base Rent is due, an amount equal to 144th of the portion of such costs reasonably attributable to the Premises. Lessee shall pay Interest on the balance but may prepay its obligation at any time. If, however, such Capital Expenditure is required during the last 2 years of this Lease or if Lessor reasonably determines that it is not economically feasible to pay its share thereof, Lessor shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon 90 days prior written notice to Lessee unless Lessee notifies Lessor, in writing,

 

PAGE 2 OF 21

 

/s/ KS             /s/ NT        
                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTON-5-05/09E2


within 10 days after receipt of Lessor’s termination notice that Lessee will pay for such Capital Expenditure. If Lessor does not elect to terminate, and fails to tender its share of any such Capital Expenditure, Lessee may advance such funds and deduct same, with Interest, from Rent until Lessor’s share of such costs have been fully paid. if Lessee is unable to finance Lessor’s share, or if the balance of the Rent due and payable for the remainder of this Lease is not sufficient to fully reimburse Lessee on an offset basis, Lessee shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon 30 days written notice to Lessor.

(c) Notwithstanding the above, the provisions concerning Capital Expenditures are intended to apply only to non-voluntary, unexpected, and new Applicable Requirements. If the Capital Expenditures are instead triggered by Lessee as a result of an actual or proposed change in use, change in intensity of use, or modification to the Premises then, and in that event, Lessee shall either: (I) immediately cease such changed use or intensity of use and/or take such other steps as may be necessary to eliminate the requirement for such Capital Expenditure, or (ii) complete such Capital Expenditure at its own expense. Lessee shall not have any right to terminate this Lease.

2.4 Acknowledgements . Lessee acknowledges that: (a) it has been given an opportunity to inspect and measure the Premises, (b) it has been advised by Lessor and/or Brokers to satisfy itself with respect to the size and condition of the Premises (including but not limited to the electrical, HVAC and fire sprinkler systems, security, environmental aspects, and compliance with Applicable Requirements), and their suitability for Lessee’s intended use, (c) Lessee has made such investigation as it deems necessary with reference to such matters and assumes all responsibility therefor as the same relate to its occupancy of the Premises, (d) it is not relying on any representation as to the size of the Premises made by Brokers or Lessor, (e) the square footage of the Premises was not material to Lessee’s decision to lease the Premises and pay the Rent stated herein, and (f) neither Lessor, Lessor’s agents, nor Brokers have made any oral or written representations or warranties with respect to said matters other than as set forth in this Lease. In addition, Lessor acknowledges that: (i) Brokers have made no representations, promises or warranties concerning Lessee’s ability to honor the Lease or suitability to occupy the Premises, and (ii) it is Lessor’s sole responsibility to investigate the financial capability and/or suitability of all proposed tenants.

2.5 Lessee as Prior Owner/Occupant . The warranties made by Lessor in Paragraph 2 shall be of no force or effect if immediately prior to the Start Date Lessee was the owner or occupant of the Premises. In such event, Lessee shall be responsible for any necessary corrective work.

2.6 Vehicle Parking . So long as Lessee is not in default, and subject to the Rules and Regulations attached hereto, and as established by Lessor from time to time, Lessee shall be entitled to rent and use the number of parking spaces specified in Paragraph 1.2(b) at the rental rate applicable from time to time for monthly parking as set by Lessor and/or its licensee.

(a) If Lessee commits, permits or allows any of the prohibited activities described in the Lease or the rules then in effect, then Lessor shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove or tow away the vehicle involved and charge the cost to Lessee, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.

(b) The monthly rent per parking space specified in Paragraph 1.2(b) is subject to change upon 30 days prior written notice to Lessee. The rent for the parking is payable one month in advance prior to the first day of each calendar month.

2.7 Common Areas—Definition . The term “ Common Areas ” is defined as all areas and facilities outside the Premises and within the exterior boundary line of the Project and interior utility raceways and installations within the Premises that are provided and designated by the Lessor from time to time for the general non-exclusive use of Lessor. Lessee and other tenants of the Project and their respective employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees, including, but not limited to, common entrances, lobbies, corridors, stairwells, public restrooms. elevators, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, walkways, driveways and landscaped areas.

2.8 Common Areas—Lessee’s Rights . Lessor grants to Lessee, for the benefit of Lessee and its employees, suppliers, shippers, contractors, customers and invitees, during the term of this Lease, the non-exclusive right to use, in common with others entitled to such use, the Common Areas as they exist from time to time, subject to any rights, powers, and privileges reserved by Lessor under the terms hereof or under the terms of any rules and regulations or restrictions governing the use of the Project. Under no circumstances shall the right herein granted to use the Common Areas be deemed to include the right to store any property, temporarily or permanently, in the Common Areas. Any such storage shall be permitted only by the prior written consent of Lessor or Lessor’s designated agent, which consent may be revoked at any time. In the event that any unauthorized storage shall occur then Lessor shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove the property and charge the cost to Lessee, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.

2.9 Common Areas—Rules and Regulations . Lessor or such other person(s) as Lessor may appoint shall have the exclusive control and management of the Common Areas and shall have the right, from time to time, to adopt, modify, amend and enforce reasonable rules and regulations (“ Rules and Regulations ”) for the management, safety, care, and cleanliness of the grounds, the parking and unloading of vehicles and the preservation of good order, as well as for the convenience of other occupants or tenants of the Building and the Project and their invitees. The Lessee agrees to abide by and conform to all such Rules and Regulations, and shall use its best efforts to cause its employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees to so abide and conform. Lessor shall not be responsible to Lessee for the non-compliance with said Rules and Regulations by other tenants of the Project.

2.10 Common Areas—Changes . Lessor shall have the right, in Lessor’s sole discretion, from time to time:

(a) To make changes to the Common Areas, including, without limitation, changes in the location, size, shape and number of the lobbies, windows, stairways, air shafts, elevators, escalators, restrooms, driveways, entrances, parking spaces. parking areas, loading and unloading areas, ingress, egress, direction of traffic, landscaped areas, walkways and utility raceways;

(b) To close temporarily any of the Common Areas for maintenance purposes so long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available;

(c) To designate other land outside the boundaries of the Project to be a part of the Common Areas;

(d) To add additional buildings and improvements to the Common Areas;

 

PAGE 3 OF 21

 

/s/ KS         /s/ NT        
                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTON-5-05/09E2


(e) To use the Common Areas while engaged in making additional improvements. repairs or alterations to the Project, or any portion thereof; and

(f) To do and perform such other acts and make such other changes in, to or with respect to the Common Areas and Project as Lessor may, in the exercise of sound business judgment, deem to be appropriate.

3. Term .

3.1 Term . The Commencement Date, Expiration Date and Original Term of this Lease are as specified in Paragraph 1.3.

3.2 Early Possession . Any provision herein granting Lessee Early Possession of the Premises is subject to and conditioned upon the Premises being available for such possession prior to the Commencement Date. Any grant of Early Possession only conveys a non-exclusive right to occupy the Premises. If Lessee totally or partially occupies the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, the obligation to pay Base Rent shall be abated for the period of such Early Possession. All other terms of this Lease (including but not limited to the obligations to pay Lessee’s Share of the Operating Expenses) shall be in effect during such period. Any such Early Possession shall not affect the Expiration Date.

3.3 Delay In Possession . Lessor agrees to use its best commercially reasonable efforts to deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee by the Commencement Date. If, despite said efforts, Lessor is unable to deliver possession by such date. Lessor shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease. Lessee shall not, however, be obligated to pay Rent or perform its other obligations until Lessor delivers possession of the Premises and any period of rent abatement that Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed shall run from the date of delivery of possession and continue for a period equal to what Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed under the terms hereof, but minus any days of delay caused by the acts or omissions of Lessee. If possession is not delivered within 60 days after the Commencement Date. as the same may be extended under the terms of any Work Letter executed be Parties, Lessee may. at its option, by notice in writing within 10 days after the end of such 60 day period, cancel this Lease, in which event the Parties shall be discharged from all obligations hereunder. If such written notice is not received by Lessor within said 10 day period, Lessee’s right to cancel shall terminate. If possession of the Premises is not delivered within 120 days after the Commencement Date, this Lease shall terminate unless other agreements are reached between Lessor and Lessee, in writing.

3.4 Lessee Compliance . Lessor shall not be required to deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee until Lessee complies with its obligation to provide evidence of insurance (Paragraph 8.5). Pending delivery of such evidence. Lessee shall be required to perform all of its obligations under this Lease from and after the Start Date, including the payment of Rent, notwithstanding Lessor’s election to withhold possession pending receipt of such evidence of insurance. Further, if Lessee is required to perform any other conditions prior to or concurrent with the Start Date, the Start Date shall occur but Lessor may elect to withhold possession until such conditions are satisfied.

3.5 Option to Extend . Lessee shall be given an option to extend this lease for one (1) period of three (3) years, with Option rent as a continuation of this adjusting base rent. All other terms shall remain the same.

3.6 30 Day First Right to Negotiate . See Addendum.

4. Rent.

4.1 Rent Defined . All monetary obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the terms of this Lease (except for the Security Deposit) are deemed to be rent ( Rent ”).

4.2 Operating Expenses . Lessee shall pay to Lessor during the term hereof. in addition to the Base Rent, Lessee’s Share of all Operating Expenses, as hereinafter defined, during each calendar year of the term of this Lease, in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) “ Operating Expenses ” include all costs incurred by Lessor relating to the ownership and operation of the Project, calculated as if the Project was at least 95% occupied, including, but not limited to, the following:

(i) The operation. repair, and maintenance in neat, clean, safe, good order and condition, of the following:

(aa) The Common Areas, including their surfaces, coverings. decorative items, carpets, drapes and window coverings, and including parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, sidewalks, walkways. stairways, parkways, driveways, landscaped areas, striping, bumpers, irrigation systems. Common Area lighting facilities, building exteriors and roofs, fences and gates;

(bb) All heating, air conditioning, plumbing, electrical systems, life safety equipment, communication systems and other equipment used in common by, or for the benefit of, lessees or occupants of the Project. including elevators and escalators, tenant directories, fire detection systems including sprinkler system maintenance and repair.(cc)

(ii) The cost of trash disposal, janitorial and security services, pest control services, and the costs of any environmental inspections:

(iii) The cost of any other service to be provided by Lessor that is elsewhere in this Lease stated to be an “ Operating Expense ”:

(iv) The cost of the premiums for the insurance policies maintained by Lessor pursuant to paragraph 8 and any deductible portion of an insured loss concerning the Building or the Common Areas;

(v) The amount of the Real Property Taxes payable by Lessor pursuant to paragraph 10;

(vi) The cost of water, sewer, gas, electricity, and other publicly mandated services not separately metered;

(vii) Labor, salaries, and applicable fringe benefits and costs. materials, supplies and tools, used in maintaining and/or cleaning the Project and accounting and management fees attributable to the operation of the Project:

(viii) The cost to replace equipment or capital components such as the roof, foundations, or exterior walls, the cost to replace a Common Area capital improvement, such as the parking lot paving, elevators or fences. and/or the cost of any capital improvement to the Building or the Project not covered under the provisions of Paragraph 2.3. Provided however, that if such equipment or capital component has a useful life for accounting purposes of 5 years or more that Lessor shall allocate the cost of any such capital improvement over a 12 year period and Lessee shall not be required to pay more than Lessee’s Share of 1/144th of the cost of such capital improvement in any given month;

 

PAGE 4 OF 21

 

/s/ KS         /s/ NT        
                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTON-5-05/09E2


(ix) The cost to replace equipment or improvements that have a useful life for accounting purposes of 5 years or less.

(x) Reserves set aside for maintenance, repair, and/or replacement of Common Area improvements and equipment.

(b) Any item of Operating Expense that is specifically attributable to the Premises, the Building or to any other building in the Project or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be allocated entirely to such Premises. Building, or other building. However, any such item that is not specifically attributable to the Building or to any other building or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be equitably allocated by Lessor to all buildings in the Project.

(c) The inclusion of the improvements, facilities and services set forth in Subparagraph 4.2(a) shall not be deemed to impose an obligation upon Lessor to either have said improvements or facilities or to provide those services unless the Project already has the same, Lessor already provides the services, or Lessor has agreed elsewhere in this Lease to provide the same or some of them.

(d) Lessees Share of Operating Expenses is payable monthly on the same day as the Base Rent is due hereunder. The amount of such payments shall be based on Lessor’s estimate of the Operating Expenses. Within 60 days after written request (but not more than once each year) Lessor shall deliver to Lessee a reasonably detailed statement showing Lessee’s Share of the actual Operating Expenses for the preceding year. If Lessee’s payments during such year exceed Lessee’s Share, Lessor shall credit the amount of such over-payment against Lessees future payments. If Lessee’s payments during such year were less than Lessee’s Share, Lessee shall pay to Lessor the amount of the deficiency within 10 days after delivery by Lessor to Lessee of the statement.

(e) Operating Expenses shall not include any expenses paid by any tenant directly to third parties, or as to which Lessor is otherwise reimbursed by any third party, other tenant, or by insurance proceeds.

4.3 Payment . Lessee shall cause payment of Rent to be received by Lessor in lawful money of the United States, without offset or deduction (except as specifically permitted in this Lease). on or before the day on which it is due. All monetary amounts shall be rounded to the nearest whole dollar. in the event that any invoice prepared by Lessor is inaccurate such inaccuracy shall not constitute a waiver and Lessee shall be obligated to pay the amount set forth in this Lease. Rent for any period during the term hereof which is for less than one full calendar month shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days of said month. Payment of Rent shall be made to Lessor at its address stated herein or to such other persons or place as Lessor may from time to time designate in writing. Acceptance of a payment which is less than the amount then due shall not be a waiver of Lessor’s rights to the balance of such Rent, regardless of Lessor’s endorsement of any check so stating. In the event that any check, draft, or other instrument of payment given by Lessee to Lessor is dishonored for any reason, Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor the sum of $25 in addition to any Late Charge and Lessor, at its option, may require all future Rent be paid by cashier’s check. Payments will be applied first to accrued late charges and attorney’s fees, second to accrued interest, then to Base Rent and Operating Expenses, and any remaining amount to any other outstanding charges or costs.

5. Security Deposit . Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon execution hereof the Security Deposit as security for Lessee’s faithful performance of its obligations under this Lease. If Lessee fails to pay Rent, or otherwise Defaults under this Lease, Lessor may use, apply or retain all or any portion of said Security Deposit for the payment of any amount already due Lessor, for Rents which will be due in the future, and/ or to reimburse or compensate Lessor for any liability, expense, loss or damage which Lessor may suffer or incur by reason thereof. If Lessor uses or applies all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Lessee shall within 10 days after written request therefor deposit monies with Lessor sufficient to restore said Security Deposit to the full amount required by this Lease. If the Base Rent increases during the term of this Lease, Lessee shall, upon written request from Lessor, deposit additional monies with Lessor so that the total amount of the Security Deposit shall at all limes bear the same proportion to the increased Base Rent as the initial Security Deposit bore to the initial Base Rent. Should the Agreed Use be amended to accommodate a material change in the business of Lessee or to accommodate a sublessee or assignee. Lessor shall have the right to increase the Security Deposit to the extent necessary, in Lessor’s reasonable judgment, to account for any increased wear and tear that the Premises may suffer as a result thereof. If a change in control of Lessee occurs during this Lease and following such change the financial condition of Lessee is, in Lessor’s reasonable judgment, significantly reduced, Lessee shall deposit such additional monies with Lessor as shall be sufficient to cause the Security Deposit to be at a commercially reasonable level based on such change in financial condition. Lessor shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general accounts. Within 90 days after the expiration or termination of this Lease, Lessor shall return that portion of the Security Deposit not used or applied by Lessor. No part of the Security Deposit shall be considered to be held in trust, to bear interest or to be prepayment for any monies to be paid by Lessee under this Lease.

6. Use .

6.1 Use . Lessee shall use and occupy the Premises only for the Agreed Use, or any other legal use which is reasonably comparable thereto, and for no other purpose. Lessee shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in a manner that is unlawful, creates damage, waste or a nuisance, or that disturbs occupants of or causes damage to neighboring premises or properties. Other than guide, signal and seeing eye dogs, Lessee shall not keep or allow in the Premises any pets, animals, birds, fish, or reptiles. Lessor shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any written request for a modification of the Agreed Use, so long as the same will not impair the structural integrity of the improvements of the Building, will not adversely affect the mechanical, electrical. HVAC, and other systems of the Building, and/or will not affect the exterior appearance of the Building. If Lessor elects to withhold consent. Lessor shall within 7 days after such request give written notification of same. which notice shall include an explanation of Lessor’s objections to the change in the Agreed Use.

 

PAGE 5 OF 21

 

    /s/ KS         /s/ NT    
                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTON-5-05/09E2


6.2 Hazardous Substances .

(a) Reportable Uses Require Consent . The term ‘ Hazardous Substance ” as used in this Lease shall mean any product, substance, or waste whose presence, use, manufacture, disposal, transportation, or release, either by itself or in combination with other materials expected to be on the Premises, is either: (i) potentially injurious to the public health, safety or welfare, the environment or the Premises, (ii) regulated or monitored by any governmental authority, or (iii) a basis for potential liability of Lessor to any governmental agency or third party under any applicable statute or common law theory. Hazardous Substances shall include, but not be limited to, hydrocarbons, petroleum, gasoline, and/or crude oil or any products, by-products or fractions thereof. Lessee shall not engage in any activity in or on the Premises which constitutes a Reportable Use of Hazardous Substances without the express prior written consent of Lessor and timely compliance (at Lessee’s expense) with all Applicable Requirements. “ Reportable Use ” shall mean (i) the installation or use of any above or below ground storage tank, (ii) the generation, possession, storage, use, transportation, or disposal of a Hazardous Substance that requires a permit from, or with respect to which a report, notice, registration or business plan is required to be filed with, any governmental authority, and/or (iii) the presence at the Premises of a Hazardous Substance with respect to which any Applicable Requirements requires that a notice be given to persons entering or occupying the Premises or neighboring properties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee may use any ordinary and customary materials reasonably required to be used in the normal course of the Agreed Use such as ordinary office supplies (copier toner. liquid paper, glue, etc.) and common household cleaning materials, so long as such use is in compliance with all Applicable Requirements, is not a Reportable Use, and does not expose the Premises or neighboring property to any meaningful risk of contamination or damage or expose Lessor to any liability therefor. In addition, Lessor may condition its consent to any Reportable Use upon receiving such additional assurances as Lessor reasonably deems necessary to protect itself, the public. the Premises and/or the environment against damage, contamination, injury and/or liability, including, but not limited to, the installation (and removal on or before Lease expiration or termination) of protective modifications (such as concrete encasements) and/or increasing the Security Deposit.

(b) Duty to Inform Lessor . If Lessee knows. or has reasonable cause to believe, that a Hazardous Substance has come to be located in, on, under or about the Premises, other than as previously consented to by Lessor. Lessee shall immediately give written notice of such fact to Lessor, and provide Lessor with a copy of any report, notice, claim or other documentation which it has concerning the presence of such Hazardous Substance.

(c) Lessee Remediation . Lessee shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substance to be spilled or released in, on, under, or about the Premises (including through the plumbing or sanitary sewer system) and shall promptly, at Lessee’s expense, comply with all Applicable Requirements and take all investigatory and/or remedial action reasonably recommended, whether or not formally ordered or required, for the cleanup of any contamination of, and for the maintenance, security and/or monitoring of the Premises or neighboring properties, that was caused or materially contributed to by Lessee, or pertaining to or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises during the term of this Lease, by or for Lessee, or any third party.

(d) Lessee Indemnification . Lessee shall indemnify, defend and hold Lessor, its agents, employees, lenders and ground lessor, if any. harmless from and against any and all loss of rents and/or damages, liabilities, judgments, claims. expenses, penalties, and attorneys’ and consultants’ fees arising out of or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any third party (provided, however, that Lessee shall have no liability under this Lease with respect to underground migration of any Hazardous Substance under the Premises from areas outside of the Project not caused or contributed to by Lessee). Lessee’s obligations shall include, but not be limited to. the effects of any contamination or injury to person, property or the environment created or suffered by Lessee, and the cost of investigation, removal, remediation. restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. No termination, cancellation or release agreement entered into by Lessor and Lessee shall release Lessee from its obligations under this Lease with respect to Hazardous Substances, unless specifically so agreed by Lessor in writing at the time of such agreement.

(e) Lessor Indemnification . Lessor and its successors and assigns shall indemnify, defend, reimburse and hold Lessee, its employees and lenders. harmless from and against any and all environmental damages, including the cost of remediation, which result from Hazardous Substances which existed on the Premises prior to Lessee’s occupancy or which are caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor, its agents or employees. Lessor’s obligations, as and when required by the Applicable Requirements, shall include, but not be limited to, the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

(f) Investigations and Remediations . Lessor shall retain the responsibility and pay for any investigations or remediation measures required by governmental entities having jurisdiction with respect to the existence of Hazardous Substances on the Premises prior to Lessee’s occupancy, unless such remediation measure is required as a result of Lessee’s use (including “Alterations”, as defined in paragraph 7.3(a) below) of the Premises, in which event Lessee shall be responsible for such payment. Lessee shall cooperate fully in any such activities at the request of Lessor, including allowing Lessor and Lessor’s agents to have reasonable access to the Premises at reasonable times in order to carry out Lessor’s investigative and remedial responsibilities.

                (g) Lessor Termination Option . If a Hazardous Substance Condition (see Paragraph 9.1(e)) occurs during the term of this Lease. unless Lessee is legally responsible therefor (in which case Lessee shall make the investigation and remediation thereof required by the Applicable Requirements and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, but subject to Lessor’s rights under Paragraph 6.2(d) and Paragraph 13), Lessor may. at Lessor’s option, either (i) investigate and remediate such Hazardous Substance Condition, if required, as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) if the estimated cost to remediate such condition exceeds 12 times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater, give written notice to Lessee, within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such Hazardous Substance Condition, of Lessor’s desire to terminate this Lease as of the date 60 days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to give a termination notice, Lessee may, within 10 days thereafter, give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay the amount by which the cost of the remediation of such Hazardous Substance Condition exceeds an amount equal to 12 times the then monthly Base Rent or $100.000, whichever is greater. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days following such commitment. In such event, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such remediation as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not give such notice and provide the required funds or assurance thereof within the time provided, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in Lessor’s notice of termination.

 

PAGE 6 OF 21

 

/s/ KS         /s/ NT        
                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTON-5-05/09E2


6.3 Lessee’s Compliance with Applicable Requirements . Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, fully, diligently and in a timely manner. materially comply with all Applicable Requirements, the requirements of any applicable fire insurance underwriter or rating bureau, and the recommendations of Lessor’s engineers and/or consultants which relate in any manner to the Premises, without regard to whether said requirements are now in effect or become effective after the Start Date. Lessee shall, within 10 days after receipt of Lessor’s written request, provide Lessor with copies of ail permits and other documents, and other information evidencing Lessee’s compliance with any Applicable Requirements specified by Lessor, and shall immediately upon receipt, notify Lessor in writing (with copies of any documents involved) of any threatened or actual claim, notice, citation, warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving the failure of Lessee or the Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements. Likewise, Lessee shall immediately give written notice to Lessor of: (i) any water damage to the Premises and any suspected seepage, pooling, dampness or other condition conducive to the production of mold; or (ii) any mustiness or other odors that might indicate the presence of mold in the Premises.

6.4 Inspection; Compliance . Lessor and Lessor’s “ Lender ” (as defined in Paragraph 30) and consultants shall have the right to enter into Premises at any time. in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times after reasonable notice, for the purpose of inspecting the condition of the Premises and for verifying compliance by Lessee with this Lease. The cost of any such inspections shall be paid by Lessor, unless a violation of Applicable Requirements, or a Hazardous Substance Condition (see paragraph 9.1) is found to exist or be imminent, or the inspection is requested or ordered by a governmental authority. In such case, Lessee shall upon request reimburse Lessor for the cost of such inspection, so long as such inspection is reasonably related to the violation or contamination. In addition. Lessee shall provide copies of all relevant material safety data sheets (MSDS) to Lessor within 10 days of the receipt of written request therefor.

7. Maintenance; Repairs, Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures and Alterations .

 

7.1 Lessee’s Obligations . Notwithstanding Lessor’s obligation to keep the Premises in good condition and repair. Lessee shall be responsible for payment of the cost thereof to Lessor as additional rent for that portion of the cost of any maintenance and repair of the Premises, or any equipment (wherever located) that serves only Lessee or the Premises, to the extent such cost is attributable to causes beyond normal wear and tear. Lessee shall be responsible for the cost of painting, repairing or replacing wall coverings, and to repair or replace any improvements with the Premises. Lessor may, at its option, upon reasonable notice. elect to have Lessee perform any particular such maintenance or repairs the cost of which is otherwise Lessee’s responsibility hereunder.

7.2 Lessor’s Obligations . Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 4.2 (Operating Expenses), 6 (Use), 7.1 (Lessee’s Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction) and 14 (Condemnation), Lessor, subject to reimbursement pursuant to Paragraph 4.2, shall keep in good order, condition and repair the foundations, exterior walls, structural condition of interior bearing walls, exterior roof, fire sprinkler system, fire alarm and/or smoke detection systems, fire hydrants, and the Common Areas. Lessee expressly waives the benefit of any statute now or hereafter in effect to the extent it is inconsistent with the terms of this Lease.

7.3 Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures; Alterations .

(a) Definitions . The term “ Utility Installations ” refers to all floor and window coverings, air lines, vacuum lines, power panels, electrical distribution, security and fire protection systems, communication cabling, lighting fixtures, HVAC equipment, and plumbing in or on the Premises. The term “ Trade Fixtures ” shall mean Lessee’s machinery and equipment that can be removed without doing material damage to the Premises. The term “ Alterations ” shall mean any modification of the improvements, other than Utility Installations or Trade Fixtures, whether by addition or deletion. “ Lessee Owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations ” are defined as Alterations and/or Utility Installations made by Lessee that are not yet owned by Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(a).

(b) Consent . Lessee shall not make any Alterations or Utility Installations to the Premises without Lessors prior written consent. Lessee may, however, make non-structural Alterations or Utility Installations to the interior of the Premises (excluding the roof) without such consent but upon notice to Lessor, as long as they are not visible from the outside, do not involve puncturing, relocating or removing the roof, ceilings. floors or any existing walls. will not affect the electrical, plumbing, HVAC, and/or life safety systems. and the cumulative cost thereof during this Lease as extended does not exceed $2000. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee shall not make or permit any roof penetrations and/or install anything on the roof without the prior written approval of Lessor. Lessor may, as a precondition to granting such approval, require Lessee to utilize a contractor chosen and/or approved by Lessor. Any Alterations or Utility Installations that Lessee shall desire to make and which require the consent of the Lessor shall be presented to Lessor in written form with detailed plans. Consent shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s: (i) acquiring all applicable governmental permits, (ii) furnishing Lessor with copies of both the permits and the plans and specifications prior to commencement of the work, and (iii) compliance with all conditions of said permits and other Applicable Requirements in a prompt and expeditious manner. Any Alterations or Utility Installations shall be performed in a workmanlike manner with good and sufficient materials. Lessee shall promptly upon completion furnish Lessor with as-built plans and specifications. For work which costs an amount in excess of one month’s Base Rent, Lessor may condition its consent upon Lessee providing a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to 150% of the estimated cost of such Alteration or Utility Installation and/or upon Lessee’s posting an additional Security Deposit with Lessor.

                 (c) Liens; Bonds. Lessee shall pay, when due, all claims for labor or materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Lessee at or for use on the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanic’s or materialmen’s lien against the Premises or any interest therein. Lessee shall give Lessor not less than 10 days notice prior to the commencement of any work in, on or about the Premises, and Lessor shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility. If Lessee shall contest the validity of any such lien, claim or demand, then Lessee shall, at its sole expense defend and protect itself, Lessor and the Premises against the same and shall pay and satisfy any such adverse judgment that may be rendered thereon before the enforcement thereof. If Lessor shall require, Lessee shall furnish a surety bond in an amount equal to 150% of the amount of such contested lien, claim or demand, indemnifying Lessor against liability for the same. If Lessor elects to participate in any such action. Lessee shall pay Lessor’s attorneys’ fees and costs.

 

PAGE 7 OF 21

 

/s/ KS         /s/ NT        
                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTON-5-05/09E2


7.4 Ownership; Removal; Surrender; and Restoration .

(a) Ownership . Subject to Lessor’s right to require removal or elect ownership as hereinafter provided. all Alterations and Utility Installations made by Lessee shall be the property of Lessee, but considered a part of the Premises. Lessor may, at any time, elect in writing to be the owner of all or any specified part of the Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Unless otherwise instructed per paragraph 7.4(b) hereof, all Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations shall, at the expiration or termination of this Lease, become the property of Lessor and be surrendered by Lessee with the Premises.

(b) Removal . By delivery to Lessee of written notice from Lessor not earlier than 90 and not later than 30 days prior to the end of the term of this Lease, Lessor may require that any or all Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations be removed by the expiration or termination of this Lease. Lessor may require the removal at any time of all or any part of any Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations made without the required consent.

(c) Surrender; Restoration . Lessee shall surrender the Premises by the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date, with all of the improvements, parts and surfaces thereof clean and free of debris, and in good operating order, condition and state of repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. “Ordinary wear and tear” shall not include any damage or deterioration that would have been prevented by good maintenance practice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this Lease is for 12 months or less, then Lessee shall surrender the Premises in the same condition as delivered to Lessee on the Start Date with NO allowance for ordinary wear and tear. Lessee shall repair any damage occasioned by the installation, maintenance or removal of Trade Fixtures. Lessee owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations, furnishings, and equipment as well as the removal of any storage tank installed by or for Lessee. Lessee shall also completely remove from the Premises any and all Hazardous Substances brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee. or any third party (except Hazardous Substances which were deposited via underground migration from areas outside of the Project) even if such removal would require Lessee to perform or pay for work that exceeds statutory requirements. Trade Fixtures shall remain the property of Lessee and shall be removed by Lessee. Any personal property of Lessee not removed on or before the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date shall be deemed to have been abandoned by Lessee and may be disposed of or retained by Lessor as Lessor may desire. The failure by Lessee to timely vacate the Premises pursuant to this Paragraph 7.4(c) without the express written consent of Lessor shall constitute a holdover under the provisions of Paragraph 26 below.

8. Insurance; Indemnity .

8.1 Insurance Premiums . The cost of the premiums for the insurance policies maintained by Lessor pursuant to paragraph 8 are included as Operating Expenses (see paragraph 4.2 (a)(iv)). Said costs shall include increases in the premiums resulting from additional coverage related to requirements of the holder of a mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises, Building and/or Project, increased valuation of the Premises, Building and/or Project, and/or a general premium rate increase. Said costs shall not, however, include any premium increases resulting from the nature of the occupancy of any other tenant of the Building. In no event, however, shall Lessee be responsible for any portion of the premium cost attributable to liability insurance coverage in excess of $2,000,000 procured under Paragraph 8.2(b).

8.2 Liability Insurance .

(a) Carried by Lessee . Lessee shall obtain and keep in force a Commercial General Liability policy of insurance protecting Lessee and Lessor as an additional insured against claims for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage based upon or arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis providing single limit coverage in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence with an annual aggregate of not less than $2,000,000. Lessee shall add Lessor as an additional insured by means of an endorsement at least as broad as the Insurance Service Organization’s “Additional Insured-Managers or Lessors of Premises” Endorsement. The policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations, but shall include coverage for liability assumed under this Lease as an “insured contract” for the performance of Lessee’s indemnity obligations under this Lease. The limits of said insurance shall not, however, limit the liability of Lessee nor relieve Lessee of any obligation hereunder. Lessee shall provide an endorsement on its liability policy(ies) which provides that its insurance shall be primary to and not contributory with any similar insurance carried by Lessor, whose insurance shall be considered excess insurance only.

(b) Carried by Lessor . Lessor shall maintain liability insurance as described in Paragraph 8.2(a), in addition to, and not in lieu of, the insurance required to be maintained by Lessee. Lessee shall not be named as an additional insured therein.

8.3 Property Insurance—Building, Improvements and Rental Value .

                 (a) Building and Improvements . Lessor shall obtain and keep in force a policy or policies of insurance in the name of Lessor, with loss payable to Lessor, any ground-lessor. and to any Lender insuring loss or damage to the Building and/or Project. The amount of such insurance shall be equal to the full insurable replacement cost of the Building and/or Project. as the same shall exist from time to time, or the amount required by any Lender, but in no event more than the commercially reasonable and available insurable value thereof. Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee’s personal property shall be insured by Lessee not by Lessor. If the coverage is available and commercially appropriate, such policy or policies shall insure against all risks of direct physical loss or damage (including except the perils of flood and/or earthquake if required by Lessor unless required by a Lender), including coverage for debris removal and the enforcement of any Applicable Requirements requiring the upgrading, demolition, reconstruction or replacement of any portion of the Premises as the result of a covered loss. Said policy or policies shall also contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, waiver of subrogation, and inflation guard protection causing an increase in the annual property insurance coverage amount by a factor of not less than the adjusted U.S. Department of Labor Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for the city nearest to where the Premises are located. If such insurance coverage has a deductible clause. the deductible amount shall not exceed $1,000 per occurrence.

 

PAGE 8 OF 21

 

/s/ KS         /s/ NT        
                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTON-5-05/09E2


(b) Rental Value . Lessor shall also obtain and keep in force a policy or policies in the name of Lessor with loss payable to Lessor and any Lender, insuring the loss of the full Rent for one year with an extended period of indemnity for an additional 180 days (“ Rental Value insurance ”). Said insurance shall contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, and the amount of coverage shall be adjusted annually to reflect the projected Rent otherwise payable by Lessee, for the next 12 month period.

(c) Adjacent Premises . Lessee shall pay for any increase in the premiums for the property insurance of the Building and for the Common Areas or other buildings in the Project if said increase is caused by Lessee’s acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises.

(d) Lessee’s Improvements . Since Lessor is the Insuring Party, Lessor shall not be required to insure Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations unless the item in question has become the property of Lessor under the terms of this Lease.

8.4 Lessee’s Property; Business Interruption Insurance .

(a) Property Damage . Lessee shall obtain and maintain insurance coverage on all of Lessee’s personal property, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Such insurance shall be full replacement cost coverage with a deductible of not to exceed $1,000 per occurrence. The proceeds from any such insurance shall be used by Lessee for the replacement of personal property, Trade Fixtures and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Lessee shall provide Lessor with written evidence that such insurance is in force.

(b) Business Interruption . Lessee shall obtain and maintain loss of income and extra expense insurance in amounts as will reimburse Lessee for direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent lessees in the business of Lessee or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises as a result of such perils.

(c) No Representation of Adequate Coverage . Lessor makes no representation that the limits or forms of coverage of insurance specified herein are adequate to cover Lessee’s property. business operations or obligations under this Lease.

8.5 Insurance Policies, Insurance required herein shall be by companies duly licensed or admitted to transact business in the state where the Premises are located, and maintaining during the policy term a “General Policyholders Rating” of at least A-, VI, as set forth in the most current issue of “Best’s Insurance Guide”, or such other rating as may be required by a Lender. Lessee shall not do or permit to be done anything which invalidates the required insurance policies. Lessee shall, prior to the Start Date, deliver to Lessor certified copies of policies of such insurance or certificates evidencing the existence and amounts of the required insurance. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to modification except after 30 days prior written notice to Lessor. Lessee shall, at least 10 days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Lessor with evidence of renewals or “insurance binders” evidencing renewal thereof, or Lessor may order such insurance and charge the cost thereof to Lessee, which amount shall be payable by Lessee to Lessor upon demand. Such policies shall be for a term of at least one year. or the length of the remaining term of this Lease. whichever is less. If either Party shall fail to procure and maintain the insurance required to be carried by it, the other Party may, but shall not be required to, procure and maintain the same.

8.6 Waiver of Subrogation . Without affecting any other rights or remedies, Lessee and Lessor each hereby release and relieve the other, and waive their entire right to recover damages against the other, for loss of or damage to its property arising out of or incident to the perils required to be insured against herein. The effect of such releases and waivers is not limited by the amount of insurance carried or required, or by any deductibles applicable hereto. The Parties agree to have their respective property damage insurance carriers waive any right to subrogation that such companies may have against Lessor or Lessee, as the case may be, so long as the insurance is not invalidated thereby.

8.7 Indemnity . Except for Lessor’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the Premises, Lessor and its agents, Lessor’s master or ground lessor, partners and Lenders, from and against any and all claims, loss of rents and/or damages. liens, judgments, penalties, attorneys’ and consultants’ fees, expenses and/or liabilities arising out of, involving, or in connection with, the use and/or occupancy of the Premises by Lessee. If any action or proceeding is brought against Lessor by reason of any of the foregoing matters, Lessee shall upon notice defend the same at Lessee’s expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and Lessor shall cooperate with Lessee in such defense. Lessor need not have first paid any such claim in order to be defended or indemnified.

8.8 Exemption of Lessor and its Agents from Liability . Notwithstanding the negligence or breach of this Lease by Lessor or its agents, neither Lessor nor its agents shall be liable under any circumstances for: (i) injury or damage to the person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property of Lessee. Lessee’s employees, contractors, invitees, customers, or any other person in or about the Premises, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, indoor air quality, the presence of mold or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes. fire sprinklers, wires. appliances. plumbing, HVAC or lighting fixtures, or from any other cause, whether the said injury or damage results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the Building, or from other sources or places, (ii) any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other tenant of Lessor or from the failure of Lessor or its agents to enforce the provisions of any other lease in the Project, or (iii) injury to Lessee’s business or for any loss of income or profit therefrom. Instead, it is intended that Lessee’s sole recourse in the event of such damages or injury be to file a claim on the insurance policy(ies) that Lessee is required to maintain pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 8.

8.9 Failure to Provide Insurance . Lessee acknowledges that any failure on its part to obtain or maintain the insurance required herein will expose Lessor to risks and potentially cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the extent of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Accordingly, for any month or portion thereof that Lessee does not maintain the required insurance and/or does not provide Lessor with the required binders or certificates evidencing the existence of the required insurance, the Base Rent shall be automatically increased. without any requirement for notice to Lessee, by an amount equal to 10% of the then existing Base Rent or $100, whichever is greater. The parties agree that such increase in Base Rent represents fair and reasonable compensation for the additional risk/costs that Lessor will incur by reason of Lessee’s failure to maintain the required insurance. Such increase in Base Rent shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to the failure to maintain such insurance, prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder, nor relieve Lessee of its obligation to maintain the insurance specified in this Lease.

 

PAGE 9 OF 21

 

/s/ KS         /s/ NT        
                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTON-5-05/09E2


9. Damage or Destruction .

9.1 Definitions .

(a) “ Premises Partial Damage ” shall mean damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, which can reasonably be repaired in 3 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction, and the cost thereof does not exceed a sum equal to 6 month’s Base Rent. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

(b) “ Premises Total Destruction ” shall mean damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which cannot reasonably be repaired in 3 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction and/or the cost thereof exceeds a sum equal to 6 month’s Base Rent. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

(c) “ Insured Loss ” shall mean damage or destruction to improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which was caused by an event required to be covered by the insurance described in Paragraph 8.3(a). irrespective of any deductible amounts or coverage limits involved.

(d) “ Replacement Cost ” shall mean the cost to repair or rebuild the improvements owned by Lessor at the time of the occurrence to their condition existing immediately prior thereto. including demolition, debris removal and upgrading required by the operation of Applicable Requirements, and without deduction for depreciation.

(e) “ Hazardous Substance Condition ” shall mean the occurrence or discovery of a condition involving the presence of. or a contamination by, a Hazardous Substance, in, on, or under the Premises which requires restoration.

9.2 Partial Damage Insured Loss . If a Premises Partial Damage that is an Insured Loss occurs, then Lessor shall, at Lessor’s expense, repair such damage (but not Lessee’s Trade Fixtures or Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations) as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect; provided, however, that Lessee shall, at Lessor’s election, make the repair of any damage or destruction the total cost to repair of which is $5,000 or less, and, in such event, Lessor shall make any applicable insurance proceeds available to Lessee on a reasonable basis for that purpose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the required insurance was not in force or the insurance proceeds are not sufficient to effect such repair, the Insuring Party shall promptly contribute the shortage in proceeds as and when required to complete said repairs. In the event, however, such shortage was due to the fact that, by reason of the unique nature of the improvements. full replacement cost insurance coverage was not commercially reasonable and available, Lessor shall have no obligation to pay for the shortage in insurance proceeds or to fully restore the unique aspects of the Premises unless Lessee provides Lessor with the funds to cover same, or adequate assurance thereof, within 10 days following receipt of written notice of such shortage and request therefor, If Lessor receives said funds or adequate assurance thereof within said 10 day period, the party responsible for making the repairs shall complete them as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. if such funds or assurance are not received, Lessor may nevertheless elect by written notice to Lessee within 10 days thereafter to: (i) make such restoration and repair as is commercially reasonable with Lessor paying any shortage in proceeds, in which case this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, or (ii) have this Lease terminate 30 days thereafter. Lessee shall not be entitled to reimbursement of any funds contributed by Lessee to repair any such damage or destruction. Premises Partial Damage due to flood or earthquake shall be subject to Paragraph 9.3. notwithstanding that there may be some insurance coverage, but the net proceeds of any such insurance shall be made available for the repairs if made by either Party.

9.3 Partial Damage Uninsured Loss . If a Premises Partial Damage that is not an Insured Loss occurs, unless caused by a negligent or willful act of Lessee (in which event Lessee shall make the repairs at Lessee’s expense). Lessor may either: (i) repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Lessee within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such damage. Such termination shall be effective 60 days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to terminate this Lease. Lessee shall have the right within 10 days after receipt of the termination notice to give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay for the repair of such damage without reimbursement from Lessor. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days after making such commitment. In such event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such repairs as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not make the required commitment, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in the termination notice.

9.4 Total Destruction . Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if a Premises Total Destruction occurs, this Lease shall terminate 60 days following such Destruction. If the damage or destruction was caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessee, Lessor shall have the right to recover Lessor’s damages from Lessee, except as provided in Paragraph 8.6.

        9.5 Damage Near End of Term. If at any time during the last 6 months of this Lease there is damage for which the cost to repair exceeds one month’s Base Rent, whether or not an Insured Loss. Lessor may terminate this Lease effective 60 days following the date of occurrence of such damage by giving a written termination notice to Lessee within 30 days after the date of occurrence of such damage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Lessee at that time has an exercisable option to extend this Lease or to purchase the Premises, then Lessee may preserve this Lease by, (a) exercising such option and (b) providing Lessor with any shortage in insurance proceeds (or adequate assurance thereof) needed to make the repairs on or before the earlier of (i) the date which is 10 days after Lessee’s receipt of Lessor’s written notice purporting to terminate this Lease, or (ii) the day prior to the date upon which such option expires. If Lessee duly exercises such option during such period and provides Lessor with funds (or adequate assurance thereof) to cover any shortage in insurance proceeds. Lessor shall, at Lessor’s commercially reasonable expense, repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Lessee fails to exercise such option and provide such funds or assurance during such period, then this Lease shall terminate on the date specified in the termination notice and Lessee’s option shall be extinguished.

 

PAGE 10 OF 21

 

/s/ KS         /s/ NT        
                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTON-5-05/09E2


9.6 Abatement of Rent; Lessee’s Remedies .

(a) Abatement . In the event of Premises Partial Damage or Premises Total Destruction or a Hazardous Substance Condition for which Lessee is not responsible under this Lease, the Rent payable by Lessee for the period required for the repair, remediation or restoration of such damage shall be abated in proportion to the degree to which Lessee’s use of the Premises is impaired, but not to exceed the proceeds received from the Rental Value insurance. All other obligations of Lessee hereunder shall be performed by Lessee, and Lessor shall have no liability for any such damage, destruction, remediation, repair or restoration except as provided herein.

(b) Remedies . If Lessor shall be obligated to repair or restore the Premises and does not commence, in a substantial and meaningful way, such repair or restoration within 90 days after such obligation shall accrue, Lessee may, at any time prior to the commencement of such repair or restoration, give written notice to Lessor and to any Lenders of which Lessee has actual notice, of Lessee’s election to terminate this Lease on a date not less than 60 days following the giving of such notice. If Lessee gives such notice and such repair or restoration is not commenced within 30 days thereafter, this Lease shall terminate as of the dale specified in said notice. If the repair or restoration is commenced within such 30 days, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. “Commence” shall mean either the unconditional authorization of the preparation of the required plans, or the beginning of the actual work on the Premises, whichever first occurs.

9.7 Termination; Advance Payments . Upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Paragraph 6.2(g) or Paragraph 9, an equitable adjustment shall be made concerning advance Base Rent and any other advance payments made by Lessee to Lessor. Lessor shall, in addition, return to Lessee so much of Lessee’s Security Deposit as has not been, or is not then required to be, used by Lessor.

10. Real Property Taxes .

10.1 Definitions . As used herein, the term “Real Property Taxes” shall include any form of assessment: real estate, general. special, ordinary or extraordinary, or rental levy or tax (other than inheritance, personal income or estate taxes); improvement bond; and/or license fee imposed upon or levied against any legal or equitable interest of Lessor in the Project, Lessor’s right to other income therefrom, and/or Lessor’s business of leasing, by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax and where the funds are generated with reference to the Project address and where the proceeds so generated are to be applied by the city, county or other local taxing authority of a jurisdiction within which the Project is located. Real Property Taxes shall also include any tax, fee, levy. assessment or charge, or any increase therein: (i) imposed by reason of events occurring during the term of this Lease, including but not limited to, a change in the ownership of the Project, (ii) a change in the improvements thereon, and/or (iii) levied or assessed on machinery or equipment provided by Lessor to Lessee pursuant to this Lease.

10.2 Payment of Taxes . Except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 10.3, Lessor shall pay the Real Property Taxes applicable to the Project. and said payments shall be included in the calculation of Operating Expenses in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 4.2.

10.3 Additional Improvements . Operating Expenses shall not include Real Property Taxes specified in the tax assessor’s records and work sheets as being caused by additional improvements placed upon the Project by other lessees or by Lessor for the exclusive enjoyment of such other lessees. Notwithstanding Paragraph 10.2 hereof. Lessee shall, however. pay to Lessor at the time Operating Expenses are payable under Paragraph 4.2, the entirety of any increase in Real Property Taxes if assessed solely by reason of Alterations. Trade Fixtures or Utility Installations placed upon the Premises by Lessee or at Lessee’s request or by reason of any alterations or improvements to the Premises made by Lessor subsequent to the execution of this Lease by the Parties.

10.4 Joint Assessment . If the Building is not separately assessed, Real Property Taxes allocated to the Building shall be an equitable proportion of the Real Property Taxes for all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed, such proportion to be determined by Lessor from the respective valuations assigned in the assessor’s work sheets or such other information as may be reasonably available. Lessor’s reasonable determination thereof, in good faith, shall be conclusive.

10.5 Personal Property Taxes . Lessee shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes assessed against and levied upon Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures. furnishings. equipment and all personal property of Lessee contained in the Premises. When possible, Lessee shall cause its Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Lessor. If any of Lessee’s said property shall be assessed with Lessor’s real property. Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes attributable to Lessee’s property within 10 days after receipt of a written statement setting forth the taxes applicable to Lessee’s property.

11. Utilities and Services .

11.1 Services Provided by Lessor . Lessor shall provide heating, ventilation, air conditioning, reasonable amounts of electricity for normal lighting and office machines, water for reasonable and normal drinking and lavatory use in connection with an office, and replacement light bulbs and/or fluorescent tubes and ballasts for standard overhead fixtures . Lessor shall also provide janitorial services to the Premises and Common Areas 5 times per week, excluding Building Holidays, or pursuant to the attached janitorial schedule, if any. Lessor shall not. however, be required to provide janitorial services to kitchens or storage areas included within the Premises.

11.2 Services Exclusive to Lessee . Lessee shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone and other utilities and services specially or exclusively supplied and/or metered exclusively to the Premises or to Lessee, together with any taxes thereon. If a service is deleted by Paragraph 1.13 and such service is not separately metered to the Premises, Lessee shall pay at Lessor’s option, either Lessee’s Share or a reasonable proportion to be determined by Lessor of all charges for such jointly metered service.

 

PAGE 11 OF 21

 

/s/ KS         /s/ NT        
                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTON-5-05/09E2


11.3 Hours of Service . Said services arid utilities shall be provided during times set forth in Paragraph 1.12. Utilities and services required at other times shall be subject to advance request and reimbursement by Lessee to Lessor of the cost thereof.

11.4 Excess Usage by Lessee . Lessee shall not make connection to the utilities except by or through existing outlets and shall not install or use machinery or equipment in or about the Premises that uses excess water, lighting or power, or suffer or permit any act that causes extra burden upon the utilities or services, including but not limited to security and trash services, over standard office usage for the Project. Lessor shall require Lessee to reimburse Lessor for any excess expenses or costs that may arise out of a breach of this subparagraph by Lessee. Lessor may, in its sole discretion, install at Lessee’s expense supplemental equipment and/or separate metering applicable to Lessee’s excess usage or loading.

11.5 Interruptions . There shall be no abatement of rent and Lessor shall not be liable in any respect whatsoever for the inadequacy, stoppage, interruption or discontinuance of any utility or service due to riot, strike, labor dispute, breakdown, accident, repair or other cause beyond Lessor’s reasonable control or in cooperation with governmental request or directions.

12. Assignment and Subletting .

12.1 Lessor’s Consent Required .

(a) Lessee shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign, transfer, mortgage or encumber (collectively, “assign or assignment”) or sublet all or any part of Lessee’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent.

(b) Unless Lessee is a corporation and its stock is publicly traded on a national stock exchange. a change in the control of Lessee shall constitute an assignment requiring consent. The transfer, on a cumulative basis. of 25% or more of the voting control of Lessee shall constitute a change in control for this purpose.

(c) The involvement of Lessee or its assets in any transaction, or series of transactions (by way of merger, sale, acquisition, financing. transfer, leveraged buyout or otherwise), whether or not a formal assignment or hypothecation of this Lease or Lessee’s assets occurs. which results or will result in a reduction of the Net Worth of Lessee by an amount greater than 25% of such Net Worth as it was represented at the time of the execution of this Lease or at the time of the most recent assignment to which Lessor has consented, or as it exists immediately prior to said transaction or transactions constituting such reduction, whichever was or is greater, shall be considered an assignment of this Lease to which Lessor may withhold its consent. “ Net Worth of Lessee ” shall mean the net worth of Lessee (excluding any guarantors) established under generally accepted accounting principles.

(d) An assignment or subletting without consent shall. at Lessor’s option, be a Default curable after notice per Paragraph 13.1(c), or a noncurable Breach without the necessity of any notice and grace period. If Lessor elects to treat such unapproved assignment or subletting as a noncurable Breach, Lessor may either: (i) terminate this Lease. or (ii) upon 30 days written notice, increase the monthly Base Rent to 110% of the Base Rent then in effect. Further, in the event of such Breach and rental adjustment, (i) the purchase price of any option to purchase the Premises held by Lessee shall be subject to similar adjustment to 110% of the price previously in effect. and (ii) all fixed and nonfixed rental adjustments scheduled during the remainder of the Lease term shall be increased to 110% of the scheduled adjusted rent.

(e) Lessee’s remedy for any breach of Paragraph 12.1 try Lessor shall be limited to compensatory damages and/or injunctive relief.

(f) Lessor may reasonably withhold consent to a proposed assignment or subletting if Lessee is in Default at the time consent is requested.

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing. allowing a de minimis portion of the Premises, ie. 20 square feet or less, to be used by a third party vendor in connection with the installation of a vending machine or payphone shall not constitute a subletting.

12.2 Terms and Conditions Applicable to Assignment and Subletting .

(a) Regardless of Lessor’s consent, no assignment or subletting shall: (i) be effective without the express written assumption by such assignee or sublessee of the obligations of Lessee under this Lease, (ii) release Lessee of any obligations hereunder, or (iii) alter the primary liability of Lessee for the payment of Rent or for the performance of any other obligations to be performed by Lessee.

(b) Lessor may accept Rent or performance of Lessee’s obligations from any person other than Lessee pending approval or disapproval of an assignment. Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of such assignment nor the acceptance of Rent or performance shall constitute a waiver or estoppel of Lessors right to exercise its remedies for Lessees Default or Breach.

(c) Lessors consent to any assignment or subletting shall not constitute a consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting.

(d) In the event of any Default or Breach by Lessee, Lessor may proceed directly against Lessee, any Guarantors or anyone else responsible for the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, including any assignee or sublessee, without first exhausting Lessors remedies against any other person or entity responsible therefor to Lessor, or any security held by Lessor,

                 (e) Each request for consent to an assignment or subletting shall be in writing, accompanied by information relevant to Lessor’s determination as to the financial and operational responsibility and appropriateness of the proposed assignee or sublessee, including but not limited to the intended use and/or required modification of the Premises, if any, together with a fee of $500 as consideration for Lessor’s considering and processing said request. Lessee agrees to provide Lessor with such other or additional information and/or documentation as may be reasonably requested. (See also Paragraph 36)

(f) Any assignee of, or sublessee under, this Lease shall, by reason of accepting such assignment, entering into such sublease, or entering into possession of the Premises or any portion thereof, be deemed to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with each and every term, covenant, condition and obligation herein to be observed or performed by Lessee during the term of said assignment or sublease. other than such obligations as are contrary to or inconsistent with provisions of an assignment or sublease to which Lessor has specifically consented to in writing.

 

PAGE 12 OF 21

 

/s/ KS         /s/ NT        
                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTON-5-05/09E2


(g) Lessor’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not transfer to the assignee or sublessee any Option granted to the original Lessee by this Lease unless such transfer is specifically consented to by Lessor in writing. (See Paragraph 39.2)

12.3 Additional Terms and Conditions Applicable to Subletting . The following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Lessee of all or any part of the Premises and shall be deemed included in all subleases under this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein:

(a) Lessee hereby assigns and transfers to Lessor all of Lessee’s interest in ail Rent payable on any sublease, and Lessor may collect such Rent and apply same toward Lessee’s obligations under this Lease: provided. however, that until a Breach shall occur in the performance of Lessee’s obligations, Lessee may collect said Rent. In the event that the amount collected by Lessor exceeds Lessee’s then outstanding obligations any such excess shall be refunded to Lessee. Lessor shall not, by reason of the foregoing or any assignment of such sublease, nor by reason of the collection of Rent, be deemed liable to the sublessee for any failure of Lessee to perform and comply with any of Lessee’s obligations to such sublessee. Lessee hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any such sublessee. upon receipt of a written notice from Lessor stating that a Breach exists in the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, to pay to Lessor all Rent due and to become due under the sublease. Sublessee shall rely upon any such notice from Lessor and shall pay all Rents to Lessor without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether such Breach exists, notwithstanding any claim from Lessee to the contrary.

(b) In the event of a Breach by Lessee, Lessor may, at its option, require sublessee to attorn to Lessor, in which event Lessor shall undertake the obligations of the sublessor under such sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to the expiration of such sublease; provided, however, Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security deposit paid by such sublessee to such sublessor or for any prior Defaults or Breaches of such sublessor.

(c) Any matter requiring the consent of the sublessor under a sublease shall also require the consent of Lessor.

(d) No sublessee shall further assign or sublet all or any part of the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent.

(e) Lessor shall deliver a copy of any notice of Default or Breach by Lessee to the sublessee, who shall have the right to cure the Default of Lessee within the grace period, if any, specified in such notice. The sublessee shall have a right of reimbursement and offset from and against Lessee for any such Defaults cured by the sublessee.

13. Default; Breach; Remedies .

13.1 Default; Breach . A “Default ” is defined as a failure by the Lessee to comply with or perform any of the terms. covenants, conditions or Rules and Regulations under this Lease. A “Breach” is defined as the occurrence of one or more of the following Defaults, and the failure of Lessee to cure such Default within any applicable grace period:

(a) The abandonment of the Premises; or the vacating of the Premises without providing a commercially reasonable level of security, or where the coverage of the property insurance described in Paragraph 8.3 is jeopardized as a result thereof. or without providing reasonable assurances to minimize potential vandalism.

(b) The failure of Lessee to make any payment of Rent or any Security Deposit required to be made by Lessee hereunder, whether to Lessor or to a third party, when due. to provide reasonable evidence of insurance or surety bond, or to fulfill any obligation under this Lease which endangers or threatens life or property, where such failure continues for a period of 3 business days following written notice to Lessee. THE ACCEPTANCE BY LESSOR OF A PARTIAL PAYMENT OF RENT OR SECURITY DEPOSIT SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE A WAIVER OF ANY OF LESSOR’S RIGHTS, INCLUDING LESSOR’S RIGHT TO RECOVER POSSESSION OF THE PREMISES.

(c) The failure of Lessee to allow Lessor and/or its agents access to the Premises or the commission of waste, act or acts constituting public or private nuisance, and/or an illegal activity on the Premises by Lessee, where such actions continue for a period of 3 business days following written notice to Lessee.

(d) The failure by Lessee to provide (i) reasonable written evidence of compliance with Applicable Requirements, (ii) the service contracts, (iii) the rescission of an unauthorized assignment or subletting, (iv) an Estoppel Certificate or financial statements, (v) a requested subordination, (vi) evidence concerning any guarantee and/or Guarantor. (vii) any document requested under Paragraph 41, (viii) material data safety sheets (MSDS), or (ix) any other documentation or information which Lessor may reasonably require of Lessee under the terms of this Lease, where any such failure continues for a period of 10 days following written notice to Lessee.

(e) A Default by Lessee as to the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or of the rules adopted under Paragraph 2.9 hereof, other than those described in subparagraphs 13.1(a), (b), {c) or (d). above, where such Default continues for a period of 30 days after written notice; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessees Default is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its cure, then it shall not be deemed to be a Breach if Lessee commences such cure within said 30 day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.

                (f) The occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the making of any general arrangement or assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) becoming a “ debtor ” as defined in 11 U.S.C. § 101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Lessee, the same is dismissed within 60 days): (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessees interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Lessee within 30 days; or (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessees interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within 30 days: provided, however, in the event that any provision of this subparagraph (e) is contrary to any applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or effect, and not affect the validity of the remaining provisions.

(g) The discovery that any financial statement of Lessee or of any Guarantor given to Lessor was materially false.

 

PAGE 13 OF 21

 

/s/ KS          

/s/ NT          

                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTON-5-05/09E2


(h) If the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease is guaranteed: (i) the death of a Guarantor, (ii) the termination of a Guarantor’s liability with respect to this Lease other than in accordance with the terms of such guaranty, (iii) a Guarantor’s becoming insolvent or the subject of a bankruptcy filing, (iv) a Guarantor’s refusal to honor the guaranty. or (v) a Guarantor’s breach of its guaranty obligation on an anticipatory basis, and Lessee’s failure, within 60 days following written notice of any such event, to provide written alternative assurance or security, which, when coupled with the then existing resources of Lessee, equals or exceeds the combined financial resources of Lessee and the Guarantors that existed at the time of execution of this Lease.

13.2 Remedies . If Lessee fails to perform any of its affirmative duties or obligations, within 10 days after written notice (or in case of an emergency, without notice), Lessor may, at its option, perform such duty or obligation on Lessee’s behalf, including but not limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds, insurance policies. or governmental licenses, permits or approvals. Lessee shall pay to Lessor an amount equal to 115% of the costs and expenses incurred by Lessor in such performance upon receipt of an invoice therefor. In the event of a Breach, Lessor may, with or without further notice or demand, and without limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor may have by reason of such Breach:

(a) Terminate Lessee’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means. in which case this Lease shall terminate and Lessee shall immediately surrender possession to Lessor. In such event Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee: (i) the unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could have been reasonably avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could be reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor for all the detriment proximately caused by the Lessee’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including but not limited to the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, expenses of reletting, including necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises. reasonable attorneys’ fees, and that portion of any leasing commission paid by Lessor in connection with this Lease applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in provision (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of the District within which the Premises are located at the time of award plus one percent. Efforts by Lessor to mitigate damages caused by Lessee’s Breach of this Lease shall not waive Lessor’s right to recover damages under Paragraph 12. If termination of this Lease is obtained through the provisional remedy of unlawful detainer, Lessor shall have the right to recover in such proceeding any unpaid Rent and damages as are recoverable therein, or Lessor may reserve the right to recover all or any part thereof in a separate suit. If a notice and grace period required under Paragraph 13.1 was not previously given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or to perform or quit given to Lessee under the unlawful detainer statute shall also constitute the notice required by Paragraph 13.1. In such case, the applicable grace period required by Paragraph 13.1 and the unlawful detainer statute shall run concurrently, and the failure of Lessee to cure the Default within the greater of the two such grace periods shall constitute both an unlawful detainer and a Breach of this Lease entitling Lessor to the remedies provided for in this Lease and/or by said statute.

(b) Continue the Lease and Lessee’s right to possession and recover the Rent as it becomes due, in which event Lessee may sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations. Acts of maintenance, efforts to relet, and/or the appointment of a receiver to protect the Lessor’s interests, shall not constitute a termination of the Lessee’s right to possession.

(c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available under the laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are located. The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the termination of Lessee’s right to possession shall not relieve Lessee from liability under any indemnity provisions of this Lease as to matters occurring or accruing during the term hereof or by reason of Lessee’s occupancy of the Premises.

13.3 Inducement Recapture . Any agreement for free or abated rent or other charges, or for the giving or paying by Lessor to or for Lessee of any cash or other bonus, inducement or consideration for Lessee’s entering into this Lease, all of which concessions are hereinafter referred to as “Inducement Provisions”, shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s full and faithful performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease. Upon Breach of this Lease by Lessee, any such Inducement Provision shall automatically be deemed deleted from this Lease and of no further force or effect, and any rent, other charge, bonus, inducement or consideration theretofore abated, given or paid by Lessor under such an Inducement Provision shall be immediately due and payable by Lessee to Lessor, notwithstanding any subsequent cure of said Breach by Lessee. The acceptance by Lessor of rent or the cure of the Breach which initiated the operation of this paragraph shall not be deemed a waiver by Lessor of the provisions of this paragraph unless specifically so stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such acceptance.

13.4 Late Charges . Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payment by Lessee of Rent will cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed upon Lessor by any Lender. Accordingly, if any Rent shall not be received by Lessor within 5 days after such amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, Lessee shall immediately pay to Lessor a one-time late charge equal to 10% of each such overdue amount or $100, whichever is greater. The parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Lessor will incur by reason of such late payment. Acceptance of such late charge by Lessor shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder, In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder, whether or not collected, for 3 consecutive installments of Base Rent, then notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary. Base Rent shall, at Lessor’s option, become due and payable quarterly in advance.

13.5 Interest. Any monetary payment due Lessor hereunder, other than late charges, not received by Lessor, when due as to scheduled payments (such as Base Rent) or within 30 days following the date on which it was due for non-scheduled payment, shall bear interest from the date when due, as to scheduled payments, or the 31st day after it was due as to non-scheduled payments. The interest (“Interest”) charged shall be computed at the rate of 10% per annum but shall not exceed the maximum rate allowed by law. Interest is payable in addition to the potential late charge provided for in Paragraph 13.4.

 

PAGE 14 OF 21

 

/s/ KS           /s/ NT          
                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTON-5-05/09E2


13.6 Breach by Lessor .

(a) Notice of Breach . Lessor shall not be deemed in breach of this Lease unless Lessor fails within a reasonable time to perform an obligation required to be performed by Lessor. For purposes of this Paragraph. a reasonable time shall in no event be less than 30 days after receipt by Lessor. and any Lender whose name and address shall have been furnished Lessee in writing for such purpose, of written notice specifying wherein such obligation of Lessor has not been performed: provided, however, that if the nature of Lessor’s obligation is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its performance, then Lessor shall not be in breach it performance is commenced within such 30 day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion.

(b) Performance by Lessee on Behalf of Lessor . In the event that neither Lessor nor Lender cures said breach within 30 days after receipt of said notice, or if having commenced said cure they do not diligently pursue it to completion, then Lessee may elect to cure said breach at Lessee’s expense and offset from Rent the actual and reasonable cost to perform such cure, provided, however. that such offset shall not exceed an amount equal to the greater of one month’s Base Rent or the Security Deposit, reserving Lessee’s right to seek reimbursement from Lessor for any such expense in excess of such offset. Lessee shall document the cost of said cure and supply said documentation to Lessor.

14. Condemnation . If the Premises or any portion thereof are taken under the power of eminent domain or sold under the threat of the exercise of said power (collectively “ Condemnation ”), this Lease shall terminate as to the part taken as of the date the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever first occurs. If more than 10% of the rentable floor area of the Premises, or more than 25% of Lessee’s Reserved Parking Spaces, if any, are taken by Condemnation, Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, to be exercised in writing within 10 days after Lessor shall have given Lessee written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice, within 10 days after the condemning authority shall have taken possession) terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes such possession. If Lessee does not terminate this Lease in accordance with the foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises remaining, except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in proportion to the reduction in utility of the Premises caused by such Condemnation. Condemnation awards and/or payments shall be the property of Lessor. whether such award shall be made as compensation for diminution in value of the leasehold, the value of the part taken, or for severance damages: provided, however, that Lessee shall be entitled to any compensation paid by the condemnor for Lessee’s relocation expenses, loss of business goodwill and/or Trade Fixtures, without regard to whether or not this Lease is terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph. All Alterations and Utility Installations made to the Premises by Lessee, for purposes of Condemnation only, shall be considered the property of the Lessee and Lessee shall be entitled to any and all compensation which is payable therefor. In the event that this Lease is not terminated by reason of the Condemnation, Lessor shall repair any damage to the Premises caused by such Condemnation.

15. Brokerage Fees .

15.1 Additional Commission . In addition to the payments-owed pursuant-to Paragraph 1.10 above, and unless Lessor and the Brokers otherwise agree in writing. Lessor-agrees that: (a) if Lessee exercises any Option, (b) if Lessee or anyone affiliated with Lessee acquires from Lessor any rights to the Premises or other premises owned by Lessor and located within the Project. (c) if Lessee remains in possession of the Premises, with the consent of Lessor, after-the expiration of this Lease, or (d) if Base Rent is increased, whether by agreement or operation of an escalation clause herein, then, Lessor shall pay Brokers a fee in accordance with the schedule of the Brokers in effect at the time of the execution of this Lease.

15.2 Assumption of Obligations . Any buyer or transferee of Lessor’s interest in this Lease shall be deemed to have assumed Lessor’s obligation hereunder. Brokers shall be third party beneficiaries of the provisions of Paragraphs 1.10, 15, 22 and 31. If Lessor fails to pay to Brokers any amounts due as and for brokerage fees pertaining to this Lease when due, then such amounts shall accrue Interest. In addition, if Lessor fails to pay any amounts to Lessee’s Broker when due, Lessee’s Broker may send written notice to Lessor and Lessee of such failure and if Lessor fails to pay such amounts within 10 days after said notice, Lessee shall pay said monies to its Broker and offset such amounts against Rent. In addition. Lessee’s Broker shall be deemed to be a third party beneficiary of any commission agreement entered into by and/or between Lessor and Lessor’s Broker for the limited purpose of collecting any brokerage fee owed.

15.3 Representations and Indemnities of Broker Relationships . Lessee and Lessor each represent and warrant to the other that it has had no dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder (other than the Brokers, if any) in connection with this Lease, and that no one other than said named Brokers is entitled to any commission or finder’s fee in connection herewith. Lessee and Lessor do each hereby agree to indemnify, protect, defend and hold the other harmless from and against liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of the indemnifying Party, including any costs expenses, attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred with respect thereto.

16. Estoppel Certificates .

(a) Each Party (as “ Responding Party ”) shall within 10 days after written notice from the other Party (the “ Requesting Party ”) execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Requesting Party a statement in writing in form similar to the then most current “ Estoppel Certificate ” form published by the AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, plus such additional information, confirmation and/or statements as may be reasonably requested by the Requesting Party.

(b) If the Responding Party shall fail to execute or deliver the Estoppel Certificate within such 10 day period, the Requesting Party may execute an Estoppel Certificate stating that: (i) the Lease is in full force and effect without modification except as may be represented by the Requesting Party, (ii) there are no uncured defaults in the Requesting Party’s performance, and (iii) if Lessor is the Requesting Party, not more than one month’s rent has been paid in advance. Prospective purchasers and encumbrancers may rely upon the Requesting Party’s Estoppel Certificate, and the Responding Party shall be estopped from denying the truth of the facts contained in said Certificate.

 

PAGE 15 OF 21

 

/s/ KS           /s/ NT          
                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTON-5-05/09E2


(c) If Lessor desires to finance, refinance, or sell the Premises, or any part thereof, Lessee and all Guarantors shall within 10 days after written notice from Lessor deliver to any potential lender or purchaser designated by Lessor such financial statements as may be reasonably required by such lender or purchaser, including but not limited to Lessee’s financial statements for the past 3 years. All such financial statements shall be received by Lessor and such lender or purchaser in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth.

17. Definition of Lessor . The term “ Lessor ” as used herein shall mean the owner or owners at the time in question of the fee title to the Premises, or, if this is a sublease, of the Lessee’s interest in the prior lease. In the event of a transfer of Lessor’s title or interest in the Premises or this Lease, Lessor shall deliver to the transferee or assignee (in cash or by credit) any unused Security Deposit held by Lessor. Upon such transfer or assignment and delivery of the Security Deposit, as aforesaid, the prior Lessor shall be relieved of all liability with respect to the obligations and/or covenants under this Lease thereafter to be performed by the Lessor, Subject to the foregoing, the obligations and/or covenants in this Lease to be performed by the Lessor shall be binding only upon the Lessor as hereinabove defined.

18. Severability . The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

19. Days . Unless otherwise specifically indicated to the contrary, the word “days” as used in this Lease shall mean and refer to calendar days.

20. Limitation on Liability . The obligations of Lessor under this Lease shall not constitute personal obligations of Lessor or its partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders, and Lessee shall look to the Project, and to no other assets of Lessor, for the satisfaction of any liability of Lessor with respect to this Lease, and shall not seek recourse against Lessor’s partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders. or any of their personal assets for such satisfaction.

21. Time of Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of all obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease.

22. No Prior or Other Agreements; Broker Disclaimer . This Lease contains all agreements between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein. and no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective. Lessor and Lessee each represents and warrants to the Brokers that it has made, and is relying solely upon, its own investigation as to the nature, quality, character and financial responsibility of the other Party to this Lease and as to the use, nature, quality and character of the Premises. Brokers have no responsibility with respect thereto or with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party.

23. Notices .

23.1 Notice Requirements . All notices required or permitted by this Lease or applicable law shall be in writing and may be delivered in person (by hand or by courier) or may be sent by regular, certified or registered mail or U.S. Postal Service Express Mail, with postage prepaid, or by facsimile transmission, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this Paragraph 23. The addresses noted adjacent to a Party’s signature on this Lease shall be that Party’s address for delivery or mailing of notices. Either Party may by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice, except that upon Lessee’s taking possession of the Premises, the Premises shall constitute Lessee’s address for notice. A copy of all notices to Lessor shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Lessor may from time to time hereafter designate in writing.

23.2 Date of Notice . Any notice sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on the receipt card, or if no delivery date is shown, the postmark thereon. If sent by regular mail the notice shall be deemed given 72 hours after the same is addressed as required herein and mailed with postage prepaid. Notices delivered by United States Express Mail or overnight courier that guarantees next day delivery shall be deemed given 24 hours after delivery of the same to the Postal Service or courier. Notices transmitted by facsimile transmission or similar means shall be deemed delivered upon telephone confirmation of receipt (confirmation report from fax machine is sufficient), provided a copy is also delivered via delivery or mail. If notice is received on a Saturday. Sunday or legal holiday. it shall be deemed received on the next business day.

24. Waivers .

(a) No waiver by Lessor of the Default or Breach of any term. covenant or condition hereof by Lessee, shall be deemed a waiver of any other term, covenant or condition hereof, or of any subsequent Default or Breach by Lessee of the same or of any other term, covenant or condition hereof. Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any act shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Lessor’s consent to. or approval of, any subsequent or similar act by Lessee, or be construed as the basis of an estoppel to enforce the provision or provisions of this Lease requiring such consent.

(b) The acceptance of Rent by Lessor shall not be a waiver of any Default or Breach by Lessee. Any payment by Lessee may be accepted by Lessor on account of moneys or damages due Lessor, notwithstanding any qualifying statements or conditions made by Lessee in connection therewith, which such statements and/or conditions shall be of no force or effect whatsoever unless specifically agreed to in writing by Lessor at or before the time of deposit of such payment.

(c) THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE SHALL GOVERN WITH REGARD TO ALL MATTERS RELATED THERETO AND HEREBY WAIVE THE PROVISIONS OF ANY PRESENT OR FUTURE STATUTE TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH STATUTE IS INCONSISTENT WITH THIS LEASE.

25. Disclosures Regarding The Nature of a Real Estate Agency Relationship .

(a) When entering into a discussion with a real estate agent regarding a real estate transaction, a Lessor or Lessee should from the outset understand what type of agency relationship or representation it has with the agent or agents in the transaction. Lessor and Lessee acknowledge being advised by the Brokers in this transaction, as follows:

(i) Lessor’s Agent . A Lessor’s agent under a listing agreement with the Lessor acts as the agent for the Lessor only. A Lessor’s agent or subagent has the following affirmative obligations: To the Lessor: A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty. and loyalty in dealings with the Lessor. To the Lessee and the Lessor: a. Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent’s duties. b. A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith. c. A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of, the Parties. An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirmative duties set forth above.

 

PAGE 16 OF 21

 

/s/ KS        

/s/ NT        

                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTON-5-05/09E2


(ii) Lessee’s Agent . An agent can agree to act as agent for the Lessee only. In these situations, the agent is not the Lessors agent. even if by agreement the agent may receive compensation for services rendered, either in full or in part from the Lessor. An agent acting only for a Lessee has the following affirmative obligations. To the Lessee: A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty, and loyalty in dealings with the Lessee. To the Lessee and the Lessor: a. Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent’s duties. b. A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith. c. A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of. the Parties. An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirmative duties set forth above.

(iii) Agent Representing Both Lessor and Lessee . A real estate agent, either acting directly or through one or more associate licenses, can legally be the agent of both the Lessor and the Lessee in a transaction, but only with the knowledge and consent of both the Lessor and the Lessee. In a dual agency situation, the agent has the following affirmative obligations to both the Lessor and the Lessee: a. A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty and loyalty in the dealings with either Lessor or the Lessee. b. Other duties to the Lessor and the Lessee as stated above in subparagraphs (i) or (ii). In representing both Lessor and Lessee, the agent may not without the express permission of the respective Party, disclose to the other Party that the Lessor will accept rent in an amount less than that indicated in the listing or that the Lessee is willing to pay a higher rent than that offered. The above duties of the agent in a real estate transaction do not relieve a Lessor or Lessee from the responsibility to protect their own interests, Lessor and Lessee should carefully read all agreements to assure that they adequately express their understanding of the transaction. A real estate agent is a person qualified to advise about real estate. If legal or tax advice is desired, consult a competent professional.

(b) Brokers have no responsibility with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party. The Parties agree that no lawsuit or other legal proceeding involving any breach of duty, error or omission relating to this Lease may be brought against Broker more than one year after the Start Date and that the liability (including court costs and attorneys’ fees), of any Broker with respect to any such lawsuit and/or legal proceeding shall not exceed the fee received by such Broker pursuant to this Lease: provided, however, that the foregoing limitation on each Broker’s liability shall not be applicable to any gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Broker.

(c) Lessor and Lessee agree to identify to Brokers as “Confidential” any communication or information given Brokers that is considered by such Party to be confidential.

26. No Right To Holdover . Lessee has no right to retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof beyond the expiration or termination of this Lease. In the event that Lessee holds over, then the Base Rent shall be increased to 150% of the Base Rent applicable immediately preceding the expiration or termination. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as consent by Lessor to any holding over by Lessee.

27. Cumulative Remedies . No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity.

28. Covenants and Conditions; Construction of Agreement . All provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Lessee are both covenants and conditions. In construing this Lease, all headings and titles are for the convenience of the Parties only and shall not be considered a part of this Lease. Whenever required by the context, the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. This Lease shall not be construed as if prepared by one of the Parties, but rather according to its fair meaning as a whole, as if both Parties had prepared it.

29. Binding Effect; Choice of Law . This Lease shall be binding upon the Parties, their personal representatives, successors and assigns and be governed by the laws of the State in which the Premises are located. Any litigation between the Parties hereto concerning this Lease shall be initiated in the county in which the Premises are located.

30. Subordination; Attornment; NonDisturbance .

30.1 Subordination . This Lease and any Option granted hereby shall be subject and subordinate to any ground lease. mortgage, deed of trust, or other hypothecation or security device (collectively. “Security Device”), now or hereafter placed upon the Premises. to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals, modifications, and extensions thereof. Lessee agrees that the holders 01 any such Security Devices (in this Lease together referred to as “Lender’) shall have no liability or obligation to perform any of the obligations of Lessor under this Lease. Any Lender may elect to have this Lease and/or any Option granted hereby superior to the hen of its Security Device by giving written notice thereof to Lessee, whereupon this Lease and such Options shall be deemed prior to such Security Device, notwithstanding the relative dates of the documentation or recordation thereof.

30.2 Attornment. In the event that Lessor transfers title to the Premises, or the Premises are acquired by another upon the foreclosure or termination of a Security Device to which this Lease is subordinated (i) Lessee shall, subject to the non-disturbance provisions of Paragraph 30.3, attom to such new owner, and upon request, enter into a new lease, containing all of the terms and provisions of this Lease, with such new owner for the remainder of the term hereof, or, at the election of the new owner, this Lease will automatically become a new lease between Lessee and such new owner, and (ii) Lessor shall thereafter be relieved of any further obligations hereunder and such new owner shall assume all of Lessor’s obligations, except that such new owner shall not: (a) be liable for any act or omission of any prior lessor or with respect to events occurring prior to acquisition of ownership; (b) be subject to any offsets or defenses which Lessee might have against any prior lessor, (c) be bound by prepayment of more than one month’s rent. or (d) be liable for the return of any security deposit paid to any prior lessor.

30.3 NonDisturbance . With respect to Security Devices entered into by Lessor after the execution of this Lease, Lessee’s subordination of this Lease shall be subject to receiving a commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement (a “ NonDisturbance Agreement ”) from the Lender which Non-Disturbance Agreement provides that Lessee’s possession of the Premises, and this Lease, including any options to extend the term hereof, will not be disturbed so long as Lessee is not in Breach

 

PAGE 17 OF 21

 

/s/ KS           /s/ NT          
                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTON-5-05/09E2


hereof and attorns to the record owner of the Premises. Further, within 60 days after the execution of this Lease, Lessor shall, if requested by Lessee, use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a Non-Disturbance Agreement from the holder of any pre-existing Security Device which is secured by the Premises. In the event that Lessor is unable to provide the Non-Disturbance Agreement within said 60 days, then Lessee may. at Lessee’s option, directly contact Lender and attempt to negotiate for the execution and delivery of a Non-Disturbance Agreement.

30.4 Self-Executing . The agreements contained in this Paragraph 30 shall be effective without the execution of any further documents; provided. however, that, upon written request from Lessor or a Lender in connection with a sale, financing or refinancing of the Premises. Lessee and Lessor shall execute such further writings as may be reasonably required to separately document any subordination, attornment and/or Non-Disturbance Agreement provided for herein.

31. Attorneys’ Fees . If any Party or Broker brings an action or proceeding involving the Premises whether founded in tort, contract or equity, or to declare rights hereunder. the Prevailing Party (as hereafter defined) in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees. Such fees may be awarded in the same suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment. The term, “ Prevailing Party ” shall include, without limitation, a Party or Broker who substantially obtains or defeats the relief sought. as the case may be, whether by compromise, settlement, judgment, or the abandonment by the other Party or Broker of its claim or defense. The attorneys’ fees award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred. In addition, Lessor shall be entitled to attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in the preparation and service of notices of Default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default or resulting Breach ($200 is a reasonable minimum per occurrence for such services and consultation).

32. Lessors Access; Showing Premises; Repairs . Lessor and Lessor’s agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times after reasonable prior notice for the purpose of showing the same to prospective purchasers, lenders, or tenants, and making such alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises as Lessor may deem necessary or desirable and the erecting, using and maintaining of utilities, services, pipes and conduits through the Premises and/or other premises as long as there is no material adverse effect to Lessee’s use of the Premises. All such activities shall be without abatement of rent or liability to Lessee. In addition, Lessor shall have the right to retain keys to the Premises and to unlock all doors in or upon the Premises other than to files, vaults and safes, and in the case of emergency to enter the Premises by any reasonably appropriate means, and any such entry shall not be deemed a forcible or unlawful entry or detainer of the Premises or an eviction. Lessee waives any charges for damages or injuries or interference with Lessees property or business in connection therewith.

33. Auctions . Lessee shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, any auction upon the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent. Lessor shall not be obligated to exercise any standard of reasonableness in determining whether to permit an auction.

34. Signs . Lessor may place on the Premises ordinary “For Sale” signs at any time and ordinary “For Lease” signs during the last 6 months of the term hereof. Lessor may not place any sign on the exterior of the Building that covers any of the windows of the Premises. Except for ordinary “For Sublease” signs which may be placed only on the Premises, Lessee shall not place any sign upon the Project without Lessor’s prior written consent. All signs must comply with all Applicable Requirements. Lessee shall be allowed signage on monument and/or door subject to Landlord and City approval.

35. Termination; Merger . Unless specifically stated otherwise in writing by Lessor, the voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee, the mutual termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Lessor for Breach by Lessee, shall automatically terminate any sublease or lesser estate in the Premises; provided, however, that Lessor may elect to continue any one or all existing subtenancies. Lessor’s failure within 10 days following any such event to elect to the contrary by written notice to the holder of any such lesser interest, shall constitute Lessor’s election to have such event constitute the termination of such interest.

36. Consents . Except as otherwise provided herein. wherever in this Lease the consent of a Party is required to an act by or for the other Party. such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Lessor’s actual reasonable costs and expenses (including but not limited to architects’, attorneys’, engineers’ and other consultants’ fees) incurred in the consideration of. or response to, a request by Lessee for any Lessor consent. including but not limited to consents to an assignment, a subletting or the presence or use of a Hazardous Substance, shall be paid by Lessee upon receipt of an invoice and supporting documentation therefor. Lessor’s consent to any act, assignment or subletting shall not constitute an acknowledgment that no Default or Breach by Lessee of this Lease exists. nor shall such consent be deemed a waiver of any then existing Default or Breach. except as may be otherwise specifically stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such consent. The failure to specify herein any particular condition to Lessor’s consent shall not preclude the imposition by Lessor at the time of consent of such further or other conditions as are then reasonable with reference to the particular matter for which consent is being given. In the event that either Party disagrees with any determination made by the other hereunder and reasonably requests the reasons for such determination, the determining party shall furnish its reasons in writing and in reason le detail within 10 business days following such request.

37. Guarantor .

37.1 Execution . The Guarantors, if any, shall each execute a guaranty in the form most recently published by the AIR Commercial Real Estate Association.

37.2 Default . It shall constitute a Default of the Lessee if any Guarantor fails or refuses, upon request to provide: (a) evidence of the execution of the guaranty, including the authority of the party signing on Guarantor’s behalf to obligate Guarantor, and in the case of a corporate Guarantor, a certified copy of a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the making of such guaranty, (b) current financial statements, (c) an Estoppel Certificate, or (d) written confirmation that the guaranty is still in effect.

38. Quiet Possession . Subject to payment by Lessee of the Rent and performance of all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Lessee’s part to be observed and performed under this Lease, Lessee shall have quiet possession and quiet enjoyment of the Premises during the term hereof.

 

PAGE 18 OF 21

 

/s/ KS         /s/ NT        
                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTON-5-05/09E2


39. Options . If Lessee is granted an Option, as defined below, then the following provisions shall apply.

39.1 Definition . “ Option ” shall mean: (a) the right to extend or reduce the term of or renew this Lease or to extend or reduce the term of or renew any lease that Lessee has on other property of Lessor; (b) the right of first refusal or first offer to lease either the Premises or other property of Lessor; (c) the right to purchase, the right of first offer to purchase or the right of first refusal to purchase the Premises or other property of Lessor.

39.2 Options Personal To Original Lessee . Any Option granted to Lessee in this Lease is personal to the original Lessee, and cannot be assigned or exercised by anyone other than said original Lessee and only while the original Lessee is in full possession of the Premises and, if requested by Lessor, with Lessee certifying that Lessee has no intention of thereafter assigning or subletting.

39.3 Multiple Options . In the event that Lessee has any multiple Options to extend or renew this Lease, a later Option cannot be exercised unless the prior Options have been validly exercised.

39.4 Effect of Default on Options .

(a) Lessee shall have no right to exercise an Option: (i) during the period commencing with the giving of any notice of Default and continuing until said Default is cured, (ii) during the period of time any Rent is unpaid (without regard to whether notice thereof is given Lessee), (iii) during the time Lessee is in Breach of this Lease, or (iv) in the event that Lessee has been given 3 or more notices of separate Default, whether or not the Defaults are cured. during the 12 month period immediately preceding the exercise of the Option.

(b) The period of time within which an Option may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Lessee’s inability to exercise an Option because of the provisions of Paragraph 39.4(a).

(c) An Option shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Lessee’s due and timely exercise of the Option, if, after such exercise and prior to the commencement of the extended term or completion of the purchase, (i) Lessee fails to pay Rent for a period of 30 days after such Rent becomes due (without any necessity of Lessor to give notice thereof), or (ii) if Lessee commits a Breach of this Lease.

40. Security Measures . Lessee hereby acknowledges that the Rent payable to Lessor hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security measures, and that Lessor shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide same. Lessee assumes all responsibility for the protection of the Premises, Lessee, its agents and invitees and their property from the acts of third parties. In the event, however, that Lessor should elect to provide security services, then the cost thereof shall be an Operating Expense.

41. Reservations .

(a) Lessor reserves the right: (i) to grant, without the consent or joinder of Lessee, such easements, rights and dedications that Lessor deems necessary, (ii) to cause the recordation of parcel maps and restrictions, (iii) to create and/or install new utility raceways, so long as such easements, rights, dedications, maps, restrictions, and utility raceways do not unreasonably interfere with the use of the Premises by Lessee. Lessor may also: change the name, address or title of the Building or Project upon at least 90 days prior written notice; provide and install, at Lessee’s expense. Building standard graphics on the door of the Premises and such portions of the Common Areas as Lessor shall reasonably deem appropriate; grant to any lessee the exclusive right to conduct any business as long as such exclusive right does not conflict with any rights expressly given herein; and to place such signs, notices or displays as Lessor reasonably deems necessary or advisable upon the roof, exterior of the Building or the Project or on pole signs in the Common Areas. Lessee agrees to sign any documents reasonably requested by Lessor to effectuate such rights. The obstruction of Lessee’s view, air, or light by any structure erected in the vicinity of the Building, whether by Lessor or third parties, shall in no way affect this Lease or impose any liability upon Lessor.

(b) Lessor also reserves the right to move Lessee to other space of comparable size in the Building or Project. Lessor must provide at least 45 days prior written notice of such move, and the new space must contain improvements of comparable quality to those contained within the Premises. Lessor shall pay the reasonable out of pocket costs that Lessee incurs with regard to such relocation, including the expenses of moving and necessary stationary revision costs. In no event, however, shall Lessor be required to pay an amount in excess of two months Base Rent. Lessee may not be relocated more than once during the term of this Lease.

(c) Lessee shall not: (i) use a representation (photographic or otherwise) of the Building or Project or their name(s) in connection with Lessee’s business; or (ii) suffer or permit anyone. except in emergency, to go upon the roof of the Building.

42. Performance Under Protest . If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by one Party to the other under the provisions hereof, the Party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall have the right to make payment “under protest” and such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment and there shall survive the right on the part of said Party to institute suit for recovery of such sum. If ii shall be adjudged that there was no legal obligation on the part of said Party to pay such sum or any part thereof, said Party shall be entitled to recover such sum or so much thereof as it was not legally required to pay. A Party who does not initiate suit for the recovery of sums paid “under protest” with 6 months shall be deemed to have waived its right to protest such payment.

43. Authority; Multiple Parties; Execution .

(a) If either Party hereto is a corporation, trust, limited liability company, partnership, or similar entity, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such entity represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on its behalf. Each Party shall, within 30 days after request, deliver to the other Party satisfactory evidence of such authority.

(b) If this Lease is executed by more than one person or entity as “Lessee”, each such person or entity shall be jointly and severally liable hereunder. It is agreed that any one of the named Lessees shall be empowered to execute any amendment to this Lease, or other document ancillary thereto and bind all of the named Lessees, and Lessor may rely on the same as if all of the named Lessees had executed such document.

(c) This Lease may be executed by the Parties in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

PAGE 19 OF 21

 

/s/ KS         /s/ NT        
                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTON-5-05/09E2


44. Conflict . Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and the typewritten or handwritten provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or handwritten provisions.

45. Offer . Preparation of this Lease by either party or their agent and submission of same to the other Party shall not be deemed an offer to lease to the other Party. This Lease is not intended to be binding until executed and delivered by all Parties hereto.

46. Amendments . This Lease may be modified only in writing, signed by the Parties in interest at the time of the modification. As long as they do not materially change Lessee’s obligations hereunder, Lessee agrees to make such reasonable non-monetary modifications to this Lease as may be reasonably required by a Lender in connection with the obtaining of normal financing or refinancing of the Premises.

47. Waiver of Jury Trial . THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING INVOLVING THE PROPERTY OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT.

48. Arbitration of Disputes . An Addendum requiring the Arbitration of all disputes between the Parties and/or Brokers arising out of this Lease ¨ is ¨ is not attached to this Lease.

49. Americans with Disabilities Act . Since compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) is dependent upon Lessee’s specific use of the Premises, Lessor makes no warranty or representation as to whether or not the Premises comply with ADA or any similar legislation. In the event that Lessee’s use of the Premises requires modifications or additions to the Premises in order to be in ADA compliance, Lessee agrees to make any such necessary modifications and/or additions at Lessee’s expense.

LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN, AND BY THE EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE SHOW THEIR INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LESSOR AND LESSEE WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES.

ATTENTION: NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION OR BY ANY BROKER AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE OR THE TRANSACTION TO WHICH IT RELATES . THE PARTIES ARE URGED TO:

1. SEEK ADVICE OF COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE.

2. RETAIN APPROPRIATE CONSULTANTS TO REVIEW AND INVESTIGATE THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES . SAID INVESTIGATION SHOULD INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: THE POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES, THE ZONING AND SIZE OF THE PREMISES, THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY, THE CONDITION OF THE ROOF AND OPERATING SYSTEMS, COMPLIANCE WITH THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT AND THE SUITABILITY OF THE PREMISES FOR LESSEE’S INTENDED USE.

WARNING: IF THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA, CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE LEASE MAY NEED TO BE REVISED TO COMPLY WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED.

 

PAGE 20 OF 21

 

/s/ KS         

/s/ NT        
                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTON-5-05/09E2


The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place and on the dates specified above their respective signatures.

 

Executed at: San Luis Obispo Executed at: San Luis Obispo, CA
On:                                                                                                     On:                                                                                                    
By LESSOR : By LESSEE :
Tank Farm Office Park LLC Caliber Audit & Attest, LLP
Tompkins Trust 11/14/07, its Sole Member
By:

/s/ Nick Tompkins

By:

/s/ Kim Spiller

Name Printed: Nick Tompkins Name Printed: Kim Spiller
Title: Trustee Title: Partner
By:                                                                                                      By:

/s/ Greg Wooke

Name Printed:                                                                                Name Printed: Greg Wooke
Title:                                                                                                  Title: CFO
Address:                                                                                            Address:                                                                                           

 

 

 

 

Telephone: (805) 541-9004 Telephone: (805) 888-0242
Facsimile: (805) 544-0394 Facsimile: (805) 888-0201
Federal ID No. Federal ID No.
LESSOR’S BROKER: LESSEE’S BROKER:
Pacifica Commercial Real Estate
Attn: Christopher Garner Attn:                                                                                                  
Title: Broker Title: CFO
Address: 218 West Carmen, Suite 211 Address:                                                                                           
Santa Maria, CA 93458

 

Telephone: (805) 928-2800 Telephone: (    )                                                                            
Facsimile: (805) 349-9375 Facsimile: (    )                                                                              
Federal ID No. Federal ID No.                                                                              

NOTICE: These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and industry needs . Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, 800 W 6th Street, Suite 800, Los Angeles, CA 90017 . Telephone No . ( 213) 687-8777 . Fax No.: ( 213) 687-8616.

© Copyright 2002—By AIR Commercial Real Estate Association.

All rights reserved. No part of these works may be reproduced in any form without permission in writing.

 

PAGE 21 OF 21

 

                                         
                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTON-5-05/09E2


 

LOGO

RENT ADJUSTMENT(S)

STANDARD LEASE ADDENDUM

Dated 4/6/2009

By and Between (Lessor) Tank Farm Office Park, LLC

 

 
(Lessee) Caliber Audit & Attest, LLP
 

 

Address of Premises: 4051 Broad Street, Suite 120

    San Luis Obispo, CA 93401

Paragraph 50

A. RENT ADJUSTMENTS:

The monthly rent for each month of the adjustment period(s) specified below shall be increased using the method(s) indicated below: (Check Method(s) to be Used and Fill in Appropriately)

x I. Cost of Living Adjustment(s) (COLA)

a. ON (Fill in COLA Dates): October 1, 2010; October 1, 2011

The Base Rent shall be adjusted by the change, if any, from the Base Month specified below, in the Consumer Price Index of the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the U.S. Department of Labor for (select one): ¨ CPI W (Urban Wage Earners and Clerical, Workers) or x CPI U (All Urban Consumers), for (Fill in Urban Area):

Los Angeles, Riverside, Orange County Area                                                                                               . All items (1982-1984 = 100), herein referred to as “CPI”.

b. This monthly rent payable in accordance with paragraph A.1.a. of this Addendum shall be calculated as follows: the Base Rent set forth in paragraph 1.5 of the attached Lease, shall be multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the CPI of the calendar month 2 months prior to the month(s) specified in paragraph A.1.a. above during which the adjustment is to take effect, and the denominator of which shall be the CPI of the calendar month which is 2 months prior to (select one): the ¨ first month of the term of this Lease as set forth in paragraph 1.3 (“Base Month”) or x (Fill in Other “Base Month”): August, 2009.

The sum so calculated shall constitute the new monthly rent hereunder, but in no event, shall any such new monthly rent be less than the rent payable for the month immediately preceding the rent adjustment. In no event shall the change, for any one year, be more than a five percent (5%) adjustment.

c. In the event the compilation and/or publication of the CPI shall be transferred to any other governmental department or bureau or agency or shall be discontinued, then the index most nearly the same as the CPI shall be used to make such calculation. In the event that the Parties cannot agree on such alternative index, then the matter shall be submitted for decision to the American Arbitration Association in accordance with the then rules of said Association and the decision of the arbitrators shall be binding upon the parties. The cost of said Arbitration shall be paid equally by the Parties.

¨ II. Market Rental Value Adjustment(s) (MRV)

a. On (Fill in MRV Adjustment Date(s):

The Base Rent shall be adjusted to the “Market Rental Value” of the property as follows:

 

PAGE 1 OF 2

 

/s/ KS         /s/ NT        
                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM RA-3-8/00E


1) Four months prior to each Market Rental Value Adjustment Date described above, the Parties shall attempt to agree upon what the new MRV will be on the adjustment date. If agreement cannot be reached within thirty days, then:

(a) Lessor and Lessee shall immediately appoint a mutually acceptable appraiser or broker to establish the new MRV within the next 30 days. Any associated costs will be split equally between the Parties, or

(b) Both Lessor and Lessee shall each immediately make a reasonable determination of the MRV and submit such determination, in writing, to arbitration in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) Within 15 days thereafter, Lessor and Lessee shall each select an ¨ appraiser or ¨ broker (“Consultant”, check one) of their choice to act as an arbitrator. The two arbitrators so appointed shall immediately select a third mutually acceptable Consultant to act as a third arbitrator.

(ii) The 3 arbitrators shall within 30 days of the appointment of the third arbitrator reach a decision as to what the actual MRV for the Premises is, and whether Lessor’s or Lessee’s submitted MRV is the closest thereto. The decision of a majority of the arbitrators shall be binding on the Parties. The submitted MRV which is determined to be the closest to the actual MRV shall thereafter be used by the Parties.

(iii) If either of the Parties fails to appoint an arbitrator within the specified 15 days, the arbitrator timely appointed by one of them shall reach a decision on his or her own, and said decision shall be binding on the Parties.

(iv) The entire cost of such arbitration shall be paid by the party whose submitted MRV is not selected, i.e., the one that is NOT the closest to the actual MRV.

2) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the new MRV shall not be less than the rent payable for the month immediately preceding the rent adjustment.

b. Upon the establishment of each New Market Rental Value:

1) The new MRV will become the new “Base Rent” for the purpose of calculating any further Adjustments, and

2) The first month of each Market Rental Value term shall become the new “Base Month” for the purpose of calculating any further Adjustments.

¨ III. Fixed Rental Adjustment(s) (FRA)

The Base Rent shall be increased to the following amounts on the dates set forth below:

 

On (Fill in FRA Adjustment Date(s)):       The New Base Rent shall be:
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

B. NOTICE:

Unless specified otherwise herein, notice of any such adjustments, other than Fixed Rental Adjustments, shall be made as specified in paragraph 23 of the Lease.

C. BROKERS FEE:

The Brokers shall be paid a Brokerage Fee for each adjustment specified above in accordance with paragraph 15 of the Lease.

NOTICE: These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and industry needs . Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, 800 W 6th Street, Suite 800, Los Angeles, CA 90017 . Telephone No . ( 213) 687-8777 . Fax No.: ( 213) 687-8616.

 

PAGE 2 OF 2

 

/s/ KS              /s/ NT         
                                             
INITIALS     INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION   FORM RA-3-8/00E


Standard Multi-Tenant Office Lease – Net

Addendum to Lease dated April 6, 2009

By and Between

Tank Farm Office Park, LLC (Lessor)

and

Caliber Audit & Attest, LLP (Lessee)

First Right to Negotiate Purchase

During the Term of this Lease, Lessee shall have the first right to negotiate the purchase of the Leases Premises upon the following terms and conditions.

A Upon Lessors unequivocal decision to sell the Leased Premises, and prior to listing the Leased Premises for Sale, Lessor shall deliver to Lessee written notice (the Sale Notice) stating Lessor’s unequivocal decision to sell the Leased Premises.

B Lessee shall have thirty (30) days from the delivery of the Sale Notice to negotiate with Lessor, for the purchase of the Leased Premises pursuant to whatever terms and conditions may thereafter be agreed to between the parties. To the extent the parties enter into an agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) the Purchase Agreement shall become effective when reduced to writing and signed by the parties.

C Upon parties failure to execute a Purchase Agreement within said 30 day period, or as such period may thereafter be extended by the mutual written agreement of the parties, Lessor may proceed to sell the Leased Premises at any time, and to any third party, on any terms and conditions free and clear of any rights of Lessee pursuant to this section,

D The rights granted to Lessee under this Section shall have no applicability to (i) any transfer resulting from the granting of a security interest in fee title to the Leased Premises, or (ii) any transfer resulting from a foreclosure or deed in lieu foreclosure of fee title to the Leased Premises.

E Nothing contained within this Section shall be deemed to apply to any conveyance.

 

PAGE 1 OF 1

 

/s/ KS          /s/ NT         
INITIALS INITIALS


LEASE OF REAL PROPERTY LOCATED AT

4051 BROAI STREET, SUITE 110

SAN LUIS OBISPO, CA

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1.

REAL PROPERTY, PROSECE, AND UNIT PROPERTY

  1   
2.

LEASE TERM

  2   
3.

BASE RENT

  2   
4.

ADDITIONAL RENT

  3   
5.

USE

  8   
6.

SECURITY DEPOSIT

  9   
7.

COIVIPLIANCE WITH LAWS

  9   
8.

HAZARDOUS MATERIAL

  10   
9.

UTILITIES

  11   
10.

REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE

  12   
11.

ALTERATIONS AND ADDITIONS

  12   
12.

COVENANT AGAINST LIENS

  14   
13.

EXCULPATION, INDEMNIFICATION, AND INSURANCE

  14   
14.

DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

  21   
15.

CONDEMNATION

  21   
16.

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLEASING

  23   
17.

SURRENDER OF UNIT PROPERTY

  25   
18.

HOLDING OVER

  26   
19.

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

  27   
20.

SUBORDINATION, NONDISTURBANCE, AND ATTORNMENT

  27   
21.

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

  28   
22.

LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO PERFORM TENANT’S OBLIGATIONS

  30   
23.

LATE PAYMENTS

  31   
24.

NONWAIVER

  31   
25.

WAIVER OF RIGHT TO JURY TRIAL

  31   
26.

ATTORNEY FEES AND COSTS

  32   
27.

LANDLORD’S ACCESS TO UNIT PROPERTY

  32   
28.

SIGNS

  32   
29.

TENANT PARKING

  33   
30.

MISCELLANEOUS

  33   
31.

ACKNOWLEGEMENT OF RECIEPT AND EFFECT OF DOCUMENTS

  38   
32.

PROJECT DOCUMENTS CONTROLLING

  38   
33.

OPTION TO EXTEND TERM OF LEASE

  38   
34.

RIGHT TO FUTURE DEVELOPMENT

  39   
35.

ABSOLUTE NET LEASE

  39   
36.

ARBITRATION OF NON-RENT DISFLYITS UNDER $30,000.00

  40   


AGREEMENT FOR LEASE OF REAL PROPERTY

This Agreement for Lease of Real Property (“Lease”) is made and entered into this             day of May, 2009 by and between Tank Farm Office Park, LLC, (“Landlord”) and Mindbody, Inc., a California corporation dba Mindbody Online (“Tenant”).

1. REAL PROPERTY, PROJECT, AND UNIT PROPERTY .

a) Lease of Unit Property . Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord the Unit Property herein described, being a portion of that certain Development commonly known as 4051 Broad Street, San Luis Obispo, California, the “Tank Farm Office Park” as the same is more particularly shown on Exhibit “A” hereto (the “Development”). Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has made no representation or warranty whatsoever regarding the condition of the Unit Property, or the Common Areas, defined below, except as specifically stated in this Lease. The Unit Property which is the subject of this Lease is a condominium unit and more particularly described as Space 110 as pictured in Exhibit “B” hereto. The Unit Property is located within a building of approximately 58,599 square foot building known as Building 100 (“Building”). The Development, as used herein, means the Building, parking areas, landscaping, and all other improvements within the Development (including Building 200 of which the Unit Property is not a part), together with any other common interests, easements or facilities located on adjoining real property, which are used or otherwise generally enjoyed by the owners and tenants of the Development, and constitute a part of the Development

b) Appurtenant Rights . Tenant is granted the right at all times during the Lease Term to the nonexclusive use of any main lobby of the Building, if any, common corridors and hallways stairwells, elevators, public restrooms within the Building, and other public and Common Areas located within the Development, including parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, sidewalks, walkways, parkways, driveways and landscape areas. This right, and the use of those areas, shall be subject to the Rules and Regulations, as defined in section 5(b). The term “Common Areas” is defined as all areas and facilities outside of the condominium units lying within the exterior boundary lines of the Development as the same may be designated by the Landlord or the Association, as defined below, from time to time for the general non-exclusive use of occupants of the Development, including owners and tenants of condominium units within the Development and their respective employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees.

c) Landlord’s Reservation of Rights . The following right are reserved to Landlord: (a) The Landlord’s right to all of the Development, except for exclusive right to occupy the space within the Unit Property, as the same is herein provided for under this lease; (b) to the extent of Landlord’s interest in the Development, the right to access and control of Common Areas; (c) the rights reserved to Landlord by provisions of this Lease or by operation of law; and (d) All rights in the economic value of the leasehold estate in the Unit Property, as stated in Section 15 of this lease.

d) Preparation of Unit Property; Acceptance . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant accepts the Unit Property on a “where-is and as-is” basis and that Landlord has made no representations or warranties, of any kind, regarding the physical condition of the Unit Property or

 

1


the Development or their suitability for any particular use, except as the same are expressly contained within this agreement. Landlord represents that the Building, as constructed, is in substantial conformity with the Building plans as the same were approved by the City of San Luis Obispo, or as the same were modified during the course of construction of the Building. Tenant represents the Tenant has satisfied itself as to the finless of the Unit Property to Tenant’s intended use. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any defect in the condition of the Unit Property Building or Development at any time or for any reason unless the same is associated with circumstances which constitute a material breach of any express warranty of Landlord herein contained.

e) Rentable Area and Usable Area . For purposes of this Lease: (1) “Rentable Area,” and “Usable Area” of the Unit Property are each agreed to equal approximately 7095 Square Feet; (2) “Rentable Square Feet” and “Rentable Footage” shall have the same meaning as the term “Rentable Area”; and (3) “Usable Square Feet” and “Usable Square Footage” shall have the same meaning as the term “Usable Area.” All references to square footage in this Lease are approximations and Landlord makes no representation, warranty, or guaranty as to the exact square footage of the Unit Property, the Building or any portion idle Development. There shall be no adjustments to the Rent, defined below, or to any allocations made in the Lease in the event that the actual square footage differs from these approximations.

2. LEASE TERM

a) Lease Term . The term of this Lease (Lease Term) shall be five (5) years. The Lease Term shall commence on June 1, 2009, (“Lease Commencement Date”) and shall expire sixty (60) months thereafter (“Lease Expiration Date”) unless this Lease is sooner terminated as provided in this Lease. Base Rent shall be come due and payable commencing 120 days after the Lease Commencement Date.

b) Lease Year . For purposes of this Lease, the term Lease Year (Lease Year) means each consecutive twelve-month (12-month) period during the Lease Term as long as: (a) The first Lease Year commences on the Lease Commencement Date and ends on the last day of the eleventh (11th) calendar month thereafter, (b) The second (2nd) and each succeeding Letts Year commences on the first day of the next calendar month; and (c) The last Lease Year ends on the Lease Expiration Date or earlier date of termination.

3. BASE RENT .

a) Definition of “Base Rent” -No Set off . Commencing 120 days from the Lease Commencement Date (October 1, 2009), Tenant shall pay to Landlord base rent (“Base Rent”) of One Hundred Twenty Seven Thousand Seven Hundred Ten and No/00 Dollars ($127,710.00) per year in equal monthly payments of Ten Thousand Six Hundred Forty Two and 50/100 Dollars ($10,642.50) in advance, on, or before the first day of every calendar month during the Lease Term, without any setoff or deduction. Beginning on the second anniversary date of the Lease Commencement Date and each successive anniversary date thereafter (“Adjustment Date(s)”), during the Lease Term Base Rent shall increase by three percent (3%) over the Base Rent paid for the immediately preceding year. To the extent that Tenant exercises its option to extend the term of

 

2


this lease under the provisions of Section 34, the Base Rent due for during such extended term shall be due and payable commencing on the first day of the extended term as provided under Section 34, and shall continue to be adjusted on each Adjustment Date thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph.

b) Initial Payment; Proration . If any payment date (including the Lease Commencement Date) for “Base Rent,” as defined in section 3(a) falls on a day other than the first day of that calendar month, or if any Base Rent payment is for a period shorter than one calendar month, the Base Rent due for that fractional calendar month (“Fractional Month”) shall accrue and be paid based upon on a daily basis for each day of that Fractional Month at a daily rate equal to the prorated monthly Base Rent which would otherwise be due for an entire month at that point in the Term, with the daily rent being determined by multiplying such Base Rent by a fraction, the numerator being 1, and the denominator being the total number of calendar days in the full Fractional Month at issue. All other payments or adjustments that are required to be made under the terms of this Lease and that require pro-ration on a time basis shall be prorated on the same basis, including but not limited to the additional rent payments which accrued during the lease term which follows the Commencement Date. All payments received by Landlord from Tenant shall be applied to the oldest payment obligation owed by Tenant to Landlord. If any non-cash payment made by Tenant during the Lease Term is not paid by the bank or other institution on which it is drawn, Landlord shall have the right, exercised by notice to Tenant, to require that Tenant thereafter make all future payments due wider the Lease, whether such payments be Base Rent, additional rent or otherwise, by certified funds or cashier’s check.

4. ADDITIONAL RENT .

a) Additional Rent: Rent . In addition to paying the Base Rent specified in Section 3, Tenant shall pay as additional rent Tenant’s Share of all Common Area Operating Expenses (as defined in subsection 4(a) (ii)) at a rate of $0.40 per square foot or $2,838.00 per month. That additional rent, together with other amounts of any kind other than Base Rent, (hereafter “Additional Rent”) payable by Tenant to Landlord under the terms of this Lease, shall be deemed subject to collection in the same manner as monthly Base Rent, including by way of example and not limitation, the service of a notice to pay or quit and the commencement and prosecution of an action for unlawful detainer. Base Rent and Additional Rent are sometimes collectively referred to in this Lease as Rent (“Rent”). Beginning on the Lease Commencement Date (June 1, 2009) all amounts due under this Section 4 as Additional Rent are payable for the same periods and in the same manner, time, and place as the Base Rent Will be after the first anniversary of the Commencement Date. Unlike Base Rent, Additional Rent shall be due and payable upon the Lease Commencement Date. The following definitions apply in this Section:

i) Expense Year . Expense Year (“Expense Year”) means each calendar year in which any portion of the Lease Term falls, through and including the calendar year in which the Lease Term expires.

ii) Common Area Operating Expenses . Common Area Operating Expenses (“Common Area Operating Expenses”) means all expenses, costs, and amounts of every kind that Landlord pays or incurs during any Expense Year because of; or in connection with, the ownership,

 

3


operation, management maintenance, repair, replacement, or restoration of the Development and the Building. Such expenses shall be included both where Landlord pays such amounts directly and where the Common Area owner’s association (“Association”) pays for same and Landlord pays Association for that cost, either directly or through fees, dues, assessments or other charges. For purposes of this Section 4, the use of the term “Landlord” shall always be deemed to include the Association.

(1) Examples of Common Area Operating Expenses . The definition of “Common Area Operating Expenses” includes, but without limitation, any amounts paid or incurred for:

(a) The cost of supplying any utilities for the Common Areas, and areas of the Development other than the condominium units (collectively the “Areas”).

(b) The cost of operating, managing, maintaining, and repairing the following systems: utility, mechanical, sanitary, storm drainage, escalator, elevator, fire detection, and sprinkler; as the same are located within the Areas.

(c) The cost of supplies and tools and of equipment, maintenance, and service contracts in connection with those systems.

(d) The cost of licenses, certificates, permits, and inspections of the Areas.

(e) The cost of contesting the validity or applicability of any government enactments that may affect the Common Area Operating Expenses.

(f) The costs incurred in connection with the implementation and operation of a transportation system management program or similar program for the Development

(g) The cost of insurance carried by Landlord, in amounts reasonably determined by Landlord.

(h) Fees, charges, and other costs including management fees (and any amounts in lieu of such fees), consulting fees, legal fees, and accounting fees of all persons engaged by Landlord or otherwise reasonably incurred by Landlord in connection with the operation, management, maintenance, and repair of the Areas.

(i) The cost of maintenance, repair, and restoration, including resurfacing, repainting, restriping, and cleaning of the parking space located within the Areas.

(j) Wages, salaries, and other compensation and benefits of all persons engaged in the operation, maintenance, or security of the Areas plus employer’s Social Security taxes, unemployment taxes, insurance, and any other taxes imposed on Landlord that may be levied on those wages, salaries, and other compensation and benefits. If any of Landlord’s employees provide services for more than one building of Landlord, only the prorated portion of those employees’ wages, salaries, other compensation and benefits, and taxes reflecting the percentage of their working time devoted to the Development shall be included in Common Area Operating Expenses.

 

4


(k) Payments under any easement, license, operating agreement, declaration, restrictive covenant, or instrument relating to the sharing of costs by the Development

(l) Amortization (including interest on the unamortized cost at a rate equal to the floating commercial loan rate announced from time to time by Bank of America as its prime rate plus two (2) percentage points per annum) of the cost of acquiring or renting personal property used in the maintenance, repair, and operation of the Development.

(m) The cost of capital improvements or other costs incurred in connection with the Development that (1) are intended as a Labor-saving device or to effect other economies in the maintenance or operation of; or stability of services to, all or part of the Real Property or (2) are required under any government law or regulation but that were not required in connection with the Development when permits for the construction of the Development were obtained. All permitted capital expenditures shall be amortized (including interest on the unamortized cost at the rate stated in subparagraph (1)) over their useful life, as reasonably determined by Landlord.

(n) Tax Expenses (as defined in subsection 4(a)(iii)).

(o) The cost and expense of establishing reasonable reserves for maintaining, repairing and replacing the Common Aims, including those costs as may be associated with existing capital improvements located at the Real Property.

(2) Exclusions From Common Area Operating Expenses . Despite any other provision of this section, Common Area Operating Expenses shall not include:

(a) Depreciation, interest, or amortization on mortgages or ground lease payments, except as otherwise stated in this section.

(b) Legal fees incurred in negotiating and enforcing tenant leases.

(c) Real estate brokers’ leasing commissions or advertising costs.

(d) The cost of providing any service directly to and paid directly by any tenant.

(e) Any costs expressly excluded from Operating Expenses elsewhere in this Lease.

(f) Costs of any items for which Landlord receives reimbursement from insurance proceeds or a third party. Insurance proceeds shall be excluded from Operating Expenses in the year in which they are received, except that any deductible amount under any insurance policy shall be included within Operating Expenses.

 

5


(g) Costs of capital improvements to the Areas, except as otherwise stated in this section.

iii) Tax Expenses . Tax Expenses (“Tax Expenses”) means all federal, state, county, or local government or municipal taxes, fees, charges, or other impositions of every kind (whether general, special, ordinary, or extraordinary) that are paid or incurred by Landlord during any Expense Year (without regard to any different fiscal year used by any government or municipal authority) because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing, and operation of the Development. These expenses include taxes, fees, and charges such as real property taxes, general and special assessments, transit taxes, leasehold taxes, and taxes based on the receipt of rent (including gross receipts or sales taxes applicable to the receipt of rent, unless required to be paid by Tenant); personal property taxes imposed on the fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatus, systems, and equipment; appurtenances; furniture; and other personal property used in connection with the Development.

(1) Included Tax Expenses . Tax Expenses shall include:

(a) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy, or charge in addition to, or in partial or total substitution of any assessment, tax, fee, levy, or charge previously included within the definition of “real property tax.” Tenant and Landlord acknowledge that Proposition 13 was adopted by the voters of the State of California in June 1978 and that assessments, taxes, fees, and charges may be imposed by government agencies for services such as fire protection; street, sidewalk, and road maintenance; conservation; refuse removal; and other government services formerly provided without charge to property owners or occupants. In further recognition of the decrease in the level and quality of government services and amenities as a result of Proposition 13 (or as a result of any other restriction on real property taxes whether by law or by choice of the applicable legislative or assessing body), Tax Expenses shall also include any government or private assessments (or the Development’s contribution toward a government or private cost-sharing agreement) for the purpose of augmenting or improving the quality of services and amenities normally provided by government agencies. Tenant and Landlord intend that all new and increased assessments, taxes, fees, levies, and charges and all similar assessments, taxes, fees, levies, and charges be included within the definition of “Tax Expenses’ for purposes of this Lease, including but not limited to new and increased assessment(s) resulting from the sale or transfer of all of any part of the Development by Landlord.

(b) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy, or charge allocable to, or measured by, the area of the Unit Property and other premises at the Development or the rent payable under this Lease and other leases at the Development (including any gross income tax with respect to the receipt of that rent), or on or relating to the possession, leasing, operating, management, maintenance, alteration; repair, use, or occupancy by tenants of their respective premises or any portion of such premises.

(c) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy, or charge on this transaction or any document to which any tenant is a party, creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Development or any portion thereof.

 

6


(d) Any possessory taxes charged or levied in place of real property taxes.

(2) Contest Costs; Refunds . Any expenses incurred by Landlord in attempting to protest, reduce, or minimize Tax Expenses shall be included in Tax Expenses in the Expense Year in which those expenses are paid. Tax refunds shall be deducted from Tax Expenses. Such tax refunds shall be deducted from Tax Expenses in the Expense Year in which they are received by Landlord.

(3) Excluded Taxes . Except as provided in subsection 4(c) or levied entirely or partially in lieu of Tax Expenses, the following shall be excluded from Tax Expenses: (a) All excess profits taxes, franchise taxes, gift taxes, capital stock taxes, inheritance and succession taxes, estate taxes, federal and state income taxes, and other taxes applied or measured by Landlord’s general or net income (as opposed to rents, receipts, or income attributable to operations at the Development); and (b) Arty items paid directly by Tenant under this Section.

iv) Tenant’s Share .

(1) Tenant’s Building Share (“Tenant’s Building Share”) means (12.1077%). Tenant’s Building Share is calculated by multiplying an adjusted load factored square footage (7,095 of the Unit Property by 100 and dividing the product by the total Rentable Square Feet in the Building. With respect to Common Area Operating expenses associated only with the Building, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Building Share of those costs and expenses.

(2) Tenant’s Development Share (Tenant’s Development Share”) means (7.8206%). Tenant’s Development Share is calculated by multiplying an adjusted load factored square footage (7,095) of the Unit Property by 100 and dividing the product by the total Gross Square Feet of all the buildings in the Development. With respect to Common Area Operating expenses associated with the Development as a whole, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Development Share of those costs and expenses.

(3) Tenant’s Share : For purposes of this agreement, Tenant’s Building Share, and Tenant’s Development Share are sometimes collectively referred to as “Tenant’s Share”.

b) Payment of Additional Rent . Tenant’s Share of any Common Area Operating Expenses for any Expense Year shall be payable by Tenant monthly. Landlord shall deliver to Tenant within sixty (60) days after the expiration of each Expense Year a reasonably detailed statement showing Tenant’s Share of the actual Common Area Operating Expenses incurred during the preceding Expense Year. If Tenant’s actual payments under this section during the preceding Expense Year exceed the estimated Tenant’s Share as indicated on said statement, Landlord shall credit the amount of such overpayment against Tenant’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses next becoming due or, with respect to the last Lease Year only, refund the amount of such overpayment to Tenant concurrently with the delivery of the aforementioned statement If Tenants actual payments under this section during said preceding Expense Year were less Than the estimated Tenant’s Share as indicated on said statement. The Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of the deficiency within ten (10) days after delivery by Landlord to Tenant of said statement.

 

7


c) Taxes and Other Charges for Which Tenant Is Directly Responsible . Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, on demand, as Additional Rent, for any taxes required to be paid by Landlord that are not already included in Tax Expenses, excluding state, local, and federal personal or corporate income taxes measured by the net income of Landlord from all sources and estate and inheritance taxes, regardless of whether such taxes are now customary or within the contemplation of the parties to this Lease, when those taxes are:

i) Measured by or reasonably attributable to:

(1) The cost or value of Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures, and other personal property located in the Unit Property; or

(2) The cost or value of any leasehold improvements made in or to the Unit Property by or for Tenant, regardless of whether title to those improvements is vested in Tenant or Landlord;

ii) Assessed on or related to the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use, or occupancy by Tenant of:

(1) The Unit Property; or

(2) Any portion of the Development: or

(3) The parking area or facility used by Tenant in connection with this Lease; or

iii) Assessed either on this transaction or on any document to which Tenant is a party that creates or transfers an interest or an estate in the Unit Property.

d) Association Fees . Tenant shall be directly responsible for paying any and all fees and/or dues assessed upon the Unit Property by the Association during the Lease Term, including any attorneys fees and costs as provided under the CC&Rs as hereafter described. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, Tenant acknowledges that Common Area Maintenance expenses may be assessed in full or in part as Association fees during the term of this Lease.

5. USE.

a) Permitted Use . Tenant shall use the Unit Property as commercial office space, consistent with all terms of the Rules and Regulations, as defined in this article.

b) Rules and Regulations . Tenant shall comply with any and all “Rules and Regulations,” which term includes 1) any rules promulgated by the Association (“Association Rules”), and 2) any and all provisions of the Declaration of Conditions, Covenants, and Restrictions for the Development (“CC&Rs”). Tenant understands and acknowledges that the Association Rules and CC&Rs may be amended from time to time. Tenant agrees to abide by all such amendments. Landlord shall not be responsible or liable for damages, by abatement of Rent or otherwise, to Tenant for the failure of any other tenants or occupants of the Development to comply with the Rules and Regulations.

 

8


c) Additional Restrictions on Use . In addition to complying with other provisions of this Lease concerning the use of the Unit Property, Tenant shall not use or allow any person to use the Unit Property for any purpose: that is contrary to the Rules and Regulations and/or the Conditions, Covenants, and Restrictions; that violates any Laws and Orders: that constitutes waste or nuisance; or, that would unreasonably annoy other owners or occupants of the Development or the owners or occupants of buildings adjacent to the Development.

6. SECURITY DEPOSIT .

Upon execution of This lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the total sum of Ten Thousand Six Hundred Forty Two and 50/100 Dollars ($10,642.50) as a security deposit for the performance by Tenant of the provisions of this Lease, including but not limited to the timely payment of Rent. If at any time during the term of this Lease Tenant is in default, Landlord can use the security deposit, or any portion of it, to cure the default or to compensate Landlord for all damage sustained by Landlord resulting from Tenant’s default, Tenant shall immediately, on demand, pay to Landlord a seen equal to the portion of the security deposit expended or applied by Landlord as provided in this section so as to maintain the security deposit in the sum initially deposited with Landlord, If the Tenant is not in default et the expire on or termination of this lease, Landlord shall return the security deposit to Tenant. Landlord’s obligations with respect to the security deposit are those of a debtor and not a trustee. Landlord can maintain the security deposit separate and apart from Landlord’s general funds or can commingle the security deposit with Landlord’s general and other Ponds. Landlord shall not be required to pay Tenant interest on the security deposit.

7. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS .

a) Definition of “Laws and Orders.” The term Laws and Orders (“Laws and Orders”) includes all federal, state; county, city, or government agency laws, statutes, ordinances, standards, rules, requirements, or orders now in force or hereafter enacted, promulgated, or issued. The term also includes government measures regulating or enforcing public access, occupational, health, or safety standards for employers, employees, landlords, or tenants.

b) Repairs, Replacements, Alterations, and Improvements . Tenant shall continuously and without exception repair and maintain the Unit Property, including any improvements or alterations thereto, fixtures, and furnishings, in an order and condition in compliance with all Laws and Orders. Tenant at Tenant’s sole expense, is required to promptly make all repairs, replacements, alterations, or improvements to the Unit Property as the same are needed to comply with all Laws and Orders to the fullest extent permitted by law.

c) Collateral Estoppel . The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or the admission of Tenant in any judicial or administrative action or proceeding that Tenant has violated any Laws and Orders shall be conclusive, between Landlord and Tenant, of that fact, whether or not Landlord is a party to that action or proceeding.

 

9


8. HAZARDOUS MATERIAL .

a) Use of Hazardous Material . Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Material, as defined in section 8(e), to be generated, brought onto, used, stored, or disposed of in or about the Unit Property or the Development by Tenant or its agents, employees; contractors, subtenants, or invitees, except for limited quantities of standard office and janitorial supplies containing chemicals categorized as Hazardous Material. Tenant shall: (a) Use, store, and dispose of all such Hazardous Material in strict compliance with all applicable statutes, ordinances, and regulations in effect during the Lease Term that relate to public health and safety and protection of the environment (“Environmental Laws”), including those Environmental Laws identified in section 8(e); and, (b) comply at all times during the Lease Term with all Environmental Laws.

b) Notice of Release or Investigation . If, daring the Lease Term (including any extensions), Tenant becomes aware of (a) any actual or threatened release of any Hazardous Material on, under, or about the Unit Property or the Development, or (b) any inquiry, investigation, proceeding, or claim by any government agency or other person regarding the presence of Hazardous Material on, under, or about the Unit Property or the Development, Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of the release or investigation within five (5) days after learning of it and shall simultaneously furnish to Landlord copies of any claims, notices of violation, reports, or other writings received by Tenant that concern the release or investigation.

c) Indemnification . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord, indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Landlord and Landlord’s members, managers, shareholders, directors, officers, employees, partners, affiliates, agents, successors, and assigns with respect to all losses arising out of or resulting from the release of any Hazardous Material in or about the Unit Property or the Development, or the violation of any Environmental Law, by Tenant or Tenant’s agents, assignees, subtenants, contractors, or invitees. This indemnification applies Whether or not the concentrations of any such Hazardous Material is material, the concentrations exceed state or federal maximum contaminant or action levels, or any governmental agency has issued a cleanup order. This indemnification includes, without limitation: (a) losses attributable to diminution in the value of the Unit Property or the Development; (b) loss or restriction of use of rentable space in the Development; (c) adverse effect on the marketing of any space in the Development; and (d) all other liabilities, obligations, penalties, fines, claims, actions (including remedial or enforcement actions of any kind and administrative or judicial proceedings, orders, or judgments), damages (including consequential and punitive damages), and cost (including attorney, consultant, and expert fees and expenses) resulting from the release or violation.

This indemnification shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

d) Remediation Obligations . If the presence of any Hazardous Material brought onto the Unit Property or the Development by Tenant or Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors, or invitees results in contamination of the Development Tenant shall promptly take all necessary actions to remove or remediate such Hazardous Materials, whether or not they are present at concentrations exceeding state or federal maximum concentration or action levels, or any governmental agency has issued a cleanup order, at Tenant’s sole expense, to return the Unit Property or the Development to the condition that existed before the introduction of such Hazardous Material. Tenant shall first obtain Landlord’s approval of the proposed removal or remedial action_ This provision does not limit the indemnification obligation set forth in section 8(c).

 

10


e) Definition of Hazardous Material . As used in This Section 8, the term Hazardous Material (“Hazardous Material”) shall mean any hazardous or toxic substance, material, or waste at any concentration that is or becomes regulated by the United States, the State of California, or any local government authority having jurisdiction over the Development. Hazardous Material includes: (a) any “hazardous substance,” as that term is defined in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980 (CERCLA) (42 United States Code sections 9601-9675); (b) “hazardous waste,” as that term is defined in the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (RCRA) (42 United States Code sections 6901-6992k); (c) any pollutant, contaminant, or hazardous, dangerous, or toxic chemical, material, or substance, within the meaning of any other applicable federal, state, or local law, regulation, ordinance, or requirement (including consent decrees and administrative orders imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning any hazardous; dangerous, or toxic waste, substance, or material, now or hereafter in effect); (d) petroleum products; (e) Radioactive material, including any source, special nuclear, or byproduct material as defined in 42 United States Code sections 2011-2297g-4; (f) Asbestos in any form or condition; and (g) Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) and substances or compounds containing PCBs.

9. UTILITIES .

a) Utility and Janitorial Services . Tenant shall be directly responsible for and pay all charges for internal electricity, gas, water, janitorial, sewage, telephone, security and fire alarm, trash removal and all other utility services used on or provided to the Unit Property. Landlord shall pay for all common area lighting and grounds/common area maintenance and watering expenses, subject to reimbursement from Tenant as Additional Rent hereunder.

b) Interruption of Utilities . Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for damages, by abatement of Rent or otherwise, for any service interruption or failures (including telephone and telecommunication services) or for diminution in the quality or quantity of any service when the failure, delay, or diminution is entirely or partially caused by: (a) breakage, repairs, replacements, or improvements; (b) strike, lockout, or other labor trouble; (c) inability to secure electricity, gas, water, or other fuel at the Development after reasonable effort to do so; (d) accident or casualty; (e) act or default of Tenant or other parties; or, (f) any other cause, when the same are beyond Landlord’s reasonable control or not the result of result of Landlord’s gross negligence. Such failure, delay, or diminution shall not be considered to constitute an eviction or a disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Unit Property or relieve Tenant from paying Rent or performing any of its obligations under this Lease.

Landlord shall not be liable for a loss of or injury to property or for injury to or interference with Tenant’s business, including loss of profits through, in connection with, incidental to a failure to furnish any of the utilities or services under this Section 9, unless such failure is the direct result of the Landlord’s gross negligence. Landlord may comply with mandatory or voluntary controls or guidelines promulgated by any government entity relating to the use or conservation of energy, water, gas, light, or electricity or the reduction of automobile or other emissions without creating any liability of Landlord to Tenant under this Lease as long as compliance with voluntary controls or guidelines does not materially and unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Unit Property.

 

11


10. REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE .

Tenant’s Repair and Maintenance Obligations . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense and in accordance with the terms of this Lease, keep the Unit Property in good order, repair, and condition at all times dining the Lease Term. Under Landlord’s supervision, subject to Landlord’s prior approval, and within any reasonable period specified by Landlord, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense and in accordance with the terms of this Lease (including Section 11) promptly and adequately repair all damage to the Unit Property. At Landlord’s option or if Tenant fails to make such repairs, Landlord may, but need not, make the repairs and replacements. On receipt of an invoice from Landlord; Tenant Shall pay Landlord Landlord’s out-of-pocket costs incurred in connection with such repairs and replacements plus a percentage of such costs; not to exceed 15%, sufficient to reimburse Landlord for all overhead, general conditions, fees, and other costs and expenses arising from Landlord’s involvement with such repairs and replacements. Tenant waives and releases its rights, including its right to make repairs at Landlord’s expense, under California Civil Code sections 1941-1942 or any similar law, statute, or ordinance now or hereafter effect.

11. ALTERATIONS AND ADDITIONS .

a) Alterations . Tenant shall not make any alterations (“Alteration(s)”) to the Unit Property without prior written consent of the Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withhold. Landlord may reasonably withhold consent to any Alterations to the Unit Property to the extent that the proposed Alterations are also proposed to be Trade to any portion of the Development not bathe exclusive possession of Tenant in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. Tenant understands and by executing this Lease expressly affirms that any Alterations to the Unit Property itself are additionally subject to the restrictions of the Association, the Association Rules, and the provisions of the CC&Rs, the teams of which Tenant also agrees to comply with in their entirety. Landlord may impose any reasonable requirements that Landlord considers desirable, including a requirement that Tenant provide Landlord with a surety bond, a letter of credit, or other Financial assurance that the cost of the Alterations will be paid when due. Further, to the extent that any Alterations would affect any attribute of the Development that falls under the control of the Association, Landlord shall have no obligation to review Tenant’s request for permission for such Alterations unless and until same is approved by the Association.

b) Compliance of Alterations With Laws and Insurance Requirements . Tenant shall cause all alterations to comply with the following; (a) applicable Laws and Orders; (b) applicable requirements of a fire-rating bureau; (c) applicable requirements of Landlord’s and Association’s hazard insurance carrier; and (d) all applicable Rules and Regulations. Tenant shall also comply with those requirements in the core of constructing such alterations. Before beginning construction of any alteration, Tenant shall obtain a valid building permit and any other permits required by any government entity having jurisdiction over the Unit Property. Tenant shall provide copies of those permits to Landlord before the work begins. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense, perform any additional required work in the Unit Property, which shall be subject the same requirements as any alteration. If any additional required work must be performed outside the Unit Property, Landlord or the Association may elect to perform that work at Tenants expense. No consent by Landlord to any proposed work shall constitute a waiver of Tenant’s obligations under this section 11(b).

 

12


c) Manner of Construction . Tenant shall build all Tenant Improvements and Alterations within the Unit Property using only contractors and subcontractors approved in writing by Landlord. All work relating to any alterations shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner, using new materials equivalent in quality to those used in the construction of the Building. All work shall be diligently prosecuted to completion.

Tenant shall ensure that all work is performed in a manner that does not obstruct access to or through the Development or the Common Areas and that does not interfere either with other owners’ or tenants’ use of their premises or with any other work being undertaken in the Development. Tenant shall take all measures necessary to ensure that labor peace is maintained at all times. Within twenty (20) days after completion of any improvements or alterations, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a reproducible copy of the drawings of improvement or alterations as built.

d) Payment for Alterations . Tenant shall promptly pay all charges and costs incurred in connection with any alteration or improvements, as and when required by the terms of any agreements with contractors, designers, or suppliers. On completion of any alteration or improvement, Tenant shall: (a) cause a timely notice of completion to be recorded in the office of the recorder of San Luis Obispo County in accordance with Civil Code section 3093 or any successor statute; (b) deliver to Landlord evidence of full payment and unconditional final waivers of all liens for labor, services, or materials

e) Construction Insurance . Before construction begins, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord reasonable evidence that damage to, or destruction of, the alterations during construction will be covered either by the policies that Tenant is required to carry under Section 13. Including a policy of builder’s all-risk insurance as required under subsection 13(e) Tenant shall provide a copy of the policy(s), any endorsements, and an original certificate of insurance that complies with subsections 13(d) and (e). Tenant shall cause each contractor and subcontractor to maintain all workers’ compensation insurance required by law and liability insurance (including property damage) in amounts reasonably required by Landlord. Tenant shall provide evidence of that insurance to Landlord before commie/ion begins.

f) Ownership of Alterations . All Tenant Improvements, alterations, signs, fixtures, or equipment (collectively “Improvements”) that may be installed or placed in or about the Unit Property from time to time shall be the property of Tenant for the remainder of the Lease term. Upon the expiration of the Lease Term, the ownership of any Improvements to the Unit Property shall revert back to Landlord. Prior to the expiration of the Lease Term, Tenant may remove any trade fixtures or freestanding kitchen or office equipment that Tenant can first substantiate to Landlord has not been paid for by Landlord. Tenant most repair any damage to the Unit Property and Development caused by that removal. All or any part of the Tenant’s personal property, equipment: trade fixtures, or inventory remaining at the Unit Property subsequent to lamination of the Lease Term shall, at Landlord’s option, automatically become Landlord’s property at no cost or expense to Landlord, and without any further consideration being paid to Tenant Alternatively, Landlord may consider any or all of such property as refuse, and remove the same at Tenant’s expense without further notice to Tenant.

 

13


12. COVENANT AGAINST LIENS .

a) Covenant Against Liens . Tenant shall not be the cause or object of any liens or allow such liens to exist, attach to, be placed on, or encumber the Association’s, Landlord’s or Tenant’s interest in the Unit Property, or Development by operation of law or otherwise. Tenant shall not suffer or permit any lien of mechanics, material suppliers, or others to be placed against the Unit Property, or Development with respect to work or services performed or claimed to have been performed for Tenant or materials furnished or claimed to have been furnished to Tenant or the Unit Property. Landlord has the right at all times to post and keep posted on the Unit Property any notice that it considers necessary for protection from such liens. At least seven (7) days before beginning construction of any Improvements or Alterations, Tenant shall give Landlord wi4tbn notice of the expected commencement date of that construction to permit Landlord to post and record a notice of non-responsibility.

If any such lien attaches or Tenant receives notice of any such lien, Tenant shall cause the lien to be immediately released and removed of record. Despite any other provision of this Lease, if the lien is not released and removed within thirty (30) days after Tenant is delivered notice of the lien to Tenant, Landlord or the Association may immediately take all action necessary to release and remove the lien: without any duty to investigate the validity of it. All expenses (including reasonable attorney fees) incurred by Landlord or the Association in connection with the lien shall be considered Additional Rent under this Lease and shall be immediately due and payable by Tenant.

13. EXCULPATION, INDEMNIFICATION, AND INSURANCE .

a) Definition of “Tenant Parties” and “Landlord Parties .” For purposes of this Section 13, the term Tenant Parties (Tenant Parties) refers singularly and collectively to Tenant and the managers, employees, members, partners, venturers, trustees, and ancillary trustees of Tenant and the respective officers, directors, shareholders, members, parents, subsidiaries, and any other affiliated entities, personal representatives, executors, heirs, assigns, licensees, invitees, beneficiaries, agents, servants, employees, and independent contractors of these persons or entities. The term. Landlord Parties (Landlord Parties) refers singularly aid collectively to the Association, the Landlord and the managers, members, partners, venturers, trustees, and ancillary trustees of Landlord and the respective officers, directors, shareholders, members, parents, subsidiaries, and any other affiliated entities, personal representatives, executors, heirs, assigns, licensees, invitees, beneficiaries, agents, servants, employees, and independent contractors of these persons or entities.

b) Exculpation . To the fullest extent permitted by law, Tenant, on its behalf and on behalf of all Tenant Parties, waives all claims (in law, equity, or otherwise) against Landlord Parties arising out of or related to this Lease and/or Tenant’s use of the Unit Property, and knowingly and voluntarily assumes the risk of, and agrees that Landlord Parties shall not be liable to Tenant Parties for any of the following: (a) Injury to or death of any person; or (b) Loss of, injury or damage to, or destruction of any tangible or intangible property,

 

14


including the resulting loss of use, economic losses, and consequential or resulting damage of any kind from any cause, including any defect in or unfitness of the Unit Property, the Development, or any portion thereof; Tenant expressly affirms that any and all improvements in which any interest whatsoever shall be vested in Tenant by this Lease are transferred AS IS AND WHERE IS and that Tenant expressly disclaims any rights against Landlord for the condition of same.

c) Gross Negligence and Willful Injury : The provisions of this Section shall not apply to claims against Landlord Parties to the extent that the injury, loss, damage, or destruction was caused by Landlord Parties’ fraud, gross negligence, willful injury to person or property, or violation of criminal law. If Tenant receives any money judgment resulting from such a claim arising under or otherwise associated with this Lease, such judgment shall be satisfied only out of Landlord’s interest in the Development (herein called “ Landlord’s Interest ”), and in no event out of rent or other income actually received by Landlord from the operation of the Development. In no event shall Tenant have the right to levy execution against any property of Landlord other than Landlord’s Interest; Tenant hereby waives, to the extent waivable under law, any right to satisfy any money judgment against any property of Landlord other than Landlord’s Interest. Except as expressly provided in this Lease to the contrary, in no event shall Tenant have any right to offset or deduct or charge from or against any Rent or other monetary obligation payable hereunder on account of a money judgment against Landlord and Tenant hereby expressly waives any such right, If Landlord’s Interest is insufficient for the payment of any such judgment, Tenant will not institute any further action, suit, claim or demand, in law or equity, against Landlord for or on account of such deficiency.

d) Survival of Covenants : The clauses of this Section 13 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease until all claims within the scope of this Section 13 are fully, finally, and absolutely barred by the applicable statutes of limitations.

i) Tenant’s Acknowledgment of Fairness . Tenant acknowledges that this Section 13 was negotiated with Landlord, that the consideration for it is fair and adequate, and that Tenant had a fair opportunity to negotiate, accept, reject, modify, or alter it.

ii) No Exculpation for Non-delegable Duties . This exculpation clause may not be interpreted or construed as an attempt by Landlord to be relieved of liability arising out of a non-delegable duty on the part of Landlord.

e) Indemnification .

i) Tenant’s Indemnification of Landlord and Landlord Parties . To the fullest extent permitted by law, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord, indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Landlord Parties from and against all Claims, as defined in subsection 13(e(ii), from any cause, arising out of or relating (directly or indirectly) to the following: (a) the use or occupancy, or manner of use or occupancy, of the Unit Property or Development by Tenant Parties; (b) any act, error, omission, or negligence of Tenant Parties or of any invitee, guest, or licensee of Tenant in, on, or about the Development; (c) Tenant’s conducting of its business; (d) any Alterations,

 

15


activities, work, or things done, omitted, permitted, allowed, or suffered by Tenant Parties in, at, or about the Unit Property or Development, including the violation of or failure to comply with any applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, standards, rules., regulations, orders, decrees, or judgments issued after the date of this Lease; and (e) any breach or default in performance of any obligation on Tenant’s part to be performed under this Lease, including obligations which survive expiration or earlier termination of this Lease under the terms of this Lease.

ii) Definition of Claims . For purposes of this Lease, Claims (Claims) means any and all claims, losses, costs, damage, expenses, liabilities, liens, actions, causes of action (whether in tort or contract, law or equity, or otherwise), charges, assessments, fines, and penalties of any kind (including consultant and expert expenses, court costs, and attorney fees actually incurred).

iii) Type of Injury or Loss . This indemnification extends to and includes Claims for: (a) injury to any persons (including death at any time resulting from that injury); (b) loss of, injury or damage to, or destruction of property (including all loss of use resulting from that loss, injury, damage, or destruction); and (c) all foreseeable economic losses and consequential or resulting damage of any kind.

iv) Indemnification Independent of Insurance Obligations . The indemnification provided in Section 13 may not be construed or interpreted as in any way restricting limiting, or modifying Tenant’s insurance or other obligations under this Lease and is independent of Tenant’s insurance and other obligations. Tenant’s compliance with the insurance requirements and other obligations under this Lease not in any way restrict, limit, or modify Tenant’s indemnification obligations under this Lease.

v) Attorney Fees . The prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its actual attorney fees and court costs incurred in enforcing the indemnification clauses set forth in this section 13(e).

vi) Survival of Indemnification . The clauses of this section 13(e) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease for a period of five (5) years, after which this section 13(e) shall be null and void and have no further force or effect.

vii) Compliance With Insurer Requirements . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense, comply with all requirements, guideline, riles, orders, and similar mandates and directives pertaining to the use of the Unit Property and the Development, whether imposed by Tenant’s insurers, Landlord’s insurers, or the Association’s insurers. If Tenant’s business operations, conduct, or use of the Unit Property or the Development cause any increase in the premium for any insurance policies carried by Landlord or the Association, Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days after receipt of written notice reimburse Landlord or the Association for the increase. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense, comply with all rules, orders, regulations, or requirements of the American Insurance Association (formerly the National Board of Fire Underwriters) and of any similar body.

f) Tenant’s Liability Coverage . Tenant shall, at Tenants sole expense, maintain the coverages set forth in this Section 13(f).

 

16


i) Commercial General Liability Insurance . Tenant shall obtain commercial general liability insurance coverage written on an “occurrence” policy form, covering bodily injury, personal injury, property damage and advertising injury arising out of or relating (directly or indirectly) to Tenant’s business operations, conduct, assumed liabilities, or use or occupancy of the Unit Property or the Development, including by way of example and not limitation, Tenant’s independent contractors, products and completed operations and contractual liability arising from the operation, possession, maintenance or use of the Unit Property or areas immediately adjacent thereto, with limits of liability for each occurrence of not less than Two Million Donets ($2,000,000). In addition to the provisions of Section 13(f) (vi), Tenant shall increase the foregoing limits if Landlord, or any lender of Landlord, reasonably deems such increases desirable to protect Tenant and Landlord, provided that any such increases are comparable to amount of insurance covering businesses similar to Tenant’s business at the Unit Property, located in similar commercial centers in the area in which the Development is located. The insurance coverage under this Section shall, in addition, extend to any liabilities of Tenant arising out of the indemnity contained in Section 13(e).

ii) Broad Form Coverage . Tenant’s liability coverage shall include all the coverages typically provided by the Broad Form Comprehensive General Liability Endorsement, including broad form property damage coverage (which civil include coverage for completed operations). Tenant’s liability coverage shall further include premises-operations coverage, products-completed operations coverage, owners and contractors protective coverage (when reasonably required by Landlord), and the broadest available form of contractual liability coverage. It is the parties’ intent that Tenant’s contractual liability coverage provide coverage to the maximum extent possible of Tenant’s indemnification obligations under this Lease.

iii) Primary Insured . Tenant shall be the fuss or primary named insured.

iv) Additional Insureds . Landlord and any lender of Landlord shall be named by endorsement as additional insureds under Tenant’s general liability coverage. The additional insured endorsement must be on ISO Form CO 20 11 11 85 or an equivalent acceptable to Landlord; or any lender of Landlord with such modifications as Landlord may require.

v) Cross-Liability; Severability of Interests . Tenant’s general liability policies shall be endorsed as needed to provide cross-liability coverage for Tenant, Landlord, and any lender of Landlord and to provide severability of interests.

vi) Primary Insurance Endorsements for Additional Insureds . Tenant’s general liability policies shall be endorsed as needed to provide that the insurance afforded by those policies to the additional insureds is primary and that all insurance carried by Landlord Parties is strictly excess and secondary and shall not contribute with Tenant’s liability insurance.

vii) Scope of Coverage for Additional Insureds . The coverage afforded to Landlord and any lender of Landlord must be at least as broad as that afforded to Tenant and may not contain any terms, conditions, exclusions, or limitations applicable to Landlord or any lender of Landlord that do not apply to Tenant.

 

17


viii) Delivery of Certificate, Policy, and Endorsements . Before the Lease Commencement Date, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the endorsements referred to in this section 13(f) as well as a certified copy of Tenant’s liability policy or policies and an original certificate of insurance, executed by an authorized agent of the insurer or insured, evidencing compliance with the liability insurance requirements. The certificate shall provide far no less than thirty (30) days advance written notice to Landlord from the insurer or insurers of any cancellation, non-renewal, or material change in coverage or available limits of liability and shall, confirm compliance with the liability insurance requirements in this Lease. The “endeavor to” and “failure to mail such notice shall impose no obligation or liability of any kind upon the Company” language and any similar language shall be stricken from the certificate.

ix) Concurrency of Primary, Excess, and Umbrella Policies . Tenant’s liability insurance coverage may be provided by a combination of primary, excess, and umbrella policies, but those policies must be absolutely concurrent in all respects regarding the coverage afforded by the policies. The coverage of any excess or umbrella policy must be at least as broad as the coverage of the primary policy.

x) “Per Location” Endorsement . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense, procure a “per location” endorsement or equivalent reasonably acceptable to Landlord so that the general aggregate and other limits apply separately and specifically to the Unit Property.

xi) Survival of Insurance Requirements . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense, maintain ha full force and effect the liability insurance coverages required under this Lease and shall maintain Landlord Parties and any lender specified by Landlord as additional insureds, as required by subsection 13(f) of this Lease, for a period of no less than two (2) years after expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

xii) Tenant’s Workers’ Compensation and Employer Liability Coverage . Tenant shall procure and maintain workers’ compensation insurance as required by law and employer’s liability insurance with limits of no less than two-million dollars ($2,000,000).

xiii) Tenant’s First Party Insurance . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense, procure and maintain the first party insurance coverages described in this section 13(f).

xiv) Builder’s Risk . At all times during which Tenant is proceeding with any construction work at the Unit Property or the Development, Tenant shall maintain builders risk insurance with limits of coverage not less than one hundred percent (100%) of full replacement cost of Tenant’s leasehold improvements and Owner’s and contractor’s protective insurance and independent contractor’s insurance with coverage of at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) for a single occurrence and for property damage.

xv) Other Risks . Any additional insurance reasonably requested by Landlord to cover any other risk associated with Tenant’s use of the Unit Property, provided that such insurance is reasonably available and comparable to insurance customarily covering businesses similar to Tenant’s business in the Unit Property, located in similar commercial centers in the area in which the Development is located.

 

18


xvi) Tenant’s Property Insurance . Tenant shall procure and maintain property insurance coverage for: (a) all office furniture, trade fixtures, office equipment, merchandise, and all other items of Tenant’s property in, on, at, or about the Unit Property and the Development; (b) the Unit Property, any property installed by; for, or at the expense of Tenant in, once about same; and (c) all other improvements, betterments, alterations, and additions to the Unit Property. Tenant’s property insurance must fulfill the following requirements: (a) It must be written on the broadest available “all-risk” (special-causes-of-loss) policy form or an equivalent form acceptable to Landlord.(b) It must include an agreed-amount endorsement for no less then one-hundred (100) percent of the full replacement cost (new without deduction for depreciation) of the covered items and property; and (c) The amounts of coverage must meet any coinsurance requirements of the policy or policies. It is the parties’ intent that Tenant shill structure its property insurance program so that no coinsurance penalty shall be imposed and there shall be no valuation shortfalls or disputes with any insurer or with Landlord. The property insurance coverage shall include vandalism and malicious mischief coverage, sprinkler leakage coverage, and earthquake sprinkler leakage coverage. All proceeds of such property insurance covering the Unit Property and Tenant’s improvements therein shall, at the election of Landlord, be paid to Landlord and held in trust and may be used for the repair or replacement of the plate glass, fixtures, equipment or contents so insured. In the event this Lease shall terminate for any cause while such proceeds are held by Landlord, Landlord shall the right to apply such funds to the redevelopment of the Unit Property or the Development.

xvii) Comprehensive Automobile Liability and Property Damage . Tenant shall maintain comprehensive automobile liability and property damage insurance insuring all owned, non-owned and hired vehicles used in the conduct of the Tenant’s business and operated upon or parked upon the Common Area with limits of liability of not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) combined single limit for death or injury to one or more persons in a common accident or occurrence, and One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) for each occurrence for property damage. Tenant shall increase the foregoing limits (but not more than two times daring the Term) if Landlord reasonably deems such increases desirable to protect Tenant and Landlord, provided that any such increases are comparable to amount of insurance covering businesses similar to Tenant’s business in the Unit Property, located in similar commercial centers in the area in which the Development is located.

g) Form of Policies and Additional Requirements .

i) Insurance Independent of Exculpation and Indemnification . The insurance requirements set forth in Section 13 are independent of Tenant’s exculpation, indemnification, and other obligations under this Lease and shall not be construed or interpreted in any way to restrict, limit, or modify Tenant’s exculpation, indemnification, and other obligations or to limit Tenant’s liability under this Lease.

ii) Form of Policies . In addition to the other requirements set forth in this Section, the insurance required of Tenant ender this Section 13 must: (a) name Landlord and any other party Landlord specifies by endorsement as an additional insured; (b) be issued by an insurance company with a rating of no less than A-VIII in the current Best’s Insurance Guide, or that is otherwise acceptable to Landlord, and admitted to engage in the business of insurance in the State of California; (c) be primary insurance for all claims under it and provide that any insurance carried

 

19


by Landlord Parties and Landlord lenders is strictly excess, secondary, and noncontributing with any insurance carried by Tenant and (d) provide that insurance may not be canceled, nonrenewal, or the subject of material change in coverage or available limits of coverage, except on thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord and Landlord’s lenders.

iii) Tenant’s Delivery of Policy Endorsements, and Certificates . Tenant shall deliver the policy or policies, along with any endorsements to them and certificates required by this Section 13, to Landlord: (a) on or before the Lease Commencement Date; (b) at least thirty (30) days before the expiration date of any policy; and (c) on renewal of any policy.

iv) Deductibles and Self-Insured Retentions . Except as otherwise provided in Section 13(f) above, all deductibles and self-insured retentions under Tenant’s policies are subject to Landlord’s prior written approval.

v) Waiver of Subrogation . Landlord and Tenant agree to cause the insurance companies issuing their respective property (first party) insurance to waive any subrogation rights that those companies may have against Tenant or Landlord, respectively, as long as the insurance is not invalidated by the waiver. If the waivers of subrogation are contained in their respective insurance policies, Landlord and Tenant waive any right that either may have against the other on account of any loss or damage to their respective property to the extent that the loss or damage is insured.

vi) Review of Coverage . On or after the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date, Landlord shall have the right to review any insurance policy maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Section to determine whether such policy is adequate to properly insure all interests and as required by this Section and fulfill the intent thereof In the event that Landlord determines that Tenant’s insurance coverage is insufficient to Rail the terms or intent of this Section, Landlord shall have the right to require that Tenant increase Tenant’s insurance coverage to fulfill the requirements of this Section, which right, if exercised, shall be exercised reasonably. Landlord shall have the right review Tenant’s insurance coverage pursuant to this Section on or after the end of each five (5) year period following the most recent review hereunder.

vii) Lender’s Policy Requirements . Notwithstanding any provision herein contained to the contrary, Tenant agrees and acknowledges that Tenant’s Insurance requirements, or the insurance required to be maintained by the Association, may be subject to shame as a result of requirements which may be hereafter imposed by a Lender. Under such circumstances, Tenant agrees to any such changes, to pay for the same, and to otherwise comply with the provisions of this Section 13 with respect to any additional insurance requirements. In the event of any such required changes, Tenant shall pay the cost of the same directly to Landlord as Additional Rent, or if appropriate, as Tenant’s Share of the additional cost and expense of maintaining such additional required insurance regarding the Common Areas.

 

20


14. DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION .

a) Repair of Damage . Tenant shall be solely responsible for any and all repair of damage to the improvements and alterations made by Tenant to Unit including personally owned fixtures and equipment maintained by Tenant at the Unit Property from any cause whatsoever, other than the gross negligence of the Landlord, pursuant to the terms of this Lease, including repair of damage resulting from fire, earthquake, or any other identifiable event (“Casualty”) to the fullest extent reasonably possible. It is the intention of the parties to this Lease that Tenant shall be adequately insured, pursuant to Section 13 of this Lease, to fully and completely repair any and all such damage, and that Tenant shall accordingly fully mid completely repair such damage. In no event shall this Lease terminate on account of Casualty affecting the Unit Property except as expressly agreed to in writing by Landlord and Tenant upon such terms as are acceptable to both parties.

b) Waiver of Statutory Provisions . The provisions of this Lease, including those in this Section, constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant that applies in the event of any Casualty to the Unit Property. Tenant, therefore, fully waives the provisions of any statute or regulation, including California Civil Code sections 1932(2) and 1933(4), for any rights or obligations concerning a Casualty regarding the Unit Property.

15. CONDEMNATION .

a) Definition of “Condemnation .” As used in this Lease, the term Condemnation (Condemnation) means a permanent taking through (a) the exercise of any government power (by legal proceedings or otherwise) by any public or quasi-public authority or by any other party having the right of eminent domain (Condemnor) or (b) a voluntary sale or transfer by Landlord to any Condemnor, either under threat of exercise of eminent domain, by a Condemnor or while legal proceedings for condemnation are pending.

b) Effect on Rights and Obligations . If, during the Lease Term or the period between the date of execution of this Lease and the date on which the Lease Term bens, there is any Condemnation of all or part of the Unit Property, or Development, the rights and obligations of the parties shall be determined under this Section 15, and Rent shall not be affected or abated except as expressly provided in this Section. Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of any Condemnation regarding the Unit Property within thirty (30) days after the later of (a) the filing of a complaint by Condemnor or (b) the final agreement and determination by Landlord and Condemnor of the extent of the taking (Condemnation Notice).

c) Termination of Lease .

i) Definition of “Termination Date .” For purposes of this section the termination date (“Termination Date”) shell be the earliest of: (a) the date on which Condemnor takes possession of the property that is subject to the Condemnation; or (b) the date on which title to the property subject to the Condemnation is vested in Condemnor. If termination occur under this Section 15 the Termination Date shall be the earliest of the dates described in subsection 15(c)(i).

ii) Automatic Termination . If the Unit Property is totally taken by Condemnation, this Lease shall terminate as of the Termination Date, and the Condemnation Award shall be allocated between Landlord and Tenant in accordance with Section 15(e).

 

21


iii) Election to Terminate .

 

  1) If a Condemnation of not less than thirty percent (30%) of the Usable Square Footage of the Unit Property Deems during the Lease Term, both Landlord and Tenant shall have the option to elect to terminate this Lease. Such termination shall occur only if the terminating party notifies the non-terminating party in writing of its intent to terminate within thirty (30) days of receiving Condemnation Notice. Such termination notice shall have no force or effect if the Condemnation fails to occur or if any :amount Less than thirty percent (30%) of the Usable Square Footage of the Unit Property is actually taken for any reason whatsoever.

 

  2) If a Condemnation of thirty percent (30%) or less of the Usable Square Footage of the Unit Property occurs during the Lease Term, whereby the proposed condemnation will render the Unit Property as being no longer reasonable feasible for continued use and occupancy by Tenant as herein contemplated, then Tenant shall have the option to elect to terminate this Lease. Such termination shall occur only if Tenant notifies the Landlord in writing of Tenant’s intent to terminate within thirty (30) days of receiving Condemnation Notice.

iv) Tenant’s Waiver . Tenant agrees that its rights to terminate this Lease due to partial Condemnation are governed by this Article 15. Tenant waives all rights it may have under California Code of Civil Procedure section 1265.130, or otherwise, to terminate this Lease based on a partial Condemnation.

v) Proration of Rent . If this Lase is terminated under this Section 15, the termination shall be effective on the Termination Date, and Landlord shell prorate Rent to that date. Tenant shall be obligated to pay Rent for the period up to, but not including, the Termination Date as prorated by Landlord. Landlord shall return to Tenant prepaid Rent allocable to any period on or after the Termination Date.

d) Effect of Condemnation if Lease Is Not Terminated . If any part of the Unit Property is taken by Condemnation and this Lease is not terminated, Rent shall be proportionately reduced based on the Rentable Square Footage of the Unit Property taken. Landlord and Tenant agree to enter into an amendment to this Lease within thirty (30) days after the partial taking, confirming the reduction in Rentable Square Footage of the Unit Property and the reduction in Rent.

e) Allocation of Award . Any payment of compensation and damage pursuant to a condemnation under this Section shall be divided as follows:

i) All compensation and damages payable for or on account of improvements to the Unit Property made by Tenant that would be owned by Tenant at the expiration of the Lease Term, pursuant to Section 11(f), Shall be payable to Tenant; and

ii) All other compensation and damages payable in connection with the Condemnation shall be solely the property of Landlord.

 

22


16. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLEASING .

a) Restricted Transfers

i) Consent Required; Definition of Transfer . Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, before entering into or permitting any Transfer. A Transfer (“Transfer”) consists of any of the following, whether voluntary or involuntary and whether effected by death, operation of law, or otherwise: (a) any assignment, sublease, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance, or other transfer of any interest in this Lease; and (b) any of the changes (e.g., a change of ownership or reorganization) included in the definition of Transfer in Section 16(b). Any person to whom any Transfer is made or sought to be’ made is a “Transferee.”

ii) Landlord’s Remedies . If a Transfer fails to comply with this Section 16, Landlord may, at its sole option, do any or all of the following: (a) void the Transfer and continue the Lease in effect; (b) declare Tenant in material and incurable default under Section 21 notwithstanding any cure period specified therein; or (c) ratify the Transfer.

b) Transfer Procedure .

i) Transfer Notice . Before entering into or permitting any transfer, Tenant shall provide to Landlord a written Transfer Notice (“Transfer Notice”) at least forty-five (45) days before the proposed effective date of the Transfer. The Transfer Notice shall include all of the following: (a) information regarding the proposed Transferee, including the name, address, and ownership of Transferee; the nature of Transferee’s business; and Transferee’s current financial statements, bank account statements, tax returns, and a detailed business plan; (b) all the terms of the proposed Transfer, including the consideration payable by Transferee; the portion of the Unit Property that is subject to the Transfer (“Subject Space”); the proposed use of the Subject Space; the effective date of the Transfer; and a copy of all documentation concerning the proposed Transfer; (c) any other information or documentation reasonably requested by Landlord; and (d) an executed estoppel certificate from Tenant as to the current state of the Lease and any and all other agreements between the wiles. Any Transfer Notice delivered by Tenant to Landlord shall include a payment of $1000.00 to Landlord towards the Transfer Fee herein described (the “Transfer Fee Deposit”).

ii) Transfer Fee . Within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s written request, Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent any reasonable review and processing costs and fees, as well as any reasonable legal fees that Landlord incurs in reviewing and processing the Transfer Notice (“Transfer Fee”) as the same may exceed the Transfer Fee Deposit. Tenant shall pay the Transfer Fee whether or not Landlord consents to the Transfer. In no event shall the Transfer Fee exceed the sum of $2500.00. All other costs and expenses (including any brokerage commissions) incurred by Tenant in connection with the proposed Transfer shall be borne by Tenant.

iii) Limits of Consent . If Landlord consents to any Transfer, the following limits apply: (a) Landlord does not agree to waive or modify the terms and conditions of this Lease; (b) Landlord does not consent to any further Transfer by either Tenant or Transferee; (c) Tenant remains liable under this Lease, and any guarantor of the Lease remains liable under the guaranty; and (d) Tenant may enter into that Transfer in accordance with this Section if: (1) The Transfer

 

23


occurs within six (6) months after Landlord’s consent or such longer period of time as Landlord may agree to in writing; (2) The Transfer is made upon the same terms as specified in the Transfer Notice; and (3) Tenant delivers to Landlord, promptly after execution, an original, executed copy of all documentation pertaining to the Transfer in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, (including Transferee’s agreement to be subject and subordinate to the Lease and to assume Tenant’s obligations under the Lease to the extent applicable to the Unit Property).

If the Transfer occurs after six (6) months (or such longer period of time as Landlord may agree to in writing) or the terms of the Transfer have materially changed from those in the Transfer Notice, Tenant shall submit a new Transfer Notice under subsection 16(b), requesting Landlord’s consent, and the Unit Property shall again be subject to Landlord’s rights under section 16. A material change is one the terms of which would have entitled Landlord to refuse to consent to the Transfer initially or would cause the proposed Transfer to be more favorable to Transferee than the terms in the original Transfer Notice.

c) Landlord’s Consent .

i) Reasonable Consent . Landlord may not unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed Transfer that complies with this Section 16. Reasonable grounds for denying consent include, but are not limited to, any of the following: (a) Transferee’s credit history, business, or proposed use is not consistent with the character or quality of the Development; (b) Transferee would be a significantly less prestigious occupant of the Development than Tenant; (c) Transferee is either a government agency or an instrumentality of one; (d) Transferee’s intended use of The Unit Property is inconsistent with the Permitted Use, Laws and Orders, the Covenants, Codes and Restrictions, or will materially and adversely affect Landlord’s interest; (c) Transferee’s financial condition is or may be inadequate to support the Lease obligations of Transferee under the Transfer documents; or (f) the Transfer would cause Landlord to violate another lease or agreement to which Landlord is a party or would give any other tenant at the Development the right to cancel or seek to terminate its lease.

ii) Landlord’s Written Response . Within a reasonable time after receipt of a Transfer Notice that complies with subsection 16(b)(i), Landlord shall approve or disapprove the proposed Transfer in writing.

iii) Tenant’s Remedies . If Landlord wrongfully denies or conditions its consent, Tenant may seek only declaratory and injunctive relief Tenant specifically waives any damage claims against Landlord in connection with the withholding of consent under this Section.

 

24


d) Transfers of Ownership Interests and Other Organizational Changes .

i) Change of Ownership; Reorganization . For purposes of this Section 16, Transfer (“Transfer”) also includes:

(1) If Tennant is a partnership or limited liability company:

(a) A change in ownership effected voluntarily, involuntarily, or by operation of law within a twelve-month (12-month) period, of fifty (50%) or more of the partners or members or fifty (50%) or more of the partnership or membership interests; or

(b) The dissolution of the partnership or limited liability company without its immediate reconstitution.

(2) If Tenant is a closely held corporation (i.e., one whose stock is not publicly held and not traded through an exchange or over the counter):

(a) The sale or other transfer within a twelve-month (12-month) period, of more than an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) of the voting shares of Tenant (other than to immediate family members by reason of gift or death);

(b) The sale, mortgage, hypothecation, or pledge within a twelvemonth (12-month) period, of more than an aggregate of twenty-five percent (25%) of the value of Tenant’s unencumbered assets; or

(c) The dissolution, merger, consolidation, or other reorganization

ii) Transfer to Affiliate . Despite any other provision of this Lease, Landlord’s consent is not required for any Transfer to an Affiliate, as defined in subsection 16(d)(iii), as long as the following conditions are met: (a) at least ten (10) business days before the Transfer, Landlord receives written notice of the Transfer (as well as any documents or information reasonably requested by Landlord regarding the Transfer or Transferee); (b) the Transfer is not a subterfuge by Tenant to avoid its obligations under the Lease; (c) if the Transfer is an assignment, Transferee assumes in writing all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease and (d) Transferee hoe a tangible net worth, as evidenced by financial statements delivered to Landlord and certified by an independent certified public accountant in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles that are consistently applied (Net Worth), at least equal to Tenant’s Net Worth either immediately before the Transfer or as of the date of this Lease, whichever is greater.

iii) Definition of Affiliate . An Affiliate (Affiliate) means any entity that (a) controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Tenant, or (b) is the surviving entity as a result of a merger with Tenant Control (Control) means the direct or indirect ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of an entity or possession of the right to vote more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting interest in the ordinary direction of the entity’s affairs.

17. SURRENDER OF UNIT PROPERTY .

a) Surrender of Unit Property . No act of Landlord or its authorized representatives shall constitute Landlord’s acceptance of a surrender or abandonment of the Unit Property by Tenant unless that intent is specifically acknowledged in a writing signed by both parties. At the option of Landlord, a surrender and termination of this Lease shall operate as an assignment to Landlord of all subleases or sub tenancies. Landlord shall exercise this option by giving notice of that assignment to all subtenants within ten (10) days after the effective den of the surrender and termination.

 

25


b) Removal of Tenant Property by Tenant . On the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, Tenant shall quit the Unit Property and surrender possession to Landlord in accordance with this section. Tenant shall leave the Unit Property in substantially the same condition as existed on the Lease Commencement Date, with all Tent Improvements intact , except for reasonable wear and tear. On expiration or termination, Tenant shall, without expense to Landlord, remove or cause to be removed from the Unit Property: (a) All debris and rubbish; (b) Any items of furniture, equipment, freestanding cabinet work, and other articles of personal property owned by Tenant or installed or placed by Tenant at its expense in the Unit Properly; (c) Any similar articles of any other persons claiming under Tenant that Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion, requires to be removed; and (d) Any alterations and improvements that Tenant is required to remove under Section 11. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense, repair all damage or injury that may occur to the Unit Property caused by Tenant’s removal of those items and shall restore the Unit Property to its original condition as of the Lease Commencement Date, with Tenant Improvements intact.

18. HOLDING OVER .

a) Holdover Rent . If Tenant remains in possession of the Unit Property after expiration or earlier termination of this Lease with Landlord’s express written consent, Tenant’s occupancy shall be a month-to-month tenancy at a rent agreed on by Landlord and Tenant but in no event less than the Base Rent and Additional Rent payable under this Lease during the last full month before the date of expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. The month-to-month tenancy shall be on the terms and conditions of this Lease except as provided in (a) the preceding sentence and (b) the Lease clauses concerning lease term and extension rights. Landlord’s acceptance of rent after such holding over with Landlords written consent shell not result in any other tenancy or in a renewal of the original term of this Lease. If Tenant remains in possession of the Unit Property after expiration or earlier termination of this Lease without Landlord’s consent, Tenant’s continued possession shall be on the basis of a tenancy at sufferance and Tenant shall pay as monthly rent during the holdover period an amount equal to the greater of: (1) One-hundred and fifteen percent (115%) of the fair market rental (as reasonably determined by Landlord) forth Unit Property; or (2) One-hundred Fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent and Additional Rent payable under this Lease for the last full month before the date of expiration or termination.

b) No Consent or Waiver Implied . Nothing in this Section 18 shall be construed as implied consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant Landlord expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to surrender possession of the Unit Property to Landlord as provided in this Lease on expiration or other termination of this Lease. The provisions of this Section 18 shall not be considered to limit or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies of Landlord provided in this Lease or at law.

 

26


19. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES .

a) Tenant’s Obligation to Provide Estoppel Certificates . Within ten (10) days after a written request by Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord an estoppel certificate, in a form acceptable to Landlord, indicating in the certificate any exceptions to the statements in the certificate that may exist at that time. The certificate shall also contain any other information reasonably requested by Landlord or any existing or prospective lender, mortgagee, or purchaser. To the extent Tenant fails to provide the estoppel certificate within ten (10) days, the Landlord shall be entitled and hereby authorized to execute the Estoppel Certificate on the Tenant’s behalf, and the content thereof shall be deemed approved by Tenant and Tenant shall be bound by the terms as though Tenant had executed the same.

b) Financial Statements . Within fifteen (15) days after a written request by Landlord, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a copy of the financial statements set forth in Tenant’s10-K or a similar certified public accountant’s certified financial report or statement for the two (2) years preceding the current financial statement year.

c) Failure to Deliver . Tenant’s failure to execute or deliver an Estoppel Certificate in the required time period shall constitute an acknowledgment by Tenant that the statements included in any Estoppel Certificate prepared by Landlord under Section 19(a) are true and correct, without exception. Tenant’s failure to execute or deliver an Estoppel Certificate or other document or instrument required under this Section 19 in a timely manner shall be a material breach of this Lease.

20. SUBORDINATION, NONDISTURBANCE, AND ATTORNMENT .

a) Automatic Subordination . This Lease is subject and subordinate to: (a) the lien of any mortgages, deeds of trust, or other encumbrances (Encumbrances) of the Development Property (b) all present and future ground or underlying leases (Underlying Leases) of the Development now in force against the Development; (c) all renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations, and replacements of the items described in subparagraphs (a)-(b); and (d) all advances made or hereafter to be made on the security of the Encumbrances. Despite any other provision of this Section 20, any Encumbrance holder or Landlord may elect that this Lease shall be senior to and have priority over that Encumbrance or Underlying Lease whether this Lease is dated before or after the date of the Encumbrance or Underlying Lease.

b) Subordination Agreement; Agency . This subordination is self-operative, and no further instrument of subordination shall be required to make it effective. To confirm this subordination, however, Tenant shall, within five (5) days after Landlord’s request, execute any farther instruments, subordination agreements) or assurances in recordable form that Landlord reasonably considers necessary to evidence or confirm the subordination or superiority of this Lease, as Landlord may elect, to any such Encumbrances or Underlying Leases. Tenant’s failure to execute and deliver such instrument(s) shall constitute a material breach and default under this Lease.

c) Attornment . Tenant covenants and agrees to attorn to the transferee of Landlord’s interest in the Real Property by voluntary sale or transfer, by foreclosure; deed in lieu of foreclosure, by exercise of any remedy provided in any Encumbrance or Underlying Lease, or operation of law

 

27


(without any deductions or setoffs), if requested to do so by the transferee, and to recognize the transferee as the Landlord under this Lease. Such transferee shall not be liable for: (a) any acts, omissions, or defaults of Landlord that occulted before the sale or conveyance; or (b) the return of any security deposit except for deposits actually paid to or received by the transferee.

d) Non-disturbance . Notwithstanding the terms of this Section 20, Tenant’s right to quiet possession of the Unit Property shall not be disturbed so long as Tenant is not in default pursuant to Section 21 below.

e) Notice of Default: Right to Cure . Tenant agrees to give written notice of any default by Landlord to the holder of any Encumbrance or Underlying Lease ( “Lienholder”). Tenant agrees that, before it exercises any rights or remedies under the lease, the Lienholder or Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to cure the default within the same time, if any, given to Landlord to cure the default, plus whatever additional period is required by the Lienholder , which in any event shall be not less than an additional thirty (30) days. Tenant agrees that this cure period shall be extended by the time necessary for the Lienholder to begin foreclosure proceedings and to obtain possession of the Unit Property or Development, as applicable.

21. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES .

a) Tenant’s Default . The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease:

i) Tenant’s failure to pay when due any Rent required to be paid under this Lease if the failure continues for five (5) business days air written notice of the failure from Landlord to Tenant;

ii) Tenant’s failure to provide any instrument or assurance or estoppel certificate as required by Sections 19 and 20 if the failure continues for ten (10) days after written notice of the failure from Landlord to Tenant;

iii) Tenant’s failure to perform any other obligation under this Lease if the failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice of the failure from Landlord to Tenant; provided, however, that if such failure is not susceptible of cure within such thirty (30) day period, Tenant shall not be in default so long as Tenant commences the cure within such thirty (30) day period and diligently pursues cure to completion.

iv) Tenant’s abandonment of the Unit Property, including Tenant’s absence from the Unit Property for seven (7) consecutive days (excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and California legal holidays) while in default under any provision of this Lease;

v) To the extent permitted by law:

(1) A general assignment by Tenant or any guarantor of the Lease for the benefit of creditors;

 

28


(2) The filing by or against Tenant, or any guarantor, of any proceeding under an insolvency or bankruptcy law, unless (in the case of an involuntary proceeding) the proceeding is dismissed within sixty (60) days;

(3) The appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of all or substantially all the assets of Tenant or any guarantor, unless possession is unconditionally restored to Tenant or that guarantor within thirty (30) days and the trusteeship or receivership is dissolved;

(4) Any execution or other judicially authorized seizure of all or substantially all the assets of Tenant located on the Unit Property, or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, unless that seizure is discharged within thirty (30) days; or

vi) The committing of waste on the Unit Property.

b) Replacement of Statutory Notice Requirements . When this Lease requires service of a notice, that notice shall not be deemed to replace statutory notice, including any notices required by Code of Civil Procedure section 1161 or any similar or successor statute. When a statute requires service of a notice within a particular time in a particular manner, service of that notice (or a similar notice required by this Lease) in the manner required by Section shall not replace or satisfy the statutory service-of-notice procedures, including those required by Code of Civil Procedure section 1162 or any similar or successor statute to the fullest extern permitted by law. In the event of any conflict between the notice provisions of this Lease and any California statutory law, the terms of the statutory law shall be deemed to control the rights and obligations of the parties.

c) Landlord’s Remedies on Tenant’s Default . On The occurrence of a default by Tenant, Landlord shall have the right to pursue any one or more of the following remedies in addition to any other remedies now or later available to Landlord at law or in equity. These remedies are not exclusive but cumulative.

i) Termination of Lease . Landlord may terminate this Lease and recover possession of the Unit Property. Once Landlord has terminated this Lease, Tenant shall immediately surrender the Unit Property to Landlord. On termination of this Lease, Landlord may recover from Tenant all of the following: (a) The worth at the time of the award of any unpaid Rent that has accrued at the time of the termination, to be computed by allowing interest at the rate set forth in Section 23 but in no case greater than the maximum amount of interest permitted by law; (b) The worth at the time of e award of the mount by which the unpaid Rent that would have been earned between the time of the termination and the time of the award exceeds the amount of unpaid Rent that Tenant proves could reasonably have been avoided, to be computed by allowing interest at the rate set forth in Section 23 but in no case greater than the maximum amount of intent permitted by law; (c) The worth at the time of the award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the Lease Term after the time of the award exceeds the amount of unpaid Rent that Tenant proves could reasonably have been avoided, to be computed by discounting that amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of the award plus one percent (1%); (d) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform obligations under this Lease, including brokerage commissions and advertising expenses, expenses of remodeling the Unit Property for a new tenant (whether for the same or a different use), and any special concessions made to obtain a new tenant; and (e) Any other amounts, in addition to or in lieu of those listed above, that may be permitted by applicable law.

 

29


ii) Continuation of Lease in Effect . Landlord shall have the remedy described in Civil Code section 1951.4, which provides that, when a tenant has the right to sublet or assign (subject only to reasonable limitations), the landlord may continue the lease in effect after the tenant’s breach and abandonment and recover Rent as it becomes due. Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, Landlord may enforce all of Landlord’s rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover all Rent as it becomes clue.

iii) Tenant’s Subleases . Whether or not Landlord elects to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, Landlord may:

(1) Terminate any sublease, license, concession, or other consensual arrangement for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the Unit Property.

(2) Choose to succeed to Tenant’s interest in such an arrangement. If Landlord elects to succeed to Tenant’s interest in such an arrangement, Tenant shall, as of the date of notice by Landlord of that election, have no further right to, or interest in, the Rent or other consideration receivable under that arrangement.

d) Form of Payment After Default . If Tenant fails to pay any amount due under this Lease within three (3) days after the due date or if Tenant draws a check on an account with insufficient funds, Landlord shall have the right to require that any subsequent amounts paid by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease (to cure a default or otherwise) be paid in the form of cash, money order, cashier’s or certified check drawn on an institution acceptable to Landlord, or other form approved by Landlord despite any prior practice of accepting payments in a different form.

e) Acceptance of Rent Without Waiving Rights . Landlord may accept Tenant’s payments without waiving any rights under this Lease, including rights under a previously served notice of default. If Landlord accepts payments after serving a notice of default, Landlord may nevertheless commence and pursue an action to enforce rights and remedies under the previously served notice of default.

f) Tenant’s Remedies on Landlord’s Default . Tenant waives any right to unilaterally declare a termination of this Lease and to vacate the Unit Property thereunder on Landlord’s default under this Lease. Tenants sole remedy on Landlord’s default is an action for damages as provided under Section 13, or injunctive or declaratory relief seeking a formal declaration as to the termination of the Lease, and Tenant’s rights thereunder.

22. LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO PERFORM TENANT’S OBLIGATIONS

a) Landlord’s Right to Perform Tenant’s Obligations . All obligations to be performed by Tenant under this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenants expense and without any reduction of Rent. If Tenant’s failure to perform an obligation continues for five (5) days after notice to Tenant, Landlord may perform the obligation on Tenant’s behalf, without waiving Landlord’s rights

 

30


for Tenant’s failure to perform any obligations under this Lease and without releasing Tenant from such obligations. Within fifteen (15) days after receiving a statement from Landlord, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of expense reasonably incurred by Landlord, in performing Tenant’s obligation under this See don, as Additional Rent.

23. LATE PAYMENTS .

a) Late Charges . If any Rent payment is not received by Landlord or Landlord’s designee within five (5) days after that Rent is due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge (Late Charge(s)) often percent (10%) of such delinquent payment as liquidated damages. Tenant shall lay this amount for each calendar month in which all or any part of any Rent payment remains delinquent for more than five (5) days after the due date. The parties agree that this late charge represents a reasonable estimate of the expenses that Landlord will incur because of any late payment of Rent (other then attorney fees and costs incurred under Section 26). Landlord’s acceptance of any liquidated damages shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default with respect to the overdue amount or prevent Landlord from exercising any of the rights and remedies available to Landlord under this Lease. Tenant shall pay The late charge as Additional Rent with the next installment of Rent.

24. NONWAIVER .

a) Nonwaiver . No waiver of any provision of this Lease shall be implied by any failure of Landlord to enforce any remedy for the violation of that provision, even if that violation continues or is repeated. Any waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease must be in writing. Such written waiver shall affect only the provision specified and only for the time and in the manner stated in the writing.

b) Acceptance and Application of Payment; Not Accord and Satisfaction . No receipt by Landlord of a lesser payment than the Rent required under this Lease shall be considered to be other than on account of the earliest amount due, and no endorsement or statement on any check or letter accompanying a payment or check shall be considered an accord and satisfaction. Landlord may accept checks or payments without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover all amounts due and pursue all other a remedies provided for in this Lease.

Landlord’s receipt of monies from Tenant after giving notice to Tenant terminating this Lease shall in no way reinstate, continue, or extend the Lease Term or affect the Termination Notice given by Landlord before the receipt of those monies. After serving notice terminating this Lease, filing an action, or obtaining final judgment for possession of the Unit Property, Landlord may receive end collect any Rent due and the payment of Rent shall not waive or affect such prior notice, action, or judgment

25. WAIVER OF RIGHT TO JURY TRIAL

Waiver of Right Jury Trial . Landlord and Tenant waive their respective rights to trial by jury of any contract or tort claim, counterclaim, cross-complaint, or cause of action in any action, proceeding, or hearing brought by either party against the other on any matter arising out of or in any

 

31


way connected with this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, or Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Unit Property, including any claim of injury or damage or the enforcement of any remedy under any current or future law, statute, regulation, code, or ordinance.

Landlord’s initials /s/ NT Tenant’s initials /s/ RS

26. ATTORNEY FEES AND COSTS .

Attorney Fees and Costs . If either party undertakes litigation against the other party arising out of or in connection with this Lease, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the other party reasonable attorney fees and court costs incurred. The prevailing party shall be determined under Civil Code section 1717(b)(1) or any successor statute. Landlord shall also be entitled to collect from Tenant, as costs under this Lease, any attorney fees Landlord incurs in collecting any sum due from Tenant and not timely paid under the Lease whether or not Landlord institutes any legal action to collect such sum.

27. LANDLORD’S ACCESS TO UNIT PROPERTY .

a) Landlord’s Access to Unit Property . Landlord and its agents shall have the right at all reasonable times to enter the Unit Property to: (a) inspect the Unit Property; (b) show the Unit Property to prospective purchasers, mortgagees, or tenants or to ground Landlords or underlying Landlords; (c) serve, post, and keep posted notices required by law or that Landlord considers necessary for the protection of Landlord or the Development; or (d) make repairs, replacements, alterations, or improvements to the Unit Property or Development that Landlord considers necessary or desirable. Despite any other provision of this Section 27, Landlord may enter the Unit Property at any time to: (a) perform services required of Landlord; (b) take possession due to any breach of this Lease; or (c) perform any covenants of Tenant that Tenant fails to perform.

b) Tenant’s Waiver . Landlord may enter the Unit Property without the abatement of Rent and may take steps to accomplish the stared purposes. Tenant waives any claims for damages caused by Landlord’s entry, including damage claims for: (a) injuries; (b) inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business; (c) lost profits; and (d) loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Unit Property, unless such damages arise solely from the gross negligence of the Landlord.

c) Method of Entry . For entry as permitted by this Section 27, Landlord shall at all times have a key or, if applicable, a card key with which to unlock all the doors in the Unit Property, excluding Tenant’s vaults, and safes. In an emergency situation, Landlord shall have the right to use any means that Landlord considers proper to open the doors in and to the Unit Property. Any such entry into the Unit Property by Landlord shall not be considered a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Unit Property or an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant from any portion of the Unit Property.

28. SIGNS .

Development Name; Landlord’s Signage Rights . Subject to Tenant’s signage rights under this Section 28, Landlord and/or the Association may at any time change the name of the Development and install, affix, and maintain all signs on the exterior and interior of the

 

32


Development as they may, in their sole discretion, desire. Tenant shall not have or acquire any property right or interest in the name of the Development. Tenant may make reasonable use the name of the Development on pictures or illustrations of the Development in advertising or other publicity during the Lease Term. Tenant’s right to maintain signs at the Development shall be subject to the consent of the Association, the Projects Documents, and the rules and regulations of any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Development.

Tenants Signage Rights . Tenant shall have the right to place signage above the western entrance of the building (see Signage Location Exhibit). All signage shall be approved by Landlord and be consistent with Association rules and regulations regarding building signage.

29. TENANT PARKING .

a) Number of Parking Spaces . Tenant shall have non-exclusive use of available unmarked parking spaces within the Development as shown on Exhibit “A”. Tenant agrees and acknowledges that Tenant has no exclusive parking spaces nor exclusive parking rights within the Development parking area except as the same may be designated or otherwise approved in writing the Association.

b) Changes in Location, Layout, and Service . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the Association has the right to change the location, size, configuration, design, layout, and all other aspects of the parking facility, including the discontinuance of the escort or valet system. The Association may close off or restrict access to the parking facility from time to time to facilitate construction, alteration, or improvements, without incurring any liability to Tenant and without any abatement of Rent under this Lease.

c) Parking Rules and Regulations . Tenant’s continued right to non-exclusive use of available unmarked parking spaces adjacent to the Development is conditioned on Tenant’s abiding by all rules and regulations prescribed from time to time for the orderly operation and use of the parking facility, Laws and Orders, and the Covenants, Codes and Redactions. Tenant shall use all reasonable efforts to ensure that Tenant’s employees and visitors also comply with such rules and regulations.

30. MISCELLANEOUS .

a) Captions . The captions of articles and sections and the table of contents of this Lease are for convenience only and have no effect on the interpretation of the provisions of this Lease.

b) Word Usage . Unless the context clearly requires otherwise: (a) the plural and singular numbers shall each be considered to include the other; (b) the masculine, feminine, and neuter senders shall each be considered to include the others; (c) “shall,” “will,” “must,” “agrees,” and “covenants” are each mandatory; (d) “may” is permissive; (e) “or” is not exclusive; and (f) “includes” and “including” are not limiting.

c) Counting Days . Days shall be counted by excluding the first day and including the last day. If the last day is a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday as described in Government Code sections 6700-6701, it shall be excluded. Any act required by this Lease to be performed by a

 

33


certain day shall be timely performed if completed before 5 p.m. local time on that date. If the day for performance of any obligation colder this Lease is a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday, the time for performance of that obligation shall be extended to 5 p.m. local time on the first following date that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday.

d) Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Lease and all exhibits referred to in this Lease constitute the final, complete, and exclusive statement of the terms of the agreement between Landlord and Tenant pertaining to Tenant’s lease of the Unit Property and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous understandings or agreements of the parties. Neither party has been induced to enter into this Lease by, and neither party is relying on, any representation or warranty outside those expressly set forth in this Lease. This Lease may be amended only by an agreement in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant/the party to be charged.

e) Exhibits . The Exhibits and Addendum, if applicable, attached to this Lease area part of this Lease and incorporated into this Lease by reference.

f) Reasonableness and Good Faith . Except as limited elsewhere in this Lease, whenever this Lease requires Landlord or Tenant to give its consent or approval to any action on the part of the other, such consent or approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. If either Landlord or Tenant disagrees with any determination covered by this prevision and reasonably requests the reasons for that determination, the determining party shall furnish its reason in writing and in reasonable detail within five (5) business days following the request

g) Partial Invalidity . If a court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction holds any Lease clause to be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part for any reason, the validity and enforceability of the remaining clauses, or portions of them, shell not be affected.

h) Binding, Effect . Subject to Section 16 and Section 30(o), this Lease shall bind and benefit the parties to this Lease and their legal representatives and successors in interest.

i) Independent Covenants . This Lease shall be construed as though the covenants between Landlord and Tenant are independent and not dependent. Tenant expressly waives the benefit of any statute to the cony and agrees that if Landlord fails to perform its obligations under this Lease, Tenant shall not be entitled: (a) to make any repairs or perform any acts at Landlord’s expense; or (b) to any setoff of the Rent or other amounts owing under this Lease against Landlord. The foregoing, however, shall in no way impair Tenant’s right to bring a separate action against Landlord for any violation by Landlord of the provisions of this Lease if notice is first given to Landlord and any lender of whose address Tenant has been notified, and an opportunity is granted to Landlord and that lender to correct those violations as provided in Sections 20 and 21

j) Governing Law . This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

k) Notices . All notices (including requests, demands, approvals, or other communications) under this Lease shall be in writing.

 

34


i) Method of Delivery . Notice shall be sufficiently given for all purposes as follows:

(1) When personally delivered to the recipient, notice is effective on delivery.

(2) When mailed by certified mail with return receipt requested, notice is effective on receipt if delivery is confirmed by a return receipt.

(3) When delivered by Federal Express/Airborne/United Parcel Service/DHL WorldWide Express with charges prepaid or Owned to the sender’s account, notice is effective on delivery if delivery is confirmed by the delivery service.

(4) When sent by telex or fax to the last telex or fax number of the recipient known to the parry giving notice, notice is effective on receipt as long as (1) a duplicate copy of the notice is promptly given by first-class or certified mail or by overnight delivery or (2) the receiving party delivers a written confirmation of receipt. Any notice given by telex or fax shall be considered to have been received on the next business day if it is received after 5 p.m. (recipient’s rime) or on a non-business day.

ii) Refined, Unclaimed, or Undeliverable Notices . Any correctly addressed notice that is refused, unclaimed, or undeliverable because of an act or omission of the party to be notified shall be considered to be effective as of the first date that the notice was refused, unclaimed, or considered undeliverable by the postal authorities, messenger, or overnight delivery service.

iii) Addresses . Addresses for purposes of giving notice are as follows:

Landlord:

Tank Farm Office Park, LLC

684 Higuera Street, Suite B

San Luis Obispo, CA 93401

Fax: (805) 544-0394

Tenant:

MindBody Inc.

4051 Broad Street, Suite 220

San Luis Obispo, CA 93401

Fax:             

Either party may change its address or telex or fax number by giving the other party notice of the charge in any manner permitted by this section 30, provided, however, that Tenant must provide a street address suitable for personal service when changing its address.

 

35


iv) Lenders and Ground Lessor . If Tenant is notified of the identity and address of Landlord’s lender or ground or underlying lessor; Tenant shall give to that lender or ground or underlying lessor written notice of any default by Landlord under the terms of this Lease.

l) Force Majeure . If performance by a party of any portion of this Lease is Made impossible by any prevention delay, or stoppage caused by strikes; lockouts; labor disputes; acts of God; inability to obtain services, labor, or materials or reasonable substitutes for those items; government actions; civil commotions; fire or other casualty; or other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated to perform, performance by that party for a period equal to the period of that prevention, delay, or stoppage is excused. Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent, however, is not excused by this section.

m) Time of the Essence . Time is of the essence of this Lease and each of its provisions.

n) Modifications Required by Landlord’s Lender . If any lender of Landlord requires a modification of this Lease That will not increase Tenant’s cost or expense or materially or adversely change Tenant’s rights and obligations; this Lease shall be so modified and Tenant shall execute whatever documents are required and deliver them to Landlord within ten (10) days after the request.

o) Transfer of Landlord’s Interest . Landlord has the right to transfer all or part of its interest in the Development and Real Property and in this Lease. On such a transfer, Landlord shall automatically be released from all liability accruing under this Lease, and Tenant shall look solely to that transferee for the performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease after the date of transfer. Landlord may assign its interest in this Lease to a mortgage lender as additional security. This assignment shall not release Landlord from its obligations under this Lease, and Tenant shall continue to look to Landlord for the performance of its obligations under this Lease,

p) Joint and Several Obligations of Tenant . If more than one individual or entity comprises Tenant, the obligations imposed on each individual or entity that comprises Tenant under this Lease shall be joint and several.

q) Submission of Lease . Submission of this document for examination or signature by the parties does not constitute an option or offer to lease the Unit Property on the terms in this document or a reservation of the Unit Property in favor of Tenant. This document is not effective as a lease or otherwise until executed and delivered by both Landlord and Tenant.

r) Legal Authority .

i) Corporate Authority . If Tenant is a corporation, each individual executing, this Lease on behalf of that corporation represents and warrants that: (a) the individual is authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of that corporation in accordance with a duly adopted resolution of the corporation’s board of directors and in accordance with that corporation’s articles of incorporation or charter and bylaws; (b) this Lease is binding on that corporation in accordance with its terms; (c) the corporation is a duly organized and legally existing corporation in good standing in the State of California; and (d) the execution and delivery of this Lease by that corporation shall not result in any breach of or constitute a default under any mortgage, deed of trust, lease loan, credit agreement, partnership agreement, or other contract or instrument to which that corporation is a party or by which that corporation may be bound.

 

36


If Tenant is a corporation, Tenant shall, within fifteen (15) days after the date of this Lease, deliver to Landlord a copy of a resolution of Tenant’s board of directors authorizing or ratifying the execution and delivery of this Lease. That resolution must be duly certified by the secretary or assistant secretary of the corporation.

If Tenant fails to comply with this subsection, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of the corporation shall be personally liable for all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

ii) Partnership Authority . If Tenant is a partnership, Tenant represents and warrants: (a) that each individual executing this Lease on behalf of the partnership is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease in accordance with the partnership agreement, or an amendment to the partnership agreement, now in effect; (b) this Lease is binding on that partnership; (c) the partnership is a duly organized and legally existing partnership and has filed all certificates required by law; and (d) the execution and delivery of this Lease shall not result in any breath of or constitute a default under any mortgage, deed of trust, lease, loan, credit agreement, partnership agreement, or other contract or instrument to which the partnership is a party or by which the partnership may be bound.

iii) Limited Liability Company Authority . if Tenant is a limited liability company, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of that company represents and warrants that: (a) the individual(s) executing this Lease on behalf of the company has/have full power and authority under the company’s governing documents to execute and deliver this Lease in the name of and on behalf of the company and to cause the company to perform its obligations under this Lease; (b) the company is a limited liability company duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of California and is duly qualified and validly existing as a foreign limited liability company in California; and (c) the company has the power wad authority under applicable law and its governing documents to execute and deliver this Lease and to perform its obligations under this Lease.

s) Right to Lease . Landlord reserves the absolute right to contract with any other person or entity to be a tenant in the Development as Landlord, in Landlord’s sole business judgment, determines best to promote the interests of the Development. Tenant does not rely on the expectation, and Landlord does not represent, that any specific tenant or type or number of tenants will, during the Lease Term, occupy any space in the Development

t) No Air Rights . No rights to any view from the Unit Property or to exterior light to the Unit Property are created under this Lease.

u) Brokers . Landlord and Tenant each represents to the outer that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, except for Anderson Realty anal that they know of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission or finder’s fee in connection with this Lease. Each party shall indemnify, protect,

 

37


defend, and hold harmless the other party against all claims, demands; losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, and costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney fees) for any leasing commission. finder’s fee, or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of the indemnifying party’s dealings with any real estate broker or agent other then the Brokers. The terms of this section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term. Landlord shall solely be responsible for the payment of may commissions, fees or other payments to the Brokers with respect to this Lease.

31. ACKNOWLEGEMENT OF RECIEPT AND EFFECT OF DOCUMENTS .

By its execution of this Lease, Tenant expressly acknowledges that Tenant has received and had the opportunity to read the following documents (“Project Documents”) prior to the execution of this Lease:

 

  1. The Declaration of Conditions, Covenants, and Restrictions for the Development and amendment thereto,(“CC&Rs”);

 

  2. The articles and bylaws of the Association;

32. PROJECT DOCUMENTS CONTROLLING .

Tenant hereby agrees that in the event of any conflict in the terms of this Lease with the terms of any of the Project Documents, the terms of the Project Documents shall control.

33. OPTION TO EXTEND TERM OF LEASE .

Tenant has the option to extend the initial five (5) year term of this Lease, subject to all the provisions contained in this Lease, for one (1) consecutive, five (5) year period (“extended term”) immediately following the expiration of the initial five (5) year leasehold term. Each such extension must be exercised by Tenant delivering written notice to Landlord of Tenant’s unequivocal intent to exercise an option (“Option Notice”) at least nine (6) months before expiration of the original; provided that if Tenant is in default on the date forgiving any Option Notice, the Option Notice shall be totally ineffective, or, if Tenant is in default beyond any notice and cure provision under any provision of this Lease on the date the extended tears is to commence, the extended term shall not commence and this Lease still have expired at the end of the original six year term. For purposes of this paragraph, Tenant shall not be deemed in default under any provision of this Lease, other than one requiring the payment of Base Monthly Rent, or additional rent unless, within forty-five (45) days preceding the Option Notice delivery or anytime thereafter, Landlord has delivered Tenant a written notice describing such default, and Tenant has failed to cure such default within five (5) business days following delivery of such notice. Tenant shall have no other rights to extend the Term of this Lease beyond the extension described in this paragraph. During any extension of the term of this Lease, Base Rent shall be determined and payable as follows:

The Landlord and Tenant shall meet and attempt to agree in writing, within 90 days following Tenants timely delivery of the “Option Notice” to a new Base Rent which is equal to the then Prevailing Market Rent for the Unit Property. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to meet and agree, for any reason, as to the Prevailing Market Rent for the Unit Property within ninety (90) days

 

38


following the delivery of the Option Notice required of Tenant for the commencement of a new extended term, then Tenant and Landlord shall have thirty (30) days immediately thereafter within which to jointly employ an M.A.I. designated appraiser acceptable to Landlord whose primary place of business is in San Luis Obispo, California, to determine The Prevailing Market Rent for the Unit Property. For purposes of this determination, “Prevailing Market Rate” Shall be deemed to be the then prevailing fair market annual rent being charged for similar commercial laths of comparable quality and location within the San Luis Obispo Airport/Tank Farm vicinity. Unless otherwise agreed to, the parties shall, within one hundred eighty (180) days of the Tenants delivery of the option notice, obtain a written narrative opinion of the M.A.l. designated appraiser with respect to the Prevailing Market Rent for the Unit Property (the “Appraisal Opinion”). Each party shall bear on behalf of the appraiser’s cost and expenses, unless otherwise paid by Tenant, Tenant’s share shall be payable, within thirty (30) days of the delivery of the narrative opinion, to Landlord as additional rent hereunder. Except as otherwise herein provided, the Appraisal Opinion as to Prevailing Market Rent for the Unit Property shall be binding on both Landlord and Tenant and shall be the initial Base Rent due and payable at the commencement of the extended term, payable in equal monthly installments, with the that such installment becoming due on the first day of the Extended Term (The “Lease Extension Date”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Appraisal Opinion is less than the Base Rent being charged for the Unit Property during the last lease year of the original term of this Lease, then the initial monthly Base Rent for the extended term shall be the Base Rent as the same was due and payable during the year of the original term.

During the extended term, monthly Base Rent shall continue to be due on the first day of each calendar month during the extended term. Beginning on the first anniversary of the Lease Extension Date and each successive anniversary of that date thereafter during the Lease Term (“Adjustment Date(s)”), Base Rent shall increase by three percent (3%) over the Base Rent paid for the immediately preceding year.

Except for the modifications governing the payment of Base Rent as set forth above, all other terms and conditions of this lease shall be applicable to the extended term.

34. RIGHT TO FUTURE DEVELOPMENT .

Landlord may, in its sole option, hereafter elect develop other adjacent real property which may be annexed into the Development, and shall have the right to proceed with the same, so long as such development does not unreasonably interfere with, or reduce the physical size of the Unit Property provided for in this Lease. To the extent that Landlord deems that Tenant’s cooperation is necessary for any reason, Tenant agrees to reasonably cooperate with Landlord in pursuing any development of the adjacent real property and shall execute any documents reasonably deemed necessary by Landlord to effect such development upon Landlord’s request, provided that the cost and expense associated with such documentation is borne by Landlord.

35. ABSOLUTE NET LEASE.

It is the express purpose and intent of Landlord and Tenant that the Base Rent herein provided to be paid to Landlord by Tenant shall be absolutely net to Landlord. This Lease shall yield net to Landlord, without abatement, set-off or deduction there from, the Base Rent as herein

 

39


provided to be paid during the Term. All costs, expenses, and impositions of every kind or nature whatsoever relating to the Unit Property, standing alone or as a portion of the Development; above and beyond the Landlord’s T.I. Obligation, which may arise or become due during the Term of this Lease or any extensions hereof, whether billed or assessed by Landlord or the Association shall be paid by Tenant directly or as Additional Rent, and Landlord shall be indemnified and saved harmless by Tenant from and against the same. Tenant hereby assumes and agrees to perform all duties and obligations with relation to the Unit Property, as well as the use, operate, and maintenance thereof, even though such duties and obligations would otherwise be construed to be those of a lessor. In the event that any provision of this agreement is deemed ambiguous, the parties agree that this paragraph shall control any issue associated with the interpretation of any payment obligation of Tenant above and beyond payment of Base Rent. Nothing herein contained, however, shall be deemed to require Tenant to pay or discharge any voluntary liens or mortgages of any character whatsoever which may be placed upon the Unit Property by the affirmative act of Landlord, accept as expressly set forth in this Lease, Tenant shall not have any right to terminate this Lease for any cause whatsoever, any present or future law to the contrary notwithstanding. Tenant agrees that it will remain obligated under this Lease in accordance with its teams notwithstanding any action which may be taken will respect to this Lease by Landlord or by any trustee or receiver of Landlord in any bankruptcy or similar proceeding.

36. ARBITRATION OF NON-RENT DISPUTES UNDER $30,000.00 .

Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, If the parties are unable to agree, or are otherwise involved in any dispute regarding the terms of this Lease, other than a dispute involving the timely payment of any Rents due hereunder, (hereinafter “small non-rental disagreement’ or “SNRD”) wherein the total amount at issue is $30,000.00 or less, then such SNRD may be submitted by either party to an impartial arbitrator whose decision shall be final and binding between the parties.

a) Mutual Agreement : Upon the written request of either party for such arbitration delivered in accordance with the terms of Section 30(k) from either party to the other, the parties may meet or confer within five (5) days following delivery of the request, and mutually agree to an arbitrator who shall be charged with determining the SNRD within 30 days of the date of his employment. The parties shall equally split the charges and fees of any arbitrator selected by the mutual agreement of the parties.

b) No Mutual Agreement : If the parties cannot agree to an arbitrator within five (5) days of delivery of the arbitration request, then either party may submit the matter for binding arbitration in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, and the determination or judgment on the award rendered by that arbitrator may be thereafter entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The costs and fees of arbitration by the American Arbitration Association may be divided between the parties, or otherwise awarded in any fashion deemed reasonable by the arbitrator following the arbitration hearing.

c) No Appeal or Collateral Attack: Under no circumstances will the decision of any arbitrator of a SNRD in accordance with the limitations of this section be subject to reconsideration or appeal, and the parties hereby waive any lien to appeal, or to otherwise collaterally attack, any decision or judgment rendered by an arbitrator hereunder.

 

40


d) Non SNRD Dispute . In the event that either party commences an arbitration under the provisions of Section 37 (ii), and the other party reasonably believes that such dispute is not an appropriate SNRD under this agreement, that party shall have the right to commence an action in a court of competent jurisdiction regarding such dispute, and the provisions of this Section shall be deemed suspended and no longer applicable to the dispute. In the event that court proceeding subsequently disposes of the dispute, and the amount at issue is deemed to be less than $30,000.00, then the party who attempted to originally invoke the arbitration under this section shall be entitled to an award of all attorneys fees and costs incurred in such action, regardless of whether or not that party is in fact the prevailing party, and the provisions of Section 26 shall not be applicable to that action.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Lease as of the date set forth above.

 

LANDLORD: Tank Farm Office Park, LLC TENANT: MindBody, Inc.
Tompkins Trust Dated November 14, 2007

/s/ Rick Stollmeyer

Its: Managing Member By: Rick Stollmeyer, CEO

/s/ Nicholas J. Tompkins

/s/ Robert J. Murphy

By: Nicholas J. Tompkins, Trustee By: Robert J. Murphy, CMO, CFO

 

41


 

LOGO


A GREEMENT FOR L EASE OF R EAL P ROPERTY

This Agreement for Lease of Real Property (“Lease”) is made and entered into this             day of November, 2010 by and between Tank Farm Office Park LLC, a California limited liability company, (“Landlord”) and MINDBODY INC., a California corporation dba Mindbody Online (“Tenant”).

1. REAL PROPERTY, PROJECT, AND UNIT PROPERTY .

a) Lease of Unit Property . Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord the Unit Property herein described, being a portion of that certain Development commonly known as 4051 Broad Street, San Luis Obispo, California, the “Tank Farm Office Park” as the same is more particularly shown on Exhibit “A” hereto (the “Development”). Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has made no representation or warranty whatsoever regarding the condition of the Unit Property, or the Common Areas, defined below, except as specifically stated in this Lease. The Unit Property which is the subject of this Lease is a condominium unit and more particularly described in Exhibit “B” hereto and is more commonly described as 4051 Broad Street, Suite 230, San Luis Obispo, California. The Unit Property is located within a building of approximately 58,495 gross rentable square foot building known as Building 100 (“Building”). The Development, as used herein, means the Building, parking areas, landscaping, and all other improvements within the Development (including Building 200 of which the Unit Property is not a part), together with any other common interests, easements or facilities located on adjoining real property, which are used or otherwise generally enjoyed by the owners and tenants of the Development, and constitute a part of the Development.

b) Appurtenant Rights . Tenant is granted the right at all times during the Lease Term to the nonexclusive use of any main lobby of the Building, if any, common corridors and hallways, stairwells, elevators, public restrooms within the Building„ and other public and Common Areas located within the Development including parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, sidewalks, walkways, parkways, driveways and landscape areas. This right, and the use of those common areas, shall be subject to the Rules and Regulations, as defined in section 5(b). The term “Common Areas” is defined as all areas and facilities outside of the condominium units lying within the exterior boundary lines of the Development as the same may be designated by the Landlord or the Association, as defined below, from time to time, for the general non-exclusive use of occupants of the Development, including owners and tenants of condominium units within the Development and their respective employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees,

c) Landlord’s Reservation of Rights . The following rights are reserved to Landlord: (a) The Landlord’s right to all of the Development, except for exclusive right to occupy the space within the Unit Property, as the same is herein provided for under this lease; (b) to the extent of Landlord’s interest in the Development, the right to access and control of Common Areas; (c) the rights reserved to Landlord by provisions of this Lease or by operation of law; and (d) All rights in the economic value of the leasehold estate in the Unit Property, as stated in Section 15 of this Lease.

 

1


d) Preparation of Unit Property; Acceptance . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant accepts the Unit Property on a “where-is and as-is “ basis and that Landlord has made no representations or warranties, of any kind, regarding the physical condition of the Unit Property or the Development or their suitability for any particular use, except as the same are expressly contained within this agreement. Landlord represents that the Building, as constructed, is in substantial conformity with the Building plans as the same were approved by the City of San Luis Obispo, or as the same were modified during the course of construction of the Building. Tenant represents that Tenant has satisfied itself as to the fitness of the Unit Property for Tenant’s intended use. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any defect in the condition of the Unit Property Building or Development at any time or for any reason unless the same is associated with circumstances which constitute a material breach of any express warranty of Landlord herein contained.

e) Rentable Area and Usable Area . For purposes of this Lease: (1) the “Usable Area” of the Unit Property is agreed to equal approximately 14,607 Square Feet; (2) “Rentable Square Feet” and “Rentable Footage” shall have the same meaning as the term “Rentable Area” equaling approximately 16,448 gross Rentable Square Feet; and (3) “Usable Square Feet” and “Usable Square Footage” shall have the same meaning as the term “Usable Area.” All references to square footage in this Lease are approximations and Landlord makes no representation, warranty, or guaranty as to the exact square footage of the Unit Property, the Building or any portion of the Development. There shall be no adjustments to the Rent, defined below, any Additional Rent (as hereafter defined), or to any allocations made in the Lease in the event that the actual square footage differs from these approximations.

2. LEASE TERM

a) Lease Term . The term of this Lease (Lease Term) shall be approximately five (5) years. The Lease Term shall commence on the later of January 1, 2011, or upon the date following thereafter that the current tenant, Chevron U.S.A. Inc. releases its existing lease rights to Landlord (the “Chevron Release”) for the benefit of Landlord and Tenant hereunder (the “ Lease Commencement Date”) and terminate on December 31, 2015. For purposes of determining the Lease Commencement Date hereunder, Landlord shall direct written notice to Tenant as to the date of any Chevron Release after January 1, 2011 and the date therein set forth shall be deemed to control the Lease Commencement Date for all purposes hereunder. The Lease Term shall expire on December 31, 2015 (“Lease Expiration Date”) unless this Lease is either extended, or sooner terminated, as provided in this Lease. Base Rent shall be come due and payable commencing on the date which falls two successive calendar months following the Lease Commencement Date (the “Base Rent Commencement Date”) in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(a).

b) Lease Year . For purposes of this Lease, the term. Lease Year (Lease Year) means each consecutive twelve-month (12-month) period during the Lease Term as long as: (a) The first Lease Year commences on the Lease Commencement Date and ends on the last day of the eleventh (11th) calendar month thereafter; (b) The second (2nd) and each succeeding Lease Year commences on the first day of the next calendar month; and (c) The last Lease Year ends on the Lease Expiration Date or earlier date of termination.

 

2


3. BASE RENT.

a) “Base Rent”-No Setoff . Commencing on the Base Rent Commencement Date, and through and including May 31, 2013, Tenant shall pay to Landlord annual base rent (“Base Rent”) of Two Hundred Forty Six Thousand Seven Hundred Twelve and 20/100 Dollars ($246,712.20) per year in equal monthly payments of Twenty Thousand Five Hundred Fifty-Nine and 35/100 Dollars ($20,559.35) in advance, on, or before the first day of every calendar month without any setoff or deduction.

Beginning on June 1, 2013, Tenant shall pay to Landlord annual base rent (“Base Rent”) of Two Hundred Ninety Six Thousand Sixty Four and 00/100 Dollars ($296,064.00) per year in equal monthly payments of Twenty Four Thousand Six Hundred Seventy-Two and 00/100 Dollars ($24,672.00) in advance, on, or before the first day of every calendar month without any setoff or deduction.

Beginning on the June 1, 2014, and each successive annual anniversary of that date thereafter (“Adjustment Date(s)”), during the Lease Term, Base Rent shall increase by three percent (3%) over the Base Rent paid for the immediately preceding year. To the extent that Tenant exercises its option to extend the term of this lease under the provisions of Section 34, the Base Rent due for during such extended term shall be due and payable commencing on the first day of the extended term as provided under Section 34, and shall continue to be adjusted on each Adjustment Date thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph.

b) Initial Payment; Proration . If any payment date (including the Base Rent Commencement Date) for “Base Rent,” as defined in section 3(a) falls on a day other than the first day of that calendar month, or if any Base Rent payment is for a period shorter than one calendar month, the Base Rent due for that fractional calendar month (“Fractional Month”) shall accrue and be paid based upon on a daily basis for each day of that Fractional Month at a daily rate equal to the prorated monthly Base Rent which would otherwise be due for an entire month at that point in the Term, with the daily rent being determined by multiplying such Base Rent by a fraction, the numerator being 1, and the denominator being the total number of calendar days in the full Fractional Month at issue. All other payments or adjustments that are required to be made under the terms of this Lease and that require pro-ration on a time basis shall be prorated on the same basis, including but not limited to the additional rent payments which accrued during the Lease Term which follows the Lease Commencement Date. All payments received by Landlord from Tenant shall be applied to the oldest payment obligation owed by Tenant to Landlord. If any non-cash payment made by Tenant during the Lease Term is not paid by the bank or other institution on which it is drawn, Landlord shall have the right, exercised by notice to Tenant, to require that Tenant thereafter make all future payments due under the Lease, whether such payments be Base Rent, additional rent or otherwise, by certified funds or cashier’s check.

 

3


4. ADDITIONAL RENT.

a) Additional Rent; Rent . In addition to paying the Base Rent specified in Section 3, Tenant shall pay as additional rent Tenant’s Share of all Common Area Operating Expenses (as defined in subsection 4(a)(ii)). That additional rent, together with other amounts of any kind other than Base Rent, (hereafter “Additional Rent”) payable by Tenant to Landlord under the terms of this Lease, shall be deemed subject to collection in the same manner as monthly Base Rent, including by way of example and not limitation, the service of a notice to pay or quit and the commencement and prosecution of an action for unlawful detainer. Base Rent and Additional Rent are sometimes collectively referred to in this Lease as Rent (“Rent”). Beginning on the Base Rent Commencement Date all amounts due under this Section 4 as Additional Rent are payable for the same periods and in the same manner, time, and place as the Base Rent. The following definitions apply in this Section:

i) Expense Year . Expense Year (“Expense Year”) means each calendar year in which any portion of the Lease Term falls, through and including the calendar year in which the Lease Term expires.

ii) Common Area Operating Expenses . Common Area Operating Expenses (“Common Area Operating Expenses”) means all expenses, costs, and amounts of every kind that Landlord pays or incurs during any Expense Year because of, or in connection with, the ownership, operation, management, maintenance, repair, replacement, or restoration of the Development and the Building. Such expenses shall be included both where Landlord pays such amounts directly and where the Common Area owner’s association (“Association”) pays for same and Landlord pays Association for that cost, either directly or through fees, dues, assessments or other charges. For purposes of this Section 4, the use of the term “Landlord” shall always be deemed to include the Association.

(1) Examples of Common Area Operating Expenses . The definition of “Common Area Operating Expenses” includes, but without limitation, any amounts paid or incurred for:

(a) The cost of supplying any utilities for the Common Areas, and areas of the Development other than the condominium units (collectively the “Areas”).

(b) The cost of operating, managing, maintaining, and repairing the following systems: utility, mechanical, sanitary, storm drainage, escalator, elevator, fire detection, and sprinkler, as the same are located within the Areas.

(c) The cost of supplies and tools and of equipment, maintenance, and service contracts in connection with those systems.

(d) The cost of licenses, certificates, permits, and inspections of the Areas.

(e) The cost of contesting the validity or applicability of any government enactments that may affect the Common Area Operating Expenses.

(f) The costs incurred in connection with the implementation and operation of a transportation system management program or similar program for the Development.

 

4


(g) The cost of insurance carried by Landlord, in amounts reasonably determined by Landlord.

(h) Fees, charges, and other costs including management fees (and any amounts in lieu of such fees), consulting fees, legal fees, and accounting fees of all persons engaged by Landlord or otherwise reasonably incurred by Landlord in connection with the operation, management, maintenance, and repair of the Areas.

(i) The cost of maintenance, repair, and restoration, including resurfacing, repainting, re-striping, and cleaning of the parking space located within the Areas.

(j) Wages, salaries, and other compensation and benefits of all persons engaged in the operation, maintenance, or security of the Areas plus employer’s Social Security taxes, unemployment taxes, insurance, and any other taxes imposed on Landlord that may be levied on those wages, salaries, and other compensation and benefits. If any of Landlord’s employees provide services for more than one building of Landlord, only the prorated portion of those employees’ wages, salaries, other compensation and benefits, and taxes reflecting the percentage of their working time devoted to the Development shall be included in Common Area Operating Expenses.

(k) Payments under any easement, license, operating agreement, declaration, restrictive covenant, or instrument relating to the sharing of costs by the Development.

(l) Amortization (including interest on the unamortized cost at a rate equal to the floating commercial loan rate announced from time to time by Bank of America as its prime rate plus two (2) percentage points per annum) of the cost of acquiring or renting personal property used in the maintenance, repair, and operation of the Development.

(m) The cost of capital improvements or other costs incurred in connection with the Development that (1) are intended as a labor-saving device or to effect other economies in the maintenance or operation of, or stability of services to, all or part of the Real Property or (2) are required under any government law or regulation but that were not required in connection with the Development when Tenant initially took possession of the Unit Property under this Lease. All permitted capital expenditures shall be amortized (including interest on the unamortized cost at the rate stated in subparagraph (1)) over their useful life, as reasonably determined by Landlord.

(n) Tax Expenses (as defined in subsection 4(a)(iii)).

(o) The cost and expense of establishing reasonable reserves for maintaining, repairing and replacing the Common Areas, including those costs as may be associated with existing capital improvements located at the Real Property.

 

5


(2) Exclusions From Common Area Operating Expenses . Despite any other provision of this section, Common Area Operating Expenses shall not include:

(a) Depreciation, interest, or amortization on mortgages or ground lease payments, except as otherwise stated in this section.

(b) Legal fees incurred in negotiating and enforcing tenant leases.

(c) Real estate brokers’ leasing commissions or advertising costs.

(d) The cost of providing any service directly to and paid directly by any tenant.

(e) Any costs expressly excluded from Operating Expenses elsewhere in this Lease.

(f) Costs of any items for which Landlord receives reimbursement from insurance proceeds or a third party. Insurance proceeds shall be excluded from Operating Expenses in the year in which they are received, except that any deductible amount under any insurance policy shall be included within Operating Expenses.

(g) Costs of capital improvements to the Areas, except as otherwise stated in this section.

iii) Tax Expenses . Tax Expenses (“Tax Expenses”) means all federal, state, county, or local government or municipal taxes, fees, charges, or other impositions of every kind (whether general, special, ordinary, or extraordinary) that are paid or incurred by Landlord during any Expense Year (without regard to any different fiscal year used by any government or municipal authority) because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing, and operation of the Development. These expenses include taxes, fees, and charges such as real property taxes, general and special assessments, transit taxes, leasehold taxes, and taxes based on the receipt of rent (including gross receipts or sales taxes applicable to the receipt of rent, unless required to be paid by Tenant); personal property taxes imposed on the fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatus, systems, and equipment; appurtenances; furniture; and other personal property used in connection with the Development.

(1) Included Tax Expenses . Tax Expenses shall include:

(a) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy, or charge in addition to, or in partial or total substitution of, any assessment, tax, fee, levy, or charge previously included within the definition of “real property tax.” Tenant and Landlord acknowledge that Proposition 13 was adopted by the voters of the State of California in June 1978 and that assessments, taxes, fees, levies, and charges may be imposed by government agencies for services such as fire protection; street, sidewalk, and road maintenance; conservation; refuse removal; and other government services formerly provided without charge to property owners or occupants. In further recognition of the decrease in the level and quality of government services and amenities as a result of Proposition 13 (or as a result of any other restriction on real property taxes whether by law or by choice of the applicable legislative or assessing body), Tax Expenses shall also include any government or private assessments (or the Development’s contribution toward a government or private cost-sharing agreement) for the purpose of augmenting or improving the quality of services and amenities

 

6


normally provided by government agencies. Tenant and Landlord intend that all new and increased assessments, taxes, fees, levies, and charges and all similar assessments, taxes, fees, levies, and charges be included within the definition of “Tax Expenses” for purposes of this Lease, including but not limited to new and increased assessment(s) resulting from the sale or transfer of all of any part of the Development by Landlord .

(b) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy, or charge allocable to, or measured by, the area of the Unit Property and other premises at the Development or the rent payable under this Lease and other leases at the Development (including any gross income tax with respect to the receipt of that rent), or on or relating to the possession, leasing, operating, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use, or occupancy by tenants of their respective premises or any portion of such premises.

(c) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy, or charge on this transaction or any document to which any tenant is a party, creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Development or any portion thereof.

(d) Any possessory taxes charged or levied in place of real property taxes.

(2) Contest Costs; Refunds . Any expenses incurred by Landlord in attempting to protest, reduce, or minimize Tax Expenses shall be included in Tax Expenses in the Expense Year in which those expenses are paid. Tax refunds shall be deducted from Tax Expenses. Such tax refunds shall be deducted from Tax Expenses in the Expense Year in which they are received by Landlord.

(3) Excluded Taxes . Except as provided in subsection 4(c) or levied entirely or partially in lieu of Tax Expenses, the following shall be excluded from Tax Expenses: (a) All excess profits taxes, franchise taxes, gift taxes, capital stock taxes, inheritance and succession taxes, estate taxes, federal and state income taxes, and other taxes applied or measured by Landlord’s general or net income (as opposed to rents, receipts, or income attributable to operations at the Development); and (b) Any items paid directly by Tenant under this Section.

iv) Tenant’s Share .

(a) Tenant’s Building Share (“Tenant’s Building Share”) means Twenty Eight and One-Tenth percent (28.1%). Tenant’s Building Share is calculated by multiplying the number of Rentable Square Feet of the Unit Property by 100 and dividing the product by the total Rentable Square Feet in the Building. With respect to Common Area Operating expenses associated only with the Building, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Building Share of those costs and expenses.

(b) Tenant’s Development Share (Tenant’s Development Share”) means Eighteen and Fifteen-Hundredths percent (18.15%). Tenant’s Development Share is calculated by multiplying the number of Rentable Square Feet of the Unit Property by 100 and dividing the product by the total gross Rentable Square Feet in the Development. With respect to Common Area Operating expenses associated with the Development as a whole, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Development Share of those costs and expenses.

 

7


(c) Tenant’s Share For purposes of this agreement, Tenant’s Building Share, and Tenant’s Development Share are sometimes collectively referred to as “Tenant’s Share”.

(d) Payment of Additional Rent Tenant’s Share of any Common Area Operating Expenses for any Expense Year shall be payable by Tenant within in ten (10) days after a reasonably detailed statement of actual expenses, reserve deposits and/or costs is presented to Tenant by Landlord. At Landlord’s option, however, an amount may be estimated by Landlord from time to time of Tenants Share of annual Common Area Operating Expenses and the same shall be payable monthly or quarterly, as Landlord shall designate in accordance with Section 4(a). Landlord shall deliver to Tenant within sixty (60) days after the expiration of each Expense Year a reasonably detailed statement showing Tenant’s Share of the actual Common Area Operating Expenses incurred during the preceding Expense Year. If Tenant’s actual payments under this section during the preceding Expense Year exceed the estimated Tenant’s Share as indicated on said statement, Landlord shall credit the amount of such overpayment against Tenant’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses next becoming due or, with respect to the last Lease Year only, refund the amount of such overpayment to Tenant concurrently with the delivery of the aforementioned statement. If Tenant’s actual payments under this section during said preceding Expense Year were less than the estimated Tenant’s Share as indicated on said statement, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of the deficiency within ten (10) days after delivery by Landlord to Tenant of said statement.

(e) Taxes and Other Charges for Which Tenant Is Directly Responsible Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, on demand, as Additional Rent, for any taxes required to be paid by Landlord that are not already included in Tax Expenses, excluding state, local, and federal personal or corporate income taxes measured by the net income of Landlord from all sources and estate and inheritance taxes, regardless of whether such taxes are now customary or within the contemplation of the parties to this Lease, when those taxes are:

i) Measured by or reasonably attributable to:

(1) The cost or value of Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures, and other personal property located in the Unit Property; or the cost or value of the Unit Property itself;

(2) The cost or value of any leasehold improvements made in or to the Unit Property by or for Tenant, regardless of whether title to those improvements is vested in Tenant or Landlord;

v) Assessed on or related to the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use, or occupancy by Tenant of:

(a) The Unit Property; or

(b) Any portion of the Development; or

 

8


(c) The parking area or facility used by Tenant in connection with this Lease; or

vi) Assessed either on this transaction or on any document to which Tenant is a party that creates or transfers an interest or an estate in the Unit Property.

b) Association Fees . Tenant shall be directly responsible for paying any and all fees and/or dues assessed upon the Unit Property by the Association during the Lease Term, including any attorneys fees and costs as provided under the CC&Rs as hereafter described. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, Tenant acknowledges that Common Area Maintenance expenses may be assessed in full or in part as Association fees or charges during the term of this Lease.

5. USE.

a) Permitted Use . Tenant shall use the Unit Property as general commercial office space, consistent with all terms of the Rules and Regulations, as defined in this article.

b) Rules and Regulations . Tenant shall comply with any and all “Rules and Regulations,” which term includes 1) any rules promulgated by the Association (“Association Rules”), and 2) any and all provisions of the Declaration of Conditions, Covenants, and Restrictions for the Development (“CC&Rs”) as the same now exist or may be hereafter modified. Tenant understands and acknowledges that the Association Rules and CC&Rs may be amended from time to time. Tenant agrees to abide by all such amendments. Landlord shall not be responsible or liable for damages, by abatement of Rent or otherwise, to Tenant for the failure of any other tenants or occupants of the Development to comply with the Rules and Regulations.

c) Additional Restrictions on Use . In addition to complying with other provisions of this Lease concerning the use of the Unit Property, Tenant shall not use or allow any person to use the Unit Property for any purpose: that is contrary to the Rules and Regulations and/or the Conditions, Covenants, and Restrictions; that violates any Laws and Orders: that constitutes waste or nuisance; or, that would unreasonably annoy other owners or occupants of the Development or the owners or occupants of buildings adjacent to the Development.

6. SECURITY DEPOSIT.

Upon execution of this lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the total sum of Twenty Thousand Five Hundred Fifty-Nine and 35/100 Dollars ($20,559.35) as a security deposit for the performance by Tenant of the provisions of this Lease, including but not limited to the timely payment of Rent. If at any time during the term of this Lease Tenant is in default, Landlord can use the security deposit, or any portion of it, to cure the default or to compensate Landlord for all damage sustained by Landlord resulting from Tenant’s default. Tenant shall immediately, on demand, pay to Landlord a sum equal to the portion of the security deposit expended or applied by Landlord as provided in this section so as to maintain the security deposit in the sum initially deposited with Landlord. If the Tenant is not in default at the expiration or termination of this lease, Landlord shall

 

9


return the security deposit to Tenant. Landlord’s obligations with respect to the security deposit are those of a debtor and not a trustee. Landlord can maintain the security deposit separate and apart from Landlord’s general funds or can commingle the security deposit with Landlord’s general and other funds. Landlord shall not be required to pay Tenant interest on the security deposit.

7. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.

a) Definition of “Laws and Orders.” The term Laws and Orders (“Laws and Orders”) includes all federal, state, county, city, or government agency laws, statutes, ordinances, standards, rules, requirements, or orders now in force or hereafter enacted, promulgated, or issued. The term also includes government measures regulating or enforcing public access, occupational, health, or safety standards for employers, employees, landlords, or tenants.

b) Repairs, Replacements, Alterations, and Improvements . Tenant shall continuously and without exception repair and maintain the Unit Property, including any improvements or alterations thereto, fixtures, and furnishings, in an order and condition in compliance with all Laws and Orders. Tenant, at Tenant’s sole expense, is required to promptly make all repairs, replacements, alterations, or improvements to the Unit Property as the same are needed to comply with all Laws and Orders to the fullest extent permitted by law.

c) Collateral Estoppel . The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction, or the admission of Tenant in any judicial or administrative action or proceeding that Tenant has violated any Laws and Orders shall be conclusive, between Landlord and Tenant, of that fact, whether or not Landlord is a party to that action or proceeding.

8. HAZARDOUS MATERIAL

a) Use of Hazardous Material . Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Material, as defined in section 8(e), to be generated, brought onto, used, stored, or disposed of in or about the Unit Property or the Development by Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors, subtenants, or invitees, except for limited quantities of standard office and janitorial supplies containing chemicals categorized as Hazardous Material. Tenant shall: (a) Use, store, and dispose of all such Hazardous Material in strict compliance with all applicable statutes, ordinances, and regulations in effect during the Lease Term that relate to public health and safety and protection of the environment (“Environmental Laws”), including those Environmental Laws identified in section 8(e); and, (b) comply at all times during the Lease Term with all Environmental Laws.

b) Notice of Release or Investigation . If, during the Lease Term (including any extensions), Tenant becomes aware of (a) any actual or threatened release of any Hazardous Material on, under, or about the Unit Property or the Development, or (b) any inquiry, investigation, proceeding, or claim by any government agency or other person regarding the presence of Hazardous Material on, under, or about the Unit Property or the Development, Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of the release or investigation within five (5) days after learning of it and shall simultaneously furnish to Landlord copies of any claims, notices of violation, reports, or other writings received by Tenant that concern the release or investigation.

 

10


c) Indemnification . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord, indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Landlord and Landlord’s members, managers, shareholders, directors, officers, employees, partners, affiliates, agents, successors, and assigns with respect to all losses arising out of or resulting from the release of any Hazardous Material in or about the Unit Property or the Development, or the violation of any Environmental Law, by Tenant or Tenant’s agents, assignees, subtenants, contractors, or invitees. This indemnification applies whether or not the concentrations of any such Hazardous Material is material, the concentrations exceed state or federal maximum contaminant or action levels, or any governmental agency has issued a cleanup order. This indemnification includes, without limitation: (a) losses attributable to diminution in the value of the Unit Property or the Development; (b) loss or restriction of the use of rentable space in the Development; (c) adverse effect on the marketing of any space in the Development; and (d) all other liabilities, obligations, penalties, fines, claims, actions (including remedial or enforcement actions of any kind and administrative or judicial proceedings, orders, or judgments), damages (including consequential and punitive damages), and costs (including attorney, consultant, and expert fees and expenses) resulting from the release or violation.

This indemnification shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

d) Remediation Obligations . If the presence of any Hazardous Material brought onto the Unit Property or the Development by Tenant or Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors, or invitees results in contamination of the Development, Tenant shall promptly take all necessary actions to remove or remediate such Hazardous Materials, whether or not they are present at concentrations exceeding state or federal maximum concentration or action levels, or any governmental agency has issued a cleanup order, at Tenant’s sole expense, to return the Unit Property or the Development to the condition that existed before the introduction of such Hazardous Material. Tenant shall first obtain Landlord’s approval of the proposed removal or remedial action. This provision does not limit the indemnification obligation set forth in section 8(c).

e) Definition of Hazardous Material . As used in this Section 8, the term Hazardous Material (“Hazardous Material”) shall mean any hazardous or toxic substance, material, or waste at any concentration that is or becomes regulated by the United States, the State of California, or any local government authority having jurisdiction over the Development. Hazardous Material includes: (a) any “hazardous substance,” as that term is defined in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980 (CERCLA) (42 United States Code sections 9601-9675); (b) “hazardous waste,” as that term is defined in the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (RCRA) (42 United States Code sections 6901-6992k); (c) any pollutant, contaminant, or hazardous, dangerous, or toxic chemical, material, or substance, within the meaning of any other applicable federal, state, or local law, regulation, ordinance, or requirement (including consent decrees and administrative orders imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning any hazardous, dangerous, or toxic waste, substance, or material, now or hereafter in effect); (d) petroleum products; (e) Radioactive material, including any source, special nuclear, or byproduct material as defined in 42 United States Code sections 2011-2297g-4; (f) Asbestos in any form or condition; and (g) Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) and substances or compounds containing PCBs.

 

11


9. UTILITIES.

a) Utility and Janitorial Services . Tenant shall be directly responsible for and pay all charges for internal electricity, gas, water, janitorial, sewage, telephone, security and fire alarm, trash removal and all other utility services used on or provided to the Unit Property. Landlord shall pay for all common area lighting and grounds/common area maintenance and watering expenses, subject to reimbursement from Tenant as Additional Rent hereunder.

b) Interruption of Utilities . Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for damages, by abatement of Rent or otherwise, for any service interruption or failures (including telephone and telecommunication services) or for diminution in the quality or quantity of any service when the failure, delay, or diminution is entirely or partially caused by: (a) breakage, repairs, replacements, or improvements; (b) strike, lockout, or other labor trouble; (c) inability to secure electricity, gas, water, or other fuel at the Development after reasonable effort to do so; (d) accident or casualty; (e) act or default of Tenant or other parties; or, (f) any other cause, when the same are beyond Landlord’s reasonable control or not the result of result of Landlord’s gross negligence. Such failure, delay, or diminution shall not be considered to constitute an eviction or a disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Unit Property or relieve Tenant from paying Rent or performing any of its obligations under this Lease.

Landlord shall not be liable for a loss of or injury to property or for injury to or interference with Tenant’s business, including loss of profits through, in connection with, or incidental to a failure to furnish any of the utilities or services under this Section 9, unless such failure is the direct result of the Landlord’s gross negligence. Landlord may comply with mandatory or voluntary controls or guidelines promulgated by any government entity relating to the use or conservation of energy, water, gas, light, or electricity or the reduction of automobile or other emissions without creating any liability of Landlord to Tenant under this Lease as long as compliance with voluntary controls or guidelines does not materially and unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Unit Property.

10. REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE.

a) Tenant’s Repair and Maintenance Obligations . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense and in accordance with the terms of this Lease, keep the Unit Property in good order, repair, and condition at all times during the Lease Term. Under Landlord’s supervision, subject to Landlord’s prior approval, and within any reasonable period specified by Landlord, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense and in accordance with the terms of this Lease (including Section 11) promptly and adequately repair all damage to the Unit Property. Tenant’s obligations herein include, by way of example and not limitation, the repair and maintenance of all interior walls, ceilings, plate glass, heating, ventilation, and air conditioning systems, electrical and plumbing systems within the Unit Property, and all interior doors. At Landlord’s option or if Tenant fails to make such repairs,

 

12


Landlord may, but need not, make the repairs and replacements. On receipt of an invoice from Landlord, Tenant shall pay Landlord Landlord’s out-of-pocket costs incurred in connection with such repairs and replacements plus a percentage of such costs, not to exceed 15%, sufficient to reimburse Landlord for all overhead, general conditions, fees, and other costs and expenses arising from Landlord’s involvement with such repairs and replacements. Tenant waives and releases its rights, including its right to make repairs at Landlord’s expense, under California Civil Code sections 1941-1942 or any similar law, statute, or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.

b) Landlord’s Repair and Maintenance Obligations: Landlord shall promptly make, or cause to be made (by the Association or others) repairs and/or replacements to the structural elements and exterior surfaces (other than plate glass at the Unit Property) of the Building and/or the Common Areas that are the Landlord’s or the Association’s responsibility to make, such work shall be completed in accordance with standards not less than those customarily followed in the operation and maintenance of first-class office buildings in San Luis Obispo, in accordance and compliance with all applicable laws, codes, statutes, ordinances, rules and regulations of any governmental entity having jurisdiction over the Development and/or Building.

11. ALTERATIONS AND ADDITIONS.

a) Alterations . Tenant shall not make any other alterations (“Alteration(s)”) to the Unit Property without prior written consent of the Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Landlord may reasonably withhold consent to any Alterations to the Unit Property to the extent that the proposed Alterations are also proposed to be made to any portion of the Development not in the exclusive possession of Tenant in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. Tenant understands and by executing this Lease expressly affirms that any Alterations to the Unit Property itself are additionally subject to the restrictions of the Association, the Association Rules, and the provisions of the CC&Rs, the terms of which Tenant also agrees to comply with in their entirety. Landlord may impose any reasonable requirements that Landlord considers desirable, including a requirement that Tenant provide Landlord with a surety bond, a letter of credit, or other financial assurance that the cost of the Alterations will be paid when due. Further, to the extent that any Alterations would affect any attribute of the Development that falls under the control of the Association, Landlord shall have no obligation to review Tenant’s request for permission for such Alterations unless and until same is approved by the Association.

b) Compliance of Alterations With Laws and Insurance Requirements . Tenant shall cause all alterations, including the initial Tenant Improvements, to comply with the following: (a) applicable Laws and Orders; (b) applicable requirements of any fire-rating bureau having jurisdiction over the Unit Property (currently the City of San Luis Obispo Fire Prevention Bureau); (c) applicable requirements of Landlord’s and Association’s hazard insurance carrier; and (d) all applicable Rules and Regulations. Tenant shall also comply with those requirements in the course of constructing such alterations. Before beginning construction of any alteration, Tenant shall obtain a valid building permit and any other permits required by any government entity having jurisdiction over the Unit Property. Tenant shall provide copies of those permits to Landlord before the work begins. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense, perform any additional required work in the Unit Property, which shall be subject to the same requirements as any alteration. If any additional required work must be performed outside the Unit Property, Landlord or the Association may elect to perform that work at Tenant’s expense. No consent by Landlord to any proposed work shall constitute a waiver of Tenant’s obligations under this Section 11(b).

 

13


c) Manner of Construction . Tenant shall build all Tenant Improvements and Alterations within the Unit Property using only contractors and subcontractors approved in writing by Landlord. All work relating to any alterations shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner, using new materials equivalent in quality to those used in the construction of the Building. All work shall be diligently prosecuted to completion. Tenant shall ensure that all work is performed in a manner that does not obstruct access to or through the Development or the Common Areas and that does not interfere either with other owners’ or tenants’ use of their premises or with any other work being undertaken in the Development. Tenant shall take all measures necessary to ensure that labor peace is maintained at all times. Within twenty (20) days after completion of any improvements or alterations, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a reproducible copy of the drawings of improvements or alterations as built.

d) Payment for Alterations . Tenant shall promptly pay all charges and costs incurred in connection with any alteration or improvements, as and when required by the terms of any agreements with contractors, designers, or suppliers. On completion of any alteration or improvement, Tenant shall: (a) cause a timely notice of completion to be recorded in the office of the recorder of San Luis Obispo County in accordance with Civil Code section 3093 or any successor statute; (b) deliver to Landlord evidence of full payment and unconditional final waivers of all liens for labor, services, or materials.

e) Construction Insurance . Before construction begins, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord reasonable evidence that damage to, or destruction of, the alterations during construction will be covered either by the policies that Tenant is required to carry under Section 13 . including a policy of builder’s all-risk insurance as required under subsection 13(e) Tenant shall provide a copy of the policy(s), any endorsements, and an original certificate of insurance that complies with subsections 13(d)and(e). Tenant shall cause each contractor and subcontractor to maintain all workers’ compensation insurance required by law and liability insurance (including property damage) in amounts reasonably required by Landlord. Tenant shall provide evidence of that insurance to Landlord before construction begins.

f) Ownership of Alterations . All Tenant Improvements, alterations, signs, fixtures, or equipment (collectively “Improvements”) that may be installed or placed in or about the Unit Property from time to time shall be the property of Tenant for the remainder of the Lease term. Upon the expiration of the Lease Term, the ownership of any Improvements to the Unit Property shall revert back to Landlord. Prior to the expiration of the Lease Term, Tenant may remove any signs, trade fixtures or freestanding kitchen or office equipment (“items”) provided that (a) Tenant can first substantiate to Landlord has not been paid for by Landlord, or (b) to the extent that such items were paid for by Landlord, Tenant reimburses Landlord for the original cost of such items, prior to removal. Tenant must repair any damage to the Unit Property and Development caused by that removal. All or any part of the Tenant’s personal property, equipment, trade fixtures, or inventory remaining at the Unit Property subsequent to termination of the Lease Term shall, at Landlord’s option, automatically become Landlord’s property at no cost or expense to Landlord, and without any further consideration being paid to Tenant. Alternatively, Landlord may consider any or all of such property as refuse, and remove and dispose of the same at Tenant’s expense without further notice to Tenant.

 

14


12. COVENANT AGAINST LIENS.

a) Covenant Against Liens . Tenant shall not be the cause or object of any liens or allow such liens to exist, attach to, be placed on, or encumber the Association’s, Landlord’s or Tenant’s interest in the Unit Property, or Development by operation of law or otherwise. Tenant shall not suffer or permit any lien of mechanics, material suppliers, or others to be placed against the Unit Property, or Development with respect to work or services performed or claimed to have been performed for Tenant or materials furnished or claimed to have been furnished to Tenant or the Unit Property. Landlord has the right at all times to post and keep posted on the Unit Property any notice that it considers necessary for protection from such liens. At least seven (7) days before beginning construction of any Improvements or Alterations, Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of the expected commencement date of that construction to permit Landlord to post and record a notice of non-responsibility.

If any such lien attaches or Tenant receives notice of any such lien, Tenant shall cause the lien to be immediately released and removed of record. Despite any other provision of this Lease, if the lien is not released and removed within thirty (30) days after Tenant is delivered notice of the lien to Tenant, Landlord or the Association may immediately take all action necessary to release and remove the lien, without any duty to investigate the validity of it. All expenses (including reasonable attorney fees) incurred by Landlord or the Association in connection with the lien shall be considered Additional Rent under this Lease and shall be immediately due and payable by Tenant.

13. EXCULPATION, INDEMNIFICATION, AND INSURANCE.

a) Definition of “Tenant Parties” and “Landlord Parties .” For purposes of this Section 13, the term Tenant Parties (Tenant Parties) refers singularly and collectively to Tenant and the managers, employees, members, partners, venturers, trustees, and ancillary trustees of Tenant and the respective officers, directors, shareholders, members, parents, subsidiaries, and any other affiliated entities, personal representatives, executors, heirs, assigns, licensees, invitees, beneficiaries, agents, servants, employees, and independent contractors of these persons or entities. The term Landlord Parties (Landlord Parties) refers singularly and collectively to the Association, the Landlord and the managers, members, partners, venturers, trustees, and ancillary trustees of Landlord and the respective officers, directors, shareholders, members, parents, subsidiaries, and any other affiliated entities, personal representatives, executors, heirs, assigns, licensees, invitees, beneficiaries, agents, servants, employees, and independent contractors of these persons or entities.

b) Exculpation . To the fullest extent permitted by law, Tenant, on its behalf and on behalf of all Tenant Parties, waives all claims (in law, equity, or otherwise) against Landlord Parties arising out of or related to this Lease and/or Tenant’s use of the Unit Property, and knowingly and voluntarily assumes the risk of, and agrees that Landlord Parties shall not be liable to Tenant Parties

 

15


for any of the following: (a) Injury to or death of any person; or (b) Loss of, injury or damage to, or destruction of any tangible or intangible property, including the resulting loss of use, economic losses, and consequential or resulting damage of any kind from any cause, including any defect in or unfitness of the Unit Property, the Development, or any portion thereof, Tenant expressly affirms that any and all improvements in which any interest whatsoever shall be vested in Tenant by this Lease are transferred AS IS AND WHERE IS and that Tenant expressly disclaims any rights against Landlord for the condition of same.

c) Gross Negligence and Willful Injury : The provisions of this Section shall not apply to claims against Landlord Parties to the extent that the injury, loss, damage, or destruction was caused by Landlord Parties’ fraud, gross negligence, willful injury to person or property, or violation of criminal law. If Tenant receives any money judgment resulting from such a claim arising under or otherwise associated with this Lease, such judgment shall be satisfied only out of Landlord’s interest in the Development (herein called “ Landlord’s Interest ”), and in no event out of rent or other income actually received by Landlord from the operation of the Development. In no event shall Tenant have the right to levy execution against any property of Landlord other than Landlord’s Interest, Tenant hereby waives, to the extent waivable under law, any right to satisfy any money judgment against any property of Landlord other than Landlord’s Interest. Except as expressly provided in this Lease to the contrary, in no event shall Tenant have any right to offset or deduct or charge from or against any Rent or other monetary obligation payable hereunder on account of a money judgment against Landlord and Tenant hereby expressly waives any such right. If Landlord’s Interest is insufficient for the payment of any such judgment, Tenant will not institute any further action, suit, claim or demand, in law or equity, against Landlord for or on account of such deficiency.

d) Survival of Covenants : The clauses of this Section 13 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease until all claims within the scope of this Section 13 are fully, finally, and absolutely barred by the applicable statutes of limitations.

i) Tenant’s Acknowledgment of Fairness . Tenant acknowledges that this Section 13 was negotiated with Landlord, that the consideration for it is fair and adequate, and that Tenant had a fair opportunity to negotiate, accept, reject, modify, or alter it.

ii) No Exculpation for Non-delegable Duties . This exculpation clause may not be interpreted or construed as an attempt by Landlord to be relieved of liability arising out of a non-delegable duty on the part of Landlord.

e) Indemnification .

i) Tenant’s Indemnification of Landlord and Landlord Parties . To the fullest extent permitted by law, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord, indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Landlord Parties from and against all Claims, as defined in subsection 13(e)(ii), from any cause, arising out of or relating (directly or indirectly) to the following: (a) the use or occupancy, or manner of use or occupancy, of the Unit Property or Development by Tenant Parties; (b) any act, error, omission, or negligence of Tenant Parties or of any invitee, guest, or licensee of Tenant in, on, or about the Development; (c) Tenant’s

 

16


conducting of its business; (d) any Alterations, activities, work, or things done, omitted, permitted, allowed, or suffered by Tenant Parties in, at, or about the Unit Property or Development, including the violation of or failure to comply with any applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, standards, rules, regulations, orders, decrees, or judgments issued after the date of this Lease; and (e) any breach or default in performance of any obligation on Tenant’s part to be performed under this Lease, including obligations which survive expiration or earlier termination of this Lease under the terms of this Lease.

ii) Definition of Claims . For purposes of this Lease, Claims (Claims) means any and all claims, losses, costs, damage, expenses, liabilities, liens, actions, causes of action (whether in tort or contract, law or equity, or otherwise), charges, assessments, fines, and penalties of any kind (including consultant and expert expenses, court costs, and attorney fees actually incurred).

iii) Type of Injury or Loss . This indemnification extends to and includes Claims for: (a) injury to any persons (including death at any time resulting from that injury); (b) loss of, injury or damage to, or destruction of property (including all loss of use resulting from that loss, injury, damage, or destruction); and (c) all foreseeable economic losses and consequential or resulting damage of any kind.

iv) Indemnification Independent of Insurance Obligations . The indemnification provided in Section 13 may not be construed or interpreted as in any way restricting, limiting, or modifying Tenant’s insurance or other obligations under this Lease and is independent of Tenant’s insurance and other obligations. Tenant’s compliance with the insurance requirements and other obligations under this Lease shall not in any way restrict, limit, or modify Tenant’s indemnification obligations under this Lease.

v) Attorney Fees . The prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its actual attorney fees and court costs incurred in enforcing the indemnification clauses set forth in this section 13(e).

vi) Survival of Indemnification . The clauses of this section 13(e) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease for a period of five (5) years, after which this section 13(e) shall be null and void and have no further force or effect.

vii) Compliance With Insurer Requirements . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense, comply with all requirements, guidelines, rules, orders, and similar mandates and directives pertaining to the use of the Unit Property and the Development, whether imposed by Tenant’s insurers, Landlord’s insurers, or the Association’s insurers. If Tenant’s business operations, conduct, or use of the Unit Property or the Development cause any increase in the premium for any insurance policies carried by Landlord or the Association, Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days after receipt of written notice , reimburse Landlord or the Association for the increase. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense, comply with all rules, orders, regulations, or requirements of the American Insurance Association (formerly the National Board of Fire Underwriters) and of any similar body.

f) Tenant’s Liability Coverage . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense, maintain the coverages set forth in this Section 13(f).

 

17


i) Commercial General Liability Insurance . Tenant shall obtain commercial general liability insurance coverage written on an “occurrence” policy form, covering bodily injury, personal injury, property damage and advertising injury arising out of or relating (directly or indirectly) to Tenant’s business operations, conduct, assumed liabilities, or use or occupancy of the Unit Property or the Development, including by way of example and not limitation, Tenant’s independent contractors, products and completed operations and contractual liability arising from the operation, possession, maintenance or use of the Unit Property or areas immediately adjacent thereto, with limits of liability for each occurrence of not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000). In addition to the provisions of Section 13(f) (vi), Tenant shall increase the foregoing limits if Landlord, or any lender of Landlord, reasonably deems such increases desirable to protect Tenant and Landlord, provided that any such increases are comparable to amount of insurance covering businesses similar to Tenant’s business at the Unit Property, located in similar commercial centers in the area in which the Development is located. The insurance coverage under this Section shall, in addition, extend to any liabilities of Tenant arising out of the indemnity contained in Section 13(e).

ii) Broad Form Coverage . Tenant’s liability coverage shall include all the coverages typically provided by the Broad Form Comprehensive General Liability Endorsement, including broad form property damage coverage (which shall include coverage for completed operations). Tenant’s liability coverage shall further include premises-operations coverage, products-completed operations coverage, owners and contractors protective coverage (when reasonably required by Landlord), and the broadest available form of contractual liability coverage. It is the parties’ intent that Tenant’s contractual liability coverage provide coverage to the maximum extent possible of Tenant’s indemnification obligations under this Lease.

iii) Primary Insured . Tenant shall be the first or primary named insured.

iv) Additional Insureds . Landlord and any lender of Landlord shall be named by endorsement as additional insureds under Tenant’s general liability coverage. The additional insured endorsement must be on ISO Form CG 20 11 11 85 or an equivalent acceptable to Landlord, or any lender of Landlord, with such modifications as Landlord may require.

v) Cross-Liability; Severability of Interests . Tenant’s general liability policies shall be endorsed as needed to provide cross-liability coverage for Tenant, Landlord, and any lender of Landlord and to provide severability of interests.

vi) Primary Insurance Endorsements for Additional Insureds . Tenant’s general liability policies shall be endorsed as needed to provide that the insurance afforded by those policies to the additional insureds is primary and that all insurance carried by Landlord Parties is strictly excess and secondary and shall not contribute with Tenant’s liability insurance.

vii) Scope of Coverage for Additional Insureds . The coverage afforded to Landlord and any lender of Landlord must be at least as broad as that afforded to Tenant and may not contain any terms, conditions, exclusions, or limitations applicable to Landlord or any lender of Landlord that do not apply to Tenant.

 

18


viii) Delivery of Certificate, Policy, and Endorsements . Before the Lease Commencement Date, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the endorsements referred to in this section 13(f) as well as a certified copy of Tenant’s liability policy or policies and an original certificate of insurance, executed by an authorized agent of-the insurer or insurers, evidencing compliance with the liability insurance requirements. The certificate shall provide for no less than thirty (30) days’ advance written notice to Landlord from the insurer or insurers of any cancellation, non-renewal, or material change in coverage or available limits of liability and shall confirm compliance with the liability insurance requirements in this Lease. The “endeavor to” and “failure to mail such notice shall impose no obligation or liability of any kind upon the Company” language and any similar language shall be stricken from the certificate.

ix) Concurrency of Primary, Excess, and Umbrella Policies . Tenant’s liability insurance coverage may be provided by a combination of primary, excess, and umbrella policies, but those policies must be absolutely concurrent in all respects regarding the coverage afforded by the policies. The coverage of any excess or umbrella policy must be at least as broad as the coverage of the primary policy.

x) “Per Location” Endorsement . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense, procure a “per location” endorsement or equivalent reasonably acceptable to Landlord so that the general aggregate and other limits apply separately and specifically to the Unit Property.

xi) Survival of Insurance Requirements . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense, maintain in full force and effect the liability insurance coverages required under this Lease and shall maintain Landlord Parties and any lender specified by Landlord as additional insureds, as required by subsection 13(f) of this Lease, for a period of no less than two (2) years after expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

xii) Tenant’s Workers’ Compensation and Employer Liability Coverage . Tenant shall procure and maintain workers’ compensation insurance as required by law and employer’s liability insurance with limits of no less than two-million dollars ($2,000,000).

xiii) Tenant’s First Party Insurance . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense, procure and maintain the first party insurance coverages described in this section 13(f).

xiv) Builder’s Risk . At all times during which Tenant is proceeding with any construction work at the Unit Property or the Development, Tenant shall maintain builders risk insurance with limits of coverage not less than one hundred percent (100%) of full replacement cost of Tenant’s leasehold improvements and owner’s and contractor’s protective insurance and independent contractor’s insurance with coverage of at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) for a single occurrence and for property damage.

xv) Other Risks . Any additional insurance reasonably requested by Landlord to cover any other risk associated with Tenant’s use of the Unit Property, provided that such insurance is reasonably available and comparable to insurance customarily covering businesses similar to Tenant’s business in the Unit Property, located in similar commercial centers in the area in which the Development is located.

 

19


xvi) Tenant’s Property Insurance . Tenant shall procure and maintain property insurance coverage for: (a) all office furniture, trade fixtures, office equipment, merchandise, and all other items of Tenant’s property in, on, at, or about the Unit Property and the Development; (b) the Unit Property, any property installed by, for, or at the expense of Tenant in, on or about same; and (c) all other improvements, betterments, alterations, and additions to the Unit Property. Tenant’s property insurance must fulfill the following requirements: (a) It must be written on the broadest available “all-risk” (special-causes-of-loss) policy form or an equivalent form acceptable to Landlord.(b) It must include an agreed-amount endorsement for no less than one-hundred (100) percent of the full replacement cost (new without deduction for depreciation) of the covered items and property; and (c) The amounts of coverage must meet any coinsurance requirements of the policy or policies. It is the parties’ intent that Tenant shall structure its property insurance program so that no coinsurance penalty shall be imposed and there shall be no valuation shortfalls or disputes with any insurer or with Landlord. The property insurance coverage shall include vandalism and malicious mischief coverage, sprinkler leakage coverage, and earthquake sprinkler leakage coverage. All proceeds of such property insurance covering the Unit Property and Tenant’s improvements therein shall, at the election of Landlord, be paid to Landlord and held in trust and may be used for the repair or replacement of the plate glass, fixtures, equipment or contents so insured. In the event this Lease shall terminate for any cause while such proceeds are held by Landlord, Landlord shall the right to apply such funds to the redevelopment of the Unit Property or the Development.

xvii) Business Income and Extra Expense Coverage . Tenant shall further procure and maintain business income (business interruption) insurance and extra expense coverage with coverage amounts that shall reimburse Tenant for all direct or indirect loss of income and charges and costs incurred arising out of all perils insured against by Tenant’s property insurance coverage, including prevention of, or denial of use of or access to, all or part of the Unit Property or the Development, as a result of those perils.

The business income and extra expense coverage shall provide coverage for no less than twelve (12) months of the loss of income, charges, and costs contemplated under the Lease and shall be carried in amounts necessary to avoid any coinsurance penalty that could apply. The business income and extra expense coverage shall be issued by the insurer that issues Tenant’s other first party coverage.

xviii) Comprehensive Automobile Liability and Property Damage . Tenant shall maintain comprehensive automobile liability and property damage insurance insuring all owned, non-owned and hired vehicles used in the conduct of the Tenant’s business and operated upon or parked upon the Common Area with limits of liability of not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) combined single limit for death or injury to one or more persons in a common accident or occurrence, and One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) for each occurrence for property damage. Tenant shall increase the foregoing limits (but not more than two times during the Term) if Landlord reasonably deems such increases desirable to protect Tenant and Landlord, provided that any such increases are comparable to amount of insurance covering businesses similar to Tenant’s business in the Unit Property, located in similar commercial centers in the area in which the Development is located.

 

20


g) Form of Policies and Additional Requirements .

i) Insurance Independent of Exculpation and Indemnification . The insurance requirements set forth in Section 13 are independent of Tenant’s exculpation, indemnification, and other obligations under this Lease and shall not be construed or interpreted in any way to restrict, limit, or modify Tenant’s exculpation, indemnification, and other obligations or to limit Tenant’s liability under this Lease.

ii) Form of Policies . In addition to the other requirements set forth in this Section, the insurance required of Tenant under this Section 13 must: (a) name Landlord and any other party Landlord specifies by endorsement as an additional insured; (b) be issued by an insurance company with a rating of no less than A-VIII in the current Best’s Insurance Guide, or that is otherwise acceptable to Landlord, and admitted to engage in the business of insurance in the State of California; (c) be primary insurance for all claims under it and provide that any insurance carried by Landlord Parties and Landlord lenders is strictly excess, secondary, and noncontributing with any insurance carried by Tenant; and (d) provide that insurance may not be canceled, non-renewed, or the subject of material change in coverage or available limits of coverage, except on thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord and Landlord’s lenders.

iii) Tenant’s Delivery of Policy, Endorsements, and Certificates . Tenant shall deliver the policy or policies, along with any endorsements to them and certificates required by this Section 13, to Landlord: (a) on or before the Lease Commencement Date; (b) at least thirty (30) days before the expiration date of any policy; and (c) on renewal of any policy.

iv) Deductibles and Self-Insured Retentions . Except as otherwise provided in Section 13(f) above, all deductibles and self-insured retentions under Tenant’s policies are subject to Landlord’s prior written approval.

v) Waiver of Subrogation . Landlord and Tenant agree to cause the insurance companies issuing their respective property (first party) insurance to waive any subrogation rights that those companies may have against Tenant or Landlord, respectively, as long as the insurance is not invalidated by the waiver. If the waivers of subrogation are contained in their respective insurance policies, Landlord and Tenant waive any right that either may have against the other on account of any loss or damage to their respective property to the extent that the loss or damage is insured.

vi) Review of Coverage . On or after the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date, Landlord shall have the right to review any insurance policy maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Section to determine whether such policy is adequate to properly insure all interests and as required by this Section and fulfill the intent thereof. In the event that Landlord determines that Tenant’s insurance coverage is insufficient to fulfill the terms or intent of this Section, Landlord shall have the right to require that Tenant increase Tenant’s insurance coverage to fulfill the requirements of this Section, which right, if exercised, shall be exercised reasonably. Landlord shall have the right review Tenant’s insurance coverage pursuant to this Section on or after the end of each five (5) year period following the most recent review hereunder.

 

21


vii) Lender’s Policy Requirements . Notwithstanding any provision herein contained to the contrary, Tenant agrees and acknowledges that Tenant’s Insurance requirements, or the insurance required to be maintained by the Association, may be subject to change as a result of requirements which may be hereafter imposed by a Lender. Under such circumstances, Tenant agrees to any such changes, to pay for the same, and to otherwise comply with the provisions of this Section 13 with respect to any additional insurance requirements. In the event of any such required changes, Tenant shall pay the cost of the same directly to Landlord as Additional Rent, or if appropriate, as Tenant’s Share of the additional cost and expense of maintaining such additional required insurance regarding the Common Areas.

14. DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION.

a) Repair of Damage . Tenant shall be solely responsible for any and all repair of damage to the improvements and alterations made by Tenant to, and the personalty, fixtures, equipment maintained by Tenant at the Unit Property from any cause whatsoever, other than the gross negligence of the Landlord, pursuant to the terms of this Lease, including repair of damage resulting from fire, earthquake, or any other identifiable event (“Casualty”) to the fullest extent reasonably possible. It is the intention of the parties to this Lease that Tenant shall be adequately insured, pursuant to Section 13 of this Lease, to fully and completely repair any and all such damage, and that Tenant shall accordingly fully and completely repair such damage. In no event shall this Lease terminate on account of Casualty affecting the Unit Property except as expressly agreed to in writing by Landlord and Tenant upon such terms as are acceptable to both parties.

b) Waiver of Statutory Provisions . The provisions of this Lease, including those in this Section, constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant that applies in the event of any Casualty to the Unit Property. Tenant, therefore, fully waives the provisions of any statute or regulation, including California Civil Code sections 1932(2) and 1933(4), for any rights or obligations concerning a Casualty regarding the Unit Property.

15. CONDEMNATION.

a) Definition of “Condemnation .” As used in this Lease, the term Condemnation (Condemnation) means a permanent taking through (a) the exercise of any government power (by legal proceedings or otherwise) by any public or quasi-public authority or by any other party having the right of eminent domain (Condemnor) or (b) a voluntary sale or transfer by Landlord to any Condemnor, either under threat of exercise of eminent domain by a Condemnor or while legal proceedings for condemnation are pending.

b) Effect on Rights and Obligations . If, during the Lease Term or the period between the date of execution of this Lease and the date on which the Lease Term begins, there is any Condemnation of all or part of the Unit Property, or Development, the rights and obligations of the parties shall be determined under this Section 15, and Rent shall not be affected or abated except as expressly provided in this Section. Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of any Condemnation regarding the Unit Property within thirty (30) days after the later of (a) the filing of a complaint by Condemnor or (b) the final agreement and determination by Landlord and Condemnor of the extent of the taking (Condemnation Notice).

 

22


c) Termination of Lease .

i) Definition of “Termination Date.” For purposes of this section the termination date (“Termination Date”) shall be the earliest of: (a) the date on which Condemnor takes possession of the property that is subject to the Condemnation; or (b) the date on which title to the property subject to the Condemnation is vested in Condemnor. If termination occurs under this Section 15, the Termination Date shall be the earliest of the dates described in subsectionl5(c)(i).

ii) Automatic Termination . If the Unit Property is totally taken by Condemnation, this Lease shall terminate as of the Termination Date, and the Condemnation Award shall be allocated between Landlord and Tenant in accordance with Section 15(e).

iii) Election to Terminate . If a Condemnation of not less than thirty percent (30%) of the Usable Square Footage of the Unit Property occurs during the Lease Term, both Landlord and Tenant shall have the option to elect to terminate this Lease. Such termination shall occur only if the terminating party notifies the non-terminating party in writing of its intent to terminate within thirty (30) days of receiving Condemnation Notice. Such termination notice shall have no force or effect if the Condemnation fails to occur or if any amount less than thirty percent (30%) of the Usable Square Footage of the Unit Property is actually taken for any reason whatsoever. If a Condemnation of thirty percent (30%) or less of the Usable Square Footage of the Unit Property occurs during the Lease Term, whereby the proposed condemnation will render the Unit Property as being no longer reasonably feasible for continued use and occupancy by Tenant as herein contemplated, then Tenant shall have the option to elect to terminate this Lease. Such termination shall occur only if Tenant notifies the Landlord in writing of Tenant’s intent to terminate within thirty (30) days of receiving Condemnation Notice.

iv) Tenant’s Waiver . Tenant agrees that its rights to terminate this Lease due to partial Condemnation are governed by this Section 15. Tenant waives all rights it may have under California Code of Civil Procedure section 1265.130, or otherwise, to terminate this Lease based on a partial Condemnation.

v) Pro-ration of Rent . If this Lease is terminated under this Section 15, the termination shall be effective on the Termination Date, and Landlord shall prorate Rent to that date. Tenant shall be obligated to pay Rent for the period up to, but not including, the Termination Date as prorated by Landlord. Landlord shall return to Tenant prepaid Rent allocable to any period on or after the Termination Date.

d) Effect of Condemnation if Lease Is Not Terminated . If any part of the Unit Property is taken by Condemnation and this Lease is not terminated, Rent shall be proportionately reduced based on the Rentable Square Footage of the Unit Property taken. Landlord and Tenant agree to enter into an amendment to this Lease within thirty (30) days after the partial taking, confirming the reduction in Rentable Square Footage of the Unit Property and the reduction in Rent.

 

23


e) Allocation of Award . Any payment of compensation and damage pursuant to a condemnation under this Section shall be divided as follows:

i) All compensation and damages payable for or on account of improvements to the Unit Property made by Tenant that would be owned by Tenant at the expiration of the Lease Term, pursuant to Section 11(f), shall be payable to Tenant; and

ii) All other compensation and damages payable in connection with the Condemnation shall be solely the property of Landlord.

16. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLEASING.

a) Restricted Transfers .

i) Consent Required; Definition of Transfer . Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, before entering into or permitting any Transfer. A Transfer (“Transfer”) consists of any of the following, whether voluntary or involuntary and whether effected by death, operation of law, or otherwise: (a) any assignment, sublease, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance, or other transfer of any interest in this Lease; and (b) any of the changes (e.g., a change of ownership or reorganization) included in the definition of Transfer in Section 16(d). Any person to whom any Transfer is made or sought to be made is a “Transferee.”

ii) Landlord’s Remedies . If a Transfer fails to comply with this Section 16, Landlord may, at its sole option, do any or all of the following: (a) void the Transfer and continue the Lease in effect; (b) declare Tenant in material and incurable default under Section 21 notwithstanding any cure period specified therein; or (c) ratify the Transfer.

b) Transfer Procedure .

i) Transfer Notice . Before entering into or permitting any transfer, Tenant shall provide to Landlord a written Transfer Notice (“Transfer Notice”) at least forty-five (45) days before the proposed effective date of the Transfer. The Transfer Notice shall include all of the following: (a) information regarding the proposed Transferee, including the name, address, and ownership of Transferee; the nature of Transferee’s business; and Transferee’s current financial statements, bank account statements, tax returns, and a detailed business plan; (b) all the terms of the proposed Transfer, including the consideration payable by Transferee; the portion of the Unit Property that is subject to the Transfer (“Subject Space”); the proposed use of the Subject Space; the effective date of the Transfer; and a copy of all documentation concerning the proposed Transfer; (c) any other information or documentation reasonably requested by Landlord; and (d) an executed estoppel certificate from Tenant as to the current state of the Lease and any and all other agreements between the parties. Any Transfer Notice delivered by Tenant to Landlord shall include a payment of $1000.00 to Landlord towards the Transfer Fee herein described (the “Transfer Fee Deposit”).

 

24


ii) Transfer Fee . Within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s written request, Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent any reasonable review and processing costs and fees, as well as any reasonable legal fees, that Landlord incurs in reviewing and processing the Transfer Notice (“Transfer Fee”) as the same may exceed the Transfer Fee Deposit. Tenant shall pay the Transfer Fee whether or not Landlord consents to the Transfer. In no event shall the Transfer Fee exceed the sum of $2500.00. All other costs and expenses (including any brokerage commissions) incurred by Tenant in connection with the proposed Transfer shall be borne by Tenant.

iii) Limits of Consent . If Landlord consents to any Transfer, the following limits apply: (a) Landlord does not agree to waive or modify the terms and conditions of this Lease; (b) Landlord does not consent to any further Transfer by either Tenant or Transferee; (c) Tenant remains liable under this Lease, and any guarantor of the Lease remains liable under the guaranty; and (d) Tenant may enter into that Transfer in accordance with this Section if: (1) The Transfer occurs within six (6) months after Landlord’s consent or such longer period of time as Landlord may agree to in writing; (2) The Transfer is made upon the same terms as specified in the Transfer Notice; and (3) Tenant delivers to Landlord, promptly after execution, an original, executed copy of all documentation pertaining to the Transfer in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord (including Transferee’s agreement to be subject and subordinate to the Lease and to assume Tenant’s obligations under the Lease to the extent applicable to the Unit Property).

If the Transfer occurs after six (6) months (or such longer period of time as Landlord may agree to in writing) or the terms of the Transfer have materially changed from those in the Transfer Notice, Tenant shall submit a new Transfer Notice under subsection 16(b), requesting Landlord’s consent, and the Unit Property shall again be subject to Landlord’s rights under section 16. A material change is one the terms of which would have entitled Landlord to refuse to consent to the Transfer initially or would cause the proposed Transfer to be more favorable to Transferee than the terms in the original Transfer Notice.

c) Landlord’s Consent .

i) Reasonable Consent . Landlord may riot unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed Transfer that complies with this Section 16. Reasonable grounds for denying consent include, but are not limited to, any of the following: (a) Transferee’s credit history, business, or proposed use is not consistent with the character or quality of the Development; (b) Transferee would be a significantly less prestigious occupant of the Development than Tenant; (c) Transferee is either a government agency or an instrumentality of one; (d) Transferee’s intended use of the Unit Property is inconsistent with the Permitted Use, Laws and Orders, the Covenants, Codes and Restrictions, or will materially and adversely affect Landlord’s interest; (e) Transferee’s financial condition is or may be inadequate to support the Lease obligations of Transferee under the Transfer documents; or (f) the Transfer would cause Landlord to violate another lease or agreement to which Landlord is a party or would give any other tenant at the Development the right to cancel or seek to terminate its lease.

ii) Landlord’s Written Response . Within a reasonable time after receipt of a Transfer Notice that complies with subsection 16(b)(i), Landlord shall approve or disapprove the proposed Transfer in writing.

 

25


iii) Tenant’s Remedies . If Landlord wrongfully denies or conditions its consent, Tenant may seek only declaratory and injunctive relief. Tenant specifically waives any damage claims against Landlord in connection with the withholding of consent under this Section.

d) Transfers of Ownership Interests and Other Organizational Changes .

i) Change of Ownership; Reorganization . For purposes of this Section 16,Transfer (“Transfer”) also includes:

(1) If Tenant is a partnership or limited liability company:

(a) A change in ownership effected voluntarily, involuntarily, or by operation of law within a twelve-month (12-month) period, of fifty (50%) or more of the partners or members or fifty (50%) or more of the partnership or membership interests; or

(b) The dissolution of the partnership or limited liability company without its immediate reconstitution.

(2) If Tenant is a closely held corporation (i.e., one whose stock is not publicly held and not traded through an exchange or over the counter):

(a) The sale or other transfer within a twelve-month (12-month) period, of more than an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) of the voting shares of Tenant (other than to immediate family members by reason of gift or death);

(b) The sale, mortgage, hypothecation, or pledge within a twelve-month (12-month) period, of more than an aggregate of twenty-five percent (25%) of the value of Tenant’s unencumbered assets; or

(c) The dissolution, merger, consolidation, or other reorganization of Tenant.

ii) Transfer to Affiliate . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, Landlord’s consent is not required for any Transfer to an Affiliate, as defined in subsection 16(d)(iii), as long as the following conditions are met: (a) at least ten (10) business days before the Transfer, Landlord receives written notice of the Transfer (as well as any documents or information reasonably requested by Landlord regarding the Transfer or Transferee); (b) the Transfer is not a subterfuge by Tenant to avoid its obligations under the Lease; (c) if the Transfer is an assignment, Transferee assumes in writing all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease and (d) Transferee has a tangible net worth, as evidenced by financial statements delivered to Landlord and certified by an independent certified public accountant in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles that are consistently applied (Net Worth), at least equal to Tenant’s Net Worth either immediately before the Transfer or as of the date of this Lease, whichever is greater.

iii) Definition of Affiliate . An Affiliate (Affiliate) means any entity that (a) controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Tenant, or (b) is the surviving entity as a result of a merger with Tenant. Control (Control) means the direct or indirect ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of an entity or possession of the right to vote more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting interest in the ordinary direction of the entity’s affairs.

 

26


17. SURRENDER OF UNIT PROPERTY.

a) Surrender of Unit Property . No act of Landlord or its authorized representatives shall constitute Landlord’s acceptance of a surrender or abandonment of the Unit Property by Tenant unless that intent is specifically acknowledged in a writing signed by both parties. At the option of Landlord, a surrender and termination of this Lease shall operate as an assignment to Landlord of all subleases or sub-tenancies. Landlord shall exercise this option by giving notice of that assignment to all subtenants within ten (10) days after the effective date of the surrender and termination.

b) Removal of Tenant Property by Tenant . On the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, Tenant shall quit the Unit Property and surrender possession to Landlord in accordance with this section. Tenant shall leave the Unit Property in substantially the same condition as existed on the Lease Commencement Date, with all Tenant Improvements intact , except for reasonable wear and tear. On expiration or termination, Tenant shall, without expense to Landlord, remove or cause to be removed from the Unit Property: (a) All debris and rubbish; (b) Any items of furniture, equipment, freestanding cabinet work, and other articles of personal property owned by Tenant or installed or placed by Tenant at its expense in the Unit Property; (c) Any similar articles of any other persons claiming under Tenant that Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion, requires to be removed; and (d) Any alterations and improvements that Tenant is required to remove under Section 11. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole expense, repair all damage or injury that may occur to the Unit Property caused by Tenant’s removal of those items and shall restore the Unit Property to its original condition as of the Lease Commencement Date, with Tenant Improvements intact.

18. HOLDING OVER

a) Holdover Rent . If Tenant remains in possession of the Unit Property after expiration or earlier termination of this Lease with Landlord’s express written consent, Tenant’s occupancy shall be a month-to-month tenancy at a rent agreed on by Landlord and Tenant but in no event less than the Base Rent and Additional Rent payable under this Lease during the last full month before the date of expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. The month-to-month tenancy shall be on the terms and conditions of this Lease except as provided in (a) the preceding sentence and (b) the Lease clauses concerning lease term and extension rights. Landlord’s acceptance of rent after such holding over with Landlord’s written consent shall not result in any other tenancy or in a renewal of the original term of this Lease. If Tenant remains in possession of the Unit Property after expiration or earlier termination of this Lease without Landlord’s consent, Tenant’s continued possession shall be on the basis of a tenancy at sufferance and Tenant shall pay as monthly rent during the holdover period an amount equal to the greater of: (1) One-hundred and fifteen percent (115%) of the fair market rental (as reasonably determined by Landlord) for the Unit Property; or (2) One-hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent and Additional Rent payable under this Lease for the last full month before the date of expiration or termination.

 

27


b) No Consent or Waiver Implied . Nothing in this Section 18 shall be construed as implied consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant. Landlord expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to surrender possession of the Unit Property to Landlord as provided in this Lease on expiration or other termination of this Lease. The provisions of this Section 18 shall not be considered to limit or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies of Landlord provided in this Lease or at law.

19. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES.

a) Tenant’s Obligation to Provide Estoppel Certificates . Within ten (10) days after a written request by Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord an estoppel certificate, in a form acceptable to Landlord, indicating in the certificate any exceptions to the statements in the certificate that may exist at that time. The certificate shall also contain any other information reasonably requested by Landlord or any existing or prospective lender, mortgagee, or purchaser. To the extent Tenant fails to provide the estoppel certificate within ten (10) days, the Landlord shall be entitled and hereby authorized to execute the Estoppel Certificate on the Tenant’s behalf, and the content thereof shall be deemed approved by Tenant, and Tenant shall be bound by the terms as though Tenant had executed the same.

b) Financial Statements . When reasonably requested or required by a lender, or purchaser, or in the event that Tenant seeks to exercise any right to extend the term of this Lease, within fifteen (15) days after a written request by Landlord, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a copy of the financial statements set forth in Tenant’s 10-K or a similar certified public accountant’s certified financial report or statement for the two (2) years preceding the current financial statement year.

c) Failure to Deliver . Tenant’s failure to execute or deliver an Estoppel Certificate in the required time period shall constitute an acknowledgment by Tenant that the statements included in any Estoppel Certificate prepared by Landlord under Section 19(a) are true and correct, without exception. Tenant’s failure to execute or deliver an Estoppel Certificate or other document or instrument required under this Section 19 in a timely manner shall be a material breach of this Lease.

20. SUBORDINATION, NONDISTURBANCE, AND ATTORNMENT.

a) Automatic Subordination . This Lease is subject and subordinate to: (a) the lien of any mortgages, deeds of trust, or other encumbrances (Encumbrances) of the Development Property; (b) all present and future ground or underlying leases (Underlying Leases) of the Development now in force against the Development; (c) all renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations, and replacements of the items described in subparagraphs (a)-(b); and (d) all advances made or hereafter to be made on the security of the Encumbrances. Despite any other provision of this Section 20, any Encumbrance holder or Landlord may elect that this Lease shall be senior to and have priority over that Encumbrance or Underlying Lease whether this Lease is dated before or after the date of the Encumbrance or Underlying Lease.

 

28


b) Subordination Agreement; Agency . This subordination is self-operative, and no further instrument of subordination shall be required to make it effective. To confirm this subordination, however, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request, execute any further instruments, subordination agreement(s) or assurances in recordable form that Landlord reasonably considers necessary to evidence or confirm the subordination or superiority of this Lease, as Landlord may elect, to any such Encumbrances or Underlying Leases. Tenant’s failure to execute and deliver such instrument(s) shall constitute a material breach and default under this Lease.

c) Attornment . Tenant covenants and agrees to attorn to the transferee of Landlord’s interest in the Real Property by voluntary sale or transfer, by foreclosure, deed in lieu of foreclosure, by exercise of any remedy provided in any Encumbrance or Underlying Lease, or operation of law (without any deductions or setoffs), if requested to do so by the transferee, and to recognize the transferee as the Landlord under this Lease. Such transferee shall not be liable for: (a) any acts, omissions, or defaults of Landlord that occurred before the sale or conveyance; or (b) the return of any security deposit except for deposits actually paid to or received by the transferee.

d) Non-disturbance . Notwithstanding the terms of this Section 20, Tenant’s right to quiet possession of the Unit Property shall not be disturbed so long as Tenant is not in default pursuant to Section 21 below.

e) Notice of Default; Right to Cure . Tenant agrees to give written notice of any default by Landlord to the holder of any Encumbrance or Underlying Lease (“Lienholder”). Tenant agrees that, before it exercises any rights or remedies under the Lease, the Lienholder or Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to cure the default within the same time, if any, given to Landlord to cure the default, plus what ever additional period is required by the Lienholder , which in any event shall be not less than an additional thirty (30) days. Tenant agrees that this cure period shall be extended by the time necessary for the Lienholder to begin foreclosure proceedings and to obtain possession of the Unit Property or Development, as applicable.

21. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES.

a) Tenant’s Default . The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease:

i) Tenant’s failure to pay when due any Rent required to be paid under this Lease if the failure continues for five (5) business days after written notice of the failure from Landlord to Tenant;

ii) Tenant’s failure to provide any instrument or assurance or estoppel certificate as required by Sections 19 and 20 if the failure continues for ten (10) days after written notice of the failure from Landlord to Tenant;

iii) Tenant’s failure to perform any other obligation under this Lease if the failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice of the failure from Landlord to Tenant; provided, however, that if such failure is not susceptible of cure within such thirty (30) day period, Tenant shall not be in default so long as Tenant commences the cure within such thirty (30) day period and diligently pursues cure to completion.

 

29


iv) Tenant’s abandonment of the Unit Property, including Tenant’s absence from the Unit Property for seven (7) consecutive days (excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and California legal holidays) while in default under any provision of this Lease;

v) To the extent permitted by law:

(1) A general assignment by Tenant or any guarantor of the Lease for the benefit of creditors;

(2) The filing by or against Tenant, or any guarantor, of any proceeding under an insolvency or bankruptcy law, unless (in the case of an involuntary proceeding) the proceeding is dismissed within sixty (60) days;

(3) The appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of all or substantially all the assets of Tenant or any guarantor, unless possession is unconditionally restored to Tenant or that guarantor within thirty (30) days and the trusteeship or receivership is dissolved;

(4) Any execution or other judicially authorized seizure of all or substantially all the assets of Tenant located on the Unit Property, or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, unless that seizure is discharged within thirty (30) days; or

vi) The committing of waste on the Unit Property.

b) Replacement of Statutory Notice Requirements . When this Lease requires service of a notice, that notice shall not be deemed to replace statutory notice, including any notices required by Code of Civil Procedure section 1161 or any similar or successor statute. When a statute requires service of a notice within a particular time and/or in a particular manner, service of that notice (or a similar notice required by this Lease) in the manner required by Section shall not replace or satisfy the statutory service-of-notice procedures, including those required by Code of Civil Procedure section 1162 or any similar or successor statute to the fullest extent permitted by law. In the event of any conflict between the notice provisions of this Lease and any California statutory law, the terms of the statutory law shall be deemed to control the rights and obligations of the parties.

c) Landlord’s Remedies on Tenant’s Default . On the occurrence of a default by Tenant, Landlord shall have the right to pursue any one or more of the following remedies in addition to any other remedies now or later available to Landlord at law or in equity. These remedies are not exclusive but cumulative.

i) Termination of Lease . Landlord may terminate this Lease and recover possession of the Unit Property. Once Landlord has terminated this Lease, Tenant shall immediately surrender the Unit Property to Landlord. On termination of this Lease, Landlord may recover from Tenant all of the following: (a) The worth at the time of the award of any unpaid Rent that has accrued at the time of the termination, to be computed by allowing interest at the rate set forth in Section 23 but in no case greater than the maximum amount of interest permitted by law; (b) The

 

30


worth at the time of the award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent that would have been earned between the time of the termination and the time of the award exceeds the amount of unpaid Rent that Tenant proves could reasonably have been avoided, to be computed by allowing interest at the rate set forth in Section 23 but in no case greater than the maximum amount of interest permitted by law; (c) The worth at the time of the award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the Lease Term after the time of the award exceeds the amount of unpaid Rent that Tenant proves could reasonably have been avoided, to be computed by discounting that amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of the award plus one percent (1%); (d) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform obligations under this Lease, including brokerage commissions and advertising expenses, expenses of remodeling the Unit Property for a new tenant (whether for the same or a different use), and any special concessions made to obtain a new tenant; and (e) Any other amounts, in addition to or in lieu of those listed above, that may be permitted by applicable law.

ii) Continuation of Lease in Effect . Landlord shall have the remedy described in Civil Code section 1951.4, which provides that, when a tenant has the right to sublet or assign (subject only to reasonable limitations), the landlord may continue the lease in effect after the tenant’s breach and abandonment and recover Rent as it becomes due. Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, Landlord may enforce all of Landlord’s rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover all Rent as it becomes due.

iii) Tenant’s Subleases . Whether or not Landlord elects to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, Landlord may:

(1) Terminate any sublease, license, concession, or other consensual arrangement for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the Unit Property.

(2) Choose to succeed to Tenant’s interest in such an arrangement. If Landlord elects to succeed to Tenant’s interest in such an arrangement, Tenant shall, as of the date of notice by Landlord of that election, have no further right to, or interest in, the Rent or other consideration receivable under that arrangement.

d) Form of Payment After Default . If Tenant fails to pay any amount due under this Lease within three (3) days after the due date or if Tenant draws a check on an account with insufficient funds, Landlord shall have the right to require that any subsequent amounts paid by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease (to cure a default or otherwise) be paid in the form of cash, money order, cashier’s or certified check drawn on an institution acceptable to Landlord, or other form approved by Landlord despite any prior practice of accepting payments in a different form.

e) Acceptance of Rent Without Waiving Rights . Landlord may accept Tenant’s payments without waiving any rights under this Lease, including rights under a previously served notice of default. If Landlord accepts payments after serving a notice of default, Landlord may nevertheless commence and pursue an action to enforce rights and remedies under the previously served notice of default.

 

31


f) Tenant’s Remedies on Landlord’s Default . Tenant waives any right to unilaterally declare a termination of this Lease and to vacate the Unit Property thereunder on Landlord’s default under this Lease. Tenant’s sole remedy on Landlord’s default is an action for damages as provided under Section 13, or injunctive or declaratory relief seeking a formal declaration as to the termination of the Lease, and Tenant’s rights thereunder.

22. LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO PERFORM TENANT’S OBLIGATIONS

a) Landlord’s Right to Perform Tenant’s Obligations . All obligations to be performed by Tenant under this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s expense and without any reduction of Rent. If Tenant’s failure to perform an obligation continues for five (5) days after notice to Tenant, Landlord may perform the obligation on Tenant’s behalf, without waiving Landlord’s rights for Tenant’s failure to perform any obligations under this Lease and without releasing Tenant from such obligations. Within fifteen (15) days after receiving a statement from Landlord, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of expense reasonably incurred by Landlord, in performing Tenant/s obligation under this Section, as Additional Rent.

23. LATE PAYMENTS.

a) Late Charges . If any Rent payment is not received by Landlord or Landlord’s designee within five (5) days after that Rent is due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge (Late Charge(s)) often percent (10%) of such delinquent payment as liquidated damages. Tenant shall pay this amount for each calendar month in which all or any part of any Rent payment remains delinquent for more than five (5) days after the due date. The parties agree that this late charge represents a reasonable estimate of the expenses that Landlord will incur because of any late payment of Rent (other than attorney fees and costs incurred under Section 26). Landlord’s acceptance of any liquidated damages shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default with respect to the overdue amount or prevent Landlord from exercising any of the rights and remedies available to Landlord under this Lease. Tenant shall pay the late charge as Additional Rent with the next installment of Rent.

24. NONWAIVER.

a) Nonwaiver . No waiver of any provision of this Lease shall be implied by any failure of Landlord to enforce any remedy for the violation of that provision, even if that violation continues or is repeated. Any waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease must be in writing. Such written waiver shall affect only the provision specified and only for the time and in the manner stated in the writing.

b) Acceptance and Application of Payment; Not Accord and Satisfaction . No receipt by Landlord of a lesser payment than the Rent required under this Lease shall be considered to be other than on account of the earliest amount due, and no endorsement or statement on any check or letter accompanying a payment or check shall be considered an accord and satisfaction. Landlord may accept checks or payments without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover all amounts due and pursue all other remedies provided for in this Lease.

 

32


Landlord’s receipt of monies from Tenant after giving notice to Tenant terminating this Lease shall in no way reinstate, continue, or extend the Lease Term or affect the Termination Notice given by Landlord before the receipt of those monies. After serving notice terminating this Lease, filing an action, or obtaining final judgment for possession of the Unit Property, Landlord may receive and collect any Rent due, and the payment of that Rent shall not waive or affect such prior notice, action, or judgment.

25. WAIVER OF RIGHT TO JURY TRIAL.

Waiver of Right to Jury Trial . Landlord and Tenant waive their respective rights to trial by jury of any contract or tort claim, counterclaim, cross-complaint, or cause of action in any action, proceeding, or hearing brought by either party against the other on any matter arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, or Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Unit Property, including any claim of injury or damage or the enforcement of any remedy under any current or future law, statute, regulation, code, or ordinance.

Landlord’s initials                        Tenant’s initials                     

26. ATTORNEY FEES AND COSTS.

Attorney Fees and Costs . If either party undertakes litigation against the other party arising out of or in connection with this Lease, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the other party reasonable attorney fees and court costs incurred. The prevailing party shall be determined under Civil Code section 1717(b)(1) or any successor statute. Landlord shall also be entitled to collect from Tenant, as costs under this Lease, any attorney fees Landlord incurs in collecting any sum due from Tenant and not timely paid under the Lease whether or not Landlord institutes any legal action to collect such sum.

27. LANDLORD’S ACCESS TO UNIT PROPERTY.

a) Landlord’s Access to Unit Property . Landlord and its agents shall have the right at all reasonable times, upon not less than 24 hour prior notice, to enter the Unit Property to: (a) inspect the Unit Property; (b) show the Unit Property to prospective purchasers, mortgagees, or tenants or to ground Landlords or underlying Landlords; (c) serve, post, and keep posted notices required by law or that Landlord considers necessary for the protection of Landlord or the Development; or (d) make repairs, replacements, alterations, or improvements to the Unit Property or Development that Landlord considers necessary or desirable. Despite any other provision of this Section 27, Landlord may similarly enter the Unit Property to: (a) perform services required of Landlord; (b) take possession due to any breach of this Lease; or (c) perform any covenants of Tenant that Tenant fails to perform.

 

33


b) Tenant’s Waiver . Landlord may enter the Unit Property without the abatement of Rent and may take steps to accomplish the stated purposes. Tenant waives any claims for damages caused by Landlord’s entry, including damage claims for: (a) injuries; (b) inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business; (c) lost profits; and (d) loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Unit Property, unless such damages arise solely from the gross negligence of the Landlord.

c) Method of Entry . For entry as permitted by this Section 27, Landlord shall at all times have a key or, if applicable, a card key with which to unlock all the doors in the Unit Property, excluding Tenant’s vaults, and safes. In an emergency situation, Landlord shall have the right to emter the Unit Property without any prior notice, and to use any means that Landlord considers proper to open the doors in and to the Unit Property. Any such entry into the Unit Property by Landlord shall not be considered a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Unit Property or an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant from any portion of the Unit Property.

28. SIGNS.

Development Name; Landlord’s Signage Rights . Subject to Tenant’s signage rights under this Section 28, Landlord and/or the Association may at any time change the name of the Development and install, affix, and maintain all signs on the exterior and interior of the Development as they may, in their sole discretion, desire. Tenant shall not have or acquire any property right or interest in the name of the Development. Tenant may make reasonable use the name of the Development or pictures or illustrations of the Development in advertising or other publicity during the Lease Term. Tenant’s right to maintain signs at the Unit Property and/or the Development shall be subject to the consent of the Landlord (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), the Association, the Project Documents, and the rules and regulations of any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Development.

29. TENANT PARKING.

a) Number of Parking Spaces . Tenant shall have non-exclusive use of available unmarked parking spaces within the Development as shown on Exhibit “A”. Tenant agrees and acknowledges that Tenant has no exclusive parking spaces nor exclusive parking rights within the Development parking area except as the same may be herein designated or otherwise approved or changed hereafter in writing by the Association. As of the date of this Lease, Tenant has a total of eight (8) designated parking spaces for use with Suite 230, as more particularly setforth on Exhibit “C”, subject to the provisions of Section 29(b) and(c).

b) Changes in Location, Layout, and Service . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the Association has the right to change the location, size, configuration, design, layout, designations and all other aspects of the parking facility, including the discontinuance of any escort or valet system. The Association may close off or restrict access to the parking facility from time to time to facilitate construction, alteration, or improvements, without incurring any liability to Tenant and without any abatement of Rent under this Lease.

 

34


c) Parking Rules and Regulations . Tenant’s continued right to non-exclusive use of available unmarked parking spaces within the Development or any designated spaces is conditioned on Tenant’s abiding by all rules and regulations prescribed from time to time for the orderly operation and use of the parking facility, Laws and Orders, and the Covenants, Codes and Restrictions. Tenant shall use all reasonable efforts to ensure that Tenant’s employees and visitors also comply with such rules and regulations.

30. MISCELLANEOUS.

a) Captions . The captions of articles and sections and the table of contents of this Lease are for convenience only and have no effect on the interpretation of the provisions of this Lease.

b) Word Usage . Unless the context clearly requires otherwise: (a) the plural and singular numbers shall each be considered to include the other; (b) the masculine, feminine, and neuter genders shall each be considered to include the others; (c) “shall,” “will,” “must,” “agrees,” and “covenants” are each mandatory; (d) “may” is permissive; (e) “or” is not exclusive; and (f) “includes” and “including” are not limiting.

c) Counting Days . Days shall be counted by excluding the first day and including the last day. If the last day is a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday as described in Government Code sections 6700-6701, it shall be excluded. Any act required by this Lease to be performed by a certain day shall be timely performed if completed before 5 p.m. local time on that date. If the day for performance of any obligation under this Lease is a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday, the time for performance of that obligation shall be extended to 5 p.m. local time on the first following date that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday.

d) Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Lease and all exhibits referred to in this Lease constitute the final, complete, and exclusive statement of the terms of the agreement between Landlord and Tenant pertaining to Tenant’s lease of the Unit Property and supercedes all prior and contemporaneous understandings or agreements of the parties. Neither party has been induced to enter into this Lease by, and neither party is relying on, any representation or warranty outside those expressly set forth in this Lease. This Lease may be amended only by an agreement in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant/the party to be charged.

e) Exhibits . The Exhibits and Addendum, if applicable, attached to this Lease are a part of this Lease and incorporated into this Lease by reference.

f) Reasonableness and Good Faith . Except as limited elsewhere in this Lease, whenever this Lease requires Landlord or Tenant to give its consent or approval to any action on the part of the other, such consent or approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. If either Landlord or Tenant disagrees with any determination covered by this provision and reasonably requests the reasons for that determination, the determining party shall furnish its reason in writing and in reasonable detail within five (5) business days following the request.

 

35


g) Partial Invalidity . If a court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction holds any Lease clause to be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part for any reason, the validity and enforceability of the remaining clauses, or portions of them, shall not be affected.

h) Binding Effect . Subject to Section 16 and Section 30(o), this Lease shall bind and benefit the parties to this Lease and their legal representatives and successors in interest.

i) Independent Covenants . This Lease shall be construed as though the covenants between Landlord and Tenant are independent and not dependent. Tenant expressly waives the benefit of any statute to the contrary and agrees that if Landlord fails to perform its obligations under this Lease, Tenant shall not be entitled: (a) to make any repairs or perform any acts at Landlord’s expense; or (b) to any setoff of the Rent or other amounts owing under this Lease against Landlord. The foregoing, however, shall in no way impair Tenant’s right to bring a separate action against Landlord for any violation by Landlord of the provisions of this Lease if notice is first given to Landlord and any lender of whose address Tenant has been notified, and an opportunity is granted to Landlord and that lender to correct those violations as provided in Sections 20 and 21

j) Governing Law . This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

k) Notices . All notices (including requests, demands, approvals, or other communications) under this Lease shall be in writing.

i) Method of Delivery . Notice shall be sufficiently given for all purposes as follows:

(1) When personally delivered to the recipient, notice is effective on delivery.

(2) When mailed by certified mail with return receipt requested, notice is effective on receipt if delivery is confirmed by a return receipt.

(3) When delivered by Federal Express/Airborne/United Parcel Service/DHL World-Wide Express with charges prepaid or charged to the sender’s account, notice is effective on delivery if delivery is confirmed by the delivery service.

(4) When sent by telex or fax to the last telex or fax number of the recipient known to the party giving notice, notice is effective on receipt as long as (1) a duplicate copy of the notice is promptly given by first-class or certified mail or by overnight delivery or (2) the receiving party delivers a written confirmation of receipt. Any notice given by telex or fax shall be considered to have been received on the next business day if it is received after 5 p.m. (recipient’s time) or on a non-business day.

ii) Refused, Unclaimed, or Undeliverable Notices . Any correctly addressed notice that is refused, unclaimed, or undeliverable because of an act or omission of the party to be notified shall be considered to be effective as of the first date that the notice was refused, unclaimed, or considered undeliverable by the postal authorities, messenger, or overnight delivery service.

 

36


iii) Addresses . Addresses for purposes of giving notice are as follows:

Landlord:

Tank Farm Office Park, LLC

684 Higuera Street, Suite B

San Luis Obispo, CA 93401

Fax: (805) 544-0394

Tenant:

MINDBODY, INC.

Attn: Rick Stollmeyer

9119 Margarita Road

Atascadero, Ca 93422

Fax: 866-759-7958

Either party may change its address or telex or fax number by giving the other party notice of the change in any manner permitted by this section 30, provided, however, that Tenant must provide a street address suitable for personal service when changing its address.

iv) Lenders and Ground Lessor . If Tenant is notified of the identity and address of Landlord’s lender or ground or underlying lessor, Tenant shall give to that lender or ground or underlying lessor written notice of any default by Landlord under the terms of this Lease.

l) Force Majeure . If performance by a party of any portion of this Lease is made impossible by any prevention, delay, or stoppage caused by strikes; lockouts; labor disputes; acts of God; inability to obtain services, labor, or materials or reasonable substitutes for those items; government actions; civil commotions; fire or other casualty; or other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated to perform, performance by that party for a period equal to the period of that prevention, delay, or stoppage is excused. Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent, however, is not excused by this section.

m) Time of the Essence . Time is of the essence of this Lease and each of its provisions.

n) Modifications Required by Landlord’s Lender . If any lender of Landlord requires a modification of this Lease that will not increase Tenant’s cost or expense or materially or adversely change Tenant’s rights and obligations, this Lease shall be so modified and Tenant shall execute whatever documents are required and deliver them to Landlord within ten (10) days after the request.

o) Transfer of Landlord’s Interest . Landlord has the right to transfer all or part of its interest in the Development and Real Property and in this Lease. On such a transfer, Landlord shall automatically be released from all liability accruing under this Lease, and Tenant shall look solely to that transferee for the performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease after the date of transfer, provided said transferee has expressly assumed all obligations of Landlord hereunder. Landlord may assign its interest in this Lease to a mortgage lender as additional security. This assignment shall not release Landlord from its obligations under this Lease, and Tenant shall continue to look to Landlord for the performance of its obligations under this Lease.

 

37


p) Joint and Several Obligations of Tenant . If more than one individual or entity comprises Tenant, the obligations imposed on each individual or entity that comprises Tenant under this Lease shall be joint and several.

q) Submission of Lease . Submission of this document for examination or signature by the parties does not constitute an option or offer to lease the Unit Property on the terms in this document or a reservation of the Unit Property in favor of Tenant. This document is not effective as a lease or otherwise until executed and delivered by both Landlord and Tenant.

r) Legal Authority .

Each individual executing this Lease on behalf of the Tenant corporation represents and warrants that: (a) the individual is authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of that corporation in accordance with a duly adopted resolution of the corporation’s board of directors and in accordance with that corporation’s articles of incorporation or charter and bylaws; (b) this Lease is binding on that corporation in accordance with its terms; (c) the corporation is a duly organized and legally existing corporation in good standing in the State of California; and (d) the execution and delivery of this Lease by that corporation shall not result in any breach of or constitute a default under any mortgage, deed of trust, lease loan, credit agreement, partnership agreement, or other contract or instrument to which that corporation is a party or by which that corporation may be bound.

Tenant shall, within fifteen (15) days after the date of this Lease, deliver to Landlord a copy of a resolution of Tenant’s board of directors authorizing or ratifying the execution and delivery of this Lease. That resolution must be duly certified by the secretary or assistant secretary of the corporation.

If Tenant fails to comply with this subsection, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of the corporation shall be personally liable for all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

s) Right to Lease . Landlord reserves the absolute right to contract with any other person or entity to be a tenant in the Development as Landlord, in Landlord’s sole business judgment, determines best to promote the interests of the Development. Tenant does not rely on the expectation, and Landlord does not represent, that any specific tenant or type or number of tenants will, during the Lease Term, occupy any space in the Development.

t) No Air Rights . No rights to any view from the Unit Property or to exterior light to the Unit Property are created under this Lease.

u) Brokers . Landlord and Tenant each represents to the other that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, and that they know of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission or finder’s fee in connection with this Lease. Each party shall indemnify, protect, defend, and hold harmless the other party against all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, and costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney fees) for any leasing commission, finder’s fee, or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of the indemnifying party’s dealings with any real estate broker or agent other than the Brokers. The terms of this section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term. Landlord shall solely be responsible for the payment of any commissions, fees or other payments to the Brokers with respect to this Lease pursuant to separate written agreement(s) between Landlord and Brokers.

 

38


31. ACKNOWLEGEMENT OF RECIEPT AND EFFECT OF DOCUMENTS.

By its execution of this Lease, Tenant expressly acknowledges that Tenant has received and had the opportunity to read the following documents (“Project Documents”) prior to the execution of this Lease:

 

  1. The Declaration of Conditions, Covenants, and Restrictions for the Development and amendment thereto, (“CC&Rs”);

 

  2. The articles and bylaws of the Association;

Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Project Documents may be subject to amendment from time to time, in accordance with the provisions therein contained governing such amendments or modification.

32. TENANT IMPROVEMENTS.

All improvements to be made to the Unit Property, (and the costs and charges associated with the installation of said improvements including permit and other regulatory and governmental fees) , including the installation of unfinished dividing walls between the Unit Property and Common Areas shall be deemed “Tenant Improvements” and shall be installed, and constructed at the sole cost and expense of Tenant., and subject to the provisions of Section 11 of this Lease.

33. PROJECT DOCUMENTS CONTROLLING.

Tenant hereby agrees that in the event of any conflict in the terms of this Lease with the terms of any of the Project Documents, the terms of the Project Documents shall control.

34. OPTION TO EXTEND TERM OF LEASE.

Tenant has the option to extend the initial term of this Lease, subject to all the provisions contained in this Lease, for one (1) consecutive, three (3) year and three month period (“extended term”) immediately following the expiration of the initial approximately five (5) year leasehold term, through and including March 31, 2019. Such extension must be exercised by Tenant delivering written notice to Landlord of Tenant’s unequivocal intent to exercise an option (“Option Notice”) at least twelve (12) months before expiration of the initial Lease Term; provided that if Tenant is in default on the date of giving any Option Notice, the Option Notice shall be totally ineffective, or, if Tenant is in default beyond any notice and cure provision under any provision of this Lease on the date the extended term is to commence, the extended term shall not commence and this Lease shall have expired at the end of the original approximately five (5) year term. For purposes of this

 

39


paragraph, Tenant shall not be deemed in default under any provision of this Lease, other than one requiring the payment of Base Monthly Rent, or additional rent, unless, within forty-five (45) days preceding the Option Notice delivery or anytime thereafter, Landlord has delivered Tenant a written notice describing such default, and Tenant has failed to cure such default within five (5) business days following delivery of such notice. Tenant shall have no other rights to extend the Term of this Lease beyond the extension described in this paragraph. All terms and conditions of this lease shall be applicable to the extended term. Landlord and Tenant shall have 120 days following the timely delivery of the Option Notice to negotiate and/or execute any additional options applicable to any extension of the Lease hereunder.

35. RIGHT TO FUTURE DEVELOPMENT.

Landlord may, in its sole option, hereafter elect develop other adjacent real property which may be annexed into the Development, and shall have the right to proceed with the same, so long as such development does not unreasonably interfere with, or reduce the physical size of the Unit Property provided for in this Lease. To the extent that Landlord deems that Tenant’s cooperation is necessary for any reason, Tenant agrees to reasonably cooperate with Landlord in pursuing any development of the adjacent real property and shall execute any documents reasonably deemed necessary by Landlord to effect such development upon Landlord’s request, provided that the cost and expense associated with such documentation is borne by Landlord.

36. ABSOLUTE NET LEASE.

It is the express purpose and intent of Landlord and Tenant that the Base Rent herein provided to be paid to Landlord by Tenant shall be absolutely net to Landlord. This Lease shall yield net to Landlord, without abatement, set-off or deduction therefrom, the Base Rent as herein provided to be paid during the Term. All costs, expenses, and impositions of every kind or nature whatsoever relating to the Unit Property, standing alone or as a portion of the Development, above and beyond the Landlord’s T.I. Obligation, which may arise or become due during the Term of this Lease or any extensions hereof, whether billed or assessed by Landlord or the Association shall be paid by Tenant directly or as Additional Rent, and Landlord shall be indemnified and saved harmless by Tenant from and against the same. Tenant hereby assumes and agrees to perform all duties and obligations with relation to the Unit Property, as well as the use, operation, and maintenance thereof, even though such duties and obligations would otherwise be construed to be those of a lessor. In the event that any provision of this agreement is deemed ambiguous, the parties agree that this paragraph shall control any issue associated with the interpretation of any payment obligation of Tenant above and beyond payment of Base Rent. Nothing herein contained, however, shall be deemed to require Tenant to pay or discharge any voluntary liens or mortgages of any character whatsoever which may be placed upon the Unit Property by the affirmative act of Landlord . Except as expressly set forth in this Lease, Tenant shall not have any right to terminate this Lease for any cause whatsoever, any present or future law to the contrary notwithstanding. Tenant agrees that it will remain obligated under this Lease in accordance with its terms notwithstanding any action which may be taken with respect to this Lease by Landlord, or by any trustee or receiver of Landlord in any bankruptcy or similar proceeding.

 

40


37. ARBITRATION OF NON-RENT DISPUTES UNDER $30,000.00.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, If the parties are unable to agree, or are otherwise involved in any dispute regarding the terms of this Lease, other than a dispute involving the timely payment of any Rents due hereunder, (hereinafter “small non-rental disagreement” or “SNRD”) wherein the total amount at issue is $30,000.00 or less, then such SNRD may be submitted by either party to an impartial arbitrator whose decision shall be final and binding between the parties.

a) Mutual Agreement . Upon the written request of either party for such arbitration delivered in accordance with the terms of Section 30(k) from either party to the other, the parties may meet or confer within five (5) days following delivery of the request, and mutually agree to an arbitrator who shall be charged with determining the SNRD within 30 days of the date of his employment. The parties shall equally split the charges and fees of any arbitrator selected by the mutual agreement of the parties.

b) No Mutual Agreement . If the parties cannot agree to an arbitrator within five (5) days of delivery of the arbitration request, then either party may submit the matter for binding arbitration in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, and the determination or judgment on the award rendered by that arbitrator may be thereafter entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The costs and fees of arbitration by the American Arbitration Association may be divided between the parties, or otherwise awarded in any fashion deemed reasonable by the arbitrator following the arbitration hearing.

c) No Appeal or Collateral Attack . Under no circumstances will the decision of any arbitrator of a SNRD in accordance with the limitations of this section be subject to reconsideration or appeal, and the parties hereby waive any right to appeal, or to otherwise collaterally attack, any decision or judgment rendered by an arbitrator hereunder.

d) Non SNRD Dispute . In the event that either party commences an arbitration under the provisions of Section 37 (ii), and the other party reasonably believes that such dispute is not an appropriate SNRD under this agreement, that party shall have the right to commence an action in a court of competent jurisdiction regarding such dispute, and the provisions of this Section shall be deemed suspended and no longer applicable to the dispute. In the event that court proceeding subsequently disposes of the dispute, and the amount at issue is deemed to be less than $30,000.00, then the party who attempted to originally invoke the arbitration under this section shall be entitled to an award of all attorneys fees and costs incurred in such action, regardless of whether or not that party is in fact the prevailing party, and the provisions of Section 26 shall not be applicable to that action.

/

/

/

/

 

41


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Lease as of the date set forth above.

 

LANDLORD: TENANT:
Tank Farm Office Park, LLC, MINDBODY, INC.,.
a California limited liability company a California corporation
By: Tompkins Trust dated November 14, 2007
Managing Member

/s/ Nicholas Tompkins

/s/ Rick Stollmeyer

By: Nicholas Tompkins, Trustee By: Rick Stollmeyer, C.E.O.

/s/ Greg Wookey

By: Greg Wookey C.F.O.

 

42


 

LOGO


 

LOGO


 

LOGO


Modification of Lease of Real Property

Original Lease dated: November 22, 2006

This Modification of Lease agreement is entered into this 14 th day of December, 2010, by and between MindBody Soft, Inc., a California corporation and Tank Farm Office Park, LLC, a California limited liability company.

Whereas Nicholas Tompkins and Kathleen Tompkins did originally enter into a written lease agreement with MindBody Soft, Inc., a California corporation (“Tenant), said lease being dated November 22, 2006 (the “Lease”), for the premises commonly known as 4051 Broad Street, Suite 210, San Luis Obispo , California (the “Premises”); and,

Whereas NKT Commercial LLC, a California limited liability company did originally enter into a written modification of the Lease with Tenant, on December 20, 2007, and did thereby amend the Lease to add additional property to the original Premises, and specifically did thereby include and add Suite 220 (originally designated as Suite 240) at 4051 Broad Street, San Luis Obispo as a part of the Premises under the Lease; and,

Whereas Tenant’s true name is MINDBODY, INC., a California corporation; and,

Whereas NKT Commercial LLC a California limited liability company (“Landlord”), acquired all of the rights of Nicholas Tompkins and Kathleen Tompkins as landlords under the Lease, under an assignment dated February 5, 2008; and,

Whereas Tank Farm Office Park, LLC, a California limited liability company (“Landlord”), acquired all of the rights of NKT Commercial LLC and Nicholas Tompkins and Kathleen Tompkins as landlords under the Lease, as modified, under an assignment dated February 11, 2010; and,

Whereas under separate written agreements Tenant has or will additionally rent other portions of the Development where the Premises are located, and specifically the Suites currently identified as Suites 240 and 110; and,

Whereas it is the intention of the parties, as additional consideration associated with Tenant’s expansion within the Development, that the Tenant’s option to extend the terms of the Lease, be modified so as to provide Landlord with not less than 12 months notice associated Tenant’s election to exercise any options to extend the terms of any of the leases between Tenant and Landlord, including, but not limited to the Lease;


Therefore, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. That Paragraph 34 of the Lease, entitled “OPTION TO EXTEND TERM OF LEASE” shall be hereby replaced in its entirety and now amended to read as follows:

“34. OPTION TO EXTEND TERM OF LEASE.

Tenant has the option to extend the initial six (6) year term of this Lease, subject to all the provisions contained in this Lease, for one (1) consecutive, six (6) year period (“extended term”) immediately following the expiration of the initial six (6) year leasehold term. Each such extension must be exercised by Tenant delivering written notice to Landlord of Tenant’s unequivocal intent to exercise an option (“Option Notice”) at least twelve (12) months before expiration of the original initial term; provided that if Tenant is in default on the date of giving any Option Notice, the Option Notice shall be totally ineffective, or, if Tenant is in default beyond any notice and cure provision under any provision of this Lease on the date the extended term is to commence, the extended term shall not commence and this Lease shall have expired at the end of the original six year term. For purposes of this paragraph, Tenant shall not be deemed in default under any provision of this Lease, other than one requiring the payment of Base Monthly Rent, or additional rent, unless, within forty-five (45) days preceding the Option Notice delivery or anytime thereafter, Landlord has delivered Tenant a written notice describing such default, and Tenant has failed to cure such default within five (5) business days following delivery of such notice. Tenant shall have no other rights to extend the Term of this Lease beyond the extension described in this paragraph. During any extension of the term of this Lease, Base Rent shall be determined and payable as follows:

The Landlord and Tenant shall meet and attempt to agree in writing, within 90 days following Tenant’s timely delivery of the “Option Notice” to a new Base Rent which is equal to the then Prevailing Market Rent for the Unit Property. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to meet and agree, for any reason, as to the Prevailing Market Rent for the Unit Property within ninety (90) days following the delivery of the Option Notice required of Tenant for the commencement of a new extended term, then Tenant and Landlord shall have thirty (30) days immediately thereafter within which to jointly employ an M.A.I. designated appraiser acceptable to Landlord whose primary place of business is in San Luis Obispo,

 

-2-


California, to determine the Prevailing Market Rent for the Unit Property. For purposes of this determination,” Prevailing Market Rate” shall be deemed to be the then prevailing fair market annual rent being charged for similar commercial units of comparable quality and location within the San Luis Obispo Airport/ Tank Farm vicinity. Unless otherwise agreed to, the parties shall, within one hundred eighty (180) days of the Tenant’s delivery of the option notice, obtain a written narrative opinion of the M.A.I. designated appraiser with respect to the Prevailing Market Rent for the Unit Property (the “Appraisal Opinion”). Each party shall bear one-half of the appraiser’s cost and expenses, unless otherwise paid by Tenant, Tenant’s share shall be payable, within thirty (30) days of the delivery of the narrative opinion, to Landlord as additional rent hereunder. Except as otherwise herein provided, the Appraisal Opinion as to Prevailing Market Rent for the Unit Property shall be binding on both Landlord and Tenant and shall be the initial Base Rent due and payable at the commencement of the extended term, payable in equal monthly installments, with the first such installment becoming due on the first day of the Extended Term (The “Lease Extension Date”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Appraisal Opinion is less than the Base Rent being charged for the Unit Property during the last lease year of the original term of this Lease, then the initial monthly Base Rent for the extended term shall be the Base Rent as the same was due and payable during the last year of the original term .

During the extended term, monthly Base Rent shall continue to be due on the first day of each calendar month during the extended term. Beginning on the first anniversary of the Lease Extension Date and each successive anniversary of that date thereafter during the Lease Term (“Adjustment Date(s)”), Base Rent shall increase by three percent (3%) over the Base Rent paid for the immediately preceding year.

Except for the modifications governing the payment of Base Rent as set forth above, all other terms and conditions of this lease shall be applicable to the extended term. “

2. That the true Tenant under the Lease, as modified by the agreement dated December 20, 2007, is MINDBODY, INC., a California corporation, and all references in the Lease, as so modified, to MindBody Soft Inc., or “Tenant” shall be amended so as to be deemed to refer to MINDBODY, INC., a California corporation.

3. That the term of the Lease expires on March 31, 2013.

 

-3-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Modification of Lease of Real Property as of the date set forth in the opening paragraph above.

 

LANDLORD: TENANT:
Tank Farm Office Park, LLC,     MINDBODY, INC.
a California limited liability company     a California corporation
Tompkins Trust dated November 14, 2007
Managing Member

    /s/ Nicholas Tompkins

    /s/ Rick Stollmeyer

By: Nicholas Tompkins, Trustee     By: Rick Stollmeyer, C.E.O.

    /s/ Greg Wookey

    By: Greg Wookey
           C.F.O.

 

-4-


 

LOGO

AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

STANDARD MULTI-TENANT OFFICE LEASE - NET

1. Basic Provisions (“ Basic Provisions ”).

1.1 Parties : This Lease (“ Lease ”), dated for reference purposes only November 1, 2012. is made by and between Tank Farm Office Park, LLC (“ Lessor ”) and MindBody Online, Inc. (“ Lessee ”), (collectively the “ Parties ”, or individually a “ Party ”).

1.2(a) Premises : That certain portion of the Project (as defined below), known as Suite Number(s) 140                      floor(s), consisting of approximately 14,050 rentable square feet and approximately 12,478 useable square feet (“ Premises ”). The Premises are located at: 4051 Broad Street, in the City of San Luis Obispo, County of San Luis Obispo, State of California, with zip code 93401. In addition to Lessee’s rights to use and occupy the Premises as hereinafter specified, Lessee shall have non-exclusive rights to the Common Areas (as defined in Paragraph 2.7 below) as hereinafter specified, but shall not have any rights to the roof, the exterior walls, the area above the dropped ceilings, or the utility raceways of the building containing the Premises (“ Building ”) or to any other buildings in the Project. The Premises, the Building, the Common Areas, the land upon which they are located, along with all other buildings and improvements thereon, are herein collectively referred to as the “ Project .” The Project consists of approximately 58,599 rentable square feet. (See also Paragraph 2)

1.2(b) Parking :                unreserved and 15 reserved vehicle parking spaces at a monthly cost of $0 per unreserved space and $0 per reserved space. Reserved spaces shall be designated “MindBody Carpool Parking Only” and used only by MindBody employees who are carpooling with at least one other employee. The fifteen spaces are designated in Exhibit B, attached. (See Paragraph 2.6)

1.3 Term:                years and 12 months months ( “Original Term” ) commencing June 1, 2013 (“ Commencement Date ”) and ending May 31, 2014 (“ Expiration Date ”). (See also Paragraph 3)

1.4 Early Possession : If the Premises are available Lessee may have non-exclusive possession of the Premises commencing                          (“ Early Possession Date ”). (See also Paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3)

1.5 Base Rent : $21,075.00 per month (“ Base Rent ”), payable on the 1st day of each month commencing June 1, 2013. (See also Paragraph 4)

 

¨ If this box is checked, there are provisions in this Lease for the Base Rent to be adjusted. See Paragraph                    .

1.6 Lessee’s Share of Operating Expenses : Twenty-Four percent (24%) (“ Lessee’s Share ”) of 4051 Broad St (the building) and 15.0% of the entire Tank Farm Office Park Project (90,772sf). In the event that that size of the Premises and/or the Project are modified during the term of this Lease, Lessor shall recalculate Lessee’s Share to reflect such modification. Common Area Operating Expenses are due and payable on the first of each month along with base Rent. Common Area Operating Expenses, currently estimated at $0.40/5f, including taxes and insurance costs, are reconciled on an annual basis and may go up or down depending on actual costs. Lessor will present to Lessee a NNN reconciliation statement annually which will reflect the actual versus paid-in Common Area Operating Expenses for the previous period and the amount that will be due monthly in the new period. If Lessee is due monies for overpayment of Common Area Operating Expenses, a check will be presented with the reconciliation. If Lessor is due monies for underpayment, an invoice will be presented to Lessee with reconciliation.

1.7 Base Rent and Other Monies Paid Upon Execution :

(a) Base Rent : $21,075.00 for the period June 1, 2013 - June 30, 2013.

(b) Operating Expenses : $5,620.00 for the period June 1, 2013 - June 30, 2013

(c) Security Deposit : $21,075.00 ( “Security Deposit ). (See also Paragraph 5)

(d) Parking : $         for the period                        .

(e) Other : $         for                    .

(f) Total Due Upon Execution of this Lease : $47,770.00.

 

PAGE 1 OF 21

 

/s/ NT         /s/ GW        
                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTON-5-05/09E2


1.8 Agreed Use : Office. (See also Paragraph 6)

1.9 Insuring Party . Lessor is the “Insuring Party . (See also Paragraph 8)

1.10 Real Estate Brokers : (See also Paragraph 15)

(a) Representation : The following real estate brokers (the “Brokers ) and brokerage relationships exist in this transaction (check applicable boxes):

 

¨                  represents Lessor exclusively (“ Lessor’s Broker ”);

 

¨                  represents Lessee exclusively (“ Lessee’s Broker ”); or

 

¨                  represents both Lessor and Lessee (“ Dual Agency ”).

(b) Payment to Brokers : Upon execution and delivery of this Lease by both Parties, Lessor shall pay to the Brokers the brokerage fee agreed to in a separate written agreement (or if there is no such agreement, the sum of                         or                         % of the total Base Rent of the brokerage services rendered by the Brokers).

1.11 Guarantor . The obligations of the Lessee under this Lease shall be guaranteed by                          (“ Guarantor ”). (See also Paragraph 37)

1.12 Business Hours for the Building :          a.m. to          p.m., Mondays through Fridays (except Building Holidays) and          a.m. to          p.m. on Saturdays (except Building Holidays ). “Building Holidays” shall mean the dates of observation of New Year’s Day, President’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and                             .

1.13 Lessor Supplied Services . Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 11.1, Lessor is NOT obligated to provide the following:

 

¨ Janitorial services

 

¨ Electricity

 

¨ Other (specify):                                         .

1.14 Attachments . Attached hereto are the following, all of which constitute a part of this Lease:

 

¨ an Addendum consisting of Paragraphs                  through                  :

 

x a plot plan depicting the Premises (Exhibit A);

 

¨ a current set of the Rules and Regulations;

 

¨ a Work Letter;

 

¨ a janitorial schedule;

 

¨ other (specify):                                         .

2. Premises .

2.1 Letting . Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby leases from Lessor, the Premises, for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease. While the approximate square footage of the Premises may have been used in the marketing of the Premises for purposes of comparison, the Base Rent stated herein is NOT tied to square footage and is not subject to adjustment should the actual size be determined to be different. Note: Lessee is advised to verify the actual size prior to executing this Lease.

2.2 Condition . Lessor shall deliver the Premises to Lessee in a clean condition on the Commencement Date or the Early Possession Date, whichever first occurs (“ Start Date ”), and warrants that the existing electrical, plumbing, fire sprinkler, lighting, heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems (“ HVAC ”). and all other items which the Lessor is obligated to construct pursuant to the Work Letter attached hereto, if any, other than those constructed by Lessee, shall be in good operating condition on said date, that the structural elements of the roof, bearing walls and foundation of the Unit shall be free of material defects, and that the Premises do not contain hazardous levels of any mold or fungi defined as toxic under applicable state or federal law.

2.3 Compliance. Lessor warrants that to the best of its knowledge the improvements comprising the Premises and the Common Areas comply with the building codes that were in effect at the time that each such improvement, or portion thereof, was constructed, and also with all applicable laws, covenants or restrictions of record, regulations, and ordinances (“ Applicable Requirements ”) in effect on the Start Date. Said warranty does not apply to the use to which Lessee will put the Premises, modifications which may be required by the Americans with Disabilities Act or any similar laws as a result of Lessee’s use (see Paragraph 49). or to any Alterations or Utility Installations (as defined in Paragraph 7.3(a)) made or to be made by Lessee. NOTE: Lessee is responsible for determining whether or not the zoning and other Applicable Requirements are appropriate for Lessee’s intended use, and acknowledges that past uses of the Premises may no longer be allowed . If the Premises do not comply with said warranty, Lessor shall, except as otherwise provided, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify the same. If the Applicable Requirements are hereafter changed so as to require during the term of this Lease the construction of an addition to or an alteration of the Premises, the remediation of any Hazardous Substance. or the reinforcement or other physical modification of the Premises (“Capital Expenditure”), Lessor and Lessee shall allocate the cost of such work as follows:

(a) Subject to Paragraph 2.3(c) below, if such Capital Expenditures are required as a result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee as compared with uses by tenants in general. Lessee shall be fully responsible for the cost thereof, provided, however that if such Capital Expenditure is required during the last 2 years of this Lease and the cost thereof exceeds 6 months’ Base Rent, Lessee may instead terminate this Lease unless Lessor notifies Lessee, in writing, within 10 days after receipt of Lessee’s termination notice that Lessor has elected to pay the difference between the actual cost thereof and the amount equal to 6 months’ Base Rent. If Lessee elects termination, Lessee shall immediately cease the use of the Premises which requires such Capital Expenditure and deliver to Lessor written notice specifying a termination date at least 90 days thereafter. Such termination date shall, however, in no event be earlier than the last day that Lessee could legally utilize the Premises without commencing such Capital Expenditure.

 

PAGE 2 OF 21

 

/s/ NT         /s/ GW        
                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTON-5-05/09E2


(b) If such Capital Expenditure is not the result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee (such as, governmentally mandated seismic modifications), then Lessor shall pay for such Capital Expenditure and Lessee shall only be obligated to pay. each month during the remainder of the term of this Lease or any extension thereof, on the date that on which the Base Rent is due, an amount equal to 144th of the portion of such costs reasonably attributable to the Premises. Lessee shall pay Interest on the balance but may prepay its obligation at any time. If, however, such Capital Expenditure is required during the last 2 years of this Lease or if Lessor reasonably determines that it is not economically feasible to pay its share thereof, Lessor shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon 90 days prior written notice to Lessee unless Lessee notifies Lessor, in writing, within 10 days after receipt of Lessor’s termination notice that Lessee will pay for such Capital Expenditure. If Lessor does not elect to terminate, and fails to tender its share of any such Capital Expenditure, Lessee may advance such funds and deduct same, with Interest, from Rent until Lessor’s share of such costs have been fully paid. if Lessee is unable to finance Lessor’s share, or if the balance of the Rent due and payable for the remainder of this Lease is not sufficient to fully reimburse Lessee on an offset basis, Lessee shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon 30 days written notice to Lessor,

(c) Notwithstanding the above, the provisions concerning Capital Expenditures are intended to apply only to non-voluntary, unexpected, and new Applicable Requirements. If the Capital Expenditures are instead triggered by Lessee as a result of an actual or proposed change in use, change in intensity of use, or modification to the Premises then, and in that event, Lessee shall either: (I) immediately cease such changed use or intensity of use and/or take such other steps as may be necessary to eliminate the requirement for such Capital Expenditure, or (ii) complete such Capital Expenditure at its own expense. Lessee shall not have any right to terminate this Lease.

2.4 Acknowledgements . Lessee acknowledges that: (a) it has been given an opportunity to inspect and measure the Premises, (b) it has been advised by Lessor and/or Brokers to satisfy itself with respect to the size and condition of the Premises (including but not limited to the electrical, HVAC and fire sprinkler systems, security, environmental aspects, and compliance with Applicable Requirements), and their suitability for Lessee’s intended use, (c) Lessee has made such investigation as it deems necessary with reference to such matters and assumes all responsibility therefor as the same relate to its occupancy of the Premises, (d) it is not relying on any representation as to the size of the Premises made by Brokers or Lessor, (e) the square footage of the Premises was not material to Lessee’s decision to lease the Premises and pay the Rent stated herein, and (f) neither Lessor, Lessor’s agents, nor Brokers have made any oral or written representations or warranties with respect to said matters other than as set forth in this Lease. In addition, Lessor acknowledges that: (i) Brokers have made no representations, promises or warranties concerning Lessee’s ability to honor the Lease or suitability to occupy the Premises, and (ii) it is Lessor’s sole responsibility to investigate the financial capability and/or suitability of all proposed tenants.

2.5 Lessee as Prior Owner/Occupant . The warranties made by Lessor in Paragraph 2 shall be of no force or effect if immediately prior to the Start Date Lessee was the owner or occupant of the Premises. In such event, Lessee shall be responsible for any necessary corrective work.

2.6 Vehicle Parking . So long as Lessee is not in default, and subject to the Rules and Regulations attached hereto, and as established by Lessor from time to time, Lessee shall be entitled to rent and use the number of parking spaces specified in Paragraph 1.2(b) at the rental rate applicable from time to time for monthly parking as set by Lessor and/or its licensee.

(a) If Lessee commits, permits or allows any of the prohibited activities described in the Lease or the rules then in effect, then Lessor shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove or tow away the vehicle involved and charge the cost to Lessee, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.

(b) The monthly rent per parking space specified in Paragraph 1.2(b) is subject to change upon 30 days prior written notice to Lessee. The rent for the parking is payable one month in advance prior to the first day of each calendar month.

2.7 Common Areas - Definition . The term “ Common Areas ” is defined as all areas and facilities outside the Premises and within the exterior boundary line of the Project and interior utility raceways and installations within the Premises that are provided and designated by the Lessor from time to time for the general non-exclusive use of Lessor. Lessee and other tenants of the Project and their respective employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees, including, but not limited to, common entrances, lobbies, corridors, stairwells, public restrooms. elevators, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, walkways, driveways and landscaped areas.

2.8 Common Areas - Lessee’s Rights . Lessor grants to Lessee, for the benefit of Lessee and its employees, suppliers, shippers, contractors, customers and invitees, during the term of this Lease, the non-exclusive right to use, in common with others entitled to such use, the Common Areas as they exist from time to time, subject to any rights, powers, and privileges reserved by Lessor under the terms hereof or under the terms of any rules and regulations or restrictions governing the use of the Project. Under no circumstances shall the right herein granted to use the Common Areas be deemed to include the right to store any property, temporarily or permanently, in the Common Areas. Any such storage shall be permitted only by the prior written consent of Lessor or Lessor’s designated agent, which consent may be revoked at any time. In the event that any unauthorized storage shall occur then Lessor shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove the property and charge the cost to Lessee, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.

        2.9 Common Areas - Rules and Regulations . Lessor or such other person(s) as Lessor may appoint shall have the exclusive control and management of the Common Areas and shall have the right, from time to time, to adopt, modify, amend and enforce reasonable rules and regulations (“ Rules and Regulations ”) for the management, safety, care, and cleanliness of the grounds, the parking and unloading of vehicles and the preservation of good order, as well as for the convenience of other occupants or tenants of the Building and the Project and their invitees. The Lessee agrees to abide by and conform to all such Rules and Regulations, and shall use its best efforts to cause its employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees to so abide and conform. Lessor shall not be responsible to Lessee for the non-compliance with said Rules and Regulations by other tenants of the Project.

 

PAGE 3 OF 21

 

/s/ NT           /s/ GW        
                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTON-5-05/09E2


2.10 Common Areas - Changes . Lessor shall have the right, in Lessor’s sole discretion, from time to time:

(a) To make changes to the Common Areas, including, without limitation, changes in the location, size, shape and number of the lobbies, windows, stairways, air shafts, elevators, escalators, restrooms, driveways, entrances, parking spaces. parking areas, loading and unloading areas, ingress, egress, direction of traffic, landscaped areas, walkways and utility raceways:

(b) To close temporarily any of the Common Areas for maintenance purposes so long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available;

(c) To designate other land outside the boundaries of the Project to be a part of the Common Areas:

(d) To add additional buildings and improvements to the Common Areas:

(e) To use the Common Areas while engaged in making additional improvements. repairs or alterations to the Project, or any portion thereof: and

(f) To do and perform such other acts and make such other changes in, to or with respect to the Common Areas and Project as Lessor may, in the exercise of sound business judgment, deem to be appropriate.

3. Term .

3.1 Term . The Commencement Date, Expiration Date and Original Term of this Lease are as specified in Paragraph 1.3.

3.2 Early Possession . Any provision herein granting Lessee Early Possession of the Premises is subject to and conditioned upon the Premises being available for such possession prior to the Commencement Date. Any grant of Early Possession only conveys a non-exclusive right to occupy the Premises. If Lessee totally or partially occupies the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, the obligation to pay Base Rent shall be abated for the period of such Early Possession. All other terms of this Lease (including but not limited to the obligations to pay Lessee’s Share of the Operating Expenses) shall be in effect during such period. Any such Early Possession shall not affect the Expiration Date.

3.3 Delay In Possession . Lessor agrees to use its best commercially reasonable efforts to deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee by the Commencement Date. If, despite said efforts, Lessor is unable to deliver possession by such date. Lessor shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease. Lessee shall not, however, be obligated to pay Rent or perform its other obligations until Lessor delivers possession of the Premises and any period of rent abatement that Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed shall run from the date of delivery of possession and continue for a period equal to what Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed under the terms hereof, but minus any days of delay caused by the acts or omissions of Lessee. If possession is not delivered within 60 days after the Commencement Date. as the same may be extended under the terms of any Work Letter executed be Parties, Lessee may. at its option, by notice in writing within 10 days after the end of such 60 day period, cancel this Lease, in which event the Parties shall be discharged from all obligations hereunder. If such written notice is not received by Lessor within said 10 day period, Lessee’s right to cancel shall terminate. If possession of the Premises is not delivered within 120 days after the Commencement Date, this Lease shall terminate unless other agreements are reached between Lessor and Lessee, in writing.

3.4 Lessee Compliance . Lessor shall not be required to deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee until Lessee complies with its obligation to provide evidence of insurance (Paragraph 8.5). Pending delivery of such evidence. Lessee shall be required to perform all of its obligations under this Lease from and after the Start Date, including the payment of Rent, notwithstanding Lessor’s election to withhold possession pending receipt of such evidence of insurance. Further, if Lessee is required to perform any other conditions prior to or concurrent with the Start Date, the Start Date shall occur but Lessor may elect to withhold possession until such conditions are satisfied.

4. Rent .

4.1 Rent Defined . All monetary obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the terms of this Lease (except for the Security Deposit) are deemed to be rent ( Rent ”) .

4.2 Operating Expenses . Lessee shall pay to Lessor during the term hereof. in addition to the Base Rent, Lessee’s Share of all Operating Expenses, as hereinafter defined, during each calendar year of the term of this Lease, in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) “ Operating Expenses ” include all costs incurred by Lessor relating to the ownership and operation of the Project, calculated as if the Project was at least 95% occupied, including, but not limited to, the following:

(i) The operation. repair, and maintenance in neat, clean, safe, good order and condition, of the following:

(aa) The Common Areas, including their surfaces, coverings. decorative items, carpets, drapes and window coverings, and including parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, sidewalks, walkways. stairways, parkways, driveways, landscaped areas, striping, bumpers, irrigation systems. Common Area lighting facilities, building exteriors and roofs, fences and gates;

(bb) All heating, air conditioning, plumbing, electrical systems, life safety equipment, communication systems and other equipment used in common by, or for the benefit of, lessees or occupants of the Project. including elevators and escalators, tenant directories, fire detection systems including sprinkler system maintenance and repair.

(cc) All other areas and improvements that are within the exterior boundaries of the Project but outside of the Premises and/or any other space occupied by a tenant.

(ii) The cost of trash disposal, janitorial and security services, pest control services, and the costs of any environmental inspections:

(iii) The cost of any other service to be provided by Lessor that is elsewhere in this Lease stated to be an “Operating Expense”:

(iv) The cost of the premiums for the insurance policies maintained by Lessor pursuant to paragraph 8 and any deductible portion of an insured loss concerning the Building or the Common Areas;

(v) The amount of the Real Property Taxes payable by Lessor pursuant to paragraph 10;

 

PAGE 4 OF 21

 

/s/ NT           /s/ GW        
                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTON-5-05/09E2


(vi) The cost of water, sewer, gas, electricity, and other publicly mandated services not separately metered;

(vii) Labor, salaries, and applicable fringe benefits and costs. materials, supplies and tools , used in maintaining and/or cleaning the Project and accounting and management fees attributable to the operation of the Project:

(viii) The cost to replace equipment or capital components such as the roof, foundations, or exterior walls, the cost to replace a Common Area capital improvement, such as the parking lot paving, elevators or fences. and/or the cost of any capital improvement to the Building or the Project not covered under the provisions of Paragraph 2.3. Provided however, that if such equipment or capital component has a useful life for accounting purposes of 5 years or more that Lessor shall allocate the cost of any such capital improvement over a 12 year period and Lessee shall not be required to pay more than Lessee’s Share of 1/144th of the cost of such capital improvement in any given month;

(ix) The cost to replace equipment or improvements that have a useful life for accounting purposes of 5 years or less.

(x) Reserves set aside for maintenance, repair, and/or replacement of Common Area improvements and equipment.

(b) Any item of Operating Expense that is specifically attributable to the Premises, the Building or to any other building in the Project or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be allocated entirely to such Premises. Building, or other building. However, any such item that is not specifically attributable to the Building or to any other building or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be equitably allocated by Lessor to all buildings in the Project.

(c) The inclusion of the improvements, facilities and services set forth in Subparagraph 4.2(a) shall not be deemed to impose an obligation upon Lessor to either have said improvements or facilities or to provide those services unless the Project already has the same, Lessor already provides the services, or Lessor has agreed elsewhere in this Lease to provide the same or some of them.

(d) Lessees Share of Operating Expenses is payable monthly on the same day as the Base Rent is due hereunder. The amount of such payments shall be based on Lessor’s estimate of the Operating Expenses. Within 60 days after written request (but not more than once each year) Lessor shall deliver to Lessee a reasonably detailed statement showing Lessee’s Share of the actual Operating Expenses for the preceding year. If Lessee’s payments during such year exceed Lessee’s Share, Lessor shall credit the amount of such over-payment against Lessees future payments. If Lessee’s payments during such year were less than Lessee’s Share, Lessee shall pay to Lessor the amount of the deficiency within 10 days after delivery by Lessor to Lessee of the statement.

(e) Operating Expenses shall not include any expenses paid by any tenant directly to third parties, or as to which Lessor is otherwise reimbursed by any third party, other tenant, or by insurance proceeds.

4.3 Payment . Lessee shall cause payment of Rent to be received by Lessor in lawful money of the United States, without offset or deduction (except as specifically permitted in this Lease). on or before the day on which it is due. All monetary amounts shall be rounded to the nearest whole dollar. in the event that any invoice prepared by Lessor is inaccurate such inaccuracy shall not constitute a waiver and Lessee shall be obligated to pay the amount set forth in this Lease. Rent for any period during the term hereof which is for less than one full calendar month shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days of said month. Payment of Rent shall be made to Lessor at its address stated herein or to such other persons or place as Lessor may from time to time designate in writing. Acceptance of a payment which is less than the amount then due shall not be a waiver of Lessor’s rights to the balance of such Rent, regardless of Lessor’s endorsement of any check so stating. In the event that any check, draft, or other instrument of payment given by Lessee to Lessor is dishonored for any reason, Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor the sum of $25 in addition to any Late Charge and Lessor, at its option, may require all future Rent be paid by cashier’s check. Payments will be applied first to accrued late charges and attorney’s fees, second to accrued interest, then to Base Rent and Operating Expenses, and any remaining amount to any other outstanding charges or costs.

5. Security Deposit . Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon execution hereof the Security Deposit as security for Lessee’s faithful performance of its obligations under this Lease. If Lessee fails to pay Rent, or otherwise Defaults under this Lease, Lessor may use, apply or retain all or any portion of said Security Deposit for the payment of any amount already due Lessor, for Rents which will be due in the future, and/ or to reimburse or compensate Lessor for any liability, expense, loss or damage which Lessor may suffer or incur by reason thereof. If Lessor uses or applies all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Lessee shall within 10 days after written request therefor deposit monies with Lessor sufficient to restore said Security Deposit to the full amount required by this Lease. If the Base Rent increases during the term of this Lease, Lessee shall, upon written request from Lessor, deposit additional monies with Lessor so that the total amount of the Security Deposit shall at all limes bear the same proportion to the increased Base Rent as the initial Security Deposit bore to the initial Base Rent. Should the Agreed Use be amended to accommodate a material change in the business of Lessee or to accommodate a sublessee or assignee. Lessor shall have the right to increase the Security Deposit to the extent necessary, in Lessor’s reasonable judgment, to account for any increased wear and tear that the Premises may suffer as a result thereof. If a change in control of Lessee occurs during this Lease and following such change the financial condition of Lessee is, in Lessor’s reasonable judgment, significantly reduced, Lessee shall deposit such additional monies with Lessor as shall be sufficient to cause the Security Deposit to be at a commercially reasonable level based on such change in financial condition. Lessor shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general accounts. Within 90 days after the expiration or termination of this Lease, Lessor shall return that portion of the Security Deposit not used or applied by Lessor. No part of the Security Deposit shall be considered to be held in trust, to bear interest or to be prepayment for any monies to be paid by Lessee under this Lease.

6. Use .

6.1 Use . Lessee shall use and occupy the Premises only for the Agreed Use, or any other legal use which is reasonably comparable thereto, and for no other purpose. Lessee shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in a manner that is unlawful, creates damage, waste or a nuisance, or that disturbs occupants of or causes damage to neighboring premises or properties. Other than guide, signal and seeing eye dogs, Lessee shall not keep or allow in the Premises any pets, animals, birds,

 

PAGE 5 OF 21

 

/s/ NT           /s/ GW        
                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTON-5-05/09E2


fish, or reptiles. Lessor shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any written request for a modification of the Agreed Use, so long as the same will not impair the structural integrity of the improvements of the Building, will not adversely affect the mechanical, electrical. HVAC, and other systems of the Building, and/or will not affect the exterior appearance of the Building. If Lessor elects to withhold consent. Lessor shall within 7 days after such request give written notification of same. which notice shall include an explanation of Lessor’s objections to the change in the Agreed Use.

6.2 Hazardous Substances .

(a) Reportable Uses Require Consent . The term Hazardous Substance ” as used in this Lease shall mean any product, substance, or waste whose presence, use, manufacture, disposal, transportation, or release, either by itself or in combination with other materials expected to be on the Premises, is either: (i) potentially injurious to the public health, safety or welfare, the environment or the Premises, (ii) regulated or monitored by any governmental authority, or (iii) a basis for potential liability of Lessor to any governmental agency or third party under any applicable statute or common law theory. Hazardous Substances shall include, but not be limited to, hydrocarbons, petroleum, gasoline, and/or crude oil or any products, by-products or fractions thereof. Lessee shall not engage in any activity in or on the Premises which constitutes a Reportable Use of Hazardous Substances without the express prior written consent of Lessor and timely compliance (at Lessee’s expense) with all Applicable Requirements. “ Reportable Use ” shall mean (i) the installation or use of any above or below ground storage tank, (ii) the generation, possession, storage, use, transportation, or disposal of a Hazardous Substance that requires a permit from, or with respect to which a report, notice, registration or business plan is required to be filed with, any governmental authority, and/or (iii) the presence at the Premises of a Hazardous Substance with respect to which any Applicable Requirements requires that a notice be given to persons entering or occupying the Premises or neighboring properties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee may use any ordinary and customary materials reasonably required to be used in the normal course of the Agreed Use such as ordinary office supplies (copier toner. liquid paper, glue, etc.) and common household cleaning materials, so long as such use is in compliance with all Applicable Requirements, is not a Reportable Use, and does not expose the Premises or neighboring property to any meaningful risk of contamination or damage or expose Lessor to any liability therefor. In addition, Lessor may condition its consent to any Reportable Use upon receiving such additional assurances as Lessor reasonably deems necessary to protect itself, the public. the Premises and/or the environment against damage, contamination, injury and/or liability, including, but not limited to, the installation (and removal on or before Lease expiration or termination) of protective modifications (such as concrete encasements) and/or increasing the Security Deposit.

(b) Duty to Inform Lessor . If Lessee knows. or has reasonable cause to believe, that a Hazardous Substance has come to be located in, on, under or about the Premises, other than as previously consented to by Lessor. Lessee shall immediately give written notice of such fact to Lessor, and provide Lessor with a copy of any report, notice, claim or other documentation which it has concerning the presence of such Hazardous Substance.

(c) Lessee Remediation . Lessee shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substance to be spilled or released in, on, under, or about the Premises (including through the plumbing or sanitary sewer system) and shall promptly, at Lessee’s expense, comply with all Applicable Requirements and take all investigatory and/or remedial action reasonably recommended, whether or not formally ordered or required, for the cleanup of any contamination of, and for the maintenance, security and/or monitoring of the Premises or neighboring properties, that was caused or materially contributed to by Lessee, or pertaining to or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises during the term of this Lease, by or for Lessee, or any third party.

(d) Lessee Indemnification . Lessee shall indemnify, defend and hold Lessor, its agents, employees, lenders and ground lessor, if any. harmless from and against any and all loss of rents and/or damages, liabilities, judgments, claims. expenses, penalties, and attorneys’ and consultants’ fees arising out of or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any third party (provided, however, that Lessee shall have no liability under this Lease with respect to underground migration of any Hazardous Substance under the Premises from areas outside of the Project not caused or contributed to by Lessee). Lessee’s obligations shall include, but not be limited to. the effects of any contamination or injury to person, property or the environment created or suffered by Lessee, and the cost of investigation, removal, remediation. restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. No termination, cancellation or release agreement entered into by Lessor and Lessee shall release Lessee from its obligations under this Lease with respect to Hazardous Substances, unless specifically so agreed by Lessor in writing at the time of such agreement.

(e) Lessor Indemnification . Lessor and its successors and assigns shall indemnify, defend, reimburse and hold Lessee, its employees and lenders. harmless from and against any and all environmental damages, including the cost of remediation, which result from Hazardous Substances which existed on the Premises prior to Lessee’s occupancy or which are caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor, its agents or employees. Lessor’s obligations, as and when required by the Applicable Requirements, shall include, but not be limited to, the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

(f) Investigations and Remediations . Lessor shall retain the responsibility and pay for any investigations or remediation measures required by governmental entities having jurisdiction with respect to the existence of Hazardous Substances on the Premises prior to Lessee’s occupancy, unless such remediation measure is required as a result of Lessee’s use (including “Alterations”, as defined in paragraph 7.3(a) below) of the Premises, in which event Lessee shall be responsible for such payment. Lessee shall cooperate fully in any such activities at the request of Lessor, including allowing Lessor and Lessor’s agents to have reasonable access to the Premises at reasonable times in order to carry out Lessor’s investigative and remedial responsibilities.

(g) Lessor Termination Option . If a Hazardous Substance Condition (see Paragraph 9.1(e)) occurs during the term of this Lease. unless Lessee is legally responsible therefor (in which case Lessee shall make the investigation and remediation thereof required by the Applicable Requirements and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, but subject to Lessor’s rights under Paragraph 6.2(d) and Paragraph 13), Lessor may. at Lessor’s option, either (i) investigate and remediate such Hazardous Substance Condition, if required, as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall

 

PAGE 6 OF 21

 

/s/ NT           /s/ GW        
                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTON-5-05/09E2


continue in full force and effect, or (ii) if the estimated cost to remediate such condition exceeds 12 times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater, give written notice to Lessee, within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such Hazardous Substance Condition, of Lessor’s desire to terminate this Lease as of the date 60 days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to give a termination notice, Lessee may, within 10 days thereafter, give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay the amount by which the cost of the remediation of such Hazardous Substance Condition exceeds an amount equal to 12 times the then monthly Base Rent or $100.000, whichever is greater. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days following such commitment. In such event, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such remediation as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not give such notice and provide the required funds or assurance thereof within the time provided, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in Lessor’s notice of termination.

6.3 Lessee’s Compliance with Applicable Requirements . Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, fully, diligently and in a timely manner. materially comply with all Applicable Requirements, the requirements of any applicable fire insurance underwriter or rating bureau, and the recommendations of Lessor’s engineers and/or consultants which relate in any manner to the Premises, without regard to whether said requirements are now in effect or become effective after the Start Date. Lessee shall, within 10 days after receipt of Lessor’s written request, provide Lessor with copies of ail permits and other documents, and other information evidencing Lessee’s compliance with any Applicable Requirements specified by Lessor, and shall immediately upon receipt, notify Lessor in writing (with copies of any documents involved) of any threatened or actual claim, notice, citation, warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving the failure of Lessee or the Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements. Likewise, Lessee shall immediately give written notice to Lessor of: (i) any water damage to the Premises and any suspected seepage, pooling, dampness or other condition conducive to the production of mold; or (ii) any mustiness or other odors that might indicate the presence of mold in the Premises.

6.4 Inspection; Compliance . Lessor and Lessor’s “ Lender ” (as defined in Paragraph 30) and consultants shall have the right to enter into Premises at any time. in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times after reasonable notice, for the purpose of inspecting the condition of the Premises and for verifying compliance by Lessee with this Lease. The cost of any such inspections shall be paid by Lessor, unless a violation of Applicable Requirements, or a Hazardous Substance Condition (see paragraph 9.1) is found to exist or be imminent, or the inspection is requested or ordered by a governmental authority. In such case, Lessee shall upon request reimburse Lessor for the cost of such inspection, so long as such inspection is reasonably related to the violation or contamination. In addition. Lessee shall provide copies of all relevant material safety data sheets (MSDS) to Lessor within 10 days of the receipt of written request therefor.

7. Maintenance; Repairs, Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures and Alterations .

7.1 Lessee’s Obligations . Notwithstanding Lessor’s obligation to keep the Premises in good condition and repair. Lessee shall be responsible for payment of the cost thereof to Lessor as additional rent for that portion of the cost of any maintenance and repair of the Premises, or any equipment (wherever located) that serves only Lessee or the Premises, to the extent such cost is attributable to causes beyond normal wear and tear. Lessee shall be responsible for the cost of painting, repairing or replacing wall coverings, and to repair or replace any improvements with the Premises. Lessor may, at its option, upon reasonable notice. elect to have Lessee perform any particular such maintenance or repairs the cost of which is otherwise Lessee’s responsibility hereunder.

7.2 Lessor’s Obligations . Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance). 4.2 (Operating Expenses). 6 (Use), 7.1 (Lessee’s Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction) and 14 (Condemnation), Lessor, subject to reimbursement pursuant to Paragraph 4.2, shall keep in good order, condition and repair the foundations, exterior walls, structural condition of interior bearing walls, exterior roof, fire sprinkler system, fire alarm and/or smoke detection systems, fire hydrants, and the Common Areas. Lessee expressly waives the benefit of any statute now or hereafter in effect to the extent it is inconsistent with the terms of this Lease.

7.3 Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures; Alterations .

(a) Definitions . The term Utility Installations ” refers to all floor and window coverings, air lines, vacuum lines, power panels, electrical distribution, security and fire protection systems, communication cabling, lighting fixtures, HVAC equipment, and plumbing in or on the Premises. The term “ Trade Fixtures ” shall mean Lessee’s machinery and equipment that can be removed without doing material damage to the Premises. The term “ Alterations ” shall mean any modification of the improvements, other than Utility Installations or Trade Fixtures, whether by addition or deletion. “ Lessee Owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations ” are defined as Alterations and/or Utility Installations made by Lessee that are not yet owned by Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(a).

                 (b) Consent . Lessee shall not make any Alterations or Utility Installations to the Premises without Lessors prior written consent. Lessee may, however, make non-structural Alterations or Utility Installations to the interior of the Premises (excluding the roof) without such consent but upon notice to Lessor, as long as they are not visible from the outside, do not involve puncturing, relocating or removing the roof, ceilings. floors or any existing walls. will not affect the electrical, plumbing, HVAC, and/or life safety systems. and the cumulative cost thereof during this Lease as extended does not exceed $2000. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee shall not make or permit any roof penetrations and/or install anything on the roof without the prior written approval of Lessor. Lessor may, as a precondition to granting such approval, require Lessee to utilize a contractor chosen and/or approved by Lessor. Any Alterations or Utility Installations that Lessee shall desire to make and which require the consent of the Lessor shall be presented to Lessor in written form with detailed plans. Consent shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s: (i) acquiring all applicable governmental permits, (ii) furnishing Lessor with copies of both the permits and the plans and specifications prior to commencement of the work, and (iii) compliance with all conditions of said permits and other Applicable Requirements in a prompt and expeditious manner. Any Alterations or Utility Installations shall be performed in a workmanlike manner with good and sufficient materials. Lessee shall promptly upon completion furnish Lessor with as-built plans and specifications. For work which costs an amount in excess of one month’s Base Rent, Lessor may condition its consent upon Lessee providing a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to 150% of the estimated cost of such Alteration or Utility Installation and/or upon Lessee’s posting an additional Security Deposit with Lessor.

 

PAGE 7 OF 21

 

/s/ NT           /s/ GW        
                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTON-5-05/09E2


(c) Liens; Bonds . Lessee shall pay, when due, all claims for labor or materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Lessee at or for use on the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanic’s or materialmen’s lien against the Premises or any interest therein. Lessee shall give Lessor not less than 10 days notice prior to the commencement of any work in, on or about the Premises, and Lessor shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility. If Lessee shall contest the validity of any such lien, claim or demand, then Lessee shall, at its sole expense defend and protect itself, Lessor and the Premises against the same and shall pay and satisfy any such adverse judgment that may be rendered thereon before the enforcement thereof. If Lessor shall require, Lessee shall furnish a surety bond in an amount equal to 150% of the amount of such contested lien, claim or demand, indemnifying Lessor against liability for the same. If Lessor elects to participate in any such action. Lessee shall pay Lessor’s attorneys’ fees and costs.

7.4 Ownership; Removal; Surrender; and Restoration .

(a) Ownership . Subject to Lessor’s right to require removal or elect ownership as hereinafter provided. all Alterations and Utility Installations made by Lessee shall be the property of Lessee, but considered a part of the Premises. Lessor may, at any time, elect in writing to be the owner of all or any specified part of the Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Unless otherwise instructed per paragraph 7.4(b) hereof, all Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations shall, at the expiration or termination of this Lease, become the property of Lessor and be surrendered by Lessee with the Premises.

(b) Removal . By delivery to Lessee of written notice from Lessor not earlier than 90 and not later than 30 days prior to the end of the term of this Lease, Lessor may require that any or all Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations be removed by the expiration or termination of this Lease. Lessor may require the removal at any time of all or any part of any Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations made without the required consent.

(c) Surrender; Restoration . Lessee shall surrender the Premises by the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date, with all of the improvements, parts and surfaces thereof clean and free of debris, and in good operating order, condition and state of repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. “Ordinary wear and tear” shall not include any damage or deterioration that would have been prevented by good maintenance practice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this Lease is for 12 months or less, then Lessee shall surrender the Premises in the same condition as delivered to Lessee on the Start Date with NO allowance for ordinary wear and tear. Lessee shall repair any damage occasioned by the installation, maintenance or removal of Trade Fixtures. Lessee owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations, furnishings, and equipment as well as the removal of any storage tank installed by or for Lessee. Lessee shall also completely remove from the Premises any and all Hazardous Substances brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee. or any third party (except Hazardous Substances which were deposited via underground migration from areas outside of the Project) even if such removal would require Lessee to perform or pay for work that exceeds statutory requirements. Trade Fixtures shall remain the property of Lessee and shall be removed by Lessee. Any personal property of Lessee not removed on or before the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date shall be deemed to have been abandoned by Lessee and may be disposed of or retained by Lessor as Lessor may desire. The failure by Lessee to timely vacate the Premises pursuant to this Paragraph 7.4(c) without the express written consent of Lessor shall constitute a holdover under the provisions of Paragraph 26 below.

8. Insurance; Indemnity .

8.1 Insurance Premiums . The cost of the premiums for the insurance policies maintained by Lessor pursuant to paragraph 8 are included as Operating Expenses (see paragraph 4.2 (a)(iv)). Said costs shall include increases in the premiums resulting from additional coverage related to requirements of the holder of a mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises, Building and/or Project, increased valuation of the Premises, Building and/or Project, and/or a general premium rate increase. Said costs shall not, however, include any premium increases resulting from the nature of the occupancy of any other tenant of the Building. In no event, however, shall Lessee be responsible for any portion of the premium cost attributable to liability insurance coverage in excess of $2,000,000 procured under Paragraph 8.2(b).

8.2 Liability Insurance .

(a) Carried by Lessee . Lessee shall obtain and keep in force a Commercial General Liability policy of insurance protecting Lessee and Lessor as an additional insured against claims for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage based upon or arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis providing single limit coverage in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence with an annual aggregate of not less than $2,000,000. Lessee shall add Lessor as an additional insured by means of an endorsement at least as broad as the Insurance Service Organization’s “Additional Insured-Managers or Lessors of Premises” Endorsement. The policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations, but shall include coverage for liability assumed under this Lease as an “insured contract” for the performance of Lessee’s indemnity obligations under this Lease. The limits of said insurance shall not, however, limit the liability of Lessee nor relieve Lessee of any obligation hereunder. Lessee shall provide an endorsement on its liability policy(ies) which provides that its insurance shall be primary to and not contributory with any similar insurance carried by Lessor, whose insurance shall be considered excess insurance only. Lessee shall provide proof of required limits of insurance to Lessor upon execution including General Liability Insurance and Workers Comp insurance. naming Tank Farm Office Park LLC asAdditional insured in all cases.

(b) Carried by Lessor . Lessor shall maintain liability insurance as described in Paragraph 8.2(a), in addition to, and not in lieu of, the insurance required to be maintained by Lessee. Lessee shall not be named as an additional insured therein.

8.3 Property Insurance - Building, Improvements and Rental Value .

(a) Building and Improvements . Lessor shall obtain and keep in force a policy or policies of insurance in the name of Lessor, with loss payable to Lessor, any ground-lessor. and to any Lender insuring loss or damage to the Building and/or Project. The amount of such insurance shall be equal to the full insurable replacement cost of the Building and/or Project. as the same shall exist from time to time, or the amount required by any Lender, but in no event more than the commercially

 

PAGE 8 OF 21

 

/s/ NT         /s/ GW
   
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTON-5-05/09E2


reasonable and available insurable value thereof. Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee’s personal property shall be insured by Lessee not by Lessor. If the coverage is available and commercially appropriate, such policy or policies shall insure against all risks of direct physical loss or damage ( except including the perils of flood and/or earthquake if required by Lessor unless required by a Lender ), including coverage for debris removal and the enforcement of any Applicable Requirements requiring the upgrading, demolition, reconstruction or replacement of any portion of the Premises as the result of a covered loss. Said policy or policies shall also contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, waiver of subrogation, and inflation guard protection causing an increase in the annual property insurance coverage amount by a factor of not less than the adjusted U.S. Department of Labor Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for the city nearest to where the Premises are located. If such insurance coverage has a deductible clause. the deductible amount shall not exceed $1,000 per occurrence.

(b) Rental Value . Lessor shall also obtain and keep in force a policy or policies in the name of Lessor with loss payable to Lessor and any Lender, insuring the loss of the full Rent for one year with an extended period of indemnity for an additional 180 days (“ Rental Value insurance ”). Said insurance shall contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, and the amount of coverage shall be adjusted annually to reflect the projected Rent otherwise payable by Lessee, for the next 12 month period.

(c) Adjacent Premises . Lessee shall pay for any increase in the premiums for the property insurance of the Building and for the Common Areas or other buildings in the Project if said increase is caused by Lessee’s acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises.

(d) Lessee’s Improvements . Since Lessor is the Insuring Party, Lessor shall not be required to insure Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations unless the item in question has become the property of Lessor under the terms of this Lease.

8.4 Lessee’s Property; Business Interruption Insurance .

(a) Property Damage . Lessee shall obtain and maintain insurance coverage on all of Lessee’s personal property, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Such insurance shall be full replacement cost coverage with a deductible of not to exceed $1,000 per occurrence. The proceeds from any such insurance shall be used by Lessee for the replacement of personal property, Trade Fixtures and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Lessee shall provide Lessor with written evidence that such insurance is in force.

(b) Business Interruption . Lessee shall obtain and maintain loss of income and extra expense insurance in amounts as will reimburse Lessee for direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent lessees in the business of Lessee or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises as a result of such perils.

(c) No Representation of Adequate Coverage . Lessor makes no representation that the limits or forms of coverage of insurance specified herein are adequate to cover Lessee’s property. business operations or obligations under this Lease.

8.5 Insurance Policies, Insurance required herein shall be by companies duly licensed or admitted to transact business in the state where the Premises are located, and maintaining during the policy term a “General Policyholders Rating” of at least A-, VI, as set forth in the most current issue of “Best’s Insurance Guide”, or such other rating as may be required by a Lender. Lessee shall not do or permit to be done anything which invalidates the required insurance policies. Lessee shall, prior to the Start Date, deliver to Lessor certified copies of policies of such insurance or certificates evidencing the existence and amounts of the required insurance. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to modification except after 30 days prior written notice to Lessor. Lessee shall, at least 10 days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Lessor with evidence of renewals or “insurance binders” evidencing renewal thereof, or Lessor may order such insurance and charge the cost thereof to Lessee, which amount shall be payable by Lessee to Lessor upon demand. Such policies shall be for a term of at least one year. or the length of the remaining term of this Lease. whichever is less. If either Party shall fail to procure and maintain the insurance required to be carried by it, the other Party may, but shall not be required to, procure and maintain the same.

8.6 Waiver of Subrogation . Without affecting any other rights or remedies, Lessee and Lessor each hereby release and relieve the other, and waive their entire right to recover damages against the other, for loss of or damage to its property arising out of or incident to the perils required to be insured against herein. The effect of such releases and waivers is not limited by the amount of insurance carried or required, or by any deductibles applicable hereto. The Parties agree to have their respective property damage insurance carriers waive any right to subrogation that such companies may have against Lessor or Lessee, as the case may be, so long as the insurance is not invalidated thereby.

8.7 Indemnity . Except for Lessor’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the Premises, Lessor and its agents, Lessor’s master or ground lessor, partners and Lenders, from and against any and all claims, loss of rents and/or damages. liens, judgments, penalties, attorneys’ and consultants’ fees, expenses and/or liabilities arising out of, involving, or in connection with, the use and/or occupancy of the Premises by Lessee. If any action or proceeding is brought against Lessor by reason of any of the foregoing matters, Lessee shall upon notice defend the same at Lessee’s expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and Lessor shall cooperate with Lessee in such defense. Lessor need not have first paid any such claim in order to be defended or indemnified.

8.8 Exemption of Lessor and its Agents from Liability . Notwithstanding the negligence or breach of this Lease by Lessor or its agents, neither Lessor nor its agents shall be liable under any circumstances for: (i) injury or damage to the person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property of Lessee. Lessee’s employees, contractors, invitees, customers, or any other person in or about the Premises, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, indoor air quality, the presence of mold or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes. fire sprinklers, wires. appliances. plumbing, HVAC or lighting fixtures, or from any other cause, whether the said injury or damage results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the Building, or from other sources or places, (ii) any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other tenant of Lessor or from the failure of Lessor or its agents to enforce the provisions of any other lease in the Project, or (iii) injury to Lessee’s business or for any loss of income or profit therefrom. Instead, it is intended that Lessee’s sole recourse in the event of such damages or injury be to file a claim on the insurance policy(ies) that Lessee is required to maintain pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 8.

 

PAGE 9 OF 21

 

/s/ NT         /s/ GW        
                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTON-5-05/09E2


8.9 Failure to Provide Insurance . Lessee acknowledges that any failure on its part to obtain or maintain the insurance required herein will expose Lessor to risks and potentially cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the extent of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Accordingly, for any month or portion thereof that Lessee does not maintain the required insurance and/or does not provide Lessor with the required binders or certificates evidencing the existence of the required insurance, the Base Rent shall be automatically increased. without any requirement for notice to Lessee, by an amount equal to 10% of the then existing Base Rent or $100, whichever is greater. The parties agree that such increase in Base Rent represents fair and reasonable compensation for the additional risk/costs that Lessor will incur by reason of Lessee’s failure to maintain the required insurance. Such increase in Base Rent shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to the failure to maintain such insurance, prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder, nor relieve Lessee of its obligation to maintain the insurance specified in this Lease.

9. Damage or Destruction .

9.1 Definitions .

(a) “ Premises Partial Damage ” shall mean damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, which can reasonably be repaired in 3 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction, and the cost thereof does not exceed a sum equal to 6 month’s Base Rent. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

(b) “ Premises Total Destruction ” shall mean damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which cannot reasonably be repaired in 3 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction and/or the cost thereof exceeds a sum equal to 6 month’s Base Rent. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

(c) “ Insured Loss ” shall mean damage or destruction to improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which was caused by an event required to be covered by the insurance described in Paragraph 8.3(a). irrespective of any deductible amounts or coverage limits involved.

(d) “ Replacement Cost ” shall mean the cost to repair or rebuild the improvements owned by Lessor at the time of the occurrence to their condition existing immediately prior thereto. including demolition, debris removal and upgrading required by the operation of Applicable Requirements, and without deduction for depreciation

(e) “ Hazardous Substance Condition ” shall mean the occurrence or discovery of a condition involving the presence of. or a contamination by, a Hazardous Substance, in, on, or under the Premises which requires restoration.

9.2 Partial Damage Insured Loss . If a Premises Partial Damage that is an Insured Loss occurs, then Lessor shall, at Lessor’s expense, repair such damage (but not Lessee’s Trade Fixtures or Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations) as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect; provided, however, that Lessee shall, at Lessor’s election, make the repair of any damage or destruction the total cost to repair of which is $5,000 or less, and, in such event, Lessor shall make any applicable insurance proceeds available to Lessee on a reasonable basis for that purpose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the required insurance was not in force or the insurance proceeds are not sufficient to effect such repair, the Insuring Party shall promptly contribute the shortage in proceeds as and when required to complete said repairs. In the event, however, such shortage was due to the fact that, by reason of the unique nature of the improvements. full replacement cost insurance coverage was not commercially reasonable and available, Lessor shall have no obligation to pay for the shortage in insurance proceeds or to fully restore the unique aspects of the Premises unless Lessee provides Lessor with the funds to cover same, or adequate assurance thereof, within 10 days following receipt of written notice of such shortage and request therefor, If Lessor receives said funds or adequate assurance thereof within said 10 day period, the party responsible for making the repairs shall complete them as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. if such funds or assurance are not received, Lessor may nevertheless elect by written notice to Lessee within 10 days thereafter to: (i) make such restoration and repair as is commercially reasonable with Lessor paying any shortage in proceeds, in which case this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, or (ii) have this Lease terminate 30 days thereafter. Lessee shall not be entitled to reimbursement of any funds contributed by Lessee to repair any such damage or destruction. Premises Partial Damage due to flood or earthquake shall be subject to Paragraph 9.3. notwithstanding that there may be some insurance coverage, but the net proceeds of any such insurance shall be made available for the repairs if made by either Party.

9.3 Partial Damage Uninsured Loss . If a Premises Partial Damage that is not an Insured Loss occurs, unless caused by a negligent or willful act of Lessee (in which event Lessee shall make the repairs at Lessee’s expense). Lessor may either: (i) repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Lessee within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such damage. Such termination shall be effective 60 days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to terminate this Lease. Lessee shall have the right within 10 days after receipt of the termination notice to give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay for the repair of such damage without reimbursement from Lessor. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days after making such commitment. In such event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such repairs as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not make the required commitment, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in the termination notice.

9.4 Total Destruction . Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if a Premises Total Destruction occurs, this Lease shall terminate 60 days following such Destruction. If the damage or destruction was caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessee, Lessor shall have the right to recover Lessor’s damages from Lessee, except as provided in Paragraph 8.6.

 

PAGE 10 OF 21

 

/s/ NT          

/s/ GW        

                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTON-5-05/09E2


9.5 Damage Near End of Term . If at any time during the last 6 months of this Lease there is damage for which the cost to repair exceeds one month’s Base Rent, whether or not an Insured Loss. Lessor may terminate this Lease effective 60 days following the date of occurrence of such damage by giving a written termination notice to Lessee within 30 days after the date of occurrence of such damage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Lessee at that time has an exercisable option to extend this Lease or to purchase the Premises, then Lessee may preserve this Lease by, (a) exercising such option and (b) providing Lessor with any shortage in insurance proceeds (or adequate assurance thereof) needed to make the repairs on or before the earlier of (i) the date which is 10 days after Lessee’s receipt of Lessor’s written notice purporting to terminate this Lease, or (ii) the day prior to the date upon which such option expires. If Lessee duly exercises such option during such period and provides Lessor with funds (or adequate assurance thereof) to cover any shortage in insurance proceeds. Lessor shall, at Lessor’s commercially reasonable expense, repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Lessee fails to exercise such option and provide such funds or assurance during such period, then this Lease shall terminate on the date specified in the termination notice and Lessee’s option shall be extinguished.

9.6 Abatement of Rent; Lessee’s Remedies .

(a) Abatement . In the event of Premises Partial Damage or Premises Total Destruction or a Hazardous Substance Condition for which Lessee is not responsible under this Lease, the Rent payable by Lessee for the period required for the repair, remediation or restoration of such damage shall be abated in proportion to the degree to which Lessee’s use of the Premises is impaired, but not to exceed the proceeds received from the Rental Value insurance. All other obligations of Lessee hereunder shall be performed by Lessee, and Lessor shall have no liability for any such damage, destruction, remediation, repair or restoration except as provided herein.

(b) Remedies . If Lessor shall be obligated to repair or restore the Premises and does not commence, in a substantial and meaningful way, such repair or restoration within 90 days after such obligation shall accrue, Lessee may, at any time prior to the commencement of such repair or restoration, give written notice to Lessor and to any Lenders of which Lessee has actual notice, of Lessee’s election to terminate this Lease on a date not less than 60 days following the giving of such notice. If Lessee gives such notice and such repair or restoration is not commenced within 30 days thereafter, this Lease shall terminate as of the dale specified in said notice. If the repair or restoration is commenced within such 30 days, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. “Commence” shall mean either the unconditional authorization of the preparation of the required plans, or the beginning of the actual work on the Premises, whichever first occurs.

9.7 Termination; Advance Payments . Upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Paragraph 6.2(g) or Paragraph 9, an equitable adjustment shall be made concerning advance Base Rent and any other advance payments made by Lessee to Lessor. Lessor shall, in addition, return to Lessee so much of Lessee’s Security Deposit as has not been, or is not then required to be, used by Lessor.

10. Real Property Taxes .

10.1 Definitions . As used herein, the term “Real Property Taxes” shall include any form of assessment: real estate, general. special, ordinary or extraordinary, or rental levy or tax (other than inheritance, personal income or estate taxes); improvement bond; and/or license fee imposed upon or levied against any legal or equitable interest of Lessor in the Project, Lessor’s right to other income therefrom, and/or Lessor’s business of leasing, by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax and where the funds are generated with reference to the Project address and where the proceeds so generated are to be applied by the city, county or other local taxing authority of a jurisdiction within which the Project is located. Real Property Taxes shall also include any tax, fee, levy. assessment or charge, or any increase therein: (i) imposed by reason of events occurring during the term of this Lease, including but not limited to, a change in the ownership of the Project, (ii) a change in the improvements thereon, and/or (iii) levied or assessed on machinery or equipment provided by Lessor to Lessee pursuant to this Lease.

10.2 Payment of Taxes . Except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 10.3, Lessor shall pay the Real Property Taxes applicable to the Project. and said payments shall be included in the calculation of Operating Expenses in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 4.2.

10.3 Additional Improvements . Operating Expenses shall not include Real Property Taxes specified in the tax assessor’s records and work sheets as being caused by additional improvements placed upon the Project by other lessees or by Lessor for the exclusive enjoyment of such other lessees. Notwithstanding Paragraph 10.2 hereof. Lessee shall, however. pay to Lessor at the time Operating Expenses are payable under Paragraph 4.2, the entirety of any increase in Real Property Taxes if assessed solely by reason of Alterations. Trade Fixtures or Utility Installations placed upon the Premises by Lessee or at Lessee’s request or by reason of any alterations or improvements to the Premises made by Lessor subsequent to the execution of this Lease by the Parties.

10.4 Joint Assessment . If the Building is not separately assessed, Real Property Taxes allocated to the Building shall be an equitable proportion of the Real Property Taxes for all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed, such proportion to be determined by Lessor from the respective valuations assigned in the assessor’s work sheets or such other information as may be reasonably available. Lessor’s reasonable determination thereof, in good faith, shall be conclusive.

        10.5 Personal Property Taxes. Lessee shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes assessed against and levied upon Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures. furnishings. equipment and all personal property of Lessee contained in the Premises. When possible, Lessee shall cause its Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Lessor. If any of Lessee’s said property shall be assessed with Lessor’s real property. Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes attributable to Lessee’s property within 10 days after receipt of a written statement setting forth the taxes applicable to Lessee’s property.

11. Utilities and Services .

11.1 Services Provided by Lessor . Lessor shall provide heating, ventilation, air conditioning, reasonable amounts of electricity for normal lighting and office machines, water for reasonable and normal drinking and lavatory use in connection with an office, and replacement light bulbs and/or fluorescent tubes and ballasts for standard overhead fixtures. Lessor shall also provide janitorial services to the Premises and Common Areas 5 times per week, excluding Building Holidays, or pursuant to the attached janitorial schedule, if any. Lessor shall not. however, be required to provide janitorial services to kitchens or storage areas included within the Premises.

 

PAGE 11 OF 21

 

/S/ NT          /S/ GW         
                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTON-5-05/09E2


11.2 Services Exclusive to Lessee . Lessee shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone and other utilities and services specially or exclusively supplied and/or metered exclusively to the Premises or to Lessee, together with any taxes thereon. If a service is deleted by Paragraph 1.13 and such service is not separately metered to the Premises, Lessee shall pay at Lessor’s option, either Lessee’s Share or a reasonable proportion to be determined by Lessor of all charges for such jointly metered service.

11.3 Hours of Service . Said services arid utilities shall be provided during times set forth in Paragraph 1.12. Utilities and services required at other times shall be subject to advance request and reimbursement by Lessee to Lessor of the cost thereof.

11.4 Excess Usage by Lessee . Lessee shall not make connection to the utilities except by or through existing outlets and shall not install or use machinery or equipment in or about the Premises that uses excess water, lighting or power, or suffer or permit any act that causes extra burden upon the utilities or services, including but not limited to security and trash services, over standard office usage for the Project. Lessor shall require Lessee to reimburse Lessor for any excess expenses or costs that may arise out of a breach of this subparagraph by Lessee. Lessor may, in its sole discretion, install at Lessee’s expense supplemental equipment and/or separate metering applicable to Lessee’s excess usage or loading.

11.5 Interruptions . There shall be no abatement of rent and Lessor shall not be liable in any respect whatsoever for the inadequacy, stoppage, interruption or discontinuance of any utility or service due to riot, strike, labor dispute, breakdown, accident, repair or other cause beyond Lessor’s reasonable control or in cooperation with governmental request or directions.

12. Assignment and Subletting .

12.1 Lessor’s Consent Required .

(a) Lessee shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign, transfer, mortgage or encumber (collectively, “assign or assignment”) or sublet all or any part of Lessee’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent.

(b) Unless Lessee is a corporation and its stock is publicly traded on a national stock exchange. a change in the control of Lessee shall constitute an assignment requiring consent. The transfer, on a cumulative basis. of 25% or more of the voting control of Lessee shall constitute a change in control for this purpose.

(c) The involvement of Lessee or its assets in any transaction, or series of transactions (by way of merger, sale, acquisition, financing. transfer, leveraged buyout or otherwise), whether or not a formal assignment or hypothecation of this Lease or Lessee’s assets occurs. which results or will result in a reduction of the Net Worth of Lessee by an amount greater than 25% of such Net Worth as it was represented at the time of the execution of this Lease or at the time of the most recent assignment to which Lessor has consented, or as it exists immediately prior to said transaction or transactions constituting such reduction, whichever was or is greater, shall be considered an assignment of this Lease to which Lessor may withhold its consent. “ Net Worth of Lessee ” shall mean the net worth of Lessee (excluding any guarantors) established under generally accepted accounting principles.

(d) An assignment or subletting without consent shall. at Lessor’s option, be a Default curable after notice per Paragraph 13.1(c), or a noncurable Breach without the necessity of any notice and grace period. If Lessor elects to treat such unapproved assignment or subletting as a noncurable Breach, Lessor may either: (i) terminate this Lease. or (ii) upon 30 days written notice, increase the monthly Base Rent to 110% of the Base Rent then in effect. Further, in the event of such Breach and rental adjustment, (i) the purchase price of any option to purchase the Premises held by Lessee shall be subject to similar adjustment to 110% of the price previously in effect. and (ii) all fixed and nonfixed rental adjustments scheduled during the remainder of the Lease term shall be increased to 110% of the scheduled adjusted rent.

(e) Lessee’s remedy for any breach of Paragraph 12.1 try Lessor shall be limited to compensatory damages and/or injunctive relief.

(f) Lessor may reasonably withhold consent to a proposed assignment or subletting if Lessee is in Default at the time consent is requested.

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing. allowing a de minimis portion of the Premises, ie. 20 square feet or less, to be used by a third party vendor in connection with the installation of a vending machine or payphone shall not constitute a subletting.

12.2 Terms and Conditions Applicable to Assignment and Subletting .

(a) Regardless of Lessor’s consent, no assignment or subletting shall: (i) be effective without the express written assumption by such assignee or sublessee of the obligations of Lessee under this Lease, (ii) release Lessee of any obligations hereunder, or (iii) alter the primary liability of Lessee for the payment of Rent or for the performance of any other obligations to be performed by Lessee.

(b) Lessor may accept Rent or performance of Lessee’s obligations from any person other than Lessee pending approval or disapproval of an assignment. Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of such assignment nor the acceptance of Rent or performance shall constitute a waiver or estoppel of Lessors right to exercise its remedies for Lessees Default or Breach.

(c) Lessors consent to any assignment or subletting shall not constitute a consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting.

(d) In the event of any Default or Breach by Lessee, Lessor may proceed directly against Lessee, any Guarantors or anyone else responsible for the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, including any assignee or sublessee, without first exhausting Lessors remedies against any other person or entity responsible therefor to Lessor, or any security held by Lessor,

 

 

PAGE 12 OF 21

 

/s/ NT         /s/ GW        
                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTON-5-05/09E2


(e) Each request for consent to an assignment or subletting shall be in writing, accompanied by information relevant to Lessor’s determination as to the financial and operational responsibility and appropriateness of the proposed assignee or sublessee, including but not limited to the intended use and/or required modification of the Premises, if any, together with a fee of $500 as consideration for Lessor’s considering and processing said request. Lessee agrees to provide Lessor with such other or additional information and/or documentation as may be reasonably requested. (See also Paragraph 36)

(f) Any assignee of, or sublessee under, this Lease shall, by reason of accepting such assignment, entering into such sublease, or entering into possession of the Premises or any portion thereof, be deemed to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with each and every term, covenant, condition and obligation herein to be observed or performed by Lessee during the term of said assignment or sublease. other than such obligations as are contrary to or inconsistent with provisions of an assignment or sublease to which Lessor has specifically consented to in writing.

(g) Lessor’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not transfer to the assignee or sublessee any Option granted to the original Lessee by this Lease unless such transfer is specifically consented to by Lessor in writing. (See Paragraph 39.2)

12.3 Additional Terms and Conditions Applicable to Subletting . The following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Lessee of all or any part of the Premises and shall be deemed included in all subleases under this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein:

(a) Lessee hereby assigns and transfers to Lessor all of Lessee’s interest in ail Rent payable on any sublease, and Lessor may collect such Rent and apply same toward Lessee’s obligations under this Lease: provided. however, that until a Breach shall occur in the performance of Lessee’s obligations, Lessee may collect said Rent. In the event that the amount collected by Lessor exceeds Lessee’s then outstanding obligations any such excess shall be refunded to Lessee. Lessor shall not, by reason of the foregoing or any assignment of such sublease, nor by reason of the collection of Rent, be deemed liable to the sublessee for any failure of Lessee to perform and comply with any of Lessee’s obligations to such sublessee. Lessee hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any such sublessee. upon receipt of a written notice from Lessor stating that a Breach exists in the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, to pay to Lessor all Rent due and to become due under the sublease. Sublessee shall rely upon any such notice from Lessor and shall pay all Rents to Lessor without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether such Breach exists, notwithstanding any claim from Lessee to the contrary.

(b) In the event of a Breach by Lessee, Lessor may, at its option, require sublessee to attorn to Lessor, in which event Lessor shall undertake the obligations of the sublessor under such sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to the expiration of such sublease; provided, however, Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security deposit paid by such sublessee to such sublessor or for any prior Defaults or Breaches of such sublessor.

(c) Any matter requiring the consent of the sublessor under a sublease shall also require the consent of Lessor.

(d) No sublessee shall further assign or sublet all or any part of the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent.

(e) Lessor shall deliver a copy of any notice of Default or Breach by Lessee to the sublessee, who shall have the right to cure the Default of Lessee within the grace period, if any, specified in such notice. The sublessee shall have a right of reimbursement and offset from and against Lessee for any such Defaults cured by the sublessee.

13. Default; Breach; Remedies .

13.1 Default; Breach . A “ Default ” is defined as a failure by the Lessee to comply with or perform any of the terms. covenants, conditions or Rules and Regulations under this Lease. A “Breach” is defined as the occurrence of one or more of the following Defaults, and the failure of Lessee to cure such Default within any applicable grace period:

(a) The abandonment of the Premises; or the vacating of the Premises without providing a commercially reasonable level of security, or where the coverage of the property insurance described in Paragraph 8.3 is jeopardized as a result thereof. or without providing reasonable assurances to minimize potential vandalism.

(b) The failure of Lessee to make any payment of Rent or any Security Deposit required to be made by Lessee hereunder, whether to Lessor or to a third party, when due. to provide reasonable evidence of insurance or surety bond, or to fulfill any obligation under this Lease which endangers or threatens life or property, where such failure continues for a period of 3 business days following written notice to Lessee. THE ACCEPTANCE BY LESSOR OF A PARTIAL PAYMENT OF RENT OR SECURITY DEPOSIT SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE A WAIVER OF ANY OF LESSOR’S RIGHTS, INCLUDING LESSOR’S RIGHT TO RECOVER POSSESSION OF THE PREMISES.

(c) The failure of Lessee to allow Lessor and/or its agents access to the Premises or the commission of waste, act or acts constituting public or private nuisance, and/or an illegal activity on the Premises by Lessee, where such actions continue for a period of 3 business days following written notice to Lessee.

(d) The failure by Lessee to provide (i) reasonable written evidence of compliance with Applicable Requirements, (ii) the service contracts, (iii) the rescission of an unauthorized assignment or subletting, (iv) an Estoppel Certificate or financial statements, (v) a requested subordination, (vi) evidence concerning any guarantee and/or Guarantor. (vii) any document requested under Paragraph 41, (viii) material data safety sheets (MSDS), or (ix) any other documentation or information which Lessor may reasonably require of Lessee under the terms of this Lease, where any such failure continues for a period of 10 days following written notice to Lessee.

(e) A Default by Lessee as to the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or of the rules adopted under Paragraph 2.9 hereof, other than those described in subparagraphs 13.1(a), (b), {c) or (d). above, where such Default continues for a period of 30 days after written notice; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessees Default is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its cure, then it shall not be deemed to be a Breach if Lessee commences such cure within said 30 day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.

 

PAGE 13 OF 21

 

/s/ NT         /s/ GW        
                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTON-5-05/09E2


(f) The occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the making of any general arrangement or assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) becoming a “debtor” as defined in 11 U.S.C. § 101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Lessee, the same is dismissed within 60 days): (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessees interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Lessee within 30 days; or (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessees interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within 30 days: provided, however, in the event that any provision of this subparagraph (e) is contrary to any applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or effect, and not affect the validity of the remaining provisions.

(g) The discovery that any financial statement of Lessee or of any Guarantor given to Lessor was materially false.

(h) If the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease is guaranteed: (i) the death of a Guarantor, (ii) the termination of a Guarantor’s liability with respect to this Lease other than in accordance with the terms of such guaranty, (iii) a Guarantor’s becoming insolvent or the subject of a bankruptcy filing, (iv) a Guarantor’s refusal to honor the guaranty. or (v) a Guarantor’s breach of its guaranty obligation on an anticipatory basis, and Lessee’s failure, within 60 days following written notice of any such event, to provide written alternative assurance or security, which, when coupled with the then existing resources of Lessee, equals or exceeds the combined financial resources of Lessee and the Guarantors that existed at the time of execution of this Lease.

13.2 Remedies . If Lessee fails to perform any of its affirmative duties or obligations, within 10 days after written notice (or in case of an emergency, without notice), Lessor may, at its option, perform such duty or obligation on Lessee’s behalf, including but not limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds, insurance policies. or governmental licenses, permits or approvals. Lessee shall pay to Lessor an amount equal to 115% of the costs and expenses incurred by Lessor in such performance upon receipt of an invoice therefor. In the event of a Breach, Lessor may, with or without further notice or demand, and without limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor may have by reason of such Breach:

(a) Terminate Lessee’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means. in which case this Lease shall terminate and Lessee shall immediately surrender possession to Lessor. In such event Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee: (i) the unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could have been reasonably avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could be reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor for all the detriment proximately caused by the Lessee’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including but not limited to the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, expenses of relating, including necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises. reasonable attorneys’ fees, and that portion of any leasing commission paid by Lessor in connection with this Lease applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in provision (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of the District within which the Premises are located at the time of award plus one percent. Efforts by Lessor to mitigate damages caused by Lessee’s Breach of this Lease shall not waive Lessor’s right to recover damages under Paragraph 12. If termination of this Lease is obtained through the provisional remedy of unlawful detainer, Lessor shall have the right to recover in such proceeding any unpaid Rent and damages as are recoverable therein, or Lessor may reserve the right to recover all or any part thereof in a separate suit. If a notice and grace period required under Paragraph 13.1 was not previously given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or to perform or quit given to Lessee under the unlawful detainer statute shall also constitute the notice required by Paragraph 13.1. In such case, the applicable grace period required by Paragraph 13.1 and the unlawful detainer statute shall run concurrently, and the failure of Lessee to cure the Default within the greater of the two such grace periods shall constitute both an unlawful detainer and a Breach of this Lease entitling Lessor to the remedies provided for in this Lease and/or by said statute.

(b) Continue the Lease and Lessee’s right to possession and recover the Rent as it becomes due, in which event Lessee may sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations. Acts of maintenance, efforts to relet, and/or the appointment of a receiver to protect the Lessor’s interests, shall not constitute a termination of the Lessee’s right to possession.

(c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available under the laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are located. The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the termination of Lessee’s right to possession shall not relieve Lessee from liability under any indemnity provisions of this Lease as to matters occurring or accruing during the term hereof or by reason of Lessee’s occupancy of the Premises.

13.3 Inducement Recapture . Any agreement for free or abated rent or other charges, or for the giving or paying by Lessor to or for Lessee of any cash or other bonus, inducement or consideration for Lessee’s entering into this Lease, all of which concessions are hereinafter referred to as “Inducement Provisions”, shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s full and faithful performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease. Upon Breach of this Lease by Lessee, any such Inducement Provision shall automatically be deemed deleted from this Lease and of no further force or effect, and any rent, other charge, bonus, inducement or consideration theretofore abated, given or paid by Lessor under such an Inducement Provision shall be immediately due and payable by Lessee to Lessor, notwithstanding any subsequent cure of said Breach by Lessee. The acceptance by Lessor of rent or the cure of the Breach which initiated the operation of this paragraph shall not be deemed a waiver by Lessor of the provisions of this paragraph unless specifically so stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such acceptance.

13.4 Late Charges . Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payment by Lessee of Rent will cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed upon Lessor by any Lender. Accordingly, if any Rent shall not be received by Lessor within 5 days after such amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, Lessee shall immediately pay to Lessor a one-time late charge equal to 10% of each such overdue amount or $100, whichever is greater. The parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Lessor will incur by reason of such late payment. Acceptance of such late charge by Lessor shall in no event constitute a waiver of

 

PAGE 14 OF 21

 

/s/ NT         /s/ GW        
                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTON-5-05/09E2


Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder, In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder, whether or not collected, for 3 consecutive installments of Base Rent, then notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary. Base Rent shall, at Lessor’s option, become due and payable quarterly in advance.

13.5 Interest . Any monetary payment due Lessor hereunder, other than late charges, not received by Lessor, when due as to scheduled payments (such as Base Rent) or within 30 days following the date on which it was due for non-scheduled payment, shall bear interest from the date when due, as to scheduled payments, or the 31st day after it was due as to non-scheduled payments. The interest (“Interest”) charged shall be computed at the rate of 10% per annum but shall not exceed the maximum rate allowed by law. Interest is payable in addition to the potential late charge provided for in Paragraph 13.4.

13.6 Breach by Lessor .

(a) Notice of Breach . Lessor shall not be deemed in breach of this Lease unless Lessor fails within a reasonable time to perform an obligation required to be performed by Lessor. For purposes of this Paragraph. a reasonable time shall in no event be less than 30 days after receipt by Lessor. and any Lender whose name and address shall have been furnished Lessee in writing for such purpose, of written notice specifying wherein such obligation of Lessor has not been performed: provided, however, that if the nature of Lessor’s obligation is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its performance, then Lessor shall not be in breach it performance is commenced within such 30 day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion.

(b) Performance by Lessee on Behalf of Lessor . In the event that neither Lessor nor Lender cures said breach within 30 days after receipt of said notice, or if having commenced said cure they do not diligently pursue it to completion, then Lessee may elect to cure said breach at Lessee’s expense and offset from Rent the actual and reasonable cost to perform such cure, provided, however. that such offset shall not exceed an amount equal to the greater of one month’s Base Rent or the Security Deposit, reserving Lessee’s right to seek reimbursement from Lessor for any such expense in excess of such offset. Lessee shall document the cost of said cure and supply said documentation to Lessor.

14. Condemnation . If the Premises or any portion thereof are taken under the power of eminent domain or sold under the threat of the exercise of said power (collectively “ Condemnation ”), this Lease shall terminate as to the part taken as of the date the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever first occurs. If more than 10% of the rentable floor area of the Premises, or more than 25% of Lessee’s Reserved Parking Spaces, if any, are taken by Condemnation, Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, to be exercised in writing within 10 days after Lessor shall have given Lessee written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice, within 10 days after the condemning authority shall have taken possession) terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes such possession. If Lessee does not terminate this Lease in accordance with the foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises remaining, except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in proportion to the reduction in utility of the Premises caused by such Condemnation. Condemnation awards and/or payments shall be the property of Lessor. whether such award shall be made as compensation for diminution in value of the leasehold, the value of the part taken, or for severance damages: provided, however, that Lessee shall be entitled to any compensation paid by the condemnor for Lessee’s relocation expenses, loss of business goodwill and/or Trade Fixtures, without regard to whether or not this Lease is terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph. All Alterations and Utility Installations made to the Premises by Lessee, for purposes of Condemnation only, shall be considered the property of the Lessee and Lessee shall be entitled to any and all compensation which is payable therefor. In the event that this Lease is not terminated by reason of the Condemnation, Lessor shall repair any damage to the Premises caused by such Condemnation.

15. Brokerage Fees .

15.1 Additional Commission . In addition to the payments-owed pursuant-to Paragraph 1.10 above, and unless Lessor and the Brokers otherwise agree in writing. Lessor-agrees that: (a) if Lessee exercises any Option, (b) if Lessee or anyone affiliated with Lessee acquires from Lessor any rights to the Premises or other premises owned by Lessor and located within the Project. (c) if Lessee remains in possession of the Premises, with the consent of Lessor, after-the expiration of this Lease, or (d) if Base Rent is increased, whether by agreement or operation of an escalation clause herein, then, Lessor shall pay Brokers a fee in accordance with the schedule of the Brokers in effect at the time of the execution of this Lease.

15.2 Assumption of Obligations . Any buyer or transferee of Lessor’s interest in this Lease shall be deemed to have assumed Lessor’s obligation hereunder. Brokers shall be third party beneficiaries of the provisions of Paragraphs 1.10, 15, 22 and 31. If Lessor fails to pay to Brokers any amounts due as and for brokerage fees pertaining to this Lease when due, then such amounts shall accrue Interest. In addition, if Lessor fails to pay any amounts to Lessee’s Broker when due, Lessee’s Broker may send written notice to Lessor and Lessee of such failure and if Lessor fails to pay such amounts within 10 days after said notice, Lessee shall pay said monies to its Broker and offset such amounts against Rent. In addition. Lessee’s Broker shall be deemed to be a third party beneficiary of any commission agreement entered into by and/or between Lessor and Lessor’s Broker for the limited purpose of collecting any brokerage fee owed.

15.3 Representations and Indemnities of Broker Relationships . Lessee and Lessor each represent and warrant to the other that it has had no dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder (other than the Brokers, if any) in connection with this Lease, and that no one other than said named Brokers is entitled to any commission or finder’s fee in connection herewith. Lessee and Lessor do each hereby agree to indemnify, protect, defend and hold the other harmless from and against liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of the indemnifying Party, including any costs expenses, attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred with respect thereto.

16. Estoppel Certificates .

(a) Each Party (as “ Responding Party ”) shall within 10 days after written notice from the other Party (the “ Requesting Party ”) execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Requesting Party a statement in writing in form similar to the then most current “ Estoppel Certificate ” form published by the AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, plus such additional information, confirmation and/or statements as may be reasonably requested by the Requesting Party.

 

PAGE 15 OF 21

 

/s/ NT        

/s/ GW        
                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTON-5-05/09E2


(b) If the Responding Party shall fail to execute or deliver the Estoppel Certificate within such 10 day period, the Requesting Party may execute an Estoppel Certificate stating that: (i) the Lease is in full force and effect without modification except as may be represented by the Requesting Party, (ii) there are no uncured defaults in the Requesting Party’s performance, and (iii) if Lessor is the Requesting Party, not more than one month’s rent has been paid in advance. Prospective purchasers and encumbrancers may rely upon the Requesting Party’s Estoppel Certificate, and the Responding Party shall be estopped from denying the truth of the facts contained in said Certificate.

(c) If Lessor desires to finance, refinance, or sell the Premises, or any part thereof, Lessee and all Guarantors shall within 10 days after written notice from Lessor deliver to any potential lender or purchaser designated by Lessor such financial statements as may be reasonably required by such lender or purchaser, including but not limited to Lessee’s financial statements for the past 3 years. All such financial statements shall be received by Lessor and such lender or purchaser in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth.

17. Definition of Lessor . The term “ Lessor ” as used herein shall mean the owner or owners at the time in question of the fee title to the Premises, or, if this is a sublease, of the Lessee’s interest in the prior lease. In the event of a transfer of Lessor’s title or interest in the Premises or this Lease, Lessor shall deliver to the transferee or assignee (in cash or by credit) any unused Security Deposit held by Lessor. Upon such transfer or assignment and delivery of the Security Deposit, as aforesaid, the prior Lessor shall be relieved of all liability with respect to the obligations and/or covenants under this Lease thereafter to be performed by the Lessor, Subject to the foregoing, the obligations and/or covenants in this Lease to be performed by the Lessor shall be binding only upon the Lessor as hereinabove defined.

18. Severability . The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

19. Days . Unless otherwise specifically indicated to the contrary, the word “days” as used in this Lease shall mean and refer to calendar days.

20. Limitation on Liability . The obligations of Lessor under this Lease shall not constitute personal obligations of Lessor or its partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders, and Lessee shall look to the Project, and to no other assets of Lessor, for the satisfaction of any liability of Lessor with respect to this Lease, and shall not seek recourse against Lessor’s partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders. or any of their personal assets for such satisfaction.

21. Time of Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of all obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease

22. No Prior or Other Agreements; Broker Disclaimer . This Lease contains all agreements between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein. and no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective. Lessor and Lessee each represents and warrants to the Brokers that it has made, and is relying solely upon, its own investigation as to the nature, quality, character and financial responsibility of the other Party to this Lease and as to the use, nature, quality and character of the Premises. Brokers have no responsibility with respect thereto or with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party.

23. Notices .

23.1 Notice Requirements . All notices required or permitted by this Lease or applicable law shall be in writing and may be delivered in person (by hand or by courier) or may be sent by regular, certified or registered mail or U.S. Postal Service Express Mail, with postage prepaid, or by facsimile transmission, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this Paragraph 23. The addresses noted adjacent to a Party’s signature on this Lease shall be that Party’s address for delivery or mailing of notices. Either Party may by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice, except that upon Lessee’s taking possession of the Premises, the Premises shall constitute Lessee’s address for notice. A copy of all notices to Lessor shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Lessor may from time to time hereafter designate in writing.

23.2 Date of Notice . Any notice sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on the receipt card, or if no delivery date is shown, the postmark thereon. If sent by regular mail the notice shall be deemed given 72 hours after the same is addressed as required herein and mailed with postage prepaid. Notices delivered by United States Express Mail or overnight courier that guarantees next day delivery shall be deemed given 24 hours after delivery of the same to the Postal Service or courier. Notices transmitted by facsimile transmission or similar means shall be deemed delivered upon telephone confirmation of receipt (confirmation report from fax machine is sufficient), provided a copy is also delivered via delivery or mail. If notice is received on a Saturday. Sunday or legal holiday. it shall be deemed received on the next business day.

24. Waivers .

(a) No waiver by Lessor of the Default or Breach of any term. covenant or condition hereof by Lessee, shall be deemed a waiver of any other term, covenant or condition hereof, or of any subsequent Default or Breach by Lessee of the same or of any other term, covenant or condition hereof. Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any act shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Lessor’s consent to. or approval of, any subsequent or similar act by Lessee, or be construed as the basis of an estoppel to enforce the provision or provisions of this Lease requiring such consent.

(b) The acceptance of Rent by Lessor shall not be a waiver of any Default or Breach by Lessee. Any payment by Lessee may be accepted by Lessor on account of moneys or damages due Lessor, notwithstanding any qualifying statements or conditions made by Lessee in connection therewith, which such statements and/or conditions shall be of no force or effect whatsoever unless specifically agreed to in writing by Lessor at or before the time of deposit of such payment.

(c) THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE SHALL GOVERN WITH REGARD TO ALL MATTERS RELATED THERETO AND HEREBY WAIVE THE PROVISIONS OF ANY PRESENT OR FUTURE STATUTE TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH STATUTE IS INCONSISTENT WITH THIS LEASE.

 

PAGE 16 OF 21

 

/s/ NT         /s/ GW        
                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTON-5-05/09E2


25. Disclosures Regarding The Nature of a Real Estate Agency Relationship .

(a) When entering into a discussion with a real estate agent regarding a real estate transaction, a Lessor or Lessee should from the outset understand what type of agency relationship or representation it has with the agent or agents in the transaction. Lessor and Lessee acknowledge being advised by the Brokers in this transaction, as follows:

(i) Lessor’s Agent. A Lessor’s agent under a listing agreement with the Lessor acts as the agent for the Lessor only. A Lessor’s agent or subagent has the following affirmative obligations: To the Lessor: A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty. and loyalty in dealings with the Lessor. To the Lessee and the Lessor: a. Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent’s duties. b. A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith. c. A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of, the Parties. An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirmative duties set forth above.

(ii) Lessee’s Agent. An agent can agree to act as agent for the Lessee only. In these situations, the agent is not the Lessors agent. even if by agreement the agent may receive compensation for services rendered, either in full or in part from the Lessor. An agent acting only for a Lessee has the following affirmative obligations. To the Lessee: A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty, and loyalty in dealings with the Lessee. To the Lessee and the Lessor: a. Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent’s duties. b. A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith. c. A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of. the Parties. An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirmative duties set forth above.

(iii) Agent Representing Both Lessor and Lessee. A real estate agent, either acting directly or through one or more associate licenses, can legally be the agent of both the Lessor and the Lessee in a transaction, but only with the knowledge and consent of both the Lessor and the Lessee. In a dual agency situation, the agent has the following affirmative obligations to both the Lessor and the Lessee: a. A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty and loyalty in the dealings with either Lessor or the Lessee. b. Other duties to the Lessor and the Lessee as stated above in subparagraphs (i) or (ii). In representing both Lessor and Lessee, the agent may not without the express permission of the respective Party, disclose to the other Party that the Lessor will accept rent in an amount less than that indicated in the listing or that the Lessee is willing to pay a higher rent than that offered. The above duties of the agent in a real estate transaction do not relieve a Lessor or Lessee from the responsibility to protect their own interests, Lessor and Lessee should carefully read all agreements to assure that they adequately express their understanding of the transaction. A real estate agent is a person qualified to advise about real estate. If legal or tax advice is desired, consult a competent professional.

(b) Brokers have no responsibility with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party. The Parties agree that no lawsuit or other legal proceeding involving any breach of duty, error or omission relating to this Lease may be brought against Broker more than one year after the Start Date and that the liability (including court costs and attorneys’ fees), of any Broker with respect to any such lawsuit and/or legal proceeding shall not exceed the fee received by such Broker pursuant to this Lease: provided, however, that the foregoing limitation on each Broker’s liability shall not be applicable to any gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Broker.

(c) Lessor and Lessee agree to identify to Brokers as “Confidential” any communication or information given Brokers that is considered by such Party to be confidential.

26. No Right To Holdover . Lessee has no right to retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof beyond the expiration or termination of this Lease. In the event that Lessee holds over, then the Base Rent shall be increased to 150% of the Base Rent applicable immediately preceding the expiration or termination. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as consent by Lessor to any holding over by Lessee.

27. Cumulative Remedies . No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity.

28. Covenants and Conditions; Construction of Agreement . All provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Lessee are both covenants and conditions. In construing this Lease, all headings and titles are for the convenience of the Parties only and shall not be considered a part of this Lease. Whenever required by the context, the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. This Lease shall not be construed as if prepared by one of the Parties, but rather according to its fair meaning as a whole, as if both Parties had prepared it.

29. Binding Effect; Choice of Law . This Lease shall be binding upon the Parties, their personal representatives, successors and assigns and be governed by the laws of the State in which the Premises are located. Any litigation between the Parties hereto concerning this Lease shall be initiated in the county in which the Premises are located.

30. Subordination; Attornment; NonDisturbance .

30.1 Subordination . This Lease and any Option granted hereby shall be subject and subordinate to any ground lease. mortgage, deed of trust, or other hypothecation or security device (collectively. “Security Device”), now or hereafter placed upon the Premises. to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals, modifications, and extensions thereof. Lessee agrees that the holders 01 any such Security Devices (in this Lease together referred to as “Lender’) shall have no liability or obligation to perform any of the obligations of Lessor under this Lease. Any Lender may elect to have this Lease and/or any Option granted hereby superior to the hen of its Security Device by giving written notice thereof to Lessee, whereupon this Lease and such Options shall be deemed prior to such Security Device, notwithstanding the relative dates of the documentation or recordation thereof.

30.2 Attornment . In the event that Lessor transfers title to the Premises, or the Premises are acquired by another upon the foreclosure or termination of a Security Device to which this Lease is subordinated (i) Lessee shall, subject to the non-disturbance provisions of Paragraph 30.3, attom to such new owner, and upon request, enter into a new lease, containing all of the terms and provisions of this Lease, with such new owner for the remainder of the term hereof, or, at the election of the new owner, this Lease will automatically become a new lease between Lessee and such new owner, and (ii) Lessor shall thereafter be relieved

 

PAGE 17 OF 21

 

/s/ NT         /s/ GW        
                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTON-5-05/09E2


of any further obligations hereunder and such new owner shall assume all of Lessor’s obligations, except that such new owner shall not: (a) be liable for any act or omission of any prior lessor or with respect to events occurring prior to acquisition of ownership; (b) be subject to any offsets or defenses which Lessee might have against any prior lessor, (c) be bound by prepayment of more than one month’s rent. or (d) be liable for the return of any security deposit paid to any prior lessor.

30.3 NonDisturbance . With respect to Security Devices entered into by Lessor after the execution of this Lease, Lessee’s subordination of this Lease shall be subject to receiving a commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement (a “NonDisturbance Agreement”) from the Lender which Non-Disturbance Agreement provides that Lessee’s possession of the Premises, and this Lease, including any options to extend the term hereof, will not be disturbed so long as Lessee is not in Breach hereof and attorns to the record owner of the Premises. Further, within 60 days after the execution of this Lease, Lessor shall, if requested by Lessee, use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a Non-Disturbance Agreement from the holder of any pre-existing Security Device which is secured by the Premises. In the event that Lessor is unable to provide the Non-Disturbance Agreement within said 60 days, then Lessee may. at Lessee’s option, directly contact Lender and attempt to negotiate for the execution and delivery of a Non-Disturbance Agreement.

30.4 Self-Executing . The agreements contained in this Paragraph 30 shall be effective without the execution of any further documents; provided. however, that, upon written request from Lessor or a Lender in connection with a sale, financing or refinancing of the Premises. Lessee and Lessor shall execute such further writings as may be reasonably required to separately document any subordination, attornment and/or Non-Disturbance Agreement provided for herein.

31. Attorneys’ Fees . If any Party or Broker brings an action or proceeding involving the Premises whether founded in tort, contract or equity, or to declare rights hereunder. the Prevailing Party (as hereafter defined) in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees. Such fees may be awarded in the same suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment. The term, “Prevailing Party” shall include, without limitation, a Party or Broker who substantially obtains or defeats the relief sought. as the case may be, whether by compromise, settlement, judgment, or the abandonment by the other Party or Broker of its claim or defense. The attorneys’ fees award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred. In addition, Lessor shall be entitled to attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in the preparation and service of notices of Default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default or resulting Breach ($200 is a reasonable minimum per occurrence for such services and consultation).

32. Lessors Access; Showing Premises; Repairs . Lessor and Lessor’s agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times after reasonable prior notice for the purpose of showing the same to prospective purchasers, lenders, or tenants, and making such alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises as Lessor may deem necessary or desirable and the erecting, using and maintaining of utilities, services, pipes and conduits through the Premises and/or other premises as long as there is no material adverse effect to Lessee’s use of the Premises. All such activities shall be without abatement of rent or liability to Lessee. In addition, Lessor shall have the right to retain keys to the Premises and to unlock all doors in or upon the Premises other than to files, vaults and safes, and in the case of emergency to enter the Premises by any reasonably appropriate means, and any such entry shall not be deemed a forcible or unlawful entry or detainer of the Premises or an eviction. Lessee waives any charges for damages or injuries or interference with Lessees property or business in connection therewith.

33. Auctions . Lessee shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, any auction upon the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent. Lessor shall not be obligated to exercise any standard of reasonableness in determining whether to permit an auction.

34. Signs . Lessor may place on the Premises ordinary “For Sale” signs at any time and ordinary “For Lease” signs during the last 6 months of the term hereof. Lessor may not place any sign on the exterior of the Building that covers any of the windows of the Premises. Except for ordinary “For Sublease” signs which may be placed only on the Premises, Lessee shall not place any sign upon the Project without Lessor’s prior written consent. All signs must comply with all Applicable Requirements.

35. Termination; Merger . Unless specifically stated otherwise in writing by Lessor, the voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee, the mutual termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Lessor for Breach by Lessee, shall automatically terminate any sublease or lesser estate in the Premises; provided, however, that Lessor may elect to continue any one or all existing subtenancies. Lessor’s failure within 10 days following any such event to elect to the contrary by written notice to the holder of any such lesser interest, shall constitute Lessor’s election to have such event constitute the termination of such interest.

36. Consents . Except as otherwise provided herein. wherever in this Lease the consent of a Party is required to an act by or for the other Party. such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Lessor’s actual reasonable costs and expenses (including but not limited to architects’, attorneys’, engineers’ and other consultants’ fees) incurred in the consideration of. or response to, a request by Lessee for any Lessor consent. including but not limited to consents to an assignment, a subletting or the presence or use of a Hazardous Substance, shall be paid by Lessee upon receipt of an invoice and supporting documentation therefor. Lessor’s consent to any act, assignment or subletting shall not constitute an acknowledgment that no Default or Breach by Lessee of this Lease exists. nor shall such consent be deemed a waiver of any then existing Default or Breach. except as may be otherwise specifically stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such consent. The failure to specify herein any particular condition to Lessor’s consent shall not preclude the imposition by Lessor at the time of consent of such further or other conditions as are then reasonable with reference to the particular matter for which consent is being given. In the event that either Party disagrees with any determination made by the other hereunder and reasonably requests the reasons for such determination, the determining party shall furnish its reasons in writing and in reason le detail within 10 business days following such request.

 

PAGE 18 OF 21

 

/s/ NT         /s/ GW        
                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTON-5-05/09E2


37. Guarantor .

37.1 Execution . The Guarantors, if any, shall each execute a guaranty in the form most recently published by the AIR Commercial Real Estate Association.

37.2 Default . It shall constitute a Default of the Lessee if any Guarantor fails or refuses, upon request to provide: (a) evidence of the execution of the guaranty, including the authority of the party signing on Guarantor’s behalf to obligate Guarantor, and in the case of a corporate Guarantor, a certified copy of a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the making of such guaranty, (b) current financial statements, (c) an Estoppel Certificate, or (d) written confirmation that the guaranty is still in effect.

38. Quiet Possession . Subject to payment by Lessee of the Rent and performance of all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Lessee’s part to be observed and performed under this Lease, Lessee shall have quiet possession and quiet enjoyment of the Premises during the term hereof.

39. Options . If Lessee is granted an Option, as defined below, then the following provisions shall apply.

39.1 Definition . “ Option ” shall mean: (a) the right to extend or reduce the term of or renew this Lease or to extend or reduce the term of or renew any lease that Lessee has on other property of Lessor; (b) the right of first refusal or first offer to lease either the Premises or other property of Lessor; (c) the right to purchase, the right of first offer to purchase or the right of first refusal to purchase the Premises or other property of Lessor.

39.2 Options Personal To Original Lessee . Any Option granted to Lessee in this Lease is personal to the original Lessee, and cannot be assigned or exercised by anyone other than said original Lessee and only while the original Lessee is in full possession of the Premises and, if requested by Lessor, with Lessee certifying that Lessee has no intention of thereafter assigning or subletting.

39.3 Multiple Options . In the event that Lessee has any multiple Options to extend or renew this Lease, a later Option cannot be exercised unless the prior Options have been validly exercised.

39.4 Effect of Default on Options .

(a) Lessee shall have no right to exercise an Option: (i) during the period commencing with the giving of any notice of Default and continuing until said Default is cured, (ii) during the period of time any Rent is unpaid (without regard to whether notice thereof is given Lessee), (iii) during the time Lessee is in Breach of this Lease, or (iv) in the event that Lessee has been given 3 or more notices of separate Default, whether or not the Defaults are cured. during the 12 month period immediately preceding the exercise of the Option.

(b) The period of time within which an Option may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Lessee’s inability to exercise an Option because of the provisions of Paragraph 39.4(a).

(c) An Option shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Lessee’s due and timely exercise of the Option, if, after such exercise and prior to the commencement of the extended term or completion of the purchase, (i) Lessee fails to pay Rent for a period of 30 days after such Rent becomes due (without any necessity of Lessor to give notice thereof), or (ii) if Lessee commits a Breach of this Lease.

40. Security Measures . Lessee hereby acknowledges that the Rent payable to Lessor hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security measures, and that Lessor shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide same. Lessee assumes all responsibility for the protection of the Premises, Lessee, its agents and invitees and their property from the acts of third parties. In the event, however, that Lessor should elect to provide security services, then the cost thereof shall be an Operating Expense.

41. Reservations .

(a) Lessor reserves the right: (i) to grant, without the consent or joinder of Lessee, such easements, rights and dedications that Lessor deems necessary, (ii) to cause the recordation of parcel maps and restrictions, (iii) to create and/or install new utility raceways, so long as such easements, rights, dedications, maps, restrictions, and utility raceways do not unreasonably interfere with the use of the Premises by Lessee. Lessor may also: change the name, address or title of the Building or Project upon at least 90 days prior written notice; provide and install, at Lessee’s expense. Building standard graphics on the door of the Premises and such portions of the Common Areas as Lessor shall reasonably deem appropriate; grant to any lessee the exclusive right to conduct any business as long as such exclusive right does not conflict with any rights expressly given herein; and to place such signs, notices or displays as Lessor reasonably deems necessary or advisable upon the roof, exterior of the Building or the Project or on pole signs in the Common Areas. Lessee agrees to sign any documents reasonably requested by Lessor to effectuate such rights. The obstruction of Lessee’s view, air, or light by any structure erected in the vicinity of the Building, whether by Lessor or third parties, shall in no way affect this Lease or impose any liability upon Lessor.

(b) Lessor also reserves the right to move Lessee to other space of comparable size in the Building or Project. Lessor must provide at least 45 days prior written notice of such move, and the new space must contain improvements of comparable quality to those contained within the Premises. Lessor shall pay the reasonable out of pocket costs that Lessee incurs with regard to such relocation, including the expenses of moving and necessary stationary revision costs. In no event, however, shall Lessor be required to pay an amount in excess of two months Base Rent. Lessee may not be relocated more than once during the term of this Lease.

(c) Lessee shall not: (i) use a representation (photographic or otherwise) of the Building or Project or their name(s) in connection with Lessee’s business; or (ii) suffer or permit anyone. except in emergency, to go upon the roof of the Building.

42. Performance Under Protest . If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by one Party to the other under the provisions hereof, the Party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall have the right to make payment “under protest” and such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment and there shall survive the right on the part of said Party to institute suit for recovery of such sum. If ii shall be adjudged that there was no legal obligation on the part of said Party to pay such sum or any part thereof, said Party shall be entitled to recover such sum or so much thereof as it was not legally required to pay. A Party who does not initiate suit for the recovery of sums paid “under protest” with 6 months shall be deemed to have waived its right to protest such payment.

 

 

PAGE 19 OF 21

 

/s/ NT         /s/ GW        
                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTON-5-05/09E2


43. Authority; Multiple Parties; Execution .

(a) If either Party hereto is a corporation, trust, limited liability company, partnership, or similar entity, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such entity represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on its behalf. Each Party shall, within 30 days after request, deliver to the other Party satisfactory evidence of such authority.

(b) If this Lease is executed by more than one person or entity as “Lessee”, each such person or entity shall be jointly and severally liable hereunder. It is agreed that any one of the named Lessees shall be empowered to execute any amendment to this Lease, or other document ancillary thereto and bind all of the named Lessees, and Lessor may rely on the same as if all of the named Lessees had executed such document.

(c) This Lease may be executed by the Parties in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

44. Conflict . Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and the typewritten or handwritten provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or handwritten provisions.

45. Offer . Preparation of this Lease by either party or their agent and submission of same to the other Party shall not be deemed an offer to lease to the other Party. This Lease is not intended to be binding until executed and delivered by all Parties hereto.

46. Amendments . This Lease may be modified only in writing, signed by the Parties in interest at the time of the modification. As long as they do not materially change Lessee’s obligations hereunder, Lessee agrees to make such reasonable non-monetary modifications to this Lease as may be reasonably required by a Lender in connection with the obtaining of normal financing or refinancing of the Premises.

47. Waiver of Jury Trial . THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING INVOLVING THE PROPERTY OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT.

48. Arbitration of Disputes . An Addendum requiring the Arbitration of all disputes between the Parties and/or Brokers arising out of this Lease

¨   is   x   is not attached to this Lease.

49. Americans with Disabilities Act . Since compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) is dependent upon Lessee’s specific use of the Premises, Lessor makes no warranty or representation as to whether or not the Premises comply with ADA or any similar legislation. In the event that Lessee’s use of the Premises requires modifications or additions to the Premises in order to be in ADA compliance, Lessee agrees to make any such necessary modifications and/or additions at Lessee’s expense.

LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN, AND BY THE EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE SHOW THEIR INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LESSOR AND LESSEE WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES.

ATTENTION: NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION OR BY ANY BROKER AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE OR THE TRANSACTION TO WHICH IT RELATES . THE PARTIES ARE URGED TO:

1. SEEK ADVICE OF COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE.

2. RETAIN APPROPRIATE CONSULTANTS TO REVIEW AND INVESTIGATE THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES . SAID INVESTIGATION SHOULD INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: THE POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES, THE ZONING AND SIZE OF THE PREMISES, THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY, THE CONDITION OF THE ROOF AND OPERATING SYSTEMS, COMPLIANCE WITH THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT AND THE SUITABILITY OF THE PREMISES FOR LESSEE’S INTENDED USE.

WARNING: IF THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA, CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE LEASE MAY NEED TO BE REVISED TO COMPLY WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED.

 

PAGE 20 OF 21

 

/s/ NT          /s/ GW       
                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTON-5-05/09E2


The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place and on the dates specified above their respective signatures.

 

Executed at: San Luis Obispo Executed at: San Luis Obispo, CA
On:   On: November 26, 2012
By LESSOR: By LESSEE:
Tank Farm Office Park LLC MindBody Online, Inc.
Tompkins Trust 11/14/07, its Sole Member    
By:

/s/ Nick Tompkins

By:

 

Name Printed: Nick Tompkins Name Printed: Rick Stollmeyer
Title: Trustee Title: CEO
By:

 

By:

/s/ Greg Wooke

Name Printed:                                                                                  Name Printed: Greg Wooke
Title:   Title: CFO
Address:                                                                                              Address:                                                                                             
   
   
Telephone:(     )                                                                               Telephone:(     )                                                                              
Facsimile:(     )                                                                                 Facsimile:(     )                                                                                
Federal ID No.                                                                                 Federal ID No.                                                                                
LESSOR’S BROKER: LESSEE’S BROKER:
   
   
Attn:   Attn:  
Title:   Title: CFO
Address:                                                                                              Address:                                                                                             
   
   
Telephone:(     )                                                                               Telephone:(     )                                                                              
Facsimile:(     )                                                                                 Facsimile:(     )                                                                                
Federal ID No.                                                                                 Federal ID No.                                                                                
Broker/Agent DRE License #:                                                    Broker/Agent DRE License #:                                                   

NOTICE: These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and industry needs . Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, 800 W 6th Street, Suite 800, Los Angeles, CA 90017 . Telephone No . ( 213) 687-8777 . Fax No.: ( 213) 687-8616.

© Copyright 2002—By AIR Commercial Real Estate Association.

All rights reserved. No part of these works may be reproduced in any form without permission in writing.

 

PAGE 21 OF 21

 

/s/ NT          /s/ GW        
                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTON-5-05/09E2


LOGO

 


 

                                              LOGO

AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

STANDARD MULTI-TENANT OFFICE LEASE - NET

1. Basic Provisions (“ Basic Provisions ”).

1.1 Parties : This Lease (“ Lease ”), dated for reference purposes only November 1, 2012 . is made by and between Tank Farm Office Park, LLC (“ Lessor ”) and MindBody Online, Inc. (“ Lessee ”), (collectively the “ Parties ”, or individually a “ Party ”).

1.2(a) Premises : That certain portion of the Project (as defined below), known as Suite Number(s) 122                      floor(s), consisting of approximately 1,663 rentable square feet and approximately 1,397 usable square feet (“ Premises ”). The Premises are located at 4015 Broad Street in the City of San Luis Obispo , County of San Luis Obispo , State of California , with zip code 93401 . In addition to Lessee’s rights to use and occupy the Premises as hereinafter specified, Lessee shall have non-exclusive rights to the Common Areas (as defined in Paragraph 2.7 below) as hereinafter specified, but shall not have any rights to the roof, the exterior walls, the area above the dropped ceilings, or the utility raceways of the building containing the Premises (“ Building ”) or to any other buildings in the Project. The Premises, the Building, the Common Areas, the land upon which they are located, along with all other buildings and improvements thereon, are herein collectively referred to as the “ Project .” The Project consists of approximately 58,599 rentable square feet. (See also Paragraph 2)

1.2(b) Parking : 0 unreserved and 0 reserved vehicle parking spaces at a monthly cost of $              per unreserved space and $              per reserved space. (See Paragraph 2.6)

1.3 Term :              years and 12 months (“ Original Term ”) commencing November 1, 2012 (“ Commencement Date ”) and ending October 31, 2013 (“ Expiration Date ”). (See also Paragraph 3)

1.4 Early Possession : If the Premises are available Lessee may have non-exclusive possession of the Premises commencing (“ Early Possession Date ”). (See also Paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3)

1.5 Base Rent : $2,494.50 per month (“ Base Rent ”), payable on the 1st day of each month commencing November 1, 2012 . (See also Paragraph 4)

 

¨ If this box is checked, there are provisions in this Lease for the Base Rent to be adjusted. See Paragraph .

1.6 Lessee’s Share of Operating Expenses : Three percent (3 %) (“ Lessee’s Share ”) of 4051 Broad St (the building) and 1.83% of the entire Tank Farm Office Park Project (90,772sf). In the event that the size of the Premises and/or the Project are modified during the term of this Lease, Lessor shall recalculate Lessee’s Share to reflect such modification. Common Area Operating Expenses are due and payable on the first of each month along with Base Rent. Common Area Operating Expenses, currently estimated at $0.40/sf, including taxes and insurance costs, are reconciled on an annual basis and may go up or down depending on actual costs. Lessor will present to Lessee a NNN reconciliation statement annually which will reflect the actual versus paid-in Common Area Operating Expenses for the previous period and the amount that will be due monthly in the new period. If Lessee is due monies for overpayment of Common Area Operating Expenses, a check will be presented with the reconciliation. If Lessor is due monies for underpayment, an invoice will be presented to Lessee with reconciliation.

1.7 Base Rent and Other Monies Paid Upon Execution :

(a) Base Rent : $2,494.50 for the period Nov 1, 2012 - Nov 30, 2012 .

(b) Operating Expenses : $665.20 for the period Nov 1, 2012 - Nov 30, 2012

(c) Security Deposit : $2,494.50 (“ Security Deposit ”). (See also Paragraph 5)

(d) Parking : $                      for the period                                                                                                                                      

(e) Other : $                      for                                                                                                                                                           

(f) Total Due Upon Execution of this Lease : $5,654.20

1.8 Agreed Use : Office . (See also Paragraph 6)

1.9 Insuring Party . Lessor is the “ Insuring Party ”. (See also Paragraph 8)

1.10 Real Estate Brokers : (See also Paragraph 15)

(a) Representation: The following real estate brokers (the “ Brokers ”) and brokerage relationships exist in this transaction (check applicable boxes):

 

PAGE 1 OF 21

 

/s/ NT           /s/ RS          
                     /s/ GW        
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTN-1-3/10E


¨                                                                                  represents Lessor exclusively (“ Lessor’s Broker ”);

¨                                                                                  represents Lessee exclusively (“ Lessee’s Broker ”); or

¨                                                                                  represents both Lessor and Lessee (“ Dual Agency ”).

(b) Payment to Brokers : Upon execution and delivery of this Lease by both Parties, Lessor shall pay to the Brokers the brokerage fee agreed to in a separate written agreement (or if there is no such agreement, the sum of              or              % of the total Base Rent for the brokerage services rendered by the Brokers).

1.11 Guarantor . The obligations of the Lessee under this Lease shall be guaranteed by                                                                                                                                                                                                           (“ Guarantor ”). (See also Paragraph 37)

1.12 Business Hours for the Building :              a.m. to              p.m., Mondays through Fridays (except Building Holidays) and              a.m. to              p.m. on Saturdays (except Building Holidays). “ Building Holidays ” shall mean the dates of observation of New Year’s Day, President’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and                                                        .

1.13 Lessor Supplied Services . Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 11.1, Lessor is NOT obligated to provide the following:

 

¨ Janitorial services

 

¨ Electricity

 

¨ Other (specify):                                                                                                                                                                                      .

1.14 Attachments . Attached hereto are the following, all of which constitute a part of this Lease:

 

x an Addendum consisting of Paragraphs 50 through 50 :

 

x a plot plan depicting the Premises;

 

¨ a current set of the Rules and Regulations;

 

¨ a Work Letter;

 

¨ a janitorial schedule;

 

¨ other (specify):                                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          .

2. Premises .

2.1 Letting . Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby leases from Lessor, the Premises, for the term. at the rental, and upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease. While the approximate square footage of the Premises may have been used in the marketing of the Premises for purposes of comparison, the Base Rent stated herein is NOT tied to square footage and is not subject to adjustment should the actual size be determined to be different. NOTE: Lessee is advised to verify the actual size prior to executing this Lease.

2.2 Condition . Lessor shall deliver that portion of the Premises to Lessee in a clean condition on the Commencement Date or the Early Possession Date, whichever first occurs (“ Start Date ”). and warrants that the existing electrical, plumbing, fire sprinkler, lighting, heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems (“ HVAC ”), and all other items which the Lessor is obligated to construct pursuant to the Work Letter attached hereto, if any, other than those constructed by Lessee, shall be in good operating condition on said date, that the structural elements of the roof, bearing walls and foundation of the Unit shall be free of material defects, and that the Premises do not contain hazardous levels of any mold or fungi defined as toxic under applicable state or federal law.

2.3 Compliance . Lessor warrants that to the best of its knowledge the improvements comprising the Premises and the Common Areas comply with the building codes that were in effect at the time that each such improvement, or portion thereof, was constructed, and also with all applicable laws, covenants or restrictions of record, regulations, and ordinances (“ Applicable Requirements ”) in effect on the Start Date. Said warranty does not apply to the use to which Lessee will put the Premises, modifications which may be required by the Americans with Disabilities Act or any similar laws as a result of Lessee’s use (see Paragraph 49), or to any Alterations or Utility Installations (as defined in Paragraph 7.3(a)) made or to be made by Lessee. NOTE: Lessee is responsible for determining whether or not the zoning and other Applicable Requirements are appropriate for Lessee’s intended use, and acknowledges that past uses of the Premises may no longer be allowed. If the Premises do not comply with said warranty, Lessor shall, except as otherwise provided, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify the same. If the Applicable Requirements are hereafter changed so as to require during the term of this Lease the construction of an addition to or an alteration of the Premises, the remediation of any Hazardous Substance, or the reinforcement or other physical modification of the Premises (“ Capital Expenditure ”), Lessor and Lessee shall allocate the cost of such work as follows:

(a) Subject to Paragraph 2.3(c) below, if such Capital Expenditures are required as a result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee as compared with uses by tenants in general, Lessee shall be fully responsible for the cost thereof, provided, however that if such Capital Expenditure is required during the last 2 years of this Lease and the cost thereof exceeds 6 months’ Base Rent, Lessee may instead terminate this Lease unless Lessor notifies Lessee, in writing, within 10 days after receipt of Lessee’s termination notice that Lessor has elected to pay the difference between the actual cost thereof and the amount equal to 6 months’ Base Rent. If Lessee elects termination, Lessee shall immediately cease the use of the Premises which requires such Capital Expenditure and deliver to Lessor written notice specifying a termination date at least 90 days thereafter. Such termination date shall, however, in no event be earlier than the last day that Lessee could legally utilize the Premises without commencing such Capital Expenditure.

(b) If such Capital Expenditure is not the result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee (such as, governmentally mandated seismic modifications). then Lessor shall pay for such Capital Expenditure and Lessee shall only be obligated to pay, each month during the remainder of the term of this Lease or any extension thereof, on the date that on which the Base Rent is due, an amount equal to 144th of the portion of such costs reasonably attributable to the Premises. Lessee shall pay interest on the balance but may prepay its obligation at any time. If, however, such Capital Expenditure is required during

 

PAGE 2 OF 21

 

/s/ NT         /s/ RS        
                     /s/ GW      
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTN-1-3/10E


the last 2 years of this Lease or if Lessor reasonably determines that it is not economically feasible to pay its share thereof, Lessor shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon 90 days prior written notice to Lessee unless Lessee notifies Lessor, in writing, within 10 days after receipt of Lessor’s termination notice that Lessee will pay for such Capital Expenditure. If Lessor does not elect to terminate, and fails to tender its share of any such Capital Expenditure, Lessee may advance such funds and deduct same, with interest, from Rent until Lessor’s share of such costs have been fully paid. If Lessee is unable to finance Lessor’s share, or if the balance of the Rent due and payable for the remainder of this Lease is not sufficient to fully reimburse Lessee on an offset basis. Lessee shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon 30 days written notice to Lessor.

(c) Notwithstanding the above, the provisions concerning Capital Expenditures are intended to apply only to non-voluntary, unexpected, and new Applicable Requirements. If the Capital Expenditures are instead triggered by Lessee as a result of an actual or proposed change in use, change in intensity of use, or modification to the Premises then, and in that event, Lessee shall either: (i) immediately cease such changed use or intensity of use and/or take such other steps as may be necessary to eliminate the requirement for such Capital Expenditure, or (ii) complete such Capital Expenditure at its own expense. Lessee shall not have any right to terminate this Lease.

2.4 Acknowledgements . Lessee acknowledges that: (a) it has been given an opportunity to inspect and measure the Premises, (b) it has been advised by Lessor and/or Brokers to satisfy itself with respect to the size and condition of the Premises (including but not limited to the electrical, HVAC and fire sprinkler systems, security, environmental aspects, and compliance with Applicable Requirements), and their suitability for Lessee’s intended use, (c) Lessee has made such investigation as it deems necessary with reference to such matters and assumes all responsibility therefor as the same relate to its occupancy of the Premises, (d) it is not relying on any representation as to the size of the Premises made by Brokers or Lessor, (e) the square footage of the Premises was not material to Lessee’s decision to lease the Premises and pay the Rent stated herein, and (f) neither Lessor, Lessor’s agents, nor Brokers have made any oral or written representations or warranties with respect to said matters other than as set forth in this Lease. In addition, Lessor acknowledges that: (i) Brokers have made no representations, promises or warranties concerning Lessee’s ability to honor the Lease or suitability to occupy the Premises, and (ii) it is Lessor’s sole responsibility to investigate the financial capability and/or suitability of all proposed tenants.

2.5 Lessee as Prior Owner/Occupant . The warranties made by Lessor in Paragraph 2 shall be of no force or effect if immediately prior to the Start Date Lessee was the owner or occupant of the Premises. In such event, Lessee shall be responsible for any necessary corrective work.

2.6 Vehicle Parking . So long as Lessee is not in default, and subject to the Rules and Regulations attached hereto, and as established by Lessor from time to time, Lessee shall be entitled to rent and use the number of parking spaces specified in Paragraph 1.2(b) at the rental rate applicable from time to time for monthly parking as set by Lessor and/or its licensee.

(a) If Lessee commits, permits or allows any of the prohibited activities described in this Lease or the rules then in effect, then Lessor shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove or tow away the vehicle involved and charge the cost to Lessee, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.

(b) The monthly rent per parking space specified in Paragraph 1.2(b) is subject to change upon 30 days prior written notice to Lessee. The rent for the parking is payable one month in advance prior to the first day of each calendar month.

2.7 Common Areas - Definition . The term “ Common Areas ” is defined as all areas and facilities outside the Premises and within the exterior boundary line of the Project and interior utility raceways and installations within the Premises that are provided and designated by the Lessor from time to time for the general non-exclusive use of Lessor, Lessee and other tenants of the Project and their respective employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees, including, but not limited to, common entrances, lobbies, corridors, stairwells, public restrooms, elevators, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, walkways, driveways and landscaped areas .

2.8 Common Areas - Lessee’s Rights . Lessor grants to Lessee, for the benefit of Lessee and its employees, suppliers, shippers, contractors, customers and invitees, during the term of this Lease, the non-exclusive right to use, in common with others entitled to such use, the Common Areas as they exist from time to time, subject to any rights, powers, and privileges reserved by Lessor under the terms hereof or under the terms of any rules and regulations or restrictions governing the use of the Project. Under no circumstances shall the right herein granted to use the Common Areas be deemed to include the right to store any property, temporarily or permanently, in the Common Areas. Any such storage shall be permitted only by the prior written consent of Lessor or Lessor’s designated agent, which consent may be revoked at any time. In the event that any unauthorized storage shall occur then Lessor shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove the property and charge the cost to Lessee, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.

2.9 Common Areas - Rules and Regulations . Lessor or such other person(s) as Lessor may appoint shall have the exclusive control and management of the Common Areas and shall have the right, from time to time, to adopt, modify, amend and enforce reasonable rules and regulations (“ Rules and Regulations ”) for the management, safety, care, and cleanliness of the grounds, the parking and unloading of vehicles and the preservation of good order, as well as for the convenience of other occupants or tenants of the Building and the Project and their invitees. The Lessee agrees to abide by and conform to all such Rules and Regulations, and shall use its best efforts to cause its employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees to so abide and conform. Lessor shall not be responsible to Lessee for the non-compliance with said Rules and Regulations by other tenants of the Project.

2.10 Common Areas - Changes . Lessor shall have the right, in Lessor’s sole discretion, from time to time:

(a) To make changes to the Common Areas, including, without limitation, changes in the location, size, shape and number of the lobbies, windows, stairways, air shafts, elevators, escalators, restrooms, driveways, entrances, parking spaces, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, ingress, egress, direction of traffic, landscaped areas, walkways and utility raceways;

(b) To close temporarily any of the Common Areas for maintenance purposes so long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available:

 

PAGE 3 OF 21

 

/s/ NT         /s/ RS
  /s/ GW
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTN-1-3/10E


(c) To designate other land outside the boundaries of the Project to be a part of the Common Areas:

(d) To add additional buildings and improvements to the Common Areas:

(e) To use the Common Areas while engaged in making additional improvements, repairs or alterations to the Project, or any portion thereof, and

(f) To do and perform such other acts and make such other changes in, to or with respect to the Common Areas and Project as Lessor may, in the exercise of sound business judgment, deem to be appropriate.

3. Term .

3.1 Term . The Commencement Date, Expiration Date and Original Term of this Lease are as specified in Paragraph 1.3.

3.2 Early Possession . Any provision herein granting Lessee Early Possession of the Premises is subject to and conditioned upon the Premises being available for such possession prior to the Commencement Date. Any grant of Early Possession only conveys a non-exclusive right to occupy the Premises. If Lessee totally or partially occupies the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, the obligation to pay Base Rent shall be abated for the period of such Early Possession. All other terms of this Lease (including but not limited to the obligations to pay Lessee’s Share of the Operating Expenses) shall be in effect during such period. Any such Early Possession shall not affect the Expiration Date.

3.3 Delay In Possession . Lessor agrees to use its best commercially reasonable efforts to deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee by the Commencement Date. If, despite said efforts, Lessor is unable to deliver possession by such date, Lessor shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease. Lessee shall not, however, be obligated to pay Rent or perform its other obligations until Lessor delivers possession of the Premises and any period of rent abatement that Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed shall run from the date of delivery of possession and continue for a period equal to what Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed under the terms hereof, but minus any days of delay caused by the acts or omissions of Lessee. If possession is not delivered within 60 days after the Commencement Date, as the same may be extended under the terms of any Work Letter executed be Parties, Lessee may, at its option, by notice in writing within 10 days after the end of such 60 day period, cancel this Lease, in which event the Parties shall be discharged from all obligations hereunder. If such written notice is not received by Lessor within said 10 day period, Lessee’s right to cancel shall terminate. If possession of the Premises is not delivered within 120 days after the Commencement Date, this Lease shall terminate unless other agreements are reached between Lessor and Lessee, in writing.

3.4 Lessee Compliance . Lessor shall not be required to tender possession of the Premises to Lessee until Lessee complies with its obligation to provide evidence of insurance (Paragraph 8.5). Pending delivery of such evidence, Lessee shall be required to perform all of its obligations under this Lease from and after the Start Date, including the payment of Rent, notwithstanding Lessor’s election to withhold possession pending receipt of such evidence of insurance. Further, if Lessee is required to perform any other conditions prior to or concurrent with the Start Date, the Start Date shall occur but Lessor may elect to withhold possession until such conditions are satisfied.

4. Rent .

4.1 Rent Defined . All monetary obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the terms of this Lease (except for the Security Deposit) are deemed to be rent (“ Rent ”).

4.2 Operating Expenses . Lessee shall pay to Lessor during the term hereof, in addition to the Base Rent, Lessee’s Share of all Operating Expenses, as hereinafter defined, during each calendar year of the term of this Lease, in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) “ Operating Expenses ” include all costs incurred by Lessor relating to the ownership and operation of the Project, calculated as if the Project was at least 95% occupied, including, but not limited to, the following:

(i) The operation, repair and maintenance, in neat, clean, good order and condition, of the following:

(aa) The Common Areas, including their surfaces, coverings, decorative items, carpets, drapes and window coverings, and including parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, sidewalks, stairways, parkways, driveways, landscaped areas, striping, bumpers, irrigation systems, Common Area lighting facilities, building exteriors and roofs, fences and gates;

(bb) All heating, air conditioning, plumbing, electrical systems, life safety equipment, communication systems and other equipment used in common by, or for the benefit of, lessees or occupants of the Project, including elevators and escalators, tenant directories, fire detection systems including sprinkler system maintenance and repair.

(cc) All other areas and improvements that are within the exterior boundaries of the Project but outside of the Premises and/or any other space occupied by a tenant.

(ii) The cost of trash disposal, janitorial and security services, pest control services, and the costs of any environmental inspections;

(iii) The cost of any other services to be provided by Lessor that is elsewhere in this Lease stated to be an “Operating Expense”;

(iv) The cost of the premiums for the insurance policies maintained by Lessor pursuant to paragraph 8 and any deductible portion of an insured loss concerning the Building or the Common Areas;

(v) The amount of the Real Property Taxes payable by Lessor pursuant to paragraph 10;

(vi) The cost of water, sewer, gas, electricity and other publicly mandated services not separately metered;

(vii) The cost of water, sewer, gas, electricity, and other publicly mandated services not separately metered;

 

PAGE 4 OF 21

 

/s/ NT         /s/ RS
  /s/ GW
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTN-1-3/10E


(viii) Labor, salaries, and applicable fringe benefits and costs, materials, supplies and tools, used in maintaining and/or cleaning the Project and accounting and management fees attributable to the operation of the Project;

(ix) The cost to replace equipment or capital components such as the roof, foundations, or exterior walls, the cost to replace a Common Area capital improvement, such as the parking lot paving, elevators or fences, and/or the cost of any capital improvement to the Building or the Project not covered under the provisions of Paragraph 2.3. Provided however, that if such equipment or capital component has a useful life for accounting purposes of 5 years or more that Lessor shall allocate the cost of any such capital improvement over a 12 year period and Lessee shall not be required to pay more than Lessee’s Share of 1/144th of the cost of such capital improvement in any given month;

(x) The cost to replace equipment or improvements that have a useful life for accounting purposes of 5 years or less

(xi) Reserves set aside for maintenance, repair, and/or replacement of Common Area improvements and equipment.

(b) Any item of Operating Expense that is specifically attributable to the Premises, the Building or to any other building in the Project or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be allocated entirely to such Premises, Building, or other building. However, any such item that is not specifically attributable to the Building or to any other building or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be equitably allocated by Lessor to all buildings in the Project.

(c) The inclusion of the improvements, facilities and services set forth in Subparagraph 4.2(a) shall not be deemed to impose an obligation upon Lessor to either have said improvements or facilities or to provide those services unless the Project already has the same, Lessor already provides the services, or Lessor has agreed elsewhere in this Lease to provide the same or some of them.

(d) Lessee’s Share of Operating Expenses is payable monthly on the same day as the Base Rent is due hereunder. The amount of such payments shall be based on Lessor’s estimate of the Operating Expenses. Within 60 days after written request (but not more than once each year) Lessor shall deliver to Lessee a reasonably detailed statement showing Lessee’s Share of the actual Operating Expenses for the preceding year. If Lessee’s payments during such year exceed Lessee’s Share, Lessor shall credit the amount of such over-payment against Lessee’s future payments. If Lessee’s payments during such year were less than Lessee’s Share, Lessee shall pay to Lessor the amount of the deficiency within 10 days after delivery by Lessor to Lessee of the statement.

(e) Operating Expenses shall not include any expenses paid by any tenant directly to third parties, or as to which Lessor is otherwise reimbursed by any third party, other tenant, or by insurance proceeds.

4.3 Payment . Lessee shall cause payment of Rent to be received by Lessor in lawful money of the United States, without offset or deduction (except as specifically permitted in this Lease), on or before the day on which it is due. All monetary amounts shall be rounded to the nearest whole dollar. In the event that any invoice prepared by Lessor is inaccurate such inaccuracy shall not constitute a waiver and Lessee shall be obligated to pay the amount set forth in this Lease. Rent for any period during the term hereof which is for less than one full calendar month shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days of said month. Payment of Rent shall be made to Lessor at its address stated herein or to such other persons or place as Lessor may from time to time designate in writing. Acceptance of a payment which is less than the amount then due shall not be a waiver of Lessor’s rights to the balance of such Rent, regardless of Lessor’s endorsement of any check so stating. In the event that any check, draft, or other instrument of payment given by Lessee to Lessor is dishonored for any reason, Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor the sum of $25 in addition to any Late Charge and Lessor, at its option, may require all future Rent be paid by cashier’s check. Payments will be applied first to accrued late charges and attorney’s fees, second to accrued interest, then to Base Rent and Operating Expenses, and any remaining amount to any other outstanding charges or costs.

5. Security Deposit . Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon execution hereof the Security Deposit as security for Lessee’s faithful performance of its obligations under this Lease. If Lessee fails to pay Rent, or otherwise Defaults under this Lease, Lessor may use, apply or retain all or any portion of said Security Deposit for the payment of any amount already due Lessor, for Rents which will be due in the future, and/ or to reimburse or compensate Lessor for any liability, expense, loss or damage which Lessor may suffer or incur by reason thereof. If Lessor uses or applies all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Lessee shall within 10 days after written request therefor deposit monies with Lessor sufficient to restore said Security Deposit to the full amount required by this Lease. If the Base Rent increases during the term of this Lease, Lessee shall, upon written request from Lessor, deposit additional monies with Lessor so that the total amount of the Security Deposit shall at all times bear the same proportion to the increased Base Rent as the initial Security Deposit bore to the initial Base Rent. Should the Agreed Use be amended to accommodate a material change in the business of Lessee or to accommodate a sublessee or assignee, Lessor shall have the right to increase the Security Deposit to the extent necessary, in Lessor’s reasonable judgment, to account for any increased wear and tear that the Premises may suffer as a result thereof. If a change in control of Lessee occurs during this Lease and following such change the financial condition of Lessee is, in Lessor’s reasonable judgment, significantly reduced, Lessee shall deposit such additional monies with Lessor as shall be sufficient to cause the Security Deposit to be at a commercially reasonable level based on such change in financial condition. Lessor shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general accounts. Within 90 days after the expiration or termination of this Lease, Lessor shall return that portion of the Security Deposit not used or applied by Lessor. No part of the Security Deposit shall be considered to be held in trust, to bear interest or to be prepayment for any monies to be paid by Lessee under this Lease.

6. Use .

6.1 Use . Lessee shall use and occupy the Premises only for the Agreed Use, or any other legal use which is reasonably comparable thereto, and for no other purpose. Lessee shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in a manner that is unlawful, creates damage, waste or a nuisance, or that disturbs occupants of or causes damage to neighboring premises or properties. Other than guide, signal and seeing eye dogs, Lessee shall not keep or allow in the Premises any pets, animals, birds,

 

PAGE 5 OF 21

 

/s/ NT         /s/ RS
  /s/ GW
INITIALS INITIALS
©2000 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTN-1-3/10E


fish, or reptiles. Lessor shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any written request for a modification of the Agreed Use, so long as the same will not impair the structural integrity of the improvements of the Building, will not adversely effect the mechanical, electrical, HVAC, and other systems of the Building, and/or will not affect the exterior appearance of the Building. If Lessor elects to withhold consent, Lessor shall within 7 days after such request give written notification of same, which notice shall include an explanation of Lessor’s objections to the change in the Agreed Use.

6.2 Hazardous Substances .

(a) Reportable Uses Require Consent . The term “ Hazardous Substance ” as used in this Lease shall mean any product, substance, or waste whose presence, use, manufacture, disposal, transportation, or release, either by itself or in combination with other materials expected to be on the Premises, is either: (i) potentially injurious to the public health, safety or welfare, the environment or the Premises, (ii) regulated or monitored by any governmental authority, or (iii) a basis for potential liability of Lessor to any governmental agency or third party under any applicable statute or common law theory. Hazardous Substances shall include, but not be limited to, hydrocarbons, petroleum, gasoline, and/or crude oil or any products, by-products or fractions thereof. Lessee shall not engage in any activity in or on the Premises which constitutes a Reportable Use of Hazardous Substances without the express prior written consent of Lessor and timely compliance (at Lessee’s expense) with all Applicable Requirements. “ Reportable Use ” shall mean (i) the installation or use of any above or below ground storage tank, (ii) the generation, possession, storage, use, transportation, or disposal of a Hazardous Substance that requires a permit from, or with respect to which a report, notice, registration or business plan is required to be filed with, any governmental authority, and/or (iii) the presence at the Premises of a Hazardous Substance with respect to which any Applicable Requirements requires that a notice be given to persons entering or occupying the Premises or neighboring properties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee may use any ordinary and customary materials reasonably required to be used in the normal course of the Agreed Use such as ordinary office supplies (copier toner, liquid paper, glue, etc.) and common household cleaning materials, so long as such use is in compliance with all Applicable Requirements, is not a Reportable Use, and does not expose the Premises or neighboring property to any meaningful risk of contamination or damage or expose Lessor to any liability therefor. In addition, Lessor may condition its consent to any Reportable Use upon receiving such additional assurances as Lessor reasonably deems necessary to protect itself, the public, the Premises and/or the environment against damage, contamination, injury and/or liability, including, but not limited to, the installation (and removal on or before Lease expiration or termination) of protective modifications (such as concrete encasements) and/or increasing the Security Deposit.

(b) Duty to Inform Lessor . If Lessee knows, or has reasonable cause to believe, that a Hazardous Substance has come to be located in, on, under or about the Premises, other than as previously consented to by Lessor, Lessee shall immediately give written notice of such fact to Lessor, and provide Lessor with a copy of any report, notice, claim or other documentation which it has concerning the presence of such Hazardous Substance.

(c) Lessee Remediation . Lessee shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substance to be spilled or released in, on, under, or about the Premises (including through the plumbing or sanitary sewer system) and shall promptly, at Lessee’s expense, comply with all Applicable Requirements and take all investigatory and/or remedial action reasonably recommended, whether or not formally ordered or required, for the cleanup of any contamination of, and for the maintenance, security and/or monitoring of the Premises or neighboring properties, that was caused or materially contributed to by Lessee, or pertaining to or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises during the term of this Lease, by or for Lessee, or any third party.

(d) Lessee Indemnification . Lessee shall indemnify, defend and hold Lessor, its agents, employees, lenders and ground lessor, if any, harmless from and against any and all loss of rents and/or damages, liabilities, judgments, claims, expenses, penalties, and attorneys’ and consultants’ fees arising out of or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any third party (provided, however, that Lessee shall have no liability under this Lease with respect to underground migration of any Hazardous Substance under the Premises from areas outside of the Project not caused or contributed to by Lessee). Lessee’s obligations shall include, but not be limited to, the effects of any contamination or injury to person, property or the environment created or suffered by Lessee, and the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. No termination, cancellation or release agreement entered into by Lessor and Lessee shall release Lessee from its obligations under this Lease with respect to Hazardous Substances, unless specifically so agreed by Lessor in writing at the time of such agreement.

(e) Lessor Indemnification . Lessor and its successors and assigns shall indemnify, defend, reimburse and hold Lessee, its employees and lenders, harmless from and against any and all environmental damages, including the cost of remediation, which result from Hazardous Substances which existed on the Premises prior to Lessee’s occupancy or which are caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor, its agents or employees. Lessor’s obligations, as and when required by the Applicable Requirements, shall include, but not be limited to, the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

(f) Investigations and Remediations . Lessor shall retain the responsibility and pay for any investigations or remediation measures required by governmental entities having jurisdiction with respect to the existence of Hazardous Substances on the Premises prior to the Lessee’s occupancy, unless such remediation measure is required as a result of Lessee’s use (including “Alterations”, as defined in paragraph 7.3(a) below) of the Premises, in which event Lessee shall be responsible for such payment. Lessee shall cooperate fully in any such activities at the request of Lessor, including allowing Lessor and Lessor’s agents to have reasonable access to the Premises at reasonable times in order to carry out Lessor’s investigative and remedial responsibilities.

(g) Lessor Termination Option . If a Hazardous Substance Condition (see Paragraph 9.1(e)) occurs during the term of this Lease, unless Lessee is legally responsible therefor (in which case Lessee shall make the investigation and remediation thereof required by the Applicable Requirements and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, but subject to Lessor’s rights under Paragraph 6.2(d) and Paragraph 13), Lessor may, at Lessor’s option, either (i) investigate and remediate such Hazardous Substance Condition, if required, as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall

 

PAGE 6 OF 21

 

/s/ NT         /s/ RS
  /s/ GW
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTN-1-3/10E


continue in full force and effect, or (ii) if the estimated cost to remediate such condition exceeds 12 times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater, give written notice to Lessee, within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such Hazardous Substance Condition, of Lessor’s desire to terminate this Lease as of the date 60 days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to give a termination notice, Lessee may, within 10 days thereafter, give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay the amount by which the cost of the remediation of such Hazardous Substance Condition exceeds an amount equal to 12 times the then monthly Base Rent or $100.000, whichever is greater. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days following such commitment. In such event, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such remediation as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not give such notice and provide the required funds or assurance thereof within the time provided, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in Lessor’s notice of termination.

6.3 Lessee’s Compliance with Applicable Requirements . Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, fully, diligently and in a timely manner, materially comply with all Applicable Requirements, the requirements of any applicable fire insurance underwriter or rating bureau, and the recommendations of Lessor’s engineers and/or consultants which relate in any manner to the Premises, without regard to whether said requirements are now in effect or become effective after the Start Date. Lessee shall, within 10 days after receipt of Lessor’s written request, provide Lessor with copies of all permits and other documents, and other information evidencing Lessee’s compliance with any Applicable Requirements specified by Lessor, and shall immediately upon receipt, notify Lessor in writing (with copies of any documents involved) of any threatened or actual claim, notice, citation, warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving the failure of Lessee or the Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements. Likewise, Lessee shall immediately give written notice to Lessor of: (i) any water damage to the Premises and any suspected seepage, pooling, dampness or other condition conducive to the production of mold; or (ii) any mustiness or other odors that might indicate the presence of mold in the Premises.

6.4 Inspection; Compliance . Lessor and Lessor’s “ Lender ” (as defined in Paragraph 30) and consultants shall have the right to enter into Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times after reasonable notice, for the purpose of inspecting the condition of the Premises and for verifying compliance by Lessee with this Lease. The cost of any such inspections shall be paid by Lessor, unless a violation of Applicable Requirements, or a Hazardous Substance Condition (see Paragraph 9.1) is found to exist or be imminent, or the inspection is requested or ordered by a governmental authority. In such case, Lessee shall upon request reimburse Lessor for the cost of such inspection, so long as such inspection is reasonably related to the violation or contamination. In addition, Lessee shall provide copies of all relevant material safety data sheets ( MSDS ) to Lessor within 10 days of the receipt of written request therefor.

7. Maintenance; Repairs, Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures and Alterations .

7.1 Lessee’s Obligations . Notwithstanding Lessor’s obligation to keep the Premises in good condition and repair, Lessee shall be responsible for payment of the cost thereof to Lessor as additional rent for that portion of the cost of any maintenance and repair of the Premises, or any equipment (wherever located) that serves only Lessee or the Premises, to the extent such cost is attributable to causes beyond normal wear and tear. Lessee shall be responsible for the cost of painting, repairing or replacing wall coverings, and to repair or replace any improvements with the Premises. Lessor may, at its option, upon reasonable notice, elect to have Lessee perform any particular such maintenance or repairs the cost of which is otherwise Lessee’s responsibility hereunder.

7.2 Lessor’s Obligations . Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 4.2 (Operating Expenses), 6 (Use), 7.1 (Lessee’s Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction) and 14 (Condemnation), Lessor, subject to reimbursement pursuant to Paragraph 4.2, shall keep in good order, condition and repair the foundations, exterior walls, structural condition of interior bearing walls, exterior roof, fire sprinkler system, fire alarm and/or smoke detection systems, fire hydrants, and the Common Areas. Lessee expressly waives the benefit of any statute now or hereafter in effect to the extent it is inconsistent with the terms of this Lease.

7.3 Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures; Alterations .

(a) Definitions . The term “ Utility Installations ” refers to all floor and window coverings, air lines, vacuum lines, power panels, electrical distribution, security and fire protection systems, communication cabling, lighting fixtures, HVAC equipment, and plumbing in or on the Premises. The term “ Trade Fixtures ” shall mean Lessee’s machinery and equipment that can be removed without doing material damage to the Premises. The term “ Alterations ” shall mean any modification of the improvements, other than Utility Installations or Trade Fixtures, whether by addition or deletion. “ Lessee Owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations ” are defined as Alterations and/or Utility Installations made by Lessee that are not yet owned by Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(a).

                (b) Consent . Lessee shall not make any Alterations or Utility Installations to the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent. Lessee may, however, make non-structural Alterations or Utility Installations to the interior of the Premises (excluding the roof) without such consent but upon notice to Lessor, as long as they are not visible from the outside, do not involve puncturing, relocating or removing the roof, ceilings, floors or any existing walls, will not affect the electrical, plumbing, HVAC, and/or life safety systems, and the cumulative cost thereof during this Lease as extended does not exceed $2000. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee shall not make or permit any roof penetrations and/or install anything on the roof without the prior written approval of Lessor. Lessor may, as a precondition to granting such approval, require Lessee to utilize a contractor chosen and/or approved by Lessor. Any Alterations or Utility Installations that Lessee shall desire to make and which require the consent of the Lessor shall be presented to Lessor in written form with detailed plans. Consent shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s: (i) acquiring all applicable governmental permits, (ii) furnishing Lessor with copies of both the permits and the plans and specifications prior to commencement of the work, and (iii) compliance with all conditions of said permits and other Applicable Requirements in a prompt and expeditious manner. Any Alterations or Utility Installations shall be performed in a workmanlike manner with good and sufficient materials. Lessee shall promptly upon completion furnish Lessor with as-built plans and specifications. For work which costs an amount in excess of one month’s Base Rent, Lessor may condition its consent upon Lessee providing a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to 150% of the estimated cost of such Alteration or Utility Installation and/or upon Lessee’s posting an additional Security Deposit with Lessor.

 

PAGE 7 OF 21

 

/s/ NT         /s/ RS
  /s/ GW
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTN-1-3/10E


(c) Liens; Bonds . Lessee shall pay, when due, all claims for labor or materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Lessee at or for use on the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanic’s or material men’s lien against the Premises or any interest therein. Lessee shall give Lessor not less than 10 days notice prior to the commencement of any work in, on or about the Premises, and Lessor shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility. If Lessee shall contest the validity of any such lien, claim or demand, then Lessee shall, at its sole expense defend and protect itself, Lessor and the Premises against the same and shall pay and satisfy any such adverse judgment that may be rendered thereon before the enforcement thereof. If Lessor shall require, Lessee shall furnish a surety bond in an amount equal to 150% of the amount of such contested lien, claim or demand, indemnifying Lessor against liability for the same. If Lessor elects to participate in any such action, Lessee shall pay Lessor’s attorneys’ fees and costs.

7.4 Ownership; Removal; Surrender; and Restoration .

(a) Ownership . Subject to Lessor’s right to require removal or elect ownership as hereinafter provided, all Alterations and Utility Installations made by Lessee shall be the property of Lessee, but considered a part of the Premises. Lessor may, at any time, elect in writing to be the owner of all or any specified part of the Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Unless otherwise instructed per paragraph 7.4(b) hereof, all Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations shall, at the expiration or termination of this Lease, become the property of Lessor and be surrendered by Lessee with the Premises.

(b) Removal . By delivery to Lessee of written notice from Lessor not earlier than 90 and not later than 30 days prior to the end of the term of this Lease, Lessor may require that any or all Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations be removed by the expiration or termination of this Lease. Lessor may require the removal at any time of all or any part of any Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations made without the required consent.

(c) Surrender; Restoration . Lessee shall surrender the Premises by the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date, with all of the improvements, parts and surfaces thereof clean and free of debris, and in good operating order, condition and state of repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. “Ordinary wear and tear” shall not include any damage or deterioration that would have been prevented by good maintenance practice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this Lease is for 12 months or less, then Lessee shall surrender the Premises in the same condition as delivered to Lessee on the Start Date with NO allowance for ordinary wear and tear. Lessee shall repair any damage occasioned by the installation, maintenance or removal of Trade Fixtures, Lessee owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations, furnishings, and equipment as well as the removal of any storage tank installed by or for Lessee. Lessee shall also completely remove from the Premises any and all Hazardous Substances brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any third party (except Hazardous Substances which were deposited via underground migration from areas outside of the Project) even if such removal would require Lessee to perform or pay for work that exceeds statutory requirements. Trade Fixtures shall remain the property of Lessee and shall be removed by Lessee. Any personal property of Lessee not removed on or before the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date shall be deemed to have been abandoned by Lessee and may be disposed of or retained by Lessor as Lessor may desire. The failure by Lessee to timely vacate the Premises pursuant to this Paragraph 7.4(c) without the express written consent of Lessor shall constitute a holdover under the provisions of Paragraph 26 below.

8. Insurance; Indemnity .

8.1 Insurance Premiums . The cost of the premiums for the insurance policies maintained by Lessor pursuant to paragraph 8 are included as Operating Expenses (see paragraph 4.2 (a)(iv)). Said costs shall include increases in the premiums resulting from additional coverage related to requirements of the holder of a mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises, Building and/or Project, increased valuation of the Premises, Building and/or Project, and/or a general premium rate increase. Said costs shall not, however, include any premium increases resulting from the nature of the occupancy of any other tenant of the Building. In no event, however, shall Lessee be responsible for any portion of the premium cost attributable to liability insurance coverage in excess of $2,000,000 procured under Paragraph 8.2(b).

8.2 Liability Insurance .

                (a) Carried by Lessee . Lessee shall obtain and keep in force a Commercial General Liability policy of insurance protecting Lessee and Lessor as an additional insured against claims for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage based upon or arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis providing single limit coverage in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence with an annual aggregate of not less than $2,000,000. Lessee shall add Lessor as an additional insured by means of an endorsement at least as broad as the Insurance Service Organization’s “Additional Insured-Managers or Lessors of Premises” Endorsement. The policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations, but shall include coverage for liability assumed under this Lease as an “ insured contract ” for the performance of Lessee’s indemnity obligations under this Lease. The limits of said insurance shall not, however, limit the liability of Lessee nor relieve Lessee of any obligation hereunder. Lessee shall provide an endorsement on its liability policy(ies) which provides that its insurance shall be primary to and not contributory with any similar insurance carried by Lessor, whose insurance shall be considered excess insurance only. Lessee shall provide proof of required limits of insurance to Lessor upon execution including General Liability Insurance and Workers Comp Insurance, naming Tank Farm Office Park LLC as Additional insured in all cases.

                (b) Carried by Lessor . Lessor shall maintain liability insurance as described in Paragraph 8.2(a), in addition to, and not in lieu of, the insurance required to be maintained by Lessee. Lessee shall not be named as an additional insured therein.

8.3 Property Insurance - Building, Improvements and Rental Value .

(a) Building and Improvements . Lessor shall obtain and keep in force a policy or policies of insurance in the name of Lessor, with loss payable to Lessor, any ground-lessor, and to any Lender insuring loss or damage to the Building and/or Project. The amount of such insurance shall be equal to the full insurable replacement cost of the Building and/or Project, as

 

PAGE 8 OF 21

 

/s/ NT         /s/ RS
  /s/ GW
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTN-1-3/10E


the same shall exist from time to time, or the amount required by any Lender, but in no event more than the commercially reasonable and available insurable value thereof. Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee’s personal property shall be insured by Lessee not by Lessor. If the coverage is available and commercially appropriate, such policy or policies shall insure against all risks of direct physical loss or damage (except the perils of flood and/or earthquake unless required by a Lender), including coverage for debris removal and the enforcement of any Applicable Requirements requiring the upgrading, demolition, reconstruction or replacement of any portion of the Premises as the result of a covered loss. Said policy or policies shall also contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, waiver of subrogation, and inflation guard protection causing an increase in the annual property insurance coverage amount by a factor of not less than the adjusted U.S. Department of Labor Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for the city nearest to where the Premises are located. If such insurance coverage has a deductible clause, the deductible amount shall not exceed $1,000 per occurrence.

(b) Rental Value . Lessor shall also obtain and keep in force a policy or policies in the name of Lessor with loss payable to Lessor and any Lender, insuring the loss of the full Rent for one year with an extended period of indemnity for an additional 180 days (“ Rental Value insurance ”). Said insurance shall contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, and the amount of coverage shall be adjusted annually to reflect the projected Rent otherwise payable by Lessee, for the next 12 month period.

(c) Adjacent Premises . Lessee shall pay for any increase in the premiums for the property insurance of the Building and for the Common Areas or other buildings in the Project if said increase is caused by Lessee’s acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises.

(d) Lessee’s Improvements . Since Lessor is the Insuring Party, Lessor shall not be required to insure Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations unless the item in question has become the property of Lessor under the terms of this Lease.

8.4 Lessee’s Property; Business Interruption Insurance .

(a) Property Damage . Lessee shall obtain and maintain insurance coverage on all of Lessee’s personal property, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Such insurance shall be full replacement cost coverage with a deductible of not to exceed $1,000 per occurrence. The proceeds from any such insurance shall be used by Lessee for the replacement of personal property, Trade Fixtures and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Lessee shall provide Lessor with written evidence that such insurance is in force.

(b) Business Interruption . Lessee shall obtain and maintain loss of income and extra expense insurance in amounts as will reimburse Lessee for direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent lessees in the business of Lessee or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises as a result of such perils.

(c) No Representation of Adequate Coverage . Lessor makes no representation that the limits or forms of coverage of insurance specified herein are adequate to cover Lessee’s property, business operations or obligations under this Lease.

8.5 Insurance Policies . Insurance required herein shall be by companies duly licensed or admitted to transact business in the state where the Premises are located, and maintaining during the policy term a “General Policyholders Rating” of at least A-, VI, as set forth in the most current issue of “Best’s Insurance Guide”, or such other rating as may be required by a Lender. Lessee shall not do or permit to be done anything which invalidates the required insurance policies. Lessee shall, prior to the Start Date, deliver to Lessor certified copies of policies of such insurance or certificates evidencing the existence and amounts of the required insurance. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to modification except after 30 days prior written notice to Lessor. Lessee shall, at least 10 days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Lessor with evidence of renewals or “insurance binders” evidencing renewal thereof, or Lessor may order such insurance and charge the cost thereof to Lessee, which amount shall be payable by Lessee to Lessor upon demand. Such policies shall be for a term of at least one year, or the length of the remaining term of this Lease, whichever is less. If either Party shall fail to procure and maintain the insurance required to be carried by it, the other Party may, but shall not be required to, procure and maintain the same.

8.6 Waiver of Subrogation . Without affecting any other rights or remedies, Lessee and Lessor each hereby release and relieve the other, and waive their entire right to recover damages against the other, for loss of or damage to its property arising out of or incident to the perils required to be insured against herein. The effect of such releases and waivers is not limited by the amount of insurance carried or required, or by any deductibles applicable hereto. The Parties agree to have their respective property damage insurance carriers waive any right to subrogation that such companies may have against Lessor or Lessee, as the case may be, so long as the insurance is not invalidated thereby.

8.7 Indemnity . Except for Lessor’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the Premises, Lessor and its agents, Lessor’s master or ground lessor, partners and Lenders, from and against any and all claims, loss of rents and/or damages, liens, judgments, penalties, attorneys’ and consultants’ fees, expenses and/or liabilities arising out of, involving, or in connection with, the use and/or occupancy of the Premises by Lessee. If any action or proceeding is brought against Lessor by reason of any of the foregoing matters, Lessee shall upon notice defend the same at Lessee’s expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and Lessor shall cooperate with Lessee in such defense. Lessor need not have first paid any such claim in order to be defended or indemnified.

        8.8 Exemption of Lessor and its Agents from Liability . Notwithstanding the negligence or breach of this Lease by Lessor or its agents, neither Lessor nor its agents shall be liable under any circumstances for: (i) injury or damage to the person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property of Lessee, Lessee’s employees, contractors, invitees, customers, or any other person in or about the Premises, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, indoor air quality, the presence of mold or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, fire sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, HVAC or lighting fixtures, or from any other cause, whether the said injury or damage results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the Building, or from other sources or places, (ii) any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other tenant of Lessor or from the failure of Lessor or its agents to enforce the provisions of

 

PAGE 9 OF 21

 

/s/ NT         /s/ RS
  /s/ GW
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTN-1-3/10E


any other lease in the Project, or (iii) injury to Lessee’s business or for any loss of income or profit therefrom. Instead, it is intended that Lessee’s sole recourse in the event of such damages or injury be to file a claim on the insurance policy(ies) that Lessee is required to maintain pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 8.

8.9 Failure to Provide Insurance . Lessee acknowledges that any failure on its part to obtain or maintain the insurance required herein will expose Lessor to risks and potentially cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the extent of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Accordingly, for any month or portion thereof that Lessee does not maintain the required insurance and/or does not provide Lessor with the required binders or certificates evidencing the existence of the required insurance, the Base Rent shall be automatically increased, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, by an amount equal to 10% of the then existing Base Rent or $100, whichever is greater. The parties agree that such increase in Base Rent represents fair and reasonable compensation for the additional risk/costs that Lessor will incur by reason of Lessee’s failure to maintain the required insurance. Such increase in Base Rent shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to the failure to maintain such insurance, prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder, nor relieve Lessee of its obligation to maintain the insurance specified in this Lease.

9. Damage or Destruction .

9.1 Definitions .

(a) “ Premises Partial Damage ” shall mean damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, which can reasonably be repaired in 3 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction, and the cost thereof does not exceed a sum equal to 6 month’s Base Rent. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

(b) “ Premises Total Destruction ” shall mean damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which cannot reasonably be repaired in 3 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction and/or the cost thereof exceeds a sum equal to 6 month’s Base Rent. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

(c) “ Insured Loss ” shall mean damage or destruction to improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which was caused by an event required to be covered by the insurance described in Paragraph 8.3(a), irrespective of any deductible amounts or coverage limits involved.

(d) “ Replacement Cost ” shall mean the cost to repair or rebuild the improvements owned by Lessor at the time of the occurrence to their condition existing immediately prior thereto, including demolition, debris removal and upgrading required by the operation of Applicable Requirements, and without deduction for depreciation.

(e) “ Hazardous Substance Condition ” shall mean the occurrence or discovery of a condition involving the presence of, or a contamination by, a Hazardous Substance, in, on, or under the Premises which requires restoration.

9.2 Partial Damage - Insured Loss . If a Premises Partial Damage that is an Insured Loss occurs, then Lessor shall, at Lessor’s expense, repair such damage (but not Lessee’s Trade Fixtures or Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations) as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect; provided, however, that Lessee shall, at Lessor’s election, make the repair of any damage or destruction the total cost to repair of which is $5,000 or less, and, in such event, Lessor shall make any applicable insurance proceeds available to Lessee on a reasonable basis for that purpose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the required insurance was not in force or the insurance proceeds are not sufficient to effect such repair, the Insuring Party shall promptly contribute the shortage in proceeds as and when required to complete said repairs. In the event, however, such shortage was due to the fact that, by reason of the unique nature of the improvements, full replacement cost insurance coverage was not commercially reasonable and available, Lessor shall have no obligation to pay for the shortage in insurance proceeds or to fully restore the unique aspects of the Premises unless Lessee provides Lessor with the funds to cover same, or adequate assurance thereof, within 10 days following receipt of written notice of such shortage and request therefor. If Lessor receives said funds or adequate assurance thereof within said 10 day period, the party responsible for making the repairs shall complete them as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If such funds or assurance are not received, Lessor may nevertheless elect by written notice to Lessee within 10 days thereafter to: (i) make such restoration and repair as is commercially reasonable with Lessor paying any shortage in proceeds, in which case this Lease shall remain in full force and effect or (ii) have this Lease terminate 30 days thereafter. Lessee shall not be entitled to reimbursement of any funds contributed by Lessee to repair any such damage or destruction. Premises Partial Damage due to flood or earthquake shall be subject to Paragraph 9.3, notwithstanding that there may be some insurance coverage, but the net proceeds of any such insurance shall be made available for the repairs if made by either Party.

        9.3 Partial Damage - Uninsured Loss . If a Premises Partial Damage that is not an Insured Loss occurs, unless caused by a negligent or willful act of Lessee (in which event Lessee shall make the repairs at Lessee’s expense), Lessor may either: (i) repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Lessee within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such damage. Such termination shall be effective 60 days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to terminate this Lease, Lessee shall have the right within 10 days after receipt of the termination notice to give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay for the repair of such damage without reimbursement from Lessor. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days after making such commitment. In such event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such repairs as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not make the required commitment, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in the termination notice.

 

PAGE 10 OF 21

 

/s/ NT         /s/ RS
  /s/ GW
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTN-1-3/10E


9.4 Total Destruction . Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if a Premises Total Destruction occurs, this Lease shall terminate 60 days following such Destruction. If the damage or destruction was caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessee, Lessor shall have the right to recover Lessor’s damages from Lessee, except as provided in Paragraph 8.6.

9.5 Damage Near End of Term . If at any time during the last 6 months of this Lease there is damage for which the cost to repair exceeds one month’s Base Rent, whether or not an Insured Loss, Lessor may terminate this Lease effective 60 days following the date of occurrence of such damage by giving a written termination notice to Lessee within 30 days after the date of occurrence of such damage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Lessee at that time has an exercisable option to extend this Lease or to purchase the Premises, then Lessee may preserve this Lease by, (a) exercising such option and (b) providing Lessor with any shortage in insurance proceeds (or adequate assurance thereof) needed to make the repairs on or before the earlier of (i) the date which is 10 days after Lessee’s receipt of Lessor’s written notice purporting to terminate this Lease, or (ii) the day prior to the date upon which such option expires. If Lessee duly exercises such option during such period and provides Lessor with funds (or adequate assurance thereof) to cover any shortage in insurance proceeds, Lessor shall, at Lessor’s commercially reasonable expense, repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Lessee fails to exercise such option and provide such funds or assurance during such period, then this Lease shall terminate on the date specified in the termination notice and Lessee’s option shall be extinguished.

9.6 Abatement of Rent; Lessee’s Remedies .

(a) Abatement . In the event of Premises Partial Damage or Premises Total Destruction or a Hazardous Substance Condition for which Lessee is not responsible under this Lease, the Rent payable by Lessee for the period required for the repair, remediation or restoration of such damage shall be abated in proportion to the degree to which Lessee’s use of the Premises is impaired, but not to exceed the proceeds received from the Rental Value insurance. All other obligations of Lessee hereunder shall be performed by Lessee, and Lessor shall have no liability for any such damage, destruction, remediation, repair or restoration except as provided herein.

(b) Remedies . If Lessor is obligated to repair or restore the Premises and does not commence, in a substantial and meaningful way, such repair or restoration within 90 days after such obligation shall accrue, Lessee may, at any time prior to the commencement of such repair or restoration, give written notice to Lessor and to any Lenders of which Lessee has actual notice, of Lessee’s election to terminate this Lease on a date not less than 60 days following the giving of such notice. If Lessee gives such notice and such repair or restoration is not commenced within 30 days thereafter, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in said notice. If the repair or restoration is commenced within such 30 days, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. “Commence” shall mean either the unconditional authorization of the preparation of the required plans, or the beginning of the actual work on the Premises, whichever first occurs.

9.7 Termination; Advance Payments . Upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Paragraph 6.2(g) or Paragraph 9, an equitable adjustment shall be made concerning advance Base Rent and any other advance payments made by Lessee to Lessor. Lessor shall, in addition, return to Lessee so much of Lessee’s Security Deposit as has not been, or is not then required to be, used by Lessor.

10. Real Property Taxes .

10.1 Definition . As used herein, the term “ Real Property Taxes ” shall include any form of assessment; real estate, general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, or rental levy or tax (other than inheritance, personal income or estate taxes); improvement bond; and/or license fee imposed upon or levied against any legal or equitable interest of Lessor in the Project. Lessor’s right to other income therefrom, and/or Lessor’s business of leasing, by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax and where the funds are generated with reference to the Project address and where the proceeds so generated are to be applied by the city, county or other local taxing authority of a jurisdiction within which the Project is located. Real Property Taxes shall also include any tax, fee, levy, assessment or charge, or any increase therein: (i) imposed by reason of events occurring during the term of this Lease, including but not limited to, a change in the ownership of the Project, (ii) a change in the improvements thereon, and/or (iii) levied or assessed on machinery or equipment provided by Lessor to Lessee pursuant to this Lease.

10.2 Payment of Taxes . Except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 10.3, Lessor shall pay the Real Property Taxes applicable to the Project, and said payments shall be included in the calculation of Operating Expenses in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 4.2.

10.3 Additional Improvements . Operating Expenses shall not include Real Property Taxes specified in the tax assessor’s records and work sheets as being caused by additional improvements placed upon the Project by other lessees or by Lessor for the exclusive enjoyment of such other lessees. Notwithstanding Paragraph 10.2 hereof, Lessee shall, however, pay to Lessor at the time Operating Expenses are payable under Paragraph 4.2, the entirety of any increase in Real Property Taxes if assessed solely by reason of Alterations, Trade Fixtures or Utility Installations placed upon the Premises by Lessee or at Lessee’s request or by reason of any alterations or improvements to the Premises made by Lessor subsequent to the execution of this Lease by the Parties.

        10.4 Joint Assessment . If the Building is not separately assessed, Real Property Taxes allocated to the Building shall be an equitable proportion of the Real Property Taxes for all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed, such proportion to be determined by Lessor from the respective valuations assigned in the assessor’s work sheets or such other information as may be reasonably available. Lessor’s reasonable determination thereof, in good faith, shall be conclusive.

        10.5 Personal Property Taxes . Lessee shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes assessed against and levied upon Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all personal property of Lessee contained in the Premises. When possible, Lessee shall cause its Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Lessor. If any of Lessee’s said property shall be assessed with Lessor’s real property, Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes attributable to Lessee’s property within 10 days after receipt of a written statement setting forth the taxes applicable to Lessee’s property.

 

PAGE 11 OF 21

 

/s/ NT         /s/ RS
  /s/ GW
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTN-1-3/10E


11. Utilities and Services .

11.1 Services Provided by Lessor . Lessor shall provide heating, ventilation, air conditioning, reasonable amounts of electricity for normal lighting and office machines, water for reasonable and normal drinking and lavatory use in connection with an office, and replacement light bulbs and/or fluorescent tubes and ballasts for standard overhead fixtures. Lessor shall also provide janitorial services to the Premises and Common Areas 5 times per week, excluding Building Holidays, or pursuant to the attached janitorial schedule, if any. Lessor shall not. however, be required to provide janitorial services to kitchens or storage areas included within the Premises.

11.2 Services Exclusive to Lessee . Lessee shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone and other utilities and services specially or exclusively supplied and/or metered exclusively to the Premises or to Lessee, together with any taxes thereon. If a service is deleted by Paragraph 1.13 and such service is not separately metered to the Premises, Lessee shall pay at Lessor’s option, either Lessee’s Share or a reasonable proportion to be determined by Lessor of all charges for such jointly metered service.

11.3 Hours of Service . Said services and utilities shall be provided during times set forth in Paragraph 1.12. Utilities and services required at other times shall be subject to advance request and reimbursement by Lessee to Lessor of the cost thereof.

11.4 Excess Usage by Lessee . Lessee shall not make connection to the utilities except by or through existing outlets and shall not install or use machinery or equipment in or about the Premises that uses excess water, lighting or power, or suffer or permit any act that causes extra burden upon the utilities or services, including but not limited to security and trash services, over standard office usage for the Project. Lessor shall require Lessee to reimburse Lessor for any excess expenses or costs that may arise out of a breach of this subparagraph by Lessee. Lessor may, in its sole discretion, install at Lessee’s expense supplemental equipment and/or separate metering applicable to Lessee’s excess usage or loading.

11.5 Interruptions . There shall be no abatement of rent and Lessor shall not be liable in any respect whatsoever for the inadequacy, stoppage, interruption or discontinuance of any utility or service due to riot, strike, labor dispute, breakdown, accident, repair or other cause beyond Lessor’s reasonable control or in cooperation with governmental request or directions.

12. Assignment and Subletting .

12.1 Lessor’s Consent Required .

(a) Lessee shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign, transfer, mortgage or encumber (collectively, “ assign or assignment ”) or sublet all or any part of Lessee’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent.

(b) Unless Lessee is a corporation and its stock is publicly traded on a national stock exchange, a change in the control of Lessee shall constitute an assignment requiring consent. The transfer, on a cumulative basis, of 25% or more of the voting control of Lessee shall constitute a change in control for this purpose.

(c) The involvement of Lessee or its assets in any transaction, or series of transactions (by way of merger, sale, acquisition, financing, transfer, leveraged buyout or otherwise), whether or not a formal assignment or hypothecation of this Lease or Lessee’s assets occurs, which results or will result in a reduction of the Net Worth of Lessee by an amount greater than 25% of such Net Worth as it was represented at the time of the execution of this Lease or at the time of the most recent assignment to which Lessor has consented, or as it exists immediately prior to said transaction or transactions constituting such reduction, whichever was or is greater, shall be considered an assignment of this Lease to which Lessor may withhold its consent. “ Net Worth of Lessee ” shall mean the net worth of Lessee (excluding any guarantors) established under generally accepted accounting principles.

(d) An assignment or subletting without consent shall, at Lessor’s option, be a Default curable after notice per Paragraph 13.1(c), or a noncurable Breach without the necessity of any notice and grace period. If Lessor elects to treat such unapproved assignment or subletting as a noncurable Breach, Lessor may either (i) terminate this Lease, or (ii) upon 30 days written notice, increase the monthly Base Rent to 110% of the Base Rent then in effect. Further, in the event of such Breach and rental adjustment, (i) the purchase price of any option to purchase the Premises held by Lessee shall be subject to similar adjustment to 110% of the price previously in effect, and (ii) all fixed and non-fixed rental adjustments scheduled during the remainder of the Lease term shall be increased to 110% of the scheduled adjusted rent.

(e) Lessee’s remedy for any breach of Paragraph 12.1 by Lessor shall be limited to compensatory damages and/or injunctive relief.

(f) Lessor may reasonably withhold consent to a proposed assignment or subletting if Lessee is in Default at the time consent is requested.

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, allowing a de minimis portion of the Premises, ie. 20 square feet or less, to be used by a third party vendor in connection with the installation of a vending machine or payphone shall not constitute a subletting.

12.2 Terms and Conditions Applicable to Assignment and Subletting .

                (a) Regardless of Lessor’s consent, no assignment or subletting shall: (i) be effective without the express written assumption by such assignee or sublessee of the obligations of Lessee under this Lease, (ii) release Lessee of any obligations hereunder, or (iii) alter the primary liability of Lessee for the payment of Rent or for the performance of any other obligations to be performed by Lessee.

                (b) Lessor may accept Rent or performance of Lessee’s obligations from any person other than Lessee pending approval or disapproval of an assignment. Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of such assignment nor the acceptance of Rent or performance shall constitute a waiver or estoppel of Lessor’s right to exercise its remedies for Lessee’s Default or Breach.

                (c) Lessor’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not constitute consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting.

 

PAGE 12 OF 21

 

/s/ NT         /s/ RS
  /s/ GW
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTN-1-3/10E


(d) In the event of any Default or Breach by Lessee, Lessor may proceed directly against Lessee, any Guarantors or anyone else responsible for the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, including any assignee or sublessee, without first exhausting Lessor’s remedies against any other person or entity responsible therefore to Lessor, or any security held by Lessor.

(e) Each request for consent to an assignment or subletting shall be in writing, accompanied by information relevant to Lessor’s determination as to the financial and operational responsibility and appropriateness of the proposed assignee or sublessee, including but not limited to the intended use and/or required modification of the Premises, if any, together with a fee of $500 as consideration for Lessor’s considering and processing said request. Lessee agrees to provide Lessor with such other or additional information and/or documentation as may be reasonably requested. (See also Paragraph 36)

(f) Any assignee of, or sublessee under, this Lease shall, by reason of accepting such assignment, entering into such sublease, or entering into possession of the Premises or any portion thereof, be deemed to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with each and every term, covenant, condition and obligation herein to be observed or performed by Lessee during the term of said assignment or sublease, other than such obligations as are contrary to or inconsistent with provisions of an assignment or sublease to which Lessor has specifically consented to in writing.

(g) Lessor’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not transfer to the assignee or sublessee any Option granted to the original Lessee by this Lease unless such transfer is specifically consented to by Lessor in writing. (See Paragraph 39.2)

12.3 Additional Terms and Conditions Applicable to Subletting . The following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Lessee of all or any part of the Premises and shall be deemed included in all subleases under this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein:

(a) Lessee hereby assigns and transfers to Lessor all of Lessee’s interest in all Rent payable on any sublease, and Lessor may collect such Rent and apply same toward Lessee’s obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that until a Breach shall occur in the performance of Lessee’s obligations, Lessee may collect said Rent. In the event that the amount collected by Lessor exceeds Lessee’s then outstanding obligations any such excess shall be refunded to Lessee. Lessor shall not, by reason of the foregoing or any assignment of such sublease, nor by reason of the collection of Rent, be deemed liable to the sublessee for any failure of Lessee to perform and comply with any of Lessee’s obligations to such sublessee. Lessee hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any such sublessee, upon receipt of a written notice from Lessor stating that a Breach exists in the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, to pay to Lessor all Rent due and to become due under the sublease. Sublessee shall rely upon any such notice from Lessor and shall pay all Rents to Lessor without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether such Breach exists, notwithstanding any claim from Lessee to the contrary.

(b) In the event of a Breach by Lessee, Lessor may, at its option, require sublessee to attorn to Lessor, in which event Lessor shall undertake the obligations of the sublessor under such sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to the expiration of such sublease; provided, however, Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security deposit paid by such sublessee to such sublessor or for any prior Defaults or Breaches of such sublessor.

(c) Any matter requiring the consent of the sublessor under a sublease shall also require the consent of Lessor.

(d) No sublessee shall further assign or sublet all or any part of the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent.

(e) Lessor shall deliver a copy of any notice of Default or Breach by Lessee to the sublessee, who shall have the right to cure the Default of Lessee within the grace period, if any, specified in such notice. The sublessee shall have a right of reimbursement and offset from and against Lessee for any such Defaults cured by the sublessee.

13. Default; Breach; Remedies .

13.1 Default; Breach . A “ Default ” is defined as a failure by the Lessee to comply with or perform any of the terms, covenants, conditions or Rules and Regulations under this Lease. A “ Breach ” is defined as the occurrence of one or more of the following Defaults, and the failure of Lessee to cure such Default within any applicable grace period:

(a) The abandonment of the Premises; or the vacating of the Premises without providing a commercially reasonable level of security, or where the coverage of the property insurance described in Paragraph 8.3 is jeopardized as a result thereof, or without providing reasonable assurances to minimize potential vandalism.

(b) The failure of Lessee to make any payment of Rent or any Security Deposit required to be made by Lessee hereunder, whether to Lessor or to a third party, when due, to provide reasonable evidence of insurance or surety bond, or to fulfill any obligation under this Lease which endangers or threatens life or property, where such failure continues for a period of 3 business days following written notice to Lessee. THE ACCEPTANCE BY LESSOR OF A PARTIAL PAYMENT OF RENT OR SECURITY DEPOSIT SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE A WAIVER OF ANY OF LESSOR’S RIGHTS, INCLUDING LESSOR’S RIGHT TO RECOVER POSSESSION OF THE PREMISES.

(c) The failure of Lessee to allow Lessor and/or its agents access to the Premises or the commission of waste, act or acts constituting public or private nuisance, and/or an illegal activity on the Premises by Lessee, where such actions continue for a period of 3 business days following written notice to Lessee.

                (d) The failure by Lessee to provide (i) reasonable written evidence of compliance with Applicable Requirements, (ii) the service contracts, (iii) the rescission of an unauthorized assignment or subletting, (iv) an Estoppel Certificate or financial statements, (v) a requested subordination, (vi) evidence concerning any guaranty and/or Guarantor, (vii) any document requested under Paragraph 41, (viii) material data safety sheets (MSDS), or (ix) any other documentation or information which Lessor may reasonably require of Lessee under the terms of this Lease, where any such failure continues for a period of 10 days following written notice to Lessee.

(e) A Default by Lessee as to the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or of the rules adopted under Paragraph 2.9 hereof, other than those described in subparagraphs 13.1(a), (b), (c) or (d), above, where such

 

PAGE 13 OF 21

 

/s/ NT         /s/ RS
  /s/ GW
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTN-1-3/10E


Default continues for a period of 30 days after written notice; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessee’s Default is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its cure, then it shall not be deemed to be a Breach if Lessee commences such cure within said 30 day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.

(f) The occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the making of any general arrangement or assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) becoming a “ debtor ” as defined in 11 U.S.C. § 101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Lessee, the same is dismissed within 60 days); (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Lessee within 30 days; or (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within 30 days; provided, however, in the event that any provision of this subparagraph (e) is contrary to any applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or effect, and not affect the validity of the remaining provisions.

(g) The discovery that any financial statement of Lessee or of any Guarantor given to Lessor was materially false.

(h) If the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease is guaranteed: (i) the death of a Guarantor, (ii) the termination of a Guarantor’s liability with respect to this Lease other than in accordance with the terms of such guaranty, (iii) a Guarantor’s becoming insolvent or the subject of a bankruptcy filing, (iv) a Guarantor’s refusal to honor the guaranty, or (v) a Guarantor’s breach of its guaranty obligation on an anticipatory basis, and Lessee’s failure, within 60 days following written notice of any such event, to provide written alternative assurance or security, which, when coupled with the then existing resources of Lessee, equals or exceeds the combined financial resources of Lessee and the Guarantors that existed at the time of execution of this Lease.

13.2 Remedies . If Lessee fails to perform any of its affirmative duties or obligations, within 10 days after written notice (or in case of an emergency, without notice), Lessor may, at its option, perform such duty or obligation on Lessee’s behalf, including but not limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds, insurance policies, or governmental licenses, permits or approvals. Lessee shall pay to Lessor an amount equal to 115% of the costs and expenses incurred by Lessor in such performance upon receipt of an invoice therefor. In the event of a Breach, Lessor may, with or without further notice or demand, and without limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor may have by reason of such Breach:

(a) Terminate Lessee’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Lessee shall immediately surrender possession to Lessor. In such event Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee: (i) the unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could have been reasonably avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could be reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor for all the detriment proximately caused by the Lessee’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including but not limited to the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, expenses of reletting, including necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and that portion of any leasing commission paid by Lessor in connection with this Lease applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in provision (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of the District within which the Premises are located at the time of award plus one percent. Efforts by Lessor to mitigate damages caused by Lessee’s Breach of this Lease shall not waive Lessor’s right to recover damages under Paragraph 12. If termination of this Lease is obtained through the provisional remedy of unlawful detainer, Lessor shall have the right to recover in such proceeding any unpaid Rent and damages as are recoverable therein, or Lessor may reserve the right to recover all or any part thereof in a separate suit. If a notice and grace period required under Paragraph 13.1 was not previously given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or to perform or quit given to Lessee under the unlawful detainer statute shall also constitute the notice required by Paragraph 13.1. In such case, the applicable grace period required by Paragraph 13.1 and the unlawful detainer statute shall run concurrently, and the failure of Lessee to cure the Default within the greater of the two such grace periods shall constitute both an unlawful detainer and a Breach of this Lease entitling Lessor to the remedies provided for in this Lease and/or by said statute.

(b) Continue the Lease and Lessee’s right to possession and recover the Rent as it becomes due, in which event Lessee may sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations. Acts of maintenance, efforts to relet, and/or the appointment of a receiver to protect the Lessor’s interests, shall not constitute a termination of the Lessee’s right to possession.

(c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available under the laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are located. The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the termination of Lessee’s right to possession shall not relieve Lessee from liability under any indemnity provisions of this Lease as to matters occurring or accruing during the term hereof or by reason of Lessee’s occupancy of the Premises.

        13.3 Inducement Recapture . Any agreement for free or abated rent or other charges, or for the giving or paying by Lessor to or for Lessee of any cash or other bonus, inducement or consideration for Lessee’s entering into this Lease, all of which concessions are hereinafter referred to as “ Inducement Provisions ”, shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s full and faithful performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease. Upon Breach of this Lease by Lessee, any such Inducement Provision shall automatically be deemed deleted from this Lease and of no further force or effect, and any rent, other charge, bonus, inducement or consideration theretofore abated, given or paid by Lessor under such an Inducement Provision shall be immediately due and payable by Lessee to Lessor, notwithstanding any subsequent cure of said Breach by Lessee. The acceptance by Lessor of rent or the cure of the Breach which initiated the operation of this paragraph shall not be deemed a waiver by Lessor of the provisions of this paragraph unless specifically so stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such acceptance.

 

PAGE 14 OF 21

 

/s/ NT         /s/ RS
  /s/ GW
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTN-1-3/10E


13.4 Late Charges . Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payment by Lessee of Rent will cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed upon Lessor by any Lender. Accordingly, if any Rent shall not be received by Lessor within 5 days after such amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, Lessee shall immediately pay to Lessor a one-time late charge equal to 10% of each such overdue amount or $100, whichever is greater. The parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Lessor will incur by reason of such late payment. Acceptance of such late charge by Lessor shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder. In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder, whether or not collected, for 3 consecutive installments of Base Rent, then notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, Base Rent shall, at Lessor’s option, become due and payable quarterly in advance.

13.5 Interest . Any monetary payment due Lessor hereunder, other than late charges, not received by Lessor, when due as to scheduled payments (such as Base Rent) or within 30 days following the date on which it was due for non-scheduled payment, shall bear interest from the date when due, as to scheduled payments, or the 31st day after it was due as to non-scheduled payments. The interest (“ Interest ”) charged shall be computed at the rate of 10% per annum but shall not exceed the maximum rate allowed by law. Interest is payable in addition to the potential late charge provided for in Paragraph 13.4.

13.6 Breach by Lessor .

(a) Notice of Breach . Lessor shall not be deemed in breach of this Lease unless Lessor fails within a reasonable time to perform an obligation required to be performed by Lessor. For purposes of this Paragraph, a reasonable time shall in no event be less than 30 days after receipt by Lessor, and any Lender whose name and address shall have been furnished Lessee in writing for such purpose, of written notice specifying wherein such obligation of Lessor has not been performed: provided, however, that if the nature of Lessor’s obligation is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its performance, then Lessor shall not be in breach if performance is commenced within such 30 day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion.

(b) Performance by Lessee on Behalf of Lessor . In the event that neither Lessor nor Lender cures said breach within 30 days after receipt of said notice, or if having commenced said cure they do not diligently pursue it to completion, then Lessee may elect to cure said breach at Lessee’s expense and offset from Rent the actual and reasonable cost to perform such cure, provided however, that such offset shall not exceed an amount equal to the greater of one month’s Base Rent or the Security Deposit, reserving Lessee’s right to reimbursement from Lessor for any such expense in excess of such offset. Lessee shall document the cost of said cure and supply said documentation to Lessor.

14. Condemnation . If the Premises or any portion thereof are taken under the power of eminent domain or sold under the threat of the exercise of said power (collectively “ Condemnation ”), this Lease shall terminate as to the part taken as of the date the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever first occurs. If more than 10% of the rentable floor area of the Premises, or more than 25% of Lessee’s Reserved Parking Spaces, if any, are taken by Condemnation, Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, to be exercised in writing within 10 days after Lessor shall have given Lessee written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice, within 10 days after the condemning authority shall have taken possession) terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes such possession. If Lessee does not terminate this Lease in accordance with the foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises remaining, except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in proportion to the reduction in utility of the Premises caused by such Condemnation. Condemnation awards and/or payments shall be the property of Lessor, whether such award shall be made as compensation for diminution in value of the leasehold, the value of the part taken, or for severance damages; provided, however, that Lessee shall be entitled to any compensation paid by the condemnor for Lessee’s relocation expenses, loss of business goodwill and/or Trade Fixtures, without regard to whether or not this Lease is terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph. All Alterations and Utility Installations made to the Premises by Lessee, for purposes of Condemnation only, shall be considered the property of the Lessee and Lessee shall be entitled to any and all compensation which is payable therefor. In the event that this Lease is not terminated by reason of the Condemnation, Lessor shall repair any damage to the Premises caused by such Condemnation.

15. Brokerage Fees .

15.1 Additional Commission . In addition to the payments-owed pursuant-to Paragraph 1.10 above, and unless Lessor and the Brokers otherwise agree in writing, Lessor agrees that: (a) if Lessee exercises any Option, (b) if Lessee or anyone affiliated with Lessee acquires from Lessor any rights to the Premises or other premises owned by Lessor and located within the Project, (c) if Lessee remains in possession of the Premises, with the consent of Lessor, after the expiration of this Lease, or (d) if Base Rent is increased, whether by agreement or operation of an escalation clause herein, then, Lessor shall pay Brokers a fee in accordance with the schedule of the Brokers in effect at the time of the execution of this Lease.

        15.2 Assumption of Obligations . Any buyer or transferee of Lessor’s interest in this Lease shall be deemed to have assumed Lessor’s obligation hereunder. Brokers shall be third party beneficiaries of the provisions of Paragraphs 1.10, 15, 22 and 31. If Lessor fails to pay to Brokers any amounts due as and for brokerage fees pertaining to this Lease when due, then such amounts shall accrue Interest. In addition, if Lessor fails to pay any amounts to Lessee’s Broker when due, Lessee’s Broker may send written notice to Lessor and Lessee of such failure and if Lessor fails to pay such amounts within 10 days after said notice, Lessee shall pay said monies to its Broker and offset such amounts against Rent. In addition, Lessee’s Broker shall be deemed to be a third party beneficiary of any commission agreement entered into by and/or between Lessor and Lessor’s Broker for the limited purpose of collecting any brokerage fee owed.

15.3 Representations and Indemnities of Broker Relationships . Lessee and Lessor each represent and warrant to the other that it has had no dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder (other than the Brokers, if any) in connection with this Lease, and that no one other than said named Brokers is entitled to any commission or finder’s fee in connection herewith. Lessee and Lessor do each hereby agree to indemnify, protect, defend and hold the other harmless from and against liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of the indemnifying Party, including any costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred with respect thereto.

 

PAGE 15 OF 21

 

/s/ NT         /s/ RS
  /s/ GW
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTN-1-3/10E


16. Estoppel Certificates .

(a) Each Party (as “ Responding Party ”) shall within 10 days after written notice from the other Party (the “ Requesting Party ”) execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Requesting Party a statement in writing in form similar to the then most current “ Estoppel Certificate ” form published by the AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, plus such additional information, confirmation and/or statements as may be reasonably requested by the Requesting Party.

(b) If the Responding Party shall fail to execute or deliver the Estoppel Certificate within such 10 day period, the Requesting Party may execute an Estoppel Certificate stating that: (i) the Lease is in full force and effect without modification except as may be represented by the Requesting Party, (ii) there are no uncured defaults in the Requesting Party’s performance, and (iii) if Lessor is the Requesting Party, not more than one month’s rent has been paid in advance. Prospective purchasers and encumbrancers may rely upon the Requesting Party’s Estoppel Certificate, and the Responding Party shall be estopped from denying the truth of the facts contained in said Certificate.

(c) If Lessor desires to finance, refinance, or sell the Premises, or any part thereof, Lessee and all Guarantors shall within 10 days after written notice from Lessor deliver to any potential lender or purchaser designated by Lessor such financial statements as may be reasonably required by such lender or purchaser, including but not limited to Lessee’s financial statements for the past 3 years. All such financial statements shall be received by Lessor and such lender or purchaser in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth.

17. Definition of Lessor . The term “ Lessor ” as used herein shall mean the owner or owners at the time in question of the fee title to the Premises, or, if this is a sublease, of the Lessee’s interest in the prior lease. In the event of a transfer of Lessor’s title or interest in the Premises or this Lease, Lessor shall deliver to the transferee or assignee (in cash or by credit) any unused Security Deposit held by Lessor. Upon such transfer or assignment and delivery of the Security Deposit, as aforesaid, the prior Lessor shall be relieved of all liability with respect to the obligations and/or covenants under this Lease thereafter to be performed by the Lessor. Subject to the foregoing, the obligations and/or covenants in this Lease to be performed by the Lessor shall be binding only upon the Lessor as hereinabove defined.

18. Severability . The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

19. Days . Unless otherwise specifically indicated to the contrary, the word “ days ” as used in this Lease shall mean and refer to calendar days.

20. Limitation on Liability . The obligations of Lessor under this Lease shall not constitute personal obligations of Lessor, or its partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders, and Lessee shall look to the Premises, and to no other assets of Lessor, for the satisfaction of any liability of Lessor with respect to this Lease, and shall not seek recourse against Lessor’s partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders, or any of their personal assets for such satisfaction.

21. Time of Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of all obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease.

22. No Prior or Other Agreements; Broker Disclaimer . This Lease contains all agreements between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein, and no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective. Lessor and Lessee each represents and warrants to the Brokers that it has made, and is relying solely upon, its own investigation as to the nature, quality, character and financial responsibility of the other Party to this Lease and as to the use, nature, quality and character of the Premises. Brokers have no responsibility with respect thereto or with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party.

23. Notices .

23.1 Notice Requirements . All notices required or permitted by this Lease or applicable law shall be in writing and may be delivered in person (by hand or by courier) or may be sent by regular, certified or registered mail or U.S. Postal Service Express Mail, with postage prepaid, or by facsimile transmission, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this Paragraph 23. The addresses noted adjacent to a Party’s signature on this Lease shall be that Party’s address for delivery or mailing of notices. Either Party may by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice, except that upon Lessee’s taking possession of the Premises, the Premises shall constitute Lessee’s address for notice. A copy of all notices to Lessor shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Lessor may from time to time hereafter designate in writing.

23.2 Date of Notice . Any notice sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on the receipt card, or if no delivery date is shown, the postmark thereon. If sent by regular mail the notice shall be deemed given 72 hours after the same is addressed as required herein and mailed with postage prepaid. Notices delivered by United States Express Mail or overnight courier that guarantees next day delivery shall be deemed given 24 hours after delivery of the same to the Postal Service or courier. Notices transmitted by facsimile transmission or similar means shall be deemed delivered upon telephone confirmation of receipt (confirmation report from fax machine is sufficient), provided a copy is also delivered via delivery or mail. If notice is received on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day.

 

PAGE 16 OF 21

 

    /s/ NT       

    /s/ KS      

                      

    /s/ GW    

INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTN-1-3/10E


24. Waivers .

(a) No waiver by Lessor of the Default or Breach of any term, covenant or condition hereof by Lessee, shall be deemed a waiver of any other term, covenant or condition hereof, or of any subsequent Default or Breach by Lessee of the same or of any other term, covenant or condition hereof. Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any act shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any subsequent or similar act by Lessee, or be construed as the basis of an estoppel to enforce the provision or provisions of this Lease requiring such consent.

(b) The acceptance of Rent by Lessor shall not be a waiver of any Default or Breach by Lessee. Any payment by Lessee may be accepted by Lessor on account of moneys or damages due Lessor, notwithstanding any qualifying statements or conditions made by Lessee in connection therewith, which such statements and/or conditions shall be of no force or effect whatsoever unless specifically agreed to in writing by Lessor at or before the time of deposit of such payment.

(c) THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE SHALL GOVERN WITH REGARD TO ALL MATTERS RELATED THERETO AND HEREBY WAIVE THE PROVISIONS OF ANY PRESENT OR FUTURE STATUTE TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH STATUTE IS INCONSISTENT WITH THIS LEASE.

25. Disclosures Regarding The Nature of a Real Estate Agency Relationship .

(a) When entering into a discussion with a real estate agent regarding a real estate transaction, a Lessor or Lessee should from the outset understand what type of agency relationship or representation it has with the agent or agents in the transaction. Lessor and Lessee acknowledge being advised by the Brokers in this transaction, as follows:

(i) Lessor’s Agent. A Lessor’s agent under a listing agreement with the Lessor acts as the agent for the Lessor only. A Lessor’s agent or subagent has the following affirmative obligations: To the Lessor: A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty, and loyalty in dealings with the Lessor. To the Lessee and the Lessor: a. Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent’s duties. b. A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith. c. A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of, the Parties. An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirmative duties set forth above.

(ii) Lessee’s Agent. An agent can agree to act as agent for the Lessee only. In these situations, the agent is not the Lessor’s agent, even if by agreement the agent may receive compensation for services rendered, either in full or in part from the Lessor. An agent acting only for a Lessee has the following affirmative obligations. To the Lessee: A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty, and loyalty in dealings with the Lessee. To the Lessee and the Lessor: a. Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent’s duties. b. A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith. c. A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of. the Parties. An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirmative duties set forth above.

(iii) Agent Representing Both Lessor and Lessee. A real estate agent, either acting directly or through one or more associate licenses, can legally be the agent of both the Lessor and the Lessee in a transaction, but only with the knowledge and consent of both the Lessor and the Lessee. In a dual agency situation, the agent has the following affirmative obligations to both the Lessor and the Lessee: a. A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty and loyalty in the dealings with either Lessor or the Lessee. b. Other duties to the Lessor and the Lessee as stated above in subparagraphs (i) or (ii). In representing both Lessor and Lessee, the agent may not without the express permission of the respective Party, disclose to the other Party that the Lessor will accept rent in an amount less than that indicated in the listing or that the Lessee is willing to pay a higher rent than that offered. The above duties of the agent in a real estate transaction do not relieve a Lessor or Lessee from the responsibility to protect their own interests, Lessor and Lessee should carefully read all agreements to assure that they adequately express their understanding of the transaction. A real estate agent is a person qualified to advise about real estate. If legal or tax advice is desired, consult a competent professional.

(b) Brokers have no responsibility with respect to any Default or Breach hereof by either Party. The Parties agree that no lawsuit or other legal proceeding involving any breach of duty, error or omission relating to this Lease may be brought against Broker more than one year after the Start Date and that the liability (including court costs and attorneys’ fees), of any Broker with respect to any such lawsuit and/or legal proceeding shall not exceed the fee received by such Broker pursuant to this Lease; provided, however, that the foregoing limitation on each Broker’s liability shall not be applicable to any gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Broker.

(c) Lessor and Lessee agree to identify to Brokers as “Confidential” any communication or information given Brokers that is considered by such Party to be confidential.

26. No Right To Holdover . Lessee has no right to retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof beyond the expiration or termination of this Lease. In the event that Lessee holds over, then the Base Rent shall be increased to 150% of the Base Rent applicable immediately preceding the expiration or termination. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as consent by Lessor to any holding over by Lessee.

27. Cumulative Remedies . No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity.

28. Covenants and Conditions; Construction of Agreement . All provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Lessee are both covenants and conditions. In construing this Lease, all headings and titles are for the convenience of the Parties only and shall not be considered a part of this Lease. Whenever required by the context, the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. This Lease shall not be construed as if prepared by one of the Parties, but rather according to its fair meaning as a whole, as if both Parties had prepared it.

 

PAGE 17 OF 21

 

/s/ NT         /s/ RS
  /s/ GW
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTN-1-3/10E


29. Binding Effect; Choice of Law . This Lease shall be binding upon the parties, their personal representatives, successors and assigns and be governed by the laws of the State in which the Premises are located. Any litigation between the Parties hereto concerning this Lease shall be initiated in the county in which the Premises are located.

30. Subordination; Attornment; NonDisturbance .

30.1 Subordination . This Lease and any Option granted hereby shall be subject and subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or other hypothecation or security device (collectively, “ Security Device ”), now or hereafter placed upon the Premises, to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals, modifications, and extensions thereof. Lessee agrees that the holders of any such Security Devices (in this Lease together referred to as “ Lender ”) shall have no liability or obligation to perform any of the obligations of Lessor under this Lease. Any Lender may elect to have this Lease and/or any Option granted hereby superior to the lien of its Security Device by giving written notice thereof to Lessee, whereupon this Lease and such Options shall be deemed prior to such Security Device, notwithstanding the relative dates of the documentation or recordation thereof.

30.2 Attornment . In the event that Lessor transfers title to the Premises, or the Premises are acquired by another upon the foreclosure or termination of a Security Devise to which this Lease is subordinated (i) Lessee shall, subject to the non-disturbance provisions of Paragraph 30.3, attorn to such new owner, and upon request, enter into a new lease, containing all of the terms and provisions of this Lease, with such new owner for the remainder of the term hereof, or, at the election of the new owner, this Lease will automatically become a new lease between Lessee and such new owner, and (ii) Lessor shall thereafter be relieved of any further obligations hereunder and such new owner shall assume all of Lessor’s obligations, except that such new owner shall not: (a) be liable for any act or omission of any prior lessor or with respect to events occurring prior to acquisition of ownership; (b) be subject to any offsets or defenses which Lessee might have against any prior lessor, (c) be bound by prepayment of more than one month’s rent, or (d) be liable for the return of any security deposit paid to any prior lessor which was not paid or credited to such new owner.

30.3 NonDisturbance . With respect to Security Devices entered into by Lessor after the execution of this Lease, Lessee’s subordination of this Lease shall be subject to receiving a commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement (a “ NonDisturbance Agreement ”) from the Lender which Non-Disturbance Agreement provides that Lessee’s possession of the Premises, and this Lease, including any options to extend the term hereof, will not be disturbed so long as Lessee is not in Breach hereof and attorns to the record owner of the Premises. Further, within 60 days after the execution of this Lease, Lessor shall, if requested by Lessee, use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a Non-Disturbance Agreement from the holder of any pre-existing Security Device which is secured by the Premises. In the event that Lessor is unable to provide the Non-Disturbance Agreement within said 60 days, then Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, directly contact Lender and attempt to negotiate for the execution and delivery of a Non-Disturbance Agreement.

30.4 Self-Executing . The agreements contained in this Paragraph 30 shall be effective without the execution of any further documents; provided, however, that, upon written request from Lessor or a Lender in connection with a sale, financing or refinancing of the Premises, Lessee and Lessor shall execute such further writings as may be reasonably required to separately document any subordination, attornment and/or Non-Disturbance Agreement provided for herein.

31. Attorneys’ Fees . If any Party or Broker brings an action or proceeding involving the Premises whether founded in tort, contract or equity, or to declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as hereafter defined) in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees. Such fees may be awarded in the same suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment. The term, “ Prevailing Party ” shall include, without limitation, a Party or Broker who substantially obtains or defeats the relief sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise, settlement, judgment, or the abandonment by the other Party or Broker of its claim or defense. The attorneys’ fees award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred. In addition, Lessor shall be entitled to attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in the preparation and service of notices of Default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default or resulting Breach ($200 is a reasonable minimum per occurrence for such services and consultation).

32. Lessor’s Access; Showing Premises; Repairs . Lessor and Lessor’s agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times after reasonable prior notice for the purpose of showing the same to prospective purchasers, lenders, or tenants, and making such alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises as Lessor may deem necessary or desirable and the erecting, using and maintaining of utilities, services, pipes and conduits through the Premises and/or other premises as long as there is no material adverse effect on Lessee’s use of the Premises. All such activities shall be without abatement of rent or liability to Lessee. In addition, Lessor shall have the right to retain keys to the Premises and to unlock all doors in or upon the Premises other than to files, vaults and safes, and in the case of emergency to enter the Premises by any reasonably appropriate means, and any such entry shall not be deemed a forcible or unlawful entry or detainer of the Premises or an eviction. Lessee waives any charges for damages or injuries or interference with Lessee’s property or business in connection therewith.

33. Auctions . Lessee shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, any auction upon the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent. Lessor shall not be obligated to exercise any standard of reasonableness in determining whether to permit an auction.

34. Signs . Lessor may place on the Premises ordinary “For Sale” signs at any time and ordinary “For Lease” signs during the last 6 months of the term hereof. Lessor may not place any sign on the exterior of the Building that covers any of the windows of the Premises. Except for ordinary “For Sublease” signs which may be placed only on the Premises, Lessee shall not place any sign upon the Project without Lessor’s prior written consent. All signs must comply with all Applicable Requirements.

 

PAGE 18 OF 21

 

/s/ NT         /s/ RS
  /s/ GW
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTN-1-3/10E


35. Termination; Merger . Unless specifically stated otherwise in writing by Lessor, the voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee, the mutual termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Lessor for Breach by Lessee, shall automatically terminate any sublease or lesser estate in the Premises; provided, however, that Lessor may elect to continue any one or all existing subtenancies. Lessor’s failure within 10 days following any such event to elect to the contrary by written notice to the holder of any such lesser interest, shall constitute Lessor’s election to have such event constitute the termination of such interest.

36. Consents . Except as otherwise provided herein, wherever in this Lease the consent of a Party is required to an act by or for the other Party, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Lessor’s actual reasonable costs and expenses (including but not limited to architects’, attorneys’, engineers’ and other consultants’ fees) incurred in the consideration of, or response to, a request by Lessee for any Lessor consent, including but not limited to consents to an assignment, a subletting or the presence or use of a Hazardous Substance, shall be paid by Lessee upon receipt of an invoice and supporting documentation therefor. Lessor’s consent to any act, assignment or subletting shall not constitute an acknowledgment that no Default or Breach by Lessee of this Lease exists, nor shall such consent be deemed a waiver of any then existing Default or Breach, except as may be otherwise specifically stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such consent. The failure to specify herein any particular condition to Lessor’s consent shall not preclude the imposition by Lessor at the time of consent of such further or other conditions as are then reasonable with reference to the particular matter for which consent is being given. In the event that either Party disagrees with any determination made by the other hereunder and reasonably requests the reasons for such determination, the determining party shall furnish its reasons in writing and in reasonable detail within 10 business days following such request.

37. Guarantor .

37.1 Execution . The Guarantors, if any, shall each execute a guaranty in the form most recently published by the AIR Commercial Real Estate Association

37.2 Default . It shall constitute a Default of the Lessee if any Guarantor fails or refuses, upon request to provide: (a) evidence of the execution of the guaranty, including the authority of the party signing on Guarantor’s behalf to obligate Guarantor, and in the case of a corporate Guarantor, a certified copy of a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the making of such guaranty, (b) current financial statements, (c) an Estoppel Certificate, or (d) written confirmation that the guaranty is still in effect.

38. Quiet Possession . Subject to payment by Lessee of the Rent and performance of all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Lessee’s part to be observed and performed under this Lease. Lessee shall have quiet possession and quiet enjoyment of the Premises during the term hereof.

39. Options . If Lessee is granted an option, as defined below, then the following provisions shall apply.

39.1 Definition . “ Option ” shall mean: (a) the right to extend or reduce the term of or renew this Lease or to extend or reduce the term of or renew any lease that Lessee has on other property of Lessor; (b) the right of first refusal or first offer to lease either the Premises or other property of Lessor: (c) the right to purchase, the right of first offer to purchase or the right of first refusal to purchase the Premises or other property of Lessor.

39.2 Options Personal To Original Lessee . Any Option granted to Lessee in this Lease is personal to the original Lessee, and cannot be assigned or exercised by anyone other than said original Lessee and only while the original Lessee is in full possession of the Premises and, if requested by Lessor, with Lessee certifying that Lessee has no intention of thereafter assigning or subletting.

39.3 Multiple Options . In the event that Lessee has any multiple Options to extend or renew this Lease, a later Option cannot be exercised unless the prior Options have been validly exercised.

39.4 Effect of Default on Options .

(a) Lessee shall have no right to exercise an Option: (i) during the period commencing with the giving of any notice of Default and continuing until said Default is cured, (ii) during the period of time any Rent is unpaid (without regard to whether notice thereof is given Lessee), (iii) during the time Lessee is in Breach of this Lease, or (iv) in the event that Lessee has been given 3 or more notices of separate Default, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the 12 month period immediately preceding the exercise of the Option.

(b) The period of time within which an Option may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Lessee’s inability to exercise an Option because of the provisions of Paragraph 39.4(a).

(c) An Option shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Lessee’s due and timely exercise of the Option, if, after such exercise and prior to the commencement of the extended term or completion of the purchase, (i) Lessee fails to pay Rent for a period of 30 days after such Rent becomes due (without any necessity of Lessor to give notice thereof), or (ii) if Lessee commits a Breach of this Lease.

40. Security Measures . Lessee hereby acknowledges that the Rent payable to Lessor hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security measures, and that Lessor shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide same. Lessee assumes all responsibility for the protection of the Premises, Lessee, its agents and invitees and their property from the acts of third parties. In the event, however, that Lessor should elect to provide security services, then the cost thereof shall be an Operating Expense.

41. Reservations .

(a) Lessor reserves the right: (i) to grant, without the consent or joinder of Lessee, such easements, rights and dedications that Lessor deems necessary, (ii) to cause the recordation of parcel maps and restrictions, (iii) to create and/or install new utility raceways, so long as such easements, rights, dedications, maps, restrictions, and utility raceways do not unreasonably

 

PAGE 19 OF 21

 

/s/ NT         /s/ RS
  /s/ GW
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTN-1-3/10E


interfere with the use of the Premises by Lessee. Lessor may also: change the name, address or title of the Building or Project upon at least 90 days prior written notice; provide and install, at Lessee’s expense, Building standard graphics on the door of the Premises and such portions of the Common Areas as Lessor shall reasonably deem appropriate; grant to any lessee the exclusive right to conduct any business as long as such exclusive right does not conflict with any rights expressly given herein; and to place such signs, notices or displays as Lessor reasonably deems necessary or advisable upon the roof, exterior of the Building or the Project or on pole signs in the Common Areas. Lessee agrees to sign any documents reasonably requested by Lessor to effectuate such rights. The obstruction of Lessee’s view, air, or light by any structure erected in the vicinity of the Building, whether by Lessor or third parties, shall in no way affect this Lease or impose any liability upon Lessor.

(b) Lessor also reserves the right to move Lessee to other space of comparable size in the Building or Project. Lessor must provide at least 45 days prior written notice of such move, and the new space must contain improvements of comparable quality to those contained within the Premises. Lessor shall pay the reasonable out of pocket costs that Lessee incurs with regard to such relocation, including the expenses of moving and necessary stationary revision costs. In no event, however, shall Lessor be required to pay an amount in excess of two months Base Rent. Lessee may not be relocated more than once during the term of this Lease.

(c) Lessee shall not: (i) use a representation (photographic or otherwise) of the Building or Project or their name(s) in connection with Lessee’s business; or (ii) suffer or permit anyone, except in emergency, to go upon the roof of the Building.

42. Performance Under Protest . . If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by one Party to the other under the provisions hereof, the Party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall have the right to make payment “under protest” and such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment and there shall survive the right on the part of said Party to institute suit for recovery of such sum. If it shall be adjudged that there was no legal obligation on the part of said Party to pay such sum or any part thereof, said Party shall be entitled to recover such sum or so much thereof as it was not legally required to pay. A Party who does not initiate suit for the recovery of sums paid “under protest” within 6 months shall be deemed to have waived its right to protest such payment.

43. Authority; Multiple Parties; Execution .

(a) If either Party hereto is a corporation, trust, limited liability company, partnership, or similar entity, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such entity represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on its behalf. Each Party shall, within 30 days after request, deliver to the other Party satisfactory evidence of such authority.

(b) If this Lease is executed by more than one person or entity as “Lessee”, each such person or entity shall be jointly and severally liable hereunder. It is agreed that any one of the named Lessees shall be empowered to execute any amendment to this Lease, or other document ancillary thereto and bind all of the named Lessees, and Lessor may rely on the same as if all of the named Lessees had executed such document.

(c) This Lease may be executed by the Parties in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

44. Conflict . Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and the typewritten or handwritten provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or handwritten provisions.

45. Offer . Preparation of this Lease by either party or their agent and submission of same to the other Party shall not be deemed an offer to lease to the other Party. This Lease is not intended to be binding until executed and delivered by all Parties hereto.

46. Amendments . This Lease may be modified only in writing, signed by the Parties in interest at the time of the modification. As long as they do not materially change Lessee’s obligations hereunder, Lessee agrees to make such reasonable non-monetary modifications to this Lease as may be reasonably required by a Lender in connection with the obtaining of normal financing or refinancing of the Premises.

47. Waiver of Jury Trial. THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING INVOLVING THE PROPERTY OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT.

48. Arbitration of Disputes . An Addendum requiring the Arbitration of all disputes between the Parties and/or Brokers arising out of this Lease is ¨ is not x attached to this Lease.

49. Americans with Disabilities Act . Since compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) is dependent upon Lessee’s specific use of the Premises, Lessor makes no warranty or representation as to whether or not the Premises comply with ADA or any similar legislation. In the event that Lessee’s use of the Premises requires modifications or additions to the Premises in order to be in ADA compliance, Lessee agrees to make any such necessary modifications and/or additions at Lessee’s expense.

LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN, AND BY THE EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE SHOW THEIR INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LESSOR AND LESSEE WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES.

 

PAGE 20 OF 21

 

/s/ NT         /s/ RS
  /s/ GW
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTN-1-3/10E


ATTENTION: NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION OR BY ANY BROKER AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE OR THE TRANSACTION TO WHICH IT RELATES. THE PARTIES ARE URGED TO:

1. SEEK ADVICE OF COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE.

2. RETAIN APPROPRIATE CONSULTANTS TO REVIEW AND INVESTIGATE THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES. SAID INVESTIGATION SHOULD INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: THE POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES, THE ZONING OF THE PREMISES, THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY, THE CONDITION OF THE ROOF AND OPERATING SYSTEMS, COMPLIANCE WITH THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT AND THE SUITABILITY OF THE PREMISES FOR LESSEE’S INTENDED USE.

WARNING : IF THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA, CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE LEASE MAY NEED TO NEED TO BE REVISED TO COMPLY WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED.

The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place and on the dates specified above their respective signatures.

 

Executed at: San Luis Obispo Executed at: San Luis Obispo
On: 

 

On: October 31, 2012
By LESSOR: By LESSEE:
Tank Farm Office Park LLC MindBody Online, Inc.
Tompkins Trust 11/14/07, its Sole Member
By:

/s/ Nick Tompkins

By:

/s/ Rick Stollmeyer

Name Printed: Nick Tompkins Name Printed: Rick Stollmeyer
Title: Trustee Title: CEO
By:

 

By:

/s/ Greg Wookey

Name Printed:

 

Name Printed: Greg Wookey
Title:

 

Title:

 

Address:

 

Address: 4051 Broad Street, Suite 220

 

San Luis Obispo, CA 93401

 

Telephone: (      )

 

Telephone: (805) 419-2802
Facsimile: (      )

 

Facsimile: (      )

 

Federal ID No.

 

Federal ID No. 20-1898451
LESSOR’S BROKER: LESSEE’S BROKER:

 

 

 

 

Attn:

 

Attn:

 

Title:

 

Title:

 

Address:

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

Telephone: (      )

 

Telephone: (      )

 

Facsimile: (      )

 

Facsimile: (      )

 

Federal ID No.

 

Federal ID No.

 

Broker/Agent

DRE License #:

 

 

Broker/Agent

DRE License #:

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOTICE: These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and industry needs . Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, 800 W 6th Street, Suite 800, Los Angeles, CA 90017 . Telephone No . ( 213 687-8777 . Fax No.: ( 213 687-8616.

© Copyright 2002—By AIR Commercial Real Estate Association.

All rights reserved. No part of these works may be reproduced in any form without permission in writing.

 

PAGE 21 OF 21

 

/s/ NT         /s/ RS
  /s/ GW
INITIALS INITIALS
©2002 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM MTN-1-3/10E


LOGO

ADDENDUM

 

Date: November 1, 2012
By and Between (Lessor) Tank Farm Office Park LLC
(Lessee) MindBody Online, Inc.
Address of Premises: 4051 Broad St., Suite 122
San Luis Obispo, CA 93401

Paragraph 50

In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Addendum and the printed provisions of the Lease, this Addendum shall control.

This lease may be replaced by a permanent long term lease at any time during the term of this lease and as agreed upon by both Lessor and Lessee.

 

PAGE 1 OF 1

 

/s/ NT           /s/ RS          
                     /s/ GW        
INITIALS INITIALS


LOGO


TANK FARM OFFICE PARK

MULTIPLE LEASE EXTENSION AND MODIFICATION AGREEMENT

Tank Farm Office Park, LLC ( Landlord or TFOP ), with a notice address of 684 Higuera Street, Suite B, San Luis Obispo, CA 93401, and MindBody, Inc. ( MB or Tenant ), with a notice address of 4051 Broad St., Suite 220, San Luis Obispo, CA 93401, agree to the following Multiple Lease Extension and Modification Agreement ( Modification Agreement ) relating to their interests as Landlord and Tenant in multiple premises. Landlord and Tenant also may be referred to herein individually as a Party or collectively as the Parties. This Modification Agreement shall be effective on the last date signed below ( Effective Date) .

A. Landlord and Tenant are Parties to the following lease agreements (collectively, Existing Leases ):

1. Existing Lease 220 , consisting of: an Agreement for Lease of Real Property between Nicholas Tompkins and Kathleen Tompkins, as Landlord, and MindBody, Inc. dba Mindbody Online, as Tenant, dated November 22, 2006; an Agreement for Modification to Lease of Real Property, dated December 20, 2007, between NKT Commercial Properties, LLC and MindBody Soft, Inc.; an Assignment of Lease, dated February 11, 2010, by and between NKT Commercial, LLC, as Assignor, and Tank Farm Office Park, LLC, as Assignee; and a Modification of Lease of Real Property Dated: November 22, 2006, dated December 14, 2010, between MindBody Soft, Inc. and Tank Farm Office Park, LLC, clarifying the Tenant as MindBody, Inc. Existing Lease 220 applies to the 14,366 square foot premises located at 4051 Broad Street, Suite 220, San Luis Obispo, CA (originally Suite 210, with the additional space known as Suite 240 added per the Agreement for Modification to Lease of Real Property, described above), diagrammed as Suite 220 on the attached Exhibit B , and includes the nonexclusive use of defined Common Areas and unmarked parking spaces.

2. Existing Lease 230 , consisting of: an Agreement for Lease of Real Property between Tank Farm Office Park, LLC, and MindBody, Inc., dba Mindbody Online, dated November, 2010. Existing Lease 230 applies to the 16,448 square foot premises located at 4051 Broad Street, Suite 230, San Luis Obispo, CA, diagramed as Suite 230 on the attached Exhibit B , and includes the non-exclusive use of defined Common Areas and unmarked parking spaces, plus 8 designated parking spaces.

3. Existing Lease 110 , consisting of: an Agreement for Lease of Real Property between Tank Farm Office Park, LLC, and MindBody, Inc., dba Mindbody Online, dated May, 2009; a Modification of Lease of Real Property, dated December 14, 2010, between MindBody Soft, Inc. and Tank Farm Office Park, LLC. Existing Lease 110 applies to the 7,095 square foot premises located at 4051 Broad Street, Suite 110, San Luis Obispo, CA, diagrammed as Suite 110 on the attached Exhibit A , and includes the non-exclusive use of defined Common Areas and unmarked parking spaces.


4. Existing Lease 126 , consisting of: an AIR Commercial Real Estate Association Standard Multi-Tenant Office Lease – Net, dated March 13, 2012, between Tank Farm Office Park, LLC and MindBody Online, Inc. Existing Lease 126 applies to the 3,300 square foot premises located at 4051 Broad Street, Suite 126, San Luis Obispo, CA, diagrammed as Suite 126 on the attached Exhibit A , and includes the non-exclusive use of defined Common Areas and unmarked parking spaces.

5. Existing Lease 122 , consisting of: an AIR Commercial Real Estate Association Standard Multi-Tenant Office Lease – Net, dated November 1, 2012, between Tank Farm Office Park, LLC, and MindBody Online, Inc. Existing Lease 122 applies to the 1,663 square foot premises located at 4051 Broad Street, Suite 122, San Luis Obispo, CA, diagrammed as Suite 122 on the attached Exhibit A , and includes the non-exclusive use of defined Common Areas and unmarked parking spaces.

6. Existing Lease 140 , consisting of: an AIR Commercial Real Estate Association Standard Multi-Tenant Office Lease – Net, dated November 1, 2012, between Tank Farm Office Park, LLC and MindBody Online, Inc. Existing Lease 140 applies to the 14,050 square foot premises located at 4051 Broad Street, Suite 140, San Luis Obispo, CA, diagrammed as Suite 140 on the attached Exhibit A , and includes the non-exclusive use of defined Common Areas and 15 reserved carpool spaces.

The premises included in the above stated Existing Leases are collectively referred to herein as Existing Premises .

B. The Parties also are in negotiations for Landlord to procure for MB’s benefit other commercial space in proximity to the Existing Premises which is currently leased to other tenants, including, without limitation, Suite 120, consisting of a 1,737 square foot premises located at 4051 Broad Street, Suite 120, San Luis Obispo, CA, diagrammed as Suite 120 on the attached Exhibit A , as well as other property to be determined located at 4051 Broad Street and/or 689 Tank Farm Road. The Parties intend for the terms of the Modification Agreement to apply to and to be incorporated into any new leases MB and Landlord enter into at 4051 Board Street or 689 Tank Farm Road prior to the Reset Date (defined below), which premises shall be referred to herein as Potential Premises .

In association with TFOP’s negotiations with other tenants or owners to acquire Potential Premises for the benefit of Tenant (whether or not successful), and for additional consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, Landlord and MB agree to the following modifications to Existing Leases and terms applicable to leases for Potential Premises.

Modification Agreement

1. Effect of Modification . The terms of this Modification Agreement shall apply to all Existing Leases and be incorporated into new leases between Landlord and Tenant for Potential Premises, but shall not apply to any additional premises, the terms of which shall be governed by a Build to Suit lease agreement when and if negotiated by the Parties. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant’s agreements hereunder are made with such knowledge and any associated risk thereto.


2. Extension of all Leases To and New Leases Consistent with Reset Date . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the Existing Leases have, and all leases between the Parties for the Potential Premises will have, different start and termination dates ( Terms ). Regardless of the Terms provided for in each Existing Lease, including renewal terms set forth in each Existing Lease (if any), if a Term of any one or more Existing Lease expires prior to the Reset Date, as defined in Section 3, regardless of whether such Existing Lease contains a renewal provision, such Existing Lease shall automatically extend on all existing conditions, except as provided hereby to the Reset Date, after which the Terms for all Existing Leases shall then be reset as provided in Section 4.

3. Reset Date . For purposes of this Modification Agreement, the Reset Date shall be the date which is the earlier of: (a) two years from the Effective Date of this Modification Agreement; or (b) if TFOP and MB execute a Build to Suit lease agreement for additional premises, the Rent Commencement Date of the Build to Suit lease agreement, as that date is defined and determined.

4. Reset Date New Term . Each Existing Lease, including any lease for Potential Premises (which if leased by MB on the Reset Date shall be deemed an Existing Lease) shall be modified to provide that on the Reset Date, the Term for each Existing Lease shall be reset for a term of twelve (12) years ( Reset Term ), with all Existing Lease terms running concurrently for such 12-year Reset Term.

5. Blended Rate . The Existing Leases all have different base rent provisions, including applicable CPI increases as set forth in the Existing Leases. Notwithstanding each Existing Lease, on June 1, 2013, the base rent for all Existing Premises under the Existing Leases shall be reset so that the base rent for all of the Existing Premises is one blended base rent rate ( Blended Rate ), calculated as follows: The sum of the total square footage of all Existing Premises shall be divided by the sum of base rent payable for all such premises as of June 1, 2013. The Parties agree that the current base rent rates from November, 2012, through June of 2013, for each Existing Premises, together with the Blended Rate effective on June 1, 2013 ( Blended Rate Date ), are set forth in the base rent schedule attached hereto as Exhibit C . As of the Blended Rate Date, the Tenant shall pay the Blended Rate as base rent for all Existing Premises, payable monthly. Each year thereafter on the anniversary date of the Blended Rate Date, the monthly Blended Rate rent (base rent) for each Existing Premises shall be increased by 3%. The annual adjustment to base rent shall be automatic and if Landlord fails to bill at the annual increased rate, the increased annual base rent shall be due unless the Parties agree otherwise. In addition, the Landlord reserves the right to collect increased base rent due retroactively and regardless of the length of time that has passed since an increase was to be implemented.

6. Parking . The parties understand that parking for all Existing Premises is as indicated on Exhibit D , attached hereto, with 38 designated spaces proximate to Building 100, 8 of which spaces were designated for use by Existing Lease 230 and 15 of which spaces were I designated for use by Existing Lease 140.

7. Option to Extend 12-Year Reset Term . Each Existing Lease shall remain effective except as modified hereby with Reset Term, Blended Rate, and Blended Rate Date but any right to extend the term of any and all Existing Leases shall be replaced by this Section 6. Under this


Section 6, the Tenant shall have three (3) options to extend the terms of the then Existing Leases beyond the 12-year Reset Term, each option to extend being for an additional term of five (5) years ( Option to Extend ). However, Tenant must exercise its Option to Extend by exercising it as to all Existing Leases and not less than to all Existing Leases. Upon exercise of an Option to Extend, the Term for all Existing Leases shall extend for an additional five (5) year period (each an Extended Term ) following the date on which the initial Term and Extended Term would otherwise expire, which options may be exercised only by written notice ( Option Notice ) from Tenant to Landlord given not less than nine (9) months prior to the end of the Reset Term or Extended Tenn, as applicable ( Option Exercise Date ); provided, however, if Tenant is in material default under any Existing Lease (beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period) on the Option Exercise Date or on any day thereafter, on or before the last day of the applicable Term, the Option Notice shall be ineffective as to all Existing Leases unless the Landlord agrees to allow an extension as to all or fewer than all Existing Leases, which shall be the Landlord’s right, in its sole discretion. If Tenant exercises an Option to Extend as set forth herein, all the terms and conditions of all the Existing Leases shall continue to apply, including all increases.

8. Rent Adjustment During Extended Term . During any Extended Term, adjustments to the annual base rent shall be made on each anniversary date of each Extended Term in the amount of 3% per year over each prior year’s annual base rent. The annual adjustment to base rent shall be automatic and if Landlord fails to bill at the annual increased rate, the increased annual base rent shall otherwise be due unless the Parties agree otherwise. In addition, the Landlord reserves the right to collect any rent due retroactively and regardless of the length of time that has passed since an increase was to be implemented.

9. Existing Leases Continue in Effect . The Existing Leases as extended and modified hereby, shall continue in full force and effect, except as so modified herein.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Landlord and Tenant have signed this Modification Agreement as of the day and year written below.

 

LANDLORD: TENANT:
Tank Farm Office Park, LLC, a California Mindbody, Inc.,
limited liability company a California corporation

By: Tompkins Trust dated November 14, 2007

       Its Managing Member

By:

/s/ Nicholas J. Tompkins

By:

/s/ Robert Murphy

Nicholas J. Tompkins, Trustee Its: Chief Financial Officer
Dated: November 26, 2012 Dated: November 26, 2012


 

LOGO


 

LOGO


EXHIBIT C

4051 Broad Street, San Luis Obispo, CA

Tank Farm Office Park

Mind Body Rent Roll

 

Monthly Base Rent                                         Blended Base Rent calculation
Suite #    Tenant   Leasable sf     Nov. 2012     Dec. 2012     Jan. 2013     Feb. 2013     Mar. 2013     Apr. 2013     May-13     Jun. 2013              %           per SF /
month
     

126

   Mind Body     3,300      $ 4,950      $ 4,950      $ 5,099      $ 5,099      $ 5,099      $ 5,099      $ 5,099      $ 5,099        5.71   $ 5,099      $ 1.55     

122

   Mind Body     1,663      $ 2,495      $ 2,495      $ 2,495      $ 2,495      $ 2,495      $ 2,495      $ 2,495      $ 2,495        2.80   $ 2,495      $ 1.50     

110

   Mind Body     7,095      $ 11,291      $ 11,291      $ 11,291      $ 11,291      $ 11,291      $ 11,291      $ 11,291      $ 11,630        13.03   $ 11,630      $ 1.64     

140

   Pacific Western Bank (thru 5/2013) then Mind Body     14,059       
 
Bank
Occupied
  
  
   
 
Bank
Occupied
  
  
   
 
Bank
Occupied
  
  
   
 
Bank
Occupied
  
  
   
 
Bark
Occupied
  
  
   
 
Bank
Occupied
  
  
   
 
Bank
Occupied
  
  
  $ 21,089        23.64   $ 21,089      $ 1.50     

220

   Mind Body     14,366      $ 23,532      $ 23,532      $ 23,532      $ 23,532      $ 23,532      $ 24,238      $ 24,238      $ 24,238        27.17   $ 24,238      $ 1.69     

230

   Mind Body     16,448      $ 20,559      $ 20,559      $ 20,559      $ 20,559      $ 20,559      $ 20,559      $ 20,559      $ 24,672        27.65   $ 24,672      $ 1.50     

total leasable square footage

    56,931                           

(A) 120

   Caliber Audit & Attest     1,737        n/a        n/a        n/a        n/a        n/a        n/a        n/a        n/a        n/a        n/a        n/a     

total potential leasable square footage

    58,668                           
  

Total of Monthly Base Rent

   

  $ 62,826.74      $ 62,826.74      $ 62,975.24      $ 62,975.24      $ 62,975.24      $ 63,681.20      $ 63,681.20      $ 89,221.69        100.00 %     $ 89,221.69      $ 1.57      average per
SF per month

Indicates Rent increase per lease terms

(A) Suite 120 is presently leased by Caliber Audit & Attest, however if the suite becomes available in the future it will be offered to Mind Body and be encompassed in the Multiple Lease Extension and Modification Agreement.

 


 

LOGO


 

LOGO

#1 AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS AMENDMENT TO LEASE is made and entered into as of April 12, 2013 by and between MindBody Online, Inc. (“ Lessor ”) and Tank Farm Office Park, LLC (“ Lessee ”).

WHEREAS, on or about November 26, 2012 a Lease was entered into by and between Lessor and Lessee relating to certain real property commonly known as: 4051 Broad Street, Suite 140 (the “ Premises ”), and

WHEREAS, Lessor and Lessee ¨ have x have not previously amended said Lease, and

WHEREAS, the Lessor and Lessee now desire to amend said Lease.

NOW, THEREFORE, for payment of TEN DOLLARS and other good and valuable consideration to Lessor, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually agree to make the following additions and modifications to the Lease:

 

¨  TERM: The Expiration Date is hereby  ¨  advanced  ¨  extended to

 

 

.

 

¨  AGREED USE: The Agreed Use is hereby modified to:

 

 

.

 

¨  BASE RENT ADJUSTMENT: Monthly Base Rent shall be as follows:

 

 

.

 

 

 

.

x OTHER: Section 1.3: Term: The term shall be changed to 11 months commencing July 1, 2013 and ending May 31, 2014. Section 1.4: Early Possession: Lessee may take possession of the suite as soon as Pacific Western Bank, the current tenant, has done a final walkthrough with property management, been released from their obligation to Lessor, and suite keys have been given to MindBody management. Section 1.7: Base Rent and other Monies paid on Execution: it is acknowledged that MindBody has paid first month’s base rent and Common Area Operating Expenses, which shall be applied to July, 2013. Any references in the lease to the June 1, 2013 commencement date shall be changed to a July 1, 2013 commencement date. In addition, Tank Farm Office Park, LLC will deliver to MindBody, on or before July 1, 2013, a check in the amount of $35,601.79 as contribution towards MindBody’s demo and TI costs for this suite.

This Agreement shall not be construed against the party preparing it, but shall be construed as if all parties jointly prepared this Agreement and any uncertainty and ambiguity shall not be interpreted against any one party.

All other terms and conditions of this Lease shall remain unchanged and shall continue in full force and effect except as specifically amended herein.

 

PAGE 1 OF 2

 

/s/ NT           /s/ GW        
                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2006 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM ATL-0-7/06E


EXECUTED as of the day and year first above written.

 

By Lessor: By Lessee:
Tank Farm Office Park, LLC MindBody Online, Inc.

Tompkins Trust 11/14/2007, its Sole Member

By:

/s/ Nick Tompkins

By: /s/ Rick Stollmeyer

Name Printed: Nick Tompkins

Name Printed: Rick Stollmeyer

Title: Trustee

Title: CEO

By:

 

By:

/s/ Greg Wooke
Name Printed:

 

Name Printed: Greg Wooke
Title:

 

Title: CFO

NOTICE: These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and industry needs . Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, 800 W 6th Street, Suite 800, Los Angeles, CA 90017. Telephone No.: (213) 687-8777. Fax No.: (213) 687-8616.

 

PAGE 2 OF 2

 

/s/ NT           /s/ GW        
                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2006 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM ATL-0-7/06E


 

LOGO

AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION OF LEASE

AND CONSENT OF LESSOR

1. ASSIGNMENT OF LEASE

For valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, Caliber Audit & Attest, LLP (“ ASSIGNOR ”) hereby assigns and transfers to MindBody, Inc. (“ ASSIGNEE ”) all of ASSIGNOR’s right, title and interest in and to that certain Lease dated 4/1/2009, by and between ASSIGNOR and Tank Farm Office Park, LLC , as Lessor, covering those certain Premises located at 4051 Broad Street, Suite 120 and as is more particularly described in such Lease. This Assignment shall be effective 7/1/2014.

In addition, ASSIGNOR hereby transfers to ASSIGNEE all of ASSIGNOR’s interest in and to any security or other deposits paid to Lessor under the terms of such Lease.

 

Dated: 6/2/14

Caliber Audit & Attest, LLP
By: /s/ Kim Spiller
Name Printed: Kim Spiller
Title: Partner
By: /s/ Gary Jensen
Name Printed: Gary Jensen
Title: Partner
Assignor

2. ASSUMPTION OF LEASE

Assignee acknowledges that it has inspected the Premises and reviewed the Lease and Assignee hereby accepts the foregoing Assignment and assumes and agrees to be bound by and perform all obligations of the Lessee pursuant to the Lease arising on or after the date of this Assignment and to abide by all of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of the Lease.

 

Dated: 6/3/14

MindBody, Inc.
By: /s/Brett T. White
Name Printed: Brett T. White
Title:                                                                                                       
     

 

By:                                                                                                        
     

 

Name Printed:                                                                                      
     

 

Title:                                                                                                   
     

 

         Assignee

 

PAGE 1 OF 2

 

/s/ KS           /s/ BW         
                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2006 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM AACL-0-12/03


3. CONSENT TO ASSIGNMENT

Lessor hereby consents to the foregoing Assignment and Assumption of the Lease. It is understood and agreed, however, that the foregoing consent is not a waiver of Lessor’s right to consent to or impose restrictions upon any future assignment or subletting. In addition, this assignment does not release Assignor from liability for any of the obligations of the Lessee under the Lease.

 

Dated: 6/4/14

Tank Farm Office Park, LLC

Tompkins Trust dated 11/14/2007, Sole Member

By: /s/ Nick Tompkins
Name Printed: Nick Tompkins
Title:Trustee
By:                                                                                                        
     

 

Name Printed:                                                                                      
     

 

Title:                                                                                                   
     

 

         Assignee

ATTENTION: NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE AIR COMMERCIAL INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION OR BY ANY REAL ESTATE BROKER AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS ASSIGNMENT OR THE TRANSACTION TO WHICH IT RELATES. THE PARTIES ARE URGED TO:

1. SEEK ADVICE OF COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS ASSIGNMENT.

2. RETAIN APPROPRIATE CONSULTANTS TO REVIEW AND INVESTIGATE THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES. SAID NVESTIGATION SHOULD INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: THE POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES, THE ZONING OF THE PROPERTY, THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY, THE CONDITION OF THE ROOF AND OPERATING SYSTEMS, AND THE SUITABILITY OF THE PREMISES FOR ASSIGNEE’S INTENDED USE.

WARNING: IF THE SUBJECT PROPERTY IS LOCATED IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA, CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE ASSIGNMENT MAY NEED TO BE REVISED TO COMPLY WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PROPERTY IS LOCATED.

NOTICE: These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and industry needs . Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, 500 N. Brand Blvd., Suite 900, Glendale, CA 91203. Telephone No.: (213) 687-8777. Fax No.: (213) 687-8616.

 

PAGE 2 OF 2

 

/s/ KS           /s/ BW         
                                         
INITIALS INITIALS
©2006 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM AACL-0-12/03

Exhibit 10.16

SLO TECH CAMPUS TRIPLE NET LEASE

SLO TECH CAMPUS, LLC

LANDLORD

MINDBODY, INC.

TENANT


LEASE SUMMARY SHEET*

 

1. LANDLORD:

SLO Tech Campus, LLC

684 Higuera Street, Suite B

San Luis Obispo, CA 93401

Contact: Nicholas Tompkins

2. TENANT:

MINDBODY, Inc.

4051 Broad St., Suite 220

San Luis Obispo, CA 93401

Contact: Rick Stollmeyer

3. BUILDING: 651 Tank Farm Road
4. PREMISES: Approximately 3.69 acre parcel to be improved with a 63,973 square foot building, with Improvements, including exclusive Parking Garage, per final approved development plans.
5. INITIAL TERM: 15 years from the Commencement Date: Exhibit C .
6. ANNUAL BASE RENT: $            per annum; $            per month, FMV Base Rent reset at start of each Extended Term, subject to 94% min/103% max of prior year’s Base Rent.
7. ANNUAL INCREASE:

In addition to FMV Base Rent Reset at extended terms, Base Rent to increase each Adjustment Date (including each year of each extended term) by 3% over

Base Rent paid for immediately preceding year.

8. ADDITIONAL RENT: Absolute Triple Net. Tenant pays 100% of all Building and Property Operating Expenses, Association Fees, Real Property Taxes, Insurance, and Management Fees. Additional Rent also includes any Shared Risk Financing Rent.
9. OPTION TO EXTEND: Option: 3 options to extend of 5 years each, contingent on 9 months’ notice and FMV Rent reset of Base Rent.
10. USE: Office, research and development

 

* This Lease Summary Sheet is for the convenience of Landlord and Tenant and shall not be deemed to be incorporated into or made a part of the attached Lease for any reason.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  1. THE PARTIES   1
  2. BUILDING, PROPERTY AND PREMISES   1
  3. LEASING CLAUSE; QUIET ENJOYMENT   2
  4. USE OF PREMISES AND PARKING   2
  5. TERM   3
  6. ANNUAL BASE RENT   7
  7. ABSOLUTE TRIPLE NET/ADDITIONAL RENT 10
  8. PREPARATION OF PREMISES 14
  9. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING 18
10. INSPECTION AND REPAIR OF PREMISES 19
11. DAMAGE TO PREMISES 19
12. EMINENT DOMAIN 21
13. TENANT’S OBLIGATIONS 21
14. LANDLORD’S OBLIGATIONS 24
15. INDEMNIFICATION 26
16. LANDLORD’S LIABILITY 27
17. TENANT DEFAULT 28
18. LANDLORD DEFAULT 29
19. SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE, ATTORNMENT 29
20. ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE 29
21. RECORDING 31
22. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE 31
23. ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES 31
24. HOLDING OVER 33
25. EASEMENTS 33
26. FORCE MAJEURE DELAYS 33
27. MODIFICATIONS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD’S LENDER 33
28. NOTICES 34
29. NO MERGER 34
30. AGREED INTEREST RATE 34
31. BROKERS 34
32. FOR SALE/LEASE SIGNS 34
33. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION 34
34. SATELLITE INSTALLATION 35
35. MISCELLANEOUS 35
36. SIGNAGE 37
37. TENANT’S RIGHT OF FIRST NEGOTIATION 38
38. OFAC/PATRIOT ACT 38
39. ATTACHMENTS 39

EXHIBITS

 

EXHIBIT A - LEGAL DISCRIPTION     A
EXHIBIT A-1 - SITE PLAN A-1

 

-i-


EXHIBIT B-1 - LANDLORD IMPROVEMENT PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS B-1
EXHIBIT B-2 - TENANT IMPROVEMENT PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS B-2
EXHIBIT B-3 - DETERMINATION OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION B-3
EXHIBIT C - COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM     C
EXHIBIT D - PROJECT TIMELINE AND MILESTONE DATES     D
EXHIBIT E GMP BUDGET AND ANNUAL RENT CALCULATIONS     E
EXHIBIT E-1 - FINAL GMP BUDGET AND ANNUAL RENT CALCULATIONS E-1
EXHIBIT F - ESTIMATE OF ADDITIONAL RENT FOR FIRST YEAR OF LEASE     F
EXHIBIT G - SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT     G

SCHEDULES

 

SCHEDULE I - WIRING INSTRUCTIONS Schedule   I
SCHEDULE II - ENVIRONMENTAL DISCLOSURES Schedule  II
SCHEDULE III - SECURITY AGREEEMENT Schedule III
SCHEDULE IV - MEMORANDUM OF LEASE Schedule IV

 

-ii-


LEASE

THIS LEASE (this “ Lease ”) is made and entered into as of October  11 , 2013 (“ Execution Date ”), between the Landlord and Tenant named below.

1. THE PARTIES .

 

  (a) The name and notice address of Landlord is:

SLO Tech Campus, LLC

684 Higuera Street, Suite B

San Luis Obispo, CA 93401

Attention: Nick Tompkins

 

  (b) The name and notice address of Tenant is:

MINDBODY, Inc.

4051 Broad Street, Suite 220

San Luis Obispo, CA 93401

Attention: Rick Stollmeyer

2. BUILDING, PROPERTY AND PREMISES .

(a) The location of the building, separate parking garage and other improvements, to be constructed is 651 Tank Farm Road, San Luis Obispo, California. The Building will be split level building consisting of no less than 63,973 square feet (“ Building ”) located on the real property more particularly described on Exhibit A , attached hereto (the “ Property ”) and, together with a parking garage consisting of approximately at 99,610 square feet and four (4) levels (the “ Parking Garage ”) accommodating the exclusive parking areas on the Premises depicted on the site plan attached as Exhibit A-1 hereto. The Building, Parking Garage and associated improvements completed by the Landlord (“ Landlord Improvements ”) are described in the Landlord Improvement Plans and Specifications, attached hereto as Exhibit B-1 . In addition to the Landlord Improvements, Tenant intends to make its own tenant improvements to the Building, via separate contract at its own cost and expense which shall include at least the “ Tenant Improvement Plans and Specifications ” attached hereto as Exhibit B-2 (“ Tenant Improvements ”). Tenant agrees to provide Landlord with complete set of the final Tenant Improvement Plans and Specifications prepared by Tenant Architect within sixty (60) days of the Execution Date, for Landlord’s review and approval, which shall not be unreasonably denied, delayed or conditioned, and which shall then be attached to Exhibit B-2 upon completion. The Property, the Building, Parking Garage and the Improvements are collectively referred to as the “ Premises ”.

(b) Subject to conditions set forth herein, all Tenant Improvements shall be made by Tenant at Tenant’s expense. To ensure Tenant completes the Tenant Improvements per the terms of this Agreement, Tenant agrees, at its expense, to establish a controlled deposit account with Tenant’s bank in the amount of Two Million Five Hundred and Thirty Three Thousand Four Hundred and One Dollar ($2,533,401), which shall be held pursuant to the terms of a “ Deposit

 

-1-


Account Control Agreement ” between Tenant’s bank, the Tenant, and Landlord, the terms of which shall be agreed to by the contracting parties within five (5) business days of the Effective Date, or as soon thereafter as reasonably possible. The funds so deposited shall be held to ensure completion, and jointly released, to pay for the initial Tenant Improvements as constructed (“ Tenant Improvement Control Account ”). Tenant agrees to execute a security agreement in favor of Landlord substantially in the form attached hereto as Schedule III , documenting Landlord’s right in, and as perfected by, the Deposit Account Control Agreement. The Tenant Improvement Control Account shall be subject to joint instructions regarding the release of funds, and Landlord shall have no unilateral rights to the account unless Tenant is in breach or Section 17(d) of this Agreement, after being given a thirty (30) day notice to perform, which Tenant fails to timely cure. Upon full release of the funds in the Tenant Improvement Control Account for Tenant Improvements, Landlord’s security interest in the account shall lapse and Landlord and Tenant shall execute all documents necessary to release the account, and cancel the associated security agreement.

(c) Upon Landlord Improvement Substantial Completion Date, defined below, the Parties shall measure the rentable areas of each floor of the Building using the American National Standard ANSi Z65.3 2009 (gross areas of Building) as published by the Building Owners and Managers International Association to determine the precise rentable area of the Premises. The measurements shall be recorded on or in association with the Commencement Date Addendum, attached hereto as Exhibit C , stating the total number of rentable square feet in the Premises, the Initial Monthly Base Rental and the Initial Annual Base Rent, the Commencement Date and any other matters desired by the Parties, subject to confirmation at the time executed.

3. LEASING CLAUSE; QUIET ENJOYMENT . Landlord represents that it has full right and authority to make this Lease. Landlord hereby leases the Premises to Tenant and Tenant hereby accepts the same from Landlord, in accordance with the provisions of this Lease. Landlord covenants that Tenant shall have peaceful and quiet enjoyment of the Premises alter the Commencement Date and during the Term of this Lease, but for limitations due to completion of the Tenant Improvements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Landlord and the Landlord’s agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at reasonable times upon reasonable prior notice to Tenant for the purpose of inspecting the same, showing the same to prospective purchasers, Tenants, or lenders, and making such alterations, repairs, improvements, or additions to the Premises as the Landlord may deem necessary and are approved by Tenant, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

4. USE OF PREMISES AND PARKING .

(a) Use . The Premises shall be used and occupied for office, research and development, associated parking and any uses that do not cause excessive wear of the Premises or increase the potential liability of Landlord, and for no other use, without Landlord’s prior written consent. In addition, the Tenant shall comply with all Conditions Covenants and Restrictions and rules and regulations applicable to the Property, whether now or hereinafter existing (“ CC&Rs ”). Tenant shall not use, suffer or permit the use of the Premises in any manner that will tend to create waste, nuisance or unlawful acts or which violates any applicable state or federal laws, rules or regulations applicable to the Premises (“ Applicable Laws ”). Tenant shall not operate any equipment within the Premises which will (i) materially damage the Premises or Property (ii)

 

-2-


overload the electrical systems or other mechanical equipment servicing the Premises, (iii) impair the efficient operation of the sprinkler system or the heating, ventilating or air conditioning equipment within or servicing the Building, or (iv) damage, overload or corrode the sanitary sewer system. Subject to Applicable Laws and reasonable approval of such use by applicable governing agencies, nothing contained herein shall prohibit Tenant from using the Building for childcare, dining and food preparation for on-site consumption and exercise facilities within the Building, provided such services are only for the benefit of its employees and their families, and otherwise directly related to Tenant’s business operations.

(b) Parking . During the term of this Lease, the Tenant shall have exclusive use of the parking depicted on the site plan attached as Exhibit A-1 located on the Premises, including exclusive use of the Parking Garage on the Premises. All such parking shall be at no additional cost to Tenant. All parking on the Premises shall comply with applicable CC&Rs and Applicable Laws. The Tenant’s use of the Parking Garage shall he subject to such reasonable and non-discriminatory rules and regulations as may be established, from time to time, provided that such rules and regulations do not have an adverse effect on Tenant’s exclusive parking on the Property. The Landlord or any CC&Rs applicable to the Property may include, but shall not be limited to, designation of specific areas for use or exclusive use, including handicapped parking; gates or other restrictions, a parking validation or other control system to prevent parking abuse; emergency vehicle zones; and such other matters affecting the parking and circulation patterns. The Tenant shall determine the hours of operation for the Parking Garage, subject to City or other reciprocal access agreements, if any. The Landlord shall not have any express or implied obligation to enforce or police the Parking Garage or other parking use, but, if necessary, shall support Tenant’s actions to do the same. The Tenant’s right to use the Parking Garage or other designated areas shall be subject to restrictions or other limitations resulting from any applicable laws, statutes, ordinances and governmental rules, regulations, or requirements now in force or that may hereafter be in force.

5. TERM .

(a) Initial Term . The Lease shall become effective on the Effective Date, however, the term of this Lease (the “ Term ”), including the date Tenant is obligated to begin paying Rent shall begin on the “ Commencement Date ”, which shall be the date that is the earlier of: (1) the date that is sixty (60) days after the Landlord and Tenant both have completed their respective improvements and Tenant has received a Certificate, of Occupancy (including a Conditional or Temporary Certificate of Occupancy) (“ Project Completion ”), or (ii) 120 clays after completion of the Landlord Improvements described in Exhibit B-1 , which date shall be the “ Landlord Improvement Substantial Completion Date ” (as specifically defined in Subsection 5(a)(i) , below); provided, however, if Landlord’s completion of the Landlord’s Improvements delays Tenant’s completion of the Tenant Improvements, the Commencement Date shall be extended for the period of the Landlord Delay(s). The Term shall end on that date which is the last day of the month that is one hundred and eighty (180) calendar months following the Commencement Date, which ending date shall be the “ Expiration Date ”), unless: (i) sooner terminated in accordance with the terms and conditions contained in this Lease; or (ii) extended pursuant to the provisions of this Lease. Upon Project Completion, the parties shall complete the Commencement Date Addendum referenced in Subsection 2(b) hereof and attached as Exhibit C , hereto.

 

-3-


(i) The Landlord and Tenant intend for Landlord Improvements and the Tenant Improvements to be carried out simultaneously to the extent possible, and Tenant agrees to diligently pursue completion of its Tenant Improvements. The Landlord and Tenant may use the same general contractor under separate agreements or different general contractors; however, both the Tenant’s general contractor (“ Tenant General Contractor ”) and the contract under which the Tenant Improvements are performed (“ Tenant General Contract ”) shall be subject to Landlord approval as set forth in Section 8(g) , below. Landlord and Tenant agree to coordinate all work and contracts to the extent reasonable so that the Landlord Improvement and Tenant Improvements will be completed substantially at the same time. Notwithstanding the forgoing, “ Landlord Improvement Substantial Completion ” and “ Substantially Complete ” shall mean that Landlord has satisfied all of the following conditions: (i) Landlord has caused its general contractor (“ Landlord General Contractor ”) to complete the Landlord Improvements and Parking Garage in accordance with the “Landlord Plans and Specifications” as determined by the delivery by Landlord to Tenant of a Certificate of Substantial Completion for the Improvements on AIA Form G-704 certified by RRM Design Group (“ Landlord Project Architect ”), subject only to normal punch list items that will not interfere with Tenant’s completion of its Tenant Improvements and associated work; (ii) a certification by Landlord Project Architect consented to and approved by Landlord, has been delivered to Tenant, stating that: (A) the proper federal, state, county, regional and local authorities, including those having jurisdiction over applicable zoning, building, health, safety and environmental regulations, have issued all licenses, permits, approvals and consents necessary for approval of the Landlord’s Improvements; (B) all of the Landlord Improvements and all approved changes thereto comply with this Lease; and (C) Landlord’s Improvements are complete, except that traffic signal improvements do not have to be completed by the Substantial Completion Date. The date on which Landlord Improvement Substantial Completion occurs is referred to herein as the “ Landlord Improvement Substantial Completion Date .” If completion of the Tenant Improvements materially impacts the ability of Landlord to meet the Landlord Improvement Substantial Completion Date for any reasons, such shall be deemed a Tenant Delay subject to the provisions of Subsection 5(a)(v) hereof.

(ii) Landlord shall achieve Substantial Completion of the Landlord Improvements on or before the date determined in the Addendum attached hereto Exhibit B-3 (the “ Landlord Improvement Scheduled Substantial Completion Date ,” which shall be extended on a day-for-day for each day of “ Force Majeure Delay ,” “ Regulatory Delay ” or “ Tenant Delay ” (as defined herein). The Tenant General Contractor and Landlord General Contractor shall work together and with both Tenant and Landlord to coordinate their respective improvements so Tenant Improvements can be completed as close as possible to the Landlord Improvement Substantial Completion Date. Tenant agrees that the Tenant Improvements per the Tenant Improvement Plans and Specifications prepared by Tenant Architect within one-hundred and twenty (120) days of the Execution Date, shall be completed no later than twenty (20) months after the Execution Date, as extended by Landlord Delays. Exhibit B-3 , shall be completed for review and acceptance by both Parties within thirty (30) days after “ Groundbreaking ”, as defined in subparagraph (iii) of Section 5(a) .

(iii) Landlord and Tenant shall complete Landlord Improvements and Tenant Improvement schedule on the “ Project Timeline and Milestone Dates ” applicable to Tenant and Landlord, which shall be set forth in an Exhibit D , and attached to this Lease, upon completion

 

-4-


and final approval of the GMP Budget by Landlord, Tenant, Landlord General Contractor and Tenant General Contractor on or before thirty (30) days after Groundbreaking, as defined in subparagraph (iii)  of Section 5(a) , of the Landlord Improvements (the “ GMP Budget Date ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be responsible for the Project Timeline and Milestone Dates applicable to the Tenant Improvements milestone dates designated in Exhibit D , unless there are delays in the completion of the Tenant Improvements due to Landlord Delays (as defined in Subsection 5(a)(vi) , below). If the Project Milestones for Landlord Improvements as set forth in Exhibit D , are delayed, Landlord shall or shall cause the Landlord General Contractor to give Tenant written notice of the missed deadlines and the reasons therefor, including any Landlord Delays, Tenant Delays, Regulatory Delays or Force Majeure Delays. If the delays are Landlord Delays, Landlord or the Landlord General Contractor shall provide Tenant with a written plan to address the delays and, if possible, accelerate work to meet the original Milestone Dates to meet future Landlord Improvement Milestones. Landlord shall facilitate regular meetings with all relevant stakeholders, including the Landlord and Tenant General Contractors and RRM Design Group during the construction process, including coordinating completion of Tenant Improvements at the same time as Landlord Improvements. “ Groundbreaking ” shall mean the date after Landlord has obtained final permits and entitlements and started construction activities with regard to the Building. Groundbreaking shall not mean activities prior thereto undertaken for offsite improvements or removal of the current improvements on the Property.

(iv) “ Lease Year ” shall mean the full twelve (12) calendar month period (plus the initial partial calendar month during which the Commencement Date shall occur if the Commencement Date is not the first day of a calendar month) commencing on the Commencement Date, and each successive twelve (12) calendar month period thereafter.

(v) “ Tenant Delay ” shall mean delays caused by Tenant or its agents, including Tenant’s consultants, Tenant design changes, Tenant or Tenant inspections or approvals, including Tenant Change Orders, completion of Tenant Improvements, regardless of whether included in Exhibit B-2 or Exhibit D , and any other Tenant work that prevents or delays Landlord or the Landlord’s General Contractor from performing or continuing with the Landlord’s Project Timeline and Milestone Dates.

(vi) “ Landlord Delays ” shall mean delays caused by Landlord or its agents, including Landlord’s contractors and consultants, Landlord design changes or Change Orders unless initiated or requested by Tenant, and completion of Landlord Improvements regardless of whether included on Exhibit D , and any other Landlord work that prevents or delays Tenant or Tenant’s General Contractor from performing or continuing with Tenant’s Project Timeline and Milestone Dates.

(vii) “ Regulatory Delays ” shall mean delays beyond Landlord’s control caused or conditions imposed by the City of San Luis Obispo or other agency with jurisdictional review of the Project, including issuing permits and approvals, or any delays related to requirements, conditions of completion of off-site improvements, such as construction of the traffic signal to be constructed in association with development of the Property.

 

-5-


(viii) Substantial Completion of the Landlord Improvements . If Landlord fails to achieve Substantial Completion of the Landlord Improvements, except for traffic signaling which may occur any time thereafter, on the final date determined pursuant to Exhibit B-3 , and such failure is not due to Tenant, Regulatory and/or Force Majeure Delay then the Commencement Date shall be extended accordingly and Tenant shall have the two following remedies: (A) a credit against Tenant’s rent upon commencement thereof, as liquidated damages, and not as a penalty, for the sum of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00) per day of Landlord Delay; and (B) Tenant may terminate the Lease if Substantial Completion is more than one hundred and twenty (120) days beyond the Substantial Completion Date determined pursuant to Exhibit B-3 .

(b) Option to Extend .

(i) Exercise . Tenant is given three (3) options to extend the Lease Term (“ Option to Extend ”), each for a five (5) year period (each an “ Extended Term ”) following the date on which the Initial Term and Extended Term would otherwise expire, which options may be exercised only by written notice (“ Option Notice ”) from Tenant to Landlord given not less than nine (9) months prior to the end of the Initial Term or Extended Term, as applicable (“ Option Exercise Date ”); provided, however, if Tenant is in material default under this Lease (beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period) on the date the Option to Extend is exercised, the Option Notice shall be totally ineffective, and this Lease shall expire on the last day of the applicable Term, if not sooner terminated in accordance with the terms of this Lease. The right of Tenant to exercise an Option to Extend shall not be affected by any sublease or assignment of this Lease previously entered into by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Lease.

(ii) Extended Term Rent . If Tenant exercises an Option to Extend as set forth herein, all the terms and conditions of this Lease shall continue to apply except that the Base Rent payable by Tenant during the “ Extended Term ” shall be equal to the Fair Market Value Rent (“ FMV Rent ”), subject to agreed minimum and maximum amounts as determined at Subsection 6(c)(ii) , below, and, if the Parties cannot agree to the FMV Rent, by the arbitration procedures set forth in Section 23 .

(c) Covenant of Original Tenant Occupation . Tenant agrees that the Landlord has agreed to undertake the specific construction obligations to complete what is a unique Premises on behalf of the Tenant as set forth herein in reliance on the original Tenant’s agreement to occupy the Premises in association with Tenant’s primary headquarters in San Luis Obispo County and that failure to do so on the Commencement Date and for at least a continuous sixty (60) day period thereafter will materially impact the value of the Property and Premises for Landlord’s financing purposes. Tenant therefore agrees that notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease including right to assign or sublet, Tenant shall from the Commencement Date and for at least sixty (60) days thereafter occupy the Premises for the original Tenant’s intended purposes. For purposes of this “ Occupancy Covenant ,” occupy shall mean the original Tenant moving in all FF&E and full time staff required for Tenant to operate the Premises as part of Mindbody’s headquarter operations in San Luis Obispo County.

 

-6-


6. ANNUAL BASE RENT .

(a) Payment of Rent . Annual Base Rent shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord in equal monthly installments, without offset or deduction (subject to Subsection 5(a)(viii) above), beginning on the Commencement Date, as defined in Section 5, and thereafter, for each month through and including the Expiration Date. Annual Base Rent for the first Lease Year shall be as stated in the Commencement Addendum attached as Exhibit C . Annual Base Rent for any partial month shall be equitably prorated. Annual Base Rent and other amounts due hereunder shall be paid to Landlord by Tenant via electronic funds transfer (“ EFT ”), pursuant to the bank account and routing information attached hereto as Schedule 1 , or as directed by Landlord from time to time or by check. All Base Rent and Additional Rent (together, “ Rent ”) due under this Lease shall be payable without deduction, abatement, or offset.

(b) Base Rent Rate . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the Annual Base Rent for the first Lease Year shall be derived from a formula consisting of an 8.5% rate of return on a guaranteed maximum price (“ GMP ”) of Landlord’s total direct and indirect costs to acquire, complete and “Finance” the Project. Such costs shall include, without limitation; the ground lease at the capitalized value set forth below; the cost to relocate current tenants on such Property (such relocation costs included in the GMP Budget not to exceed $375,000); demolishing current improvements on the Property; preparing the Property for construction; financing and completing the other Landlord Improvements, including the Parking Garage. “ Finance ” shall mean all loan costs, including loan origination fees, interest, points, escrow and recording fees, appraisals, lender title policies, lender required third party construction fund management fees and other customary lender fees or costs charged in association with the financing the construction loan and the “C onstruction Loan Take Out Financing ” (as defined below). In addition, the GMP shall include a developer management fee of 6.0% on all components of the GMP Budget, including all Tenant Improvements completed with use of the funds expended from the Tenant Improvement. Deposit Control Account, but excluding the capitalized value of the ground lease and the tenant relocation costs. The estimated itemized Project Budget is attached hereto as Exhibit E (the “ GMP Budget ”) and lists the categories and estimated total costs, prices and calculations used to determine the estimated Initial Annual Rent, and the management fees. For purposes of determining the Property acquisition cost of the ground leasehold in GMP Budget, the parties agree the capitalized value is Three Million, Three Hundred and Thirty Five Thousand Dollars and 00/100 ($3,335,000).

(i) in addition to the Base Rent based on the GMP Budget, the Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, or Landlord shall issue a credit to Tenant towards Rent, an amount equal to a shared financing risk allocation rent (“ Shared Risk Financing Rent ”) (which is not subject to calculation until Project Completion) calculated on the difference between a Treasury yield of 2% and the Treasury yield on the Construction Loan Take Out Financing date. Tenant and Landlord agree the amount or credit of the Shared Financing Rent shall be determined as follows. The net development costs will be multiplied by seventy percent (70%) and the product thereafter multiplied by the difference between a Treasury yield rate of 2% and the Treasury yield on the finance date, which product will thereafter be divided by square footage of the Lease. If the rate has increased, Tenant shall pay to Landlord additional Shared Risk Financing Rent. If the rate has decreased, Landlord shall credit Tenant the difference to Tenant’s Additional Rent. By way of

 

-7-


illustration , assuming hypothetical development costs of $16,700,000 - seventy-percent (70%) of such costs equals $11,690,000. Assuming a ten year Treasury yield of 2% as the base and a 2.7% yield at finance, the interest rate change is .007 (2.7% less 2.0%). The interest rate change of .007 is multiplied by $11,690,000 for product of $81,830.00 as the annual financing cost increase. Assuming the lease square footage is 63,973, $81,830 would be divided by such square footage ($81,830/63,973 sq. ft.), which equals $1.28 as the annual financial risk increase cost added to Base Rent otherwise determined by the GMP Budget, which under the example provided would result in Shared Risk Financing Rent of $0.1066 per square foot per month. Conversely, if the Treasury yield were to decrease by like amount to 1.3%, Tenant would instead receive a credit towards Rent in such amount rather than paying the Shared Risk Financing Rent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord is able enter into a conventional loan agreement with lender which fixes the interest rate on Construction Loan Take Out Financing within 90 days of execution of this Agreement, this subparagraph 6(b)(ii), shall have no further effect and there shall be no Shared Financing Risk Rent or credit. For purposes of this Lease, “ Construction Loan Take Out Financing ” shall mean Landlord’s receipt of final approval from its lender of an at least 10-year fixed term loan funded at completion of construction and after issuance of certificate of occupancy for the Premises for purposes of paying off the original construction loan.

(ii) The final “ Initial Annual Base Rent ” shall be based on the 8.5% rate of return on the number that is the lesser of: (A) the Final GMP Budget or (B) the Final GMP Budget less the difference between the Final GMP Budget and the actual final cost to Landlord based on all of the GMP budgeted items. The Parties agree that the GMP Budget can only be estimated as of the Execution Date. Therefore, the GMP Budget attached on the Execution Date is an estimate and the Landlord and Tenant shall agree on a “ Final GMP Budget ” no later than the earlier of (i) one hundred and fifty (150) days after Groundbreaking for the Landlord Improvement or (ii) thirty (30) days after Tenant has finalized its Tenant Improvement Plans and Specifications, after which time the Parties will attach an update to Exhibit E-1 to reflect the Final GMP Budget on which the Initial Annual Base Rent shall be calculated. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease or the figures contained in the Final GMP Budget attached as Exhibit E-1 , except for increases in the GMP Budget and/or the Final GMP Budget due to Tenant Change Orders, as provided in Subsection 8(d) , in no other event shall the Initial Annual Base Rent be based on a Final GMP Budget greater than 103% of the GMP Budget attached as Exhibit E .

The Parties also shall complete Exhibit C after the Landlord Improvement Substantial Completion Date to reflect the actual Landlord cost of completion and the Initial Annual Base Rent and Monthly Base Rent for the first Lease year, if the Initial Annual Base Rent is reduced by a completion price less than the Final GMP Budget. Landlord shall provide Tenant with detailed documentation of Landlord costs of completion prior to completion of Exhibit C .

(c) Base Rent Adjustment . Adjustments made to the Annual Base Rent shall be made on each anniversary date of the Commencement Date of the Initial Term in the amount of three percent (3%) per year over each prior year’s Annual Base Rent. The annual adjustment to Annual Base Rent shall be automatic and if Landlord fails to bill at the annual increased rate, the increased Annual Base Rent shall otherwise be due unless the Parties agree otherwise.

 

-8-


(d) Extended Term Rent Adjustment . Rent shall be adjusted at beginning of each of the Extended Terms to FMV Rent as follows:

(i) “ Fair Market Rent ” or “ FMV Rent ” shall mean the rate being charged for comparable space in similar buildings in general proximity to the Property, i.e. of a similar age and quality considering any recent renovations or modernization, and floor plate size or, if such comparable space is not available, adjustments shall be made in the determination of FMV Rent to reflect the age and quality of the Building as contrasted to other buildings used for comparison purposes, with similar amenities, taking into consideration: size, location, floor level, leasehold improvements or allowances provided or to be provided, term of the lease, extent of services to be provided, the time that the particular rate under consideration became or is to become effective, and any other relevant terms or conditions applicable to both new and renewing tenants.

(ii) Determination of FMV Rent by Negotiation . In determining FMV Rent for either Extended Term should Tenant exercise its option to extend, the Parties shall meet in good faith to negotiate the Base Rent for the Premises, which negotiation shall be no later than nine (9) months prior to expiration of any prior term or Extended Term. The parties shall have thirty (30) days to meet and discuss (the “ Negotiation Period ”) the PMV Rent, which for purposes of the Extended Term, shall be not less than 94% of the prior year’s Base Rent, and not more than 103% of the prior year’s Base Rent. If, during the Negotiation Period, the parties agree on the Base Rent applicable to the Premises for an Extended Term, then such agreed to amount shall be the Base Rent initially payable by the Tenant during the first year of such Extended Term. If the Parties are unable to agree on the Base Rent for the Premises within the Negotiation Period, then within ten (10) days after the expiration of the Negotiation Period, each party shall follow arbitration provisions set forth in Section 23 , below.

(iii) For each year on the anniversary date of the Commencement Date and for any Extended Term (except the year of adjustment to FMV Rent), the Base Rent will be subject to an annual increase of 3% per year over prior year’s Annual Base Rent.

(e) Late Payment of Rent . The late payment of any Rent will cause Landlord to incur additional costs, including administration and collection costs, processing and accounting expenses, and increased debt service. If Landlord has not received any installment of Rent, without offset or deduction, within three (3) calendar days after written notice by Landlord that the amount is due, then Tenant must pay five percent (5%) of the delinquent amount, which Tenant and Landlord agree represents a reasonable estimate of the cost incurred by Landlord. In addition, all delinquent amounts will bear interest from their due date until paid in full at a rate per annum (“ Applicable Interest Rate ”) equal to the lesser of (a) five percent (5%) per annum plus the then federal discount rate on advances to member banks in effect at the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of the award, or (b) ten percent (10%). However, in no event will the Applicable Interest Rate exceed the maximum interest rate permitted by law that may be charged under the circumstances. Landlord and Tenant recognize that the damage that Landlord will suffer if Tenant fails to pay these amounts is difficult to ascertain and the late charge and interest are the best estimate of the damage that Landlord will suffer if Tenant is late with its payment.

 

-9-


7. ABSOLUTE TRIPLE NET/ADDITIONAL RENT . Tenant acknowledges that this Lease is an “absolute triple net” lease and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall receive the Base Rent set forth in Section 6 , and all Additional Rent, including the Shared Risk Financing Rent, if applicable, without offset, free and clear of any and all expenses, costs, impositions, taxes, assessments, liens or charges of any nature whatsoever except as expressly set forth herein.

(a) Additional Rent . In addition to the Base Rent and Shared Financing Risk Rent payable per Section 6 , Tenant shall pay, as Additional Rent, without offset or deduction, 100% of Landlord’s Insurance Costs, Real Property Taxes and Operating Expenses related to the Premises. Additional Rent and Shared Risk Financing Rent is due and payable, in advance, with each installment of Base Rent, All of such charges, costs, expenses, and all other amounts payable by Tenant hereunder, shall constitute Additional Rent, payable without offset of deduction, and upon the failure of Tenant to pay any of such charges, costs or expenses, Landlord shall have the same rights and remedies as otherwise provided in this Lease for the failure of Tenant to pay Base Rent.

(b) For the purpose of the Lease and this Section 7 :

(i) “ Computation Year ” shall mean each full twelve (12) month period subsequent to the Commencement Date through the end of the Term.

(ii) “ Operating Expenses ” means and includes all reasonable costs and expenses of every kind and nature paid or incurred by Landlord (whether obligated to do so or undertaken at Landlord’s discretion) in the operation, maintenance and replacement of the Building, Parking Garage, Premises and Property, including all applicable fees and costs assessed by any property association or reciprocal easement agreement relating to the Property Landlord shall use its best efforts to minimize Operating Expenses. Operating Expenses shall include: a management fee to Landlord or its affiliate (“ Management Fee ”), not to exceed 3% of all Operating Expenses; the costs of maintaining, repairing and replacing all Improvements (replacing shall be deemed to include but not be limited to the replacement of light poles and fixtures, storm and sanitary sewers, parking lots, driveways and roads); repairs to and maintenance of the structural and non-structural portions of the amenity/athletic or recreational improvements (not covered by applicable warranties); elevator maintenance and HVAC service contracts; supplies, tools, equipment and materials used (to the extent used in association with) in the operation and maintenance of the Property; parking lot striping; removal of trash, rubbish, garbage and other refuse; painting; removal of graffiti; painting of exterior walls; landscaping; providing security to the extent Landlord determines in its reasonable discretion to do so (including security systems and/or systems designed to safeguard life or property against Force Majeure and/or criminal and/or negligent acts, and the costs of maintaining of same); total compensation and benefits (including premiums for workers’ compensation and other insurance) paid to or on behalf of Landlord’s employees or contractors providing maintenance, including but not limited to full or part time on-site management or maintenance personnel (as dedicated to the Property or as a percentage of a full-time equivalent allocated between multiple properties); personal property taxes on property used for maintenance; fire protection and fire hydrant charges (including fire protection system signaling devices, now or hereafter required, and the costs of maintaining of same); water and sewer charges; utility charges; license and permit fees necessary to operate and maintain the equipment used in operating and maintaining the Property and

 

-10-


rent paid for leasing any such equipment; the cost of and installation cost of any and all items which are installed for the purpose of reducing Operating Expenses, increasing building or public safety or which may be then required by governmental authority, laws, statutes, ordinances and/or regulations.

A. Operating Expenses shall also include the cost and expense of establishing reasonable reserves for maintaining, repairing and replacing the Building, Parking Garage and Premises improvements, including those costs as may be associated with existing capital improvements located on the Property. Landlord agrees that Operational Expenses shall not be increased by more than three percent (3%) on a cumulative basis year to a year during the initial term of this Lease and any extension of the initial term. The 3% cumulative year to year limitation, however, shall not exceed 5% in any one year, and shall not apply to Insurance Costs or Real Property Taxes, which shall be passed through to Tenant based on Landlord’s actual cost

B. For purposes of this Lease, the term Operating Expenses shall not include (and Tenant shall have no liability for) any of the following: costs associated with the operation of the business of the entity which constitutes the Landlord, as the same are distinguished from the costs of operation of the Property which shall specifically include, but not be limited to, costs of partnership accounting and legal matters, costs of defending any lawsuits with any mortgagee, costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating any of the Landlord’s interest in the Property, and costs incurred in connection with any disputes between Landlord and its employees, and Landlord’s general corporate overhead and general and administrative expenses); the wages and benefits of any employee who does not devote substantially all of his or her employed time to the Property unless such wages and benefits are prorated to reflect time spent on operating and managing the Property vis-a-vis time spent on matters unrelated to operating and managing the Property; interest, charges and fees incurred on debt, payments on mortgages for the Property by the Landlord; any costs covered by any warranty, rebate, guarantee or service contract which arc actually collected by Landlord (which shall not prohibit Landlord from passing through the costs of any such service contract if otherwise includable in Operating Expenses); interest, late charges and tax penalties incurred as a result of Landlord’s negligence, inability or unwillingness to make payments or file returns when due; costs or repairs or other work occasioned by fire, casualty or other risk to the extent of proceeds received from insurance maintained (or obligated to be maintained pursuant to this Lease) by Landlord; costs, fines, or fees incurred by Landlord due to Landlord’s violations of any federal, state or local law, statute or ordinance, or any rule, regulation, judgment or decree of any governmental rule or authority; any costs representing an amount paid to a person, firm, corporation or other entity related to Landlord which is in excess of the amount which would have been paid in the absence of such relationship; capital costs incurred to bring the Building or the Property into compliance as of the Commencement Date with any use permit or design permit, or laws applicable to the Premises; or costs incurred by the Landlord in correcting defects in the design, materials, or workmanship in connection with the initial construction or any subsequent improvements to the Premises made by Landlord.

(iii) “ Insurance Costs ” shall have the meaning set forth in Subsection 14(a) hereof, and shall also include any Insurance costs imposed or charged by any property owners association governing the Property,

 

-11-


(iv) “ Real Property Taxes ” shall mean all real and personal property taxes and assessments, whether or not a Reassessment, as defined below, incurred during any calendar year including, but not limited to: special and extraordinary assessments, occupancy taxes or similar taxes imposed on or with respect to the real property, whether or not imposed on or measured by the rent payable by the Tenant, and other governmental levies and charges, general and special, ordinary and extraordinary, unforeseen as well as foreseen, of any kind and nature whatsoever relating to the real property, and any gross rental, license, or business tax measured by or levied on rent payable or space occupied. If, by law, any Real Property Taxes are payable, or may at the option of the taxpayer be paid, in installments (but only if no interest or penalties shall accrue on the unpaid balance of such property taxes), the Landlord may, at the Landlord’s option, pay the same and, in such event, any accrued interest on the unpaid balance of such property taxes shall not be deemed to be Real Property Taxes as defined herein. Real Property Taxes shall also include all expenses reasonably incurred by the Landlord in seeking a reduction by the taxing authorities of Real Property Taxes applicable to the Project. Real Property Taxes shall not include any capital levy, franchise, estate, inheritance, succession, gift or transfer tax of the Landlord, or any income, profits or excess profits tax, assessment, charge or levy upon the income of the Landlord; provided, however, that if at any time during the term of this Lease under the laws of the United States or the State of California, or any political subdivision of either, a tax or excise on rents, space or other aspects of real property, is levied or assessed against the Landlord, the same shall be deemed to be Real Property Taxes. If any such property taxes upon the income of the Landlord shall be imposed on a graduated scale, based upon the Landlord’s aggregate rental income, Real Property Taxes shall include only such portion of such Real Property Taxes as would be payable if the rent payable with respect to the Premises were the only rental income of the Landlord subject thereto. For purpose of this Lease, “Reassessment” means only an increase in the assessed value of the Premises by the appropriate governmental authority under California law as it exists from time to time due to the sale, refinancing, completion of improvements to the Property or Premises or change in all or part of the ownership of the Premises.

(c) Within ninety (90) days after the end of each Computation Year, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant itemized statements certified by an authorized agent of Landlord setting forth the Insurance Costs, Real Property Taxes and Operating Expenses for the most recently completed Computation Year (such a statement is referred to herein individually as a “ Reconciliation Statement ” and collectively as “ Reconciliation Statements ”). Such Reconciliation Statement shall include such supporting documentation as to any property association fees, Insurance Costs, the Permitted Amortized Capital Expenditures (including copies of all calculations) as Tenant shall reasonably require. During each Computation Year, Tenant shall pay, at the time of the payment of each monthly installment of Animal Base Rent, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of Landlord’s estimate of the Annual Additional Rent for such Computation Year. Said monthly payments shall serve as an estimate of the Annual Additional Rent for the then current Computation Year and shall be subject to adjustment based on the final calculation of the annual Additional Rent as provided for in this Section 7 . As soon as possible after completion of Final GMP Budget, Landlord shall also provide Tenant with an estimate of the Annual Additional Rent for the first Lease Year, which upon completion shall be attached hereto as Exhibit F . After the end of each Computation Year, Tenant shall make or receive for any Computation Year, an Annual Additional Rent payment or a refund equal to any excess or deficiency between the actual Annual Additional Rent owed by Tenant for the most recent Computation Year and the amounts paid by Tenant as an estimate of Annual Additional

 

-12-


Rent in accordance with this Subsection 7(c) . Tenant shall pay such Annual Additional Rent or receive such refund of Annual Additional Rent within thirty (30) days following receipt of the applicable Reconciliation Statement. For purposes of this Subsection 7(c) , Additional Rent shall not be read to include Shared Risk Financing Rent.

(d) No more than nine (9) months after receipt of any Reconciliation Statement, Tenant shall have the right, by notice to Landlord, to dispute the inclusion and amount of any item or items in any Reconciliation Statement. If Tenant shall dispute the inclusion or amount of any non-excluded item or items in any Reconciliation Statement and such dispute is not settled within sixty (60) days after notice of such dispute has been delivered to Landlord, the dispute shall be determined by a firm of real estate audit professionals mutually acceptable to Landlord and Tenant (“ Audit Professionals ”). If Landlord and Tenant cannot agree on Audit Professionals within thirty (30) days, then Landlord and Tenant shall each, within fifteen (15) days, select one (1) independent firm of Audit Professionals, and such two (2) Audit Professionals shall together select a third firm of Audit Professionals, which third firm shall be the Audit Professionals who shall resolve the dispute. The Audit Professionals shall be entitled to review all records relating to the disputed items. The determination of the Audit Professionals shall be final and binding upon both Landlord and Tenant, except for patent error, in which case the errors shall be resubmitted to such Audit Professional for reconsideration; and the Audit Professionals’ expenses shall be borne by the party against whom the decision is rendered; provided, that if more than one item is disputed, the expenses shall be apportioned equitably according to the number of items decided against each party and the amounts involved.

If the Audit Professionals determine that Tenant has made an underpayment, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the amount of the underpayment within thirty (30) days following such determination. If the Audit Professionals determine that Tenant has made an overpayment, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the amount of the overpayment within thirty (30) days following such determination.

(e) Tenant shall have the right to examine, to copy and to have an audit conducted of all books and records of Landlord pertaining to Insurance Costs, the Real Property Taxes and the Operating Expenses, including any property owner association fees. Such audit shall be conducted by an auditing firm retained by Tenant or by an employee of Tenant. All expenses of the audit shall be borne by Tenant unless such audit discloses an overstatement of Insurance Costs, Operating Expenses and the Real Property Taxes of three percent (3%) or more, in which ease Landlord shall promptly reimburse Tenant for the cost of the audit and shall refund the full amount of any such overstatement to Tenant. If the auditing firm determines that Tenant has made an underpayment, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the amount of the underpayment within thirty (30) days following such determination. If the auditing firm determines that Tenant has made an overpayment, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the amount of the overpayment within thirty (30) days following such determination. If Landlord disputes the findings of the audit, then Landlord and Tenant agree to submit any disputed items to the Audit Professionals for resolution pursuant to the terms of Subsection 7(d) . Landlord shall maintain all books and records for a period of not less than three (3) years following each applicable Computation Year; however, Tenant’s failure to dispute charges on any Reconciliation Statement must be raised within the nine (9) months of receipt or Tenant shall waive the right to challenged such charges.

 

-13-


(f) The rights and obligations of Tenant and Landlord under this Section 7 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, provided that shall be prorated to reflect any partial final Computation Year of the Term of this Lease.

(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Landlord, at its sole cost, shall be responsible for the following costs expenses, whether or not included as Operating Expenses or Real Property Taxes: (1) repair of defects in the Landlord Improvements; (2) any new capital improvements to the Property made by the Landlord, except if such capital improvements are made to comply with new or changes to Applicable Law; or (3) additional Real Property Taxes imposed due to reassessment resulting solely from change in ownership or refinancing pursuant to California law, except that Landlord may charge Tenant the increased taxes due to change in ownership/refinance every five (5) years of the Lease, regardless of when such reassessment occurs, but not more than once in any five (5) year period; nothing in this clause (3) shall limit. Landlord’s right to pass through all other Real Property Taxes, including increases thereto imposed by changes in California law unrelated to a change in ownership/refinance.

8. PREPARATION OF PREMISES .

(a) Construction of Improvements. Prior to the Landlord Improvement Scheduled Substantial Completion Date, as extended by any Tenant Delays, Regulatory Delays and Force Majeure Delays, Landlord shall construct the Landlord Improvements, including Parking Garage, in accordance with “vanilla shell” improvements set forth Exhibit B-1 , including: (i) the plans and specifications described by title block and sheet numbers annexed to Exhibit B-1 and made a part hereof (the “ Landlord Improvement Plans and Specifications ”), which Plans and Specifications will be prepared by Landlord Project Architect, RRM Design Group; (ii) the “Landlord General Contract,” as defined herein; and (iii) the schedule applicable to the Landlord Improvements attached hereto as Exhibit D (“ Project Timeline and Milestone Dates ”), all as more particularly described herein below. Except as otherwise provided herein, construction of the Landlord improvements shall be at Landlord’s sole cost and expense. The Landlord and Tenant Project Architect Plans shall be reviewed and approved by both parties, approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, but completed under separate agreements between Tenant and RRM Design and Landlord and RRM Design.

(b) Landlord’s General Contract. Landlord shall enter into a contract with J. W. Design & Construction, Inc. (the “Landlord General Contract”) for performance of the Landlord Improvements. In addition, Tenant intends to enter into a separate contract for completion of its Tenant Improvements (“Tenant General Contract”). Landlord shall have the right to review and approve the Tenant General Contract in advance, in addition to the qualifications of the Tenant General Contractor per Subsection 8(g) , below. The Landlord General Contract shall (i) be based on the prices used for the GMP Budget; (ii) include a complete unit cost breakdown of all materials and labor, which unit costs also shall apply to all Tenant Change Orders; (iii) require insurance coverage in amounts and types mutually and reasonably acceptable to Landlord and Tenant; (iv) include a requirement that the Landlord Improvements shall be completed in accordance with the Landlord’s Project Timeline and Milestone Dates; and (v) otherwise be in a form mutually and reasonably acceptable to Landlord and Tenant.

 

-14-


Landlord shall be solely responsible for all payments and other liabilities or obligations to the Landlord General Contract only and Landlord’s other contractors, agents or employees who participate in the improvements unless directly incurred by Tenant. Construction of both Landlord Improvements and Tenant Improvements shall be on a completely “open book” basis, with free access by Landlord and Tenant to all information regarding the cost of the Landlord Improvements and Tenant Improvements, including, without limitation, all bids, contracts, subcontracts, schedule of values and invoices. Nothing in the Landlord Improvement Plans and Specifications creates any authority for Landlord, its agents, employees or contractors to act on behalf of Tenant or cause Tenant to incur any obligation or liability.

Tenant shall be solely responsible for all payments and other liabilities or obligations for Tenant Project Architect and billings under the Tenant General Contract with the Tenant General Contractor, and Tenant’s other contractors, agents or employees who participate in the Tenant Improvements. Nothing in the Tenant Improvement Plans and Specifications creates any authority for Tenant, its agents, employees or contractors to act on behalf of Landlord or cause Landlord to incur any obligation or liability under the Tenant General Contract.

(c) Inspection on Completion . Upon the Landlord Improvement Substantial Completion Date, a representative of Landlord and a representative of Tenant together shall inspect the Premises and generate a list of defective or uncompleted items relating to the completion of construction of the Landlord Improvements which do not adversely affect Tenant’s business operations in the Premises (the “ Punchlist ”). Landlord shall, within a reasonable time after the Punchlist is prepared and agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant, complete such incomplete work and remedy such defective work as is set forth on the Punchlist.

(d) Change Orders . If Tenant requests a Change Order (a “ Tenant Change Order ”), it shall be submitted to Landlord and the Landlord General Contractor for review. Landlord shall notify Tenant no more than five (5) business days of Tenant’s Change Order request of a good faith estimate of the actual additional cost (if any), or the decrease in cost (if any), and additional time (if any) required to perform such Tenant Change Order.

(i) If the Tenant Change Order decreases the GMP Budget, Landlord’s approval of the request shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and the Tenant shall be credited with 100% of such savings credited to reduce the Initial Annual Rent calculation as provided in Subsection 6(b) .

(ii) If the Tenant Change Order increases the Final GMP Budget, Tenant and Landlord shall first attempt to modify other budgeted improvements to reduce the total construction costs so there is no change to the overall Final GMP Budget. If the parties are unable to reduce other costs, and Landlord agrees to assume the payment for a Tenant Change Order that increases the GMP Budget, such changes shall be recovered by an increased adjustment to the Initial Annual Rent calculation per Subsection 6(b).

(iii) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in no event shall Tenant be obligated to make any payments to Landlord prior to the Landlord Improvement Substantial Completion Date which in the aggregate would exceed an amount equal to eighty-nine

 

-15-


and 9/10ths percent (89.9%) of the then incurred project costs for the Landlord Improvements (less land acquisition costs) that are properly capitalizable as a cost of construction of the Landlord Improvements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Should Tenant’s portion be projected to exceed such amount, Tenant and Landlord agree to modify the improvements to reduce the total construction costs and thereby decrease the Final GMP Budget.

(e) Warranty . Landlord hereby warrants to Tenant, which warranty shall survive for the one (1) year period following the Landlord Improvement Substantial Completion Date, that (i) the materials and equipment furnished by General Contractor relating to the Landlord Improvements only, including Tenant’s Change Orders in the completion of the Landlord Improvements, but not Tenant Improvements, will be of good quality and new, and (ii) such materials and equipment and the work of such contractors shall be free from defects not inherent in the quality required or permitted hereunder. This warranty shall exclude damages or defects caused by Tenant or Tenant’s parties, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation, and normal wear and tear under normal usage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord nevertheless agrees that it shall pass through to Tenant any warranties it receives from manufacturers and contractors on any equipment and services relating to the Improvements, which may exceed one (1) year.

(f) Correction of Work . If the Tenant discovers that any part of the Landlord Improvements do not comply with the requirements of this Lease and provided Tenant provides Landlord with notice thereof within time for Landlord to properly and timely notice the General Contractor within the one year warranty period, (including all items on the punch list), the Landlord shall, at its sole cost and expense, take all steps necessary to promptly and completely correct the Landlord Improvements to the Tenant’s satisfaction and in conformance with the requirements of this Lease. Provided notice is timely given by Tenant, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the Tenant specifying the nature of the defect, the Landlord shall take all steps necessary to correct the defect, including, but not limited to, contacting the appropriate subcontractor or other entity responsible for such work. Notwithstanding the Foregoing, if the nature of the defective condition is such that more than ten (10) days is reasonably required to correct such condition, then the Landlord shall be entitled to such longer period to correct such condition as may be reasonably necessary, so long as the Landlord commences to correct such condition within such ten (10) day period and diligently and thereafter continuously prosecutes such correction to completion. If corrective actions are not commenced and completed within such time, the Tenant may take all actions necessary to correct the defective Landlord Improvements, and the Landlord shall promptly pay the Tenant upon demand, all amounts expended by the Tenant for such corrective action. The Landlord further agrees to repair at its sole cost any other improvements on the Landlord Improvements which the Landlord may affect or disturb in making the repair required hereby. Nothing contained in this Subsection (F)  shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to other obligations which the Landlord may have under this Lease. Tenant understands that Landlord will look to the Landlord General Contractor to correct defects or noncompliance with Landlord’s Improvements and dispute resolution set forth in Landlord’s General Contract shall govern disputes between the parties regarding defects, with the Landlord General Contractor joined as an indispensable party.

(g) Tenant Improvements . Tenant and Landlord have agreed that Tenant Project Architect, RRM, will work as both the Tenant Project Architect and the Landlord Project

 

-16-


Architect to design and complete both the Landlord Improvements and Tenant Improvements, though all such work shall be done under separate contracts, with each party responsible for the payment obligations of its own contract. The Parties also acknowledge that Landlord’s General Contractor is JW Design. Tenant may use JW Design for its Tenant Improvements or another general contractor. If Tenant uses Landlord’s General Contractor, Tenant Improvement work shall be done pursuant to the separate Tenant General Contract. If Tenant uses a general contractor for Tenant Improvements other than JW Design, both Tenant’s General Contract and the Tenant General Contractor shall be subject to Landlord’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, provided such Tenant General Contractor is financially qualified, licensed, insured, and possess the experience necessary to complete a project of the size, scope and quality contemplated by .this Lease, but with the limitation that Landlord’s approval of the Tenant General Contract shall not be conditioned on changes to the Tenant General Contract that increase the costs of such contract to Tenant. Notwithstanding whether Tenant uses a separate Tenant General Contractor, JW Design shall be responsible for coordinating with RRM Design Group and allocating the work done by Landlord’s General Contractor and Tenant’s General Contractor. If JW Design acts as both Landlord and Tenant General Contractor, JW Design’s overhead costs, if billed under contract, shall be allocated to each contract in proportion to the total cost of each contract. Tenant shall have the right to enter the Premises to work with Tenant’s General Contractor in completing Tenant Improvements. At all times while accessing the Property during construction: (A) Tenant shall comply with all terms and conditions of this Lease other than the obligation to pay Rent (except after Rent Commencement Date); (B) Tenant shall not materially interfere with completion of the Landlord Improvements; and (C) Tenant shall not begin operation of its business. Tenant agrees that it will not hire other contractors to work on the Project except through either through the Tenant General Contractor or JW Design to ensure coordination of work, maintenance of adequate insurance and to prevent liens being placed against the Property for unpaid work. Landlord shall supply Tenant with all utility services furnished to the Premises during such early entry period. Tenant shall ensure timely payment of all work under the Tenant General Contract and keep the Premises free and clear of liens, repair all damage arising from Tenant’s activities, and indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all resulting liability, claims, demands, and costs, including attorneys’ fees, in connection with Tenant’s entry. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no right to actually occupy the Premises to conduct Tenant’s business prior to the Tenant’s receipt of valid certificate or conditional certificate of occupancy. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, under no circumstances could Tenant be required to fund project costs in excess of 89.9% of the total project costs incurred at any point during the construction period.

(h) Authorized Representatives . Tenant shall name authorized construction representatives for purposes of completing and coordinating the Tenant Improvement Contract with the Landlord Improvement Contract, including the name and contact information of a primary representative. Only such construction representatives are authorized to sign, or object to, any Change Order or disbursement request for any allowance, receipt, or other document on behalf of Tenant related to the improvements, and without the signature of any such authorized construction representative, no such document shall be binding upon Tenant. Tenant may from time to time change or add to the list of authorized construction representatives by giving Landlord written notice of the addition or change. Landlord shall provide Tenant with the name of its representatives, including its primary representative and Tenant agrees that all communication shall be initiated with such Landlord representative, or copied to Landlord’s representative if communication is done directly with the Landlord General Contractor.

 

-17-


(i) Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that as between Landlord and Tenant, all Landlord Improvements shall be owned by and subject to depreciation by Landlord.

9. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

(a) Except as provided herein, the Tenant shall not voluntarily or by operation of law, including through a Change in Control (defined as transfer of more than 50% of the ownership interests of Tenant, whether cumulatively over time as measured from Execution Date or at any one time) sublet, assign, transfer, mortgage or otherwise encumber, or grant concessions, licenses, or franchises with respect to all or any part of the Tenant’s interest in this Lease or the Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Specific conditions for assignment and subletting set forth in this Section 9 shall be deemed reasonable conditions for all purposes. If the Tenant desires at any time to assign this Lease or to sublet the Premises or any portion thereof, it shall first notify the Landlord of its desire to do so and shall submit in writing to the Landlord, as applicable: (i) the name of the proposed subtenant or assignee, or person/entity acquiring control; (ii) the nature of the proposed subtenant or assignee; (iii) the nature of the proposed subtenant’s or assignee’s business to be carried on in the Premises; (iv) the terms and provisions of the proposed sublease or assignment; (v) such reasonable financial information as the Landlord may request concerning the proposed subtenant, assignee, or acquiring controlling interest holder, including, but not limited to, a balance sheet as of a date within ninety (90) days of the request for the landlord’s consent, statements of income or profit and loss for the two (2) year period preceding the request for the Landlord’s consent, and a written statement in reasonable detail as to the business experience of the proposed subtenant or assignee during the three (3) years preceding the request for the Landlord’s consent, which financial information shall confirm that the proposed tenant or assignee has at least the same financial qualifications as Tenant possessed as of the Execution Date of the Lease, as evidence by the Financial reports which most recent versions Tenant shall submit to Landlord upon the Execution Date; and (vi) the name and address of subtenant’s or assignee’s present or previous Landlord. All financial information submitted to Landlord by Tenant shall be and remain confidential and shall be protected in the same manner Landlord treats its own confidential information. Landlord and Tenant shall sign a mutually acceptable confidentiality and nondisclosure agreement covering all financial information delivered hereunder. The Landlord may, as a condition to granting such consent, require that the obligations of any assignee that is a subsidiary of another corporation be guaranteed by the parent or controlling corporation. Any sublease, license, concession, franchise, or other permission to use the Premises shall be expressly subject and subordinate to all applicable terms and conditions of this Lease. Any purported or attempted assignment, transfer, mortgage, encumbrance, subletting, license, concession, franchise, or other permission to use the Premises contrary to the provisions of this section shall be void and, at the option of the Landlord, shall terminate this Lease.

(b) No subletting, assignment, license, concession, franchise, or other permission to use the Premises shall relieve the Tenant of its obligations to pay the Rent or to perform all of the other obligations to be performed by the Tenant hereunder. The acceptance of Rent by the Landlord from any other person shall not be deemed to be a waiver by the Landlord of any provisions of this Lease.

 

-18-


(c) Each assignee or transferee, other than the Landlord, shall assume all rights, unless such rights are specifically limited to the original Tenant in any specific provision of this Lease, and also assume all the obligations of the Tenant under this Lease and shall be and remain liable jointly and severally with the Tenant for the payment of the Rent, and for the due performance of all the terms, covenants, conditions, and agreements to be performed by the Tenant hereunder; provided , however , that a transferee other than an assignee shall be liable to the Landlord for Rent only in the amount set forth in the assignment or transfer. No assignment shall be binding on the Landlord unless such assignee or Tenant shall deliver to the Landlord a counterpart of such assignment and an instrument in recordable form that contains a covenant of assumption by such assignee satisfactory in substance and form to the Landlord, consistent with the requirements of this Subsection 9(c) ; but the failure or refusal of such assignee to execute such instrument of assumption shall not release or discharge such assignee from its liability as set forth above.

(d) The Tenant shall reimburse the Landlord for the Landlord’s reasonable costs and attorneys’ fees incurred in processing and documentation of any assignment, subletting, guaranty, transfer, change of ownership, or hypothecation of this Lease or the Tenant’s interest in the Premises.

(e) This Lease and obligations relating thereto are assignable by Landlord. Written notice of such assignment shall be given to Tenant by Landlord with 30 days of such assignment.

10. INSPECTION AND REPAIR OF PREMISES . Landlord may inspect and repair the Premises at reasonable times and after reasonable prior notice to Tenant (except prior notice shall not be required in emergencies). In making any inspection or performing maintenance or repairs to, or construction in, or around the Premises, Landlord shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to protect Tenant’s property and personnel from loss and injury and to avoid interfering with the conduct of Tenant’s business.

11. DAMAGE TO PREMISES .

(a) Landlord’s Obligation to Rebuild . If all or any part of the Building is damaged or destroyed, Landlord shall promptly and diligently repair the same, but only to the extent of Landlord’s Improvements as built, unless it has the right to terminate this Lease as provided herein and it elects to so terminate.

(b) Right to Terminate . Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease if any of the following events occur:

(i) insurance proceeds from the insurance Landlord is required to carry pursuant to Section 11(c) or that Landlord actually carries, are not available to pay one hundred percent (100%) of the cost of such repair, excluding the deductible for which Tenant shall be responsible; provided, however, that if Tenant pays to Landlord, in immediately available funds,

 

-19-


within ninety (90) days of demand, any shortfall in such insurance proceeds, as reasonably determined by Landlord, then Landlord shall have no right to terminate the Lease pursuant to this item (i);

(ii) the Premises cannot, with reasonable diligence, be fully repaired by Landlord within three hundred sixty (360) days after the date of the damage or destruction; or

(iii) the Premises cannot be safely repaired because of the presence of hazardous factors, including, but not limited to, earthquake faults, sink holes, radiation, Hazardous Materials and other similar dangers.

If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease, Landlord may give Tenant written notice of its election to terminate within thirty (30) days after such damage or destruction, and this Lease shall terminate fifteen (15) days after the date Tenant receives such notice and both Landlord and Tenant shall be released of all further liability under this Lease (except to the extent any provision of this Lease expressly survives termination). If Landlord elects not to terminate the Lease, subject to Tenant’s termination right set forth below, Landlord shall promptly commence the process of obtaining necessary permits and approvals and repair of the Premises as soon as practicable, and this Lease will continue in full force and affect. All insurance proceeds from insurance under Section 13 or Section 14 , excluding proceeds for Tenant’s Personal Property, shall be disbursed and paid to Landlord. Tenant shall be required to pay to Landlord the amount of any deductibles payable in connection with any insured casualties, unless the casualty was caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord.

Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease if the Premises cannot, with reasonable diligence, be fully repaired within 365 days from the date of damage or destruction. The determination of the estimated repair periods in this Section 11 shall be made by an independent, licensed contractor or engineer within thirty (30) days after such damage or destruction. Landlord shall deliver written notice of the repair period to Tenant after such determination has been made and Tenant shall exercise its right to terminate this Lease, if at all, within ten (10) days of receipt of such notice from Landlord. Upon such termination both Landlord and Tenant shall be released of all further liability under this Lease (except to the extent any provision of this Lease expressly survives termination),

(c) Limited Obligation to Repair . Landlord’s obligation, should it elect or be obligated to repair or rebuild, shall be limited to the same Landlord Improvements as built by Landlord, including the Parking Garage, but shall not include the Tenant Improvements.

(d) Abatement of Rent . Rent shall be temporarily abated proportionately, but for no more than twelve (12) consecutive months, during any period when, by reason of such damage or destruction there is substantial interference with Tenant’s use of the Premises, having regard to the extent to which Tenant may be required to discontinue Tenant’s use of the Premises. Such abatement of Rent shall be proportional to the extent of such interference with Tenant’s use of the Premises reasonably attributable to such damage or destruction (with the extent of such interference to be reasonably determined by Landlord), and shall commence upon such damage or destruction and end upon substantial completion by Landlord of the repair or reconstruction which Landlord is

 

-20-


obligated or undertakes to perform. Tenant shall not be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for loss of the use of the Premises, damage to Tenant’s Personal Property or any inconvenience occasioned by such damage, repair or restoration. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1932, Subdivision 2, and Section 1933, subdivision 4, of the California Civil Code, and the provisions of any similar law hereinafter enacted.

(e) Damage Near End of Term . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, if the Building is destroyed or materially damaged during the last twelve (12) months of the Term (unless Tenant has properly exercised an Option to Extend), then either Landlord or Tenant may, at its option, cancel and terminate this Lease as of the date of the occurrence of such damage, by delivery of written notice to the other party and, in such event, upon such termination both Landlord and Tenant shall be released of all further liability under this Lease (except to the extent any provision of this Lease expressly survives termination). If neither Landlord nor Tenant elects to terminate this Lease, the repair of such damage shall be governed by Section 11(a) and 11(c) .

12. EMINENT DOMAIN . If the Premises or any portion thereof shall be taken under the power of eminent domain or conveyed in lieu thereof, the taking of which materially and adversely interferes with the conduct of Tenant’s business, then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by furnishing written notice to Landlord. If Tenant does not terminate this Lease, Landlord shall proceed with due diligence to make all repairs necessary to restore the Premises to as near its former condition as circumstances will permit and the Lease shall remain in full force and effect, except that, effective on the date of taking or conveyance, the Premises shall be reduced by the portion of the Premises so taken or conveyed, and the Annual Base Rent shall be (a) proportionately reduced by the portion of the Premises taken or conveyed, and (b) equitably reduced to the extent that such taking or conveyance of other portions of the Premises materially and adversely interferes with the conduct of Tenant’s business. Damages awarded Landlord for such taking or conveyance shall belong to Landlord, provided that Tenant may assert a claim for the unamortized cost of any leasehold improvements paid for by Tenant, Tenant’s personal property, fixtures and moving expenses, the value of Tenant’s leasehold estate and the loss of Tenant’s business.

13. TENANT’S OBLIGATIONS .

(a) Insurance . Tenant shall maintain, at its expense, with an insurer(s) holding a Best’s Rating of A- or higher with Financial Size of Class VII or higher:

(i) Commercial General Liability Insurance. Commercial General Liability on a per occurrence basis using an ISO form (CG2001) or equivalent. The limits of liability of such insurance shall be an amount not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) per occurrence, and Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) annual aggregate covering bodily injury (including death), personal injury, libel/slander, property damage liability, contractual liability and products/completed operations. Such policies shall name Landlord, and its agents and assigns, as additional insured with respect to this Lease, and provide at least twenty (20) days’ notice to Landlord prior to cancellation or termination, except for non-payment of premium, which shall require ten (10) days’ notice.

 

-21-


(ii) Insurance against fire, vandalism, malicious mischief, and such other additional perils as now are or hereafter may be included in a standard Special Perils coverage form, insuring all Tenant Improvements and Alterations made to the Premises, the Tenant’s trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment, stock, and other items of personal property in an amount not less than 100% of replacement value. Such insurance shall contain (a) no coinsurance or contribution clauses and (b) deductible amounts reasonably acceptable to the Landlord.

(iii) Workers’ Compensation and required by Law and Employer’s Liability insurance, with liability limits of no less than a $500,000 policy limit.

(iv) To the extent Tenant operates vehicles on the Premises, Tenant agrees to carry BAL insurance with limits of liability of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) Combined Single Limit per occurrence. This insurance shall cover bodily injury, including death and property damage for liability arising from its use of its owned, non-owned or hired vehicles.

(v) If at any time Tenant hires a parking attendant or charges for parking with regard to the Parking Garage, Tenant shall obtain, at its expense, a Garage Keeper’s Legal Liability endorsement to its liability policy, with limits of not less than $500,000, with Landlord named as an additional insured.

(b) Alterations . After completion of the original Tenant Improvements, as defined above, during the Term, Tenant may make additional improvements, alterations or additions (“ Alterations ”) to the Premises at Tenant’s cost and expense, provided that Alterations that exceed the cost of Thirty Thousand Dollars ($30,000.00) shall require Tenant obtains Landlord’s written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, provided that no Landlord consent shall be required unless the Alterations would materially and adversely affect the Building structure or the mechanical or electrical systems of the Building. If Tenant makes any Alterations, Tenant agrees to:

(i) comply with all insurance requirements and all laws, ordinances, rules and regulations of all governmental authorities, provided that Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant in securing any necessary permits, the cost for such permits to be borne by Tenant;

(ii) discharge by payment, bond or otherwise, any mechanics’ lien filed against the Premises (of which Tenant has written notice) for work, labor, services or materials performed at or furnished to the Premises on behalf of Tenant, except when such mechanics’ lien is filed by a contractor, subcontractor, materialman, laborer, employee or agent of Landlord, in which event, Landlord shall discharge such lien by payment, bond or otherwise; and

(iii) upon reasonable request from Landlord (in the case of alterations exceeding Thirty Thousand Dollars ($30,000.00), (A) furnish Landlord with plans of such Alterations and (B) furnish Landlord with contractors’ affidavits and lien waivers.

(c) Security System/Telecom . Tenant may install and maintain its own security and/or telecommunications system for the Premises. At its sole option, Tenant may remove any security, telephone or computer system or any portion thereof (the “ Systems ”) installed on behalf of

 

-22-


Tenant, provided Tenant repairs any damage caused by such removal. In no event, however, shall Tenant be required to remove any portion of the Systems (including, without limitation, cabling) installed in any wall, floor, partition, ceiling or under any floor covering.

(d) Condition on Surrender . Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Premises in substantially as good a condition as when entered, including as improved those original Tenant Improvements permanently affixed, except for loss or damages resulting from casualty, condemnation, acts of God, ordinary wear and tear. Tenant shall remove all movable furniture, trade fixtures or other personal property, including interior and exterior signage and repair any damage caused by such removal, and (iii) deliver the keys (and any combinations, as applicable) to the Premises to Landlord. For purposes of this Section 13, the term “trade fixtures” shall not include any permanently affixed items or equipment (such as without limitation walls, plumbing fixtures, HVAC equipment, sprinkler and fire safety, cables and utility lines, cafeteria improvements, carpeting, floor coverings, ornamental design enhancements, attached shelving/cabinetry, lighting fixtures (other than freestanding lamps), wall coverings, or similar Tenant improvements which shall remain on the Premises at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease unless otherwise requested by Landlord in writing.

(e) Maintenance and Repair . Throughout the Lease Term, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall keep, maintain, repair and replace the Premises, except as provided in Subsection 14(b) , and all improvements and appurtenances within the Premises, including, without limitation, all interior walls, all doors and windows, all stairways, all wall surfaces and floor coverings, all Tenant Alterations, additions and improvements installed during the Lease Term, all sewer, plumbing, electrical, lighting, heating, ventilation and cooling systems, fire sprinklers, fire safety and security systems, fixtures and appliances and all wiring and glazing, in the same good order, condition and repair as they are in on the Commencement Date, or may be put in during the Lease Term, reasonable wear excepted, provided that wear which could be prevented by first class maintenance shall not be deemed reasonable.

(f) Failure to Maintain . If Tenant refuses or neglects to commence such repairs and/or maintenance for which Tenant is responsible under this Section 13 within a thirty (30) day period (or as soon as practical and in no event later than five (5) days, if the failure to initiate the repair threatens to cause further damage to the Premises) after written notice from Landlord and thereafter diligently prosecute the same to completion, then Landlord may (i) enter the Premises (except in an emergency, upon at least 24 hours advanced written notice) during Landlord’s business hours and cause such repairs and/or maintenance to be made and shall not be responsible to Tenant for any loss or damage occasioned thereby and Tenant agrees that upon demand, it shall pay to Landlord the reasonable cost of any such repairs, not exceeding the sum actually expended by Landlord, together with accrued interest from the date of Landlord’s payment at the Agreed Rate and (ii) elect to enter into a maintenance contract at a market rate for first-rate maintenance with a third party for the performance of all or a part of Tenant’s maintenance obligations, whereupon, Tenant shall be relieved from its obligations to perform only those maintenance obligations covered by such maintenance contract, and Tenant shall bear the entire cost of such maintenance contract which shall be paid in advance, as Additional Rent, on a monthly basis with Tenant’s Base Rent payments.

 

-23-


(g) Personal Property . Tenant shall pay all taxes on Tenant’s business and other personal property, and Landlord shall have no obligation regarding same.

(h) Other Utilities . At Tenant’s sole cost and expense, Tenant shall have the right to introduce into the Premises such other utilities as Tenant might require and Tenant shall pay the cost of such other utilities directly to the applicable utility companies, with Landlord’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, provided that such improvements shall be deemed an Alteration subject to the provisions of Subsection 13(b).

(i) Financial Reports . In addition to the financials reports required pursuant to Section 9 , related to assignment and sublease, upon request of Landlord, but not more than annually, or at any time there is a proposed Change in Control of Tenant, or if Landlord is refinancing a loan secured by the Property, or selling the Property, Tenant, and any subsequent guarantor of this Lease, shall provide Landlord with financial statements for itself and also for its parent and/or affiliates if the Tenant’s financials are reported on a consolidated basis, or if Tenant’s financials are not reported separately, but reported with its parent’s or affiliate’s financials. The Tenant and/or parent may condition the release of financial information on Landlord’s execution of a commercially reasonable confidentiality agreement, provided such agreement allows the release of financial information to Landlord’s existing or potential lenders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant agrees to provide Landlord, to provide to its Lender, with copies of animal CPA audited financial statements within 180 days of the end of each fiscal year, until lender has received a statement showing net income of at least one dollar ($1.00).

(j) Key Man Insurance . Tenant acknowledges that Landlord is assuming a financing risk in funding the construction under this Lease with regarding to Tenant based, in part, on reliance on principal Rick Stollmeyer continuing to act as a controlling shareholder and/or officer of Tenant. According, Tenant agrees as a condition of this Lease to cause Rick Stollmeyer to agree to allow Landlord to purchase one or more “key man” insurance policies on the life (and/or in the event of disability) of Rick Stollmeyer, at Landlord’s expense, which will be payable to and owned by the Landlord. The Landlord, in its sole discretion, may select the amount and type of key man life and/or disability insurance purchased, and neither Rick Stollmeyer, nor the Tenant will have any interest in any such policy. Tenant shall cause Rick Stollmeyer to cooperate with the Landlord or its lender in securing this key man insurance, by submitting to all required medical examinations, supplying all information and executing all documents required in order for Landlord to secure the insurance thereby payable to Landlord.

14. LANDLORD’S OBLIGATIONS.

(a) Insurance . Landlord, as component of costs included in “Insurance Cost” referred to in Subsection 7(a) above, and subject to reimbursement from Tenant, shall maintain with an insurer(s) holding a Best’s Rating of A- or higher with Financial Size of Class VII or higher:

(i) Commercial General Liability Insurance on a per occurrence basis using an ISO form (CG2001) or equivalent. The limits of liability of such insurance shall be an amount not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) per occurrence, and Two Million ($2,000,000) annual aggregate covering bodily injury (including death), personal injury,

 

-24-


libel/slander, property damage liability, contractual liability and products/completed operations. Such policies shall name Tenant, and its agents and assigns, as additional insured with respect to this Lease. At the option of Landlord, such insurance coverage may include the risks of terrorist acts, a rental loss endorsement, earthquake, and one or more loss payee endorsements in favor of Landlord and/or holders of any mortgage or deeds of trust encumbering the interest of Landlord in the Premises or any portion thereof If occupancy or use of the Premises presents an increased environmental hazard or pollution exposure, Landlord shall have the option to procure pollution legal liability insurance on behalf of the Tenant,

(ii) During the Term Landlord shall maintain Property insurance on a Special Perils form including coverage for Equipment Breakdown (including, at Landlord’s option, earthquake and flood coverage) on the Building, excluding coverage of all Tenant’s Personal Property located on or in the Premises, but including the Tenant Improvements.

(b) Services, Maintenance, Repair and Replacement . Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, but subject to triple net charge back pursuant to Section 7, above, shall provide or maintain the following: water and trash service, maintenance of the Parking Garage and other parking areas, including lighting and sweeping; elevator, maintenance including a maintenance contract with phone/data line/cable; fire alarm monitoring service; HVAC system maintenance, including a maintenance contract; landscaping and grounds keeping; and external pest control services, all of which are included in the definition of Operating Expenses for the purposes of Section 7 .

Further, Landlord shall be responsible for repairing defects in the exterior walls (including all exterior glass which is damaged by structural defects in such exterior walls), supporting pillars, structural walls, roof structure and foundations of the Building and sewer and plumbing systems outside the Building, provided that the need for repair is not caused by Tenant, in which event Landlord shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, repair same. Landlord shall repair and replace the Parking Garage and other parking surface areas, landscaping, drainage, irrigation, sprinkler and sewer and plumbing systems outside the Building systems when the useful life of each has expired, but Tenant shall be responsible for paying for such charges through triple net charges reserves per Section 7 , above. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, and as set forth herein, corrections to defects in the Landlord Improvements, and/or capital improvements to the Property not otherwise required by changes to or new Applicable Laws shall not be Annual Additional Rent, or otherwise the financial obligation of Tenant.

Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of any need of repairs which are the obligation of Landlord hereunder and Landlord shall have a reasonable time to perform same. Should Landlord default as provided in Section 14(b) with respect to its obligation to make any of the repairs assumed by it hereunder with respect to the Building, Tenant shall have the right to perform such repairs and Landlord agrees that within thirty (30) days after written demand accompanied by detailed invoice(s), it shall pay to Tenant the cost of any such repairs together with accrued interest from the date of Tenant’s payment at the Agreed Rate. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant, its employees, invitees, or licensees for any damage to person or property, and Tenant’s sole right and remedy shall be the performance of said repairs by Tenant with right of reimbursement from Landlord of the reasonable fair market cost of said repairs, not exceeding the sum actually expended by Tenant,

 

-25-


together with accrued interest from the date of Tenant’s payment at the Agreed Rate, provided that nothing herein shall be deemed to create a right of setoff or withholding by Tenant of Base Rent or Additional Rent or any other amounts due herein. Tenant hereby expressly waives all rights under and benefits of Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code or under any similar law, statute or ordinance now or hereafter in effect to make repairs and offset the cost of same against rent or to withhold or delay any payment of rent or any oilier of its obligations hereunder.

(c) Utilities . Landlord shall install utilities in accordance with the Landlord Plans and Specifications. Tenant will make all arrangements and pay all charges for water, sewer, gas, electricity, data/telephone/cable/satellite and other utilities supplied to or used by Tenant on the Premises. This includes, without limitation, paying any deposits and hook up charges. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any interruption or curtailment of any utility services not caused by Landlord’s breach of any of its obligations under this Subsection 14(e) hereof provided Tenant has given Landlord prior notice of the condition requiring remediation, when such condition was reasonably ascertainable or discoverable by Tenant, and such notice specified the obligation to be performed by Landlord. Nor will any interruption or curtailment of utility services not caused by Landlord’s breach of any of its obligations under this Subsection 14(c) when Tenant has given Landlord prior notice of the condition requiring remediation, when such condition was reasonably ascertainable or discoverable by Tenant, and such notice specified the obligation to be performed by Landlord, constitute constructive eviction.

(d) Landlord Covenant on Death of Landlord Loan Guarantor . Landlord agrees with regard to its Construction Loan and Construction Loan Take Out Financing to endeavor to include a provision that the death or incapacity of any third party guarantor of such loan, if an individual or trustee, will not trigger a loan event of default for at least ninety (90) days after such death or incapacity.

15. INDEMNIFICATION .

(a) Tenant shall indemnify, hold harmless, and defend Landlord from and against any and all liability, loss, damage, costs, or expenses (including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees, but excluding consequential damages) incurred by Landlord in connection with any and all claims, demands, or suits for damages, contribution, injunction or any other kind of relief to the extent any of them are directly caused by, arise out of or result from (i) the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its agents, contractors or employees on the Premises; and (ii) Tenant’s or its agent’s, contractor’s or employee’s failure to comply with any and all federal, state and local laws (except any workers’ compensation laws) related to the use or condition of the Premises.

(b) Landlord shall indemnify, hold harmless, and defend Tenant from and against any and all liability, loss damage, costs, or expenses (including court costs and attorney’s fees, but excluding consequential damages) incurred by Tenant in connection with any and all claims, demands or suits for damages, contribution, injunction or any other kind of relief to the extent any of them are directly caused by, arise out of or result from (i) the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, contractors or employees on the Premises and (ii) Landlord’s or its agent’s, contractor’s or employee’s failure to comply with any and all federal, state and local laws (except workers’ compensation laws) related to the use or condition of the Premises.

(c) Nothing in this Section 15 is intended to require indemnification for any property claim for which insurance is required to he maintained under the terms of this Lease. The rights and obligations of Landlord and Tenant under this Section 15 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

-26-


16. LANDLORD’S LIABILITY .

(a) The term “ Landlord ” as used herein shall mean only the owner or owners at the time in question of the fee title. In the event of any transfer of such title or interest, the Landlord herein named (and in case of any subsequent transfers, the then grantor) shall be relieved from, and after the date of such transfers of all liability for the Landlord’s obligations thereafter to be performed; provided, however, that any funds in the hands of the Landlord or the then grantor at the time of such transfer in which the Tenant has an interest shall be delivered to the grantee. The obligations contained in this Lease to be performed by the Landlord shall, subject as aforesaid, be binding on the Landlord’s successors and assigns only during their respective periods of ownership.

(b) If the initial Landlord hereunder is a joint venture, corporation, limited liability company, partnership or sole partnership (“ Owner ”), then, in consideration of the benefits accruing hereunder, the Tenant, its successors and assigns, agree that, in the event of any actual or alleged failure, breach or default hereunder by the initial Landlord:

(i) The sole and exclusive remedy shall be against the Premises and the Owner’s interest in the Premises. There shall be no recourse against the Owner personally or any other assets of the Owner;

(ii) No joint venturer, shareholder, member, partner or sole proprietor of the Owner (“ Member ”) shall be sued or named a party in any suit or action (except as may be necessary to secure jurisdiction of the Owner);

(iii) No service of process shall be made against any Member (except as may be necessary to secure jurisdiction of the Owner);

(iv) No Member shall be required to answer or otherwise plead to any service of process unless such Member is the Owner;

(v) No judgment will be taken against any Member unless such Member is the Owner;

(vi) Any judgment taken against any Member may be vacated and set aside at any time nunc pro tunc unless such Member is the Owner;

(vii) No writ of execution will ever be levied against the assets of any Member; and

(viii) These covenants and agreements are enforceable by the Owner and also by any Member thereof.

 

-27-


17. TENANT DEFAULT . If Tenant shall:

(a) file or have filed against it a petition or case under any section or chapter of the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or under any similar law or statute of the United States or any state and such petition or case is not discharged within sixty (60) days;

(b) fail to pay any installment of Base Rent or Additional Rent within ten (10) days after receiving written notice from Landlord that the same is overdue; or

(e) fail to fulfill any other covenant or provision of this Lease on its part to be performed and fail to remedy such failure within thirty (30) days after Landlord shall have given Tenant written notice of such failure; or

(d) default on the Tenant’s obligations to initiate, continue and complete the Tenant Improvements no later than twenty (20) months after the Execution Date, as extended by Landlord Delays, Force Majeure Delay, and/or Regulatory Delay within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s written notice to Tenant of such failure; provided, a default under this subsection (d) shall be deemed cured if, after default under this subsection, the Landlord assumes control of the Deposit Control Account funds to use toward completing the Tenant Improvements, then, except for a default under subdivision (d), the same shall be a “ Tenant Event of Default ” and Landlord shall have all rights, powers and remedies available at law or equity including, without limitation, the right to damages for breach of the Occupancy Covenant specified in Section 5(c) , hereof, and rights under California Civil Code Section 1951.2(a)(3), to recover at the time of the award the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided. Landlord shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate its damages in the event of default by Tenant. Landlord and Tenant agree that any such duty to attempt to mitigate shall be satisfied and Landlord shall be conclusively deemed to have used objectively reasonable efforts to relet the Premises by doing the following: (a) posting a “For Lease” sign on the Premises, and (b) advising Landlord’s leasing staff or agents of the availability of the Premises. If Landlord receives any payments from the reletting of the Premises, any such payments shall first be applied to any damages, costs or expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by Landlord as a result of Tenant’s Event of Default under the Lease as set forth above, and in no event shall Tenant be entitled to any excess of rent (or rent plus other sums) obtained by reletting over and above the rent herein reserved. The rights of Landlord under this Section 17 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. With regard to subdivision (d), the Landlord’s sole remedy, provided there are no other uncured Tenant Events of Default including Tenant’s failure, inability to or maintain the Deposit Account, (in which case Landlord reserves all rights hereunder for such other Tenant Events of Default), shall be to take over control of the Deposit Control Account pursuant to its security interest for the express and limited purpose of using the funds that remain in the Deposit Control Account toward completing the agreed on Tenant Improvements.

 

-28-


18. LANDLORD DEFAULT . If Landlord shall:

(a) file or have filed against it a petition or case under any section or chapter of the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or under any similar law or statute of the United States or any state and such petition or case is not discharged within ninety (90) days; or

(b) fail to fulfill any covenant or provision of this Lease on its part to be performed and fail to remedy such failure within thirty (30) days after Tenant shall have given Landlord written notice of such failure, then the same shall be an event of default and Tenant shall have all rights, powers and remedies available at law or equity.

19. SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE, ATTORNMENT.

(a) Future Encumbrances . This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to the lien of any mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease hereafter placed on all or any part of the Premises, provided that Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G (the “ SNDA ”) executed by the holder thereof (“ Holder ”). Upon execution by Tenant, Landlord shall record the SNDA in the San Luis Obispo County Recorder’s Office (the “ Recording Office ”), at Landlord’s sole cost.

(b) Existing Encumbrances . Simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Lease, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant the SNDA executed by each Holder of any mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease then encumbering all or any part of the Premises. Tenant shall execute the SNDA simultaneously with the execution of this Lease. Landlord shall, within ten (10) days of the execution of this Lease, record the SNDA(s) in the appropriate Recording Office, at Landlord’s sole cost,

(c) Payments to Holder . Tenant shall be entitled to rely upon any notice requesting that Tenant make all future rent payments to a Holder and Tenant shall not be liable to Landlord for any payment made to a Holder in accordance with such notice.

20. ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE .

(a) Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that (i) there have been no orders, notices of violation, complaints or other similar communications issued by federal, state or local governmental agencies and, except as described in the summary attached hereto as Schedule III , Landlord has no knowledge, after due investigation, of any actual, potential or alleged violations of Environmental Laws (hereinafter defined), regarding any acts or omissions upon or affecting the Premises before the date of this Lease, or which will impact or delay Tenant’s occupancy as of the Commencement Date; (ii) during the term of this Lease, Landlord will comply with and will require other tenants of the Premises to comply with all Environmental Laws; (iii) Landlord, its agents, contractors and employees have at all times prior to the date of the Lease operated the Premises and released, used, handled, generated, manufactured, treated, transported from, stored or disposed of any substance, chemical or waste which is regulated by the Environmental Laws (“Hazardous Material”) in strict compliance with those laws on the Premises; (iv) except as disclosed in writing

 

-29-


by Landlord to Tenant prior to the date of the Lease, Landlord is not aware of the presence on the Premises of any asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls (“ PCBs ”) or other known hazardous substances, materials, chemicals or waste, as those terms are defined under applicable Environmental Laws, other than normal household and janitorial supplies and chemicals and consumer amounts of petroleum products, wells or underground storage tanks; (v) if Hazardous Material in, on or adjacent to the Premises results in any contamination of the Premises, including its soil, surface, or groundwater, not caused by Tenant, Landlord will cleanup and remove the Hazardous Material in accordance with the applicable Environmental Laws and remediate the Premises to the condition approved by the applicable governmental agency(ies), and indemnify, defend and hold harmless Tenant from and against any liability, loss and damages arising from or related to such Hazardous Materials not caused by Tenant; (vi) there are no underground storage tanks on the Premises; (vii) except as disclosed in writing by Landlord to Tenant prior to the date of the Lease, Landlord is not aware of any condition on the Premises or in the area surrounding the Premises that will materially and adversely affect the Premises, including its value, Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises or Landlord’s ability to perform its obligations under this Lease.

(b) Notwithstanding any provision in the Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at Tenant’s request, Tenant from and against any and all liability, loss, damages or expense (including court costs, attorneys’ and consultants’ fees and clean-up costs), incurred by Tenant in connection with any and all claims, demands or suits for damages, injunction, remediation, contribution or other relief to the extent any of them are caused by, arise out of or result from (i) any breach of Landlord’s warranties contained in this clause, (ii) the generation, storage, use, handling, discharge, release or disposal, as those terms are defined under applicable Environmental Laws, of any Hazardous Material, at the Premises, which occurred prior to the date of the Lease or during the term of the Lease, other than those caused, in whole or in part, by the action or inaction of Tenant.

(c) For the purposes of this clause, the term “ Environmental Laws ” shall mean any federal, state, county or local law, statute, ordinance, code, rule or regulation relating to the protection of the environment, health or safety, as the same may be amended from time to time, including, but not limited to the following: (i) the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. §7401, et seq.), (ii) the Clean Water Act (see U.S.C. § 1251, et seq.), (iii) the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended by the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments of 1984 (42 U.S.C. §9601, et seq.), (iv) Toxic Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. §2601, et seq.), (v) the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act of 1986, as amended (7 U.S.C. §135, et seq.), (vi) the Safe Drinking Water Act (42 U.S.C. §300(f), et seq.); (vii) Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, as amended by the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 (42 U.S.C. §9601, et seq.); (viii) the Occupational Health and Safety Act (29 U.S.C. §651, et seq.); (ix) the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. §1801, et seq.), (x) the Noise Control Act of 1972 (42 S.C. §4901, et seq.), (xi) Emergency Planning and Community Right to Know Act (42 U.S.C. §§11001-11050), and (xii) the National Environmental Policy Act (42 U.S.C. §§4321-4347).

(d) This Section 20 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

 

-30-


21. RECORDING . Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall record this Lease. Contemporaneously with the execution of this Lease, Landlord and Tenant shall execute a memorandum of lease containing such information as shall be required by the appropriate state statutes, and such other information, restrictions or benefits as Tenant may reasonably require, substantially in the form attached hereto as Schedule IV . Landlord shall, within ten (10) days after the execution of this Lease, at Landlord’s sole cost, record the memorandum of lease in the appropriate Recording Office. Landlord shall not, without Tenant’s prior written consent, disclose the contents of this Lease to any third party except Landlord’s professional advisors, existing and potential lenders or potential buyers or partners of the Property.

22. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE . Tenant shall, upon thirty (30) days prior written request of Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord or its designee a written statement stating, to the reasonable knowledge of Tenant as of the date made: (a) the date this Lease was executed; (b) the Commencement Date and the Expiration Date; (c) the monthly installment amount of Annual Base Rent and other Additional Rents or payments due hereunder and the date to which all such rent has been paid; (d) that this Lease is in full force and effect and has not been assigned, modified, supplemented or amended in any way (or specifying the date and terms of any agreement so affecting this Lease); (e) that this Lease represents the entire agreement between the parties as to this lease transaction (or identifying those other documents which, together with this Lease, form the entire agreement between the parties as to this lease transaction); (f) that all required contributions by Landlord to Tenant on account of Tenant’s improvements have been received (or specifying those required contributions which Landlord has not made); (g) that as of the date of the statement there are no existing defenses or offsets which Tenant has against the enforcement of this Lease by Landlord except as set out by Tenant; (h) that no Annual Base Rent has been paid for more than one (1) month in advance except as set out by Tenant; (i) that no security has been deposited with Landlord; and, (i) any other information or facts requesting party may require, whether to issue a loan, complete a purchase or other transaction. Any such statement may be relied upon by a prospective purchaser or mortgagee of Landlord’s interest in the Premises. Landlord shall, upon thirty (30) days prior written request by Tenant, deliver to Tenant or its designee an estoppel certificate, in the substance and form described above, describing the status of this Lease and any ground lease, underlying lease or mortgage encumbering the Premises.

23. ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES .

(a) FMV Rent Determinations. With regard to any dispute either in connection with the setting the FMV Rent for any Extension Term, subject to the 94% minimum and 103% maximum, the Parties, within fifteen (15) days after the request of either Landlord or Tenant, shall jointly appoint a certified MAI commercial real estate appraiser with a minimum of ten (10) years full-time experience in appraising commercial real property in San Luis Obispo County. If Landlord and Tenant cannot agree on an acceptable appraiser, Landlord and Tenant shall each choose, within fifteen (15) days thereafter, its own appraiser who meets the qualifications described above, and failing to do so shall constitute the appointment of the other’s appraiser, who shall make such rent determination. Otherwise, the two appraisers shall make such rent determination. If the two appraisers are unable to agree on Fair Market Value Rent, within twenty (20) days of their appointment, they shall then jointly select, within tell (10) days thereafter, a third appraiser who meets the qualifications described above. Within twenty (20) days after appointment of the third

 

-31-


appraiser, the appraisers shall determine the Fair Market Value Rent, by the decision of a majority of them. If a majority of appraisers are unable to set such rent within such period, the appraisals shall be added together and their total divided by the number of appraisals, the resulting quotient shall be the applicable rent; provided that if the low appraisal and/or the high appraisal is more than 10% lower or 10% higher than the middle appraisal, then such lower and/or higher appraisal shall be disregarded. The determination of the arbitrator(s) shall be final and binding on Landlord and Tenant, and shall be applicable as of the rent commencement date for the payment of such rent. The cost of the arbitrator(s) shall be borne equally by the parties.

(b) Disputes Excluded From Arbitration . The following claims, disputes or disagreements under this Lease are expressly excluded from the arbitration procedures set forth herein; (i) Disputes for which a different resolution determination is specifically set forth in this Lease or the Loan Agreement, attached as Schedule II ; (ii) all claims by either party which (A) seek anything other than enforcement or determination of rights under this Lease, or (B) are primarily founded upon matters of fraud, willful misconduct, bad faith or any other allegations of tortious action, and seek the award of punitive or exemplary damages; (iii) claims relating to (A) Landlord exercise of any unlawful detainer rights pursuant to applicable law or (B) rights or remedies used by Landlord to gain possession of the Premises or terminate Tenant’s right of possession to the Premises, all of which disputes shall be resolved by suit filed in Superior Court of the County of San Luis Obispo, the decision of which court shall be subject to appeal pursuant to California law.

(c) Arbitration for Non-Monetary Disputes . Except with regard to any dispute or other matter relating to the FMV Rent determinations made pursuant to Subsection 23(a) or disputes excluded from Arbitration under Subsection 23(b) , Landlord and Tenant agree that, if and to the extent that any dispute between them arising out of or relating to this Lease or the breach thereof (collectively, “ Non-Monetary Disputes ”) cannot be resolved, such Non-Monetary Dispute shall at the election of either party he submitted to arbitration in accordance with this Subsection 23(c) . If either party (the “ Initiating Party ”) elects to submit any Non-Monetary Dispute to arbitration, the judgment or the award rendered in any such arbitration may be entered in any court having jurisdiction and shall be final and binding upon the parties. The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the then prevailing rules of the American Arbitration Association or its successor for arbitration of commercial disputes (and if less than $50,000 is in dispute, in accordance with “Expedited Procedures” of AAA Commercial Arbitration Rules), and the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1283.05, or any successor or amended statute or law containing similar provisions. The decision of the arbitrator(s) shall be final and binding on Landlord and Tenant. The arbitrator(s) shall award to the prevailing party, if any, as determined by the arbitrator(s), all of its costs and fees. “ Costs and fees ” shall mean all expenses of the arbitration, including the arbitrators’ fees, attorneys’ fees, and reasonable legal expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in this subparagraph shall be deemed to limit or restrict Landlord’s rights to file an unlawful detainer action under California Code of Civil Procedure §§1161 et seq. and obtain a judgment thereunder.

(d) Tolling . Whenever a matter which has been submitted to arbitration involves a dispute as to whether or not a particular act or omission (other than a failure to pay money) constitutes an Event of Default, the time to commence or cease such action shall he tolled from the date that the Notice of Arbitration is served through and until the date the Arbitrator renders his or

 

-32-


her decision. Provided however, that this provision shall NOT apply if the Arbitrator determines that the Arbitration Notice was prepared in bad faith. Whenever a dispute arises between the Parties concerning whether or not the failure to make a payment of money constitutes a default, the service of an Arbitration Notice shall NOT toil the time period in which to pay the money. The Party allegedly obligated to pay the money may, however, elect to pay the money “under protest” by accompanying said payment with a written statement setting forth the reasons for such protest. If thereafter, the Arbitrator determines that the Party who received said money was not entitled to such payment, said money shall be promptly returned to the Party who paid such money under protest together with Default Interest thereon. If a Party makes a payment “under protest” but no Notice of Arbitration is filed within thirty days, then such protest shall be deemed waived.

24. HOLDING OVER . If Tenant shall hold over after the expiration of the Term, its tenancy shall be on a month-to-month basis (except that Landlord shall not have the right to terminate such month-to-month tenancy for the first 120 days after the Expiration Date) and shall be subject to all of the terms, conditions, provisions and obligations of this Lease, except that each monthly installment of Annual Base Rent shall be one hundred percent (100%) for the first 120 days and one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the monthly Annual Base Rent installment thereafter that applied to the last month of the Term. This holdover rental amount shall be Landlord’s exclusive right and remedy against Tenant and shall be deemed to cover all liabilities, obligations or charges which may be incurred by Landlord because of a holdover by Tenant.

25. EASEMENTS . Landlord reserves to itself the right, from time to time, to grant such easements, rights, dedications and encroachments that Landlord deems necessary or desirable, and to cause the recordation of conditions, covenants and restrictions, so long as such easements, rights, dedications, revised maps, encroachments and conditions, covenants and restrictions do not unreasonably interfere with the use of the Premises by Tenant or materially increased Tenant’s actual or potential monetary and non-monetary obligations under this Lease. Tenant shall sign any of the aforementioned or other documents, and take such other actions, which are reasonably necessary or appropriate to accomplish such granting recordation and subordination of the Lease to same, upon request of Landlord, and failure to do so within ten (10) business days of a written request to do so shall constitute a material breach of this Lease.

26. FORCE MAJEURE . In any case where either party hereto is required to do any act (other than the payment of money), delays caused by or resulting from Ads of God or Nature, war, civil commotion, fire, flood or other casualty, labor difficulties, shortages of labor or materials or equipment, government regulations, delay by government or regulatory agencies with respect to approval or permit process, unusually severe weather, or other causes beyond such party’s reasonable control (“ Force Majeure Delays ”) the time during which act shall be completed, shall be deemed to be extended by the period of such delay, whether such time be designated by a fixed date, a fixed time or “a reasonable time.” Any Force Majeure Delay or the current Property owner’s failure to perform the ground lease, which by virtue of its length frustrates the fundamental purpose of this Agreement prior to the Landlord Substantial Completion Date shall be grounds for termination on notice of either party as a Force Majeure event.

27. MODIFICATIONS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD’S LENDER . If any lender of Landlord requires a modification of this Lease that will not increase Tenant’s cost or expense or

 

-33-


adversely change Tenant’s rights and obligations, this Lease shall be so modified and Tenant shall execute whatever documents are required by such lender and deliver them to Landlord within ten (10) days after the request.

28. NOTICES . Any notice required or permitted under this Lease shall be in writing, sent by a reputable private carrier of overnight mail or mailed by United States Certified Mail, Return Receipt Requested, postage prepaid, in each case addressed to the Landlord or either or both Tenants as set forth in Section 1 . Either Landlord or Tenant may, by notice to the other, change the address(es) to which notices are to be sent. All notices shall be deemed effective upon receipt or upon refusal to accept delivery.

29. NO MERGER . The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant or a mutual cancellation of the Lease or a termination by Landlord will not work a merger and will, at the option of Landlord, terminate all of any existing subtenancies or may, at the option of Landlord, operate as an assignment to Landlord of any subtenancies.

30. AGREED INTEREST RATE . Except as expressly herein provided in Subsection 8(c) , any amount due to either party not paid when due shall bear interest at the Bank of America prime rate (“ Agreed Rate ”). Payment of such interest shall not excuse or cure any default by Tenant under this Lease. Despite any other provision of this Lease, the total liability for interest payments shall not exceed the limits, if any, imposed by the usury laws of the State of California. Any interest paid in excess of those limits shall be refunded to the payer by application of the amount of excess interest paid against any sums outstanding in any order that payee requires if the amount of excess interest paid exceeds the sums outstanding, the portion exceeding those sums shall be refunded in cash to the payer by the payee. To ascertain whether any interest payable exceeds the limits imposed, any non principal payment (including late charges) shall be considered to the extent permitted by law to be an expense or a fee, premium, or penalty rather than interest.

31. BROKERS . Each party represents to the other that (i) it has not dealt with any broker, agent or other intermediary who is or may be entitled to be paid a broker commission or finder’s fee in connection with this Lease and (ii) there are no claims for brokerage commissions or finder’s fees in connection with this Lease.

32. FOR SALE/LEASE SIGNS . Landlord may, at any time, place on or about the Premises any ordinary “For Sale” signs and the Landlord may, at any time during the last eleven (11) months of the Term (or during any period in which the Tenant is in default under this Lease), place on or about the Premises any ordinary “For Lease” or similar signs, all without rebate of rent or liability to the Tenant.

33. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION . The Landlord and the Tenant each hereby waive any and all rights of recovery against the other, or against the officers, employees, and agents and representatives of the other, for loss of or any damage to such waiving party or its property, or the property of others under its control, to the extent that such loss or damage is insured against under any valid and collectible insurance policy in force at the time of such loss or damages.

 

-34-


34. SATELLITE INSTALLATION . Subject to the following provisions of this Section 34 , Landlord grants Tenant the exclusive right to install, operate and maintain, at Tenant’s expense and risk, a lawfully permitted antenna(e), satellite dish and associated equipment (the “ Satellite Equipment ”) at a location on the Premises to be determined by Tenant and reasonably acceptable to Landlord and consistent with all CC&Rs and/or governmental regulations, laws and ordinances applicable to the Property. Tenant shall submit to Landlord for its approval, a full set of engineering plans and specifications for the proposed Satellite Equipment installation, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed;

(a) Tenant shall obtain all necessary municipal, state and federal permits and authorizations required to install, maintain and operate the Satellite Equipment and pay any charges levied by government agencies which are the sole result of Tenant having the Antenna Equipment. Landlord agrees to cooperate with Tenant in obtaining all such permits and authorizations, at no cost or expense to Landlord;

(b) Tenant agrees that the installation will not violate existing roof warranties, if placed on the roof and agrees to maintain the Satellite Equipment in a good state of repair and to save Landlord harmless from any claims, liability or expenses resulting from the erection, maintenance, operation, existence or removal of the Satellite Equipment, provided that such loss, costs or damages are not due, in whole or in part, to the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, employees or contractors;

(c) At the conclusion of the Term, Tenant shall remove the Satellite Equipment and surrender and restore the Premises to Landlord in accordance with the provisions of Subsection 13(e); and,

(d) The liability insurance to be carried by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Lease shall include coverage for Tenant’s activity related to the Satellite Equipment.

35. MISCELLANEOUS .

(a) Governing Law . The exercise, validity, construction, operation and effect of the terms and provisions of this Lease shall be determined and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California applicable to agreements made and to be performed in the State of California Governing Law. Landlord and Tenant hereby consent to personal jurisdiction and venue of any California state court located in the County of San Luis Obispo and United States District Courts for the Central District of California, and any successor court, and the service or process by any means authorized by such court.

(b) Construction . The language of this Lease shall be construed according to its normal and usual meaning and not strictly for or against either Landlord or Tenant. The rule of construction which allows a court to construe a document more strictly against its author shall not govern the interpretation of this Lease.

(c) Remedy . No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to either party is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall be

 

-35-


cumulative and in addition to any other right or remedy given by this Lease or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity. The failure of either party to insist upon the strict performance of any obligation shall not be deemed a waiver thereof.

(d) Severability . Many provision of this Lease, or its application to any situation, shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Lease, or the application thereof to situations other than as to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and every provision of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

(e) Binding Agreement . Subject to any provisions hereof restricting assignment or subletting by the Tenant and subject to the limitations in Section 16 , the terms and conditions contained in this Lease shall bind the parties, their personal representatives, successors, and assigns.

(f) Time is of the Essence . Landlord and Tenant agree that in fulfilling all terms and conditions of this Lease, time is of the essence.

(g) Cumulative Remedies . No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity.

(h) Entire Agreement . This Lease, the exhibits hereto which by this reference are incorporated herein as though set forth in full herein, covers in full each and every agreement of every kind or nature whatsoever between the parties hereto concerning the Premises, and all preliminary negotiations and agreements of whatsoever kind or nature are merged herein. The Landlord has made no representations or promises whatsoever with respect to the Premises except those contained herein, and no other person, firm or corporation has at any time had any authority from the Landlord to make any representations or promises on behalf of the Landlord. If any such representations or promises have been made by others, the Tenant hereby waives all right to rely thereon. No verbal agreement or implied covenant shall be held to vary the provisions hereof, any statute, law, or custom to the contrary notwithstanding. Except as otherwise provided herein, nothing expressed or implied herein is intended or shall be construed to confer upon or grant any person any rights or remedies under or by reason of any term or condition contained in this Lease.

(i) Attorneys’ Fees . If any action at law or equity, including an action for declaratory relief, is brought to enforce the provisions of this Lease, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover actual attorneys’ fees incurred in bringing such action and/or enforcing any judgment granted therein, all of which shall be deemed to have accrued upon the commencement of the action and shall be paid whether or not such action is prosecuted to judgment. The attorneys’ fees to be awarded the prevailing party may be determined by the court or arbitrator in the same action or in a separate action brought for that purpose. Any judgment or order entered in such action shall contain a specific provision providing for the recovery of actual attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in enforcing such judgment. The award of attorneys’ fees shall not be computed in accordance with any court or arbitration schedule, but shall be made so as to fully reimburse the prevailing party for all attorneys’ fees, paralegal fees, costs and expenses actually incurred in good faith, regardless of the size of the judgment, it being the intention of the parties to fully compensate the prevailing party for all attorneys’ fees, paralegal fees, costs, and expenses paid or incurred in good faith. For purposes of this subsection, attorneys’ fees shall include, without limitation,

 

-36-


attorneys’ fees, costs, and expenses incurred up to and including the entry of any judgment or order. Attorneys’ fees allowable hereunder shall also include any attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by one party in order to prosecute or protect its rights as a result of a petition of proceeding filed under Title 11 U.S.C. (or similar future laws) by the other party.

(j) No Agency . Neither party is the agent nor partner of the other, and the legal relationship between the parties hereto shall be governed solely by the terms of this Lease when duly executed by both parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby.

(k) Joint and Several Tenancy . Both entities executing this Lease shall be considered the Tenant and their obligations hereunder are joint and several, and any act or notice of or to, or refund to, or the signature of, any one or more of them, in relation to the renewal or termination of this Lease, or under or with respect to any of the terms hereof shall be fully binding on each and all of the entities persons executing this Lease as a Lessee.

(l) Sale . If the Property is sold and Landlord retains no direct ownership of the Property, Landlord shall remain liable under this Lease for any claims arising up to the date of ownership transfer, but shall be released of liability after the date of ownership transfer, and the purchaser of the Premises shall be deemed to have assumed all liability and agreed to carry out all of the obligations of the Landlord under this Lease from the date of ownership transfer going forward.

(m) Accord and Satisfaction . No payment by the Tenant or receipt by the Landlord of a lesser amount than the Rent herein stipulated shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest stipulated Rent, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and the Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to the Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such rent or pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease.

(n) Gender; Number . Whenever the context of this Lease requires, the masculine gender includes the feminine or neuter, and the singular number includes the plural.

(o) Captions . The captions appearing within the body of this Lease have been inserted as a matter of convenience and for reference only and in no way define, limit or enlarge the scope of meaning of this Lease or any provision of this Lease.

(p) Counterparts . This Lease may be executed in several counterparts, all of which constitute one and the same instrument.

36. SIGNAGE . Tenant, as part of its Tenant Improvements, shall be responsible for installation of any signs, whether monument or on the façade of the Building. All signs shall be designed and placed in a manner consistent with any CC&Rs and governmental regulations. The Tenant shall maintain the all signs in good condition and repair at its own expense. No other sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name, or notice shall be inscribed, displayed, printed, or affixed to or near any part of the outside or inside of the Building without the written consent of the Landlord first had and obtained and without full compliance with all governmental requirements.

 

-37-


37. TENANT’S RIGHT OF FIRST NEGOTIATION . Tenant acknowledges that Landlord is the tenant under a ground lease with a third party; however, if Landlord, as the ground tenant, desires to transfer its interest in the ground lease or elects to obtain fee title to the Property and thereafter desires to sell Property as improved, Landlord shall notify Tenant, and Tenant shall have first right to negotiate the purchase price, terms and conditions for Tenant’s purchase of Landlord’s interest in the ground lease or Property and its Improvements. If the parties are unable to agree to the basic terms of the purchase, including obtaining third party approvals, if required, within ninety (90) days, Tenant’s right shall terminate and shall not be continuing. Tenant’s rights under this Section shall be subordinate to the rights of the ground lease and all mortgages to which Landlord may hereafter subject the Premises. A foreclosure by such mortgagee or transfer in lieu of foreclosure to such mortgagee shall not constitute a “sale or transfer” for purposes of this Section. Tenant shall execute such further agreements reasonably requested by any such mortgagee, including a subordination agreement, confirming the foregoing. This Section shall not apply to a proposed sale or transfer by Landlord of its interest in the ground lease or Property, if acquired, to an affiliate of Landlord in which Landlord remains a controlling owner, provided such affiliate shall agree in writing to be subject to and bound by all provisions in this Lease and in any other agreements between the Parties that are ancillary or related to this Lease. Notwithstanding the forgoing, should Tenant and Landlord agree to terms in first ninety (90) day negotiation period, but Tenant requires additional time to complete the purchase, Landlord shall grant Tenant thirty (30) additional days to complete its purchase of the ground lease or Property. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Tenant’s Right of First Negotiation is limited to the original Tenant, and the rights set forth under this Section 37 shall terminate upon the original Tenant’s assignment or sublease of all or part of this Lease.

38. OFAC/PATRIOT Act .

(a) At all times throughout the Term, Tenant and all of its respective Affiliates shall (and Tenant shall provide in any sublease that any subtenant shall) (i) not be a Prohibited Person; (ii) not knowingly engage in any dealings or transactions that evade or avoid, or have the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempting to violate any Prescribed Laws, or be otherwise associated with or engaged in business with any Prohibited Person; (iii) be in full compliance with all applicable orders, rules, regulations and recommendations of OFAC (including those executive orders and lists published by OFAC with respect to Prohibited Persons); and (iv) otherwise be in full compliance with all Prescribed Laws.

(b) At all times throughout the Term, Landlord and all of its respective Affiliates shall (i) not be a Prohibited Person; (ii) not knowingly engage in any dealings or transactions that evade or avoid, or have the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempting to violate any Prescribed Laws, or be otherwise associated with or engaged in business with any Prohibited Person; (iii) be in full compliance with all applicable orders, rules, regulations and recommendations of OFAC (including those executive orders and lists published by OFAC with respect to Prohibited Persons); and (iv) otherwise be in full compliance with all Prescribed Laws.

(c) For purposes of this Section “Prescribed Laws” means, collectively, (i) the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act (USA Patriot Act of 2001); (ii) the Executive Order; (iii) the Trading with

 

-38-


the Enemy Act and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 C.F.R. Subtitle B, Chapter V); (iv) the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 U.S.C. Section 1701 et seq.; and (v) all other Legal Requirements relating to acts of war, drug trafficking, anti-money laundering, terrorism, or similar activities that threaten the security of the United States of America.

39. ATTACHMENTS . The following exhibits form a part of this Lease and were attached before this Lease was signed by the parties:

Exhibits :

 

A - Property Legal Description
A-1 - Site Plan
B-1 - Landlord Improvement Plans and Specifications
B-2 - Tenant Improvement Plans and Specifications
B-3 - Substantial Completion Date Addendum
C - Commencement Date Addendum
D - Project Timeline and Milestone Dates
E - GMP Budget and Annual Rent Calculation
E-1 - Final GMP Budget and Annual Rent Calculations
F - Estimate of the Annual Additional Rent
G - Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement

 

-39-


Schedule I- Wiring Instructions
Schedule II- Summary of Environmental Conditions
Schedule III- Security Agreement
Schedule IV- Memorandum of Lease

[SIGNATURES ON NEXT PAGE]

 

-40-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Landlord and Tenant have signed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD: TENANT:
SLO Tech Campus, LLC MINDBODY, Inc.
a California limited liability company a California corporation

By: NKT Commercial, LLC

a California limited liability company

By:

/s/ Rick Stollmeyer

Its: Manager Rick Stollmeyer, Its: President
By:

 

Dated:

10/11/13

Nicholas J. Tompkins, Its: Manager
Dated:

 

 

-41-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Landlord and Tenant have signed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD: TENANT:
SLO Tech Campus, LLC MINDBODY, Inc.
a California limited liability company a California corporation

By: NKT Commercial, LLC

a California limited liability company

By:

 

Its: Manager Rick Stollmeyer, Its: President
By:

/s/ Nicholas J. Tompkins

Dated:

 

Nicholas J. Tompkins, Its: Manager
Dated:

10-11-2013

 

-42-


EXHIBIT A

LEGAL DESCRIPTION

THE LAND REFERRED TO HEREIN BELOW IS SITUATED IN THE COUNTY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, AND IS DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:

Parcel 1:

That portion of the land described in the deed recorded in Book 1349, Page 101 of Official Records, of the County of San Luis Obispo, State of California, being also a portion of Lots 80 and 81 of the San Luis Obispo Suburban Tract, lying Northerly of the following described line:

beginning at a point on the Southwesterly line of Parcel “D” of Parcel Map CO 74-270, recorded in Book 16, Page 49 of Maps, records of said County, distant thereon 543.00 feet from the Northwesterly comer thereof; thence North 66° 52’ 08” East, 316.27 feet to a point on the Northeasterly line of said deed, distant thereon 552.16 feet from the Northeasterly corner thereof.

Parcel. 2:

That portion of Parcel “D” of Parcel Map CO 74-270, recorded in Book 16, Page 49 of Maps, in the County of San Luis Obispo, State of California, lying Northerly of the following described line:

beginning at a point on the Southwesterly line of said parcel distant thereon 543.00 feet from the Northwesterly corner thereof; thence North 66° 52’ 08” East, 316.27 feet to a point on the Northeasterly line of the land described in the deed recorded in Book 1349, Page 101, of Official Records, distant thereon 552,16 feet from the Northeasterly corner thereof.

APN: 053-422-006

***

 

-A-


EXHIBIT A-1

SITE PLAN

 

A-1


LOGO


Mindbody

Parking Count

 

Location    Standard      Future      Compact      Accessible      Total  

On Site

     84         26         0         4         114   

Parking Garage

              

Ground Floor

     49         0         36         2         87   

Second Level

     57         0         36         1         94   

Third Level

     60         0         36         1         97   

Fourth Level

     32         0         2         1         35   
                 313   
              

 

 

 

Grand Total

  427   
              

 

 

 

prepared by RRM and Nova Structures 9-19-2013


LOGO


 

LOGO


 

LOGO


 

LOGO


EXHIBIT B-1

LANDLORD IMPROVEMENT PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS

ALL SPECIFICATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGES AS MUTUALLY AGREED BY

LANDLORD AND TENANT

PURPOSE : The purpose of this Exhibit B-1 is to define the responsibilities of the Landlord regarding the Building, site work and associated offsite improvements, and the Parking Garage. All work shall be performed by Landlord, subject to cost and GMP allocation through Base Rent, Except for the Tenant Improvements completed by Tenant, all work specified herein shall be included in the Guaranteed Maximum Price Budget (GMP Budget) to be agreed to by the parties. All work not specified in this Exhibit B-1 , regardless of whether specified in Exhibit B-2 , and any other construction work (materials, labor, and overhead) required or performed for any reason that is not specified in the GMP Budget as Building, site, offsite and Parking Garage shall be the responsibility of Tenant, Landlord is delivering to Tenant the Building, with HVAC set, all site work completed, together with the Parking Garage.

The specifications set forth herein for the Building, site work, and Parking Garage shall be amended on or prior to the GMP Budget Date after the parties have the Final GMP Budget figures, so that this Attachment will reflect the actual specifications included in the Final GMP Budget, subject to approval of both parties, which revisions shall thereupon modify the Lease and this Exhibit as to all conflicting terms by reference.

PLANS AND APPROVALS :

A. Conceptual Development Package and Approval , Tenant has approved the Conceptual Development Package (as defined below) for the Landlord Improvements. “Conceptual Development Package” as used herein shall mean all of the following documents and materials: (a) initial plans, specifications and elevations for the construction of the Landlord Improvements; (b) any surveys, geotechnical reports or other reports or studies with respect to the Landlord Improvements; (c) a preliminary utility plan; and (d) any other plans, designs or specifications then prepared by or for the Landlord in connection with the Landlord Improvements.

B. Governmental Submittals . The Landlord shall prepare all applications and submittals (collectively, “Submittal Package”) to all governmental and quasi-governmental authorities having jurisdiction over the design and construction of the Landlord Improvements (“Governmental Authorities”) necessary to obtain all permits, licenses, variances, and approvals required in order to construct the Landlord Improvements. The Submittal Package shall be consistent in all material respects with the Conceptual Development Package approved by the Tenant and shall include copies of any proposed applications, sign plans, associated offsite improvements, drawings and plans and shall be submitted to the Tenant for approval or disapproval (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) prior to actual submittal to the applicable Governmental Authorities.

(i) Submittal Package Approval . Within ten (10) business days after the Tenant’s receipt of the Submittal Package, the Tenant may, by written notice to the Landlord, reasonably disapprove any portion of the Submittal Package that has a material adverse effect on the

 

Exhibit B-1 | Page 1


Landlord Improvements. If the Tenant disapproves any element of the Submittal Package, then the Landlord shall either promptly incorporate any such changes into the Submittal Package, and redeliver it, as revised, to the Tenant, or notify the Tenant of the Landlord’s intention to not make the requested changes. If (i) the Landlord notifies the Tenant that the Landlord does not wish to incorporate some or all of the Tenant’s requested changes to the Submittal Package, or (ii) the Landlord incompletely or inaccurately incorporates such changes into the Submittal Package, then the Landlord shall promptly consult with the Tenant so as to reach agreement on the final changes to be incorporated into the Submittal Package. The Landlord and the Tenant shall use reasonable efforts to agree on the final changes to be incorporated into the Submittal Package within ten (10) business days of the Tenant’s receipt of the revised Submittal Package or notice from the Landlord that the Landlord does not wish to incorporate some or all of the Tenant’s requested changes. Once the Submittal Package is finalized, no changes may be made to the Submittal Package in relation to the Landlord Improvements, except as mutually consented to by the Landlord and the Tenant.

(ii) Construction Plans . As soon as practical following return of responses to the plan check documents, the Landlord shall prepare and submit to the Tenant the final construction plans and drawings for the Landlord Improvements (collectively, “Construction Plans”), including, to the extent necessary or appropriate for construction of the Landlord Improvements: (a) a demolition plan; (b) a utility plan; (c) a landscaping plan; and (d) a construction schedule.

(iii) Construction Plans Approval . With respect to the Landlord Improvements, the Construction Plans shall be consistent in all material respects with the Conceptual Development Package approved by the Tenant and shall submitted to the Governmental Authorities as approved. Landlord and Tenant have been working jointly to develop the Construction Plans and have both approved basic concepts. Within ten (10) business days after the Tenant’s receipt of any changes to the agreed on Construction Plans, the Tenant may, by written notice to the Landlord, reasonably disapprove any portion of changes that has a material adverse effect on the Landlord Improvements. If the Tenant does not accept or requests alternatives, then the Landlord shall either promptly incorporate any agreed alternatives into the Construction Plans, and redeliver them, as revised, to the Tenant, or notify the Tenant of the Landlord’s intention to not make the requested changes. If (i) the Landlord notifies the Tenant that the Landlord does not wish to incorporate some or all of the Tenant’s requested changes to the Construction Plans, or (ii) the Landlord incompletely or inaccurately incorporates such changes into the Construction Plans, then the Landlord shall promptly consult with the Tenant so as to reach agreement on the final changes to be incorporated into the Construction Plans. The Landlord and the Tenant shall use reasonable efforts to agree on the final changes to be incorporated into the Construction Plans within fifteen (15) days of the Tenant’s receipt of the revised Construction Plans or notice from the Landlord that the Landlord does not wish to incorporate some or all of the Tenant’s requested changes. No changes may be made to the Final Construction Plans except as consented to by the Landlord and the Tenant, and the Landlord shall promptly complete the Landlord Improvements in accordance with the Final Construction Plans.

 

Exhibit B-1 | Page 2


Project Description :

Construction of a custom office building of approximately 63,973 square feet, measured as 32,500 sq. ft. on the first floor and 31,473 sq. feet on the second floor, with an exclusive use Parking Garage. The project will be in open book format with all costs and profit fully exposed to Tenant.

Tenant will retain RRM Design Group as its architect and will be providing interior design services. RRM shall also serve as Landlord’s Architect for design of the Building and Parking Garage.

Site Description :

The site will be graded to provide a level pad for the proposed building areas.

Utilities :

Landlord shall provide all appropriate utilities with the proper capacity to construct the Building to meet the specifications per Landlord Improvement Plans and Specifications.

Landlord’s Responsibility :

The Landlord shall be responsible for the site work/vanilla shell architecture, civil/MEPS engineering, fire sprinklers, utility services coordination, designing and constructing the vanilla shell Building per this Exhibit B-1 , on-site work, and the Parking Garage including, but not limited to the following scope:

 

    On site improvements including ingress/egress roads, parking, landscaping, lighting signage and storm water management.

 

    Other required parking improvements.

 

    Required offsite improvements to comply with state and municipal approval, including traffic signaling when required by the City.

 

    The parties intend that the contract documents will provide for a clear ceiling height of 10’-0” at most spaces, with mechanical rooms, restrooms and offices constructed with lower ceilings; however, the parties acknowledge there may be conditions that cause encroachment into this space and it is the responsibility the Project Architect, to identify these conditions. If a condition arises that causes encroachment into the 10’-0” clear ceiling height the Landlord and Tenant will be notified.

 

    Concrete foundations, (other criteria to be specified as plans evolve).

 

    Vanilla shell building (per criteria to be specified as plans evolve) completed by Project Architect.

 

    Roof specifications (other criteria to be specified as plans evolve),

 

    Floor construction (other criteria to be specified as plans evolve),

 

    Electrical service site feed service of adequate capacity for build out of site, Building, Parking Garage, and Tenant Improvements.

 

    Electrical service for Parking Garage.

 

    Electrical service for Building including main switch board with space and housekeeping pad for two future commercial 6 meter sections for future tenant metering. Landlord shall provide Tenant main distribution panels and conduit to Tenant subpanel locations within the Building.

 

Exhibit B-1 | Page 3


    Conduit for Telephone service to demarcation closet.

 

    Conduit Fiber optic telephone and data service to demarcation closet.

 

    HVAC system including high efficiency (defined as exceeding Title 24 by at least 25%) rooftop package VAV units with main medium pressure supply air duct drops to each floor and hot water boiler with piping main to each floor for hot water heater. Plumbing stub-ups to both floors of Tenant space and storm drain for Parking Garage.

 

    Complete drain, waste, vent, and water supply to restrooms required for code compliance, with plumbing stubs to Tenant space for Tenant Improvements.

 

    Storm drain for Parking Garage.

 

    Fire protection system complete and code compliant for shell to both floors.

 

    Landlord to supply exterior walls, without gypsum board. Landlord has not included ceilings at any of the Tenant’s TI spaces. A 10”-0” head height of Landlord’s supplied windows will be delivered.

 

    Elevator(s) completed in Building and Parking Garage.

 

    Landscaping per civil engineering requirements, to the satisfaction of the Tenant.

 

    A ground lighted monument sign will be provided at the main building entry drive per Tenant specifications and compliance with conditions of approval/applicable CC&Rs.

 

    Bathrooms (group) per code compliance.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant requests a modification to any conditions set forth above, such change must be documented through the Change Order process provided for in the Lease.

Zoning & Codes

 

    Site design must be in strict compliance with all applicable Zoning Regulations, Building Codes, the Americans with Disabilities Act and other City, County, CalTrans, CalFire and County Regulations.

Ingress/Egress Drives

 

    Provide heavy-duty asphalt paving in. aisles and drives that access loading areas. Concrete paving should be used at all ground-mounted equipment.

 

    Create a hierarchy in the site layout related to any parking and the vehicular collector drives.

 

    Provide adequate stacking at all site egress locations.

 

    Design all intersections with ample and safe view angles and in compliance with applicable ordinances.

Parking

 

    Parking is to be provided on site and in the Parking Garage as set forth in Exhibit A-1 , attached to the Lease, which parking shall be on an exclusive basis, and pursuant to Landlord and Tenant agreement and the City’s conditions of approval.

 

Exhibit B-1 | Page 4


    Provide sidewalks from parking areas to Building entrances.

 

    All paved areas are to receive curbing unless the site design utilizes bio-swales or similar storm-water collection methods.

Landscaping

 

    Landscaping shall be provided to meet local ordinances.

 

    Avoid trees with low hanging branches or that generate droppings of any kind.

Lighting

 

    Provide a minimum uniformly distributed and maintained illumination level in the Parking Garage or other parking areas, no greater than maximum allowed by local code.

 

    Building entrances shall be uniformly illuminated per code.

 

    All systems shall be designed and installed in accordance with the latest applicable Codes, Standards, and Authorities having jurisdiction. Engineering design practices and field installation shall match or exceed current Industry Standards. Systems shall be designed per the latest Energy Codes.

 

    Site lighting shall meet the Illuminating Engineering Society (IES) design criteria.

 

    Provide fixtures that meet dark sky requirements with no light emitted above the fixture.

 

    Provide fixtures that direct the light down and do not “over-flow” the site into surrounding properties.

 

    Provide security lighting circuits to allow at least one (1) out of three (3) fixtures to remain illuminated at night. Evenly locate security fixtures throughout site.

 

    Control site lighting with time clocks and photocells.

Signage

 

    Internal to the site provide appropriate directional and traffic control signage in addition to the required ADA parking designation.

Site Utilities

 

    Utilities shall be sized for 100% of the building load. Voltage: (TBD)

 

    Fiber optic telephone/data service to the building and identify the service provider — TBD based on present availability.

 

    Provide gas service to the site in adequate capacity for HVAC.

Floor Plate Size

 

    TBD

Column Bay Size

 

    TBD

 

Exhibit B-1 | Page 5


Floor Live Load

 

    TBD

Clear Ceiling Height

 

    TBD

Parking Garage

 

    TBD

Amenities & Features

 

    Tenant will require the following to be provided as part of the Building construction:

 

    One (1) passenger/freight elevator shall be provided.

 

    Provide screening around roof top equipment that is compatible in appearance with the exterior building materials (screening to be from public view at street level. Equipment will be placed as far away from perimeter as practical to minimize screening).

Building Signage

 

    Tenant requires the right to install exterior, building mounted, internally illuminated signs on the Building facade within Zoning Regulations or as allowed through a Use Permit, and any prevailing Protective Covenants, and subject to Landlord approval, not to be unreasonably withheld.

 

    Landlord will provide a monument sign in front of the complex in a design approved by Tenant, subject to local Zoning Regulations, at its expense

Building Codes

 

    All systems shall be designed and installed in accordance with the latest applicable codes, standards, and authorities having jurisdiction. Engineering design practices and field installations shall match or exceed current Industry Standards.

 

    Systems shall be designed per the latest ASHRAE and energy codes (IECC 2003 and ASHRAE 90.1-2001) based on the geographical location of the building, and specific space delineations within.

 

    The Building must be designed to comply with all Applicable Laws, including the Americans with Disabilities Act.

 

    Systems shall be designed per the latest BICSI Standards.

 

    Systems shall be designed per the latest Energy Codes and California Title 24 Energy “Green” Code and ability to meet basic LEED certification and commissioning.

 

Exhibit B-1 | Page 6


Systems & Equipment

 

    HVAC system shall be a based on high efficiency rooftop package VAV units to accommodate TBD quantity of zones.

Lighting

 

    Elevator lighting systems shall be provided based on the following guidelines: shall be wired to 24 hour lighting circuits for emergency, security, and night lighting.

Power

 

    The Building power system will include the incoming service to the main electrical room.

 

    Landlord shall be obligated to provide a back-up generator pad and conduit to the Building’s server room and electrical closet as part of the building.

Fire Suppression System

 

    Fire Sprinklers: Landlord shall provide and install the service main with T-Style connectors of the fire prevention (sprinkler) system for the Building. Sizing of the service main and T-Style connectors shall provide Tenant with the ability to install at least one sprinkler per eighty (80) square feet.

 

    Fire protection water service will enter the building from Landlord supplied meter area, and extend to an alarm check valve and associated zones as required.

 

    Fire sprinkler main shall be connected with fire department or as directed by CalFire.

 

    All other fire suppression improvements will be Tenant responsibility.

 

Exhibit B-1 | Page 7


EXHIBIT B-2

TENANT IMPROVEMENT PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS

ALL SPECIFICATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGES AS MUTUALLY AGREED BY

LANDLORD AND TENANT

Tenant shall be responsible for completing all Tenant Improvements to the Building per Tenant’s Plans and Specifications, and all Tenant fit up, subject to coordinating its requests into the Landlord’s team and schedule pre Landlord delivery of the Building. Landlord is responsible only for delivering to Tenant the vanilla shell Building per Exhibit B-1 . After Landlord delivery of such vanilla shell Building, all Tenant Improvements, except completion of the Parking Garage, will be the Tenant’s responsibility. The following shall be Tenant Improvement work:

 

    Ceiling System

 

    Carpet and floor finishes

 

    All interior tenant improvement walls, doors, sidelights, millwork, special features.

 

    All interior Finishes

 

    Tenant VAV boxes with controls for desired HVAC distribution; hot water branch lines, coil connections, and associated Tenant required controls; horizontal air distribution from drops to specific Tenant designed space.

 

    Electrical distribution including transformers with switching and panels, all lighting

 

    Data/Telephone Cabling

 

    Security system compatible with base building

 

    Sprinkler fire suppression improvements from T-style connectors per specific tenant improvements

 

    Fire Alarm system and distribution

 

    Sprinkler system distribution from T connectors

 

    Audio Visual

 

    Computer Equipment

 

    Furniture

 

    Storage

 

    Signage

 

    Accessories

 

    Lobby and hallway improvements

Building and any Parking Garage signage shall be Tenant’s responsibility, and comply with maximum size and extent allowed per City code and/or secured through a Use Permit. Use permit at Tenant’s expense.

Security

 

    Tenant security system shall have the following characteristics:

 

    Provide key card access system for all building entrances. Combined Fire and Security system, to operate functionally and remotely together. The Parking Garage will not have any security system.

 

Exhibit B-2 | Page 1


General Design Criteria

 

    Internal distribution of the domestic water system shall provide a minimum of 15 psi at each plumbing fixture, with water velocities not exceeding eight (8) feet per second for quiet operation.

 

    Provide insulation on internal distribution of domestic water piping and hot water heaters.

 

    Internal domestic water service shall be provided from a developer/developer supplied meter area.

 

    Hot water heaters shall provide 100°F for general usage. Provide mixing valves, tempering valves. All plumbing fixtures shall be as manufactured by American Standard, Eller, Kohler or approved equal.

 

    Provide drain pan and overflow pipe to nearest open site drain or waste stack from hot water heaters serving toilet rooms, miscellaneous sinks, and kitchen equipment.

 

    Drain pan and overflows shall be used for all non-floor mounted heaters.

 

    Faucets shall be electronically controlled. Provide metering low flow faucets.

Lighting

 

    Tenant Improvement lighting systems shall be provided based on the following guidelines:

 

    Bathrooms shall have lighting consisting of LED or fluorescent down (or up/down) lights, recessed wall wash fixtures or wall sconces;

 

    Secondary corridors shall have fluorescent down or up/down lights; Developer is not supplying improvements of any type, this has been assumed to be the TI improvement supplied by the Tenant

 

    Mechanical Rooms & Storage Areas shall have industrial two (2) T5 lamps fluorescent fixtures with aluminum reflectors;

 

    Public spaces shall have architectural type LED or fluorescent fixtures including pendant lights, down or up/down lights, wall washers and wall sconces; (TI cost except elevator)

 

    All lighting will be controlled by a central EMS system with local timed by-pass switches and in accordance with applicable Energy Codes;

 

    Selected fixtures, exit lights and exit signage shall be wired to 24 hour lighting circuits for emergency, security, and night lighting. (TI cost except at elevator)

Fire Alarm System

 

    Provide an analog addressable fire alarm system, (Including all infrastructure required to support Tenant’s requirements for horns, strobes and pull stations) with the following characteristics:

 

    Fire alarm system shall be a stand-alone, electrically supervised fire alarm system with smoke detectors in all common area corridors and audible/visual alarms or as required by code;

 

    The central system shall be tied to the security station via telephone lines;

 

    All visual alarms shall be provided per Accessibility codes and NFPA 72 spacing requirements.

 

Exhibit B-2 | Page 2


    Tenant shall be responsible for distributing and installing the fire sprinkler heads, vertically, both up (all concealed space) and down, in a manner consistent with all applicable Laws, at its expense including, but not limited to, all necessary labor, piping, sprinkler heads, pressure and temperature monitors, escutcheons, etc., for the satisfactory operation of a sprinkler system that reaches all areas of the Building, including entrances, alcoves/atrium, mezzanine, decks, and storage/closets.

 

    All equipment, piping installation and testing shall be in accordance with latest applicable Codes, NFPA 13.

 

    All controls for the fire protection system will be connected to a central panel, tied back to a NRTL listed central alarm monitoring station.

 

    Tamper switches shall be provided an all control valves.

 

    Flow switches shall be provided for all zoned mains.

 

    Fire extinguishers shall be located as per NFPA 10. To be included in the Tenant Improvements.

 

    Configurations required for any special first systems needed for technical and kitchen equipment.

 

    Sprinkler piping shall be schedule 40 black steel pipe.

 

    Automatic sprinklers shall be hydraulically designed for ordinary hazard or general office space, storage and loading dock areas, including the following sprinkler head configurations:

 

    Open ceiling - Upright Sprinklers;

 

    Concealed with white escutcheon plates centered in grid;

 

    Wallboard ceilings - Concealed with white covers.

Building Codes

 

    All systems shall be designed and installed in accordance with the latest Applicable Laws, engineering design practices and field installations shall match or exceed current Industry Standards.

 

    Systems shall be designed per the latest ASHRAE and energy codes (IECC 2003 and ASHRAE 90.1-2001) based on the geographical location of the building, and specific space delineations within.

 

    All Tenant Improvements must be completed in compliance with Applicable Laws, including the Americans with Disabilities Act.

 

    Systems shall be designed per the latest BTCSI Standards.

 

    Systems shall be designed per the latest Energy Codes and California Title 24 Energy “Green” Code and ability to meet basic LEED certification and commissioning.

Satellite Dish(es)

 

    Tenant reserves the right to install one or more satellite dish(es) on the roof of the Building and will be located within the roof screen. Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of installation and any damage to the roof resulting from such installation, and the dish(es) shall be installed according to the roof manufacturer’s recommendations.

 

Exhibit B-2 | Page 3


EXHIBIT B -3

Determination of Substantial Completion of Landlord Improvements

The date of Substantial Completion of Landlord Improvements shall be determined based on a schedule provided by JW Design and Construction, Inc., in consultation with Landlord and Tenant, and, if applicable, Tenant’s General Contractor, if Tenant does not use JW Design and Construction, Inc., to be completed within 30 days of Groundbreaking, as defined in the Lease. The Substantial Completion date as determined hereby shall be inserted below:

Groundbreaking Date:                      .

Substantial Completion Date:                      .

 

 

Exhibit B-3


EXHIBIT C

COMMENCEMENT DATE ADDENDUM

THIS COMMENCEMENT DATE ADDENDUM is made and entered into as of the          day of                      , 20      , between Landlord and Tenant named below:

Landlord:                                                               

Tenant:                                                                    

Building:                                                               

Sq. Footage                                                            

                Attach surveyor’s confirmation

WHEREAS , Landlord and Tenant executed a lease dated                      as heretofore amended by                      dated                      (as amended, collectively the “Lease”) by which Tenant leased                      rentable square feet located at the Premises; and

WHEREAS , the Commencement Date, as defined in Subsection 5(a) of the Lease, has occurred; and pursuant to the Lease, Landlord and Tenant desire to confirm various dates relating to the Lease.

NOW, THEREFORE , Landlord and Tenant agree and acknowledge that the information set forth below is true and accurate.

 

Annual Base Rent:

$              per annum; $              per month
Commencement Date:                      , 20     
Expiration Date:                      , 20     
Option to Renew                      , 20     
(Exercise Date):
Second Option to Renew                      , 20     
(Exercise Date):
Third Option to Renew                      , 20     
(Exercise Date):

The execution of this Addendum shall not constitute an exercise by Tenant of its option with respect to the Option to Renew.

 

Exhibit C-1


EXECUTED on the date first set forth above.

 

TENANT: LANDLORD:
MINDBODY, Inc. SLO Tech Campus, LLC,
a California corporation a California limited liability company
By:

 

By: NKT Commercial, LLC
Rick Stollmeyer a California limited liability company
Its: Chief Executive Officer Its: Manager
Date:

 

By:

 

Nicholas J. Tompkins, Manager
Dated:

 

 

Exhibit C-2


EXHIBIT D

PROJECT TIMELINE AND MILESTONE DATES

LANDLORD

 

LANDLORD IMPROVEMENT MILESTONES

  

MILESTONE DATES

Obtain all required building permits and other permits and approvals required for construction

  

Commence construction

  

Completion of Building vanilla shell and underground utilities

  

Completion of Site Work

  

Completion of Parking Garage and associated improvements

  

Substantial Completion of Landlord Improvements

  

Tenant occupancy and Punchlist work

  

TENANT

 

TENANT IMPROVEMENT MILESTONES

  

MILESTONE DATES

Submit RRM Plans for Tenant Improvements

  

Select Tenant Improvement Contractor

  

Signed Tenant Improvement Contract

  

Commence Tenant Improvement Construction

  

Completion of Tenant Improvements

  

 

Exhibit D


EXHIBIT E

ESTIMATED GMP BUDGET AND ESTIMATED ANNUAL RENT CALCULATION


EXHIBIT E-1

FINAL GMP BUDGET AND ANNUAL RENT CALCULATION

TO BE ATTACHED 150 DAYS AFTER GROUNDBREAKING

 

Exhibit E-1


EXHIBIT F

ESTIMATE OF ADDITIONAL RENT FOR FIRST YEAR OF LEASE

(Excluding Shared Risk Financing Rent)

 

Exhibit F


EXHIBIT G

SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT

AGREEMENT

[ATTACHED HERETO]

 

Exhibit G


Recording Requested By and

When Recorded Mail To:

THIS SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE

AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

THIS SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of this          day of                      , 20__, by and among                                                                                                            , having an address of                                                               (“ Lender ”);                                          , having an address of                                                                       (“ Landlord ”); and                                               , having an address of                                                                       (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

A. Lender has agreed to make a loan in the amount of                      AND 00/100 DOLLARS ($              .00) (the “Loan”) to Landlord.

B. Landlord is the ground lessor of the land legally described in Exhibit A , attached hereto and made a part hereof, and the buildings and other improvements located on such land (such land, buildings and improvements being referred to herein as the “Property”).

C. Landlord is the lessor and Tenant is the lessee under that certain Lease dated as of                      , 20__, [as amended by the                      dated as of                      , 20__] (collectively, the “Original Lease”), relating to a portion of the Property (the “Premises”), which lease is unrecorded. The Original Lease, as may hereafter be modified, amended or supplemented from time to time, is referred to hereinafter as the “Lease.”

D. The Loan will be secured by, among other things, a Leasehold Deed of Trust, and                      encumbering Landlord’s interest in the Property (such leaseholder mortgage instrument, as amended, increased, renewed, modified, consolidated, replaced, combined, substituted, severed, split, spread or extended from time to time, being herein referred to as the “Deed of Trust”).

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and understanding that Lender will rely on Tenant’s covenants and certifications, as set forth herein, in making the Loan, the parties hereto agree and certify as follows:

1. Tenant represents and warrants to Lender that (a) the Original Lease has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Tenant, (b) the Original Lease is in full force and effect, (c) except as expressly set forth in Recital C hereof, the Original Lease has not been modified or amended in any way, and (d) to Tenant’s knowledge, neither party to the Original Lease is in default with respect to such party’s obligations under the Original Lease as of the date of this Agreement.

 

1


2. Tenant hereby subordinates the leasehold estate created by the Lease, and all of Tenant’s right, title, and interest under the Lease and in and to the Premises and the Property, to the lien of the Deed of Trust. The lien of the Deed of Trust shall, with respect to all amounts now or at any time hereafter secured by such lien (including amounts in excess of the principal face amount of the Note referred to in the Deed of Trust), be senior and superior in all respects to any interest of Tenant in the Premises or the Property.

3. As long as Tenant is not in default in the performance of its obligations under the Lease, which default has continued beyond any applicable notice and cure periods provided in the Lease or at law, Tenant shall not be named as a party defendant in any action for foreclosure or other enforcement of the Deed of Trust (unless required by law), nor shall the Lease be terminated in connection with, or by reason of, foreclosure or other proceedings for the enforcement of the Deed of Trust, or by reason of a transfer of the Landlord’s interest under the Lease pursuant to the taking of a deed or assignment (or similar device) in lieu or in contemplation of foreclosure, nor shall Tenant’s use or quiet possession of the Premises be interfered with, and the rights of Tenant under the Lease shall remain in full force and effect, except that the person acquiring or succeeding to the interests of Landlord as the result of any such action or proceeding and such person’s successors and assigns (any of the foregoing being hereinafter referred to as the “Successor”) shall not be:

a. bound by any prepayment of rent paid more than thirty (30) days in advance of the due date;

b. bound by any offer to sell the Property, any portion of the Property, or the Premises to Tenant, or any right of first offer or right of first refusal in connection with the Property, any portion of the Property, or the Premises granted to Tenant;

c. liable for any act or omission of any prior landlord;

d. subject to any offsets, defenses or counterclaims which Tenant may have against any prior landlord; or

e. bound by any amendment or modification of the Original Lease made without the written consent of Lender, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided, however, that Lender’s consent to such amendment or modification shall not be required hereunder if Landlord is not required to obtain Lender’s consent to such amendment or modification pursuant to the Deed of Trust or any of the other documents executed and delivered in connection with the Loan.

4. If the interest of the Landlord under the Lease shall be transferred by reason of foreclosure or other proceedings for enforcement of the Deed of Trust or the obligations which it secures or pursuant to a taking of a deed or assignment (or similar device) in lieu or in contemplation of foreclosure, Tenant shall be bound to the Successor and, except as provided in this Agreement, the Successor shall be bound to Tenant under all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease

 

2


for the unexpired balance of the term thereof remaining (and any extensions, if and when exercised), with the same force and effect as if the Successor were the Landlord, and Tenant does hereby (a) agree to attorn to the Successor, including Lender if it be the Successor, as its landlord, (b) affirm its obligations under the Lease, and (c) agree to make payments of all sums due under the Lease to the Successor, said attornment, affirmation and agreement to be effective and self-operative without the execution of any further instruments, upon the Successor succeeding to the interest or the Landlord under the Lease. To the extent permitted by applicable law, Tenant waives the provisions of any statute or rule of law now or hereafter in effect that may give or purport to give it any right or obligation to terminate or otherwise adversely affect the Lease or the obligations of Tenant thereunder by reason of any foreclosure or other proceedings for enforcement of the Deed of Trust or the taking of a deed or assignment (or similar device) in lieu or in contemplation of foreclosure.

5. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, Tenant shall not commence any action against Landlord or otherwise pursue any right or remedy against Landlord in consequence of a default by Landlord under the terms and provisions of the Lease unless written notice by Tenant specifying such default is mailed to Lender at its address set forth above. Tenant further agrees that Lender shall have, the right, but shall not be obligated, to cure such default on behalf of Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice, or if such default cannot reasonably be cured in such thirty (30) day period, Lender shall have the right to commence the cure of such default in such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursue such cure until completed. Tenant further agrees not to invoke any of its remedies, either express or implied, under the Lease (except in the case of emergency repairs) unless such default shall remain uncured at the expiration of the thirty (30) day period after receipt of such notice of default, or if such default cannot reasonably be cured in such thirty (30) day period, unless the cure of such default shall not be commenced within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter prosecuted diligently to completion.

6. Tenant agrees that neither this Agreement nor the Deed of Trust shall, prior to Lender’s succession to Landlord’s interest in the Premises, through either foreclosure, assignment in lieu of foreclosure, or a possessory action, operate to place responsibility for the control, care, management or repair of the Premises upon Lender or make Lender responsible for or liable for any waste committed on the Premises by any party whatsoever or for any dangerous or defective condition of the Premises, or for any negligence in the management, upkeep, repair or control of the Premises resulting in any damage to property or in any loss or injury or death to any person.

7. If Lender notifies Tenant of any default under the Deed of Trust and demands that Tenant pay rent and all other sums due under the Lease to Lender, Tenant (waiving any proof of the occurrence of such event of default other than receipt of Lender’s notice) shall pay rent and all other sums thereafter due under the Lease directly to Lender, unless and until otherwise directed in writing by Lender. Any payments made to Lender by Tenant shall not affect or impair the other rights and remedies of Lender under the Deed of Trust or otherwise against Landlord. Any and all payments made to Lender by Tenant pursuant to the foregoing shall be credited against Tenant’s rental obligations under the Lease regardless of whether Lender had the right to make such demand and regardless of any contrary demands which may thereafter be made by Landlord.

 

3


8. Tenant shall not subordinate its rights under the Lease to any mortgage, deed of trust or other security instrument without the prior written consent of Lender.

9. This Agreement may not be modified except by an agreement in writing signed by the parties. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

10. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall in any way impair or affect the lien created by the Deed of Trust, except as specifically set forth herein.

11. Tenant acknowledges that this Agreement satisfies any condition or requirement in the Lease relating to the granting of a non disturbance agreement with respect to the Deed of Trust. In the event there is any inconsistency between the terms and provisions hereof and the terms and provisions of the Lease dealing with non disturbance, the terms and provisions hereof shall supersede and be controlling.

12. All notices, demands or requests made pursuant to, under or by virtue of this Agreement shall be in writing and delivered by hand, sent by an overnight courier service providing dated evidence of delivery or mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, to the person to whom the notice, demand or request is being made at its address set forth herein. Such notices shall be deemed to have been promptly given and received for all purposes (a) if hand delivered, effective upon delivery; (b) if mailed, by United States registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, effective on the date shown on the return receipt; or (c) if sent by Federal Express or other reliable express courier, effective on the next business clay after delivery to such express courier service. Any person may change the place that notices and demands are to be sent by written notice delivered in accordance with this Agreement. “Business day” shall Mean any day, except Saturday, Sunday and any day which, in the State in which the Property is located, is a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law or other government action to close.

13. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California. If any of the terms of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstances shall to any extent be invalid or unenforceable; the remainder of this Agreement or the application of any such terms to any person or circumstances other than those as to which it is invalid or unenforceable shall not be affected thereby, and each term of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

14. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

15. Landlord, Tenant and Lender agree that the fee (or ground leasehold) title to the Property and the leasehold estate created by the Lease shall not merge but shall remain separate and distinct, notwithstanding the unification of said estates in Landlord, Tenant, Lender or any third party by purchase, assignment or otherwise.

 

4


LANDLORD :

SLO Tech Campus, LLC

a California limited liability company

By: NKT Commercial, LLC

a California limited liability company

Its: Manager

 

By:  
Nicholas J. Tompkins, Its: Manager
Dated:  

State of California                             )

                                                            ) ss

County of San Luis Obispo               )

On                      . 20      , before me,                      , a Notary Public, personally appeared                          , who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument, and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

Signature                                                           (Seal)

[SIGNATURES CONTINUE ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

5


TENANT :

 

By:    
Dated:    

State of California                            )

                                                           ) ss

County of San Luis Obispo              )

On                      . 20      , before me,                      , a Notary Public, personally appeared                      , who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument, and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

Signature                                                               (Seal)

 

6


LENDER :

 

By:    
Dated:    

State of                                                    )

                                                               ) ss

County of                                                )

On                      . 20      , before me,                      , a Notary Public, personally appeared                      , who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument, and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

Signature                                                               (Seal)

 

7


SCHEDULE I

WIRING INSTRUCTIONS

 

Schedule I


SCHEDULE II

The following environmental issues are noted with regard to the Property via condensed summary from Buenaresources, Santa Maria, California:

There are three areas of environmental note with the Property, all of which are identified in the Phase I Report provided to Tenant, namely, a UST fuel tank, closed in place in the early 1990; a clarifier wash down area located on the Property: and a former leach field in front of the Property.

The three areas were drilled and sampled on June 10, 2013, noting one area of concern in front of the eastern leach field, including levels of nickel deemed hazardous under California law based on Soluble Threshold Limit Concentration results.

The UST fuel tank was removed and disposed of. Samples at the time of removal indicated hydrocarbon impacts under the footprint of the UST requiring removal of 1.2”-18” of soil. The area where this tank was removed is used as a pipe storage rack and additional tested wilt take place upon demolition of the existing improvements to allow access to the tank location for the soil removal. Based on samples taken around the existing improvements, hydrocarbon material does extend a few feet outside the southern wall of the existing improvement, estimated to be approximately 8’. All other samples were below the action level established by the City Fire Department.

During drilling, additional samples were taken along the eastern portion of the leach line located in the front of the Property to confirm that contamination found in the prior samples and to check the remaining leach line for impacts requiring remedial action. The sample results noted two areas of elevated nickel and chromium samples requiring further solubility testing (STLC). The results of testing confirmed that the samples were below the hazardous threshold for both California and the RCRA (Federal) standard. Based on levels, additional testing was not recommended at the leach field location, but the City Fire Department recommended that some soil be removed from the original specific locations, estimated to be 1-2 yards of material upon improvement demolition on the Property.

All additional soil removal and testing, if necessary, will take place upon demolition of Property improvements, at which time excavated areas will be sampled to confirm all impacted material has been removed with a summary of that work provided in a closure report.

 

Schedule II


SCHEDULE III

SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

Schedule III


SECURITY AGREEMENT

(Deposit Account)

THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT (Agreement) is made and entered into on October      , 2013, by and between Mindbody, Inc., a California corporation, with a notice address of 4051 Broad St., Suite 220, San Luis Obispo, CA 93401, as obligor (Obligor or Tenant), and SLO Tech Campus, LLC, a California limited liability company, with a notice address of 684 Higuera Street, San Luis Obispo, CA 93401, as the secured party (Secured Party or Landlord). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Lease document referred to in Recital A.

A. Secured Party and Obligor arc parties to that certain Lease Agreement, dated October      , 2013, for lease of property at 651 Tank Farm Road, San Luis Obispo, California, through which Secured Party is constructing a Building and certain Landlord Improvements on behalf of Obligor/Tenant.

B. At the same time Landlord is constructing its Landlord Improvements, Tenant is obligated pursuant to the Lease to construct certain Tenant Improvements including, at a minimum, those Tenant Improvements listed in Exhibit B-2 to the Lease, expending at a minimum Two Million Five Hundred Thirty Three Thousand Four Hundred and One Dollar ($2,533,401) toward such Tenant Improvements.

C. As security for Tenant to complete the Tenant Improvements, Tenant has established a controlled deposit account with a Tenant’s bank (Bank), in the amount of Two Million Five Hundred Thirty Three Thousand Four Hundred and One Dollar ($2,533,401), which shall be held pursuant to the terms of a “Deposit Account Control Agreement” between such Bank, the Tenant, and Landlord, the terms of which shall be agreed to by the contracting parties within five (5) business days of the Effective Date of the Lease, or as soon thereafter as reasonably possible, substantially in the form of the Deposit Control Account attached hereto as Exhibit A . The funds so deposited shall be held to initiate and complete at least the Tenant Improvements set forth in Exhibit B-2 to the Lease, with the funds to be jointly released, to pay for such Tenant Improvements as constructed by the Tenant General Contractor.

D. This Security Agreement is intended to provide Secured Party with a security interest in the Deposit Account, with the Deposit Account as the Collateral. For purposes of this Agreement, Collateral means only the Deposit Account.

Accordingly, Obligor and Secured Party agree as follows:

1. Grant of Security Interest . As security for Tenant’s agreement to initiate, continue and complete the Tenant Improvements within 20 months after Effective Date of the Lease, as extended by Landlord Delays, Force Majeure Delays or Regulatory Delays (Tenant’s Obligations), Obligor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally grants a security interest in the Deposit Account to Secured Party on the terms set forth herein. This Agreement is effective as of the date the Deposit Account is funded.

 

1


2. Deposit Account . The Deposit Account means the account opened by Obligor with Silicon Valley Bank, in the name of Obligor, with a total deposit amount of at least Two Million Five Hundred Thirty Three Thousand Four Hundred and One Dollar ($2,533,401), which account No. is listed in Exhibit A , attached, including, without limitation, any such deposit account as it may be renumbered or retitled, any proceeds therefrom (including without limitation any interest paid thereon) and general intangible and choses in action arising therefrom or related thereto.

3. Management of the Account . The Deposit Account shall be used by Obligor to initiate and complete its Tenant Improvements under the Lease. Obligor may initiate release of funds, subject to approval in writing of Secured Party prior to the release of all fluids, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, provided the release of funds is to the vendors, contractors or suppliers completing the Tenant Improvements to complete the Tenant Improvements. Obligor acknowledges that Secured Party has control (as defined in and pursuant to the provisions of Section 9-104 of the Uniform Commercial Code) of the Deposit Account and Obligor may not withdraw or otherwise dispose of any funds in the Deposit Account except as expressly provided in this Agreement. Obligor and Secured Party shall jointly control the release of funds from the Deposit Account until such time as Secured Party delivers a Notice of Exclusive Control (as defined herein) to Bank.

4. Exclusive Control . Secured Party shall have the right to give a notice of exclusive control over the account upon an Event of Default, as defined below. Upon such notice, Secured Party shall have control over the Deposit Account for the sole purpose of using such funds to initiate, pay or continue completion of the Tenant Improvements under the Lease pursuant to the Tenant Improvement Plans and Specifications.

5. Notice of Exclusive Control . A “Notice of Exclusive Control” is a written notice from Secured Party to Bank that Secured Party is thereby exercising exclusive control over the Deposit Account and the funds therein. The Deposit Account Control Agreement shall provide that after the Bank receives a Notice of Exclusive Control in accordance with paragraph 4 and until Secured Party has rescinded or withdrawn such Notice of Exclusive Control: (i) Bank will comply solely with instructions originating from Secured Party with respect to the Deposit Account and any and all funds therein, including, without limitation, any withdrawals from the Deposit Account or any other disposition thereof, without further consent by Obligor and (ii) Bank will cease, without further consent of Obligor, complying with instructions concerning the Deposit Account or funds on deposit therein originating from Obligor or the representatives of Obligor. Without in any way limiting the foregoing, in the event of any dispute between Secured Party and the Bank and the Obligor (including, but not limited to, as to whether an Event of Default exists), Bank shall, in all circumstances after a Notice of Exclusive Control has been given, follow the directions of Secured Party and shall not follow the directions of Obligor.

The Deposit Account Control Agreement shall provide that if Secured Party believes an Event of Default exists, Secured Party is entitled to give a Notice of Exclusive Control, and Bank is obligated to follow the directions of Secured Party with respect to the Deposit Account, without any right or duty to inquire as to whether an Event of Default in fact exists under the Security Agreement. If it is later concluded that no Event of Default existed at the time the Notice of Exclusive Control was given, Obligor will have all of its rights and remedies against Secured Party for any damages caused by the giving of such Notice of Exclusive Control, subject to the limitations set forth herein.

 

2


6. Release of Collateral . The Collateral shall be released and relieved of the security interest granted herein, and Obligor shall be entitled to unencumbered title thereto and possession thereof, upon full and complete payment, satisfaction, or forgiveness of all Obligations in accordance with this Agreement and the Lease. Upon the release of the Collateral, Secured Party shall execute and deliver, at Obligor’s sole cost and expense and without recourse against Secured Party, any necessary instruments of title, release, reassignment and delivery as Obligor may reasonably request.

7. Covenants of Obligor . Until the release of all Collateral pursuant to paragraph 6 , above, Obligor covenants, and except as may otherwise be agreed in writing by Secured Party:

a. Obligor shall own the Deposit Account free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, or interests of any third party (except any banker’s lien which attaches to the account by law, which shall be subordinate under the Deposit Control Account Agreement, to the interest of Secured Party hereunder) and will keep the Deposit Account free of all liens, claims, security interests and encumbrances of any kind or nature, whether voluntary or involuntary.

b. Obligor shall, at Obligor’s expense, take all actions necessary from time to time to ensure Secured Party maintains a first priority perfected security interest and shall not take any action that would alter, impair or eliminate said priority or perfection.

c. Obligor agrees to pay, prior to delinquency, all taxes, charges, liens, assessments, and Bank charges against the Deposit Account.

d. Obligor shall, at its sole cost and expense, defend and protect Secured Party’s right, title, property, and security interest in and to the Collateral against all claims and demands of any person or entity, including appearing in and defending any action or proceeding which may adversely affect Obligor’s title to or Secured Party’s security interest in the Collateral.

8. Costs . All advances, charges, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred or paid by Secured Party in exercising any rights, power or remedy conferred by this Agreement or in enforcement hereof, shall become part of the Obligations secured hereunder and shall be paid to Secured Party by Obligor immediately and without demand, with interest thereon at an annual rate of interest that would be applicable to any obligation owed by Tenant under• the Lease.

 

9. Events of Default . An Event of Default includes:

a. Obligor’s breach of this Agreement;

b. An assignment of the Deposit Account or any interest therein;

c. Au uncured Tenant default of Section 17(d) of the Lease;

 

3


d. Any custodian, receiver or trustee (or similar appointee under applicable law or contract) appointed to take possession, custody or control or all or substantial portion of the property of Obligor; or

e. Any case, proceeding, reorganization or other action is commenced against Obligor under any bankruptcy, or other law for the relief of or relating to debtors.

10. Rights and Remedies Upon Event of Default . Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, Secured Party has the option to:

a. Take control of the Deposit Account through a Notice of Exclusive Control delivered to the Bank and thereafter use all the funds in the Deposit Account to complete the Tenant’s obligations under the Lease to make the Tenant Improvements pursuant to the Tenant Improvement Plans and Specifications.

b. Institute legal proceedings for the specific performance of any covenant, condition, or agreement undertaken (i) by Obligor under this Agreement, or (ii) by Obligor under any other agreements, documents, and instruments delivered in connection therewith, or for aid in the execution of any power or remedy granted herein or available at law or in equity;

c. Require Obligor to irrevocably appoint Secured Party as Obligor’s attorney-in-fact coupled with an interest and power to (i) endorse Obligor’s name upon any notes, acceptances, checks, drafts, money orders or other evidences of payment or Collateral in Secured Party’s possession in connection with the Deposit Account and (ii) to do all other acts reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of and to enforce Secured Party’s rights under this Agreement, all of which are hereby ratified and approved as the acts of Obligor.

11. Waivers .

a. Obligor waives notice of the acceptance of this Agreement. Except as provided by the Lease for notice of default under Section 17(d) thereof, Secured Party shall have no other duty whatsoever to make or give any presentment, demand for performance, notice of nonperformance, protest, notice of protest, notice of dishonor or any other demand or notice whatsoever in connection with any of the Obligations, exercise of remedies or otherwise, and all of same are hereby waived by Obligor to the fullest extent permitted by law.

b. The rights, powers, and remedies of Secured Party granted by this Agreement shall be in addition to all rights, powers, and remedies given to Secured Party under the Lease, by virtue or any statute or rule of law. Any forbearance or failure or delay by Secured Party in exercising any right, power, or remedy hereunder shall not be deemed a waiver of such right, power, or remedy and any single or partial exercise of right, power, or remedy of Secured Party shall continue in full force and effect until such right, power, or remedy is specifically waived by an instrument in writing executed by Secured Party.

c. Obligor waives any right to require Secured Party to proceed against or exhaust the Collateral or any other security that Secured Party may now or hereafter have or, with respect to the Obligations that may now or hereafter exist in favor of Secured Party, or to pursue any other right or

 

4


remedy in Secured Party’s power. Obligor waives all defenses arising by reason of any disability Of other defense of Obligor or any other person or entity, or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of Obligor or any other person or entity.

d. Until all Obligations are fully performed and satisfied, Obligor shall not have any right of subrogation, and Obligor waives any right to enforce any remedy that Secured Party now has or may hereafter have against any other person or entity under this Agreement, or any other agreement or instrument or otherwise, and waives any benefit of and any right to participate in the Collateral or any other security whatsoever now or hereafter held by Obligor.

e. Obligor subordinates to Secured Party all rights, titles, and interests now possessed by Obligor, or which Obligor may hereafter acquire, relating to the Collateral, with the intent that the security interest granted in this Agreement in favor of Secured Party shall be and remain prior and preferred to any other security interest, pledge, lien, charge or claim against Obligor of; on or with respect to any such Collateral until the Obligations are fully performed and satisfied.

12. Authorization to File Financing Statements . Obligor authorizes Secured Party to prepare and file all financing statements (Form UCC-1), continuation statements (Form UCC-3), or other written statements or notices required in order to perfect, secure, or maintain as perfected Secured Party’s security interest in the Collateral, without the signature of Obligor where permitted by law. Copies of all financing statements, continuation statements or other written statements or notices shall be promptly delivered to Obligor.

13. Assignment . Obligor shall not transfer or assign any of its rights, interests, duties, or obligations under this Agreement without Secured Party’s prior written consent, in Secured Party’s sole discretion. Any attempted or purported transfer or assignment by Obligor shall be void. Secured Party may, in its sole discretion, transfer or assign any or all of its rights, interests, duties, or obligations hereunder to any person or entity without the prior written consent of Obligor.

14. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

15. Further Assurances . Secured Party and Obligor shall perform any further acts and execute any further documents which may be reasonably necessary or otherwise reasonably required to carry out the provisions of this Agreement.

16. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be interpreted and enforced in accordance with the internal laws, and not the law of conflicts, of the state of California applicable to agreements made and to be performed in California.

17. Notice . Any notice required or permitted to be given in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given in accordance with the notice provision of the Lease.

18. Severability and Amendment . If any provision, in whole or in part, or the application of any such provision of this Agreement is determined to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction and such provision can be severed without substantially changing the bargain

 

5


reached by the Parties, such provision or part of such provision shall be severed from this Agreement, and such severance shall have no effect upon the enforceability, performance or obligations of the remainder of this Agreement, including the remainder of such provision not determined to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable. This Agreement may be modified or amended only by mutual written agreement of Obligor and Secured Party. Any such modification or amendment must be in writing, dated and signed by Obligor and Secured Party.

19. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon Obligor and its assigns, successors and representatives, and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Secured Party and its successors and assigns.

20. Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement shall survive the execution of this Agreement as continuing representations and warranties made by Obligor to and for the benefit of Secured Party, and shall remain in full effect until the release of all Collateral pursuant to paragraph 6 above.

 

6


Obligor and Secured Party have executed this Agreement on the date first written above.

 

MINDBODY, INC.     SLO Tech Campus, LLC,
A California corporation     a California limited liability company
By:         By:   NKT Commercial, LLC
      Its: Manager
                     , Its                          By:    
        Nicholas J. Tompkins, Its: Manager

 

7


Exhibit A

Deposit Account Control Agreement with Bank

 

A


Account Number:

 

 

FOUNDERS COMMUNITY BANK

DEPOSIT ACCOUNT CONTROL AGREEMENT

 

Customer: Mindbody, Inc.
Creditor: SLO Tech Campus LLC
Date: October 11, 2013

This Deposit Account Control Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is entered into as of the above date by Founders Community Bank (“ Bank ”), Creditor identified above (“ Creditor ”), and Customer identified above (“ Customer ”).

 

All parties agree as follows:

1. Deposit Account . Bank maintains one or more demand, time, savings, passbook, certificates of deposit or other similar accounts that are identified above in which Customer has an interest (collectively, the “ Account ”). The Deposit Account (as defined below) is subject to Bank’s - Deposit Agreement and Disclosure Statement (the “ Deposit Agreement ”), provided that, in the case of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Deposit Agreement, the terms of this Agreement will prevail. The parties acknowledge that the Deposit Account constitutes a “deposit account” within the meaning of Section 9102 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of California (the “ UCC ”), and Bank is a “bank” within the meaning of Section 9102 of the UCC. Bank’s jurisdiction for purposes of Section 9304 of the UCC is California. The provisions of this Agreement constitute “control” over the Deposit Account within the meaning of Section 9104 of the UCC.

2. Security Interests . Pursuant to a security agreement or similar agreement, Customer has granted to Creditor a security interest in the Account and in all cash, funds, items, instruments, and any other amounts now or later deposited into or held therein (collectively, the “ Deposit Account ”). Bank acknowledges the lien on and security interest in the Deposit Account granted by Customer to Creditor.

[For Bank use only - Bank representative to check box, if necessary, and insert initials.]

(a) ¨ Other than as set forth in Section 6 below, Bank does not have a security interest in the Deposit Account.              [Initials]

(b) ¨ Bank has a security interest in the Deposit Account.              [Initials]

If the box is Section 2(b) above is checked, the priorities of Creditor’s security interest and Bank’s security interest in the Deposit Account are governed by an intercreditor or other similar agreement between Bank and Creditor.

3. Other Deposit Control Agreements .

[For Bank use only - Bank representative to check appropriate box below and insert initials.]

(a) ¨ Bank has not entered into any other control agreement governing the Deposit Account with any other party.              [Initials]

(b) ¨ Bank has entered into other control agreement(s) governing the Deposit Account with the following party or parties:                                                                                       

 

 

 

 

 

 

                         [Initials]

Bank agrees that it will not enter into a control agreement with any other party with respect to the Deposit Account without Creditor’s prior written consent.

4. Customer’s Rights in Deposit Account.

Customer, Bank and Creditor agree that (a) Creditor has control over the Deposit Account, and (subject to the requirements set forth in Section 5 and the notice

 


requirements set forth in Section 13(b)) Bank will comply with the instructions originated by Creditor as to the withdrawal or disposition of any funds credited to the Deposit Account with consent by Customer and (b) provided that, until Bank receives a Notice of Exclusive Control (as described and set forth in Section 13(b) below), Customer and Creditor will be entitled to jointly draw items on and withdraw or otherwise direct the disposition of funds from the Deposit Account. So long as this Agreement is in effect, Customer may not close the Deposit Account without Creditor’s prior written consent. Bank may close the Deposit Account in accordance with the Deposit Agreement and as may be required by applicable law. After Bank receives a Notice of Exclusive Control, Bank will notify Creditor not less than thirty (30) calendar days prior to closing the Deposit Account in non-emergency circumstances and substantially contemporaneously with closing the Deposit Account in emergency circumstances (for example, in response to fraud or returned items), unless prohibited by law. Customer will notify Creditor promptly if Bank closes the Deposit Account.

5. Creditor’s Control of Deposit Account . Except as permitted in Section 6 hereof, after Bank receives a Notice of Exclusive Control and has reasonable opportunity to comply with it, but no later than two Business Days (as defined below) after the Notice of Exclusive Control has been validly given (in accordance with Section 13(b) below), Bank and Customer agree that: (a) Bank will comply only with Creditor’s instructions as to the withdrawal or disposition of any funds credited to the Deposit Account and to any other matters relating to the Deposit Account, without Customer’s further consent, and (b) Bank will not comply with any instructions from Customer concerning the Deposit Account or any funds therein, Bank shall have no duty to inquire or determine whether Creditor is entitled to send a Notice of Exclusive Control. Creditor’s instructions may include the giving of stop payment orders for any items being presented to the Deposit Account for payment. Bank will be fully entitled to rely upon such .instructions from Creditor even if such instructions are contrary to any instructions or demands given by Customer. Customer confirms that Bank should follow instructions from Creditor even if the result of following such instructions is that Bank dishonors items presented for payment from the Deposit Account, and will have no liability to Customer for wrongful dishonor of such items in following such instructions from Creditor. For purposes of this Agreement, “Business Day” means a day on which Bank is open to the public for business and is measured in a 24 hour increment.

6. Priorities of Security Interests; Rights Reserved by Bank .

(a) Creditor agrees that nothing herein subordinates or waives and that Bank expressly reserves, any and/or all of Bank’s present and future rights (whether described as rights of setoff, banker’s licus, chargeback or otherwise, and whether available to Bank under the law or under any other agreement between Bank and Customer concerning the Deposit Account) with respect to:

(i) the face amount of a check, draft, money order, instrument, wire transfer of funds, automated clearing house entry, credit from a merchant card transaction, other electronic transfer of funds or other item (A) deposited in or credited to the Deposit Account, whether before or after the date of this Agreement, and returned unpaid or otherwise uncollected or subject to an adjustment entry, whether for insufficient funds or for any other reason and without regard to the timeliness of the return or adjustment or the occurrence or timeliness of any other person’s notice of nonpayment or adjustment, (B) subject to a claim against the Bank for breach of transfer, presentment, encoding, retention or other warranty under Federal Reserve Regulations or Operating Circulars, clearing house rules, the UCC or other applicable law, or (C) for a merchant card transaction, against which a contractual demand for chargeback has been made (“ Returned Items ”);

(ii) service charges, fees or expenses payable or reimbursable to the Bank in connection with the Deposit Account or any related services for the Deposit Account (“ Account Charges ”); and

(iii) any adjustments or corrections of any posting or encoding errors (“ Adjustments ”).

(b) Creditor agrees that notwithstanding receipt of the Notice of Exclusive Control, Bank may exercise Bank’s rights and remedies in connection with any liens or claims it may have in or on the Deposit Account as described in this Section 6.

7. Statements . At Customer’s expense, Bank will send copies of all statements sent to Customer for the Deposit Account to Creditor at Creditor’s address set forth below Creditor’s signature at the end of this Agreement. Until this Agreement is terminated,

 

 

FCB Deposit Account Control Agreement (Oct. 2013) 2


Customer authorizes Bank to disclose to Creditor at Creditor’s request any information concerning the Deposit Account, including but not limited to the identity of any other party with which Customer and Bank have executed control agreements.

8. Returned Items, Account Charges, and Adjustments . Bank may debit the Deposit Account for Returned Items, Account Charges and Adjustments. If at any time that a Notice of Exclusive Control is effective with respect to the Deposit Account (a) funds are not available in the Deposit Account to cover the amount of any Returned Item, Account Charge or Adjustment, and (b) Customer fails to pay such amount within fifteen (15) Business Days of Bank’s written demand therefore, then Creditor agrees that it will pay, within ten (10) Business Days of a written demand by Bank, amounts owed for each such Returned Item, Account Charge or Adjustment that is not paid in full by Customer up to the amount of the proceeds received by Creditor from the Deposit Account, provided that Bank must make a demand from Creditor within 180 days of termination of this Agreement.

9. Indemnity and Hold Harmless of Bank by Customer . Customer hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Bank, its affiliates and their respective directors, officers, agents and employees (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) against any and all claims, causes of action, liabilities, lawsuits, demands and damages (each, a “ Claim ”), asserted by any person other than an Indemnified Person, including without limitation, any and all court costs and reasonable out of pocket attorneys’ fees, in any way related to or arising out of or in connection with this Agreement; provided that no Indemnified Person shall be entitled to be indemnified to the extent that such Claims result from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Person.

10. Indemnification and Hold Harmless of Bank by Creditor . To the extent that an Indemnified Person is not promptly indemnified by Customer, Creditor shall indemnify and hold harmless such Indemnified Person against any and all Claims (including reasonable out of pocket attorneys’ fees) asserted by persons other than an Indemnified Person and arising from any Notice of Exclusive Control from Creditor except to the extent such Claims result from the gross negligence or willfull misconduct of Bank or any other Indemnified Person; provided that in no event shall Creditor be liable for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages, or lost profits. Creditor agrees that Bank is released from any and all liabilities to the Creditor arising from the

terms of this Agreement except to the extent such liabilities arise from Bank’s or another Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

11. Limitation of Liability . IN NO EVENT SHALL BANK BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT WHETHER ANY CLAIM IS BASED ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY THEORY IN CONTRACT OR TORT) AND WHETHER THE LIKELIHOOD OF SUCH DAMAGES WAS KNOWN TO BANK AND REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF ANY CLAIM OR ACTION.

12. Amendments . This Agreement and all exhibits attached hereto may be amended only by a written agreement signed by Bank, Creditor, and Customer.

13. Notices .

(a) Any notice, other than a Notice of Exclusive Control, or other communication provided for or allowed hereunder shall be in writing and shall be considered to have been validly given (i) when received if delivered personally (whether by messenger, hand delivery or otherwise) or by overnight delivery or by facsimile to the recipient to the address or facsimile number set forth below the signature of the applicable party hereto, or (ii) 72 hours after being deposited in the United States mail, registered or certified, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, if sent to the address and addressee as set forth below the signature of the applicable party hereto. The addresses and facsimile numbers to which notices or other communications are to be given (including statements delivered pursuant to Section 7 and a Notice of Exclusive Control pursuant to Section 13(b) below) may be changed from time to time by notice given as provided herein.

(b) A Notice of Exclusive Control shall be in writing, must be in the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto, must be delivered to the address listed below Bank’s signature at the end of this Agreement via hand delivery, messenger, overnight delivery or facsimile, and shall be considered to have been validly given when actually received, except that a facsimile will be considered to have been validly given only when acknowledged in writing by Bank (Bank agrees that it will use its good faith effort to promptly acknowledge receipt of such facsimile). To the extent Creditor does not deliver the Notice of Exclusive Control as set forth

 

 

FCB Deposit Account Control Agreement (Oct. 2013) 3


in this Section 13 or to the address listed below Bank’s signature at the end of this Agreement, Creditor (a) acknowledges that Bank may not be able to respond to such Notice of Exclusive Control pursuant to Section 5 above, and (b) agrees that Bank will not be held liable for any failure to respond to such Notice of Exclusive Control.

(c) If deemed necessary by Bank to enable Bank to comply with the provisions of §326 of the USA PATRIOT Act, Creditor agrees that it will provide Bank with a copy of its formation documentation when delivering a Notice of Exclusive Control, unless such documentation has previously been provided to Bank, and Bank can verify that such documentation is still maintained in Bank’s files (provided that no such request by Bank shall delay the effectiveness of any such Notice of Exclusive Control).

14. Integration Provision . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among Bank, Customer and Creditor with respect to Creditor’s control over the Deposit Account and matters related thereto, and all prior communications, whether verbal or written, between any of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof shall be of no further effect or evidentiary value.

15. Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in counterparts that, when signed by all parties, shall constitute one agreement.

16. Relationship of the Parties . Nothing in this Agreement shall create any agency or fiduciary relationship between Customer, Creditor and Bank.

17. Governing Law and Jurisdiction . The parties hereto agree that this Agreement shall be governed exclusively under and in accordance with the laws of the State of California. All parties hereto each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in San Luis Obispo County, California.

18. Jury Trial Waiver. CUSTOMER, CREDITOR, AND BANK EACH WAIVES ITS RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR ALL PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

WITHOUT INTENDING IN ANY WAY TO LIMIT THE PARTIES’ AGREEMENT TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, if the above waiver of the right to a trial by jury is not enforceable, the parties hereto agree that any and all disputes or controversies of any nature between them arising at any time out of or based upon this Agreement or any transaction contemplated herein shall be decided by a reference to a private judge, mutually selected by the parties (or, if they cannot agree, by the Presiding Judge of the San Luis Obispo County, California Superior Court) appointed in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 (or pursuant to comparable provisions of federal law if the dispute falls within the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts), sitting without a jury, in San Luis Obispo County, California; and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The reference proceedings shall be conducted pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure §§ 638 through 645.1, inclusive. The private judge shall have the power, among others, to grant provisional relief, including without limitation, entering temporary restraining orders, issuing preliminary and permanent injunctions and appointing receivers. All such proceedings shall be closed to the public and confidential and all records relating thereto shall be permanently sealed. If during the course of any dispute, a party desires to seek provisional relief, but a judge has not been appointed at that point pursuant to the judicial reference procedures, then such party may apply to the San Luis Obispo County, California Superior Court for such relief. The proceeding before the private judge shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of evidence applicable to judicial proceedings. The parties shall be entitled to discovery which shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of discovery applicable to judicial proceedings. The private judge shall oversee discovery and may enforce all discovery rules and order applicable to judicial proceedings in the same manner as a trial court judge. The parties agree that the selected or appointed private judge shall have the power to decide all issues in the action or proceeding, whether of fact or of law, and shall report a statement of decision thereon pursuant to the California Code of Civil Procedure § 644(a). Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of any party at any time to exercise self-help remedies, foreclose against collateral, or obtain provisional remedies. The private judge shall also determine all issues relating to the applicability, interpretation, and enforceability of this paragraph.

 

 

FCB Deposit Account Control Agreement (Oct. 2013) 4


19. Successors . The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective corporate successors or heirs and personal representatives. Customer may not assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of Creditor and Bank. Creditor may assign this Agreement upon written notice to Bank; provided, that such assignee must assume in writing or by operation of law all of Creditor’s obligations under this Agreement. Bank may assign this Agreement upon written notice to Customer and Creditor; provided, that such assignee must assume in writing or by operation of law all of Bank’s obligations under this Agreement.

20. Attorneys’ Fees, Costs and Expenses . In any action or proceeding between Bank and any other party to this agreement, the prevailing party will be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other reasonable costs and expenses incurred, in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.

21. Termination; Survival . Customer may terminate this Agreement only with the written consent of Creditor. Creditor may terminate this Agreement by giving Bank and Customer written notice of termination. Bank may terminate this Agreement by giving Creditor and Customer thirty (30) calendar days’ prior written notice of termination unless termination is a result of Bank’s closure of the Deposit Account pursuant to its rights set forth in the Deposit Agreement or in accordance with applicable law, in which case, Creditor’s receipt of notice shall be governed by Section 4 hereof. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement automatically terminates when the Deposit Account closes. Sections 9, 10, 11, 17, 18 and 20 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

[Signature page follows.]

 

 

FCB Deposit Account Control Agreement (Oct. 2013) 5


BANK: Founders Community Bank
By

 

Title: EVP/ Chief Financial Officer
Address for Notices :
Founders Community Bank
237 Higuera Street
San Luis Obispo, CA 93401
Telephone:
Facsimile:
CUSTOMER: MINDBODY INC.
A California Corporation
TIN*

 

By

 

Name: Rick Stollmeyer
Title: CEO
Address for Notices :
Mindbody, Inc
4051 Broad St
San Luis Obispo, CA 93401

telephone

CREDITOR: SLO TECH CAMPUS LLC,
A California Corporation
TIN*

 

By

 

Name: Nicholas J Tompkins
Title: Manager
Address for Notices :
SLO Tech Campus LLC
684 Higuera St, Ste B
San Luis Obispo, CA 93401

telephone

 

* Pursuant to §326 of the USA PATRIOT Act, Bank is required to obtain a Tax Identification Number (TIN) from all parties to this Agreement.

 

FCB Deposit Account Control Agreement (Oct. 2013)


Exhibit A

Notice of Exclusive Control

 

To: Founders Community Bank (“Bank”)
From:

 

(“Creditor”)
Re:

 

(“Customer”)
Date:

 

Pursuant to the Deposit Account Control Agreement dated                      (“Agreement”) entered among Bank, Customer and Creditor, Creditor hereby notifies Bank of Creditor’s exercise of Creditor’s rights under the Agreement and directs Bank to cease complying with instructions or any directions originated by Customer or its agents.

Creditor agrees that it will provide Bank with a copy of its formation documentation when delivering a Notice of Exclusive Control if deemed necessary by Bank to enable Bank to comply with the provisions of §326 of the USA PATRIOT Act (provided that no such request by Bank shall delay the effectiveness of any such Notice of Exclusive Control).

 

CREDITOR:

 

By

 

Title:
ACKNOWLEDGED BY: FOUNDERS COMMUNITY BANK

 

(for facsimile only)

 

By:

 

Name:
Title:
Date:
Time:


SCHEDULE IV

MEMORANDUM OF LEASE

 

Schedule IV


Recording requested by:

When recorded return to:

APN: 053-422-006

MEMORANDUM OF LEASE

This Memorandum of Lease is entered into on October 11, 2013, by and between SLO Tech Campus, LLC, a California limited liability company (Landlord), and Mindbody, Inc., a California corporation (Tenant).

Landlord, as a ground lessor of the Property, and Tenant entered into a Triple Net Lease dated October 11, 2013, for Premises located on real property located at 651 Tank Farm Road, County of San Luis Obispo, State of California, more particularly described in Exhibit A , attached hereto (the Property).

The term of the Lease is fifteen (15) years, which term commences: (i) on the date that is sixty (60) days after the Landlord and Tenant both have completed their respective improvements or (ii) 120 days after completion of the Landlord Improvements, as defined in the Lease, and terminating fifteen (15) years thereafter, subject to three (3) options to extend of the term of five (5) years each.

Tenant has been granted a Right of First Negotiation to Purchase the Premises, beginning on the Commencement Date and extending through the term. This right is personal to Tenant and exercisable on the terms set forth in the Lease.

All of the foregoing is set forth in the Lease. This Memorandum of Lease is prepared for the purpose of recordation, and it in no way modifies the provisions of the Lease.

[Signatures continued on next page]

 

1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Landlord and Tenant have signed this Memorandum of Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD: TENANT:

SLO Tech Campus, LLC

a California limited liability company

Mindbody, Inc., a California corporation
By: NKT Commercial, LLC
a California limited company
Its: Manager
By:

 

By:

 

Nicholas J. Tompkins, Its Manager Richard Stollmeyer
Manager Chief Executive Officer
Dated:

 

Dated:

 

 

2


State of California )
) ss
County of San Luis Obispo                 )

On              , 20      , before me,                                          , a Notary Public, personally appeared NICHOLAS J. TOMPKINS, who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument, and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

Signature

 

(Seal)

 

State of California )
) ss
County of San Luis Obispo                 )

On              , 20      , before me,                                          , a Notary Public, personally appeared RICHARD STOLLMEYER, who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument, and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

Signature

 

(Seal)


EXHIBIT A

LEGAL DESCRIPTION

TUB LAND REFERRED TO HEREIN BELOW IS SITUATED IN THE COUNTY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, AND IS DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:

Parcel 1:

That portion of the land described in the deed recorded in Book 1349, Page 101 of Official Records, of the County of San Luis Obispo, State of California, being also a portion of Lots 80 and 81 of the San Luis Obispo Suburban Tract, lying Northerly of the following described line:

beginning at a point on the Southwesterly line of Parcel “D” of Parcel Map CO 74-270, recorded in Book 16, Page 49 of Maps, records of said County, distant thereon 543.00 feet from the Northwesterly corner thereof; thence North 66° 52’ 08” East, 316.27 feet to a point on the Northeasterly line of said deed, distant thereon 552.16 feet from the Northeasterly corner thereof.

Parcel 2:

That portion of Parcel “D” of Parcel Map CO 74-270, recorded in Book 16, Page 49 of Maps, in the County of San Luis Obispo, State of California, lying Northerly of the following described line:

beginning at a point on the Southwesterly line of said parcel distant thereon 543.00 feet from the Northwesterly corner thereof; thence North 66° 52’ 08” East, 316.27 feet to a point on the Northeasterly line of the land described in the deed recorded in Book 1349, Page 101, of Official Records, distant thereon 552.16 feet from the Northeasterly comer thereof.

APN: 053-422-006

****


DEFINITIONS INDEX

 

A

Agreed Rate

  31   

Alteration

  20   

Applicable Interest Rate

  9   

Applicable Laws

  2   

Audit Professionals

  12   
B

Base Rent Adjustment

  8   

Building

  1   
C

CC&Rs

  2   

Commencement Date

  3   

Computation Year

  9   

Construction Loan Take Out Financing

  6, 7   

Costs and Fees

  30   
D

Deposit Account Control Agreement

  1   
E

EFT

  6   

Environmental Laws

  28   

Execution Date

  1   

Expiration Date

  3   

Extended Term

  5   
F

Fair Market Rent

  8   

Final GMP Budget

  7, E-1   

Finance

  6   

FMV Rent

  6,8   

Force Majeure Delay

  4   

Force Majeure Delays

  31   
G

GMP

  6   

GMP Budget

  7, E   

GMP Budget Date

  4   

Groundbreaking

  4, 5   
H

Hazardous Material

  27   

Holder

  27   
I

Initial Annual Base Rent

  7   

Initiating Party

  30   

Insurance Costs

  11   
L

Landlord

  25   

Landlord Delays

  5   

Landlord General Contract

  13   

Landlord General Contractor

  4   

Landlord Improvement Plans and Specifications

  13   

Landlord Improvement Scheduled Substantial Completion Date

  4   

Landlord Improvement Substantial Completion

  3   

Landlord Improvement Substantial Completion Date

  3, 4   

Landlord Improvements

  1   

Landlord Project Architect

  4   

Lease

  1   

Lease Year

  5   
M

Management Fee

  9   

Member

  25   
N

Negotiation Period

  8   

Non-Monetary Disputes

  30   
O

Occupancy Covenant

  6   

Operating Expenses

  9   

Option Exercise Date

  5   

Option Notice

  5   

Option to Extend

  5   

Owner

  25   
P

Parking Garage

  1   

PCBs

  27   

Premises

  1   

Project Completion

  3   

Project Timeline and Milestone Dates

  4, 13   

Property

  1   

Punchlist

  14   
R

Real Property Taxes

  11   
Reconciliation Statement   11   
 


Recording Office   27   
Regulatory Delay   4   
Regulatory Delays   5   
Rent   6   
S
Satellite Equipment   32   
Shared Risk Financing Rent   7   
SNDA   27   
Substantially Complete   4   
Systems   21   
T
Tenant Change Order   14   
Tenant Delay   4, 5   
Tenant Event of Default   26   
Tenant General Contract   3, 13   
Tenant General Contractor   3   
Tenant Improvement Control Account   2   
Tenant Improvement Plans and Specifications   1   
Tenant Improvements   1   
Term   3   
W
Wiring Instructions   1   
 


JULIE RODEWALD

KT

  10/15/2013

    8:00 AM

San Luis Obispo County – Clerk/Recorder

 

Recorded at the request of

Fidelity Title Company
Recording Requested By:
Fidelity National Title Company DOC# : 2013057846 Titles: 1 Pages:       4

 

Order No. 405300860 DL

 

LOGO

 

Fees

 

23.00

Taxes 0.00
When recorded return to: Others 7.00
         

 

 

MINDBODY, LLC

PAID $30.00
4051 Broad Street, Ste. 220
San Luis Obispo, CA 93401

APN: 053-422-006

MEMORANDUM OF LEASE

This Memorandum of Lease is entered into on October 11, 2013, by and between SLO Tech Campus, LLC, a California limited liability company (Landlord), and Mindbody, Inc., a California corporation (Tenant).

Landlord, as a ground lessor of the Property, and Tenant entered into a Triple Net Lease dated October 11, 2013, for Premises located on real property located at 651 Tank Farm Road, County of San Luis Obispo, State of California, more particularly described in Exhibit A , attached hereto (the Property).

The term of the Lease is fifteen (15) years, which term commences: (i) on the date that is sixty (60) days after the Landlord and Tenant both have completed their respective improvements or (ii) 120 days after completion of the Landlord Improvements, as defined in the Lease, and terminating fifteen (15) years thereafter, subject to three (3) options to extend of the term of five (5) years each.

Tenant has been granted a Right of First Negotiation to Purchase the Premises, beginning on the Commencement Date and extending through the term. This right is personal to Tenant and exercisable on the terms set forth in the Lease.

All of the foregoing is set forth in the Lease. This Memorandum of Lease is prepared for the purpose of recordation, and it in no way modifies the provisions of the Lease.

[Signatures continued on next page]

 

1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Landlord and Tenant have signed this Memorandum of Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD: TENANT:

SLO Tech Campus, LLC

a California limited liability company

Mindbody, Inc., a California corporation
By: NKT Commercial, LLC
a California limited company
Its: Manager
By:

/s/ Nicholas J. Tompkins

By:

/s/ Richard Stollmeyer

Nicholas J. Tompkins, Its Manager Richard Stollmeyer
Manager Chief Executive Officer
Dated:

10/14/13

Dated:

10/11/13

 

2


State of California )
) ss
County of San Luis Obispo                 )

On 10/14, 2013, before me, Dana L Bassler, a Notary Public, personally appeared NICHOLAS J. TOMPKINS, who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument, and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

Signature

/s/ Dana L Bassler

(Seal) LOGO

 

State of California )
) ss
County of San Luis Obispo                 )

On OCTOBER 11, 2013, before me, E. MALACHI ELGUERA, a Notary Public, personally appeared RICHARD STOLLMEYER, who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument, and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

Signature

/s/ E. Malachi Elguera

(Seal)

 

LOGO


EXHIBIT “A”

THE LAND REFERRED TO HEREIN BELOW IS SITUATED IN THE COUNTY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, AND IS DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:

Parcel 1:

That portion of the land described in the deed recorded in Book 1349, Page 101 of Official Records, in the County of San Luis Obispo, State of California, being also a portion of Lots 80 and 81 of the San Luis Obispo Suburban Tract, lying Northerly of the following described line:

Beginning at a point on the Southwesterly line of Parcel “D” of Parcel Map CO 74-270, recorded in Book 16, Page 49 of Maps, records of said County, distant thereon 543.00 feet from the Northwesterly corner thereof; thence North 66° 52’ 08” East, 316.27 feet to a point on the Northeasterly line of said deed, distant thereon 552.16 feet from the Northeasterly corner thereof.

Parcel 2:

That portion of Parcel “D” of Parcel Map CO 74-270, recorded in Book 16, Page 49 of Maps, in the County of San Luis Obispo, State of California, lying Northerly of the following described line:

Beginning at a point on the Southwesterly line of said parcel distant thereon 543.00 feet from the Northwesterly corner thereof; thence North 66° 52’ 08” East, 316.27 feet to a point on the Northeasterly line of the land described in the deed recorded in Book 1349, Page 101, of Official Records, distant thereon 552.16 feet from the Northeasterly corner thereof.

APN: 053-422-006

 

Exhibit Page - Legal(exhibit)(08-07) END OF DOCUMENT


SECURITY AGREEMENT

(Deposit Account)

THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT (Agreement) is made and entered into on October 11, 2013, by and between Mindbody, Inc., a California corporation, with a notice address of 4051 Broad St., Suite 220, San Luis Obispo, CA 93401, as obligor (Obligor or Tenant), and SLO Tech Campus, LLC, a California limited liability company, with a notice address of 684 Higuera Street, San Luis Obispo, CA 93401, as the secured party (Secured Party or Landlord). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Lease document referred to in Recital A.

A. Secured Party and Obligor are parties to that certain Lease Agreement, dated October 11, 2013, for lease of property at 651 Tank Farm Road, San Luis Obispo, California, through which Secured Party is constructing a Building and certain Landlord Improvements on behalf of Obligor/Tenant.

B. At the same time Landlord is constructing its Landlord Improvements, Tenant is obligated pursuant to the Lease to construct certain Tenant Improvements including, at a minimum, those Tenant Improvements listed in Exhibit B-2 to the Lease, expending at a minimum Two Million Five Hundred Thirty Three Thousand Four Hundred and One Dollar ($2,533,401) toward such Tenant Improvements.

C. As security for Tenant to complete the Tenant Improvements, Tenant has established a controlled deposit account with a Tenant’s bank (Bank), in the amount of Two Million Five Hundred Thirty Three Thousand Four Hundred and One Dollar ($2,533,401), which shall be held pursuant to the terms of a “Deposit Account Control Agreement” between such Bank, the Tenant, and Landlord, the terms of which shall be agreed to by the contracting parties within five (5) business days of the Effective Date of the Lease, or as soon thereafter as reasonably possible, substantially in the form of the Deposit Control Account attached hereto as Exhibit A . The funds so deposited shall be held to initiate and complete at least the Tenant Improvements set forth in Exhibit B-2 to the Lease, with the funds to be jointly released, to pay for such Tenant Improvements as constructed by the Tenant General Contractor.

D. This Security Agreement is intended to provide Secured Party with a security interest in the Deposit Account, with the Deposit Account as the Collateral. For purposes of this Agreement, Collateral means only the Deposit Account.

Accordingly, Obligor and Secured Party agree as follows:

1. Grant of Security Interest . As security for Tenant’s agreement to initiate, continue and complete the Tenant Improvements within 20 months after Effective Date of the Lease, as extended by Landlord Delays, Force Majeure Delays or Regulatory Delays (Tenant’s Obligations), Obligor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally grants a security interest in the Deposit Account to Secured Party on the terms set forth herein. This Agreement is effective as of the date the Deposit Account is funded.

 

1


2. Deposit Account . The Deposit Account means the account opened by Obligor with Silicon Valley Bank, in the name of Obligor, with a total deposit amount of at least Two Million Five Hundred Thirty Three Thousand Four Hundred and One Dollar ($2,533,401), which account No. is listed in Exhibit A , attached, including, without limitation, any such deposit account as it may be renumbered or retitled, any proceeds therefrom (including without limitation any interest paid thereon) and general intangible and choses in action arising therefrom or related thereto.

3. Management of the Account . The Deposit Account shall be used by Obligor to initiate and complete its Tenant Improvements under the Lease. Obligor may initiate release of funds, subject to approval in writing of Secured Party prior to the release of all funds, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, provided the release of funds is to the vendors, contractors or suppliers completing the Tenant Improvements to complete the Tenant Improvements. Obligor acknowledges that Secured Party has control (as defined in and pursuant to the provisions of Section 9-104 of the Uniform Commercial Code) of the Deposit Account and Obligor may not withdraw or otherwise dispose of any funds in the Deposit Account except as expressly provided in this Agreement. Obligor and Secured Party shall jointly control the release of funds from the Deposit Account until such time as Secured Party delivers a Notice of Exclusive Control (as defined herein) to Bank.

4. Exclusive Control . Secured Party shall have the right to give a notice of exclusive control over the account upon an Event of Default, as defined below. Upon such notice, Secured Party shall have control over the Deposit Account for the sole purpose of using such funds to initiate, pay or continue completion of the Tenant Improvements under the Lease pursuant to the Tenant Improvement Plans and Specifications.

5. Notice of Exclusive Control . A “Notice of Exclusive Control” is a written notice from Secured Party to Bank that Secured Party is thereby exercising exclusive control over the Deposit Account and the funds therein. The Deposit Account Control Agreement shall provide that after the Bank receives a Notice of Exclusive Control in accordance with paragraph 4 and until Secured Party has rescinded or withdrawn such Notice of Exclusive Control: (i) Bank will comply solely with instructions originating from Secured Party with respect to the Deposit Account and any and all funds therein, including, without limitation, any withdrawals from the Deposit Account or any other disposition thereof, without further consent by Obligor and (ii) Bank will cease, without further consent of Obligor, complying with instructions concerning the Deposit Account or funds on deposit therein originating from Obligor or the representatives of Obligor. Without in any way limiting the foregoing, in the event of any dispute between Secured Party and the Bank and the Obligor (including, but not limited to, as to whether an Event of Default exists), Bank shall, in all circumstances after a Notice of Exclusive Control has been given, follow the directions of Secured Party and shall not follow the directions of Obligor.

The Deposit Account Control Agreement shall provide that if Secured Party believes an Event of Default exists, Secured Party is entitled to give a Notice of Exclusive Control, and Bank is obligated to follow the directions of Secured Party with respect to the Deposit Account, without any right or duty to inquire as to whether an Event of Default in fact exists under the Security Agreement. If it is later concluded that no Event of Default existed at the time the Notice of

 

2


Exclusive Control was given, Obligor will have all of its rights and remedies against Secured Party for any damages caused by the giving of such Notice of Exclusive Control, subject to the limitations set forth herein.

6. Release of Collateral . The Collateral shall be released and relieved of the security interest granted herein, and Obligor shall be entitled to unencumbered title thereto and possession thereof, upon full and complete payment, satisfaction, or forgiveness of all Obligations in accordance with this Agreement and the Lease. Upon the release of the Collateral, Secured Party shall execute and deliver, at Obligor’s sole cost and expense and without recourse against Secured Party, any necessary instruments of title, release, reassignment and delivery as Obligor may reasonably request.

7. Covenants of Obligor . Until the release of all Collateral pursuant to paragraph 6 , above, Obligor covenants, and except as may otherwise be agreed in writing by Secured Party:

a. Obligor shall own the Deposit Account free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, or interests of any third party (except any banker’s lien which attaches to the account by law, which shall be subordinate under the Deposit Control Account Agreement, to the interest of Secured Party hereunder) and will keep the Deposit Account free of all liens, claims, security interests and encumbrances of any kind or nature, whether voluntary or involuntary.

b. Obligor shall, at Obligor’s expense, take all actions necessary from time to time to ensure Secured Party maintains a first priority perfected security interest and shall not take any action that would alter, impair or eliminate said priority or perfection.

c. Obligor agrees to pay, prior to delinquency, all taxes, charges, liens, assessments, and Bank charges against the Deposit Account.

d. Obligor shall, at its sole cost and expense, defend and protect Secured Party’s right, title, property, and security interest in and to the Collateral against all claims and demands of any person or entity, including appearing in and defending any action or proceeding which may adversely affect Obligor’s title to or Secured Party’s security interest in the Collateral.

8. Costs . All advances, charges, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred or paid by Secured Party in exercising any rights, power or remedy conferred by this Agreement or in enforcement hereof, shall become part of the Obligations secured hereunder and shall be paid to Secured Party by Obligor immediately and without demand, with interest thereon at an annual rate of interest that would be applicable to any obligation owed by Tenant under the Lease.

9. Events of Default . An Event of Default includes:

a. Obligor’s breach of this Agreement;

b. An assignment of the Deposit Account or any interest therein;

c. An uncured Tenant default of Section 17(d) of the Lease;

 

3


d. Any custodian, receiver or trustee (or similar appointee under applicable law or contract) appointed to take possession, custody or control or all or substantial portion of the property of Obligor; or

e. Any case, proceeding, reorganization or other action is commenced against Obligor under any bankruptcy, or other law for the relief of or relating to debtors.

10. Rights and Remedies Upon Event of Default . Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, Secured Party has the option to:

a. Take control of the Deposit Account through a Notice of Exclusive Control delivered to the Bank and thereafter use all the funds in the Deposit Account to complete the Tenant’s obligations under the Lease to make the Tenant Improvements pursuant to the Tenant Improvement Plans and Specifications.

b. Institute legal proceedings for the specific performance of any covenant, condition, or agreement undertaken (i) by Obligor under this Agreement, or (ii) by Obligor under any other agreements, documents, and instruments delivered in connection therewith, or for aid in the execution of any power or remedy granted herein or available at law or in equity;

c. Require Obligor to irrevocably appoint Secured Party as Obligor’s attorney-in-fact coupled with an interest and power to (i) endorse Obligor’s name upon any notes, acceptances, checks, drafts, money orders or other evidences of payment or Collateral in Secured Party’s possession in connection with the Deposit Account and (ii) to do all other acts reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of and to enforce Secured Party’s rights under this Agreement, all of which are hereby ratified and approved as the acts of Obligor.

 

11. Waivers .

a. Obligor waives notice of the acceptance of this Agreement. Except as provided by the Lease for notice of default under Section 17(d) thereof, Secured Party shall have no other duty whatsoever to make or give any presentment, demand for performance, notice of nonperformance, protest, notice of protest, notice of dishonor or any other demand or notice whatsoever in connection with any of the Obligations, exercise of remedies or otherwise, and all of same are hereby waived by Obligor to the fullest extent permitted by law.

b. The rights, powers, and remedies of Secured Party granted by this Agreement shall be in addition to all rights, powers, and remedies given to Secured Party under the Lease, by virtue or any statute or rule of law. Any forbearance or failure or delay by Secured Party in exercising any right, power, or remedy hereunder shall not be deemed a waiver of such right, power, or remedy and any single or partial exercise of right, power, or remedy of Secured Party shall continue in full force and effect until such right, power, or remedy is specifically waived by an instrument in writing executed by Secured Party.

 

4


c. Obligor waives any right to require Secured Party to proceed against or exhaust the Collateral or any other security that Secured Party may now or hereafter have or, with respect to the Obligations that may now or hereafter exist in favor of Secured Party, or to pursue any other right or remedy in Secured Party’s power. Obligor waives all defenses arising by reason of any disability or other defense of Obligor or any other person or entity, or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of Obligor or any other person or entity.

d. Until all Obligations are fully performed and satisfied, Obligor shall not have any right of subrogation, and Obligor waives any right to enforce any remedy that Secured Party now has or may hereafter have against any other person or entity under this Agreement, or any other agreement or instrument or otherwise, and waives any benefit of and any right to participate in the Collateral or any other security whatsoever now or hereafter held by Obligor.

e. Obligor subordinates to Secured Party all rights, titles, and interests now possessed by Obligor, or which Obligor may hereafter acquire, relating to the Collateral, with the intent that the security interest granted in this Agreement in favor of Secured Party shall be and remain prior and preferred to any other security interest, pledge, lien, charge or claim against Obligor of, on or with respect to any such Collateral until the Obligations are fully performed and satisfied.

12. Authorization to File Financing Statements . Obligor authorizes Secured Party to prepare and file all financing statements (Form UCC-1), continuation statements (Form UCC-3), or other written statements or notices required in order to perfect, secure, or maintain as perfected Secured Party’s security interest in the Collateral, without the signature of Obligor where permitted by law. Copies of all financing statements, continuation statements or other written statements or notices shall be promptly delivered to Obligor.

13. Assignment . Obligor shall not transfer or assign any of its rights, interests, duties, or obligations under this Agreement without Secured Party’s prior written consent, in Secured Party’s sole discretion. Any attempted or purported transfer or assignment by Obligor shall be void. Secured Party may, in its sole discretion, transfer or assign any or all of its rights, interests, duties, or obligations hereunder to any person or entity without the prior written consent of Obligor.

14. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

15. Further Assurances . Secured Party and Obligor shall perform any further acts and execute any further documents which may be reasonably necessary or otherwise reasonably required to carry out the provisions of this Agreement.

16. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be interpreted and enforced in accordance with the internal laws, and not the law of conflicts, of the state of California applicable to agreements made and to be performed in California.

17. Notice . Any notice required or permitted to be given in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given in accordance with the notice provision of the Lease.

 

5


18. Severability and Amendment . If any provision, in whole or in part, or the application of any such provision of this Agreement is determined to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction and such provision can be severed without substantially changing the bargain reached by the Parties, such provision or part of such provision shall be severed from this Agreement, and such severance shall have no effect upon the enforceability, performance or obligations of the remainder of this Agreement, including the remainder of such provision not determined to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable. This Agreement may be modified or amended only by mutual written agreement of Obligor and Secured Party. Any such modification or amendment must be in writing, dated and signed by Obligor and Secured Party.

19. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon Obligor and its assigns, successors and representatives, and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Secured Party and its successors and assigns.

20. Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement shall survive the execution of this Agreement as continuing representations and warranties made by Obligor to and for the benefit of Secured Party, and shall remain in full effect until the release of all Collateral pursuant to paragraph 6 above.

 

6


Obligor and Secured Party have executed this Agreement on the date first written above.

 

MINDBODY, INC. SLO Tech Campus, LLC
A California corporation a California limited liability company
By:

/s/ Richard Stollmeyer

By: NKT Commercial, LLC
Its: Manager
Richard Stollmeyer, Its CEO
By:

/s/ Nicholas J. Tompkins

Nicholas J. Tompkins, Its: Manager

 

7


Exhibit A

Deposit Account Control Agreement with Bank

 

A


Account Number:

 

 

FOUNDERS COMMUNITY BANK

DEPOSIT ACCOUNT CONTROL AGREEMENT

 

Customer: Mindbody, Inc.
Creditor: SLO Tech Campus LLC
Date: October 11, 2013

This Deposit Account Control Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is entered into as of the above date by Founders Community Bank (“ Bank ”), Creditor identified above (“ Creditor ”), and Customer identified above (“ Customer ”).

 

All parties agree as follows:

1. Deposit Account . Bank maintains one or more demand, time, savings, passbook, certificates of deposit or other similar accounts that are identified above in which Customer has an interest (collectively, the “ Account ”). The Deposit Account (as defined below) is subject to Bank’s Deposit Agreement and Disclosure Statement (the “ Deposit Agreement ”), provided that, in the case of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Deposit Agreement, the terms of this Agreement will prevail. The parties acknowledge that the Deposit Account constitutes a “deposit account” within the meaning of Section 9102 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of California (the “ UCC ”), and Bank is a “bank” within the meaning of Section 9102 of the UCC. Bank’s jurisdiction for purposes of Section 9304 of the UCC is California. The provisions of this Agreement constitute “control” over the Deposit Account within the meaning of Section 9104 of the UCC.

2. Security Interests . Pursuant to a security agreement or similar agreement, Customer has granted to Creditor a security interest in the Account and in all cash, funds, items, instruments, and any other amounts now or later deposited into or held therein (collectively, the “ Deposit Account ”). Bank acknowledges the lien on and security interest in the Deposit Account granted by Customer to Creditor.

[For Bank use only - Bank representative to check box, if necessary, and insert initials.]

(a) ¨ Other than as set forth in Section 6 below, Bank does not have a security interest in the Deposit Account.               [Initials]

(b) ¨ Bank has a security interest in the Deposit Account.              [Initials]

If the box is Section 2(b) above is checked, the priorities of Creditor’s security interest and Bank’s security interest in the Deposit Account are governed by an intercreditor or other similar agreement between Bank and Creditor.

3. Other Deposit Control Agreements .

[For Bank use only - Bank representative to check appropriate box below and insert initials.]

(a) ¨ Bank has not entered into any other control agreement governing the Deposit Account with any other party.              [Initials]

(b) ¨ Bank has entered into other control agreement(s) governing the Deposit Account with the following party or parties:                                                                                       

 

 

 

 

 

 

                         [Initials]

Bank agrees that it will not enter into a control agreement with any other party with respect to the Deposit Account without Creditor’s prior written consent.

4. Customer’s Rights in Deposit Account . Customer, Bank and Creditor agree that (a) Creditor has control over the Deposit Account, and (subject to the requirements set forth in Section 5 and the notice

 


requirements set forth in Section 13(b)) Bank will comply with the instructions originated by Creditor as to the withdrawal or disposition of any funds credited to the Deposit Account with consent by Customer and (b) provided that, until Bank receives a Notice of Exclusive Control (as described and set forth in Section 13(b) below), Customer and Creditor will be entitled to jointly draw items on and withdraw or otherwise direct the disposition of funds from the Deposit Account. So long as this Agreement is in effect, Customer may not close the Deposit Account without Creditor’s prior written consent. Bank may close the Deposit Account in accordance with the Deposit Agreement and as may be required by applicable law. After Bank receives a Notice of Exclusive Control, Bank will notify Creditor not less than thirty (30) calendar days prior to closing the Deposit Account in non-emergency circumstances and substantially contemporaneously with closing the Deposit Account in emergency circumstances (for example, in response to fraud or returned items), unless prohibited by law. Customer will notify Creditor promptly if Bank closes the Deposit Account.

5. Creditor’s Control of Deposit Account . Except as permitted in Section 6 hereof, after Bank receives a Notice of Exclusive Control and has reasonable opportunity to comply with it, but no later than two Business Days (as defined below) after the Notice of Exclusive Control has been validly given (in accordance with Section 13(b) below), Bank and Customer agree that: (a) Bank will comply only with Creditor’s instructions as to the withdrawal or disposition of any funds credited to the Deposit Account and to any other matters relating to the Deposit Account, without Customer’s further consent, and (b) Bank will not comply with any instructions from Customer concerning the Deposit Account or any funds therein. Bank shall have no duty to inquire or determine whether Creditor is entitled to send a Notice of Exclusive Control. Creditor’s instructions may include the giving of stop payment orders for any items being presented to the Deposit Account for payment. Bank will be fully entitled to rely upon such instructions from Creditor even if such instructions are contrary to any instructions or demands given by Customer. Customer confirms that Bank should follow instructions from Creditor even if the result of following such instructions is that Bank dishonors items presented for payment from the Deposit Account, and will have no liability to Customer for wrongful dishonor of such items in following such instructions from Creditor. For purposes of this Agreement, “Business Day” means a day on which Bank is open to the public for business and is measured in a 24 hour increment.

6. Priorities of Security Interests: Rights Reserved by Bank .

(a) Creditor agrees that nothing herein subordinates or waives and that Bank expressly reserves, any and/or all of Bank’s present and future rights (whether described as rights of setoff, banker’s liens, chargeback or otherwise, and whether available to Bank under the law or under any other agreement between Bank and Customer concerning the Deposit Account) with respect to:

(i) the face amount of a check, draft, money order, instrument, wire transfer of funds, automated clearing house entry, credit from a merchant card transaction, other electronic transfer of funds or other item (A) deposited in or credited to the Deposit Account, whether before or after the date of this Agreement, and returned unpaid or otherwise uncollected or subject to an adjustment entry, whether for insufficient funds or for any other reason and without regard to the timeliness of the return or adjustment or the occurrence or timeliness of any other person’s notice of nonpayment or adjustment, (B) subject to a claim against the Bank for breach of transfer, presentment, encoding, retention or other warranty under Federal Reserve Regulations or Operating Circulars, clearing house rules, the UCC or other applicable law, or (C) for a merchant card transaction, against which a contractual demand for chargeback has been made (“ Returned Items ”);

(ii) service charges, fees or expenses payable or reimbursable to the Bank in connection with the Deposit Account or any related services for the Deposit Account (“ Account Charges ”); and

(iii) any adjustments or corrections of any posting or encoding errors (“ Adjustments ”).

(b) Creditor agrees that notwithstanding receipt of the Notice of Exclusive Control, Bank may exercise Bank’s rights and remedies in connection with any liens or claims it may have in or on the Deposit Account as described in this Section 6.

7. Statements . At Customer’s expense, Bank will send copies of all statements sent to Customer for the Deposit Account to Creditor at Creditor’s address set forth below Creditor’s signature at the end of this Agreement. Until this Agreement is terminated,

 

 

FCB Deposit Account Control Agreement (Oct. 2013) 2


Customer authorizes Bank to disclose to Creditor at Creditor’s request any information concerning the Deposit Account, including but not limited to the identity of any other party with which Customer and Bank have executed control agreements.

8. Returned Items, Account Charges, and Adjustments . Bank may debit the Deposit Account for Returned Items, Account Charges and Adjustments. If at any time that a Notice of Exclusive Control is effective with respect to the Deposit Account (a) funds are not available in the Deposit Account to cover the amount of any Returned Item, Account Charge or Adjustment, and (b) Customer fails to pay such amount within fifteen (15) Business Days of Bank’s written demand therefore, then Creditor agrees that it will pay, within ten (10) Business Days of a written demand by Bank, amounts owed for each such Returned Item, Account Charge or Adjustment that is not paid in full by Customer up to the amount of the proceeds received by Creditor from the Deposit Account, provided that Bank must make a demand from Creditor within 180 days of termination of this Agreement.

9. Indemnity and Hold Harmless of Bank by Customer . Customer hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Bank, its affiliates and their respective directors, officers, agents and employees (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) against any and all claims, causes of action, liabilities, lawsuits, demands and damages (each, a “ Claim ”), asserted by any person other than an Indemnified Person, including without limitation, any and all court costs and reasonable out of pocket attorneys’ fees, in any way related to or arising out of or in connection with this Agreement; provided that no Indemnified Person shall be entitled to be indemnified to the extent that such Claims result from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Person.

10. Indemnification and Hold Harmless of Bank by Creditor . To the extent that an Indemnified Person is not promptly indemnified by Customer, Creditor shall indemnify and hold harmless such Indemnified Person against any and all Claims (including reasonable out of pocket attorneys’ fees) asserted by persons other than an Indemnified Person and arising from any Notice of Exclusive Control from Creditor except to the extent such Claims result from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Bank or any other Indemnified Person; provided that in no event shall Creditor be liable for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages, or lost profits. Creditor agrees that Bank is released from any and all liabilities to the Creditor arising from the

terms of this Agreement except to the extent such liabilities arise from Bank’s or another Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

11. Limitation of Liability . IN NO EVENT SHALL BANK BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT WHETHER ANY CLAIM IS BASED ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY THEORY IN CONTRACT OR TORT) AND WHETHER THE LIKELIHOOD OF SUCH DAMAGES WAS KNOWN TO BANK AND REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF ANY CLAIM OR ACTION.

12. Amendments . This Agreement and all exhibits attached hereto may be amended only by a written agreement signed by Bank, Creditor, and Customer.

13. Notices .

(a) Any notice, other than a Notice of Exclusive Control, or other communication provided for or allowed hereunder shall be in writing and shall be considered to have been validly given (i) when received if delivered personally (whether by messenger, hand delivery or otherwise) or by overnight delivery or by facsimile to the recipient to the address or facsimile number set forth below the signature of the applicable party hereto, or (ii) 72 hours after being deposited in the United States mail, registered or certified, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, if sent to the address and addressee as set forth below the signature of the applicable party hereto. The addresses and facsimile numbers to which notices or other communications are to be given (including statements delivered pursuant to Section 7 and a Notice of Exclusive Control pursuant to Section 13(b) below) may be changed from time to time by notice given as provided herein.

(b) A Notice of Exclusive Control shall be in writing, must be in the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto, must be delivered to the address listed below Bank’s signature at the end of this Agreement via hand delivery, messenger, overnight delivery or facsimile, and shall be considered to have been validly given when actually received, except that a facsimile will be considered to have been validly given only when acknowledged in writing by Bank (Bank agrees that it will use its good faith effort to promptly acknowledge receipt of such facsimile). To the extent Creditor does not deliver the Notice of Exclusive Control as set forth

 

 

FCB Deposit Account Control Agreement (Oct. 2013) 3


in this Section 13 or to the address listed below Bank’s signature at the end of this Agreement, Creditor (a) acknowledges that Bank may not be able to respond to such Notice of Exclusive Control pursuant to Section 5 above, and (b) agrees that Bank will not be held liable for any failure to respond to such Notice of Exclusive Control.

(c) If deemed necessary by Bank to enable Bank to comply with the provisions of §326 of the USA PATRIOT Act, Creditor agrees that it will provide Bank with a copy of its formation documentation when delivering a Notice of Exclusive Control, unless such documentation has previously been provided to Bank, and Bank can verify that such documentation is still maintained in Bank’s files (provided that no such request by Bank shall delay the effectiveness of any such Notice of Exclusive Control).

14. Integration Provision . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among Bank, Customer and Creditor with respect to Creditor’s control over the Deposit Account and matters related thereto, and all prior communications, whether verbal or written, between any of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof shall be of no further effect or evidentiary value.

15. Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in counterparts that, when signed by all parties, shall constitute one agreement.

16. Relationship of the Parties . Nothing in this Agreement shall create any agency or fiduciary relationship between Customer, Creditor and Bank.

17. Governing Law and Jurisdiction . The parties hereto agree that this Agreement shall be governed exclusively under and in accordance with the laws of the State of California. All parties hereto each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in San Luis Obispo County, California.

18. Jury Trial Waiver . CUSTOMER, CREDITOR, AND BANK EACH WAIVES ITS RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR ALL PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

WITHOUT INTENDING IN ANY WAY TO LIMIT THE PARTIES’ AGREEMENT TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, if the above waiver of the right to a trial by jury is not enforceable, the parties hereto agree that any and all disputes or controversies of any nature between them arising at any time out of or based upon this Agreement or any transaction contemplated herein shall be decided by a reference to a private judge, mutually selected by the parties (or, if they cannot agree, by the Presiding Judge of the San Luis Obispo County, California Superior Court) appointed in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 (or pursuant to comparable provisions of federal law if the dispute falls within the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts), sitting without a jury, in San Luis Obispo County, California; and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The reference proceedings shall be conducted pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure §§ 638 through 645.1, inclusive. The private judge shall have the power, among others, to grant provisional relief, including without limitation, entering temporary restraining orders, issuing preliminary and permanent injunctions and appointing receivers. All such proceedings shall be closed to the public and confidential and all records relating thereto shall be permanently sealed. If during the course of any dispute, a party desires to seek provisional relief, but a judge has not been appointed at that point pursuant to the judicial reference procedures, then such party may apply to the San Luis Obispo County, California Superior Court for such relief. The proceeding before the private judge shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of evidence applicable to judicial proceedings. The parties shall be entitled to discovery which shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of discovery applicable to judicial proceedings. The private judge shall oversee discovery and may enforce all discovery rules and order applicable to judicial proceedings in the same manner as a trial court judge. The parties agree that the selected or appointed private judge shall have the power to decide all issues in the action or proceeding, whether of fact or of law, and shall report a statement of decision thereon pursuant to the California Code of Civil Procedure § 644(a). Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of any party at any time to exercise self-help remedies, foreclose against collateral, or obtain provisional remedies. The private judge shall also determine all issues relating to the applicability, interpretation, and enforceability of this paragraph.

 

 

FCB Deposit Account Control Agreement (Oct. 2013) 4


19. Successors . The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective corporate successors or heirs and personal representatives. Customer may not assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of Creditor and Bank. Creditor may assign this Agreement upon written notice to Bank; provided, that such assignee must assume in writing or by operation of law all of Creditor’s obligations under this Agreement. Bank may assign this Agreement upon written notice to Customer and Creditor; provided, that such assignee must assume in writing or by operation of law all of Bank’s obligations under this Agreement.

20. Attorneys’ Fees, Costs and Expenses . In any action or proceeding between Bank and any other party to this agreement, the prevailing party will be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other reasonable costs and expenses incurred, in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.

21. Termination; Survival . Customer may terminate this Agreement only with the written consent of Creditor. Creditor may terminate this Agreement by giving Bank and Customer written notice of termination. Bank may terminate this Agreement by giving Creditor and Customer thirty (30) calendar days’ prior written notice of termination unless termination is a result of Bank’s closure of the Deposit Account pursuant to its rights set forth in the Deposit Agreement or in accordance with applicable law, in which case, Creditor’s receipt of notice shall be governed by Section 4 hereof. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement automatically terminates when the Deposit Account closes. Sections 9, 10, 11, 17, 18 and 20 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

[Signature page follows. ]

 

 

FCB Deposit Account Control Agreement (Oct. 2013) 5


BANK: Founders Community Bank
By

 

Title: EVP/ Chief Financial Officer
Address for Notices :
Founders Community Bank
237 Higuera Street
San Luis Obispo, CA 93401
Telephone:
Facsimile:
CUSTOMER: MINDBODY INC,
A California Corporation
TIN*

 

By

 

Name: Rick Stollmeyer
Title: CEO
Address for Notices :
                Mindbody, Inc
4051 Broad St
San Luis Obispo, CA 93401
telephone
CREDITOR: SLO TECH CAMPUS LLC,
A California Corporation
TIN*

 

By

 

Name: Nicholas J Tompkins
Title: Manager
Address for Notices :
                SLO Tech Campus LLC
684 Higuera St, Ste B
San Luis Obispo, CA 93401
telephone

 

* Pursuant to §326 of the USA PATRIOT Act, Bank is required to obtain a Tax Identification Number (TIN) from all parties to this Agreement.

 

FCB Deposit Account Control Agreement (Oct. 2013)


Exhibit A

Notice of Exclusive Control

 

To: Founders Community Bank (“Bank”)
From:

 

(“Creditor”)
Re:

 

(“Customer”)
Date:

 

Pursuant to the Deposit Account Control Agreement dated                      (“Agreement”) entered among Bank, Customer and Creditor, Creditor hereby notifies Bank of Creditor’s exercise of Creditor’s rights tinder the Agreement and directs Bank to cease complying with instructions or any directions originated by Customer or its agents.

Creditor agrees that it will provide Bank with a copy of its formation documentation when delivering a Notice of Exclusive Control if deemed necessary by Bank to enable Bank to comply with the provisions of §326 of the USA PATRIOT Act (provided that no such request by Bank shall delay the effectiveness of any such Notice of Exclusive Control).

 

CREDITOR:

 

By

 

Title:
ACKNOWLEDGED BY: FOUNDERS COMMUNITY BANK
(for facsimile only)
By:

 

Name:
Title:
Date:
Time:


Recording Requested By and

When Recorded Mail To:

Heritage Oaks Bank

122 Vine Street

Paso Robles, CA 92446

Send Tax Notices To:

SLO Tech Campus, LLC

684 Higuera, Suite B

San Luis Obispo, CA 93401

 

 

SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE

AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

THIS SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made on October 11, 2013, by and among Heritage Oaks Bank, having an address of 122 Vine Street, Paso Robles, CA, 92446 (“ Lender ”); SLO Tech Campus, LLC, a California limited liability company, having an address of 684 Higuera, Suite B, San Luis Obispo, CA 93401 (“ Landlord ”); and Mindbody, Inc., a California corporation, having an address of 4051 Broad St., Suite 220, San Luis Obispo, CA 93401 (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

A. Lender has agreed to make a loan in the amount of EIGHT MILLION AND 00/100 DOLLARS ($8,000,000. 00) (the “Loan”) to Landlord.

B. Landlord is the ground lessor of the land legally described in Exhibit A , attached hereto and made a part hereof, and the buildings and other improvements located on such land (such land, buildings and improvements being referred to herein as the “Property”).

C. Landlord is the lessor and Tenant is the lessee under that certain Lease dated as of October 11, 2013, (collectively, the “Original Lease”), relating to a portion of the Property (the “Premises”), which lease is unrecorded. The Original Lease, as may hereafter be modified, amended or supplemented from time to time, is referred to hereinafter as the “Lease.”

D. The Loan will be secured by, among other things, a Leasehold Deed of Trust, encumbering Landlord’s interest in the Property (such leaseholder mortgage instrument, as amended, increased, renewed, modified, consolidated, replaced, combined, substituted, severed, split, spread or extended from time to time, being herein referred to as the “Deed of Trust”).

 

1


AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and understanding that Lender will rely on Tenant’s covenants and certifications, as set forth herein, in making the Loan, the parties hereto agree and certify as follows:

1. Tenant represents and warrants to Lender that (a) the Original Lease has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Tenant, (b) the Original Lease is in full force and effect, (c) except as expressly set forth in Recital C hereof, the Original Lease has not been modified or amended in any way, and (d) to Tenant’s knowledge, neither party to the Original Lease is in default with respect to such party’s obligations under the Original Lease as of the date of this Agreement.

2. Tenant hereby subordinates the leasehold estate created by the Lease, and all of Tenant’s right, title, and interest under the Lease and in and to the Premises and the Property, to the lien of the Deed of Trust. The lien of the Deed of Trust shall, with respect to all amounts now or at any time hereafter secured by such lien (including amounts in excess of the principal face amount of the Note referred to in the Deed of Trust), be senior and superior in all respects to any interest of Tenant in the Premises or the Property.

3. As long as Tenant is not in default in the performance of its obligations under the Lease, which default has continued beyond any applicable notice and cure periods provided in the Lease or at law, Tenant shall not be named as a party defendant in any action for foreclosure or other enforcement of the Deed of Trust (unless required by law), nor shall the Lease be terminated in connection with, or by reason of, foreclosure or other proceedings for the enforcement of the Deed of Trust, or by reason of a transfer of the Landlord’s interest under the Lease pursuant to the taking of a deed or assignment (or similar device) in lieu or in contemplation of foreclosure, nor shall Tenant’s use or quiet possession of the Premises be interfered with, and the rights of Tenant under the Lease shall remain in full force and effect, except that the person acquiring or succeeding to the interests of Landlord as the result of any such action or proceeding and such person’s successors and assigns (any of the foregoing being hereinafter referred to as the ‘‘Successor”) shall not be:

a. bound by any prepayment of rent paid more than thirty (30) days in advance of the due date;

b. bound by any offer to sell the Property, any portion of the Property, or the Premises to Tenant, or any right of first offer or right of first refusal in connection with the Property, any portion of the Property, or the Premises granted to Tenant;

c. liable for any act or omission of any prior landlord;

d. subject to any offsets, defenses or counterclaims which Tenant may have against any prior landlord; or

e. bound by any amendment or modification of the Original Lease made without the written consent of Lender, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided, however, that Lender’s consent to such amendment or modification shall not be required hereunder if Landlord is not required to obtain Lender’s consent to such amendment or modification pursuant to the Deed of Trust or any of the other documents executed and delivered in connection with the Loan.

 

2


4. If the interest of the Landlord under the Lease shall be transferred by reason of foreclosure or other proceedings for enforcement of the Deed of Trust or the obligations which it secures or pursuant to a taking of a deed or assignment (or similar device) in lieu or in contemplation of foreclosure, Tenant shall be bound to the Successor and, except as provided in this Agreement, the Successor shall be bound to Tenant under all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease for the unexpired balance of the term thereof remaining (and any extensions, if and when exercised), with the same force and effect as if the Successor were the Landlord, and Tenant does hereby (a) agree to attorn to the Successor, including Lender if it be the Successor, as its landlord, (b) affirm its obligations under the Lease, and (c) agree to make payments of all sums due under the Lease to the Successor, said attornment, affirmation and agreement to be effective and self operative without the execution of any further instruments, upon the Successor succeeding to the interest of the Landlord under the Lease. To the extent permitted by applicable law, Tenant waives the provisions of any statute or rule of law now or hereafter in effect that may give or purport to give it any right or obligation to terminate or otherwise adversely affect the Lease or the obligations of Tenant thereunder by reason of any foreclosure or other proceedings for enforcement of the Deed of Trust or the taking of a deed or assignment (or similar device) in lieu or in contemplation of foreclosure.

5. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, Tenant shall not commence any action against Landlord or otherwise pursue any right or remedy against Landlord in consequence of a default by Landlord under the terms and provisions of the Lease unless written notice by Tenant specifying such default is mailed to Lender at its address set forth above. Tenant further agrees that Lender shall have, the right, but shall not be obligated, to cure such default on behalf of Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice, or if such default cannot reasonably be cured in such thirty (30) day period, Lender shall have the right to commence the cure of such default in such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursue such cure until completed. Tenant further agrees not to invoke any of its remedies, either express or implied, under the Lease (except in the case of emergency repairs) unless such default shall remain uncured at the expiration of the thirty (30) day period after receipt of such notice of default, or if such default cannot reasonably be cured in such thirty (30) day period, unless the cure of such default shall not be commenced within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter prosecuted diligently to completion.

6. Tenant agrees that neither this Agreement nor the Deed of Trust shall, prior to Lender’s succession to Landlord’s interest in the Premises, through either foreclosure, assignment in lieu of foreclosure, or a possessory action, operate to place responsibility for the control, care, management or repair of the Premises upon Lender or make Lender responsible for or liable for any waste committed on the Premises by any party whatsoever or for any dangerous or defective condition of the Premises, or for any negligence in the management, upkeep, repair or control of the Premises resulting in any damage to property or in any loss or injury or death to any person.

7. If Lender notifies Tenant of any default under the Deed of Trust and demands that Tenant pay rent and all other sums due under the Lease to Lender, Tenant (waiving any proof of the occurrence of such event of default other than receipt of Lender’s notice) shall pay rent and all other sums thereafter due under the Lease directly to Lender, unless and until otherwise

 

3


directed in writing by Lender. Any payments made to Lender by Tenant shall not affect or impair the other rights and remedies of Lender under the Deed of Trust or otherwise against Landlord. Any and all payments made to Lender by Tenant pursuant to the foregoing shall be credited against Tenant’s rental obligations under the Lease regardless of whether Lender had the right to make such demand and regardless of any contrary demands which may thereafter be made by Landlord.

8. Tenant shall not subordinate its rights under the Lease to any mortgage, deed of trust or other security instrument without the prior written consent of Lender.

9. This Agreement may not be modified except by an agreement in writing signed by the parties. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

10. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall in any way impair or affect the lien created by the Deed of Trust, except as specifically set forth herein.

11. Tenant acknowledges that this Agreement satisfies any condition or requirement in the Lease relating to the granting of a non disturbance agreement with respect to the Deed of Trust. In the event there is any inconsistency between the terms and provisions hereof and the terms and provisions of the Lease dealing with non disturbance, the terms and provisions hereof shall supersede and be controlling.

12. All notices, demands or requests made pursuant to, under or by virtue of this Agreement shall be in writing and delivered by hand, sent by an overnight courier service providing dated evidence of delivery or mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, to the person to whom the notice, demand or request is being made at its address set forth herein. Such notices shall be deemed to have been promptly given and received for all purposes (a) if hand delivered, effective upon delivery; (b) if mailed, by United States registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, effective on the date shown on the return receipt; or (c) if sent by Federal Express or other reliable express courier, effective on the next business day after delivery to such express courier service. Any person may change the place that notices and demands are to be sent by written notice delivered in accordance with this Agreement. “Business day” shall mean any day, except Saturday, Sunday and any day which, in the State in which the Property is located, is a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law or other government action to close.

13. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California. If any of the terms of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstances shall to any extent be invalid or unenforceable; the remainder of this Agreement or the application of any such terms to any person or circumstances other than those as to which it is invalid or unenforceable shall not be affected thereby, and each term of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

14. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

4


15. Landlord, Tenant and Lender agree that the fee (or ground leasehold) title to the Property and the leasehold estate created by the Lease shall not merge but shall remain separate and distinct, notwithstanding the unification of said estates in Landlord, Tenant, Lender or any third party by purchase, assignment or otherwise.

 

LANDLORD:

SLO Tech Campus, LLC

a California limited liability company

By: NKT Commercial, LLC

a California limited liability company

Its: Manager
By:

/s/ Nicholas J. Tompkins

Nicholas J. Tompkins, Its: Manager
Dated:

10-11-13

 

State of California )
) ss
County of San Luis Obispo )

On October 11, 2013, before me, Michele A. Tompkins, a Notary Public, personally appeared Nicholas J. Tompkins, who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument, and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

LOGO
Signature  

/s/ Michele A. Tompkins

(Seal)

[SIGNATURES CONTINUE ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

5


TENANT:
By:

/s/ Richard L. Stollmeyer

Dated:

10/11/13

 

State of California )
) ss
County of San Luis Obispo )

On OCTOBER 11, 2013, before me, E. MALACHI ELGUERA, a Notary Public, personally appeared RICHARD L. STOLLMEYER, who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument, and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

Signature  

/s/ E. Malachi Elguera

(Seal)

 

 

LOGO

 

6


LENDER:
By:

/s/ Russell Pereira

Dated:

10-18-2013

 

State of California )
) ss
County of San Luis Obispo )

On October 18, 2013, before me, Michele A. Tompkins, a Notary Public, personally appeared Russell Pereira, who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument, and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

Signature  

/s/ Michele A. Tompkins

(Seal) LOGO

 

7


EXHIBIT A

LEGAL DESCRIPTION

THE LAND REFERRED TO HEREIN BELOW IS SITUATED IN THE COUNTY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, AND IS DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:

Parcel 1:

That portion of the land described in the deed recorded in Book 1349, Page 101 of Official Records, of the County of San Luis Obispo, State of California, being also a portion of Lots 80 and 81 of the San Luis Obispo Suburban Tract, lying Northerly of the following described line:

beginning at a point on the Southwesterly line of Parcel “D” of Parcel Map CO 74-270, recorded in Book 16, Page 49 of Maps, records of said County, distant thereon 543.00 feet from the Northwesterly comer thereof; thence North 66° 52’ 08” East, 316.27 feet to a point on the Northeasterly line of said deed, distant thereon 552.16 feet from the Northeasterly comer thereof.

Parcel 2:

That portion of Parcel “D” of Parcel Map CO 74-270, recorded in Book 16, Page 49 of Maps, in the County of San Luis Obispo, State of California, lying Northerly of the following described line:

beginning at a point on the Southwesterly line of said parcel distant thereon 543.00 feet from the Northwesterly comer thereof; thence North 66° 52’ 08” East, 316.27 feet to a point on the Northeasterly line of the land described in the deed recorded in Book 1349, Page 101, of Official Records, distant thereon 552.16 feet from the Northeasterly comer thereof.

APN: 053-422-006

****

 

A

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF MINDBODY, INC.

 

Name of Subsidiary

 

Jurisdiction of Organization

MINDBODY AUSTRALIA PTY LTD

  Australia

MINDBODY, LTD.

  United Kingdom

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated March 26, 2015 relating to the consolidated financial statements of MINDBODY, Inc. and subsidiaries appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

San Jose, California

May 11, 2015

Exhibit 23.3

 

LOGO

  

7550 IH 10 West, Suite 400

San Antonio, Texas 78229-5825

Tel. 210.348.1000

Fax 210.348.1003

www.frost.com

MARCH 6, 2015

MINDBODY, INC.

4051 Broad Street, Suite 220

San Luis Obispo, California 93401

Dear Sirs:

We, Frost & Sullivan of 331 East Evelyn Avenue, Suite 100, Mountain View, California, 94041, hereby consent to the filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission of a Registration Statement on Form S-1, and any amendments thereto (the “Registration Statement”) of MINDBODY, Inc. and any related prospectuses of (i) our name and all references thereto, (ii) all references to our preparation of the report titled “Analysis of the Global Wellness Business Management Solutions Market” (the “Industry Report”), and (iii) the statements set out in the Schedule hereto. We also hereby consent to the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

We further consent to the reference to our firm, under the caption “Market and Industry Data” in the Registration Statement, as acting in the capacity of an expert in relation to the preparation of the Industry Report and the matters discussed therein.

Yours faithfully,

 

LOGO

Name: Greg Stratis

Designation: Chief Financial Officer

For and on behalf of Frost & Sullivan

 

Page 1


SCHEDULE

 

1) According to a report that we commissioned from Frost and Sullivan, our addressable market is approximately 4.2 million wellness businesses worldwide. Based on their analysis, Frost and Sullivan estimates a $9.5 billion market for business management software solutions targeted at wellness businesses in 2015 and expects this market to grow to $15.3 billion in 2018, which implies a 17.1% compound annual growth rate.

 

Page 2    FROST  & SULLIVAN